A German course : adapted to use in colleges, high schools, and academies

Google

This ıs a digital copy of a book that was preserved for generations on library shelves before ıt was carefully scanned by Google as part of a project
to make the world’s books discoverable online.

It has survived long enough for the copyright to expire and the book to enter the public domain. A public domain book is one that was never subject
to copyright or whose legal copyright term has expired. Whether a book is in the public domain may vary country to country. Public domain books
are our gateways to the past, representing a wealth of history, culture and knowledge that’s often difficult to discover.

Marks, notations and other marginalia present in the original volume will appear in this file - a reminder of this book’s long journey from the
publisher to a library and finally to you.

Usage guidelines

Google is proud to partner with libraries to digitize public domain materials and make them widely accessible. Public domain books belong to the
public and we are merely their custodians. Nevertheless, this work 1s expensive, so in order to keep providing this resource, we have taken steps to
prevent abuse by commercial parties, including placing technical restrictions on automated querying.

We also ask that you:

+ Make non-commercial use of the files We designed Google Book Search for use by individuals, and we request that you use these files for
personal, non-commercial purposes.

+ Refrain from automated querying Do not send automated queries of any sort to Google’s system: If you are conducting research on machine
translation, optical character recognition or other areas where access to a large amount of text is helpful, please contact us. We encourage the
use of public domain materials for these purposes and may be able to help.

+ Maintain attribution The Google “watermark” you see on each file is essential for informing people about this project and helping them find
additional materials through Google Book Search. Please do not remove it.

+ Keep it legal Whatever your use, remember that you are responsible for ensuring that what you are doing is legal. Do not assume that just
because we believe a book is in the public domain for users in the United States, that the work is also in the public domain for users ın other
countries. Whether a book is still in copyright varies from country to country, and we can’t offer guidance on whether any specific use of
any specific book is allowed. Please do not assume that a book’s appearance in Google Book Search means it can be used in any manner
anywhere in the world. Copyright infringement liability can be quite severe.

About Google Book Search

Google’s mission is to organize the world’s information and to make it universally accessible and useful. Google Book Search helps readers
discover the world’s books while helping authors and publishers reach new audiences. You can search through the full text of this book on the web

atthtto://books.google.com/

Digitized by Google

| Merl ‚1897.
. Class No. BY

F

—

Received

: a
Accession No.-

*
m

u 770 gees

N
N e
Voy r

2 3 aa
N 1 2*

ei Ace"

’ N

i

*
re ee ae ee EEE TEEN. | Pe Eh. al.

nur rl u

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google

.
3 are a
es et
we « “we «
.
u
“ — “wo o ve e
v us — er
ou!’ » Mat,
⸗2—2273

Br GEORGE F. GOMFORT, A. M.,

PROFESSOR OF MODERN LANGUAGES AND ASTUETIOS, SYRACUSE UNIVERSITY,
NEW YORE,

NEW YORK:

HARPER & BROTHERS, PUBLISHERS,
‘FRANKLIN SQUARE.

1875.

® e
eee .. e ...... e
8 ...0 0/00 &
.o @ eo 9 0,0. ©
eo *e® .e Ce e e¢
e
“ eo 60
e e eo
e378 @ 40% 0,900
ee 0 @ %e 2° ee 0. 588 .
e ®o,° *%* @ ea ®,¢
ee © 0,0 49%, ee tn
et a2 & @ %0 ee e186

COMFORT’S GERMAN SERIES.

A FIRST BOOK IN GERMAN: to Precede the “ German Course.” ızmo,
Half Leather, $1 oo.

A FIRST GERMAN READER: to Succeed the “First Book in German.”
ı2mo, Cloth, 80 cents.

A GERMAN COURSE, Adapted for Use in Colleges, Academies, and High-
Schools. ı2mo, Half Leather, $2 oo.

A TEACHER'S COMPANION to the German Course. 12mo, Cloth, 75 cents.

A GERMAN READER, with Notes and Vocabulary. ızmo, Half Leather,
$2 00.

A MANUAL OF GERMAN CONVERSATION. ı2mo, Half Leather, $1 so.

HARPER & BROTHERS, Publishers, New York.

eae.
Oe = —

Entered, according to Act of Congress, in the year 1869, by
HARPER & BROTHERS,

In the ax Office of the District Court of the United States for th
Southern District of New York.

CONTENTS OF THE GERMAN COURSE.

Page
INTRODUCTION ........0.c00e008 TEE hear iii
PART FIRST.
PRACTICAL LESSONS.
Lesson:
T Pronunciation . un. 11
IT. Pronunciation (continued) .................. 14
III. Present and Imperfect Tenses of the Verb fein, to be............ 17
IV. Present and Imperfect Tenses of Regular Verbs. ‘The Definite
Article. The Accusative Case .......0.csssreeceees Tre IR
V. Present and Imperfect Tenses of haben, to hide, Accusative
Case of Personal Pronouns ....... 21
VI. Perfect and Pluperfect Tenses of Regular Verbs... ree . 24
VII. Prepositions with the Accusative Case. Gender of Nouns..... 26
VIII. The Genitive Case............. —— — ———— 28
IX. The Dative Case....... 31
X. Prepositions with the Accusative and Dative Cases............... 3
XI. Rersonal Pronouns. Forms of Address. Contractions of Prep-
ositions with the Definite Article............c.ssssesccecssssnseeees 36 X
XII. The Irregular Verb werden, to become, Future Tenses........ 39
XIII. German Current Hand..............0... BERNIE PER IS URTER RETTEN 43
\XIV. Conjugation of Irregular Verbs. 4........cscccsscsecssetscscssscsesees 45
XV. Plural of Nouns and of the Refinite Article — 48
XVI. The Indefinite Article ........ BR isl ae EIER EOIEERRE EEE 51 %
XVII. Cardinal Numbers.. u.a 54
N XVIII. Adjectives used predicatively and attributively. Old Declen-
BION: OF Adjectives Aussee 57
XIX. Possessive Promouns...........sseeseessesscecssovscceceeeees —— 60 4
\ XX. New Declension of Adjectives..A........cssessssscessscesssvesesoees 63.
NXXI. Mixed Declension of Adjectives. /........c0:ssssecssssccssescacceeess 66
\ XXI Comparison of Adjectivesl..........ccscscsscsscsscsceccesscssessseseose 69
XXIII. Ordinal Numbers... ccsessscccssossscsseacssdeseesestsesesicscassassevcvese 73
XXIV. Irregular Verbs of the First Class .4........ccsceccssccssecsssceseeeee 77
XXV. Irregular Verbs of the Second, Third, and Fourth Classes...... 80
XXXVI. Irregular Verbs of the Fifth and Sixth Classes.......... — 83
XXVII. Irregular Verbs of the Seventh Class. Recapitulation of Irreg-
ülar Verbs iu... PIERRE 86

873658

Iv

Lesson Page
XXVIII. Verbs with fein, to be, as Auxiliary.........scccccsessscceresees 89
XXIX. The Infinitive Mood.@......... — —— . 92
XXX, Participles — - - . 96
XXX]. The Potential Verbs fünnen and müffen. Riesen sure 99
XXXII. The Potential Verbs wollen and mögen Z..........seececceree 102
XXXIIL The Potential Verbs follen and Dürfen. 7........ccccceesccceees 105
XXXIV. Separable Compound Verbs.........csssssssscssssseceees — 18
XXXV. Inseparable Compound Verbs .................... — ——— 111
XXXVI, Compound Nouns............00 EURER —— — 115
XXXVII. Derivative Nouns....................................... 120
XXXVIII. Derivative and Compound Adjectives ............................ 128
XXXIX. Cases governed by Adjectives................. nee . 135
XL. Use of the Article............... DEREN: PIERRE . 189
XLI. Personal and Possessive Pronouns.......... rege we 141
XLII. Indefinite and Interrogative Pronouns............+0 — 147
XLIII. Demonstrative and Relative Pronouns......................... . 147
XLIV. Reflexive Verbs ...... JJ IE RETRO „150
XLV. Agreement of Verbs with Nominative. Verbs governing

the Accusative Case. Apposition............ccseccosccerssces 154

XLVI. Verbs governing the Genitive Case.........ssecseccesseces ere 158
XLVII. Verbs governing the Dative Case... ........... —— — 161
XVIIL. "The Passive Voice A... nee . 163
XLIX, Construction of Prepositions — ansehen EEE 166
L. Adverbs. Conjunctions. Order of Words... — ae 168

LI. Imperative, Subjunctive, and Conditional Moods .............. 170

CONTENTS OF

PART SECOND
I. Conversations.

No. Page ; No. Page
1. Salutation, a visit...........006 175| 9. The Post-oflice............. woes 182
2. At Breakfast in a Hotel...... 176/10. At a Banker’s.........csceseoes . 183
Se Diner ns une . 177/11. Ina Bookstore ...........c000 . 183
4. In a Confectionery Shop...... 178112. At a Tailor’s...........sccsseees 184
5, The Hotel .........csccccerevcere 178|13. In a Dry Goods Store........ . 185
6. The Railroad....... —— 179114. At a Shoemaker’s.............. 186
7. The Steamer..........sese0ee. 180/15. With a physician........... oe. 187
8. The Custom-house............ . 182|16. At a Watchmaker’s............ 188

II. German and English Idioms.

1. Idioms with haben and to have........ —— — see . 189
2. Idioms with fein and to be....... ee 190
3. Idioms with werden and to become ............................... 191

4. The Potential Mood and Future Indicative of the English Verb.... 192

THE GERMAN COURSE. v

No.
5. Idioms with the verb laſſen, to leave, to let .......ssssccsecseesees —— 193
6. Idioms with the Verb Zo get..........0.. RE NO TUE ERSUOPUEIRRR 193
7. Idioms with Prepositions (4. icici sosceecisess ts dccsvsvcesedoesoeesedes 194-197

III. Examples of Synonyms,
1..Ader SW, An ne 198
2. Ackersmann, Landwirth, Bauer.P....... 198
3. Aufſtehen, erſtehen, auferſtehen........ 198
4. Ausführen, vollbringen, vollführen, vollziehen, vollſtrecken .......... .. 199
Diy Dieer, Ce ee ni cebat tinea eos cacatcauenreweurees 199
6. Nafeweis, neugierig, Vorwißig .......ccsecrccsecccccccsscsccvscecccssccecseres 200
Te MOTE, vpolleee —— 200
IV. Letters and Forms of Business,
1. Ein Neffe meldet feinem Onkel den Todesfall feiner Schwefter........ 201
2. Glückwunſch zum Geburtstag eines BaterB........ccceseeeee ——— 201
3. Ceremonielle Form der Einladung...... — 202
Antwort AUF dieſebhbhbbhſſßſßße 202
5. Vertrauliche Form der Einladung........ eecemeuentlavecan eevee 202
6. Antwort anf dieſel e — 202
7. Höfliche Form der Einladung ... 203
8: Antwort auf Diebe. nennen 203
203
10. Anweiſung ...... Gabasnvenen’ 203
11, Ouittung......... —— ——— Be ER sspereareracees 203
V. Reading Lessons,

DIE Deut Ihe Chraben an nee u... 204
DEV Straßenune. en ee nvanteasaey es tuvunstenacuaseananee 205
Des Deutſchen Vaterland u... een nr 205
DEI junge Mnfiler. eines 206
Der Bettler und der Kaifer Friedrich......................... — 207
Ein Abenteuer ....... sa 207
Die Hunnen BEL J ORTE RER 208
Eintritt in die beutſche Schweiz irre Ne 209
Johann Wolfgang von Göthe .pPpp 209
Des Königs Grab.PP.... BEER 211
Aufruf des Königs von PreuLer.........sssccccrscccssscecesscsacsceesscssesceeees 211
Kurzweilige Niagara ER . 212
ANBETESTNRE u . 213
DE Quintet: See ae Ss 213
DEL Dorfihtige 4 214

Was der Mond erzaähtttttttt Gurpnstvedeareegunseer tes 214

vi CONTENTS OF

PART THIRD.
COMPEND OF GERMAN GRAMMAR.

a I. Introduction.
€. Page
1. History of the German Language................scssovcscssscsssscseessvcesene 217
2. Characteristics of the German Language...............sssese0 Seoul eile 228
3. Extent of Use of the German Lamguage............cccecsccssseecsscveroeces 230
45 German Dislectn nen anne 231
5. Comparison of Words in the Indo-European Languages. ................ 234
6. Comparison of Words in the Teutonic Languages..............ssceesscoees 236
7. Illustration of the Historical Development of Words in the German
Language a. cawaaigsmadssunebaauuacnesayiieveseseneaseandeaewsaecs 238
II. German Grammar.

L-OBTHOCBATEY. ee eu RER 210
1. Vowels and Diphthongs ........... 241
— BETEN OR TESTTEELSD 243
3. Division of Sylables.............. — sisid ales EEE sebastian aston 245
MM CCONG eine —— — 246
5. Capital Letters.......... ste a wkceddwncwehmereiecetuens tees . 247
6. Comparison of German and English Words. .........scccescsesseees sure 248

II. EYMOLOGY: AND SYNTAK nee 252
1: TRE Article naar — EEE 253

Syntax of the Article. ..........cccsscccesscescscteeees — ET . 254
2. The Noun........0.- ——— RER 255

1.Accidents of the Nounnnnn.. 257

2. Gender of the Noun ....................................................... 258

3. Declension of the Noum..................................................... 261

4. Syntax of the Noun.................. seas ind 266
3. The Adjective M. ............ ee er errr eC ero ee 269

1. Declension of the Adjective.Z...........ccccssssssscesscccccecesnssesceeeee 270

2. Comparison of the Adjective...........cccecscscscscscosscsscsscnccssceeses 272

8. Syntax of the Adjective............sscccccsssssscsscesssssesscsccseecoesosens 275
4. Numerals...... nstenoedsanwonireusiaasumevecwaussenies 276

1. Cardinal Numbers.......... .................................. a — 277

2. Ordinal Number ches ea 278

3. Numeral Nouns............cccscscsocscsssececvecees BE biyagelemeseat’ 280

A. Numeral: AdverBe.. u.a . 281
B.. Pie. Pronoun. aus ceucosusayabseaswcavanssecodenecssvsccisSeeseauan . 281

1: Personal Pronouns.. anne 282

2. Possessive Pronouns ..........0-.secsececsccccescectessececssscsscscsessoncs . 283

3. Demonstrative Pronouns, ............sccccscesceccsesscsoeccecesscsscescens . 284

4. Indefinite Pronouns ...,...,.ccsccscccssccceccocssssecccsssecs —— 286

THE GERMAN COURSE. Vir

Ne. Page
5. Interrogative Pronouns......... BE ER URN EERR BELIEF, 289
6. Relative Pronouns .............ccseccesccecsssvscssceccees — ——— 290
7. Syntax of the Pronoun ................... EEE 291

= Ihe else ET — 202
Ke Conjugalon. Dei ne — — 293

1.MO0BB Ana . 293

J. The Indicative Mood. .f,......sscecssscssscsssessecceccsceeeceesscas 293

2, The Subjunctive Mood ..... ese 294

3. The Conditional Mood (............sssscessreesesnencesssees — 294

4. The Imperative Mood ....................... aeg . 295

5. The Infinitive Mood. L..........eserss0s000000 NEE ERIENNEN 295

2. Varticiples Keane ein . 296
1. The Present Participle #.............0.-cecsscsssscssccoesees ee » 297

2. "Ihe Perfect Participle 2... nn 297

3. Tenses u.a nein ai . 298
4. The Passive Voitie... 299
2. Auxiliary Verbs.ff........sccscosssessessees J . 800
1. Conjugation of haben, to lare. L... 301

=; Conjugation of fein, to be ...... . 803

3. Conjugation of — 10 become Sasse ernennen angaben OOD

8. Regular J 307
Conjugation of the Regular Verb lieben, to love... 1.......... ——— 307
4. Irregular Verbs.......s.scssscessersecsoees son secese 310,
1. Classified List of Irregular Verbs ...... .....c..sccccscsccvoessccscees 311

2. Alphabetical List of Irregular Verbs............-sscscesscsescecsenses 314

3. Conjugation of the Irregular Verb fhlagen, to strike............. 822

4. Conjugation of the Irregular Verb fommen, to come.............. 324

Bs Compound Verbs. M....... 326
1, Separable Compound Verbs ...... 326

Conjugation of the Separable Compound Verb annehmen, to

(120 RE EN EEEETIENSSRIERNRNE 328

2. Inseparable Compound Vera. 329

Conjugation of the Inseparable Compound Verb verftehen,

to understand M............ 332

8. Doubly-compounded Verbs. .£........usususnseossssnssnonsnansnsensnene 334

6. Reflexive Verbs (Conjugation of ).M.........scccsecsesceecteccetesces ens 835
7. Impersönal Verb A... es 337
8: The: Passive Voice... 338
9. m Potential’ Verb 4... naeh 340
1. The Verb follen .2...........r.0s00s00sn0 0000. ea anide 340

2; The Verb WOINL nn 343

3. The Verb fgutet.......... — a . 345

4. The Verb migen./.......... TREUEN CARAHEER, 347

5. The Verb dürfen 4............. — a ale nern 849

6. The Verb mnbiffetts........ssecosssscsssvees caaastees 352

vill CONTENTS OF THE GERMAN COURSE.

Wo. Page
10. The Syntax of the Verb................. scheisse . 854

1. Verbs governing the Accusative Case .........ccccecssssess — 351

2. Verbs governing the Genitive Case............. —— TER ENTE 356

3. Verbs governing the Dative Case ...........ssesccsesesccscessese .... 858

7. The Adverb.....sssscoee —— —— . 360
1. Classification of Adverbs.............................. NEE 366

2. Comparison of Adverbs......... — euee — 368

3. Syntax of Adverbs ...................... ideen £69

8. Prepositions....:sssecscssscscsscscevsccsece ——— —— —— . 372
1. Construction of Prepositions J J— EN . 873

2. Prepositions governing the Genitive Cased, vee 375

3. Prepositions governing the Dative Case.( ............................. 380

4, Prepositions governing the Accusative Case /........s.ccesesscesese . 385

5. Prepositions governing the Dative and Accusative Cases£......... 388

6. Remarks upon Prepositions .4.........cessessecevreee — —— .. 392

9. Conjunctions........ EN ee — 394
1. List of Conjunctions .4..........ccscssccscessecceessenees ne 395

2. Co-ordinative Conjunctions .4........cccceccocssssccccrscesssessecscsscess 396

3. Subordinative Conjunctions..l. Fe .. 397

4. Remarks upon Conjunctions ............ oe 398

10.: DRG Interjection un. seen 404
11. Arrangement of Words. A....ccccovscesecsercsesccrecscssovecseacs ——— 405

PART FOURTH.

VOCABULARIES.
I. Personal Proper Names .............sccssecsssseeecees ——— RE 415
II. Geographical Proper Names. ..............ssessccsscccccvsccceccessscecees 417
III: Abbrevstions ss nis wo. 420
IV. German Moneys, Weights, and Measures .......0.csesescsseecssovscees 422
V. Classified List of Words..........sssssececsceeees Sawa auine sales tees cnet 423
VI. German-English Vocabulary......... — 436
VII. English-German Vocabulary ................. . 477

VIII. General Index ............... ARE EINE EUER — . 495

Ora

INTRODUCTION

TO THE

GERMAN COURSE

In preparing this German Course, ib has’beei the aim of
the author to incorporate the mest advanced views: and
principles of linguistic instruction, as-held by the ‘best wri-
ters upon philology, and the best practical educators in
Europe and America. Especial preference has been given
to those features of approved works for the study of mod-
ern languages which, in Europe more especially, have stood
the test of practical use. A few other features have also
been introduced, which have been adopted with eminent
success by the most able professors of modern language in
their personal instruction, but which have not heretofore
found their way into text-books.

Care has been taken to give due relative prominence to
each of these tried and approved principles, and to mould
them into a homogeneous system adapted to the wants of
classes in the Colleges, Academies, and other high-schools
of learning in America. ‘Farther than this, but little claim
is laid to originality, and none is laid to novelty of method.

The German Course consists of four parts :

Part First; containing. practical lessons for learning to
read, write, and speak the German Language.

Part Second; containing familiar conversations in Ger-
man and English, models of letters, and forms of business,
and selections from German literature.

Part Third; containing a compend of German Grammar,

4 INTRODUCTION.

with an introduction upon the history, characteristics, and
dialects of the language.

Part Fourth; containing tables of German moneys,
weights, and measures, abbreviations, personal and geo-
graphical proper names, and German-English and English-
German vocabularies.

In Part First, the Lessons are arranged with reference
to the rapid and natural learning of the German Language,
both for the purpose of understanding and of using the lan-
guage.

--A-person thrpy guddenly into a foreign country, the
language of whith he wishes to learn, finds himself embar-
:-Fassedl:at the, ontset-by "fiye chief wants. He needs equally
“snl Immediatöly’t vocäbulary of words, a knowledge of
. grammatical forms, of syntactical laws, and of idiomatiw
construction, and of the laws of pronunciation.

It is the aim, in the Lessons, to meet these wants, in such
consecutiveness of order as to make the knowledge of the
language a natural and symmetrical growth.

The points of contact and resemblance of the German
with the English language arc presented first, more recon-
dite, complicated, and divergent i being reserved
till later in the lessons.

As far as possible, every word and grammatical princi-
ple is presented in a living, natural sentence, before it is
defined or explained. The concrete thus precedes the ab-
stract. The practice precedes the theory. The principles
of the language are presented to the mind of the learner as
the result of his deductions from the examples, which are
given before the rules. Many expert students will indeed
detect the meaning of the new words and the new gram-
matical laws without referring to the vocabulary or to the
grammatical part of the lesson. The habits of scrutiny,
of investigation, of independent analysis and classification,
which are so strongly developed in translating works of the
classic authors, and which are justly esteemed to be among

INTRODUCTION. 5

the most important results of linguistic study, are by this
means called into exercise at the very outset in the study
of the language. Experience shows, also, that this method,
while of great value to the earnest student, at the same
time awakens interest and even enthusiasm in the compar-
atively listless scholar.

The Lessons are usually composed of five parts. In the
‚Jirst part a few sentences are given, with English transla-
tion, and containing the new grammatical principles of the
lesson ingrafted upon words already known. The atten-
tion is thus drawn at first solely to the new principle.

Secondly, the same principles are applied to sentences,
without translation, and containing new words. From
similarity to corresponding English words, or from the
connection of the sentence, the meaning of these new
words will often be surmised.

Thirdly, the Vocabulary contains the new — used
in the lesson. These are not arranged alphabetically, but
they are grouped according to their logical or grammatical
similarity or contrast in meaning and use.

Fourthly is given an explanation, with appropriate illus-
tration, of the new grammatical principles involved in the
preceding exercises. Advantage is taken, both in the para-
digms in the lessons and in the formal grammar of Part
Second, of heavier type and of spaced letters, to attract the
eye to the variable part.of the inflected word.

Fifthly; the lesson closes with an exercise of English
sentences containing the new wore and principles, to be
translated into German.

The exercises in pronunciation contain short and simple
sentences with many proper names. They contain no words
the meaning of. which is not readily discerned, nor do they
involve more difficulties of pronunciation than occur in
ordinary discourse. ~

In the exercises of the subsequent lessons two things are
avoided: on the one hand, platitudes and unmeaning or

6 INTRODUCTION.

unnatural sentences; on the other hand, proverbs and sen-
tences of recondite meaning. As far as possible, the sen-
tences are such as would be used in ordinary conversation.
Facts in German history, geography, biography, literature,
and daily life are frequently introduced, thus assisting the
student to feel that he is learning the German language.

That the student may not unconsciously acquire the habit
of translating every thing from English into German liter-
ally, a few simple idiomatic expressions are introduced
early into the lessons. But, in order not to bewilder the
student, idioms are not given extensively until after the
development of the laws of etymology and syntax.

As it is desirable to introduce the difficulties to the lan-
guage gradually, the use of the German Current Hand is re-
served until the eye of the student shall have become famil-
iar with the printed German type. The formation of deriv-
ative and compound verbs, nouns, and adjectives is illustra-
ted with much fullness. In the latter part of the Lessons,
after the student has gathered gradually and progressively
a partial knowledge of the grammatical principles of the
Janguage and has applied these principles to groups of
words, he is referred to appropriate portions of the Com.
pend of German Grammar in Part Third for the further
elucidation of grammatical principles, and to the vocabula-
ries in Part Fourth for new words that may occur in the
!üxereises. In order to familiarize the eye with different
kinds of type, various sizes and styles of letters are intro-
duced in the exercises of the last few lessons. That the
student may also be finally thrown entirely upon his own
resources, the English exercises, to be translated into Ger-
man, are omitted from several of the last lessons.

Part Seconp can be used by travelers and others, to
whom a facility in conversing and in using forms of busi-
ness is an immediate necessity. The references to the les-
sons and the Grammar will assist in understanding the
construction of the sentences. The conversations will also

INTRODUCTION. 1

serve to initiate the student, who has passed through the
lessons of Part First, more fully into the idiomatic spirit of
the German language. The reading lessons will suflice to
prepare the way for the German Iteader.

Parr Turrp contains a Compend of German Grammar,
which is sufficiently comprehensive to meet all ordinary
wants, even in reading classic authors. The Grammar is
preceded by an Lntroduction, which will serve to show the
position the German language occupies among its cognate
languages, the chief epochs of its history, its most promi-
nent characteristics, and, above all, to show that the Ger-
man, like all other living languages, has been, and is yet
subject to growth, development, and change. In the body
of the Grammar itself are also introduced frequent notes
upon the history and development of grammatical forms.
To the earnest student, this philosophical and historical
method of studying the German language will serve as a
stepping-stone to higher studies in the broader fields of
philology.

Part Fourtn contains, in addition to the usual vocabu-
laries and index, a list of the most important abbreviations,
and tables of the moneys, weights, and measures of the lead-
ing states of Germany.

In conclusion, the author commits the @erman Course
to the American public, with the hope that it may contrib-
ute something to the promotion of the study of this noblo
language, with its rich treasures in every branch of litera-
ture, science, history, and criticism, and to the introduction
of a more practical, and, at the same time, of a more truly
philosophic method of studying the living languages into
our Colleges and other schools of learning.

Part Hirst;

CONTAINING
PRACTICAL LESSONS

FOR LEARNING TO READ, WRITE, AND SPEAK THE

GERMAN LANGUAGE.

A2

German
Letters.

Rarl,
Bater,
Paar,
Peter,
Gehen,
Belfer,
Eliſa,
Berlin,
Iſt,
Sind,
Marie,
Gotha,
Polen,
Sohn,
Morgen,
Nubens,
Bruder,
Mutter,
Braun,
Rhein,
Mai,

Europa,

Wien,

Johann, -

Yuli,
Lektion,
Cato,
Cicero,
Quotient,

on — a ee

ae —
( ET —
— ck
De '
LESSON IL.
PRONUNCIATION.

Exercise I.

Roman
Letters.

Karl,
Vater,
Paar,
Peter,
Gehen,
Besser,
Elisa,
Berlin,
Ist,
Sind,
Marie,
Gotha,
Polen,
Sohn,
Morgen,
Rubens,
Bruder,
Mutter,
Braun,
Rhein,
Mai,

Europa,

Wien,

Johann,
Juli,
Lektion, .
Cato,
Cicero,
Quotient,

English
Pronunciation.
Karl,
Fah'-ter,
Pahr,
Pay'-ter,
Gay'-en,
Bes'-ser,
Ay-lee'-zah,
Ber-leen’,
Ist,
Zint,
Mah-ree’,
Go’-tah,
Po'-len,
Zone,
Mor'’-gen,
Jeoo'-bens,
Broo'-der,
Moot'-ter,
Brown,
Rhine,

Cah'-to,

English
Translation.

Charles.
Father.
Pair.
Peter.
Go.
Better.
Elisa.
Berlin.
Is.

Are.
Mary.
Gotha.
Poland.
Son.
Morning.
Rubens.
Brother.
Mother.
Brown.
Rhine.
May.
Europe.
Vienna.
John.
July.

. Lek-tsee-on', Lesson.

Cato.

T see’ -tsay-ro, Cicero.
Quo-tsee-ent', Quotient.

12

PRONUNCIATION.
Grammatical.
1. The German Alphabet has twenty-six letters:
German Roman Names of German Roman Names of
Letters Letters Letters. Letters Letters. Letters.
Aa, <A,a, AA. N,n, N,n, Ln.
B,b, B,b, Bay. 9,9, 0,0, Oh
G,¢, C, ¢, Tsay. P, p, P,p, Pay.
D, d, D, d, Day. ’ a Q, G, Koo.
Gc, E,e, Ay. r, Rr, £7.
oe Ff Ff. CAT (8), m: 8, Ls.
Go, Gg, Gay. 2, t, T, t, Tay.
‚u, Hh Aah. u,u, U,u, Oo.
u 3 Be. 8,0, Viv, ow.
— Si, J, j, Yote. W,w, W,w, Vay.
it, Kk aa. XX, X, x, Lhe.
L, l, L, L EN. | y, y, Y, y; Ip -see-lon
M,m, M,m, Zmm. > br , 2, Toct.

Rem. The short form 8 is used at the end of syllables: Ru'⸗-beus, Potd’s
dam, Bred’-lan, Dred’den.

2. The Vowels a, €, i, 9,% are pronounced thus:
/ 1.4,a, like a in father: Bo’cter, Ca’-to, Karl, Gotha.

— De Ge‘
By Seip °

| 4. O,o, “

5. U,u,“

a “ mate: —— Ge⸗hen, E⸗den.

ee“ meet: Ebcdli“⸗ſa, JIſ⸗ſi⸗dor, Ber-lin’.
o “* mote: Gotha, Po’clen, Lekstison’.
oo “ moot: Ru'⸗bens, Wti-fa, Bruder.

3. The Diphthongs au, ei, eu are pronounced thus:

1. Au, at, likeowin mound: Braun, Au’-guit, Haus.
@ “might: Rhein, Stei’-er-mart.
» Mevy’cer-heim, Spev’cer.

2. Gi, ei,

66

(Cy, ey), {4 an {4
(Ai, ai), “

3. En,en, “ ot “ moist:

“ 6

£ Mat, Mainz, Bai’ern.

Eu⸗ro⸗pa, Neu:eng’land.

Rem, The form ey is used only in a few proper names; the form ati is used

in but a few words.

PRONUNCIATICN. 13

4. The Vowel is long: -
1. When doubled in the same aylhble: Paar, Spree.
2. With silenth “ “ « “ Sohn, Noth.
3. When it closes a syllable (especially when it is ac-
cented): Ba’ster, E-li’-fa, Pe’ster, Po’len, da, fo.
Rem. 1. %, followed by silent €, is long: Wien (veen), Mazrie‘.
Rem. 2. Diphthongs are always long: An’-guft, Bai’-ern, Cu:to’=ya.
Rem.3. Great care is necessary not to give a short sound to long vowels,
5. The Vowel is short when followed by:
1. Double consonants: Mut'=ter, bej’-fer, Sozhann’.
2. Two consonants (as a rule): Yef-tizon’, Ru’-bens.
3. A single consonant (in a few monosyllables); as
in, mit, das, e8, man, was, bin, hat, etc.
Rem. In most unaccented syllables, the € is almost suppressed: Be’-ter,

geh’-en, Bo’-Ien, Ba’-ter, Bru’-der, Mut’-ter. -

6. The Consonants are pronounced thus:
1. B,d, 5,5, 8, 1,m,n,p,q,r,t are pronounced like
B, d, fh, h,l,m,n, p, 9,7, ¢ in English.
Exc. 1, B, at the end of a syllable, like p in deep: Dich, thief.
Exc.2.D, “oe wu gi boat: Bad, bath.
Exc. 3. Rt, not beginning a syllable, is trilled: Bru’sder, Ba’ -ter.
Exc. 4. X, in final tion (not preceded by 8), like ts: Vef-ticon’.
„2. ©, before a, 9, or u (or before a conso-

nant) is pronounced like kin king: Ca’to,Cor’ftca.

€, before other vowels “ ts“ mats: Ci’cero,Ce’res.

2.0 22: ee “ og“ go: Bortha,gehren.
“ at the end of asyllable...... (see Less. IL, 2).
4,3,......6..... like y © yoke: Johann’ Juli.

5. ©, before a vowel “ g gone: Sohn, Eli’fa.
“ before p ort,andat the beginning of
a radical syllable, like sh — ship > Spree, Stein.

“ otherwise..... 8 “ less: Rubens, das.
6.8 (in native word), “ f “ fine: Ba'ter, Ha’vel,
7:00 fe Was “ v * vine: Bien, Wol’ga.
BR, 2er. © 2 © war: Mar, Fe'lir.

OF ye ch a i “ ts “ mite: Mainz, Bion.

14 PRONUNCIATION (CONTINUED).

Exercise 2, :

Karl Braun ift in Berlin, Charles Brown is in Berlin.
Cli’-fa Braun ift in Gv’-tha, Eliza Brown is in Gotha.
Mazrie’ Rit’ster ift in Wien, Mary Ritter is in Vienna.
Wil’-helm war in Ba’zden, William was in Baden.
Er ift jest in Frankfurt, He is now in Frankfort.
Wir wa’sren in Mann’:heim, We were in Mannheim.
Mein Ba’ster und mein Bru’- My father and my brother

der find in Hal’cle, are in Halle.
Welecran’-der von Hum’-boldt, Alexander von Humboldt.
Wilhelm von Hum’-bolbt, William von Humboldt.
Pe/ster Paul Ru’-bens, Peter Paul Rubens.
Sa’stob und Wil/-helm Grimm, Jacob and William Grimm.
Herr A. D. Lin’-dezmann, Mr. A. D. Lindemann.

Srau von Wol’-fensftein, Mrs. von Wolfenstein.
Mainz, Ko’blenz, Bre’-men, Mayence,Coblentz,Bremen.
A⸗me⸗ri⸗ka, Eusto’=pa, America, Europe.

Al⸗ſi⸗en, A⸗fri⸗ka, Sn’cdicen, Asia, Africa, India.
Seta’zlisen, Spa’znisen, . Italy, Spain. °

Holland, Un'zgarn, Po’-len, Holland, Hungary, Poland

LESSON II.
PRONUNCIATION: (CONTINUED).
1. The Um’-lauts G, i, ii, it are pronounced thus:
1. We, i, called ah’-wmlaut, like € (see Less. I., 2, 2).

. © © © © # 4

English. It is like the French eu. Its pro-
nunciation may be approximated by producing

ur in burn: Börfe, Zechange, ſchön, beautiful.

8. Ue, ü, called o0’-umlaut, has no. equivalent in
English. Itis like the French v. The pronun-
ciation of Süd (south) may be approximated by

Mi

PRONUNCIATION (CONTINUED). 15

placing the lips as if to whistle, and then trying
to pronounce the word seed: Düf’-fel-vorf.

4, Aeu, iu, has the same sound as ei (Less. I., 3, 3)
2. e., that of 02 in moist; Miu’<fe, mice.

2. There are two Guttural Sounds in the German that
do not exist in the English language:
1. Ch, & (and g, when ending a syllable) after a, 0,
u, or at, have a rough aspirate sound, formed
deeper in the throat and much stronger than
that of 2 in hope: hod) (hohh) high; Tuch (toohh),
cloth ; Tag (tahh), day; machen (ma’-hhen), to make.

2. After other letters (and in the diminutive sylla-
ble det), they have a softer sound, made higher
in the palate, and inclining to that of sh in shall:
ih (ch), T, recht (reh*t), right; Kinv’schen (kind’-
h*en),a child ; Mün’schen (mün’-hen), Munich.

Rem. 1. In words of Greek origin, d sounds like &: Chor, choir.
Rem. 2. Also before § in the same radical syllable, like k: Wachs, war-

3. The Consonantal Combinations fd, th, ng:
1. Sd, like sh in shall: Schall, sound ; Fiſch, yesh.
2. th, “ ¢ “ tones Thon,clay ; Tho’smas, Thomas.
3. ig, * ng“ sing: fing’zen,tosing ; %ing’-er, finger.

4. The Compound Consonants, or those joined together
in printing, are (§ (ch), d (ch), ft (st), B (82), 8 (22).
1. dis pronounced like sf in bake : ver Bad’zer, baker.
x BB“ “ 8“ less: Gefäß’, a vessel.
3. “ ‘ a ts “ mite: Nüp’-lich, useful.

5. Doubled Letters are named separately in spelling :

aa, aa o ‘e e ah-ah. ff, ff . 0 . ef € ot.
Ct, ee... ayay. fl, 5. 2.0. ess-ess.
88 ’ 2 00 e . e oh-oh. tt, tt e . « . tay-tay e

Rem. The vowels $ and tf cre never doubled.

16

PRONUNCIATION (CONTINUED).

6. There are no silent letters in German, except:
1. §, when used to indicate the long sound of a vowel ;

66 6é 66 fs

9 6, 66

“ 66 6é

3. w, after 9 (occuring in a few proper names).

7. The Accent may be understood to be on the jirst
syllable, when not otherwise marked in the vocabularies.

8. Capital Letters are used as initials to aA nouns, and
to the pronouns Gie (you) and Shr (your).

Dritte Aufgabe.

Herr We’zber ift in Berlin‘,
Wo ift Herr Mey’ser-heim?
Er ift jest in Deutſch“⸗land,
Wilhelm und KarlRit’zter find

nicht in Mag’-de-burg,
Sie find jest in Dres’ven,
Berzlin’ ift in Preu’cfen,
Wien ift in De’sftersreich,
Dres’:ven ift in Sady=fen,
Leip’zzig ift in Gady-fen, -
War:fchau ift in Po’clen,
Prag ift in Böh’smen,

Mr. Weber ‘s in Berlin.
Where is Mr. Meyerheim?
He is now in Germany.
William and Charles Ritter
are not in Magdeburg.
They are now in Dresden.
Berlin is in Prussia.
Vienna is in Austria.
Dresden is in Saxony.
Leipsic is in Saxony.
Warsaw is in Poland.
Prague is in Bohemia.

Bierte Aufgabe.

Er’sfte, zwei’ste,prit/=te, vier’-te,
fünf’=te, fechs’cte Lef-ti-on’,

Drit’cte, vier’-te Auf’-ga-be,

Mün’schen, Augs’-burg und
Nürn’berg find in Bai’sern,

First, second, third, fourth,
fifth, sixth lesson.

Third, fourth exercise.

Munich, Augsburg, and Nu-
remberg are in Bavaria.

Prag, Wien, Tri⸗eſt und Inns⸗ Prague, Trieste, and Inns-

brud find in De’-fterzreidh,
Hei’-del-berg ift in Ba’-den,
Diif’-fel-oorf ift in Preu’-fen,
Deutfdycland, Szta’clicen und

Ruß“⸗land find in Eu=ro’=pa,

pruck are in Austria.
Heidelberg is in Baden.
Dusseldorf is in Prussia.
Germany, Italy and Russia
are in Europe.

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT TENSES OF ſtin, TO BE. 17

LESSON III.’
PRESENT AND IMPERFECT TENSES OF THE VERB ftill, TO BE.

Sit Herr Men’zzel in Beri’? Is Mr. Menzel in Berlin?

Nein, er ift in Köln, No, he is in Cologne.

Wo wa’sren Sie ge’-ftern? Mhere were you yesſterday?
Wir wa’-ren in Hal’cle, We were in Halle.

Das Buch war nicht theu’-er, The book was not dear.
Es ift heu’ste fehr warm, It is very warm to-day.

Heu’-te ift eS fehr warm,
Fünfte Aufgabe.

1, Wo find Herr Rein’-hardt und Herr Menzel? 2. Herr
Rein’chardt ift in Berzlin‘, und Herr Men’zzel ift in Pots’-dam.
3. BWa‘eren Sie ge’-ftern in Köln? 4. Nein, ich war ge’sftern
in Sran®furt. 5. Sft Frau Neu’-mann bewte in Berlin’?
6. Sa, fie ift in Berelin’. 7. Sit Fraulein Newmann aud
in Berclin’? 8. Nein, fte ift heu’cte in Dres’-den. 9. Wo ift
das Buch? 10. Hier ift ed. 11. Das Wer'cer ift jest fehr
warm. 12. Bor’zgecftern war es febr falt. 13. Ge’sftern
wa’sren wir in Pots’-dam. 14. Pots’-dam und Mag“de⸗burg
find in Preu’cBen. 15. Preu’-Ben, Bai’zern, Sady’-fen, Ba’z
den, Ol’-den-burg und Med’-len-burg find in Deutfch’=land.

Vocabulary.
Here N., Mr. N. Ich, I. Wann? wl.en? _
ran R., Mrs. N. Er, he. Setzt, now.
Frãuꝰ⸗lein N., Miss N. Sie, she. Heu’ste, to-day.
Das Buch, the book. Es, it. Ge’sitern, yesterday.
n Sud), the cloth. Wir, we. Gor’ -ge-ftern, day befure
n Wet’ ster, the weather. Gie, you. yesterday.
Bil'⸗lig, cheap. Sie, they. Nod), still, yet.
Theu’ser, dear. _ Ya, yes. Sehr, very.
Warm, warm. Nein, no. Wo? where?
Heiß, hot. Nicht, not. Hier, here.
Kalt, cold. Und, and. Da, there.

Vots’-dam (see page 419). Aud, also. On, in.

18 PRESENT AND IMPERFECT TENSES OF ſein, TO BE.

Grammatical.
1. The Present and Imperfect Tenses of the Irregular
Verb fein, to de, are conjugated thus:

Present Tense. Imperfect Tense.
id bin, I am. - ih war, I was.
Cie find, you are. Sie war’-en, you were.
er if, he is. er war, he was.
wir find, we are. | wir war’-eH, we were.
Sie find, you are. Sie war’-en, you were.
fie find, they are. fie war’sen, they were.

Rem. A single consonant between two vowels is pronounced with the last
vowel. ‘The vowels are divided in the paradigms s0 as to show the termina-
tions, not as the words are pronounced.

2. Adverbs of time usually precede those of place:
Er war geftern bier, He was here yesterday. _
Er ift jest in Berlin, He is now in Berlin,

3. When the adverb, adverbial expressions, or adjective

precedes the verb, the nominative follows the verb:

Hier ift es, Here it is.

Heute ift es febr falt, It is very cold to-day.
Kalt tft es heute, It is cold to-day.
Sn Berlin war er nicht, ‘ He was not in Berlin.

Rem. This inversion is much more common in German than in English.
It is especially appropriate where emphasis is placed on the adverb or
adjective.

Exercise 6.

1. Where is Mr. Hoffmann to-day? 2. He is in Magde-
burg to-day. 3. When was he in Berlin? 4. He was in
Berlin day before yesterday. 5. Mrs.Weber and Miss We-
ber are now in Frankfort. 6. Yesterday they were in
Cologne. 7. The weather is cold to-day. 8. Yesterday it
was very warm. 9. Where is the cloth? 10. There it is.
11. Is the cloth cheap? 12. Yes, it is very cheap. 13. Is
Mr. Meyerheim yet in Cologne? 14. Yes, he is there yet.
15. Is Breslau in Prussia? 16. Yes, Breslau, and also
Magdeburg, Berlin, and Göttingen, are now in Prussia.
17. Mr. Dietz is now in Halle. 18. Mr.Weber is in Frank-
fort. 19. Yesterday I was in Leipsic and in Halle.

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT O¥ REGULAR .VERBS. 19

LESSON IV. ~

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT TENSES OF REGULAR VERBS. THE DEFINITE
“ ARTICLE. THE ACCUSATIVE CASE.

Was faufen Sie? What are you buying?
Sch faufe Papier’, I am buying paper.
Der Schneider fauft Tuch, The tailor is buying cloth.
Wo wohnen Sie jest? Where do you reside now ?
Wir wohnen jest in Berlin, We reside now in Berlin.
Hören Sie was er jagt? Doyou hear what he is saying?
Ich höre was er fagt, I hear what he is saying.
Was fauften Sie? What were you buying?
Sch faufte Papier’, I was buying paper.
Er wohnte in Magbeburg, He resided in Magdeburg.

a a Hewas residing in Magdeburg.
a ae 7 He did reside in Magdeburg.

Siebente Aufgabe.

1. Wo wohnt Herr Schumann? 2. Er wohnt jest in Frank:
furt. 3. Er wohnte früher in Heidelberg. 4. Wohnen Sie in
Halle? 5. Nein, wir wohnen nicht in Halle, wir wohnen in
Leipzig. 6. Kauften Sie das Tuh? 7. Nein, ich Faufte ed
nicht; e war fehr theuer und nicht fehr gut. 8. Hört der Schü-
ler, was der Lehrer fagt? 9. Ja, der Schüler hort was der
Lehrer fagt. 10. Der Kaufmann hörte was der Schneider fagte.
11. Hörten Sie was Heinrich und Wilhelm fagten? 12. Sa,
ich hörte was fie fagten. 13. Der Vater und die Mutter lieben
das Kind. 14. Das Kind liebt ven Vater und die Mutter. 15.
Wo fauften Sie das Buch? 16. Ich Taufte es voͤrgeſtern in
Leipzig. 17. Der Schüler kaufte das Buch und das Papier. 18.
Wann waren Sie in Augsburg? 19. Ich war vorgeſtern in
Augsburg. 20. Herr Meyerheim, Herr Roſenthal und Herr
Ehrlich wohnen in Köln, Herr Schleiermacher und Herr Auerbach
wohnen in Magdeburg, Frau Förſter und Fraulein Eggers woh⸗
nen in Gotha, und Herr Lindemann wohnt in München.

Rem. These sentences can of course be multiplied indefinitely.

20

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF REGULAR VERBS,

. Vocabulary. .

Der Dann, the man.

"
”
”

Vater, the father.

Kaufmann, the merchant.
Lehrer, the teacher.

Hörsen, to hear.
Kauf-en, to buy.
Liebsen, to love.
Lob-en, to praise.

wn Schneider, the tailor. Sag⸗en, to say. -

n Schüler, the scholar. Wobhn-en, to reside,
Die Frau, the woman. Wer? who?

„ Mutter, the mother. Was ? what?

Das Kind, the child. - Aber, but.

„ Papier’, the paper. Gut, good.
Heinrich, Henry. Früher, formerly.
Wilhelm, William. Neulich, lately.

Grammatical.

1. The regular Verb lieben, to dove, is conjugated thus:

INDICATIVE MOOD.

Present Tense.
ih lieb’, I love.
Sie Tieb’-en, you love,

er lieb’-t, he loves.

wir Tieb’-en, we love.
Sie Tieb’-en, you love.
fie Tieb’-en, they love.

{ _ Linperfect Tense.
ih Tieb’ste, I loved.
Cie Tieb’-tem, you loved. .
er Yieb’ste, he loved.
wir Tieb’-tem, we loved.
Sie Tieb’-ten, you loved.
fie Tieb’-tem, they loved.

2. That part of the simple verb which precedes the ter-

mination of the infinitive (en) is called the En as: lieb:en,
faufzen, fagzen, wohnen.
Rem. In regular verbs the stem remains unchanged in conjugation.

3. For the three forms of conjugating the verb in Eng-

lish, the German has but one—the simple form :

Ich Taufe, I buy,
Wir Tauften, We bought,
Kaufen Sie? Buy you?

Kauften Sie?
Ich kaufte nicht,

4. The German language has four Cases: the Nomina

Bought you?
I bought not,

I am buying, or Ido buy.

We were buying, ‘* We did buy.
Are you buying? ‘* Do you buy?
Were you buying? ‘* Did you buy?
I was not buying, ‘‘ I did not buy.

tive, the Genitive, the Dative, and the Accusative.

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF REGULAR VERBS. 21

1. The Nominative corresponds to our Nominative.
2. The Accusative is rendered by our Objective.

5. The form of the Definite Article varies according to
the gender of the noun which it limits. The form of the
accusative of the masculine only of the article differs from
that of the nominative:

Nominative : Der Mann, die Frau und das Kind find hier.
The man, the woman, and the child are hers.
Accusative: Ich fehe den Mann, die Frau und das Kind.
Objective: I see the man, the woman, and the child.
Exercise 8. ’

1. The teacher praises the scholar. 2. The father praised
the child. 3. Did you hear what Henry was saying? 4.
No, I did not hear what he said. 5. We heard what he
said. 6. Did he not hear what the teacher said? 7. Yes,
he heard what the teacher was saying. 8. The merchant
was buying the cloth. 9. The woman did praise the child.
10. The child loves the woman. 11. Where did you buy
the book? 12. I bought it in Berlin. 13. When did you
buy it? 14. J bought it day before yesterday. 15. Do you
hear what Miss Steffens is saying? 16. I hear what she is
saying. 17. Where does Miss Steffens reside? 18. She is
now residing here in Berlin. 19. Formerly she resided in
Hamburg.

LESSON V.

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT TENSES OF habe, TO HAVE. ACCUSATIVE
_ OF PERSONAL PRONOUNS.

Haben Sie das Bud) ? Have you the book ?
Sa, ich habe es, Yes, I have it.
Heinrich hat das Mefjer, Henry has the knife.
Wilhelm hatte das Buch, William had the book.
Befuchten Sie Herrn Kraft, alg Did you visit Mr. Kraft when

Sie in Berlin waren ? you were in Berlin ?
Ja, wir befuchten ihn fehr oft, Yes,we visited him very often.

22 PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF REGULAR VERBS.

Nennte Aufgabe,

1. Wer hat das Bud? 2. Sch habe es nicht ; Sohann hatte
e8, alg er hier war. 3. Was haben Sie da? 4. Wir haben
das Bud) und bas Papier. 5. Herr Schade befuchte ung fehr
oft, al wir in Gotha waren. 6. Herr Hoffmann befucht Herrn
Ritter. 7. Was fuchen Sie? 8. Ich fuche das Meffer. 9. Hier
ift ed. Ich habees. 10. Was faufte der Koh? 11. Er kaufte

Brod, Sleifd und Obft. 12. Das Zimmer ift viel zu Fein.
13. Der Zimmermann verfaufte das Haus. 14. Der Kauf:
mann faufte bas Haus. 15. Wo ftudirte Heinrich Neumann,
alg er in Deutfchland war? 16. Er ftudirte in Leipzig und
Berlin. 17. Wohnt Herr Niedner in Gotha? 18. Nein, er
wohnt in Dresden, aber er wohnte früher in Gotha.

Vocabulary.

Der Bäder, the baker. Groß, large, great.

n Rod), the cook. Klein, small, little.

» Zimmermann, the carpenter. Schön, beautiful, fine.
Dad Brod, the bread. Schlecht, bad.

„Fleiſch, the meat. Fleißig, industrious, diligent.

„ Mehl, the flour. auf, indolent, lazy.

n Meffer, the knife. Als (conj.), when, as.

„Obſt, the fruit. Viel (adv.), much.

» Zimmer, the room. Zu (adv.), too.
Befudy’-en, to visit. — Oft (adv.), often, frequently.
Such’-en, to seek, look for. Nod (adv.), yet, still.
Stubir’-en, to study. Selten (adv.), seldom.
Berlauf’-en, to sell. Zumei’-Ien (adv.), sometimes.

Grammatical.

1. The Zrregular Verb haben, to have, is conjugated thus:
INDICATIVE MOOD.

Present Tense. Imperfect Tense.

id bab’: e, I have. id bat’-te, I had.
Sie bab’sen, You have. Gie bat’sten, You had.
er bat, He has. er hat’-te, He had.
wir bab’-en, We have. wir hat’-ten, We had.
Sie bab’-en, You have. Sie hat’-ten, You had.

fie bab’-en, They have. fie bat’-ten, They had.

PRESENT AND IMPERFECT OF haben, TO HAVE. 23

2. Nominative and Accusative cases of the Personal
Pronouns:

SINGULAR. . PLURAL.
Nom. Nom. Acc. Ob. Nom. Nom. Acc. Obj.
id, I. mid, me. wir, we. und, us.
Gie, you. Git, you. Gie, you. Sie, you.
er, he. ihn, him. fie, they. fit, them.
fie, she. fie, her. 9» they. » them.
ed, it. es, it. they. „ them.

3. The word Hert takes tt in all cases of the singular
except the Nominative:

Herr Kraft befuchte Herr-n Klein, Mr. Kraft visited Mr. Klein.

4. The conjunction al8, when (called in English Gram-
mar a conjunctive adverb), refers only to past time. It
requires the verb following it to be placed at the end
of the (subordinate) sentence:

Heinrich fanfte das Buch, als erin Henry bought the bcok when he was
Heidelberg war, . in Heidelberg.

5. The adverb nit (not) is generally placed after the
object of the verb:

Er befuchte uns nicht, Ile did not visit us.

Exercise 10.

1. Did the merchant sell the cloth? 2. Yes, and the
tailor bought it. 3. The baker buys flour and sells bread.
4. Where did William Diez study when he was in Ger-
many? 5. He studied in Heidelberg and Berlin. 6. Did
you call upon (visit) Mrs. Hoffmann when you were in
Magdeburg? 7. Yes, we called upon her. 8. What are
Henry and William looking for? 9. They are looking for
the book. 10. There it is. 11. The scholar is very indus-
trious to-day. Sometimes he is not very industrious, and
he does not study very much. 12. Is the weather very hot
in Germany? 13. No, the weather is rarely very hot in
Germany, but in Italy it is often very hot. 14. Berlin is
very large and beautiful. 15. Who has the book and the
paper? 16. The scholar has them.

24 PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT OF REGULAR VERBS.

LESSON VI.
PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT TENSES OF REGULAR VERBS.

Wer hat das Buch gefauft’? Who has bought the book?

Sch habe es gefauft’, I have bought it.

Haben Sie gehört‘, was Herr Have you heard what Mr.We
Weber gefagt’ hat? ber said ?

Er hat gefagt’, daß Herr Meyer He said that Mr. Meyer has
das Haus gekauft’ bat, bought the house.

Er hatte den Schüler gelobt, | He had praised the scholar.

Es hatte lange gereg’net, It had been raining long.

Elite Aufgabe.

1. Herr Blumenbach hatte das Haus fihon gefauft. 2. Karl
fagt, daß er das Buch in Leipzig gefauft hat. 3. Heute hat es
jehr ftarf gedon’nert und gereg’net. 4. Es hat geftern fehr ftarf
gereg’net, als wir in Potsdam waren. 5. Herr Beder hatte das
Gemäl’ve fdyon vorgeftern vollendet. 6. Er malte es, als wir
ihn befuch‘ten. 7. Was macht das Kind? 8. Es fpielt. 9.
Sdhnei’et es jest? 10. Nein, e8 hat heute viel gefdynei’et, aber jest
fdyneiet eg nicht mehr. 11. Haben Sie das Muſe'um oft beſucht',
als Sie in Berlin waren? 12. Sa, wir befuchten ed febr oft.
13. Es ift wirflich fehr groß und febr fchön. 14. Das Mufeum
in Dresden ift auch ſehr ſchön. 15. Der Zimmermann hatte vas
Haus fdon gebaut. 16. Das Haus ift wirklich fehr groß, aber
sehr ſchön ift es nicht.

Vocabulary.
Bau’ set, to build. Auch (adv.), sis too.
Mady’sen, to make, to do. Daß (conj.), that.
Mal’ sen, to paint. ‘Lan’ «ge (adv.), for a long time.
Spiel’ en, to play. Mehr (adv.), more.
Bollend’sen, to complete. Schon (adv.), already. —
Blitz'⸗en, to lighten. Stark (adv.), hard, severely.
Don’nersn, to thunder. Wirk’ lich (adv.), really.
Ha’ gel-n, to hail. Der Ma’ ler, the painter.
Reg’ stent, to rain. Das Gemäl’-de, the picture.

Schnei’ seit, to snow. »n Mufe’sum, the museum.

PERFECT AND PLUPERFECT OF REGULAR VERBS. 25

Grammatical,
1. The Perfect Participle of Regular Verbs is formed by
prefixing ge:, and adding =t to the stem:
lieb’-en, to love; ge-lieb-t’, loved. bau’sen, to build ; ge-baust’, built.

2. Verbs with inseparable prefixes (as be, ent, er, ge, ver,
ser), and those ending in -iren, do not take ge=:
be-fud’-en,to visit. be-{u dt’, visited.
ftu>bdiv’sen, to study. ſtu⸗dir⸗-t, studied.

3. The Verb has three principal parts, as in English:

Present Infinitive. Imperfect Indicative. Perfect Participle.
lieb ’-en, to love. Lieb’. te, loved. ge -lieb’-$, loved.
ba’gel-n,tohail. ba’gel-te, hailed. ge-ba’gel-t, hailed.
bes{ud)’-en, to visit. be-fud’ste, visited. be⸗ſuch⸗t, visited.
verstauf’-en,to sell. ver-fauf’ste, sold. ver⸗kauf'⸗t, sold.
ftuecir’-en, to study. ftusbir’s te, studied. ftu-bdir’s¢, studied.

4. The Perfect and Pluperfect Tenses of Transitive and
Impersonal Verbs are formed by the use of the auxiliary
haben, zo Aave, and the perfect participle.

INDICATIVE MOOD.
Perfect Tense. Pluperfect Tense.

id Babe geliebt’, I have loved. id) hat'⸗te geliebt’, I had loved.
Sie hab’sen » you have loved. | Gie hat’-ten » youhad loved.
er bat » he has loved. er hat’ ste » hehad loved.

wir bab’-en we have loved. wir hatten „ we had loved.
Sie hab’-en you have loved. | Sie hatten „ you had loved.
fie bab’-en „m they have loved.| fie hat-ten „ they had loved.

5. The Participle is placed at the end of main sentences:

Ich habe bas Bud) gefanft, I have bought the book.
Rem. In subordinate sentences, the auriliary of compound tenses is placed
after the participle:
Er fagte, daß er bas Buch Schon gekauft Hat.
He said that he has already bought the book.

x 6. The Perfect Tense is often employed where in English
the Imperfect Tense would be used:
Er hat bas Buch geftern gefauft, He bought the book yesterday.
7. When the stem ends in -el or -¢r, usually only -n (in-
stead of =en) is added for the termination of the Infinitive:
Ha’ gel⸗n, to hail. Don’ner-n, to thunder. Serbef’ fers, to improve,

etz . J
4 R
tog

Y

32 3

se

a 5

96 PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE -CASE.

Exercise 12.

1. It rained very hard when we were in Diisseldorf.
2. Mr. Ruprecht says that it snowed yesterday in Bran-
denburg. 3. It has not snowed here yet. 4. The cook has
already bought the bread, the flour, and the meat. 5. The
merchant has not sold the cloth yet. 6. The painter had not
finished the painting when we were in Magdeburg. 7.
Yesterday John had not yet bought the book. 8. It has
already been raining a very long time. 9. What is William
doing? 10. He is not here. 11. Where is he? 12. He is
visiting Mr. Lindemann. 13. The child has already been
playing too long. 14. When did you buy the painting?
15. We bought it when we were in Berlin. 16. It is really
very beautiful. 17. Have you heard what Mr. Niedner
said? 18. No, I have not heard what he said.

LESSON VII

PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE CASE. GENDER OF NOUNS.

Sf bas Buch für ven Maler? Is the book for the painter ?
Nein, es ift für ven Kaufmann, No, it is for the merchant.

Der Wald ift febr groß, The forest is very large.

Der’ Sager führte ven Maler The hunter conducted the
durch den Wald, : painter through the forest.

Der Berg ift fehr hoch, The mountain is very high.

Er ift auch febr fteil, - It is also very steep.

Die Stadt ift fehr grog, The city is very large.

Sie ift aud) fehr fchön, It is also very beautiful.

Dreizehnte Aufgabe.

1. Hat Albrecht den Hut gefauft? 2. Nein, er ift für ihn zu
groß. 3. Haben Sie dad Band? 4. Nein, es ift um den Hut.
5. Haben Sie ven Bleiftift 6. Ich habe ihn gehabt, aber ich
babe ihn jest nicht. 7. Ach (oh), da ifter! 8. Die Nacht ift fehr
warm und fihön, aber auch_fehr dunkel. 9. Die Kirche ift fehr

PREPOSITIONS WITIT THE ACCUSATIVE CASE. 27

groß, doch fehr ſchön ift fie nicht. 10. Hat der Stoch vie Butter
ſchon geholt? 11. Sa, er hat fie geftern fdyon geholt. 12. Hat
ber Schüler das Bud) und das Papier? 13. Sa, er hat fie.
14. Hat Marie den Hut gefauft? 15. Sa, fie hat ihn gefauft.
16. Fir wen haben Sie das Buch gefauft? 17. Ich habe es
für das Kind gefauft. 18. Geftern war ed bis gegen Whend fehr
warm,’aber die Nacht war ziemlich Talt. 19. Heute Morgen
(this morning) hat Herr Neumann ung durd) das Mufeum ges
führt. 20. Der Rod ift nicht für mid. Ohne Zweifel ift er
für Herrn Beder.

Vocabulary.

Der Abend, the evening, Albrecht, Albert.
n Dtorgen, the morning. Kathari'na, Catharine,
n Berg, the mountain. Dunkel, dark.
nw itgel, the hill. Hod, high.
n Wald, forest, woods. Steil, steep.
» Siger, the hunter. Ziemlich, quite, somewhat.
wn Bleiftift, the lead-pencil. Führen, to conduct, to guide.
» Sut, the hat, bonnet. Holen, to procure, go and get.
n Rod, the coat. . Bis, until, till.
„Zweifel, the doubt. Durch, through.

. Die Stadt, the city. Für, for.

mw Kirche, the church. Gegen, towards,
n Nacht, the night. Ohne, without.
» Butter, the butter. Um, around.

Das Band, the band, ribbon. Wider, against. .

Grammatical.

1. The seven prepositions big, durch, für, gegen, ohne, um,
and wider govern the Accusative Case.

2. Many nouns, which in English would be in the neuter
gender, in German are in the masculine or in the feminine

gender. Ä

Der Hut, the hat. Die Stadt, the city. Das Such, the book.
n od, the coat. -| Kirche, the church. | „ Dud, the cloth.
„Tiſch, the table. wn Nacht, the night. n Brod, the bread.

Rem. The gender of nouns is one of the most difficult features in the study
of the German language. At the same time it is one of the most important,

since the form of the article is determined by the gender of the noun,

28 THE GENITIVE CASE.

8. Personal Pronouns must have the grammatical gender
of the nouns for which they stand:
Haben Sie den Bleiftift ? Have you the lead-pencil ?
Nein, ich habe ihn nicht, No, I have not it (him),
4. The Accusative of the Interrogative Pronoun wer is
wen. The Accusative of was is like the Nominative:

Für wen ift ber Rod? For whom is the coat?
Was haben Sie da? What have you there?
Exercise 14.

1. For whom is the coat? 2.Itis for me. 3. Is it not
too large for you? 4. It is rather large. 5. When did
Catharine buy the book? 6. She bought it when she was
in Dresden. 7. Without doubt Mr. Ehrlich has already
bought the painting. 8. Yes, Albert says, that he bought
it yesterday. 9. Has the cook been to get (holen) the butter
and the fruit? 10. Yes, he got them this morning. 11.
The hunter conducted us through the forest. 12. Have
you the lead-pencil? 13. Yes, I have it. 14. The hill is
very steep, but it is not very high. 15. Did Mary buy the
bonnet? 16. Yes, she bought it. It was very beautiful,
and not very dear. 17. Miss Neuman says that it was very .
warm in Potsdam towards evening, but she says that it did
not rain.

LESSON VIIL
THE GENITIVE CASE.

Anftatt des Buches hat der Instead of the book, the schol-
Schüler das Papier gefauft, ar has bought the paper.
Das Haus des Kaufmannes ift The house of the merchant is
fehr groß und impofant’, very large and imposing.

Hier ift ved Schülerd Buch, Here is the scholar’s book.

‚Er tft des Schwagens müde, He is tired of the chattering.

Hier it Heinridhs Buch, Here is Henry’s book.

Wy ift dad Haus des Herrn Whereis the house of Profess-
Profeffor yon Wolfenftein ? or von Wolfenstein?

TIE GENITIVE CASE. 29

Fünfzehnte Anfgabe.

1. Wo waren Sie während des Krieges in Deutſchland? 2.
Wir waren in Leipzig. 3. Während des Sturmes waren Herr
Weber und Herr Kraft in Potsvam. 4. Warum hat Herr
Schultz vas Haus nicht gefauft? 5. Wegen ves Preifes. 6.
Das Haus ift febr (don und fehr bequem, aber ver Preis ift viel
zu hod. 7. Das Haus ded Herrn Profeffor Meyerheim ift
außerhalb der Stadt. 8. Das Herz der Mutter ift voll Angft,
weil rad Kind fo krank ift. 9. Das Dad) des Haufes ift fehr
fteil. 10. Die Gefchichte der Stadt ift fehr intereffant’. 11.
Der Thurm des Domes in Magdeburg ift febr hoch und fehr im⸗
pofant. 12. Der Thurm des Domes in Wien ift auch febr hod
und febr fchön. 13. Weffen Bud) hat Georg? 14. Er hat
Heinrihs Bud. 15. Katharina hat Mariend Bud. 16. Her
Lehrer hat des Schülers Bud) (or das Bud) des Schülers).

Vocabulary.

Der Doltor, —3, the Doctor.
nw Profe|’jor, —8, the Professor.
n Dom, —es, the cathedral.
‘yw Krieg, —es, the war.
wn Preis, —e8, the price.
„ Sturm, —e8, the storm.
„Thurm, —e8, the tower, spire.
Die Angft, —, the anxiety.
n Freude, —, the joy.
n Gefabr’, —, the danger.
n Gefdid’te, —, the history.
n Spite, —, the point,
Das Dad), —e8, the roof.
„Herz, —(en8), the heart.

Anftatt, instead of. .
Außerhalb, outside of, without,
Innerhalb, inside of, within.
Während, during.

Wegen, on account of,
©ewahr’, aware.

Voll, full.

Bequem’, convenient.
Smpofant’, imposing.
Sutereffant’, interesting.
Krank, sick.

Warum’? why?

Weil, because.

Dod), still, however.

Grammatical.
1. The Genitive Case is used with the prepositions anftatt
außerhalb, innerhalb, wabrend, wegen, etc.

Anftatt des Kaufmannes,

Instead of the merchant.

2. The Genitive Case is used without a preposition:
1. Instead of the English Possessive :

Das Buch bes Lehrers,

The book of the teacher.

30 THE GENITIVE CASE:

2. After some adjectives, as: gewabr, voll, müde, etc. :

Er ift des Schwatzens milde, He is tired of the chattering.

3. In most cases where the relation is expressed in English by the prep.
osition of, the Genitive is used in German without a preposition,
especially where limitation is indicated :

Die Gefchichte des Krieges, The history of the war.
3. As to the form of the Genitive Case:

1. With feminine nouns it is the same as that of the nominative.

2. With masculine or neuter nouns, usually ¢8, 8, ett, or u is added te
the nominative.

3. Th Genitive of the definite article (der, bic, bad) is des, der, des.

MASCULINE. FEMININE, NEUTER.

Nom. Gen. Nom. Gen. Nom. Gen.
Der Mann, Des Mannsed. |Die Frau, Der Frau. Das Bud, Des Buch⸗es.
n Krieg, m Krieg-ed. | „ Stadt, » Stadt.) » Haus, m Hauf-ed.
m Maler, » Maler-8.| » Angft, » Angft.) » Dad, » Dad-es,
no Derr, wv Herve, | m Kiche, » Rirde.| „ Kind,- „ Kind-e8.

Rem. The Genitive of nouns is given hereafter in the Vocabularies.
4, As in English, the noun possessed may be placed
without its article after the name of the posscs3or :

Der Bruber des Lehrers, or hes Lehrers Vruder.
The brother of the teacher, or the teacher’s brother.

5. The Genitive of Proper Names of Persons is usual-
ly formed by adding 8, But masculine names in ft, fd, r,
3,and feminine names in ¢, have the genitive in =en$:

Nom. Heinridy, Wilhelm, Herr Neumann, Franz, Marie‘,

Gen. Heinrichs. Wilhelms. Herrn Neumanns. Franzens. Marisend,

6. To titles of office or dignity, the word Herr or Frau

is usually prefixed (especially in direct address):
Herr Profeffor Beder, (Mr.) Professor Becker.
Herr Graf von Bismard, (Mr.) Count von Bismarck.
Frau Gräfin von Bismard, (Mrs.) Countess von Bismarck.
Rem. Especially in the oblique cases, the definite article also may be pre-
fixed (the § being in this case omitted in the Genitive):
Das Haus des Herren Doktor Neumann, or Herrn Doktor Neumanns Haus.

T. Most Geographical Proper Names form the Genitive
by adding 8:
Die Geſchichte VBerling, The history of Berlin.
8. The Genitive of wer (who) is wellen (whose).

THE DATIVE CASE. 31

Exercise 16.

1. Doctor Friedrich resides outside of the city (as of the
city walls). 2. Professor Lindener’s house is outside of the
city. 3.Whose book have I? 4. You have Henry’s book.
5. The history of the war in Germany is very interesting.
6. The tower of the Cathedral in Freiburg is very imposing.
7. The price of the book is too high. I did not buy it
8. Were you in Germany during the war? 9. Yes, we
were in Prussia. 10. The roof of the church is too steep.
11. The spire of the church is very beautiful. 12. Why did
you not buy the coat? 13. On account of the price; it
was much too dear. 14. It rained quite hard during the
night. 15. The father is full of anxiety, because the child
is very sick. 16. Where is Mary’s pencil? 17. Catharine

as it. 18. Mary has Catharine’s book.

LESSON IX,

THE DATIVE CASE,

Herr Weber ift nicht zu Haufe, Mr. Weber is not at home.

Die Nachrichten von dem Kriege The news from the war is
find heute fehr intereffant‘, very interesting to-day.

Der Hund folgt dem Sager nad) The dog follows the hunter

dem Walbe, to the forest.
Die Nachrichtift bem Kaufmann The news is very disagreeable
febr unangenehm, to the merchant.

Siebenzehnte Aufgabe.

1. Wem gehört ver Bleiftift? 2. Er gehört dem Maler. 3. .
Herr Ruprecht hat den Koch nach ver Stadt gefchidt. 4. Der
Bater hat dad Buch vem Kinde gefchenft. 5. Herr Bergmann
hat dem Maler das Gemälde gezeigt. 6. Herr Bernhard wohnt
außerhalb ver Stadt. 7. Die Bibliothek ift gegenüber dem Mu⸗
feum (or dem Mufeum gegenüber). 8. Das Haus des Herrn Pro;

32 THE DATIVE CASE.

feffor Eberhard ift dem Haufe des Herrn Leutner fehr ähnlich,

9. Wem gehört die Zeitung? 10. Sie gehört Herrn Klein.

11. Wo ift Heinrich? 12. Er ift zu Haufe. 13. Wir haben

bas Buch nad) Haufe gefhidt. 14. Das Buch war ihm fehr

nüglih. 15. Herr Viebahn ift aus Dresden. 16. Das Kind

fpielt mit dem Hunde. 17. Georg führte und von dem Muſeum
nach der Bibliothek.

Vocabulary.

Der Hund, —e8, the dog. | Solgen, to follow. .

” Knabe, —ı, the boy . Gehö’ren, to belong.

„ Soldat’, —en, the soldier. Schenfen, to present, to giva,
Die Bibliothe, —, the library. Zeigen, to show.

n Nachricht, —, the news. Aus, out of, from.

wn Zeitung, —, the newspaper. Außer, outside of, besides. |
Aehnlich, similar, like. Gegenil’ber, opposite.
Unähnlich, dissimilar, unlike, Mit, with.
Angenehm, agreeable. Nach, towards, to.
Unangenehm, disagreeable. Bon, from, of.
Nützlich, useful. Zu,to, at.
Schädlich, injurious. Gera’ be (adv.), directly, just.

Grammatical.

1. The Dative Case is governcd:
1. By some Prepositions, as: aud, aufer, gegenüber, mit,
nad, von, zu, etc.
2. By some Adjectives, as: ähnlich, angenehm, etc.
3. By many Verbs, as: folgen, gehören, fchiden, etc.

Rem. The Dative Case frequently corresponds with the English object:ve,
preceded by io, either expressed or understood, especially when it is the indi«
rect olject of a verb.

Er ſchickte dem Schiller bas Buch, He sent (to) the scholar the book.

2. Examples of the declension of the definite article and
of nouns in the singular number:

Masculine. Feminine. Neuter.
-Nom. der Mann. die Frau. dad Kind.
Gen. 008 Mann⸗es. der Frau. des KRind- ed,
Dat. dem Manne, der Frau. dem Kinde⸗e.

Ar. den Mann. die Frau. dad Kind.

THE DATIVE CASE. 33

Rem. 1. Some masculine and neuter nouns are declined as follows:

Nom. der Bater, Herr, Soldat’. das Wetter.
Gen. D008 Bater-8, Herren, Goldat’=ewn, bes Wetter. 8,
Dat. dem Bater, Herren, Soldat’en. dem Wetter.
Acc. den Bater, Herren, Soldat’-em. das Wetter.

Rem. 2. Feminine nouns are unchanged in the singular.

Rem. 3. The € is often dropped from the termination of many nouns that
have ¢3 and ¢ in the genitive and dative.

3. The English Cases are rendered in German thus:
1. The Nominative by the Vominative in German.
2. The Possessive by the @enitive in German.
3. The Objective by the Gen., Dat., and Acc. in Germ.

4. Among the idiomatic uses of the Dative Case, the fol-
ıowing may be noticed:
1. Adjectives follow the noun they govern in the dative ;
Das Bud ift bem Schüler nützlich, The book is useful to the scholar.
2. Gegenüber may precede, though it usually follows the noun:
Der Kirche gegenüber, or gegenitber ber Kirche, Opposite the church,
8. With two personal nouns the accusative precedes the dative case;

a personal noun precedes one referring to a thing, whatever the
case of either may be;

Er hat den Knaben dem Maler gefdidt, He sent the boy to the painter.
Er fcidte dem Maler bas Buch, He sent the book to the painter.

4. Rah Hanfe means towards home; zu Hauſe means at home.

5. „Herr Weber ift ang Berlin“, means that Berlin is or was Mr. We-
ber’s permanent residence or his native place.

6. Rah indicates motion to a place ; zu, motion to a person.
Er führte uns nach bem Muſeum, He conducted us to the museum.
Er führte ung zu dem Maler, He conducted us to the painter.

5. The Dative of wer (who) is wem (to whom, ete.).

Exercise 18.

1. To whom does the house belong? 2. It belongs to
Mr. Schumann. 3. Did the boy hear what the soldier said ?
4. What did the merchant send to the tailor? 5. He sent
the cloth to the tailor. 6. The professor gave the boy the
pencil. 7. The coat belongs to the soldier. 8. The book is

B2

34 PREPOSITIONS WITH ACOUSATIVE AND DATIVE.

very injurious to the child. 9. The child is following his
father to the city. 10. Mr. Riegel has sent the book to
Professor Kraus. 11. The book belongs to Mr. Riegel.
12. The news was very agreeable to the soldier. 13. Mr.
Auerbach is from Magdeburg. 14. The church is just
opposite to the house of Mr. Dietrich. 15. The painter
showed Mr. Krumm the painting. 16. The child is very
unlike the father. 17. To-day the newspaper is very inter-
esting. 18. The teacher presented the book to the scholar.
19. The boy was playing with the dog.

LESSON X.

PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE AND DATIVE CASES,

Das Buch ift auf dem Tiſche, The book is on the table.

Heinridy legte e8 auf den Tifd, Henry laid it on the table.

Der Stuhl ift vor dem Ofen, The chair is before the stove.

Er ftellte ihn vor den Ofen, He put it before the stove.

Das Bud ijt neben dem Pa- The book is close by the
pier’, paper.

Er legte eö neben das Papier’, He laid it close by the paper.

Der Brief ift in vem Buche, The letter is in the book.

Sch legte ihn in das Buch, I laid it in the book.

| Neunzehnte Aufgabe.

1. Er hängte das Gemälve über ven Tifh. 2. Ich fehidte
ben Brief über Hamburg nach Ame’rifa. 3. Das Dorf ift zwi-
hen dem Walde und dem Berge. 4. Der Bleiftift ift zwifchen
bem Buche und dem Papier. 5. Heinrich legte den Bleiftift zwi⸗
fen das Buch und das Papier. 6. Der Hund ift in dem Garz
ten. 7. Das Boot ift unter ver Bride. 8. Der Bleiftift ift
unter dem Bude. 9. Wer hat ihn unter das Buch gelegt? 10.
Herr Meyer hat dem Maler gefagt, daß er den Brief über Brez
men gefdidt hat. 11. Wir haben bad Gemälde an die Wand
gehängt. Es war auf dem Boren. 12. Herr Meyer hat und von

PREPOSITIONS WITH ACCUSATIVE AND DATIVE. 35

ber Kirche nach der Bibliothek geführt. 13. Karl hat dad Bud
lange gefucht. 14. Heute Morgen habe ich den Brief und pas
Bud) vem Herrn Profeffor Burdhart gefdidt. 15. Wo wohns
er? 16. Er. wohnt in Leipzig. 17. Das Boot ift an vem Ufer.
18. Ich habe das Gemälde nod) nicht an die Wand gehängt.
19. Die Lampe ift auf dem Tifche.

Vocabulary.

Der Brief, —e8, the letter. An, on, to, at.

nw Boden, —3, the floor. Wuf, upon, on.

» Garten, —8, the garden. Hinter, behind.

„ Dfen, —3, the stove. $n, in, into.

„ Stuhl, —e8, the chair. Neben, near, close by.

Tiſch, —es, the table, Ueber, above, by way of.

Die Brüde, —, ‘the bridge. Unter, under, below.

n Band, — ‚the wall. Bor, before. '

" Lampe, —, the lamp. Zwiſchen, between.
Das Boot, —es, the boat. Hängen, to hang (active).

„ Ufer, —8, the shore. Legen, to lay.

w Licht, —e8, the candle. Stellen, to place, to put.

Grammatical. —

1. The nine prepositions an, auf, hinter, in, neben, über,
unter, vor, zwiſchen, govern the Accusative Case when motion
towards the object they govern is expressed.

They govern the Dative Case when rest or motion
within specified limits is expressed:

Er legte das Buch auf den Tifch, He laid the book on the table.
Das Buc ift auf Dem Tifche, The book is on the table.

2. The correct use of prepositions is one of the most difficult things to be
acquired in learning any foreign language. This is owing largely to the fact
that there are so many idiomatic expressions connected with their use which
ean not be literally translated from one language to another.

Er geht nad) Haufe, He is going home.
Gr ift zu Haufe, He is at home.
Sr geht liber Köln, He goes by way of Cologne.

Das Boot ift an dem Ufer, The boat is by the shore.
Er fist an bem Tiſche, He is sitting at the table.
Er ift cus Berlin’, He is from Berlin.

36 PERSONAL PRONOUNS.

8. This difficulty is also increased to the English-speaking person in learn-
ing German by the fact that, in German, prepositions govern three cases, the
Genitive, Dative, and Accusative ; and by the fact that circumstances deter-
mine whether certain prepositions shall govern the Accusative or the Dative.

Genitive. Dative. Accusative. Acc. or Dat.
Anftatt. Aus. Bis. An.
Außerhalb. Außer. Durch. Auf.
Innerhalb. Gegenüber. Für. Hinter.
Während. Mit. Gegen. In.
Wegen Nach. Ohne. Neben.
(and many Bon. Um. Ueber.

others). Zu Wider. Unter.
(and some Bor.
others). Zwifchen.
Exercise 20.

1. Mr. Bauer has not yet sent the book to the teacher.
2. We hung the painting on (an) the wall yesterday evening.
3. The candle is on (auf) the table. 4. William placed the
chair between the table and the wall. 5. The Cathedral
is between the Museum and the Library. 6. The book is
on (auf) the floor. 7. The painter put the painting on the
table. 8. Where is the letter? 9. It is in the book; I laid
itin the book. 10. The boy took (führte) us from the Cathe-
dral to the Museum. 11. The garden is behind the house.
12. The bridge is between the village and the mountain.
13. The book, the pencil, and the paper are on the table.

LESSON XL

PERSONAL PRONOUNS. FORMS OF ADDRESS. CONTRACTIONS OF
PREPOSITIONS WITH THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.

Der Brief ift nicht von thm, The letter is not from him.
Herr Kranzler hatte Ihnen die Mr. Kranzler had already
Zeitung fdyon gefchidkt, sent you the newspaper.

Heinrich war nicht mit ihnen, Henry was not with them.
Haft du die Zeitung gehabt? Have you had the newspaper!
Wilhelm ift im Mufeum, William is in the Museum.
Srantfurt am Main, Frankfort-on-the-Maine.

PERSONAL PRONOUNS. 37

Cinundzwanzigfte Aufgabe.

1. Haft du ven Bleiftift? 2. Nein, ich habe ihn nicht. 3.
Haft du vie Aufgabe fchon vollendet? 4. Sa, ich habe fie voll
endet. 5. Heinrich, haft du gehört, wads der Lehrer gefagt hat?
6. Sa, icy habe es gehört. 7. Habt ihr gehört was der Lehrer
fagte? 8. Sa, wir haben e8 gehört. 9. Haft du dad Bud) auf
ben Stuhl gelegt 2? 10. Nein, ich habe ed auf den Tifch gelegt.
11. Wohnt Herr Weber weit (far) von Herm Kraft? 12. Nein,
er wohnt ihm gerade gegenüber. 13. Der Maler zeigte mir das
Gemälde. 14. Das Gemälde gehört Herrn Meyer; ver Ma-
ler hat es ihm heute Morgen verfauft. 15. Die Bibliothek ift
nicht weit vom Mufeum. 16. Er legte den Brief ing Bud.
17. Herr Schuhmacher hat uns heute durchs Mufeum geführt.
18. Frau Auerbad und Fräulein Auerbach waren geftern und
sorgeftern in Frankfurt am Main. 19. Heinrich Riemenhofer
wohnte früher in Frankfurt an der Der.

Grammatical. .
1. The Personal Pronouns are declined thus:

FIRST PERSON.

ull

= SECOND PERSON,

Singular.
Nom. ij, I.
Gen. meiner, of me, etc.*
Dat. mir, to me, etc.*

Singular.
du, thon. (Sie, you.)
deiner, of thee, etc. (Shrer, of you, etc.)
dir, to thee, ete. (Ihnen, to you, —

Acc. mich, mo. dich, thee. (Sie, you.)
Plural. Plural, |
Nom. wit, we. ifr, you. (Sie, you.)

Gen. unfer, of us, etc.*
Dat. ung, tous, etc.
Acc. nus, us,

euer, of you, etc. (Ihrer, of you, etc.)
end), to you, etc. (Ihnen, to you, etc.)
end, you. (Sie, you.)-
4 THIRD PERSON.

Singular. | Plural.
Nom. tt, he. fie, she. ed, it. fie, they.
Gen. feiner, ofhim.* ihrer, of her. feiner, of it. | ihrer, of them.
Dat. ihm, tohim. ihr, toher. ihm, to it. | ihnen, to them.
IAce. ifn, him. fit, herr €, it. | fie, them

* For thé use of the cases, see Lessons VII., VIIT., and IX.

|
|

38 PERSONAL PRONOUNS:

2. The forms of address in German differ from those in
the English:

1. In ordinary discourse the form of the third per-
son plural is used instead of the regular forms
of the second person of both numbers. When
thus used the pronoun begins with a capital
letter.

2. Besides using dit in addressing Deity, the regu-
lar forms du and ihr are employed in speaking
to near relatives or very dear friends, and also
in speaking to servants and often to children.

Rem. This use of the form of the third person plural for the second person

of both numbers has been constantly increasing since its first introduction at
the beginning of the eighteenth century.

3. In the Pres. and Imperf. Tenses of Regular Verbs :
1. The second pers. sing. adds to the stem -{t or =eft.
2.The “ * pur. “ “ “ “© st or ee,
Sing. bu Tieb’-ft, thou lovest; du Lieb ’-teft, thou didst love.
Plur. ihe licb’-t, you love; ihrlieb’-fet, you did love,

Rem, 1. When the stem ends in d, t (or gu), =eft and <¢t must be added:
Sing. bu wart eft, thou waitest; du warts eteft, thou didst wait.
Plur. ihr wart=-et, you wait; ihr wart-etet, you did wait.

Rem. 2. The present indicative of fein has du bift, and ihr feid.

The present indicative of haber has du haft, and ihr habt.

4. The following contractions of prepositions with

the definite article are allowable and are sometimes

necessary :

1.With Dat. Sing. dert: | 2. With Dat. Sing. | 3. With. Acc. Neut. a8:
am for an dem, Feminine der + ang for an bas.
beint ‘ bei bem. zur for zu der. | auf °“ auf das.
hinterm “ hinter dem. durchs“ Durch das,
im “ in dem. fürs - ‘° für das.
unternt °° unter dem. ind? ** int das.
pom “ pont dem. ums “ um das.

zum ° zu dem,
Sranffurt am Main (an dem Main), Frankfort-on-the-Maine.
Er ift im Haufe (in dem Haufe), He is in the house.
Er fommt vont Mufeum (von dem Dtuf.), He comes from the Museum.
Das Bud) ift fiirs Kind (fir das Kind), The book is for the child.
Er gebt ind Haus (in Das Hans), He goes into the house.

THE IRREGULAR VERB werden, TO BECOME. 39

_ Exercise 22.

1. Charles, hast thou not had the lead-pencil? 2. I put it
into the book. 3. What art thou looking for? 4. I am look-
ing for the pencil. 5. What are you looking for? 6. We
are looking for the book. 7. Hast thou been to get (holen)
the bread? 8.I got it this morning. 9. Where wast thou?
10. I was in the garden. 11. Did you (Sie) buy the paint-
ing? 12. No, I did not buy it. 13. When did you (Sie)
send the letter to Professor Hoffmann? 14. I sent the let-
:ter to him yesterday. 15. The letter is in the book. 16.
The church is not far (weit) from the Museum.

LESSON XII.

THE IRREOULAR VERB Wwerden, TO BECOME. FUTURE TENSES.

Das Wetter wird falt, The weather becomes cold.
Sie werten reich, They are becoming rich.
Es wurde fehr heiß, It became very hot.

€8 wird bald regnen, It will soon rain.

Sie werden in Berlin’ wohnen, They will reside in Berlin.
Der Maler wird das Gemälde The painter will probably
wahrfcheinfih übermorgen have finished the paint-

vollen’vet haben, ing day after to-morrow.

Dreinndzwanzigfte Aufgabe, -

1. Heute wird es gewiß’ fehr heiß fein. 2. Das Bud) wird
langweilig. 3. Gegen Abend wurde das Wetter Falt, naß und
febr unangenehm. 4. Der Kaufmann wurde fehr reid. 5. Es
wird ſchwül. 6. Es wird wahrfcheinlich vor Whend regnen. 7.
Morgen wird der Maler das Gemälde ganz gewiß vollendet ha-
ben. 8. Der Tifchler wird Die Kommo'de morgen repari’ren.
9. Der Bauer wird das Korn verfau’fen. 10. Der Vater wird
dads Kind loben, weil es fleißig ift und weil ed vie Aufgabe fo
ſchnell vollendet hat. 11. Heute Abend (this evening) wird
Wilhelm Schröver ven Direktor pred Mufeums befuchen. 12.
Morgen Abend (to-morrow evening) werden wir den Herrn

40 THE IRREGULAR VERB WEIDEN, TO BECOME:

Profeffor Siebert aus Wien befuchen.: 13. Während ver Nacht
wurde ed ziemlich Falt, aber jept ift bas Wetter warm und ange:
nehm, 14. Der Knabe wird die Lektion’ bald gelernt haben. 15.
Wir werden das Haus nicht realen 16. Es hat gevon’nert; es

wird bald regnen.

Vocabulary.

Der Arzt, —c8, the physician.
n Bauer, —8, the peasant.

ov Bibliothefar’, —8, the librarian.

» Divel’tor, —8, the Director.

„Tiſchler, —8, the cabinet-maker.

” Weigen, —3, the wheat.

n Roggen, —8, the rye.
Die Kommo’de, —, the bureau.
Das Korn, —e8, the grain.
Bebau’en, to cultivate, to till.
Lernen, to learn.
Mtiethen, to rent, to hire.
Tadeln, to blame.
Repari’reu, to mend.

Arm, poor.

Reich, rich.

Freundlich, kind, friendly.
Roftbar, costly.
Langmeilig, tedious.

Nay, wet.

Schwül, sultry.

Bald, soon.

Soe’ ben, just now.
Morgen, to-morrow.
Uebermorgen, day afier to-morrow.
Schnell, fast, quick.
Gewiß', certainly.
Wahrſchein' lid), probably.

Grammatical.
1. The Irregular Verb werden, fo become, is conjugated

thus:

INDICATIVE MOOD.

Present Tense.
Ich werd’-e, I become.
Du wirft, thou becomest.
Er wird, he becomes.
Wir werd’-en, we become.
Yor werd’set, you become.
Sie werd’-en, they become.

Imperfect Tense.
Sc wurd’-e, I became.
Du wurd’s eft, thou becamest.
Gr wurd’-¢, he became.
Wir wurd’-en, we became.
‘br wurd’-ct, you became.
Sie w urd’-en, they became.

2. The Present Tense of werden, to become, is used in
forming the Future Tenses of all verbs:

First Future: Es wird regnen,

It will rain.

Second Future : €8 wird geregnet haben, It will have rained.

* Rem. The Future Tenses in Germah express simple /futurity, and not in-
clination or desire, as is often the case in English.

iu

FUTURE TENSES. 41

3. The Indicative Mood of lieben, Zo Zove.

Pre:ent Tense.
ih fieb’-e, I love.
bu lieb’-ft, thou lovest.
er Tiebst’, he loves.
wir lieb’„en, we love.
ihr Tieb’st, you love.
fie Tieb’sen, they love.

Perfect Tense.

I have loved, etc.
ih hab’-e geliebt’.
bu haft geliebt’.
er bat geliebt”.
wir hab’-en geliebt’.
iby bab’=t geliebt’.
fie Hab’-en geliebt’.

First Future Tense.
I shall love, etc.

ih werd’-e lieben.
du wirft lieben,
er wird lieben.
wir werd ’-en lieben.
ihr werb’-et lieben.
fie werd’-em lieben.

Imperfect Tenze.
id) lieb’-te, I loved.
bu [teb’= tet, thou lovedst,
er Tieb’-te, he loved.
wir Lieb’-tem, we loved.
ihr Tieb’-fet, you loved.
fie Tieb’-ten, they loved.

Pluperfect Tense.

I had loved, etc.
ih hat’-te gelicht‘.
bu bat’-teit geliebt’.
er bat’-te geliebt”.
wir hat’sten geliebt”,
iby bat’-tet geliebt’.
fie Hat’-ten geliebt”.

Second Future Tense.
I shall have loved, ete.
ih werd’-e geliebt‘ Haben.
bu wirft geliebt’ haben.
er wird geliebt’ haben,
wir werd’sen geliebt’ haben.
ihr werd’set geliebt’ babe,
fie werd’-en geliebt’ haben,

Exercise 24.

1. The physician will visit Mr. Meyer to-day. 2. The
carpenter is buildingthe house. 3. The peasant is till-
ing the field. 4. The merchant is becoming very rich.
5. The tailor became very poor. 6. The history became
very tedious. 7. Itis becoming sultry. 8. It will soon
rain. 9.Itis thundering now (foeben). 10. The peasant
will sell the wheat and the rye. 11. The director of
the Museum was very kind towards (gegen) us. 12. He
took (führen) us through the Museum. 13. The librarian
took us through the Library. 14. The Library is very
large and costly. 15. The teacher blamed the child
because it did not learn the lesson. 16. We have rent-

ed the house.

42 GERMAN CURRENT HAND.

LESSON XIII.
GERMAN CURRENT HAND.

1. Capital Letter:.
A ELLI LG oA
OE ET EEE

ELUU OC DS WI Z
— GUase s T

UDWB Y F

GY TF W X Y Z

2. Small Letters.

we x -s- Be ve- ae - Lew 5 L ra es Ei.

a be de f gi ih t yg kimn

pp —— ae, 7

op q r t u vv te 4

3. Um!aut Vowels and Combined Consonants.

EEE

ii iia ch sch SZ

GERMAN CURRENT HAND. 43

| Fünfundzwanzigſte Aufgabe.
EL, $y QL Ze.
Berlin, Sambury, Dre den, Köln,

We, Wan, m ech

Münden, Wien, Frankfurt.
Gehan, hig tong, EAN
Potsdam, Augzsburg, Bremen.
uv LP é UU
— Ge, Faß

Deutfhland, Amerifa, Preußen.
F- w LF wesen, A —
Heinrich, Johann, Albrecht.
C dm, Al.
ATS +) — Cf ray .
Eophie, Marie, Anna, Augufte,
4
F- DA — —
Herr Schmidt. Frau Dietrich,

Lian WAL

Zräulein Mühlbach.

GERMAN CURRENT HAND:
Sechsundzwanzigſte Aufgabe.

(1.) F- Hema ELITE ER
0) Gm RE HF A «i —
— zu A GL

a) Al. SAD BE Yor
Be 2 GL A En LE ALL
* DA Gun ft

anne dese mame de

Äh PIE

e 5
⸗

(5

a CX. RE. al? &

Mey — 7 — —
Br
(7.) Paw Aa. £ol LP

Ga] hen ALL

CONJUGATION OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 45

LESSON XIV.

CONJUGATION OF IRREGULAR VERBS,

Sprechen Sie Deutfch? Do you speak German?
Nein, ich fpreche nur Englifh, No, I speak only English.
Herr Meyer fpricht Deutfh, Mr. Meyer speaks German.
Herr Klein fprach mit ung, Mr. Klein spoke to us.

Er hat mit uns gefprodyen, He has spoken to us.
Marie fingt febr ſchön, Mary sings very finely.

| Siebennndzwanzigite Aufgabe.

1. Sprechen Sie Deutfh? 2. Wir fprechen nur Engliſch.
3. Frau Dietrich fpricht Deutfch und Franzöfiih. 4. Fraulein
Hafenclever fpricht Franzöſiſch, Staliänifh und Spanifd. 5.
Der Buchbinver hat das Buch ganz gut gebund’en. 6. Wo haben
Sie den Brief gefunden? 7. Ich fand ihnim Buche. 8. Fräu⸗
lein Hildebrand hat das Lied febr fchön gefung’en. 9. Sa, fie
fang e8 wirflich febr fchön. 10. Der Dieb hat das Geld geftoh’-
len. 11. Das Kind hat mit bem Stode gefpiclt. 12. Sa, und ed
hat ihn aud) gebrochen. 13. Sch habe heute Morgen mit Herrn
Braun gefprodyen. 14. Sch habe das Buch lange gefucht, aber ich
habe e8 noch nicht gefunden. 15. Johann hat ed.

Vocabulary.

Der Buchbinder, —, thebookbinder. | Deutfd), German.

wn Dieb, —e8, the thief. Hollänbifch, Dutch.

n Stod, —c8, the cane. Engliſch, English.
Das Gelb, —e8, the money. Franzö' ſiſch, French.

n ied, —e8, the song. Staliei’-nifd), Italian.
Nur (adv.), only, but. Spanifd, Spanish.
Wenig (adv.), a little. Latei’nifch, Latin.
Ganz (adv.), entirely, very. Griechiſch, Greek.

Present Infinitive, Imperfect Indicative. Perfect Participle,
bind’-en, to bind, band, bound, gesbund’-en, bound.
finb’sen, to find, fand, found, geefunb’sen, found.
fing’sen, to sing, fang, sung, ge⸗ſung“⸗en, sung.
ſprech⸗ en, to speak, {prad, spoke, ge⸗ſproch ⸗en, spoken.

. bred’sen, tobreak, - brad, broke, ge-brod’sen, broken,

Rebl’-en, to steal, ftabl, stole, geftobl’sen, stolen,

46 CONJUGATION OF IRREGULAR VERBS.

Grammatical.

1. Irregular Verbs have the following peculiarities:

1. They have the ending -¢g instead of =f in the Perfect Participle.

2. The radical vowel of most Irregular Verbs is changed in forming
the Imperfect Indicative and the Perfect Participle.

3. The Imperfect Indicative is usually a monosyllable (having the ‚first
and third persons singular alike, and rarely take the ending ⸗te).

4. Most verbs with € in the radical syllable change it to ¢ or it in the
second and third person of the present singular.

2. The Indicative Mood of fpredjen, to speak:

Present Tense. Imperfect Tense.
id) ſprech⸗e, I speak. id) ſprach, I spoke. .
bu fpridj-ft, thon speakest. bu fprad-ft, thou spokest.
er {prid-t, he speaks. er ſprach, he spoke.
wir {pred’set, we speak. wir fprad)’-en, we spoke.
iby fpred’-t, you speak. thr fprad’-t, you spoke.
fie fprech’-en, they speak. fie {prach’-em, they spoke.
Perfect Tense. Pluperfect Tense.
I have spoken, etc. I had spoken, etc.
ih hab'⸗e gefprod’en. ih hat'⸗te geſproch'en.
du haſt gefprod’ en, bu hat’-teft geiprod’en.
er hat gefprod’en. er hat'⸗te gefprod’cn
wir bab’-en gefprod’en. wir hat'⸗ten gefprod’en.
iby bab’-t gefprod’ en. iby Hat’-tet gefprod’en.
fie hab’-en gefprod’en. fie bat’-ten gefprod’en.
First Future Tense. Second Future Tense.
I shall speak, etc. I shall have spoken, etc.
ih werd-e fpred’en. ih werd’e geſproch' en haben.
du wirft fpred’en. du wirft gefprod’en haben.
er wird ° fpred’en. er wird gefprody’en Haben.
wir werden fpred’en. wir werd’-en geiproden haben.
ibe werd’set [pred’en. iby werd’set gefprod’en haben.
fie werden [pred’en. fie werbd’sen geiprod’en haben,
3. The Indicative Mood of fteblen, zo steal :
Present Tense. Imperfect Tense,
ih ftehl’:e, I steal. ih ftabl, I _stole,
bu ftiehl-ft, thou stealest. bu ftahl=ft, thou stolest.
er ftiehlt, he steals. er ftabl, he stole. -
mir ftebl’-en, we steal. wir ftabT’-en, we stole.
ihr ſtehl'æt, you steal. ihr ftahl’-t, you stole.

fie ftebl’-en, they steal. fie ftahl’-em, they stole.

CONJUGATION OF IRREGULAR VERBS. 47

Perfect Tense. _ Pluperfect Tense.
ich habe geitohl’en, etc.,. id) hatte geftohl’en, ezc.,
I have stolen, eéc. I had stolen, etc.

First Future Tense. Second Future Tense.
ih werde ſtehl'en, etc., ih werde geitohl’en haben, etc.,
I shall steal, etc. I shall have stolen, etc.
4. The Indicative Mood of binden, to dind :

Present Tense. Imperfect Tense.
ih bind’s¢, I bind. id band, I bound.
bu bind'⸗ eft, thou bindest. bu bawbd’s eft, thou boundest.
er bind’=et, he binds. er band, he bound.
wir bind’sen, we bind. wir band’-en, we bound.
iby bind’-et, you bind. ihr band’-et, you bound.
fie bind’-en, they bind. ‘- | fie band’scen, they bound.

Perfect Tense. Pluperfect Tense.
id habs gebund’ en, etc., ih hatte gebund’en, etc.,
I have bound, etc. I had bound, etc.

First Future Tense. Second Future Tense.

id) werde bind'en, etc., ich werde gebund'en haben, etc.,
I shall bind, eic. I shall have bound, etc.

5. Adjectives are used as adverbs without change of
form.

Er fprict gut, He speaks well.
Sie fingt ſchön, She sings beautifully.
Exercise 28.

1.Do you speak French? 2. No,I do not speak
French. 3.Mr. Kreutzner speaks German, Dutch, Italian,
and Spanish. 4. Prof. Schmidt speaks Latin and Greek.
5. You have broken the cane. 6. The thief has stolen
the hat and the coat. 7. Where did you find the pencil?
8. I found it under the book. 9. George had tied (bin-
den) the band on (um) the hat. 10. Mary sung the song
very well. 11. Mr. Neidner is speaking; do you hear
what he is saying? 12.1 was looking for the news-
paper. 13. Henry will sing the song. 14. The child
had broken the cane. 15. John will find the book. 16.
Mr. Krause will buy the house.

48 . PLURAL OF NOUNS.

LESSON XV.

PLURAL OF NOUNS AND OF THE DEFINITE ARTICLE.

Die Lehrer loben die Schüler, The teachers praise the

scholars.

Die Garten find fehr groß, The gardens are very large.
Die Berge find fteil, The mountains are steep.
Die Hunde folgen den Sagern, The dogs follow the hunt-
Die Nächte find falt, The nights are cold. [ers.
Albrecht hat vie Bücher, Albert has the books.

Die Kirchen find fchön, The churches are beautiful.
Wer hat die Zeitungen ? Who has the newspapers ?

Nenunundzwanzigite Aufgabe.

1. Die Schüler haben die Aufgaben vollendet. 2. Die Hü-
gel find nicht febr hod). 3. Die Zimmer find zu Fein. 4. Die
Gemalve find fehön, aber fehr theuer. 5. Johann hat vie Bleiz
ftifte auf den Tiſch gelegt. 6. Die Bleiftifte find neben den
Büchern. 7. Die Tifche find in den Zimmern. 8. Die Diebe
haben das Geld geftohlen. 9. Die Dächer ver Häufer in ven
Dörfern find fehr fteil. 10. Die Thürme der Kirchen in den
Städten find hod) und impofant. 11. Die Maler haben die Ge-
mälde an die Wände der Zimmer gehängt. 12. Der Maler hat
das Gemälde an die Wand des Zimmers gehängt. 13. Herr
Dietrich hat die Briefe über Bremen nach Amerika gefdhidt. 14.
‚Herr Blumenbadh und Herr Dunder haben die Lieder ganz ſchön
gefungen.

Grammatical.
1. The Definite Article is declined as follows:
SINGULAR.

Maseuline. Feminine. Neuter.

(The man.) (The woman.) (The child.)
Nom. der Mant. bie Frau. das Rind.
Gen. bed Mann-es, der Frau, bes Kind⸗es.
Dat. dem Manne. ber Frau. dem Kinde⸗e.

Acc. ben Mann. die Frau. bas Rind.

PLURAL OF NOUNS. 49

PLURAL.
Masculine. Feminine. Nester.
(The men.) (The women. ) (The children.)
Nom. die Männ⸗er. die Frau-en, die Rinb-er.
Gen. der Mann-er. der Frausen. der Kind⸗er.
Dat. den Männsern. | den Frau-en. den Rind-ern.
Acc, die Männ-er. die Frau-en. die Kind⸗er.

Rem. The Definite Article has the same form in the plural for all genders.
2. The Plurals of Nouns are formed in several ways:

1. With come nouns the rom. plural is like the nom. singular.
~ 2. Some nouns take merely an umlaut on the radical vowel, when the
vowel is capable of it.
3. Some nouns merely add -¢ to the singular.
4. Some nouns add =€ and also take the umlaut.
5. Some nouns add -¢r (with the umlaut, when the vowel is capable of it).
6. Some nouns merely add =# to the singular.
7. Some nouns merely add =£ft to the singular.

3. Nouns that add = or -¢tt in the plural (and also in
the gen., dat., and acc. sing., if the nouns are masculine)
are said to be of the New Declension.

. Those that take -i or -en in the plural, and <8 or -¢8
in the gen. sing., are said to be of the Mixed Declension.
All other nouns are said to be of the Old Declension.
Rem. 1. The Old Declension includes by far the greater portion of nouns.
Rem, 2. No neuter nouns belong to the New Declension.
Rem. 3. No feminine nouns belong to the Mixed Declension.

4. Tabular view of the singular and plural of nouns:

er, (Plural.) en, (Plural.) | (Singular.) (Plural.)

; ; Tiſch, Tiſche.
Maler, Maler. Vater, Väter. 4.
Lehrer, Lehrer. Garten, Gärten. Koch, Köche.
Sditler, Schüler. Ofen, Oefen. Arzt, Aerzte.
Bäcker, Bäcker. Mutter, Mütter. Hut, Hüte.
Sager, Sager. 3. | Rod, Röcke.
Meffer, Meffer. Abend, Abende. Stuhl, Stühle.
Zimmer, Zimmer. Berg, Berge. Naht, Nächte,
Morgen, Morgen. Bleiftift, Bleiftifte. Stadt, Städte.
Hügel, Hügel. Brief, Bricfe. Wand, Wände,

C

50 DECLENSION OF NOUNS.
(Singular.) (Plural.) | (Singular.) (Plaral.) | (Singular.) (Plural.)
6 7

Danı, Männer. Bauer,* Bauern.* | Doltor,* Doltor’en,*
Wald, Wälder. Knabe, Knaben. Herr, Herren.
Bud, Bilder. Aufgabe, Aufgaben, | PBrofef’for,* Profeffor’en.*
Dorf, Dörfer. Briide, Brüden. Soldat, Soldaten.
Gelb, Gelder. Freude, Freuden. Direftor,* Direltor’en.
Haus, Hiujer. Geſchich'te, Gefdhidt’en. | Bibliothek’ Bibliothel'en.
Dad, Dächer. Kirche, Kirchen. Frau, Frauen.

Kind, Kinder. Rommod’e, Kommo’den.| Gefahr‘, Gefahr’en.

Licht, Lichter. Spite, Spigen. Rettion’, Lektionen,
5. Examples of the Declension of Nouns:

I 4, Old-Declension. = |

SINGULAR.
1. Painter. 2. Father. |3. Mountain. | 4. City.
‚N. ber Maler, der Vater, der Berg, jie Stadt,
G. des Maler-8, des Vater-8,\des Berg-c8,/oer Stadt,
D. dem Maler, dem Vater, dem Berg-e, der Stadt,
A. den Maler. [ren Bater. fren Berg. [rte Stadt.
PLURAL,
die Berg⸗e, die Stadt-e,
der Bergee, der Städt-e,
ben Berg⸗en, den Stäbt-en,
bie Berg-e, [die Städt-e,

dem Mann-c,

die Miun-cr,

ber Männer, |
den Mänr⸗eru,
die Männ⸗er.

N. die Maler, die Vater,
G. der Maler, |der Biter,
D. den Maler⸗n. den Väter⸗n,
A. die Maler. die Biter.

2. New Declension. 3. Mixed Declension.
SINGULAR. SINGULAR.

9. Doctor.

6. Boy. 7. Woman, 8. Peasant.
N. der Knabe, die Fran, der Bauer, der Doktor.
G. des Knaben, | der Frau, des Bauer-d, | des Doltor-$,
D. dem Knaben, | der Frau, dem Bauer, dem Doftor,
A. den Knaben, | die Frau. den Bauer. den Doktor.
PLURAL. PLURAL.

i bie Franzen, || die Bauer:n, | die Doltor’= en,
der Frau-en, || der Bauern, | der Dottor’-en,
ben Frauen, || den Bauern, | den Doltor'-en,

die Frausen. || die Bauern. | die Doktor’ en.

M. die Kuabe-n,
| @. der Knaben,
| D. den Knaben,
| A. die Knaben.
Rem. 1. The genitive and accusative of the plural number have the same
form as the nominative plural.

Rem. 2. An = is always added in the dative plural if the nominative
plural does not already end in that letter.
. “Inthe Mired Declension.

|

THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 51

Exercise 30.

1. The scholars have bought the books. 2. The books
of the painters are on the tables. 3. The cabinet-makers
have mended the tables. 4. The stoves, the chairs, and
the tables are in the rooms. 5. Miss Neumann sang
the songs very beautifully. 6.The nights are now
very cold.. 7. The towers of the churches in the city
are very high. 8. The news (pl.) in the newspaper is
to-day very interesting. 9. The gardens are not very
large. 10. The soldiers are in the city. 11.Where did
you find the pencils? 12. The pencils were under the
books. 13. The tailors have mended the coats. 14.
The children are playing with the dogs. 15.We sent
the letters by way of Hamburg.

LESSON XVI.

THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE.

Er hat cin Haus gefauft, He has bought a house.
‚Sch fuche einen Bleiftift, I am looking for a pencil.
Haben Sie eine Zeitung ? Have you a newspaper ?

Er faufte ein Pfund Thee, He bought a pound of tea.

Er faufte ein Paar Stiefel, He bought a pair of boots.

Das Tuch foftet einen Thaler The cloth cost a dollar a
die Elle, yard.

Das Tuch ift cine Elle breit, The cloth is a yard wide.

Cinunddreißigite Aufgabe.

1. Herr Auerbach hat heute ein Gemälde gefauft. 2. Heinz
rich hat heute einen Rod, einen Hut, ein Paar Stiefel und ein
Paar Schuhe gekauft. 3. Der Kody hat ein Pfund Zucker, ein
Pfund Kaffee und ein Pfund Chee geholt. 4. Wünfchen Sie
eine Tafje Kaffee oder eine Taffe Thee? 5. Sch wünfche nur
ein Glas Waffer. 6. Das Kind wünfcht ein Glas Milch und

ein Stüf Butterbrod (bread and butter). 7. Die Taffen :

ye ro

SCH

N

52 THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE.

find febr fchön. 8. Werden Sie ein Buch Papier oder ein Ried
Papier faufen? 9. Sch werde ein Ried Papier Faufen. 10.
Das Tuch ift eine Elle breit. 11. Es foftet einen Thaler die
Elle. 12. Der Thee Foftet einen Thaler das Pfund. 13. Die
Eier foften zehn (tem) Grofchen das Dubend. 14. Heinrich hat
einen Thaler und zehn Grofden für bad Buch bezahlt. 15. Das
Band ift einen Boll breit; es Foftet zwei (two) Grofden und
ſechs (six) Pfennige die Elle. 16. Bor einem Jahre (a year
ago) waren wir in Deutfchland. 17. Sd) wünſche ein Quart
Mil, cin Pfund Thee und cin Dugend Eier.

Vocabulary.
Der Thaler, —8, pl. —, dollar. Die Cie, —, pl. —u, yard, ell.
n Grofden, —8, pl. —, groschen. | » Zaffe,—, pl. —u, cup, cup and
n Pfennig, —S, pl. —e, pfennig. saucer.
” Fuß, —es, pl. Füße, foot. - ” Milch, — milk.
„Zoll, —es, pl. —e, inch. Das Jahr, —es, pl. —e, year.
wn Bogen, —8, pl. —, sheet. „Dutzend, —e8, pl. —e, dozen.
n Schub, —e8, pl. —e, shoe. wv Ct, —e8, pl. —er, egg.
„Handſchuh, —es, pl. —e, glove. wn Baar, —e8, pl. —e, pair.
n Stiefel, —8, pl. —, boot. n Ries, —e8, ream.
n Pantof’fel,—8, pl. —n, slipper. | » Buch, —es, quire.
un Kaffee, —8, pl. —, coffee. n Pfund, —e8, pl. —e, pound.
n Shee, —8, pl. —, tea. „ Stüd, —e8, pl. —e, piece.
„ Sucer, —8, sugar. vn Olas, —e8, pl. lifer, glass.
Reis, — es, rice. „ Waffer, —8, pl. —, water.
Ober, or. Quart, —e8, pl. —e, quart.
Bezahl’en, to pay. Breit, broad, wide.
Wünfchen, to wish, desire. fang, long.
Groß, large, tall. Lief, deep.
Grammatical.
1. The Indefinite Article ein,a or an,is declined thus:
MASCULINE, FEMININE. NEUTER.
(A man.) (A woman.) (A child.)
Nom. cin Dann. ein’e Frau. ein Kind.
Gen. ein’sed Mannes. ein’ser Frau. ein’-¢8 Kindes.
Dat. ein’sem Manne. ein’ser Frau. ein’sem Kinde.
Acc. einen Mann. ein’.e Frau. ein Kind.

Rem. The Indefinite Article takes the gender and case of the noun with
which it is employed.

THE INDEFINITE ARTICLE. 3

2. The following Idioms are used with nouns of weight,
measure, quantity, and price:

1. Nouns of weight, measure, and quantity are in apposition with the
nouns they limit. Those in the feminine gender alone take the pi. form,
the masculine and neuter nouns retaining the singular form in the plural.
Er Taufte ein Pfund Zucfer und zwei He bought a pound of sugar and

Pfund Chee, two pounds of tea.
Sie faufte nur eine Elle Tuch und She bought only one yard of cloth,
nicht zwei Ellen Dud), and not two yards of cloth.

2. Verbs and adjectives indicating weight, measure, quantity, and price
require the noun expressing the weight, etc., to be in the accusative case:

Es wiegt ein Pfund, It weighs a pound.
Gs foftet einen Thaler, It costs a dollar.
Das Waffer ift einen Fuß tief, The water is a foot deep.

3. Nouns expressing the quantity, following nouns expressing price, are
preceded by the definite article :
Gs foftet einen Thaler dad Pfund, It costs a dollar a pound.
Es foftet einen Thaler die Elle, It costs a dollar a yard.

3. Prussian Money is the standard in North and Central

Germany.
1 Thaler =30 Grofhen=360 Pfennige=73 cents in gold.
1 Grofden= 12 Pfennige= 24 cents in gold.
1 Pfennig = L+ofacent.
Rem. Foreign Exchange to all Germany is usually made in Prussian thlrs.
Exercise 32.

1. Have you a pencil? 2. There is a pencil on the
table. 3.William bought a pair of shoes and a pair of
slippers. 4. The cook will go and get (holen) a dozen
eggs, a pound of sugar, and a quart of milk, and a pound
of rice. 5. The book will cost a dollar and twenty
(zwanzig) groschens. 6. William wishes a glass of wa-
ter. 7.Do you wish a cup of tea or a cup of coffee?
8.I wish a cup of.coffee. 9. The cloth is a yard wide.
10. It costs a dollara yard. 11.Ipaid a dollar andten
(3ehn) groschens for the book. 12. The ribbon is a yard
long and an inch wide. 13. It cost ten groschens a yard.
14. The tea cost a dollar a pound. 15. Have you a
sheet of paper? 16. He has a ream of paper.

54 CARDINAL NUMBERS.

LESSON XVII.
CARDINAL NUMBERS,
Die Kirche hat zwei Thürme, The churchhas two towers
Der Sager hat vier Hunde, The hunter has four dogs.
Der Koch hat ſechs Pfund Reis The cook got six pounds of
und acht Pfund Buder gee rice and eight pounds of

bolt, sugar.
Karl ift vierzehn Sabre alt, Charles is fourteen years
old.
Herr Dietrich ift heute vierund- Mr. Dietrich is to-day sixty-
ſechzig Sabre alt, four years old.

Im Jahre achtzehnhunpert vier- In the year eighteen hun-

undfechzig war Herr Profeffor dred and sixty-four Pro-

Behr in Deutfchlann, fessor Behr was in Ger-
many.

Dreinnddreißigfte Aufgabe.

1. Herr Meyer hat drei Häufer in Gotha gefauft. 2. Das
Such ift eine Elle breit und neun Ellen lang. 3. Der Kody hat
zwei Dubend Eier, fünf Pfund Zuder und fieben Pfund Meis gez
bolt. 4. Das Bud) Foftet acht Thaler und fünfundzwanzig
Grofchen. 5. Ich habe für das Band fünfundzwanzig Grofchen
und feds Pfennige bezahlt. 6. Heinrich ift vier Fuß und elf
Zoll groß. 7. Die Bride ift vierundachtzig Fuß lang. 8. Der
Thurm ded Domes zu (at) Magdeburg ift dreihundert und dreißig
Gus hod. 9. Der Thurm des Domes zu Wien ift vierhundert
ſechsunddreißig Fuß hod. 10. Die Bibliothef zu Berlin hat
ſechshundert und fünfzig taufend Bücher. 11. Berlin hat über fie-
benhundert taufend Einwohner (inhabitants). 12. Dresven hat
hundert und vierzig taufend Einwohner. 13. Magdeburg hat neun:
zigtaufend Einwohner. 14. Sm Sabre achtzehnhundert (or im
Sabre eintaufend achthundert) dreiundſechzig wohnten Herr Fried-
land und Herr Wolf in Heidelberg. 15. Herr Braun war geftern
achtundfünfzig Sabre alt (old).

CARDINAL NUMBERS. 55

Grammatical.

1. The Cardinal Numbers are formed as follows:
1. Eins. 40. Bierzig.
2. Zwei. 50. Fünfzig.
3. Drei. 60. Sechzig.
4. Bier. 70. Siebenzig or Siebzig.
5. Fünf. 80. Adhtzig.
6. Sechs. 90. Neunzig.
7. Sieben. 100. Hundert.
8. Adıt. 101. Hundert und eins.
9. Neun. 110. Hundert und zehn.
10. Zehn, 120. Hundert und zwanzig.
11. Elf. . Hundert einundzwanzig.

125. Hundert fünfundzwanzig.
136. Hunbert ſechsunddreißig.
150. Hundert und fünßig.
200. Zweihundert.
225. Zweihundert fünfund;wanzig
500. Fünfhundert.

1,000. Eintaufend.

1,005. Eintaufend und fünf.

12. Zwölf.

13. Dreizehn.

14. Bierzehn.

15. Fünfzehn.

16. Sechszehn.

17. Siebenzehn or Sielzehn.
18. Achtzehn.

19. Neunzehn.

— — — — —— —
D&D
pa‘

20. Zwanzig. 1,025. Eintaufend fünfundzwanzig.
21. Einundzwanzig. 1,500. Eintaufend fünfhundert.
22. Zweiundzwanzig, ete. 2,000. Zmeitaufend,

30. Dreißig. 20,000. Zwanzigtaufend.

31. Einunddreißig, etc. 200,000. Zweihundert taufend.

1869. Achtzehnhundert und neunundjedyzig,
(or) Eintaufend adthundert neunundfedig.
2.When used with a noun, and not preceded by a
definite article, Ein, one is declined like the indefinite
article (see Less. XV1.).

Rem. 1. The numeral eit takes a stronger emphasis than is given to the ın-

definite article.
Rem, 2. The indefinite article is in fact only a modification in signification
snd use of the numeral fit.
Rem. 3. The form ein is used in counting and in multiplying :
Eins, zwei, bret, vier, etc., One, two, three, four, etc.
Einmal Eins ift Eins, Once one is one.

3. The Cardinal Numbers are usually wndeclined.
Rem. This is especially the case when they are joined to nouns and are

preceded by prepositions.
Er hat zehn Bogen Papier, He has ten sheets of paper.
Mit zehn Bogen Papier, With ten sheets of paper.

56 CARDINAL NUMBERS.

4. Single words are usually formed of units and tens,
of multiples of a hundred, and of multiples of a thousand
up to a hundred thousand.

Vierundzwanzig, Twenty-four.

Achthundert, Eight hundred.
Achtzehnhundert, Eighteen hundred.
Adıtzigtaufend, Eighty thousand.

Hunderttaujend, A hundred thousand.
Vierhundert taufend, Four hundred thousand.
Rem. 1. Some writers put no divisions between numbers :
Eintauſendachthundertundſechsundzwanzig (1826).
Rem. 2. Ein, one (a) is not used before hundert and taufend.
Das Bud) hat hundert Seiten, The book has a hundred pages.

5. Im Jahre is inserted before the number of the year.
Im Jahre 1868 war cr in Köln, In 1868 he was in Cologne.

6. The ie is short in vierzehn and vierzig.

Exercise 34.

1. The cook has bought two pounds of sugar and six
pounds of rice. 2. Mr. Friedland paid fifteen dollars
for the books. 3.William is five feet and seven inches
high. 4. The tower of the Cathedral at Strasburg is
four hundred and thirty-six feet high. 5. The two tow-
ers of the Cathedral at Munich are three hundred and
thirty-six feet high. 6. The bridge on the Elbe, in Dres-
den, is one thousand six hundred and fifty feet long and
fifty feet wide. 7. The castle (Schloß) in Berlin is six
hundred and twenty-six feet long, three hundred and
seventy-three feet wide, and a hundred and one feet
high. 8.It has six hundred rooms. 9. Bremen has sev-
enty-eight thousand inhabitants (Einwohner). 10. Ham-
burg has a hundred and ninety-six thousand inhabit-
ants. 11.The Library at Munich is two hundred and
fifty feet long and eighty-five feet high. 12. It has eight
hundred and fifteen thousand books. 13. In 1865 (im
Sabre, etc.) Mr. Kohner was in Germany.

OLD DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 57

LESSON XVIII.

ADJECTIVES USED PREDICATIVELY AND ATTRIBUTIVELY.
OLD DECLENSION OFSADJECTIVES.
Das Tuch ift febr fein, The cloth is very fine.
Wünſchen Sie feines Tuc)? Do you wish fine cloth?
Ich habe zwei neue Bücher, I have two new books.
Der Tifchler hat ven Tifdy mit The cabinet-maker has cov-

grünem Leder bededt, ered the table with green
leather.

Haben Sie veutfche Bücher? Have you (any) German
books?

Sa, wir haben veutfche, englifche, Yes, we have German, En-
franzöfifche, italiänifche, lateie glish,French,Italian,Lat-
niſche und griechifche Bücher, in, and Greek books.

Fünfunddreißigite Aufgabe.

1. Das Waffer ift falt. 2. Wünfchen Sie faltes Waffer ?
3, Ich wünfche warmed Waffer. 4. Der Koch hat einen Krug
voll heißen Waffers (gen.). 5. Der Buchbinver hat as Buch mit
rothem Leder gebunden. 6. Der Schneiver hat den Rod mit
ſchwarzem Tuche gefuttert. 7. Katharina hat im Garten zwei
weiße und drei rothe Roſen gepfliidt. 8. Fraulein Hildebrandt
hat geftern Abend zwei fchöne veutfche Lieder gefungen. 9. Ber:
lin und Wien find große und ſchöne Stddte. 10. Herr Profef-
for Eberhard hat heute zwei italienische und vier fpanifche Bücher
gefauft. 11. Wünfchen Sie graued over grünes Tuch? 12.
Sch wiinfde braunes. 13. Lehrreiche Bücher find zumeilen febr
langweilig. 14. Der Dom zu München hat zwei hohe Thürme.
15. Berlin hat breite Straßen. 16. Braunfchweig (Brunswick)
bat enge, frumme Straßen. 17. Die Häufer in Braunfchweig
haben fteile Dächer. 18. Das Haus ift groß und bequem, aber
es ift zu theuer. 19. Der Sattler hat ſchwarzes, gelbes und
braunes Lerer gefauft.

C2

53 OLD DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.

Vocabulary.
Deutſch (ser, se, -e8), German. | Weiß (-er, =e, 68), white,
Engliſch (er, se, es), English. Schwarz (=er, -e, »e8), black.
Franzð fild (-er, =e,=e8), French. | Roth (ser, -e, -¢8), red.
Holländiſch (=er, =e, «e8), Dutch. Blau (cer, «€, «28), blue.
Staliänifch (-er, -e, -e8), Italian. Gelb (ser, +e, -e8), yellow.
Spanifd (cet, ce⸗, 2¢8), Spanish. Grün (ser, «€, -¢8), green.
Lehrreich (»er, =e, -¢8), instructive. Braun (cer, -¢, «¢8), brown. '
Fleißig (-er, se, <8), industrious. Der Krug, —e8, pl. Kriige, the pitcher
Bequem’ (cer, se, -e8), convenient. » Sattler, —8, pl. —, the saddler.
Koftbar (ser, se, -¢8), costly. Die Rofe, —, pl. —n, the rose.
Gnt (=er, se, -€8), good. » Strafe, —, pl. —n, the street.
Grau (zer, -¢, =e8), gray. Das Futter, —8, pl. —, the lining.
Hob (=er, -e, es), high (§ 89, Rem. 9). | „ Leber, —. pl. —, the leather.
Eng (-er, «€, »8), narrow. » Waffer, —8, pl. — ‚the water.
Krumm (er, =e, es), crooked. Bedeck'en, to cover.
Fein (-er, =e, »e8), fine. Futtern, to line.
Grob (zer, =e, «e8), coarse. Pflüden, to pluck, pick.
Grammatical.

1. Adjectives, when used to complete the statement
or predication of fein, werden, and some other intransi-
tive verbs, are said to be used predicatively :

Das Wetter ift Heiß, The weather is hot.

Das Wetter wird heiß, The weather is becoming hot.
Rem. 1. When thus used, they are frequently termed predicative adiectives.
Rem. 2. Adjectives used predicatively are indeclinable.

2. Adjectives, when used before nouns to directly
modify them, are said to be used atzrıdutively.
Rem. When thus used, they are frequently termed attributive adjectives.

3. Adjectives used attributively, and not preceded bv
other qualifying words, are declined as follows:

SINGULAR.
Masculine. Feminine. Neuter.
(Good man.) (Good woman. ) (Good child.)
Nom. gutzer Dann. gut=e Frau. gut=sed Kind.
Gen. gut-en Mannes, gutser Frau. gutsen Kindes
Dat. gut-em Manne. gut=er Frau. gut-em Kinde.

Acc. gut⸗en Dtann. gut-e §r.u. gut⸗es Kind.

OLD DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 59

PLURAL.
Nom. gut-e Männer. gut-e Frauen, gut⸗e Kinder.
Gen. gut-er Männer. gut=er Frauen. gut⸗er Kinder.
Dat. gut-en Männern | gut-en Frauen. gut-en Kindern.
Acc. gutze Dinner. gut=e Frauen. gut-e Kinder.

Rem. The plural of the adjective is the same for all genders.

4. Adjectives declined as above are said to be of the
Old Declension.

5. The same te,mination is given to the adjective
when the noun is understood as when it is expressed :
Er hat blaues Papier und He has blue paper and
id) habe weißes (Papier), I have white (paper).
6. In German, proper adjectives formed from names
of countries do not begin with capital letters:

Haben Sie deutfde Bücher ? Have you German books?
Rem. 1. Titular epithets, however, usually begin with capitals:
Der Norddeutfche Bund, The North German Confederation.

Rem. 2. Proper adjectives formed from names of cities or of persons begin
with capital letters :

Die Kölnifche Zeitung, The Cologne Gazette.
Die Kantſche Philoſophie', Kant's Philosophy.
Exercise 36.

1. Professor Lindemann has two Italian and three
French newspapers. 2. Have you (any) Dutch books?
3. No, but we have German, French, and Spanish books.
4. Mr. Meyerheim has laid two beautiful and expensive
books on the table. 5. The saddler has been buying
yellow and black leather. 6. The bookbinder has not
bound the books with green leather. 7. He has bound
the books with red leather. 8. The tailor will line
the coat with brown cloth. 9. The child has picked
three white roses. 10. Costly books are sometimes not
very instructive. 11. The Cathedral at Cologne will
have two very high towers. 12. They will be four hun-
dred and seventy-six feet high. 13. Mr. Rieger bought
two large and beautiful paintings. 14. He paid for the
paintings eight hundred and ninety dollars.

co POSSESSIVE: PRONOUNS.

LESSON XIX.

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

Mein Bruder hat mein Bud, My brother has my book
Wer hat meinen Bleiftift? Who has my pencil?
Johann hat Ihren Bleiftif, John has your pencil.
Mein Bruder hat feine Bücher, My brother has his books.

Wo find deine Bücher ? Where are your books?
Wo find eure Bücher ? Ba: ehe —
Wo ſind Ihre Bücher? ——
Sie haben ihre Bücher, They have their books.
Sie hat ihre Bücher, She has her books.

Er hat ſeine Bücher, He has his books.

Wir haben unfere Bücher, We have our books.

Siebenunddreißigfte Aufgabe.

1. Was fuchen Sie? 2..3ch fuche meine Bücher. 3. Mein
Pater ift nicht zu Haufe. 4. Mein Großvater hat meinem Bruz
ver ein Buch gefchenft. 5. Herr Diez, feine Frau und feine
Tochter Katharina find heute in Potsdam. 6. Mein Better hat
vorgeftern feine Eltern in Sena befucht. 7. Karl, haft vu vei-
nen Bleiftift gefunden? 8. Kinder, habt ihr eure Aufgaben voll-
endet? 9. Die Schüler haben ihre Lektionen fehr gut gelernt.
10. Marie hat gefagt, daß fie ihre Tante heute wahrfcheinfich be:
fuchen wird. 11. Haben Sie meinen Bruder heute gefeben ?
12. Fa, ich fah Ihren Bruder heute Morgen im Mufeum. 13.
Sehen Sie nicht ven Thurm des Domes? 14. Ach ja, ich febe
ihn! 15. Haben Sie die Nachrichten heute Morgen gelefen?
16. $a, ich las fie in Ihrer Zeitung. 17. Was lefen Sie? 18.
Sch leſe die Gefchichte Deutſchlands. 19. Mein Oheim hat meiz
ner Schweiter dad Bud) gegeben. 20. Herr Niemeyer hat mir
geftern Abend gejagt, daß er vorgeftern meinen Großvater unt
meine Großmutter in Magveburg gefchen hat. 21. Meine El:
tern find heute in Magdeburg.

— ——

POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

Vocabulary.

Der Mann, —es, pl. Manner, the man, Die Frau,
wife.

the husband.

» Bater, —8, pL Biter, the father. | »
” Sohn, —ts, pl. Söhne, the son. "
wn Bruder, —8, pl. Brüder, brother. | „
—?, the uncle. "
„ Better, —8, pl. —n, the cousin. "
„ Neffe, —n, pl. —u, the nephew. | »
wv Großvater, the grandfather. "
» UÜrgroßvater, the great-grandfu- w

n Obeim, —8, pl.

ther.
nv Entel, —8, pl. —

brother-in-law.
„ Stiefvater, stepfather.
„ Stiefjohn, stepson.
Present Infinitive.
geb’- en, to give,
lef’-en, to read,
{eb ’sen, to see,

‚the grandson. | »
Die Eltern, tbe parents (has no sing.)-
Der Schwiegervater, fathor-in-law. n
„ Schmiegerfohn, son-in-law. "
7) Schwager, —8, pi. Schwäger, "

Schweſter,

Coufi’ne,

mother.

Entelin —, pl.

daughter.
Schwiegermutter, mother-in-law.
Schwiegertochter, daughter-in-law
Schwägerin,

in-law.
" Stiefmutter, stepmother, .
wn Stieftochter, stepdaughter.

Imperfect Indicative.

gab, gave,
las, read,
fah, saw,

Grammatical.

61

—, pl. —en, the woman,

Mutter, —, pl. Mütter, mother.
Lodter,—, pl. Töchter, dauglıter.
—,pl. —n, the sister.
Late, —, pl. —n, the aunt.

—, pl. —n, the cousin,
Nichte, —, pl. —n, the niece.
©roßmutter, the grandmother,
Urgroßmutter, the great-grand-

—en, the grand

—, pl. — nen, sister-

Perfect Participte.
gesgeb’- en, given,
geelef’sen, read.
ge=feh’-en, seen,

1. The following are the Possessive Pronouns :

Mase. Fem. Neut..
mein, mein⸗e, mein,
bein, dein⸗e, dein,
fein, fein=e, fein,
ihr, ihre, ihr,
fein, ſein⸗e, ſein,

2. The Possessive
follows:

Masculine.

(My brother.)
Nom. mein Bruber.
Gen. meinsed Bruders.
Dat. meinsem Bruder.
dec. meinen Bruder.

Masc.
my. unfer,
thy. ener,
his. ibr,
her. (Sor,

its.

Pronoun mein,

SINGULAR.
Feminine.
(My sister.)
mein⸗e Schweiter.

mein⸗er Schwelter.

mein-er Schwefter.
mein-e Scbwefter.

Fem. Neut.
unfer-e, unfer, onr.
curse, Euer, your.
ibr-e, thr, their.
Shree, Shr, your.)
ony, is declined as

Neuter.

(My book.)
mein Bud).
mein-¢8 Buches.
mein-en Buche.
mein Bud.

62 POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

PLURAL.

Nom. meine Brüder. meine Schweftern. © meine Bücher.
Gen. meiner Briider. meiner Schweftern. mein=er Bücher.
Dat. meinen Britdern. meinen Schweftern. mein-en Büchern,
Acc. meinse Brüder, meine Schweitern. mein-e Bücher.

Rem. The plural is the same for all genders.

3. Possessive Pronouns are declined like mein.

Rem. 1. In declining unfer, € is sometimes dropped from the terminations
08, th, ze.

Rem. 2. In declining euer, the € after et is usually dropped.

SINGULAR. PLURAL. SINGULAR. PLURAL.

Nom. unjer, unfere, unfer; unjere. | euer, eure, euer; eure.
Gen. unjers, unferel, unfers; unſerer. | eures, eurer, eures; eurer.
Dat. unferm, unferer, unferm; unjern. | eurem, eurer, eurem; euren.
Acc. unfern, unfere, unfer; unjere. | eurem, eure, euer; eure.

Rem. The same laws that govern the use of Du and ihr (see Lesson XJ.)
govern the use of their derivatives Dein and euer,

4. The Indicative Mode of geben, Zo give:

. Present Tense. Imperfect Tense.
ih geb’-e, I give. id) gab, I gave.
bu gibit, thou givest. du gabft, thon gavest.
er gibt, he gives. er gab, he gave.
wir geb’-en, we give. wit gab’sen, we gave.
ibe geb’sf, you give. ihr gab’-f, you gave.
fie geb’=en, they give. fie gab’-em, they gave.

Perfect Tense. | Pluperfect Tense.
id) habe gegeb’en, etc., id) hatte gegeb’en, etc.,
I have given, etc. I had given, etc.

First Future Tense.
id) werde geb’en, etc.,
I shall give, etc.

Second Future Tense.
id) werde gegeb’en haben, ctc.,
I shall have given, etc.
5. The Present Tenses of leſen, zo read, and of jeher, zo
see:

ih Tef’-e, I read. ih feh’-e, I seo.
du Jiefeft, thou readest. bu fiehft, thou seest.
er lieſt, he reads. er fiebt, he sees.
wir Lef’sen, we read. wir jeh’-en, we see.
iby Tef’st, you read. iby ſeh⸗t, you see.
fie Tej’-en, they read. fie feh’-en, they see.

Rem. The compound tenses of fefen and fehen are formed in the same
manner as those of geben,

Ich habe gelefen, etc. Ich habe gefehen, etc.

NEW DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 63

Exercise 38.

1. Have you seen my gloves? 2. Yes, your gloves
are on the table. 3. The child sees its father and its
mother. 4. Have you read the letter from your uncle
in Bonn? 5.I have not read it yet. 6. Our teacher
says that we have learned our lessons very well. 7.
John, hast thou finished thy exercise? 8. Children,
have you found your books? 9. The news (pil.) from
America in your newspaper is very interesting. 10.
William Meyer says that his parents are now in Dres-
den. 11. Henry Rauh says that his aunt is very sick.
12. John Meyer says that his uncle has sold his house
and his garden. 13. My sister has not yet read the
book. 14. My father gave me (dat.) the book. 15. The
tailor has mended my coat. 16. William is visiting his
great-grandfather. 17.Miss Weigand is my cousin. 18.
Mr. Richter is my brother-in-law.

LESSON XX.

NEW DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.

Der große Tifdy ift in bem gro- The large table is in the

pen Zimmer, large room.

Die deutſche Sprache ijt wirklich The German language is
fehr ſchwierig, really very difficult.

Ich legte das große Buc) auf I laid the large book on
den großen Tiſch, the large table.

Die veutfdyen Bücher find auf The German books are on
ben großen Tifchen, the large tables.

Neununddreißigite Aufgabe.
1. Die Ausfprache der deutſchen Sprache ift fehr Fraftwoll,
aber fie ift nicht febr weich. 2. Wem gehören diefe neuen Bü⸗
her? 3. Sie gehören jenem reichen Kaufmanne. 4. Nicht alle

Ce,

64 NEW DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.

Iehrreichen Bücher find intereffant. 5. Nicht jeves Buch ift lehr⸗
reih. 6. Herr Schauer wohnt in jenem großen Haufe gegenz
über dem Neuen Mufeum. 7. Vor einigen Tagen (some days
ago) habe ich einige deutiche und franzöfiiche Bücher in Leipzig
gefauft. 8. Herr Profeffor Schauer hat viele italienische Bücher
in feiner Bibliothef. 9. Sener fehwarze Ueberrod ift zu groß
für mid. 10. Diefe amerifanifchen Gummiſchuhe fojteten vrei
Thaler. 11. Die Farben ver preußifchen Fahne find ſchwarz
und weiß. 12. Die Farben ver amerifanifchen Fahne find roth,
weiß und blau. 13. Die Armee bes Norddeutfchen Bundes hat
jebt adythundert taufend Colvaten. 14. Sn welden Städten
Deutichlandg waren Sie? 15. Wir waren in mehreren großen
Städten, beſonders in Berlin, Dresden, Wien, München, Stutt-
gart und Köln. 16. Köln ift auf ver linfen Seite und Düffel-
dorf ift auf der rechten Seite des Rheins. 17. Herr Lüdemann
wohnt auf der rechten Seite der Straße, ver neuen Kirche gegenz
über, 18. Gachfen gehört jest zum Norpveutfchen Bund. 19.

Diefer Ueberrod gehört Herrn Dr. Meſſerſchmidt. ‘
Vocabulary.

Aller, —e, —es, all. Der Bund, —es, Confederation.

Anderer, —c, —e8, other. w Meberrod, —es, pl. Ucbervide,

Diejer, —e, —28, this. overcoat.

Einiger, —:, —c8, some, any. „Gunmmiſchuh, —c8, pl. —e,Indisa *

Etlicher, —e, —e3, some, any. [el. - rubber over-shoe.

Erwähn’ter, —e, —c8, before mention- Die Armee’, —, pl. Arme'en, army.

Folgender, —e, —e8, following. vn Bahne, —, pl. —n, flag.

Seder, —e, —e8, cach, every. „Farbe, —, pl. —n, color.

Sener, —e, —e8, that. „ Seite, —, pl. —n, side, page. |

Mander, —e, —e8, many (a). » Sprade, —, pl. —ı, languagy :

Mehrere (only in pl.), several. „Ausſprache, pronunciation.

Solder, —e, —c8, such. Alt, old.

Berfchie’dener, —e, —e3, various. "Neu, new.

Bieler, —e, —e8, much, many. Kraftvoll, full of power, energetic,

Welcher, —e, —e8, which ? what ? Weich, weak, soft.

Weniger, —e, —e8, little, few. Recht, right (right hand, adj.).

Norddeutſch, North-German. Link, left (left hand, adj.).

Preußiſch, Prussian. befon’ ders, especially.

Bairiſch, Bavarian. Amerifa’nifc), American.

Sächſiſch, Saxon. Engliſch, English.

NEW DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 65

Grammatical.

1. — are declined in the Vew Declension as
follows :

SINGULAR.
Masculine. Feminine. Neuter.
(The good man.) (The good woman.) | (The good child.) °

Nom. der gut-¢ Mann. {die gut-e Frau. | bas gut⸗e Kind.
Gen. de8 gutsen Mannes. (ber gut-en Frau. | des gut⸗en Kindes.
Dat. dem gutzen Manne. [ber gut-em frau. | dem gut⸗-en Kinde.
Acc. den gut-en Mann. |die gut- e rau. | das gut-e Kind.
PLURAL.
Nom. die gut-en Männer. [die gut-en Frauen. |die gut-en Kinder.
Gen. der gut-em Männer. [ber gut-en Frauen. der gut=-cen Kinter.
Dat. den gut-en Männern. den gut⸗en Frauen. | den gut-en Kindern.
Acc, bie gutzen Männer. [die gutsen Frauen. die gut-en Kinder.

2. Adjectives are declined according to the New De-
clension when preceded by:

1. The definite article der, die, das.

2. Any adjective pronoun that is declined accord-
ing to the Old Declension, as viefer, jever, jener,
mancher, folder, welcher (including all adjective
pronouns except the possessive pronouns).

Rem. After the plurals alle, andere, cinige, etliche, feine, manche, folche, welde,
mebrere, viele, wenige, the adjective usually drops <q in the nom. and acc.

PLURAL.

Nom. alle gut-¢ Bilder. | einige gut-€ Bücher, | viele gut-e Bücher.
Gen. aller gut-en Bücher. | einiger gut-en Bücher. | vieler qut-en Bücher.
Dat. allen guten Büchern.| einigen gut-ew Büchern.| vielen guten Büchern.
Acc. alle gut-e Bilder. | einige gut-e Bilder. | viele gut-e Bilder.

3. If several adjectives succeed the words aller, ber,
biefer, efc., they all follow the New Declension :

Er hat biefe neu-en beutjch-en He has bought these new German books.
Bücher gekauft,
4. The preposition ji is used after gehören when this
verb signifies to belong to, in the sense of to be a part of:
Sachſen gehört zum Norddeut- Saxony belongs to (is a part of) the
men Bund, North German Confederation.
(but) Das Buch gehört dem Lehrer, The book belongs to the teacher.

66 MIXED DEOLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.

Exercise 40.

1. The pronunciation of the Italian language is soft,
but still (doch) energetic. 2. To whom does this new
hat belong? 3. It belongs to Mr. Behr. 4. Frankfort
belongs now to Prussia. 5. The New Museum in
Berlin is very large and imposing. 6. It is 340 feet
long. 7. The Old Museum is not so large. 8.It is 276
feet long, 170 feet deep, and 83 feet high. 9. The New
Museum is behind the Old Museum. 10. The colors of
the Austrian flag are black and yellow. 11. The col-
ors of the Italian flag are red, white, and green. 12.
On which side of the street do you live (reside)? 13.
We live on the right side of the street, just opposite
the new house of (the) Mr. Kranzler. 14. What does
this cloth cost a yard? 15. The blue cloth costs five
dollars a yard. 16. The black cloth costs four dollars
and twenty groschens a yard. 17. The Austrian army
has eight hundred thousand soldiers. 18. The tower of
the new church is a hundred and forty feet high. 19.
I bought a few (einige) German books this morning. 20.
I have not many (viele) German books. 21.Ihave read
many (mandy or viele) German books. 22. I have only
a few (nur wenige) German books.

—

LESSON XXI.
MIXED DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.
Mein neuer Rod ift zu groß, My new coat is too large.
Karl hat meinen neuen Rod, Charles has my new coat.
Das Kind hat ein neucd Bud), The child has a new book.
Derlin ift eine große und eine Berlin is a large and very

febr Schöne Stadt, beautiful city.
Haben Sie unfer neues Haus Have you seen our new
gefehen 2 house ?

Wo ift Ihr neuer Bleiftift? | Where is your new pencil?

MIXED DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 67

Cinundvierzigfte Aufgabe.

1. Haben Sie meine deutſche Gramma’tif heute gefehen? 2.
Shr deutſches Leſebuch ift auf meinem Tifche, neben meiner franz
zöfifhen Grammatif, aber Ihre deutſche Grammatif habe id)
heute nicht gefeben. 3. Marie hat ihre italienische Grammatif
verlegt; haben Sie fie gefehen? 4. Ich habe fie heute nicht
gefeben. 5. Die Aermel Ihres neuen Trades find zu lang. 6.
Nein, ver Schneider hat ihn ganz (exactly) nad) ver neuen
Mode gemacht. 7. Heinrich Dietrich hat einen ſchwarzen Ueber>
rod beftellt. 8. Der Kragen meiner weißen Wefte ift zu breit.
9. Aber die Wefte paßt Ihnen ganz gut. 10. Der Vater hat
dem Kinde ein ſchönes neues Buch verfprochen, weil es feine
deutſchen Aufgaben fo gut und fchnell gelernt hat. 11. Herr
Beyerlein behauptet, daß Herr Gellert für feine neuen Gemälde
zweitauſend achthunvert und vierzig Thaler bezahlt hat. 12. Ein
Dieb hat mir heute das Taſchentuch aus ver Tafche geftohlen.
13. Wilhelm hat ven neuen Krug zerbrochen. 14. Das Mufter
Shres neuen Kleives ift fehr fchön. 15. Anna hat heute ein
fchwarzes Kleid, einen Negenfchirm, einen Sonnenfchirm und eiz
nen blauen Schleier gefauft. 16. Das Format diefer franzöſi⸗
ſchen Grammatif ift zu groß.

Vocabulary.
Der Aermel, —8, pl. —, sleeve. Das Format’, —e8, pl. —e, the form
n Kragen, —8, pl. —, collar. and size (as of a book).
w rad, —e8, pl. Frade, dresscoat.| » Mufter,—8, pl. — the pattern.
„ Schleier, —8, pl. —, veil. n Kleid, —e8, pl. —er, dress.
n Regenfdhirm, —e8, pl. —e, um- (pl. Kleider, dresses, clothes. )
brella. wn Lejebuch, reading-book, reader.
„Sonnenſchirm, —e8, pl. —epara-| » Safchentud),pocket-handkerchief -
sol. Nach, according to, after.
Die Mode, —, pl. —n, fashion. Behaup’ten assert.
n Mite, —, pl. —n, cap. Bemer’ fen, observe, notice.
n Lafdhe, —, pl. —n, pocket. Beftel’len, order, engage.
wv Wefte, —, pl. —n, vest. Berle’gen, to misplace.

ev Gramma’til, —, pl. —en, gram- | Paffen (with dat.), to fit, become.
mar. Zerbre chen (irreg.), to break in (29
Beripre'chen (irreg.), to promise. into) pieces.

68 MIXED DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.

Grammatical.
1. Adjectives are declined according to the Mixed
Declension when preceded by a possessive pronoun, by
cin (one, a, an), or by fein (no, not any) :

SINGULAR.
Masculine. Feminine. Neuter.
(My new coat.) (My new vest. ) (The new book.)

Nom. mein neu⸗er Rod, |meine neuse Mefte, |mein neu⸗es Bud, -
Gen. meines neuen Rodes.|meiner neuen Wefte. meines neu-en Buches.
Dat. meinem neuen Rode. [meiner neuen Wefte. |meinem neu-en Buche.
Acc. meinen neuen Rod. |meine neue Wefte. |mein neu⸗es Bud).

PLURAL.

meine neu-en Weften.|meine neuen Bücher.
meiner neu⸗en Weften.|meiner neusen Bilder.
meinen neu-en Weften. meinen neusen Büchern.
meine neuen Weften.|meine neuen Bücher.

2. Table of the terminations of the three Declensions
cf adjectives :
1, The Old Declension: Adjective alone before the substantive.

2. The New Declension: Adjective preceded by der, diefer, etc.
3. The Mixed Declension: Adjective preceded by ein, mein, etc.

1. Old Declen-
cs sion.

Nom. meine neucen Ride.
Gen. meiner neu-en Ride.
Dat. meinen neuen Röden.
Acc. meine neu=en Ride.

—

2.NewDeclen- | 3. Mixed Declen-
Aci sion. +e sion. V
Masc. Fem.
2e, 2e, et, eer, ⸗e, sed,
|

Fan

een, ⸗en, »en. en, ⸗en, sen.

“en, sen, el. sen, ⸗cen, sen.
sen, ee, aC, sen, ⸗e, ⸗es.
en (e), en (e), ⸗en (e). en, en, ⸗en.
sen, ⸗en, sen. “et, ⸗en, ett. ||

sen, sel, sen.
sen (e), ⸗en (¢), sen (e).

Rem. 1. In the seventy-two endings of these three declensions, -¢t occurs
forty-four times, = fifteen, -¢r seven, ¢8 four times, and -¢tt twice.

Rem. 2. The mixed declension is like the old in the nominative and accusa-
tive singular ; in the other cases it is like the new declension.

Rem. 3. The similarity between the new declension of nouns and the new
declension of adjectives is very striking.

Rem. 4. The dative plural of all articles, nouns, adjectives, and pronouns
(except uus and end), ends in «2,

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 69

Exercise 42.

1. I have mislaid my German Reader; I have been
looking for it a long time, but I have not found it yet.
2. There it is on the table under my German Grammar.
3. Have you read your German newspaper? 4. No, I
have not yet read it; do you wish it? 5. Have you
noticed the new cap of the child? 6. Yes, it fits him
very well. 7. Have you found your umbrella? 8. Have
you seen my German Reader? 9. Have you ordered
a pair ofboots? 10.No,I ordered a pair of shoes. 11.
The collar of his overcoat is too wide. 12. The child
has broken the cup and the saucer. 13. Charles bought
this morning a dozen pocket-handkerchiefs, a new vest,
an umbrella, and a pair of India-rubber over-shoes. 14.
Breslau has a hundred and fifty thousand inhabitants.
15. The Cathedral at Freiburg is three hundred and
twenty feet long and a hundred feet wide. 16. The
tower is three hundred and ninety-six feet high.

LESSON XXII.
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

Diefe Kirche ift fehön, jene ift This church is beautiful,
fchöner, und jene dort ift bie that (one) is more beauti-
ſchönſte von allen, ful, and that (one) yon-

der is the most beauti-
ful of all.

Sraulein Braun fingt fdon, Miss Brown sings beauti-
Sraulein Stein fingt finer, fully, Miss Stein sings
aber Fräulein Zange fingtam more beautifully, but

ſchönſten, Miss Lange sings most
beautifully.
Heute werden wir befferes Wet: Weshall have better weath-
ter haben, er to-day.

Er wünſcht pas befte Tuch, He wishes the best cloth.

70 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

Dreinndvierzigfte Aufgabe.

1. Diefes Gemälde ift viel ſchöner als jenes. 2. Heute ift
pads Wetter milder als ed geftern war. 3. Haben Sie vie neues
ften Nachrichten gehört? 4. Haben Sie die legten Nachrichten
gelefen? 5. Der Thurm des Domes zu Wien ift der höchfte in
ver Welt. 6. Die Schneefoppe, ver höchfte Berg in Nord» und
Mittel-Deutfchland, ift 4960 Fuß hod. 7. Die Donau ift der
längfte Fluß in Deutfchland. 8. Der fürzefte Weg von Berlin
nad) Paris ift über Magveburg und Köln. 9. Heute ift der
fürzefte Tag ved Sabres. 10. Baron von Rothfdild war ver
reichfte Mann in der Welt. 11. Albrecht Dürer war der berühm-
teſte deutſche Maler des Mittelalters. 12. In Nürnberg befon-
vers hat er viele fehöne Gemälde gemalt. 13. Der Fleine Fritz
(Freddy) ift ein allerliebftes Kind, 14. Heinrich ift nicht fo
alt wie Sohann, aber er ift zwei Sabre alter alg Wilhelm. 15.
Herr General von Franfenftein war in der Schlacht mehr tapfer
als vorfichtig. 16. Die Gefchichte des Dreißigjährigen Krieges
ift höchft intereffant. 17. Mein jüngfter Bruder ıft feds Sabre
alt. 18. München ift die größte Stadt in Baiern. 19. Sie ift
viel größer als Nürnberg oder Augsburg. 20. Baden ift ein we⸗
nig größer ald Sachfen. 21. Baiern ift viel größer als Baden.

-

Vocabulary.

Der Baron’, —8, pl. —e, baron. Berühmt’, famous, renowned.
» General’, —8, pl. Generale, gen-| Lieb, dear, cherished.
eral. Dreißigjährig, thirty years’ (war).
„ Oberft, —en, pl. —en, colonel. | Siebenjährig, seven years’ (war).
„ Fluß, —es, pl. Flüſſe, river. Mild, mild.
» Weg, —e8, pl. —e, way, road. | Otiirmifd), stormy, tempestuous.
Die Schlacht, —, pl. —en, battle. Tapfer, valiant, brave.
„Welt, —, pl. —en, world. Borfichtig, prudent.

Das Alter, —8, pl. —, age. Sung, young.

n Mittelalter, Middle Ages. Kurz, short.
Mittel-Deutfchland, Central Germany. | Treu, true, faithful.
Wenig (adj. and adv.), little. Ganz (adj.), entire, whole.
Als, as, than. | test, last, latest.

Wie, as, than. orig, last, preceding.

Vielleidt’, perhaps. ı Dort, there, yonder.

COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 71

Grammatical. -
1. Adjectives are compared by adding to the positive
degree -er for the comparative degree, and-{t or :eft for
the superlative degree.

Rem. When the positive ends in -, -t, -8, =f, «3, »ſch, -H, -i, or =, the
superlative is formed by adding =eft,

Positive. Comparative. Superlative.
fein, fine, fein-er, finer, fein-ft, finest.
reid), rich, reidj-er, richer, reich⸗ſt, richest.
ſchön, beautiful, fhön-er, more beautiful, ſchön⸗ſt, most beautiful.
mild, mild, milder, milder, milb-eft, mildest.
aut, loud, Taut-er, louder, Yaut=eft, loudest.
heiß, hot, heifj-er, hotter, beif-eft, hottest.
falſch, false, falfch-er, falser, falfch-eft, falsest.
froh, happy, froh-er, happier, froh-eft, happiest.
fret, free, frei-er, freer, frei-eft, freest.
treu, true, treu-er, truer, treu-eft, truest.

2. When the positive is a monosyllable, the radical
vowel, if a, 0, or u, usually takes the wmlaut in the com-
parative and superlative degrees:

alt, old, älter, older, dlteeft, oldest.
warm, warm, ' wärm-tr, warmer, wärm⸗ſt, warmest.
lang, long, läng-er, longer, läng⸗ſt, longest.
grob, coarse, gröb-er, coarser, gröb-ft, coarsest.
kurz, short, fürz-er, shorter, fürz-eft, shortest.
jung, young, jüng-er, younger, jiing-ft, youngest.

3. Adjectives ending in -el or zen reject the € of this
syllable in the comparative degree :

edel, noble, ebl-er, nobler, edel-ft, noblest.
troden, dry, trodn-er, dryer, troden-{t, dryest.
4. The following adjectives are compared irregularly :
gut, good, befier, better, beft, best.
bod, high, höher, higher, höchſt, highest.
nahe, near, näher, nearer, nächſt, nearest.
viel, much, mehr, more, meift, wost.
groß, great, größer, greater, grüßt, greatest.

5. Adjectives in the comparative and superlative de-
grees are subject to the same daws of declension as ad
jectives in the positive degree.

12 COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.

\6. The regular superlative form (as der beite) is only
used atiributively, i. e., with a noun expressed or under-
stood :

Diefes ift das befte Tuch, This is the best cloth.
Diefes Tuc) ift bas befte (Sud), “This cloth is the best (cloth).

\7. To express the superlative predicatively, the dative
preceded by am (an dem) may be employed:

Diefes Tuch ift am beiten, This cloth is the best.
Diefe Blume ift am ſchönſten, This flower is the most beautiful,

Item. This predicative form of the superlative is also used adverbially :
Marie fingt am beiten, Mary sings the best.

\8. By way of emphasis, the genitive plural of aller is
frequently prefixed to the superlative :
Diefe Blume ift die allerſchönſte, This flower is far the most beautiful
Diefe Blume ift amallerfhönften, of all.
„Er ift ein allerliebftes Kind,“ ** He is a dear little child.”
\9. The absolute superlative is expressed by prefixing
to the positive degree such adverbs as ſehr, höchſt, äußerſt:
Die Nachricht ift Höchft intereffant, The news is extremely interesting.
" " „ Außerfi „, es “ =
\10. When éwo qualities are compared together in the
comparative degree, the adverb mehr is used instead of
the ending -er:
Er ift mehr tapfer als vorfichtig, IIe is more brave thaır prudent.

Exercise 44.

1. My oldest brother is twelve years, and my young-
ést brother is six years old. 2. Do you wish finer cloth?
3. No, this cloth is fine enough. 4. To-day is the long-
est day in the year. 5.Charles is five years older than
his brother. 6. Mr. Krause sings very well (gang gut),
but Mr. English sings much better, and Mr. Eberhard
sings the best of all (von allen). 7. The weather is very
disagreeable to-day, but it is more stormy than cold.
8. The Colonel was not less prudent than courageous

ORDINAL NUMBERS. 13

in the battle. 9. Mary Kranzler sang the German songs
extremely beautifully. 10. William Friedländer is just
(gera’ve) as (fo) old as (wie or alé) Frederick Schnaase.
11. This paper is not so good as that. 12. That book
is larger than this. 13. The Oder. is the longest river
in North Germany. 14. It is longer than the Elbe.
15. Have you read the. last news? 16. Albert Dürer
was among (unter) the most .distinguished painters of

-Germany. 17. The shortest road from Berlin to Trieste

is by way of Dresden, Prague, and Vienna.

LESSON XXIII.

ORDINAL NUMBERS.

Der erfte Tag des Monats, The first day of the month.

Der zweite Tag des Monate, The second day of the

month.
Die pritte Seite des Buches, The third page of the book.
Der vierte Juli 1776, The fourth of July, 1776.
Am neunzehnten Auguft, On the nineteenth of Au-
| gust.

Die dreiundswangigfte Leftion, The twenty-third lesson.
Die fünfundvierzigfte Aufgabe, The forty-fifth exercise.
Er ſtarb am pritten Mat, He died on the third of
(or) Er ftarb den dritten Mai, May. Ä

Fünfundvierzigſte Aufgabe.

1. Ich habe heute vom Herrn Profeſſor Steinmeyer ven er-
ſten Band der Geſchichte der deutſchen Literatur von Heinrich
Kurz geborgt. 2. Herr Schönberg wohnt im zweiten Stock des
fünften Hauſes auf der rechten Seite der Friedrichs-Straße. 3.
Die Anzeigen ſind auf der ſiebenten und achten Seite der Zei⸗
tung. 4. Die telegraphiſche Depe’fche von Amerika iſt ungefähr
in der Mitte der vierten Spalte auf der dritten Seite der hiefigen

D

74 ORDINAL NUMBERS.

heutigen Zeitung; die Depefche ift von fehr großem Intereſſe.
5. Den Urfprung ded Wortes „Meffer” werden Sie im zwei:
ten Bande ver dritten Auflage des deutfdyen Wörterbuches von
„Schmitthenner“, auf der hundert achtundvierzigften Seite, in
per neunundzwanzigften Zeile von unten, finden. 6. Chriftoph
Columbus hat Amerifa am I1ten Oftober 1492 entvedt. 7.
Friedrich der Zweite, gewöhnlich ver Große genannt, ftarb am
17ten Auguft 1786. 8. Er war ber dritte König yon Preußen.
9. Friedrid) Wilhelm der Vierte, ver fechfte König von Preußen,
ſtarb am 2ten Sanuar 1861. 10. Göthe ftarb in Weimar am
22ften März 1832. 11. Schiller ftarb in Weimar am Yten
Mai 1805. 12. Albrecht Dürer war der größte deutſche Maler
des 16ten und 17ten Sabrhunderts. 13. Montag war der erfte
Januar. 14. Dienftag war ein febr heifer Tag.

Vocabulary.
Der Band, —e8, pl. Bande, volume. | Das Ende, —8, pl. —n, end.
n König, —8, pl. —e, king. n Snteref’fe, —8, interest.
n Raifer, —8,pl.—, emperor. | » Wort, —e8, pl. Wörter, word.
„ Kreuzzug, —e8,pl. Kreuzzüge,cru-| „ Wörterbud), dictionary.
sade. Borgen, to borrow.

„ Stod, —e8, story (of a honse). . | Dauern, to last, endure.
» Philofoph’, —en, pl. —en, philos-| Entded’en, to discover.
opher. Sterben (irreg.), to die.
„ Uvfprung, —8, origin. Genannt’, named, called.
Die Anzeige, —, pl.—n, advertisement] Gewshn' lich, usual.
n Auflage, —, pl. —n, edition. Ungefähr (adv.), about, nearly.
„ Depe’fche, —, pl. —n, dispatch. | Bon oben, from above, from the top.
» =iteratur’, —, pl. —en, literature | Son unten, from below, from the bot-

" Mitte, —, pl. —n, middle. tom.

„Spalte, —, pl. —n, column. Heutig (adj.), of to-day, to-day’s.

n Zeile —, pl. —n, line. . Hieſig (adj.), of this place.
Grammatical.

1. The Ordinal Numbers are formed from the Cardinal
Numbers:
1. By suffixing -te, from zwei to neunzehn,
—A “eſte, “ zwanzig upward.

Rem. In compound numbers on/y the last one takes the suffix.

ORDINAL NDMBERS: 75

Ist Der erfte, 40th Der vierzigsfte,

2d " zwei-te, 50th " fünfzig⸗ſte.

3d „ dritte, 60th „. fechzig-fte,

4th „ vierste, 70th „ fiebenzig-fte, or ſieb⸗
Sth „ fiinf-te.. zig⸗ſte.

6th „ ſechs⸗te. 80th achtzig⸗ſte.

7th „ fieben-te, 90th „ neungig-fte,

8th ” acht⸗e. 100th M bunbdert-fte,

9th .» neunzte, 101st „ bunbdert und erfte.
10th gebncte, 125th „ hundertfünfundzwan⸗
11th „ elf-te, zig⸗ſte.

12th „ zwölfte, 200th „ ua

13th „ dreizehn⸗te. 500th „ fünfhundert-fte,
Mth „ vierzehn-te, 1,000th „ taufend-fte,
15th „ fünfzehn-te, 1,001st „ taufend und erfte.
16th „ fechzehn-te, 1,026th taufend fehsundzwan-
17th =» fiebenzehn-te, or Nebgehute, | zig-fte,

18th „ actzehn-fe, 1,626th „ tauſend ſechshundert
19h „ neunzehn-te, und ſechsundzwan⸗
20th „ zWwanzigsite. a. zig⸗ſte.

2ist einundzwanzig⸗ſte. 2,000th „ 3weitanjend-fte,
25th „ fünfundzwanzig-fte, 20,000th zwanzigtauſend⸗ſte.
30th dreißigſte. 100,000th hunderttauſend⸗ſte.
35th „ filnfunddreifig-fte. 500,000th „ fünfhunberttaufend-fte,

Rem. 1. The forms drit-te and adjt:e are euphonic variations from the
rule for forming ordinal numbers.

’ Rem. 2. Ordinal numbers are subject to all ie laws of declension of adjec-
tives (see Lessons X X., XXL, and XXII).

2. Names of the seasons, of months, and of the days of
the week, are masculine :

1. The Seasons (die Jahreszeiten): .
Der Winter, en pl.—, winter. | Der Sommer, — 9, pl. —, summer.
" Früßfing, —s ‚pl. —t,| u» Herbft, —e8, pl —e, autumn.
"spring. at ‘ ; 3
(Exc. Dad Frühjahr, —es, pl.—e, spring.)

2. The Months (die Monate):
Der Ja'nuar, —8, January. [Der Iuli, —'8, July.
n Bebruar, —8, February. | „ Auguft’,—es, August.

n März, —e8, March. nw Septem’ber, —8, September.
” April’, — 8, April. ww Otto’ ber, —8, October.
„ Mai, —e8, May. n Rovem’ber, —8, November.

eo Suni, —'8, June. n Degem’ ber, —8, December.

76 ORDINAL NUMBERS.

3. The Days of the Week (die Tage der Wore):
Der Sonntag, —8, pl. —e, Sun-| Der Mittwod), —, pl. —e, Wednesday
day. n Donnerftag, —8, pl. —, Thurs-
" ek —6, pl. —¢, Mon- day. |
" Freitag, —8, pl. —e, Friday.
" — —8, pl.—t, Tues-| » Samftag, —8, pl. —e, Saturday.
day. ; („ Sonnabend, —8,pl.—, “ .)

3. Present and imperfect tenses of {terben, zo die :

Present Tense. Imperfect Tense.
ih fterb’-e, I die. id) ftarb, I died.
bu ftirbit, thou diest. bu ftarbit, thou diedst.
er ftirbt, he dies. | er ftarb, he died.
wir fierb’sen, we die. wir ftarb’-en, we died.
ihr fterb’st, you die. ihr ftarb’-t, you died.
fie fterb’-em, they die. fie ftarb’-en, they died.

4. In German the verb is often removed to the end
of very long sentences (see sentence 5 in Exercise 45).

5. When the adverbial expression of ¢ime is very
long, it may follow that of place (see Less. III., 2).

Schiller ftarb in Weimar am Iten Mai Schiller died in Weimar on the ninth
1805. of May, 1805.

Exercise 45. ;
1. I am now reading the third volume of the history
of Germany by K. A. Menzel. 2. On what page are
you reading? - 3. I am reading on the hundred and
fifty-third page, seventeen lines (in the seventeenth line)
from the top (von oben). 4. The advertisement of the
sale of the house is in the third column of the fourth
page of to-day’s paper. „5. Francis the Second, em-
peror of (von) Austria, and the last emperor of Ger-
many, died in Vienna on the second of March, 1835. 6.
Charlemagne (Karl ver Große), the first emperor of Ger-
many, died in Aix-la-Chapelle January 28th, 814. 7.
The Crusades lasted from the end of the eleventh till
towards the end of the thirteenth century. 8. Friday
will be the first of January. 9. Saturday was the cold-
est day of this month. 10. Wednesday will be the

.IRREGULAR VERBS OF .THE FIRST CLASS. 17

shortest day of the year. 11. Immanuel Kant, the
greatest philosopher of the eighteenth century, died in
Königsberg on the twelfth of February, 1804. 12. He
was eighty years old when (alg) he died.

LESSON XXIV.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FIRST CLASS,
Siebenundvierzigite Aufgabe.

1. Der Soldat bindet fein Tafchentuch um feinen Arm. 2.
Berlin und Hamburg find durch eine Eifenbahn verbunden. 3.
Der Wundarzt hat die Wunden des Soldaten verbunden
(dressed). 4. Der Buchbinver hat das Bud) verbunden. 5.
Sch habe die vorlegte, aber nicht die leste Auflage des Wörter:
buches in der Buchhandlung von Herrn Meyer gefunden. 6.
Chriftoph Gottlieb Schröter, (an) Organift in Nordhaufen, hat
im Sabre 1717 das Klavier erfunden. 7. Trinfen Sie lieber
(do you prefer) Thee over Kaffee? 8. Ich trinfe Tieber Thee.
9. Die Schüler haben ihre veutfchen Aufgaben ſchon begonnen.
10. Herr Strad hat das Haus im vorigen Sabre für 8500 Thlr.
gefauft; er hat es vorgeftern für 9100 Thlr. verfauft. 11. Er
bat dabei’ 600 Thr. gewonnen. 12. Die Bäuerin hat dad
Garn ganz gut gefponnen. 13. Der Verbrecher hat vie Gefeke
des Landes gebrochen. 14. Ach, Tieber Friedrich! Du haft diefe
Ihöne neue Bafe ganz zerbrochen. 15. Herr Niepner fpricht zu
Ihnen. 16. Die Ausgaben ver Regierung waren viel zu groß;
fie entfpraden gar nicht der Armuth des Landes. 17. Der
Bauer drift den Weizen. 18. Das Kind hat das beutfche
Wörterbuch von dent Tifche genommen. 19. Wir haben Herrn
Kirchhoff heute Morgen auf ver Strafe getroffen. 20. Wir
treffen ihn fehr oft im Mufeum. ° 21. Der Sager hat den Hafen
nicht getroffen: 22. Das Kind hat ven Ball über das Haus ge-
morfen. 23. Der Baumeifter hat einen fehr fchönen Plan für
bas neue Rathhaus entworfen. - 24.50? Haben Sie ihn geſe⸗
ben? 25. Nein, aber Herr Voß hat gefagt, daß er fehr ſchön ift.

18 IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FIRST CLASS.

Vocabulary.
Der Arm, —e8, pl. —e, arm Die Eifenbahn, —, pl. —en, railroad,
n Ball, —es, pl. Bälle, ball, “ Bafe, —, pl. —n, vase.

" Baumeifter, —8,pl.—,architect| „ Wunde, —, pl. —n, wound.
n Organift’, —en, pl —en, organ- | Das Einkommen, —8, income.
ist. nw Garn, —8, pl. —e, yarn.
n Plan, —e8, pl. Pläne, plan. n Gele’, —e8, pl. —e, law.
n Selegraph’, —en, pl. —en, tele-| » Korn, —e8, pl. Körner, grain.
nw Land, —e8, pl. Sinner, land, coun-

graph,
n Serbre’cher, —8, pl. —, criminal. try
n Weizen, —, wheat. m Rathaus, — pl. al
» Wundarzt, —e8, surgeon. city hall
Die Armuth, —, poverty. Dabei’, thereby.

» Ausgabe, —, pl. —n, expense. | Gar (ado.), at all.
n Bäuerin, —, pl. —nen, peasant | Oleic), immediately.

woman, peasant’s wife. Lieber, rather.
n Regierung, —, pl. —en, govern- | Elef’trifh, electric.
ment. Borlett, next to the last.

Rem. It will have been noticed that most masculine and neuter nouns be-
long to the Old Declension, and that most feminine nouns belong to the New
Declension.

Grammatical.

1. Irregular verbs are divided into seven classes, ac-
cording to the changes which the radical vowel under-
goes in forming the principal parts :

2. In the irregular verbs |j pres Zar. | Imp. Ind. |Perf. Part.
of the first class each princi- ——
pal part has a different rad-
tcal vowel. Thus:

3. Irregular verbs of the first class:
‘ Present Indicative, | Imperf. | Perfect

Present Infinitive. 2d and 3d Persons. | Indicat. | Participle.
binden, to bind. (formed regularly. ) |band, |gebunden.
verbind’-en, to unite, to tie up, verband, | verbunbden.
finden, to find. [to bind wrong. de ” fand, gefunden.
erfind’-en, to invent. * J erfand, erfunden.
ſing⸗en, to sing. ts & fang, gefungen.
trinf-en, to drink. “ a trant, | getruntert.
beginn’-en, to begin. (formed regularly.) | began, |begonnen.
gewinn’sen, to gain. ms “ gewann, |gewonnen.

fpinnsen, to spin. es ſpann, gefponne,

IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FIRST CLASS. 19

bred)-en, to break. bu bridft, er bridt,|brad, gebrochen.
zerbredy’-en, to break to pieces. | „ gerbrichft, » -bricbt, |zerbradh, |zerbrochen.
{prech-en, to speak. uv Spricht, „ ſpricht, (prac, geſprochen.

ent{predy’-en, to correspond to,| » entſprichſt, „⸗eſpricht, entſprach, entſprochen.
or with (governs the dative).

verfprech’=en, to promise. „ verfprichft, „⸗ſpricht, veriprach,| verfprochen
dreich-en, to thresh. w drriſchſt,„ driſcht, drafd, gedroſchen.
nehm⸗en, to take. [nm nimmft „ nimmtinahm, genommen.
fterb-en, to die. „ſtirbſt, „ ftivbt, |ftarb, geſtorben.
treff-en, to meet, hit, shoot. „ trifft, „ trifft, | traf, getroffen.
werfen, to throw. n wirfſt, „ wirft, | warf, geworfen.
entwerf’-en, to project. „ entwirfit, „swirft, lentwarf, lentworfen.

Rem. 1. The first class contains forty-five verbs.

Rem. 2. The inseparable prefixes be, ge, ent, ver, zer, etc., give modifica-
tions to the significations of verbs analogous to those given in English by the
syllables be and for:

To have, hold, speak, come, give, get.
To behave, behold, bespeak, become, forgive, forget.

Exercise 48.

1. The child is tying the ribbon.on.(um) his hat. 2.
The surgeon has been dressing the wounds of the sol-
diers. 3. The bookbinder has bound this German Dic-
tionary wrong. 4. Professor Morse invented the Elec-
tric Telegraph in 1838. 5. Do you prefer tea or coffee?
6. I prefer (trinfe lieber) coffee. 7. The peasant’s wife is
spinning the yarn. 8. That old criminal has often
broken the laws of his land. 9. His expenses did not
at all correspond to his income. 10. The peasant is
threshing the grain. 11. Have you taken my umbrel-
la? 12. William says that Henry took it. 13. I met
your uncle, Mr. Rahn, yesterday in Leipsic. 14. The
hunter has shot the hare. 15. The child has thrown
his ball into the water. 16. The architect has designed
(entwerfen) a very fine plan for the new church. 17. Karl
Friedrich Schinkel, the most distinguished architect of
the nineteenth century, drew (entwerfen) the plan for the
Old Museum in Berlin. 18. Potsdam and Berlin are
connected By (verbunden durd)) a railroad.

80 IRREGULAR VERBS (CONTINUED).

. LESSON XXV.

IREGULAR VERBS OF THE SECOND, THIRD, AND FOURTH CLASSES.

1. Haben Sie die heutige Zeitung gelefen? 2. Nein, ich habe
fie noch nicht gefehen. 3. Der Kaufmann hat das Tuch gemef-
fen. 4. Der Meffer mift das Feld. 5. Effen Sie gern (do
you like) Obft? 6. Ob, ich effe e8 fehr gern. 7. Das Kind
ißt einen Apfel. 8. Es hat das Butterbrod gegeffen und die
Milch getrunfen. 9. Das Pferd frißt das Heu. 10. Karl hat
fein Buch vergeffen. 11. Ach, Gris, du trittft auf die fehönen
Nelten und Tulpen. 12. Graf von Bernsdorf hat den König
yon Preußen im Europäifchen Kongreß’ zu Paris’ vertreten. 13.
Der Bauer grabt einen neuen Brunnen, 14. Der Sager fchlägt
feinen Hund, weil er den Mann gebiffen (bitten) hat. 15.
Mein Diener wird die Aepfel und die Birnen nach Haufe tra-
gen. 16. Fraulein Grang hat geſtern Abend ein ſchwarzes feive-
ned Kleid getragen. 17. Eine Hand wafdt die andere (one
good turn deserves another). 18. Heute Morgen haben
wir dreizehn Forellen gefangen. 19. Herr Steinbacher hat ung
jehr freundlich empfangen. 20. Sch halte ihn für (I consider
him) einen ehrlichen Mann. 21. Der Kommis’ hat fein Ge⸗
halt’ erhalten. 22. Die Bibliothef zu Dresden enthält 300,000
Bände und 2800 Hanpichriften. 23. Wo ift Heinrich? 24.
Er ſchläft nod. 25. Er hat fdyon zu lange gefchlafen. 26.
Wo ift Wilhelm? 27. Er ift im Garten; ich werde ihn rufen

Vocabulary.
Der Apfel, —s, pl. Aepfel, apple. Die Schrift, —, pl. —en, writing.
vo Brunnen, —8, pl. — well. » SBanbfchrift, manuscript. —
n Diener, —8, pl. —, servant. Das Felb, —e8, pl. —er, field.
„ Kommis’, —, pl. —, clerk. n Gehalt’, —e8, pl. —€, salary.
w Kongreß’, —e8, Congress. » Heu, —e8, hay.
wn Mteffer, —8, pl. —, surveyor. wv Pferd, —e8, pl. —e, horse.
Die Birne, —, pl. —n, pear. Gern (adv.), gladly, willingly.
„Forel'le, —, pl. —n, trout. Anber (adj.), other.
wv Nelle, —, pl. —n, pink. Ehrlich (adj.), honest, honorable.
„ Zulpe, —, pl. —n, tulip. Seiden, silken, silk. .

»„ Hand,—, pl. Hände, hand. Europä’ifch, European.

IRREGULAR VERBS (CONTINUED).

Grammatical,
1. In irregular verbs of the second, third, and fourth
classes, the radical vowel of the imperfect only varies

from that of the present:

81

Pres. Inf. | Imp. Ind. |Perf. Part.\No. of Verbs.

Second Class, a,
Third Class,

Fourth Class,

¢,

a,
a (4, D),

2. Irregular verbs of the second class ;

N,

G
a

Present Indicative,
Present Infinitive. 9d and 3d Persons.

geb-en, to give. bu gibt, er gibt,
vergeb’ sen, to forgive. - „vergibſt, m «gibt,
feh-en, to sec. „ſiehſt, ſieht,
leſ⸗en, to read. liefeft,; " hief't,
meff-en, to measure. on miffefl, „ mißt,
eff-en, to eat. (mals). | » del, m ißt,
frefien, to eat (said of ani- | » —friffeft, „ frift,
vergefi’=en, to forget. „ vergiffeft, ww «gift,
tretsen, to tread, step. » __ tvittft, m tritt,
vertret’=en, to represent. „vertrittſt, stritt,
gertret’sen, to tread. „zertrittſt, „ »tritt,

’
a (U, o),

Imperfect| Perfect
Indicat. | Participle,

gab, | gegeben.
vergab, | vergeben,
fab, geiehen.
la, geleſen.
maß, | gemeffen.
af, gegefien.
Maß, | gefreffen.
vergaß, | vergeffen.
trat, getreten.
vertrat, | vertreten.
gertrat, | zertreten.

3. Nearly all irregular verbs with a, 0, or au, as the
radical vowel, take the umlaut in the second and third
persons singular of the present indicative.

Imperfect Tense.

Present Tense.

ih ſchlag'⸗e, I strike. ih ſchlug, I struck.
bu fchläg-ft, thou strikest. bu ſchlug⸗ſt, thou struckest.
er: ſchläg⸗t, . he | strikes, cr ſchlug, he struck.

wir fhlag’ "sen, we strike.

wir [hlug’-en, we

struck.

ihr. fhlag’=et, you strike.
fie ſchlag“⸗en, they strike.

4. Irregular verbs of the third class:

ihr ſchlug“⸗et, you struck.
fie fh lug’-en, they struck.

; foes Present Indicative, | Imperfect| Perfect
Present Infinitive. 2d and 3d Persons. Rood. —
grab-en, to dig. bu grabft, er gräbt, | grub, ‘| gegraben.
ſchlag⸗en, to strike. nw ſchlägſt, » Schlägt, ſchlug, | gefdlagen.
trageen, to carry, wear. nw trdgft, „ trägt, Iteug, | | getragen. —
waſch⸗en, to wash. roufd, gewaſchen.

” wäſchſt, ” wäſcht,
D2

82 IRREGULAR VERBS (CONTINUED).

5. Irregular verbs of the fourth clase:

fang:en, to catch. bu fängft, ev fängt, | fing, gefangen.
empfangen, to receive. „ empfängt, „empfängt, | empfing, | empfangen,
balt-en, to hold. vn hältſt, m Hält, | Hielt, gehalten.
enthalten, to contain. „ enthält, » halt, | enthielt, | enthalten.
erhaltsen, to receive. „ erhältft, „ hält, | erhielt, | erhalten.
behalten, to retain, keep. | » behältft, „ hält, behielt, | behalten.
ſchlaf⸗en, to sleep. „ſchläfſt, „ſchläft, fchlief, | gefchlafen.
rufen, to call. (formed regularly.) | rief, gerufen.

ftof-en, to hit, bump. vn ſtößeſt, „ſtößt, | ftieh, geftoßen.

6. Many foreign words retain their original pronunci-
ation. Thus the final § is silent in Rommis’.

Exercise 50,

1. Have you read the history of the German litera-
ture by Heinrich Kurz? 2. I bought it a few months
ago (vor einigen Monaten), but I have not yet read it. 3.
Have you measured the cloth? 4. Yes, it is thirty
yards long. 5. What are the boys eating? 6. John is
eating an apple, and William is eating a pear. 7. The
horse has eaten the hay. 8. The scholars have forgot-
ten their lessons. 9. You have stepped on the tulip.
10. The peasant has dug a deep well. 11. The boy has
struck the dog. 12. The servant has carried the apples
and the pears home. 13. William wore yesterday even-
ing a black coat and a white vest. 14.1 caught five
tront yesterday. 15. Professor Bauer received (empfanz
gen) them very kindly. 16. The library at Vienna con-
tains over 300,000 volumes and 16,000 manuscripts.
17. Have you received (erhalten) your to-day’s paper?
18. Mr. Kraus received a letter this morning from his
brother-in-law, Mr. Blumenthal. 19. Mr. Friedländer
says that he will sell his new house. 20. Why will he
not keep the new house? 21. The old house is more
convenient, and warmer than the new house. 22. Is
the child sick? 23. Yes, but the doctor says that it
has slept long enough.

IRREGULAR VERBS (CONTINUED). 83

LESSON XXVI.

IRREGULAR VERBS OF THE FIFTH AND SIXTH CLASSES,
Einundfünfzigfte Aufgabe.

1. Des Jägers Hund hat vie Kuh ded Bauers gebiffen. 2.
Eine Kapperfdlange hat den Sohn des Bauers vorgeftern ge:
biffen, ald er auf dem Berge Heivelbeeren pflüdte. 3. Das
Kind greift nad) feinem Bilde im Spiegel 4. Der Polizei’vie-
ner hat den Tafchenvieb ergriffen, gleich nachdem er das Geld ges
ſtohlen hatte. 5. Ich begreife nicht, warum Friedrich noch nicht
an und gefdrieben hat. 6. Wer hat gepfiffen? 7. Wer hat
in das Bud) gefihnitten? 8. Der Schneider ſchneidet das Tuch,
9. Herr Karfuntel hat vem Kaufmann 800 Thlr. geliehen. 10,
Herr Raumer hat in feinem Briefe feine Reife nach vem Riefen-
“gebirge ganz lebhaft befchrieben. 11. Der Bauer treibt das Vieh
auf (to) die Weide. 12. Sie gießen Del ins Feuer (“you add
fuel to the flame”). 13. Der Kellner hat ven Wein in die
Gläfer gegoffen. 14. Sie haben das Ziel nicht getroffen, Sie
haben zu hoch gefchoffen. 15. Heute ift das Mufeum gefchlof-
fen. 16. Herr Burdhardt hat geftern fein Portemonnaie verlo-
ten. 17. Bier Pferde ziehen den Wagen. 18. Herr Braun hat
heute einen Wechfel son 600 Thlr. auf Herrn Dietrich gezogen.
19. Die Wolfen ziehen (move) nad) Süden. 20. Die Solva-
ten haben fehr tapfer gefochten. 21. Der Korbmacher flicht ei-
nen Korb. 22. Marie hat einen fehr fchönen Kranz geflochten.
23. Er hob ven Korb auf feine Schulter. 24. Er erhob die
Stimme und ſchrie um (for) Hilfe. 25. Der Dieb hat gelogen
und ven Kaufmann betrogen. |

Vocabulary.
= irbe, basket. Der Taſchendieb, —e8, pickpocket.
basket-maker. | „ Gilden, —8, south.
Kränze, crown,| » Norden, —8, north.
h. » Wagen, —8, pl. —, wagon.
3, pl. —, police-| „ Wechfel, —8, pl. —, bill of ex-
change, draft.
=; mirror. MD Mein, —8§, pl. —€, wine.

84 IRREGULAR VERBS (CONTINUED):

Die Beere, pl. —n, berry. Das Bild, —e8, pl. —et, image. -.
Heidelbeere, —, whortleberry. „ euer, —S, pl. —, fire.
„ Schlange, —, aL —n, snake. n Del, —e8, pl. —e, oil.
wn Slapperjdlange, rattlesnake. n = Portemonnaie’, —8, pl. —8( pro
n Ruh, —, pl. Kühe, cow. nounced pört-mö-nay > purse,
w Reife, —, pl. —en, journey, trip. pocket-book._

„ Schulter, —, pl. —n, shoulder. n Bieh, —e8, pl. —e, ca cattle.

» Stimme, —,p.—ı, voice. [ure.| „ Ziel, —e8, pl. —e, mark.

„ Weide, —, pl. —n, meadow, past- | Lebhaft (adj. and adv. ), lively; spirited.

» Wolle, —, pl —ı, cloud. Nachdem (conj.), after.
Grammatical.

1. Irregular verbs of the fifth and sath classes have
the same vowel in the imperfect tense as in the per-
fect participle.

2. The radical vowel in verbs of the fifth. hat is al-
ways ei; in those of the sizth class it is usually ie or c.

3. The following table shows the vowel changes:

Present Imperfect
Infinitive. Indicative.

i,

Sixth
Class.

4. Irregular Verbs in the ji/th class :
Present Indicative, | Imperf. | Perfect

Present Infinitive. 2d and 8d Persons. Indicat. Participle
beißen, to bite. | (formed regularly. ) big, — gebiffen.
greif-en, to grasp, seize (after). | griff, gegriffen.
begreif'=en, to comprehend. ee e begriff, Ibegriffen.
ergreifen, to seize, lay hold of. “ “ ergriff, ergriffen.
pfeif-en, to whistle. “ “ pfiff, gepfiffen.
ſchneid⸗en, to cut. “ J ſchnitt, geſchnitten.
ſpleiß⸗en, to split. ss a ſpliß, geſpliſſen.

leih⸗en, to lend, loan. (formed regularly.) lieh, Igeliehen.
ſchreib⸗en, to write. ae ss ſchrieb, geſchrieben.
beſchreib'⸗en, to describe. Ki — beſchrieb, beſchrieben.
ſchrei⸗en, eo cry (out). ar . ſchrie, Igefchrieen.

treibsen, to drive. A: trieb, |getrieben.

= ESEL FETTE

IRREGULAR VERBS (CONTINUED). 85

5. Irregular verbs of the sexth class :

Present Indicative, |Imperfect, Perfect

Present Infinitive. 2d and 3d Persons. | Indicat. | Participle:

gieß-en, to pour. (formed regularly.) | goß, gegofien.
ſchieß⸗en, to shoot. — as (hop, | gefchofien.
ſchließ⸗en, to close, shut. = + Ihloß, geſchloſſen.
verlieren, to lose. J verlor, | verloren.
zieh⸗en, to draw. — — zog, gezogen.
fedjt-en, to fight. bu fidtft, ex fidt, | fodt, | gefodten.
fledit»en, to braid. w flichtft, m flict, | flocht, | geflochten.
heb⸗en, to lift, raise. (formed regularly.) | bob, gehoben.
liig-ert, to lie. sd + Tog, gelogen.
betriig-en, to deceive. Ae — betrog, | betrogen.

6. The definite article 23 omitted before names of the
points of the compass (see $ 55,2,2):
Die Wollen ziehen gegen Norden, ‘The clouds are moving towards the
j north.
7. Some foreign words retain much or all of their
original declension :

A Singular. Plural.
Das Portemonnate. Die Portemormaie-8,
Des Portemonnaie-d, Der Portemonnaie-®,
Dem Portemonnaie. Den Portemonnaie,
Das Portemonnaie. Die Portemonnaie-8,
Exercise 52.

1. The dog has bitten the child. 2. A rattlesnake
bit the peasant-woman this morning. 3. The policeman
seized (ergreifen) the pickpocket immediately after he
had stolen the pocket-book from Mr.Wieland. 4. There
goes the whistle! (e8 pfeift!) 5. The cook is cutting the
bread. 6. Professor Hiusser, in his History of Germany,
has described the battle of Leipsic in a very spirited
manner (lebhaft). 7. The peasant has driven the cattle
to the pasture. 8.“ He has only added fuel to the flame.”
9,,The ‘hunter has shot four hares this morning. 10,
The Library and the Museum are closed to-day. 11.
John lost his German Grammar yesterday. 12. Yes,
but he found it this morning on his brother’s table. 13.

86 “ IRREGULAR VERBS (CONTINUED).'

Only one horse is drawing the wagon. 14.1 shall
make a draft (einen Wedhfel ziehen) on Mr. Niedner to-day
for five hundred and seventy-five dollars. 15. The bas-
ket-maker has made (fledjten) two baskets this morning.
16. Mary has made (flechten) :a beautiful garland. 17.
They are crying for help! 18. The pickpocket has sto-
len three thousand and five hundred dollars from the
merchant. 19. The German soldiers have fought very
bravely in the battle.

LESSON XXVII.
IRREGULAR VERBS OF SEVENTH CLASS. RECAPITULATION OF IRREG. VERBS..
Dreinndfünfzigfte Aufgabe.

1. Wiffen Sie, wo Herr Brinfenhofer wohnt? 2. Nein, ich
weiß nicht, wo er wohnt. 3. Ich wußte nicht, dab Herr Schöne⸗
berg in Berlin ift. . 4. Kennen Sie Herrn Profeffor Trautmann ?
5. Ad) ja, wir fannten ihn fehon, ald wir in Deutfchland waren.
6. Wie nennen Sie diefe Blumen ? 7. Diefe ift eine Hyacinthe,*
und jene ift ein Bergißmeinnicht.* 8. Was brennt? 9. Das
Haus gegenüber ung brennt (is on fire). 10. Der Koch hat den
Kaffee gebrannt (roasted). 11. Herr Weifmandel hat Ihnen
einen Brief von Herrn Kramer in Wien gebracht. 12. Herr
Heidel brachte Nachricht von unferm Oheim in Magdeburg. 13.
Karl, weißt du, wo mein Bleiftift ift? 14. Nein, ich habe ihn
heute nicht gefehen. 15. Haben Sie die Nachricht von Amerika
in der heutigen hiefigen Zeitung gelefen? 16. Nein, ich i die
heutige Zeitung nod) nicht geſehen.

Grammatical.

1. Irregular verbs of the seventh class follow, in con-
jugation, partly the laws of regular, and partly those
of irregular verbs.

2. Present and imperfect tenses of wiffen, to know :
* See page 436.

IRREGULAR VERBS (CONTINUED). 87

Present Tense Imperfect Tense.
id) weiß, I know. id wußte, I knew.
bu weißt, thou knowest. bu wuf-teft, thou knewest.
er weiß, he knows. er wuß⸗te, he knew.
wir wifj-en, we know. wirwuß-ten, we knew.
ifr:wiff-et, you know. iby wuß=tet, you knew.
fie wijf-en, they know. . fie wuß-ten, they knew.

3. Irregular verbs of the seventh class :

— Present Indicative, Imperfect Perfect
Present Infinitive. 2d and 3d Persons. Indicative. Participle.

bring-en, to bring. (formed regularly.) brad-te, ge-brad-t.

dent-en, to think. “ J dach⸗te, ge⸗dach⸗t.
brenn⸗en, to burn. $s J brann⸗te, ge⸗brann⸗t.
fenn-en, to know. + a fann-te, ge⸗kann⸗t.
nenn⸗en, to name. — — nann⸗te, ge⸗nann⸗t.
wiſſ⸗en, to know. bu weißt, er weiß. wuß-te, ge⸗wuß⸗t.

4. To know, meaning to be acquainted with, is rendered
by fennen.

5. General view of the changes the irregular verbs in
all seven classes undergo in forming the principal parts:

Class. | Present. Imperf. Partic. | — - Examples. No. f:
Ist |ji(ore), a, tt (or 0). | bind-en, band, ge-bundsen. | 45,

2d a, gebeen, gab, gesgeb-en.

8d u, ſchlag⸗en, ſchlug, ge⸗ſchlag⸗en.
4th — Dal ge⸗halt⸗en.

5th - ge-biff-en.
6th ie. (£,etc.),d, D - geegoff-en.
Th anomalous.

6. Examples of the seven classes of irregular verbs:

- 1, First Class. - | Bred-en, brad, ge⸗broch⸗en.
bind-en, band, ge⸗bund⸗en. | fprech-en, fprad, gesfprochen.
find-en, fand, gesfundsen. drefdeen, draſch, ge—⸗droſch⸗en.

ſing⸗en, feng, ala nehmen, nahm, gesnommsen.
be-giun-en, be-gaust, be⸗gonn⸗en. fterb-en, _ ftarb, gesftorb=en.
ge⸗winn⸗en, gewann, geswonnsen, | treffen, traf, gestroffsen.

irinnsen, fpann, ge⸗ſponn⸗en. werfen, warf, geworfen,

88 IRREGULAR VERBS (CONTINUED).

2. Second Class. 5. Fifth Class.
geb-en, gab, ge-geb-en. beif-en, big, ge⸗biſſ⸗en.
leſ⸗en, las, ge⸗leſ⸗en. greifsen, griff, gesgriffsen.
ſeh⸗en, ſah, ge⸗ſeh⸗en. ſchneid⸗en, ſchnitt, ge⸗ſchnitt⸗en.
eſſ⸗en, aß, geg⸗eſſ⸗en. fchreib-en, fchrieb, ge⸗ſchrieb⸗en.

feeff-en, frag, gesfrefisen. treib-en, trieb, gestriebsen,
meff-en, maß, — ge-meff-en. ae |
vergefi-en, vergaß, vergefi-en. 6. Sixth Class.

tret-en, trat, getret-en. gief-en, gop, gesgofl-en.
jhieß-en, ſchoß, ge ⸗ſchoſſ⸗en.
8. Third Class. zieh⸗en, zog, ge⸗zog⸗en.
grab-en, grub, ge⸗grab⸗en. fecht⸗en, focht, ge—⸗focht⸗en
ſchlag⸗en, ſchlug, ge⸗ſchlag⸗en. heb⸗en, hob, ge⸗hob⸗en.
trag⸗en, trug, ge⸗trag⸗en.
waſch⸗ en, wuſch, ge⸗waſch⸗en. — Seventh Class.
bring-en, bradete, ge-brad-t.
4, Fourth Class. denf-en, dachte, ge⸗dach⸗t.
fang-en, fing, ge-fang-en. - brennsen, brannete, ge⸗brann⸗t.
halt⸗en, hielt, ge⸗halt⸗en. kenn⸗en, kaun⸗te, ge⸗kann⸗t.
ſchlafen, ſchlief, ge—⸗ſchlaf⸗en. nennen, nann⸗te, ge⸗nann⸗t.
ruf⸗en, rief, ge⸗ruf⸗en. wiff-en, wußz⸗te, ge⸗wußt.

Rem. 1. With most irregular verbs, the original length of the radical vowel
is preserved in all the principal parts:
1. Vowed long. 2.Vowel shee
ftehl-en, ſtahl, ge-ftobl-en. | fpinn-en, fpann, ge⸗ſponn⸗en.
leſ⸗en, las, gesleſ⸗en. freſſſen, fraß, ge⸗freſſ⸗en.
trag⸗en, trig, ge⸗trag⸗en. brenn⸗en, bramm-te, ge⸗brann⸗t.
Rem. 2. With some verbs the length of the radical vowel is changed in one
pr more of the derived principal parts. ‘The change is more frequently from
long to short, than it is from short to long:

beißen, biß, ge-biff-en, nehm-en, nahm, ge⸗ nomm⸗en.
ſchneid⸗en, ſchnitt, geschnitten. | treffen, traf, ge⸗troff⸗en.

Tem. 8. In the sixteenth century the participle of eſſen was formed regu-
Jarly geefien. This was then contracted into geffen. In the seventeenth cen-
tury another ge= was added, by false analogy, and hence the double prefix
in gegeflen.

Exercise 54.

1. Are you acquainted with General von Lichten-
stein? . 2. No, I do not know him. 3. What do you
call (wie nennen Sie) this fish?: 4. That fish is a trout.
5. The fire does not burn. 6. The cook has not yet
roasted (brennen) the coffee. 7. The house of Mr. Kraft

VERBS WITH fein, TO BE, AS AUXILIARY. . 89

is on fire (brennen). 8. Do you know where Mr. Ruprecht
is? 9. He is now in Munich. 10. Charles, dost thou
know when Alexander von Humboldt died? 11. Alex-
ander von Humboldt died in Berlin on the sixth of
May, 1859. 12. Children, do you know how old Schil-
ler was when he died? 13. He was forty-five years and
six months old. 14. When did you meet Mr. Rosen-
berg? 15.We met him this morning in (auf) the street.
16. Where didst thou find the German grammar? 17.
I found it on my brother’s table.

LESSON XXVIII. |
VERBS WITH ſtin, TO BE, AS AUXILIARY.

Er ift fehr reich gewefen, He has been very rich.
Er ift arm geworben, He has become poor.
Er ift nach Haufe gegangen, He has gone home.
Er war nad) Haufe gegangen, He had gone home.
Er wird wahrfcheinlich nach der He will probably have gone

Stadt gegangen fein, to the city.

Fünfundfünfzigſte Aufgabe. |

1. Er ift zu Haufe. 2. Er war zu Haufe. 3. Er ift zu
Haufe gewefen. 4. Er war zu Haufe geweien. 5. Er wird zu
Haufe gewefen fein. 6. Das Wetter ift jest fehr heiß geworben.
7. Herr Kaltfchmidt ift Kaufmann geworben. 8. Das Wet-
ter war ſchon fehr heiß geworben, als wir nach Italien gingen.
9, Wie find Sie von der Stadt gefommen? 10. Wir find ges
fahren. 11. Friedrich ift zu Buß (on foot) nad) ver Stadt ges
gangen, aber Wilhelm ift geritten. 12. Das Pferd ift über ven
Graben (ditch) gefprungen. 13. Der DBleiftift Tag auf dem
Tifh. 14. Die Bücher liegen auf ven Tifthen. 15. Das Kind
war (chon geftorben, als der Vater nad) Haufe fam. 16. Dem
Sager ift fein Hund nach dem Walde gefolgt. 17. Ich werde
nach dem Mufeum gehen, aber Herr Kranzler wird wahrfchein-
lich fon nad) Haufe gegangen fein.

90 VERBS WITH feil, TO BE.

Grammatical.
1. Most zntransitive verbs take feitt, to de, instead of.
haben, to have, as their auxiliary.
Rem. 1. The greater part of intransitive verbs aro primitive or derivative

irregular verbs.

Rem, 2. Nearly all regular verbs and many irregular verbs are transitive,
and, as such, take haben for their auxiliary. -

Rem. 8. All impersonal verbs take haben as their auxiliary.

Rem, 4. It will be indicated in the vocabularies hereafter when the verbs
take fein as their auxiliary.

2. Indicative mood of fein, zo de:

Present Tense. Imperfect Tense.

id bin, I am. ‘id war, I was.
bu bift, thou art. - bu war-ft, thou wast.
er tft, he is. er war, he was.

wir war⸗eun, we were.
ibe war-f, you were,
fie wareen, they were.

Pluperfect Tense.

wir find, we are.
ihr feid, you are.
fie find, they are.

Perfect Tense.

I have been, etc. I had been, etc.
ih bin gewefen. id) war geweien.
bu bift gewefen. bu warft gemwefen,
ex ift gewefen. er war gewefen.

wir find gewefen.
iby feid gewefen.
fie find gewefen.

First Future Tense.

wir war⸗en gewefen.
ibe waret gewefen.
fie war-en gewefen.

Second Future Tense.

I shall be, etc. I shall have been, etc.
ih werde fein, id) werde geweien fein.
bu wirft fein. du wirft gewejen fein.
er wird fein, er wird gewefen fein.

wir werd⸗en geweſen fein.
iby werdset fein. ibe werdset gewefen fein.
fie werd⸗en fein. fie werd⸗-en gewefen fein.

3. Indicative mood of werden, to become :

wir werd⸗en fein,

Present Tense. Imperfect Tense.
ih werdet, I become. id) wurd⸗e, I became.
bu wirft, thou becomest. bu wurd»eft, thou becamest.
er wird, he becomes. er wurds¢, he became.

wirwerd-en, we become.
iby werd.-et, you become.
fie werd-em, they become. -

wit wurd-en, we became.
ify wurd-et, you became.
fie wurbeen, they became.

Pa fer ee ee EE em — —“

VERBS WITH feitt, To

Perfect Tense.
I have become, etc.

id bin geworden.

du Bift geworden.

er iff; geworden,
wir find geworden,
ihr feid geworben.
fie -find geworden. -

First Future Tense.

I shall become, etc.

ih) werde werden.
du wirft werden.
er wird werden,

wir werd-en werden.
ify werd⸗et werben,
fie werb-en werden.

BE, AS AUXILIARY. 91

Pluperfect Tense.
I had become, etc.

id war geworden.
bu warft geworden.
er war. geworden.
wir war⸗en geworden.
iby war=-et geworben,
fie war⸗-en geworden.

Second Future Tense.
I shall have become, etc.
id) werdet geworden fein.
du wirft geworden fein.
er wird geworden fein.
wir werd⸗-en geworben fein.
ifr werbd-et geworden fein.
fie werd-en geworden fein,

4. The indicative mood of fommen, zo come:

Present Tense.
id fomm-e, I come.

du fommeft, thou comest.
er fommet, he comes.

wir komm⸗en, we come.
iby komm⸗t, you come.
fie fomm-en, they come.

Perfect Tense.

I have come, etc.

id bin gekommen.
bu bift gefommen.
er ift gefommen.
wir find gelommen.
ibe feid gelommen.
fie find getommen.

First Future Tense.

I shall come, etc.
ih werd-e kommen.
du wirft tommen.
er wird fommen.
wir werd-en kommen.
iby werd⸗et fommen.
fle werd-en kommen.

Imperfect Tense,
ih fam, I came.
bu fame ft, thou camest.
er fant, he came,
wir fam-et, we came.
ihr kam⸗t, you came.
fie fam-cn, they came.

Pluperfect Tense.
I had come, etc.

id war gefommen.
bu war-ft gefommen,
er war gefommen.
wir war-en gefommen.
ibe war⸗t gefommen.
fie warsen gelommen.

Second Future Tense.
I shall have come, etc.

ih werde gekommen fein.
du wirft getommen fein.
er wird gefommen fein.
wir werb-en gefommen fein.
iby werd⸗-et gefommen fein.
fie werbd-en gefommen fein,

92 VERBS WITH ſein, TO BE, AS AUXILIARY.

5. Some intransitive verbs (having fein as auxiliary) :

Class. . Present Infinitive. Imperf. Indic.| Perf. Part.
2, fein, to be. . var, geweſen.
1. werd-en, to become, wurde, geworden.
4. | fallsen, to fall. fiel, gefallen.
3. | fahren, to ride. . fuhr, gefahren.
4. | geh-en, to go. ging, . gegangen.
1. | Tommsen, to come. tam, . gelommen.
2. | Tiegeen, to lie. lag, gelegen.
1. fpring-en, to leap, spring. fprang, gefprungen. ⸗
1. | fterb-en, to die, ftarb, geftorben. ~
Reg. | folg-en, to follow. folgte, gefolgt.

Rem. 1. Fallen and fahren take the umlaut in the 2d and 8d persons of the
present singular.
Rem. 2. Yahren means to ride in a carriage or other means of cony eyance.
Reiten means to ride on a horse.
Exercise 56.

1. Has Mr. Franz been here? 2. No, he has not been
here. 3. The weather has become very cold. 4.Where
is Mr. Stromberg? 5. He has gone to Magdeburg to-
day. 6. Did Mr. Meyerheim go to Potsdam in his car-
riage (fahren)? 7. No, he went on horseback (reiten).
8. We went to Charlottenburg on foot this morning.
9. Mr. Wiedner has not come home yet. 10. Cologne
lies on the left,bank of the Rhine. 11. Your German
newspaper is lying on the table. 12. The daughter of
Mr. Friedländer had already died before (che) he came
home. 13. Whom do you wish? 14.I am looking for
Mr. Wiegand. 15. He has gone to Dresden to-day ; he
will be here to-morrow.

LESSON XXIX.
THE INFINITIVE MOOD.
Der Brief ift fehwer zu Iefen, The letter is hard to read
Er wünfcht das Buch zu fehen, He wishes to see the book.
Was ift zu thun? | What is to be done?
Das Haus ijt zu verfaufen, The house is for sale.

THE INFINITIVE MOOD. 93

Ich hörte fie fingen, I heard them sing.

Sie machen mich lachen, You make me laugh.

Wir gehen fpazie’ren, Weare going to takea walk.
Er ift fpazieren gefahren, He has gone to take a ride.

Siebenundfünfzigfte Aufgabe.

1. Der Schneider hat verfprochen, mir den Rod heute Mor:
gen zu ſchicken. 2. Es ift meine Abficht, übermorgen nad Er-
langen zu gehen. 3. Ich wünfche mit Herrn Schnorr zu fpre-
hen. 4. Er ift augenbliclich nicht zu Haufe. 5. Es wird fpat;
es ift die höchfte Zeit (high time), nach Haufe zu geben. 6.
Diefes Haus ift fogleich zu verfaufen. 7. Hier find vier mö-
blirte Zimmer zu vermiethen. 8. Cine herrfchaftliche Wohnung
nebft Gas und Wafferleitung ift in der Leipziger Straße zu ver⸗
miethen. 9. Wir haben feine Zeit zu verlieren. 10. Anftatt
das Haus zu behalten, bat Herr Sigel e8 verfauft. 11. Fried-
rich Kraft ift nach Wien gegangen, um feinen Grofvater zu bez
fuchen. 12. Guftay Mühlheimer ift nach Berlin gegangen, um
auf (at) der dortigen Univerfität zu ftudiren. 13. Das Raus
chen ift eine fchlechte Gewohnheit. 14. Was ift zu thun?
Meine veutiche Grammatik ift nicht zu finden. 15. Marie und
Katharine lernen jest das Klavier fpielen. 16. Sind Sie heute
Morgen fpagieren gegangen? 17. Nein, ich bin geritten. 18.
Heute werben wir fpazieren fahren. 19. Warum bleibft du
— 20. Er lobt bad Buch, ohne es gelefen au haben.

Vocabulary. -

Die Abficht, —, pl. —en, intention. | Angenblidlich, for the moment.
w Bewe'gung, —,pl. —en, motion, | Dortig, of that place. (noblemen).
exercise. Herrichaftlich, fine and spacious (fit for
n Gewohn’ bet, —, pl. —en, habit. | Möblirt’, furnished.
" re —, pl. —en, univer-| Selig, blessed.
[ter-works. Schlecht, bad.
i Bafferleitung, —, pl. —en, wa-| Sogleid) (adv.), immediately. [with.
„Wohnung, —, pl.—en, residence, | Nebft (prep. with dat.), with, together
suite of rooms, apartments. Rauchen (reg.), to smoke.
„Zeit, —, pl. —en, time. Spagie’ren (see 6, 2, p. 95).
Das Gre, —c8, pl. —t, gas. Vermie’then (reg.), to rent, let.

94 THE INFINITIVE MOOD.

5. | Bleiben (fein aux.), to remain. | blieb, | geblieben.
2. | Siten (fein aurx.), to sit. faß, | gefeflen.
6. | Thun, to do. that, | gethan.

Grammatical.
1. In German, as in English, the Infinitive Mood has
two tenses, the Present and the Perfect:

Present Tense. Perfect Tense.
lieben, to love. geliebt Haben, to have loved.
bausen, to build. gebaut Haben, to have built.
find-en, to find. gefunden haben, to have found.
gehsen, to go. gegangen fein, to have gone.
: werdsen, to become. geworben fein, to have become.
fein, to be. gemwejen fein, to have been.

2. The /nfinitive is usually preceded by 31, to:

JIch wünſche mit ihm zu ſprechen, I wish to speak with him.
Der Brief ift ſchwer zu Lefer, The letter is hard to read.-
Mir hatten genug zu thun, We had enough to do.

3. While in English both the present participle and
the infinitive mood are used as verbal nouns, in German
only the /nfinitive is thus used :

Das Reiter ift eine angenehme Riding is an agreeable exercise.
Bewegung,
Geben ift feliger als nehmen, It is more blessed to give than to re-
ceive.
Rem: The Infinitive, used as a noun, takes the neuter gender : Daß Reiten.

4. The Infinitive (with 31) may be preceded by the
prepositions anftatt, ohne, um:

Anftatt zu gehen, bleibt er, Instead of going, he remains.
Er dobt das Buch, ohne e8 gelefen He praises the book, without having
zu haben, read it.

Rem. The preposition nm is used before the Infinitive: (1), ta express
purpose or desire; (2), after adjectives which are preceded by 3M (too), or
which are followed by geuug (enough):

Er ift nad) ber Stadt gegangen, Ile has gone t to the city to buy a
nut ein Buch zu faufen, book. .

Das Kind ift gu jung, um allein in The child is too young to go into the
den Wald zu geben, woods alone.

Er ift nicht alt genug, um cllein IIe is not old enough to go into the
ir den Wald au geben, woods alonc.

THE INFINITIVE MOOD. 95

5. The Infinitive is sometimes used in a passive sense:

Was ift zu thun? What is to be done?
Das Bud) ift nicht zu haben, The book is not to be had.

6. Zu is omitted when the Infinitive is preceded:

1. By the verbs made, helfen, hören, fühlen, feben,

heißen, nennen, Ichren, lernen :
Sie machen mid lachen, You make me laugh.
Wir hörten ihn fingen, We heard him sing.
Er lehrte mich bas Klavier fpielen, He taught me to play the piano.
Sie lernen das Klavier fpielen, They are learning to play the piano.
2. By the verbs bleiben, gehen, ftehen, liegen, reiten,

fahren, haben, fein, in certain idiomatic expres-

sions: —— —
Er bleibt ſitzen, He keeps his seat.
Er geht fpnzieren, He is taking a walk.
. Er fährt fpazieren, He is taking a ride (in a carriage).
Er reitet-Tpazieren, He is‘taking a ride (on horseback).

Rem. 1: 32 is also omitted after other verbs, as will be hereafter explained.

Rem. 2. Spagicren (used with gehen, reiten, fahren) means to go (te
wulk or ride) for pleasure.
_ Exercise 58.

1. The merchant promised to send us the cloth yes-
terday. 2. It is his intention to go to Augsburg to-
morrow. 3.I wish to buy..a German Dictionary. 4.
The large house opposite us is for sale. 5. Here is a
large and elegant suite of rooms (eine berrfchaftliche Woh-
nung) to let. 6. The large house in Wilhelms Street,
with gas and water: (nebft Gas und Wafferleitung), i is for
sale immediately. 7. Instead of coming by way of Co-
logne, he came by way of Frankfort. 8. Ihave no time
to lose; I am going to Leipsic this evening. 9. “It is
more blessed to give than to receive.” 10. Why does
Charles keep his seat? (6,2, above.) 11. What is to be
done? 12. It is high time to go, and the tailor has not
yet sent me my overcoat. 13. Mr. Dietrich has gone to
take a walk. 14. I am going to take a ride (on horse-
back). 13. They have gone to ride (in a carriage).

96 PARTICIPLES.

LESSON XXX.
PARTICIPLES.
Der folgende Tag war fehr heiß The following day was very
und ſchwül, hot and sultry.
Das Bild ift reizend, The picture is charming.
Der von allen feinen Freunden Professor Behr, who was
fehr geliebte und geehrte Herr greatly beloved and re-
Profeffor Behr ift geftern spectedby all his friends,
Abend an der Schwindfuht died suddenly yesterday
plöglich geftorben, | evening of consumption.
Die Vereinigten Staaten, The United States.

Nennundfünfzigite Aufgabe.

1. Am folgenden Tage gingen wir nad) Wien. 2. Von un-
ferm Haufe haben wis eine ganz reizende Ausficht. 3. Wien ift
die größte und die bedeutendfte Stadt in Defterreih. 4. Nürn-
berg hat im Mittelalter eine glänzende Gefchichte gehabt. 5. Sn
induftriellen Beziehungen ift Nürnberg jest die beveutenbfte Stadt
in Baiern. 6. Die dreigehnte, vermehrte, und völlig new bearz
beitete Ausgabe ver Gefchichte ver veutfchen Literatur ift jest in
allen Buchhandlungen zu haben. 7. Neue und gebrauchte Bü⸗
cher in alten und modernen Sprachen find in der Buchhandlung
yon Kreifchner und Rodenberg billigft zu verlaufen. 8. Der
Vertrag zwifchen den Vereinigten Staaten und dem Norddeutz
ſchen Bunde ift jest abgefdlofjen (concluded). 9. Die im
Sabre 1809 geftiftete Univerfität in Berlin ift jest die befuch-
tefte und die befte in Deutfchland. 10. Die Zahl ver Profef-
foren ift hundert und vierundneungig ; die Zahl der Studiren-
ben ift über 3000. 11. Die im Jahre 1818 geftiftete Univer-
fität zu Bonn ift die jüngfte in Deutſchland. 12. Die Zahl der
Studirenden ift über 1000 5 die Zahl der Profefforen ift hundert
und ſechs. 13. Herr Profeffor Schmidt ift Profeffor ver moder⸗
nen Sprachen an der hiefigen Univerfität. 14. Albrecht Dürer
war der berühmtefte deutſche Maler des Mittelalters.

PARTICIPLES. 97
Vocabulary.
Der Freund, —e8, pl. —e, friend. Alt, old, ancient.
n Staat, —e8, pl. —en, state. Modern’, modern.
n BSertrag’,—es, pl. Berträge, treaty; Inbuftriell‘, industrial.
Die Ausfidt, —, pl. —en, prospect. Plötzlich, sudden.
„Bezieh ung, —, pl. —en, relation. | Völlig, full, complete.
n Buchhandlung, —, pl. —en, book-| Berühmt’, famous, distinguished.
store. Ehren, to honor, respect.
n Schwindſucht, —, consumption. | Gründen, to found.

wn Zahl, —, pl. —en, number.
Das Bild, —e8, pl. —er, picture.
Bear’ beiten, to revise, work over.
Reizen, to charm.
Bebeu’ten, to signify.
©länzen, to shine.
Brauchen, to use.

Stiften, to endow, found.
Verein’ igen, to unite.

Permeh’ ren, to increase, enlarge.
Reigend (adj.), charming.
Bedeu'tend (adj.), important.
Glänzend (adj. ), brilliant.
Gebraucht” (adj.), second-hand.

Grammatical.
1. In German, as in English, the verb has two Parti-
ciples: the Present and the Perfect.

1. The Present Participle is formed by adding -end
to the stem of the verb.

2. The Perfect Participle is formed by (1) adding ⸗t
to the stem of regular, and =ett to the stem of ?rreg-
ular verbs; and (2) prefixing =ge to the stem of
all verbs, except those having an inseparable prefix
(bez, eut=, emp⸗, e¢c.), and those with =iren (zieren) in

the infinitive.

Rem. The radical vowel of many irregular verbs is changed.

Present Infinitive. Present Participle. Perfect Participle.
lieb-en, to love. lieb-end, —_ loving. ge⸗lieb⸗t, loved.
bau-en, tobuild. | bau-end, building. | ge-bau-t, built.
find-en, to find. find-end, finding. ge-fund-en, found.
erfind’-en, to invent. | erfinbd’s end, inventing. | erfund’-eh, invented.

2. Participles are often used adjectively. They are
then subject to all the Zaws of declension and compar-
ison that apply to adjectives:

Am folgenden Tage,
Die Vereinigten Stasten,

On the following day.
The United States.

E

98 PARTICIPLES.

Rem. The participle often takes a purely adjective signification :

Das reizende Bild, The charming picture.
Gebrauchte Bücher, Second-hand books.
Der berithmtefte Maler, The most famous painter.

3. The present participle is used much less in German
than in English. It is rarely used after fein, zo be, ex-
cept when it has an adjective signification.

Das Bild ift reizend, The picture is charming.

4. The perfect participle, on the other hand, is used

much more than in English.

5. Participles are frequently —— into English
by the verb, with a relative pronoun for its subject:

Die im Jahre 1809 gegründete The University of Berlin, which was
Univerfität zu Berlin, founded in 1809.

Exercise 60.

1. On the following day they went by way of Frank-
fort to Cologne. 2. (The in 1520 completed cathedral
in Magdeburg is among the most beautiful churches
in Germany.) 3. From the tower of the cathedral we
have a most (ganz) charming prospect. 4. Breslau, the
largest and the most important city in Silesia (Schle⸗
fen), has 160,000 inhabitants. 5. The university in
Prague, founded in 1348, was the first university in Ger-
many. 6. The university in Leipsic, which was (en-
dowed) in 1409, was the second university in Germany.
7. (The twenty-second enlarged and fully revised edi-
tion of the German Grammar of Mr. Dr. Heyse is now
to have.) 8. Second-hand books in all languages are
for sale here cheap. 9. (The on the twenty-fourth
March on the consumption suddenly died Mr. Prof. Behr
was the oldest professor on the here [hiefige] univer-
sity.) 10. The treaty between the United States and
Austria is not yet concluded. 11. Peter von Cornelius,
who died in the year 1867, was the most distinguished
painter of the nineteenth century.

THE POTENTIAL VERBS fönnen AND müllen. 99

LESSON XXXI.

THE POTENTIAL VERBS fünnen axp müffen.

Ich Fann es nicht lefen, I can not read it.

Kannft du es lefen ? Canst thou read it?

Er fann ed lefen, He can read it.

Wir können es nicht lefer, We can not read it.

Sie fonnen e8 lefen, They can read it.

Sie fonnten ed lejen, They could read it.

Er hat e8 lefen Fönnen, He has been able to read it.
r wird ed lefen Fünnen, He will be able to read it.

Er hat es nicht gefonnt, He has not been able to

do it.
Herr Braun Tann Deutſch, Mr. Braun knows German.

Einundſechzigſte Aufgabe.

1. Ich fann feinen Brief gar nicht lefen. 2. Karl fagt, daß
er feine deutfche Grammatif nicht finden fann. 3. Können Sie
mit uns fpazieren gehen? 4. Nein, heute können wir nicht ſpa⸗
zieren gehen. 5. Herr Kramer fagt, daß er den Brief nicht lefen
fonnte (or daß er den Brief nicht hat Iefen Fönnen). 6. Herr
Karl Hartmann fann Deutfch und Spanish. 7. Warum hat
Marie dads deutſche Lied nicht gefungen? 8. Sie hat ed nicht
gefonnt (or fie hat es nicht fingen Fünnen). 9. Er wird den
Brief nicht lefen Tonnen. 10. Sch muß heute einen Brief an
Herrn Maßmann ſchreiben. 11. Herr Dietrich hat mir gejagt,
daß er heute nach Hamburg gehen muß, um einige Freunde aus
Amerifa zu treffen. 12. Wir fonnten nicht länger bleiben; wir
mußten nach Haufe gehen. 13. Heute Morgen habe ich fo viele
Briefe ſchreiben müffen, daß ich nicht nach dem Mufeum habe ge:
ben fünnen. 14. Morgen werden wir nad) Dresden und über:
morgen nach Prag gehen. 15. Herr Schnorr wünfcht einen Leh⸗
ter für feine zwei Kinder ; ver Lehrer muß Englifch, Deutfdy und
Franzöſiſch geläu’fig (fluently) fprechen finnen. 16. Sd) habe
die dritte Ausgabe der Gefchichte von Deutfchland in ver ganzen
Stadt nicht finden können.

100 THE POTENTIAL VERBS fönnen AND müllen.

Grammatical.

1. The German verb has no potential mood. The po-
tential mood of the English verb is in most cases trans-
lated into German by the use of the verbs fünnen, can ;
miiffen, must; etc.

2. The Potential Verbs (fonnen, müflen, etc.) have a com-

plete conjugation. They take haben as their auxiliary.
They belong to the seventh class of irregular verbs:

Present Infinitive. Imperfect Indicative. | Perfect Participle.
könn⸗en, to be able. fonu-te, ge- fonn -t.
miiff-en, to be obliged. muß-te, ges mug -t.

Rem. The use of the Potential Verbs is much more extensive than that of
the auxiliaries of the potential mood in English (may, can, must, etc.). They
are often translated by circumlocutory phrases, as fünnen, to be able; miif-
fen, to be compelled, to be obliged (to have ta).

3. The Potential Verbs (called in German the auz-
tharies of mode) are never used as independent verbs.
They are only used to limit or qualify the infinitives
of other verbs (though the limited verb is frequently

understood ) : |
Ich kann es nicht, J ‘an not (do) it.
Sh habe es nicht gefonnt, ) was not able (to do) it.
Er hat es gemußt, Ha was compelled (to do) it.

4. Können (to be able, can) indicates:
1. Moral or physicial possibility :
Er kann lefen und jchreiben, He *an read and write.
2. A possibility or contingency :
Sie fünnen mich erwarten, You "say expect me.
3. Können is frequently used with tb» verbs lefen, fagen, ſprechen,
verſtehen (to understand), and thun (20 do), understood:

Herr Roth fanw Deutich, Mr. Roth krows German.
5. Indicative mood of fonnen, to be able, can:
Present Tense. Impertect Tense,
id Tann, I can. ich foun-te, U could.
du fanu-ft, thou canst. | du foun tefi, ‘thou conldst.
er Tann, he can. er foun-ete, he could.
wir könn-en, we can. wir foun-ten, we could.
ihr finn-t, you can. iby konn-tet, you could.
fie fönn»en, they can. fie konn⸗ten, they coull.

n

un ad

THE POTENTIAL VERBS toner iy? see, “ADI

Perfect Tense. — —E— Töne; a

I have been able, etc. I had been able, etc.
ih hab:e gekonnt, ih hatte gelount.
bu haft gefonnt. bu hat-teft gelonnt.
er bat gefonnt. er hat-te gefonnt.
wir hab⸗en getonnt. wir bat-ten gefount.
iby bab-t gelonnt. iby hat⸗tet gefonnt.
fie hab⸗en gefonnt. fie bat-ten gelonnt.

First Future Tense. Second Future Tense.

I shall be able, etc. I shall have been able, etc.
ih werd-c können. id werd:ee gekonnt haben.
bu wirft fünnen. du wirft gefount haben.
er wird fönnen. er wird gekonnt haben.
wir werd-en fünnen - wir werdsen gefonnt haben.
ihr werbd-et können. ibe werd-et gefonnt haben.
fie werd-en fünnen. fie werdsen gelonnt haben.

Rem. Können, to be able, is derive.l from fennen, to Know. The English
ear is from the same root.

6. Miiffen (must) is frequently rendered into English
by such expressions gs to be obliged, to be compelled.

7. Indicative mood of müſſen, to be obliged, must :

Present Tense. Imperfect Tense.
id muß, I must. id) mufcte, I was obliged.
du mußt, thou must. bu muß-teit, thou wast obliged.
er muß, he must. er muß⸗te, he was obliged.
wir müſſ⸗en, we must. wir muß-ten, we were obliged.
iby müff-t, you must. ihr muß-tet, you were obliged.
fie müff-en, they must. fie muß-ten, they were obliged.

Perfect Tense. | Pluperfect Tense.
id) habe gemußt, etc., ic) hatte gemußt, etc.,
I have been obliged, etc. I had been obliged, etc.

First Future Tense. Second Future Tense.

id) werde müſſen, etc., ich werde gemußt haben, etc.,
I shall be obliged, etc. I shall have been obliged, etc.

8. The participial form is only used when the principa
verb is understood. The infinitive form is used for the
participle when the principal verb is expressed :

Ich habe nicht hören Können, I could not hear.
Ich hatte geben müſſen, I had been obliged to go.
(but) Ich habe es nicht gefonnt, I could not (do) it.

Er hat e8 gemuft, IIe has been compelled (to do) it.

102. rae PatehdL verss Wollen AvD mögen.

IS: Phe. Potendidl Verbs follow the same laws of posi-
tion in the present and imperfect tenses as the auxilia-
ries haben, fein, and werden. In the compound tenses
the infinitive form of the potential verb is placed after
the infinitive of the modified verb:

Er wird es lefen Tönnen, He will be able to read it.
Er hat es lefen Tünnen, He has been able to read it.
Exercise 62.

1.I can not find my pencil. 2. Freddy, canst thou
bring me my German Dictionary? 3. The teacher can
not hear what we are saying. 4. We could not hear
what he said. 5. They will not be able to read this
letter. 6. (Charles, thy father says that thou imme-
diately [gleih] home go must.) 7.We must send this
letter to America by way of Liverpool. 8. I could not
go to walk with them; I had to remain at home and
write my German exercise. 9. Mr. Kraft will have
(müffen) to sell his new house. 10. We will not be able
to go to Augsburg to-morrow; we will go to Nuremberg
to-morrow, and day after to-morrow we must (1st Fut.)
go to Augsburg. 11. Mr. Krahn wishes a clerk; he
must be able to write and speak German with fluency
(geläufig). 12. Why did you not read the letter? 13.
We could not (it).

LESSON XXXII.
THE POTENTIAL VERBS wollen AND Mögen.

Sch will gleich gehen, I will go immediately.

Sch werde gleich gehen, I shall go immediately.
Wollen Sie mit und gehen? Doyou wish togowith us?
Wir wollten bas Bud) faufen, We wishedtobuythe book.
Wir haben das Buc faufenwollen, “ e ‘i .

Du magft mit und gehen, Thou mayst go with us.
Sd) mag dieſes Tuch nicht, I do not like this cloth.
Er mag fagen was er will, He may say what he will.

THE POTENTIAL VERBS Wollen AND mögen. 103

Dreinndfedzigite Aufgabe.

1. Wollen Sie mit und nad ver Stadt fahren? 2. Heute
Morgen habe id) Feine Zeit, nach ver Stadt zu fahren, ich muß
einen Brief an (to) meine Eltern fehreiben. 3. Ich will hier in
Leipzig nicht länger bleiben, dads Wetter ift jest fo falt, naß und '
unangenehm ; ich werbe übermorgen nad) Heidelberg gehen. 4.
Wir wollten geftern nad) Potsdam gehen, um die große Para’ve
zu feben, aber ed hat den ganzen Tag geregnet, und wir find ven
ganzen Tag zu Haufe geblieben. 5. Warum haben Cie geftern
Abend das Lied nicht fingen wollen? 6. Sch habe eö gewollt,
aber ich habe es nicht gefonnt ; ich habe dad Lied nod) nicht ge⸗
lernt. 7. Herr Kraft wird das Haus gewiß nicht faufen wollen.
8. Mutter, ich möchte febr gern (would like very much) mit
Heinrich Kurz nad) dem Mufeum geben. 9. O ja, du magft mit
ihm gehen, wenn (if) du willft, aber du mußt nicht zu lange blei-
ben; du haft deine veutfche Aufgabe heute noch nicht gefchrieben.
10. Diejed Tuch tft viel zu theuer; wir werven es nicht faufen.
11. Er mag fpagieren geben, wenn (if) er will, aber wir werden
zu Haufe bleiben. 12. Wünfchen Sie diefes Buch? 13. Nein,
ich will jenes nehmen. 14. Sch werbe es Shnen fchiden, wenn
Sie wollen. 15. Wo wohnen Sie? 16. Wir wohnen in ver
Zimmer:Straße, gegenüber dem neuen Haufe ves Herrn Rief⸗
ſtahl. 17. Sie fonnen thun was Sie wollen (you may do
what you like).

Grammatical.

1. The Potential Verb wollen usually indicates welleng-

ness, inclination, desire, intention, or determination :

Ich will gleich geben, I will go immediately.
Wollen Sie den Brief lejen ? Do you wish to read the letter?
2. The indicative mood of wollen, to be willing, to wish:
Present Tense. Imperfect Tense.
id will, I am willing. ih wollte, I was willing.
du will-ft, thou art willing. bu woll- -teft, thou wast willing.
er will, he is willing. er woll-te, he was willing.
wir woll- et, We are willing. wir woll-ten, we were willing.
ihr woll-t, yon are willing. iby woll-tet, you were willing.

fie woll-en, they are willing. fie woll-ten, they were willing.

104 THE POTENTIAL VERBS Wollen Ann mögen,

Perfect Tense. Pluperfect Tense.
ich habe gewollt, etc., id hatte gewollt, etc.,
I have been willing, etc. I had been willing, etc.
First Future Tense. Second Future Tense.
id) werde wollen, etc., id) werde gewollt haben, etc..
I shall be willing, etc. I shall have been willing, etc.

3. The Potential verb mögen (may) indicates permis.
8ion, concession, and sometimes desire or liking:

Er mag geben, He may go. [soldier.
Er mag ein tapferer Soldat fein, (I concede that) he may be a brave
Sd) mag diefes Tuch nicht, I do not like this cloth.
4. Indicative mood of mögen, may, to be permitted:
Present Tense. Imperfect Tense.
id) mag, I mar. id) modete, I might.
du mag-fi, thou mayst. du mod-teft, thou mightst.
er mag, he may. er mod-te, he might.
wir mög-en, we may. wir mod-tet, we might.
ihr mög⸗t, you may. iby mod-tet, you might.
fie mög-en, they may. fie mod-ten, they might.
Perfect Tense. . Pluperfect Tense.
id) habe gemocht, etc., ic) Hatte gemodt, etc.,
I bave been permitted, etc. I had been permitted, etc.
First Future Tense. Second Future Tense.
id) werde mögen, etc., ich werde gemodt haben, ezc.,
I shall be permitted, etc. I shall have been permitted, ete.
5. Time how long is put in the accusative case:
Er blieb den ganzen Tag, He remained the whole day.

Exercise 64.

1. Shall you go to Potsdam to-day? 2. Do you wish
to go to Potsdam to-day? 3. Would you like (wollen
Sie) to read this letter? 4. From whom is it? 5. It
is from our friend Mr. Diez; he is now in Rome. 6.
Why will (wollen) you not go with us to the Museum?
7. I must stay at home and write a letter to my
brother. 8. Can you not write it this evening? 9.
No, this evening I must call upon (befucjen) Mr. Behr.
10. Did you go to the Museum this morning? 11. Yes,

THE POTENTIAL VERBS follen ano dürfen. 105

but we could not see the paintings (because [weil] the
museum closed was). 12. What paintings did you wish
(wollen) to see? 13. I wished to see the famous paint-
ing by (von) Holbein. 14. I have often wished to see it,
but I have never been able to see it yet. 15. Charles,
thou mayst go with us to walk, if thou wishest. 16.
I do not like this book; it is not at all interesting. 17.
Mr. Beyerlein says that from his house he can see the
spire of the Cathedral of Freiburg.

LESSON XXXIIL
THE POTENTIAL VERB füllen anv dürfen.
Wer foll gehen? Who shall go (is to go)?
Du follft Gott, deinen Herrn Thou shalt love the Lord
lieben von ganzem Herzen, thy God with all thy

heart.
Wir follten nad) Haufe geben, We ought to go home.
Er foll fehr frank fein, They say he is very sick.

Herr Kuhn fol im Jahre 1842 Mr. Kuhn is supposed to
nad) Amerifa gegangen fein, have gone to America in
1842.

Fünfundſechzigſte Aufgabe.

1, Was follen wir thin? 2. Wer foll nach ver Stadt gehen,
um das Buch zu holen, Heinrich over ih? 3. Heinrich foll ges
ben, du haft deine deutſche Aufgabe noch nicht gefchrieben. 4.
Ich follte einen Brief an Herrn Putfammer fchon geftern ge-
fchrieben haben. 5. Herr Rahn ift im Sabre 1845 nad) Ame-
tifa gegangen; er foll dort vor ungefähr vier Jahren geftorben
fein. 6. Herr Prengler fol fehr reich fein. 7. Wie ift Ihr ge-
ehrter Name (name) wenn ich fragen (ask) darf? 8. Mein
Name ift Guftay Bendler. 9. Meine Herren (gentlemen),
hier dürfen Sie nicht rauchen. 10. Er darf nicht fommen ohne
bie Erlaubnif (permission) feines Vaters. 11. Liebe Mutter,
darf id) mit Wilhelm Adermann und Heinrich Kühner fpazieren

E2

106 THE POTENTIAL VERBS follen anv dürfen.

gehen? 12. Haft du alle deine Aufgaben gefchrieben? 13.
Meine reutfde Aufgabe habe ich gefchrieben, aber die frangöfifche
Aufgabe habe ich noch nicht ganz vollendet; ich fann fie dod)
heute Abend vollenden. 14. Sa, du magft gehen, aber du mußt
zeitig (early) nach Haufe fommen. 15. Das Wetter war in
Alerandrien fo heiß geworben, daß wir dort nicht länger bleiben
burften. 16. Bon Alerandrien gingen wir direft’ (directly)
nad) Smyrna.

Grammatical.

1. The Potential Verb follen indicates :
1. Moral obligation or duty:

Er follte geben, He should (ought to) go.
2. Obligation or duty dependent upon the will of another:
Wer fol gehen ? Who shall go? — is to go?
Du follft Gott, deinen Herrn, Thou shalt love the Lord thy Goa
lieben von ganzem Herzen, with all thy heart.
8. A report, rumor, or general impression :
Er foll jehr trant fein, They say he is very sick.
Herr Kuhn foll nad) Amerifa Mr. Kuhn is supposed to have gone
gegangen fein. to America.
2. Indicative mood of follen, shall, should, ought:
Present Tense. Imperfect Tense.
id fol, I ought. id) foll-te, I should.
bit foll-ft, thou oughtest. du foll-teft, thou shouldest.
er fol, he ought. er foll-te, he should.
wir foll-en, we ought. wir foll-ten, we should.
ihr foll+t, you ought. iby foll-tet, you should.
fie foll-cn, they ought. ſie foll-ten, they should.
Perfect Tense. Pluperfect Tense.
ih habe gefollt, etc., id) hatte gefollt, etc.,
I have been obliged, etc. I had been obliged, etc.
First Future Tense. Second Future Tense.
id) werde follen, ezc., id) werde gefollt haben, etc.
I shall be obliged, etc. I shall have been obliged, etc.

3. The Potential Verb dürfen indicates:

\. Permission (by law, or by the will of another):
Jetzt dürft ihr fpielen, You may play now.

THE POTENTIAL VERBS follet ann dürfen. 107
2. With a negative, dürfen is usually translated by “ must not :”
Hier diirfen Sie nicht rauchen, You must not smoke here.
3. It sometimes has the signification of *‘ to dare :”
Er darf nicht fommen, ohne die He dares not come without his fa-
Erlaubniß feines Vaters, ther’s permission.

4. Indicative mood of dürfen, to be permitted :

Present Tense.
ih darf, I am permitted.
bu darf-ft, thou art permitted.
er darf, he is permitted.
wirdürf-en, we are permitted.

Imperfect Tense.
id) durfte, I was permitted.
du Durf-teft, thou wast permitted.
er Durf-te, he was permitted.
wir burf-tet, we were permitted.
thy dürf-t, you are permitted. | ihr durf-tet, you were permitted.
fie dürf-en, they are permitted. | fie burf-ten, they were permitted.
Perfect Tense. ofa Tense.
ich habe gedurft, etc., id) hatte gedurft, etc.,
I have been permitted, etc. I had been permitted, etc.

First Future Tense.

Second Future Tense.

id) werde dürfen, etc., ich werde gedurft haben, ezc.,
I shall be permitted, etc. I shall have been permitted, eéc.
5. Principal parts of all the Potential Verbs:
Present Imperfect Perfect
In finitive. Indicative. Participle.
folf-en (ought), foll-te, ge-foll-t.
woll-en (will), woll-te, ge-woll-t.
fönn-en (can), foun-te, ge⸗konn⸗t.
mög⸗en (may), moch⸗te, ge⸗moch⸗t.
dürf⸗en (dare), durf-te, ge-durf-t.
niliff-en (must), zınß-te, ‚ gemußet.

6. The explanation of the many uses of the potential
verbs in the subjunctive and conditional moods must be
reserved until these moods are given.

Exercise 60.

1. What shall (folen) I say to him? 2.1 shall (werte)
say that I can not go to-day. 3.I ought (jollte) to write
a letter to my brother this evening. 4. Mr. Kelle is
said (fol) to be the richest man in the city. 5. Mr.
Berghaus went to Texas in 1858; he is supposed to
have died during the war. 6. May (vürfen) I ask what

108 SEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS.

this book cost? 7. The price of this book was seven
thalers and twenty groschens. 8. He may (mögen) say
what he likes (wollen), I shall not buy the painting; I
do not like (mögen) it at all. 9. What is your (honored,
name, if I may take the liberty to ask? 10. Children,
you must (bürfen) not play here; you may (fünnen) go
into the garden, and there play as much as you like.
11. He can not have the book to-day; it is not yet
bound. 12. Will (wollen) you go with us to Potsdam to-
day? 13. The doctor says that I must stay in the
house (zu Haufe) to-day.

LESSON XXXIV.

SEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS.
Er wird es nicht annehmen, He will not accept it.

Er nimmt ed an, He accepts it.

Er nahm e8 an, He accepted it.

Er hat e8 angenommen, He has accepted it.
Er hatte e8 angenommen, He had accepted it.

Er wird ed angenommen haben, He will have accepted it.

Siebenundſechzigſte Aufgabe.

1. Ich muß den Brief abfchreiben. 2. Karl hat feine veutiche
Aufgabe abgefchrieben. 3. Du mußt deine Aufgabe abfchreiben,
ehe du ausgebeft. 4. Er fchrieb feine Aufgabe ab, ehe er aud:
ging. 5. Er fagt, daß er feine Aufgabe nicht abgefchrieben hat.
6. Sch hatte feine Zeit, ven Brief geftern abzufchreiben. 7. Diez
fed Wort ift fehr ſchwer auszufprechen. 8. Herr Klein hat feine
Meinung (opinion) ganz deutlid) (plainly) ausgefprochen. 9.
Der Maler hat feine Gemälve auögeftellt ; er will fie verfaufen.
10. Wer hat meine Grammatif weggenommen® 11. Wir ge-
ben jest nach dem Mufeum; wollen Sie mitgehen (or wollen
Sie mit)? 12. Wollen Sie das Buch mitnehmen? 13. Der
berühmte Baumeifter und Maler, Schinkel, hat die großen Ges

SEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS. 109

mälde in der Vorhalle (vestibule) des Mufeums in Berlin ent:
worfen, aber fein Schüler, Cornelius, hat fie ausgeführt. 14.
Es fing an zu regnen. 15. Es hatte angefangen zu regnen,
ehe wir ausgingen. 16. Sie gingen aus, ehe es zu regnen ans
gefangen hatte. 17. Ich wußte nicht, daß er ven Brief abfchrei-
ben wollte. 18. Wann ift Herr Braun angefommen? 19. Er
fam geftern Abend an. 20. Wann fommen Sie wierer? 21.
Wir werden übermorgen wiererfommen. 22. Die Wahl (elec-
2 hat geftern ftattgefunden. 23. Sie haben ihn freigefproz
en,

Grammatical.
1. Separable Compound Verbs are formed by prefixing cer-
tain prepositions, adverbs, nouns, or adjectives to simple
verbs :

Gr wird ten Brief abjchreiben, Ife will copy the letter.

Sie werden morgen wiederfommen, They will return to-morrow.
Die Wahl wird ftattfinden, The election will take place.
Sie werben ihn freifprecdhen, | They will acquit him.

Rem. By far the greater number of prefixes of compound verbs are prep-
ositions.

2. Principal parts.of some separable compound verbs:
Present Infinitive. (With 31). Imp. Ind. |Perf. Participle.
and’- führen, toexecute. auszuführen, |aus’führte, aus’ gefiibrt.
and’- jtellen, toexhibit. |aus’zuftellen, aus’ ftellte, aus’ geftellt.
ab’- jchreiben, to copy. ab’zufchreiben, Jab’jchrieb, \ab’gejchrieben.
an’ fangen, to commence. an’zufingen, an’fing, jan’ gefangen.
an’- nehmen, to accept. an’zunehmen, an’nabm, Jan’genommen.
mit’-nehmen, totake with. |mit’;unehmen, mit' nahm, |mit’ genommen.
weg'⸗ nehmen, to take away. mey’zunehmen, weg' nahm, |weg'genommen,
and’ = geben, to go out. aus’ zugeben, aus’ ging, aus gegangen.
mit’- geben, to accompany mit’zugeben, mit’ging, |mit’gegangen.
weg'⸗ gehen, togoaway. weg zugehen, weg’ ging, weg' gegangen.
an’-fommen, to arrive. an zukommen, an’tam, jan’ gefommen.
wie der-fommen, toreturn. |wie’derzufommen, wie’ derfam |wiedergefommen
aud'- ſprechen, to pronounce. Jaus’zufprechen, aus'ſprach, ausgeſprochen.
ftatt’- finden, totake place. ftatt’zufinden, ſtatt' fand, |ftatt’gefunden.
frei’- fprechen, to acquit. frei’ zufprechen, Irei’iprad, frei geſprochen.
Rem. It will be noticed that the prejix of separable compound verbs takes
the primary accent.

110 COMPOUND VERBS.

Rem. 2. When $n is used with the infinitive mood, it adheres to the simple
verb: and zufpreden, weg’zugehen.

Rem. 3. In the perfect participle the syllable ge- is retained, and is placed —
between the prefix and the verb: and’ ge{proden, weg gegangen.

Rem. 4. It will be noticed that many verbs, which are compound in German,
are translated into English by simple verbs: ab’ {dreiben, to copy.

3. Indicative Mood of annehmen, to accept :

Imperfect Tense.
id nahm —au, I accepted.
du nabmit—au, thou acceptedst.
er nabm—an, he accepted,
wir nabmen—an, we accepted.
ihr nabmt—an, you accepted.
fie nahmen —au, they accepted.

Present Tense.
id) nehme—an,’ I accept.
bu nimmft—au, thou acceptest.
er nimmt—an, he accepts.
wir nehmen —au, we accept.
ihr nebmt—an, you accept.
fie nehmen —au, they accept.

Perfect Tense.

I have accepted, etc.
ih habe an genommen.
du haft angenommen.
er bat angenommen.

wir haben an’genommen.
iby Habt angenommen.
fie haben angenommen,

First Future Tense.

I shall accept, etc.
ih werde an’nchmen.
du wirft annehmen.
er wird annehmen.
wir werden annehmen,
ihr werdet annehmen.
fie werden annehmen.

Pluperfect Tense.
I had accepted, etc.

id hatte angenommen.
bu batteft angenommen.
er hatte angenommen.
wir hatten angenommen.
ibe hattet angenommen.
fie hatten angenommen.

Second Future Tense.
I shall have accepted, etc.
id) werde an’genommen haben.
du wirft angenommen haben.
er wird angenommen haben..
wir werden an’genommen haben.
ihr werdet an’genommen haben.
fie werden an'genommen haben.

Rem. The prefix adheres to the verb except in the simple tenses when used
in direct or leading sentences. In such cases it is separated from the verb
and placed after it (and also after the object of the verb, if the verb is transi-

tive):
Nahm er es an?
Sa, er nahm es art,

(but) Wer fagt, bak er e8 annahm ?

Did he accept it?
Yes, he accepted it.
Who says that he accepted it?

4. The indirect object may be omitted after mitgehen,

mitnehmen :
Wollen Sie mitgeben ?

Pollen Ste e8 mitnehmen?

Will you go with (us)?
Will you take it with (you)?

INSEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS. 111

Exercise 68.

1. Have you copied your exercise? 2. (No, Ihave it
yet not copied, but I shall it this evening copy.) 3.
These words are hard to pronounce. 4. When will you
return? 5. We will return to-morrow or day after to-
morrow. 6.We can not go out. It is beginning to
rain. 7. Mr. Kranzler says that the architect will ex-
hibit the plan of the new city hall. 8. We are going
to Potsdam to-day; can you go with us? 9.Ican not
go to-day ; the physician says that I must not go out
to-day. 10. When will the election (vie Wahl) take
place? 11. It will take place day after to-morrow. 12.
Who has taken my German Dictionary away? 13. He
was not willing to accept the book. 14.If you go to
walk now, you will have (müffen) to copy your exercise
this evening. 15.1 have already copied it.

LESSON XXXV.

INSEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS.
‘ch verfteh’e es nicht, I do not understand it.
Ich verftand’ es nicht, I did not understand it.
Ich habe es nicht verftand’en, I have not understood it.
Sch hatte eS nicht verftand’en, I had not understood it.
Sd) werde es verfteh’en, I shall understand it.
Ich werde es verftand’en haben, I shall have understood it.
Es ift ſchwer zu verfteh’en, It is hard to understand.
Wir haben den Berg umgang’en, Wehave avoided the moun-

tain.
Wir werden den Berg umgel’en, We shall avoid the moun-
tain.
_ Bit umgin’gen ven Berg, We avoided the mountain.
ce holte bas Buch wierer, He got the book again.
t wiederhol’te heute, was cr He repeated to-day what he
vorgeftern fagte, said day before yester-
day.

112 INSEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS.

Neunundſechzigſte Aufgabe.

1. Wir haben gar nicht verfteh’en fonnen, was er fagte. 2.
Sch habe das Buch nicht gelefen, id) habe ed nur fehr flüchtig
durch geſehen. 3. Drei Soldaten find zum Feinde übergegangen.
4. Die Sonne wird bald untergehen; wir müſ'ſen gleich nach
Haufe (gehen). 5. Sie ift Schon un’tergegangen. 6. Cie haben
bie Rechnungen ded Kaufmannes ganz genau unterfucht‘, aber fie
haben gar feinen Fehler gefunden. 7. Der Wuntarzt hat ric
Munde des Soldaten unterfucht” (probed). 8. Herr Kraus
hat feinen Garten mit einem fehr Schönen Zaune umgeb’en. 9.
Herr General von Bernftein hat ven Befehl widerrufen. 10.
Er hat alle feine Aufgaben durchgeſehen. 11. Cie wollen morz
gen wie’perfommen. 12. Er wiederholt” was er ung geftern ge=
fagt bat. 13. Sind Sie über Hanno’ver und Braunſchweig
gefom’men? 14. Ja, aber ich bin nur direlt’ vurch/gereift, weil
ich meinen Bater morgen in Heidelberg treffen muß. 15. Wir
haben Deutfihland ourdyreift’. 16. Der Filcher hat ung ü’berges
fest. 17. Herr Dietrich hat rie Gefchichte von Deutfchland über-
jest.” 18. Herr Profefjor Diefenbach hat uns ven ganzen Abend
mit einer höchſt intereffanten Befchreibung feiner legten Reife in
Spanien unterhal’ten. 19. Ich muß das Buch wie’rerholen.
20. Wie gefällt’ Ihnen die neue Kirche? 21. Sie hat mir ganz
gut gefallen. 22. Sie find fehr um’gegangen. 23. Wir woll-
ten den Berg umgeh’en. 24. Sch habe verfucht‘, ven Brief zu
lefen, aber ich habe es nicht gefonnt. 25. Herr Finfenjtcin hat
uns vorgeftern Abend befudt. 26. Haben Cie Ihre veutfchen
Aufgaben überfegt? 27. Der Baum war um’gefallen.

Vocabulary.

Der Befehl’, —e8, pl. —e, command. | Die Befchreib’ung, —, pl.—en, descrip-
„Feind, —e8, pl. —e, enemy. tion.
n Fehler, —, pl. —, fault, mistake. | „ Rechnung, —, pl. —en, account.
„Fiſcher, —8, pl.—, fisherman. on Reife, —, pl. —n, journey, trip.
n Zaun, —e8, pl. Zäune, hedge. „ Ridtung, —, pl. —en, direction.
” Mond, —es, pl. —¢e, moon. " Sonne, — pl. —n, sun.

Flüchtig, hasty, fleeting. Reifen, to travel, journey.

Direlt’, direct. Genau’, exact, careful.

INSEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS. 113

Grammatical.
1. Compound verbs, having as prefixes the Inseparable
Particles be-, ent, er=, ge=, ver, zer⸗, are Inseparable in
all their tenses:

Present. Ich ver -fteb’e es nicht, I do not understand it.

Imperf. Ich ver=-ftand’ es nicht, I did not understand it.

Perfect. Ich habe e8 nicht ver-ftand’en, I have not understood it.

Pluperf. 3c hatte e8 nicht ver-ſtan d'enn, I had not understood it.

Ist Fut. Sc) werde e8 ver-fteb’en, I shall understand it.

2d Fut. Sch werde es ver = ftand’ en haben, I shall have understood it.

Infinit. Es ift fewer zu ber -fteh’ en, Tt is hard to understand.

fem. The principal parts of the irregular verb ftehen, zo stand, are ftehen,
ſtand, geftanden.

2. Of compound verbs having the prefixes durd), hinter,
über, unter, um, wieder, wider, some are Separadle aud
others are /nseparable :

Separable, Inseparable.
Dard’ {eb en, to look through. D ur ch - rei’ few, to traverse.
le’ ber - gehen ,* to go over, desert. [Ueber -tref’ fen, to surpass.
Un’tter-geben,* to go down, set. |Unter- fuch’en, to examine.

Um’-fallen ,* to fall down. Um - ge’bett, to surround.
Wie'der-bringen, to bring back. | Wibder- fpre’ den, to contradict.
Wieder -fo mm en ,* to return. Wieber-ho'len, to repeat.
Wieder-rufen, to call again. Wider-ru’fen, to revoke.

3. Many of these compound verbs having the prefixes
durch, über, um, unter, wieder, are used both as Separable
or Inseparable, according to the signification they re-
ceive:

Separable. Inseparable.
Durdh’-reifen, to travel through. | Durch⸗reiſ'en, to traverse.
Ue'ber⸗ſetzen, to put over. Ueber feb’en, to translate.

Um’-gehen ,* to go out of one's way. |Um-geh’en, to avoid.
Un'ter -balten, to hold under. Unter halt’en, to entertain.
Wie'der-holen, to bring back again. | Wieder⸗-hol'en, to repeat.

4. Inseparable compound verbs, having the particles
be, ent, er, durch, über, e¢c., as prefixes, do not take ge: in
the perfect participle.

* With fein as auxiliary.

114 INSEPARABLE COMPOUND VERBS.

— Imperfeet Perfect

———— Paracas —
be⸗ſuch en, to visit. beſuch'te, befucht‘.
ent-bed’ er, to discover. entded’te, entbedt‘.
emp «fang ei, to receive. empfing‘, empfang’en.
er-find’en, to invent. erfand‘, erfund’en.
ge-fall’en, to please, gefiel”, gefall’en.
ver=-fteb’en, to understand. verftand”, veritand’en.
jer-bred "en, to shatter. zerbrady', zerbrody'en.
durdy-veif’ ew, to traverse. burdreif’te, durchreift‘.
über-treff’en, to surpass. übertraf‘, übertroffen.
umt- gel’ em, to avoid. umging’, umgang’en.
wider=-Iprecd en, to contradict. | widerſprach', | wiberfprodyen.
wieder-hol’en, to repeat. wieberhol’te, | widerbolt’.

5. Some verbs, as reiten, reifen, laufen, fpringen, etc.
($ 135, 2, Zeem. 1), take fein as the auxiliary, when indi-
cating a motion towards a particular place; ‚otherwise
they have haben for the auxiliary:

Er ift nach Berlin gereilt‘, He has gone to Berlin.
(ont) Er hat viel gereift‘, “He has traveled much.

6. Verbs that are eniransitive when simple often form

transitive compounds :
Er ift nad) der Stadt gegang’en, He has gone to the city.
Sie haben den Feind umgang’en, They have outflanked the enemy.

7. The inseparable particles be, ent, er, ge, der, zer,
durch, über, efc., are unaccented.

Rem. The dissyllables iiber, unter, wieder, wider, however, take a light
or secondary accent.

8. The verb gefallen governs the dative case :
Wie gefällt’ es Ihneu? How does it please you ?

Exercise 70.

1. Ihave only glanced through (durdhfe’hen) the letter
very hastily. 2. The soldiers are deserting to the en-
emy. 3. Has the moon gone down? 4. The sun had
already set when they arrived. 5. The merchant has
examined the accounts ofthe tailor. 6. Mr. Kranz and
Mr. Meyerheim have traveled through (durdjreiffen) many

COMPOUND NOUNS. 115

lands. 7. The fisherman took us over. 8. Mr. König
has translated the history of the German literature.
9. Mrs. Friedländer entertained us with a description
of her trip from Hamburg to Heidelberg. 10. How do
you like (2. e. how pleases you) the new cathedral? 11.
The garden is surrounded with a beautiful hedge. 12.
Why did you go so much (fehr) out of your way (um’ge-
hen)? 13. We wished to avoid the high mountain be-
tween Schönfeld and Liebeneck. 14. He attempted to
translate the book, but he was not able to do it (ed nicht
fonnen).

LESSON XXXVI.
COMPOUND NOUNS.
Hier find Ihre Handfdube, Here are your gloves.
Haben Sie ein Ferermefjer? Have you a penknife?
Das Dampfichiff ift angefom- The steamer has arrived.
men, ſmühle,

Herr Roth hat eine Dampf- Mr. Roth has a steam-mill.
Das Pferd ift ein Laftthier, The horse is a beast of bur-
Ich habe das Fabhrgeld bezahlt, I have paid the toll. [den.

Einundfiebzigite Aufgabe.

1, Haben Sie dad neue Schulhaus gefehen? 2. Während der
lepten zwanzig Sabre hat bas Land außerordentliche (extraordi-
nary) Fortfehritte gemacht. 3. Hier ift der Ausgang (way
out). 4. Ich kann feinen Augenblid länger bleiben ; id) muß gleich
nad) Haufe. 5. Der vierte Band ver Gefdhichte ter Baufunft
son Dr. Franz Kugler ift jest in allen Buchhandlungen zu haz
ben. 6. Haben Sie die berühmte Windmühle in Potstam ge-
fehen? 7. Marie, haft ou meinen Fingerhut gefehen? 8. Herr
Dr. Schmidt ift Profeffor der deutfdyen Sprache an (in) einer
Töchterfchule in Pittsburg. 9. Das Dampfihiff , Germania’
ift geftern Abend angefommen. 10. Das Kameel ift ein Laft-
thier, und ber Tiger ift cin Naubthier. 11. Das Wort „Sram:

116 COMPOUND NOUNS.

matif” ijt ein Srembwort. 12. If das Frühftüd fertig (ready)?
13. Sa, das Frühſtück ift ſchon fertig. 14. Die goldene Hoch:
zeit wird heute Morgen ftattfinden. 15. Der Schnellzug von
Leipzig ift foeben angefommen. 16. Können Ste mir eine
Stednavel. geben? 17. Heute Morgen haben wir einen febr
Schönen Spaziergang gemacht. 18. Der Säulengang des Muſe⸗
ums in Berlin ift ein Hauptwerf der modernen Baufunft. 19.
Die Hauptfeder meiner Tafchenuhr ift gebrochen. 20. Berlin ift
bie Hauptftadt yon Preußen. 21. Mein Großvater-wohnte früher
in Magdeburg ; er wohnt jegt in Kiln. 22. Ich habe mein
Federmeſſer geftern Morgen verloren, 23. „Zwanzig“ ift ein
Bablwort.

Grammatical.
1. While compound verbs are mostly formed by pre-
fixing prepositions to simple verbs, Compound Nouns are
mostly formed by prefixing to nouns other nouns.

Rem. 1. The prefix noun has an adjective signification, as it modifies or
limits the signification of the noun to which it is prefixed.

Rem. 2. Adjectives, numerals, pronouns, verbs, adverbs, prepositions, and
conjunctions (including thus all parts of speech except the article and inter
jection) may also serve as prefixes of compound nouns.

Das Schul'-haus, school-house (die Schule, schocl; das Haus, house).

Das Fremd’-wort, foreign word (fremd, foreign ; das Wort, word).
Der Zwei -Tampf, duel (zwei, two; ber Kampf, battle).
Der Selbft’-mord, suicide (felbft, self; ber Morb, murder).
Das Yahr'-geld, toll (fahren, to ride; ba8 Geld, money).
De: Fort’ -[dvitt, progress (fort, forward ; ber Schritt, step).
Der And’-gang, exit ° (aus, out; der Gang, passage).
Der M'ber-glaube, superstition (aber, but; ber Glaitke, belief).

2. The primary accent falls upon the prefix.

3. With but very few exceptions, Compound Nouns
take the gender of the last noun (§ 67).

Der Au’ genblid, moment (da8 Auge, eve; der Blick, glance).
» DBau’meifter, architect (der Bau, building; der Meifter, master).
„Blu'menkohl, cauliflower (die Blume, flower; der Kohl, cabbage).
wn DBür’gerfrieg, civil war (die Bürger, citizens; der Krieg, war).
» =Dampf feffel, boiler (der Dampf, steam; der Keffel, kettle).

COMPOUND NOUNS. 117
- Sey Gis’ bar, polar bear (das Cis, ice; der Bär, bear).
„Fin'gerhut, thimble (der Finger, finger; der Hut, hat).
„Hand'ſchuh, glove (die Hand, hand; der Schub, shoe).
n Ne’genjchirm, umbrella (der Regen, rain; der Schirm, screen).
wo Son’nenfdirm, parasol (die Sonne, sun; er a
n a’ ſchendieb, pickpocket (die Zafche, pocket; der Dieb, thief).
Die Bau’kunft, architecture (der Bau, building; die Kunft, art).

Baum’mwolle, cotton (der Baum, tree; die Wolle, wool).
Berg’ fette, mountain range (der Berg, mountain; die Kette, chain).
Dampf’ mühle, steam mill (der Dampf, steam; die Mühle, mill).
Gi’ fenbabn, railroad (das Eifen, iron ; die Bahn, road).
Flü’gelthür, folding door (der Flügel, wing; die Thür, door).
Töcyterjchule, girls’ school (die Töchter, daugh- die Schule, school).
Bolt 8’ ſchule, common school (das Bolf, people; [ters; He
Ta’fchenuhr, watch (die Taſche, pocket; die Uhr, clock).
Wand’ ubr, clock (die Wand, wall ; er “
Wind’ milhle, windmill (der Wind, wind; die Mühle, mill).

Dad Butterbrod, bread and butter (die Butter, butter; das Brod, bread).

Dampf’ boot, steam-boat (ber Damp, steam; das Boot, boat).
Dampf’iciff, steamer ( ex dad Schiff, ship).
Fe dermeſſer, penknife (die Feder, pen; das Meſſer, knife).
Han’ melfleiſch, mutton (der Hammel, sheep; daß Feeiſch, meat).

Ralb’ fleifd), veal (das Kalb, calf;
Mind’ fletfdy, beef (das Rind, cattle. 6 “)
Schwei nefleiſch, pork (das Schwein, hog; “ X

)
Laft’thier, beast of burden (bie Laſt, burden; das Thier, animal).
Raub’ thier, beast of prey (der Raub, prey ; as oy
Rug’ thier, draught animal (der Zug, draught; “ en
Schul' haus, schoel-house (die Schule, school; das Haus, house).
MWör’terbuch, dictionary (die Wörter, words; das Bud, book).
Zab’ wort, numeral (die Zahl, number; das Wort, word).

4. Examples of Compound Nouns with adjectives as
prefires :

Der E’velftein, jewel (edel, noble ; ber Stein, stone).
Der Frei’maurer, freemason (frei, free; der Maurer, mason).
Das Fremb’wort, foreign word (fremd, foreign ; das Wort, word).
Das Früh' ſtück, breakfast (früh, early; bas Stüd, piece).
Der Gleich’muth, equanimity (gleich, like; der Muth, mood).
Der Groß’vater, grandfather (groß, great; ber Vater, father).
Die Grof’ mutter, grandmother ( “ ‘ bie Mutter, mother)
Der Hoch'muth, haughtiness (qhoch, high; ber Muth, mood).
Die Hody'zeit, wedding rer ste die Zeit, time).

Der Schnell’zug, express train (ſchnell, fast; der Zug, train).

Der Voll’mond, full moon (voll, full ; ber Mond, moon),

118 COMPOUND NOUNS.

5. Examples of Compound Nouns with verbal prefixes;

Das Brenn’ hol;, firewood (brennen, to burn; das Holz, wood).

Das Fabr’ geld, toll (fabren, to ride; das Gelb, money).

Das Febl’ jabr,year with bad crops (fehlen, to mistake; das Sabr, year).

Das Le’febuch, reader (leſen, to read; | bas Bud, book).

Das Le’fezimmer, reading-room ( “* = bas Zimmer, room).

Die Näh'maſchine, sewing-ma- (niben, to sow; die Mafdine, ma-
chine chine).

Die Näh’nadel, needle (nähen, to sow ; bie Nabel, pin).

Die Sted’nabel, pin (fteden, to stick ; — eu.)

Die Strid’nabel, knitting-needle (ftriden, to knit ; W

)
Das Schreib’papier, writing paper (fchreiben, towrite; das Papier, paper).
Der Zei’gefinger, index finger (zeigen, to point; ber Finger, finger).

6. Examples of Compound Nouns with prepositions as
prefixes:

Die Ab’reife, departure (ab, away; die Reife, journey).
Der Anf’ gang, rising, ascent (auf, up; der Gang, passage).
Die Aus’ gabe, edition (aus, out ; tie Gabe, gift).

Der Durdy’ ſchnitt, average (durch, through ; der Schnitt, cutting).
Das Für’wort, pronoun (für, for; das Wort, word).
Das Ge’gengift, antidote (gegen, against ; das Gift, poison).
Der $n’ halt, contents (in, in; der Halt, holding).
Der Mit’ bitrger, fellow-citizen (mit, with; der Bürger, citizen).
Die Mit’ gift, dowry Cah. es bie Gift, gift).

Die Nach’ Frage, demand (nad), after; Die Frage, question).
Der Ue'berrod, overcoat (über, over; ber Rod, coat).

Der Ue'berbau, superstructure ( * “ _ ber Bau, building).
Die Vor’ ftadt, suburb (vor, before ; bie Stadt, city).
Der Zu’fall, accident (jut, to; ber Fall, falling).

Der Zufam’menhang, connection (zufammen, together; ber Hang, hanging).
Der Zwi’fchenraum, interstice (zwifchen, between; ber Raum, space).

7. Compound Nouns are formed much more exten-
sively in German than in English, as is shown by the
following examples:

1. Compound Nouns formed by adding prefixes to
der Gaug, a noun derived from gehen (to go), and
meaning @ going, a passage.

Wb’ gang, departure - (ab, away).
Auf’gang, rising (auf, up).
Aus’gang, exit (aus, out).

Baum' gang, shady avenue (Baum, tree).

COMPOUND NOUNS.

—
119.»

” Ce

Bo’ gengang, arcade (Bogen, ar ae
Durch’ gang, thoroughfare (durch, through). - —
Eingang, entrance (ein, in).
Erz’gang, vein of ore (Erz, ore).
Fort’ gang, progression (fort, forth).
Her’ gang, event (ber, hither).

‚ Hingang, death (bin, thither).
Mif’ gang, failure (miffen, to miss).
Mor’gengang, morning walk (morgen, morning).
Rid’ gang, retreat (rüd, back).
Giu’lengang, colonnade (Säule, column).

Spazier'gang,walk for pleasure (fpazie’ren, to walk for pleasure).

Schat’tengang, shady walk (Schatten, shadow).

. Me’bergang, transition (über, over).
Um’gang, intercourse (um, around).
Un’tergang, destruction (unter, under).
Bor’ gang, precedence (vor, before).

2. Compound Nouns with da8 Haupt, the head, as

prefix:

Der Haupt’altar, high altar
Der Haupt’anfer, sheet anchor
Die Haupt’armee, main army
Der Haupt’ artifel, leading editorial
Der Haupt’ balfen, architrave
Der Haupt’baß, thorough-base
Der Haupt’begriff, leading idea
Die Haupt’feder, main-spring

“ Der Haupt’fehler, chief fault
Die Haupt’ frage, main question
Die Haupt'tirde, cathedral

‘Der Haupt’ mann, captain
Der Haupt'maft, mainmast
Die Haupt'rolle, principal part
Die Haupt’fache, principal thing

- Die Haupt'fangerin, prima donna

Das Haupt’ fegel, mainsail
Die Haupt'ftadt, capital
Die Haupt ftrafe, main street
Der Haupt'ton, key note
Die Haupt'tugend, cardinal virtue

- Das Haupt’ wort, masterpiece.
Das Haupt'werk, noun
Die Haupt’zeile, heaa-line (of a page)
Der Haupt' zeuge, pr cipal witness

(ver Altar’, altar).
(der Anker, anchor).
(die Armee’, army).
(der Arti’ fel, article).
(der Balfen, beam).
(der Baß, base).

(der Begriff’, idea).
(die Feder, feather).
(der Febler, fault).
(die Frage, question).
(die Kirche, church).
(der Mann, man).
(ber Maſt, mast).
(die Rolle, part).

(bie Sache, thing).
(die Sängerin, singer).
(das Segel, sail).
(die Stadt, city).

(die Straße, strect).
(der Ton, tone).

(die Tugend, virtue).
(da8 Werk, work).
(das Wort, word).
(die Zeile, line).

(der Zeuge, witness).

120 COMPOUND NOUNS.

Exercise 72.

1. Have you ever (je) seen a polar bear? 2. The
pickpocket has stolen my gloves. 3. Mr. Grein is
teacher in the common school in Elberfeld. 4. I can
not find my penknife. 5. The school-house is opposite
the church. 6. Mr. Kirchhoff has bought a clock and
a sewing machine. 7. Can you give me a needle? 8.
Here is the entrance, and there is the exit (way out).
9. The contents of the book are (ift) very interesting
and instructive. 10. The word „Haus“ is a noun, and
„wir“ isa pronoun. 11. Charlottenburg is a suburb of
Berlin. 12. The main army arrived in Leipzig yester-
day evening ; it will arrive in Berlin to-morrow. 13.
The express train from Hamburg has not yet arrived.
14. Mr. Auerbach is in the reading-room. He is read-
ing the newspapers. 15. I wish a quire of writing-pa-
per. 16. Did you read the leading editorial in to-day’s
paper? 17. Vienna is the capital of Austria.

LESSON XXXVII.
DERIVATIVE NOUNS.

1. Sind Sie aus Gotha? 2. Nein, ich bin ein Berliner (or
ich bin aus Berlin). 3. If Herr Dietrich aus Frankfurt (or
ijt Herr Dietrich ein Frankfurter)? 4. Nein, er ift ein Ham:
burger, aber Herr Diefenbach ift ein Frankfurter, Herr Kraufe
ift ein Medlenburger* und Herr Schnorr ift ein Dlvenburger.
5. Geftern Abend habe ich einen Engländer, einen Hollander und
einen Schweizer bei (at the house of) Herrn Stein getroffen.
6. Unfere Lehrerin in der veutfchen Sprache ift eine Medlenbur-
gerin, aus Schwerin‘. 7. Grau Bernhoff ift aus Berlin (or ift
eine Berlinerin), Fraulein Schmidt ift eine Hamburgerin, und
Frau van Dorn ift eine Holldnderin, 8. Das Madden hat ein

* For words not found explained in the lessons hereafter, see the Dicti-n-
ary m Part Fourth.

DERIVATIVE NOUNS. 121

febr fh ones deutſches Liedchen gefungen. 9, Sch habe ein (chines
Z 2 Im Garten gepflüdt.. 10. Die Güte eines Gedichtes
tblos von ver Reinheit ver Reime ab (abhangen). 11.
zes sicht ihre größte Höhe und die Tage erreichen ihre
m 22. Suni. 12. Der Fluß hat bier eine Tiefe
Ind eine Breite von 800 Sup. 13. Der Gute
„ber Weife fucht bas Wahre, ver Künftler fucht
D ber wahre Philofoph fucht das Gute, das Wahre
E: 14. Wabrend feiner langen Kranfheit hat
iht aus dem Haufe gehen können. 15, Die
Sandſchaft in der Nähe von Dresden hat uns fo
BS wir den ganzen Sommer in Dresden geblieben
General hat vie Tapferkeit ver Solpaten gelobt.

c Grammatical.
“ese Nouns are formed by adding prefixes or

"bs, adjectives, or other nouns.
"er ses the umlaut is also added to the radical vowel.

2% Gixes form concrete nouns, as ett, zit (or

- 20 dein).

U flix -et usually denotes male persons, as:
auer, peasant (rom bauen, to cultivate).
iener, servant ( ‘* dienen, to serve).
„Jäger, hunter ( ‘ jagen, to hunt).
m *ehrer, teacher ( “ lehren, to teach).
„ Maler, painter ( “ malen, to paint).

Schneider, tailr (“ ſchneiden, to cut).

Sleifher, butcher ( ‘ bas Fleifdh, meat).

Gärtner, gardener ( ‘“ der Garten, garden).

Sattler, saddler ( ‘ der Sattel, saddle).

Rem. 1. Nouns in -€t are formed from both nouns and verbs,
Rem. 9, The suffix 2€¢ (or ger) is added to the names of many countries
; os in forming masculine national and civic nouns; with some nouns

and citi t is added, with others it is omitted ; as: .

the ee i ith: citizen of Berlin (from Berlin, Berlin). :

Det amburget, citizen of Hamburg ( “* Samburg, Hamburg).
Amerila’ner, the American ( “ Amerita, America).
Engländer, the Englishman ( “ England, England).

„ Holländer, the Dutchman ( : Holland, Holland),
„Schweizer, the Swiss = C * bie Schweiz, Switzerland).

oO
>
„—
=
=
Fr
ae

122 DERIVATIVE NOUNS.

2. The suffix -in forms feminine from many mascu-
line personal nouns, as:

Die Bäuerin, Peasantess, 2 rom ber Bauer,

peasant’s wife}

» Dienerin, female servant (
„ Freundin, female friend (
„Kaiſerin, empress (
n Königin, queen (
vn Köchin, female cook (
n Lehrerin, female teacher (
” Schitlerin, female scholar (
” Verli’ nerin, the Berlin lady (
» amburgerin, the Hamburg lady (
„ Afrila’nerin, the Africaness (
ao Amerila’nerin, the American lady (
„» Engländerin, the English lady (
» ollanberin, the Dutch lady ((
„Schweizerin, the Swiss lady (

of nouns in {tt is innen, as

66
66
66

ce

ber Diencr,
ber Freund,
ber Kaifer,
ber König,
ber Koch,
ber Lehrer,
der Schüler,

peasant).

servant).
friend).
emperor).
king).
cook ).
teacher).
scholar).

ber Berliner, Berlin).

der Hamburger, Hamburg).
der Afrilaner, African).

ber Wmerifaner, American).
ber Engländer, Englishman),
ber Holländer, Dutchman).
ber Schweizer, the Swiss).

Rem. 1. Formerly the termination -inn was much used ; the plural ending

‘Die Königin FERIEN queen ; pl. Die Königinnen, queens.
Rem. 2. With some nouns the umlaut is added: Der Rod, die Ridin.

3. Diminutive nouns are formed by adding the suf-
fix hen or =leit to many nouns; the umlaut is
added when the radical vowel is capable of it:

Dad Bäumchen, the small tree
» Sniblein, the small boy
» Blümchen, the little flower
„ Städtchen, the small city
„ Madden, the girl
„Fräulein, the young miss

„Brödchen, the small loaf of bread (

n Häuschen, the small house
n iedden, the sonnet
” Pferdchen the little horse

Cos

Co

(from der Baum, tree). -
" Knabe, boy).

‘« pie Blume, flower).
N ” Stadt, city).
sae n Mago, maid).
“ u Frau, woman).
‘¢ pas Grob, bread).
“ u» Haus, house).

Ce, Sieb,
" Pferd, horse).

song).

Rem. 2. These diminutive nouns all take the neuter gender, whatever may
be the gender of the nouns from which they are derived.

Rem. 2. These diminutive terminations often express affectionate feeling

or regard :

Das Väterchen, “father dear” (from der Vater,
„ Mütterchen, “mother dear” ( ‘‘ tie Mutter, mother).

father).

DERIVATIVE NOUNS. 123

4. The suffixes =e, -heit (or -feit), un Hens -thum,
⸗—nug form mostly abstract nouns.

1. The suffix =€ (with umlaut to the radical vowel)
forms nouns from adjectives:

Die Güte, goodness (from gut, good).
" Höhe, height ( 2 bod, high).
„ Lange, length ( ° Jang, long).
n Tiefe, depth (** tief, deep).
» Breite, breadth ( ‘* breit, broad).

Rem. Nouns thus formed are not to be confounded with adjectives used
substantively, and referring to persons, as:
Der Gute, the good man; bie Gute, the good woman.

" Weife, the wise man; »n Weife, the wise woman.
„Deutſche, the German (man); » Deutfche, the German (woman).

Nor with the neuter of adjectives when used to indicate the quality of the
adjective regarded as a concrete thing, as:

Das Gute, the’good (from gut, good).
n Wahre, the true ( ** wahr, true).
„ Schöne, the beautiful( ‘* ſchön, beautiful).
„ Erha’bene, the sublime ( ‘* erba’ben, sublime).

2. The suffix -heit or (-feit) forms both abstract and
concrete nouns from adjectives:

Die Krankheit, sickness (from frant, sick).
„Schönheit, beauty (*ſchön, beautiful).
„Wahrheit, truth ( ‘“ wahr, true).

w Reinheit, purity ( ‘* vein, pure).

Dunkelheit, darkness ( ‘© dunkel, dark).

„ Aehnlichleit, similarity ( ähnlich, similar).

„Frenndlichkeit, friendliness ( ‘* freundlid), friendly).

vn Billigkeit, cheapness ( ‘ billig, cheap).

n Softbarfeit, deamess ( ‘* foftbar, dear).

„ Yurchtfamleit, fearfulness ( “ furdtfam, fearful).

n Sapferfeit, bravery ( ‘* tapfer, brave).

n Eitelkeit, vanity ( *. eitel, vain).

Rem. 1. The suffix efeit i is added to adjectives ending in -ig, -lid, fam,
rer, and ⸗el.
Ren. 2. The suffix =heit is also added to some personal nouns, as:

. Die Kindheit, childhood (from das Kind, child).
„ Menſchheit, hamanity ( °“ ber Menſch, human being).
w Chriftenbeit, Christendom ( “ der Ehrift, Christian).

=

124

DERIVATIVE NOUNS.

3. Derivatives ending in =nif are usually formed
from verbs, but they are sometimes from nouns

and adjectives, as:
Die Kenntnif, knowledge (from fennen, to know).
Das Hindernif, impediment ( “‘ hindern, to hinder).
Das Verſtänd'niß, understanding ( “ der Verftand’, reason).
Die Finfternig, darkness ( * finfter, dark).

4. Derivatives ending in -{djaft are formed from
nouns and adjectives, as:

Die Freundfchaft, friendship (from der Freund, friend).
„ Lanbfdaft, landscape ( ‘* das Land, land).
» Bauernfchaft, peasantry ( bie Bauern (p/.), peasants).
n Ortfhaft, neighborhood ( ‘* der Ort, place).
n Bereit’fchaft, readiness C ** bereit, ready).

5. Derivatives ending in -thum are formed from
nouns, adjectives, and verbs, as:

Das Heiligthum, sanctuary (from beilig, holy).
» Saijerthum, empire ( ° ber Raifer, emperor).
n Prieftertfum, priesthood ( * die Priefter (p/.), priests).
Der Reichthum, richness C * reid, rich).

6. Nouns formed from verbs, by adding the suffix
zung, usually denote a condition, what produces
a condition,or athing put into acertain condition:

Die Achtung, respect (from achten, to respect).

Bildung, formation, culture( “ bilden, to form).
Bedingung, condition ‘© bebin’gent, to stipulate).
Entfaltung, unfolding “ entfalten, to unfold).
Erfah’rung, experience « erfah’ren, to experience).
Ero’berung, conquest ‘6 ero’bern, to conquer).
Forfhung, investigation «Fforſchen, to investigate).
Handlung, trading-house “ Handelt, to handle).
Landung, landing “ Janden, to land).
Meinung, opinion * meinen, to think).
Prüfung, examination prüfen, to examine).
Richtung, direction ee richten, to direct).

Sammlung, collection “ fammeln, to collect).
Situng, session ‘¢ fiber, to sit).
Verfamm’ lung, assembly ** verfam’ mel, to collect).

Verthei’ digung, defense
Warnung, warning
Zeichnung, drawing
Zerftö’rung, destruction

** Yerthei’digen, to defend).
* warnen, to warn).
“zeichnen, to draw).
“© gerfté’ren, to destroy).

NENNEN NENNEN ON ON ON ON EN
a
ao

DERIVATIVE NOUNS. 125

Rem. 1. Nouns ending in ung may be formed from nearly all verbs, both
simple and compound.

Rem. 2. A few collective nouns in =ung are formed from nouns :
Die Holjung, forest (from da3 Holz, wood).
n Kleidung, clothing ( ° das Kleid, garment).
n Stallung, stabliog ( ‘‘ ber Stall, stable).
» Waldung, woodland( ‘* ber Wald, forest).
5. (1), Personal nouns ending in -€f are masculine.
(2), Nouns ending in -in, =ei (rei), -hett (-feit), = [daft,
uug are feminine.
(3), Nouns ending in -dhen- (lein), -t{hum are neuter.

Exc. The nouns ber $rrthbum (error) and der Reichthum (richness,
riches) are masculine.

Rem. Some of the nouns ending in =nif are feminine and some are neuter.

6. The most important prefives in forming derivative
nouns are ez, miß=, un=, ur⸗, erz⸗.

1. The prefix ge=, to nouns formed from verbs or

from other nouns, denotes collectiveness, union,
completion, or repetition:

Der Gefabr’te, companion (from die Fahrt, journey).
n Sebiil’fe, assistant ( ** die Diilfe, help).
w Gefpte'le, play-mate ( ‘ bas Spiel, play).

Die Gebrit’der (p2.), brothers, brethren ( * ber Bruder, brother).
„ Gefchwi’fter ‘“ brothersandsisters( ‘* bie Schwefter, sister).

„ Geduld’, patience (‘“ diedult, “ patience).

n Gefahr‘, danger ( * die fahr, fear).

wn Geſchich'te, history . (*geſchehen, to happen).
Das Gebäu'de, edifice ( batten, to build).

„ Gedicht‘, poem ( * Dichten, to write poetry).

” Geſchick — fate ( “ ſchicken, to send).

n Geridt’, court of law ( ‘richten, to direct).

n Gericht‘, dish, plate ie a to order).

„ Sefev’, law ( ** feßen, to establish).

n Gefidt’, sight, face ( * febert, to see).

„Gebir'ge, mountain range ( ‘* ber Berg, mountain).

w Gefte’der, plumage ( ‘ bie Feber, feather).

„ Getrinl, potation ( ** der Trank, . drink).

wn Gewitter, thunder-storm ( ** das Wetter, weather).

Rem. Most nouns with the prefix ges are of the neuter gender. Nearly all
nouns with the prefix ges also take the umlact.

126 DERIVATIVE NOUNS.

2.The prefix mif- denotes negation, perversion or
incompleteness, or negation of quality:

Der Mifbegriff, misconception (fromber Begriff’, conception).
nv Mißbraudy, misuse, abuse ( ‘* ber Braud, use).

„ Mißton, discord ( * ber Ton, sound).

Die Mifernte, bad harvest ( ‘ bie Ernte, ~ harvest).

uw Dtifgeftalt, deformity ( ‘ bie Geftalt, form).
(
(

nr

„ Dipgunft, disfavor “ die Gunft, favor).

„ Mißhandlung, ill treatment “die Handlung, treatment).
Das Mißverhältniß, disproportion ( bas Berhält’niß, proportion).
3. The prefix i= denotes negation or perversion of
quality :

La}

Der Undant, ingratitude (from der Dant, thankfulness).
on Unfall, misfortune, disaster ( °° der Fall, chance, fall). _
„» Ungeborfam, disobedience ( ** ber Gebhorfam, obedience).

.q@ Unmenf{d, inhuman being ( * ber Menid, human being).
on Unfinn, nonsense (* der Sim, sense).

Die Unehrlichkeit, dishonesty ( “ bie Ehrlichkeit, honesty).
wv Unend’lidfeit, infinity ( ** die Enbdlichfeit, finiteness).

sn Unfähigkeit, incapacity C ** die Fähigkeit, capacity).

„ Ungeduld, impatience ( ** Die Geduld’, patience).

„ Unordnung, disorder ( “ bie Ordnung, order).

wn Unrube, disquietude ( * die Iube, rest).

» Untreue, . faithlessness ( die Treue, faithfulness),

Dag Unglüd, misfortune, calamity ( ba8 Olild, fortune).

„ Untraut, noxious weeds ( * bas Kraut, herb).

Rem. The prefix uN= can be used especially to the nouns in -§eit and -feit,

4, The prefix ut- denotes source, origin or " cause, OF
a thing in its original condition:
Der Urbewohner, aboriginal inhabitant (from ber Bewoh’ner, —
„Urquell, primary source ( ‘ ber Duell, source).
„ Urjprung, origin, source ( * ber Sprung, spring).
„ Mrwald, primeval forest ( “ ber Wald, forest).
Die Urkunde, document, record ( “ die Kunde, knowledge).
„ Urfache, origin, cause ( * die Gade, thing). .
„ Uvfprade, primitivelanguage ( “ bie Gprache, language).
Das Urbild, prototype ( ** bas Bild, form).

„ = Urvolf, aboriginal people ( ‘ das Bolt, people).
5. The prefix ¢r3: denotes the first or greatest:
Der Erzbifhof, archbishop (from ber Bifchof, bishop).

n Crgdieb, arrant thief’ C “ der Dieb, thief).

_ » &rgmarfchall, lord high-marshal ( “ ber Dtarfdjall’, marshal).
Die Erztugend, cardinal virtue ( ““ bie Tugend, - virtue).

DERIVATIVE NOUNS. 127

6. Many words in the German, as in the English lan-
guage, have undergone great changes in form during the
known history ofthe language. Some derivatives have
also been formed from words that are no longer used.

Thus: the word Geduld (from an old word die dult = patience) has un-
dergone the following changes of form : kidult, yidult, = Ge ulb. The
word © efahris from an old word die fahr=fear.

Exercise 74.

1. The first session of the Assembly will take place
to-morrow, at ten o’clock. 2. Have you seen the new
drawings of the artist? 3. The collection of antiquities
from Egypt in the Museum of Berlin is very large. 4.
Mr. Breitkopf has just bought the first five votumes of
the German dictionary of the brothers Grimm. 5. How
many brothers and sisters have you? 6. I have two
brothers (Brüber), and one sister. 7. It is very sultry,
we will probably have a thunder-storm before night. 8.
This book contains the best poems of Goethe, Schiller,
and Heine. 9. Did you notice the disproportion between
the height and the breadth of the building? 10.I have
never heard such nonsense. 11.The papers on this table
are lying in the greatest disorder. 12. His dishonesty
was a much greater misfortune than his incapacity for
the work. 13. The aborigines of America were the In-
dians. 14. Have you ever seen a primeval forest? 15.
Do you know the origin of the word ,,Unendlidfeit”? 16.
Do you know the cause of his disquietude? 17. The arch-
bishop of Mayence has gone to Cologne to-day. 18.The
beauty of these drawings is very extraordinary. 19. Miss
Kreutzer is from Germany, but Miss Robelli is an Italian.
20. Mr. Flinder is a Swiss, but his wife is aGerman. 21.
The teacher (‚/em.) has in her school twenty-twoscholars
(fem.). 22. Maria Theresa, Empress of Austria, died on
the thirteenth of April, 1807. 23. Louise Auguste, Queen
of Prussia, died on the nineteenth of July, 1810.

128 FORMATION OF ADJECTIVES.

LESSON XXXVIIL

DERIVATIVE AND COMPOUND ADJECTIVES.

Fünfundfichzigite Anfgabe.

1. In diefer Hinficht ift er gegen feine Vorgänger nicht dank:
bar. 2. Der Boden um Berlin ift fandig und nicht fehr frucht-
bar. 3. Sd) weiß nicht ob die Brüde fron gangbar ift. 4. Der
Plan ijt ganz unausfithrbar. 5. Wir haben den ganzen Tag
fein trinfbares Waffer gefunden. 6. Herr Dorn leivet an einer .
unheilbaren Krankheit. 7. Herr Kiefewetter hat feine neue gol-
bene Uhr heute Morgen verloren. 8. „Nur in bem Feenlande
ber Lieder lebt noch deine fabelhafte Spur.” 9. Der Maler hat
eine außerorventlich lebhafte Einbildungsfraft. 10. Diefe felfige
Gegend ift voll yon Klapperfchlangen. 11. Heute haben wir
fehr ſchönes, fonniges Wetter. 12. Warum find Sie fo traurig?
13. Haben Sie die malerifche Landfchaft in ver fächfifchen
Schweiz, zwifchen Dresden und Prag geliehen? 14. Die
ftäptifchen Behörden haben befchloffen, eine neue Anleihe von
500,000 Thlr. zu machen, um eine neue Strafe vom Friedrichs⸗
Plas bid zum Sadowa-Plas durchzuführen. 15. Von dem
Grimm'ſchen Wörterbuch find bis jept erft ſechs Bande erfchie-
nen. 16. Die „Augsburger Allgemeine Zeitung” ift die größte
und befte politifche Zeitung in Süddeutſchland.

Grammatical.

1. Derivative Adjectives are formed from nouns, adjec-
tives, numerals, pronouns, verbs, adverbs, and preposi-
tions, by adding the suffixes -bar, =er (sern), =haft, -ig,
eiſch (-er), li), and -fam, according to the following rules:

\1. The suffix -bar, added to a noun or to a verbal
stem, indicates ability or possibility of a quality
or of an action:

\Danfbar, thankful (from ber Danf, thank).
Ydienftbar, serviceable ( “ ber Dienft, service).
\frudtbar, fruitful ( ** bie Frudt, fruit).

FORMATION OF ADJECTIVES. 129
furdtbar, fearful ang bie Furcht, fear).

\ gangbar, passable “ ber Gang, passage).
foftbar, costly ( ‘¢ bie Koften (pl.), expenses).
fcheinbar, apparent ( ‘* ber Schein, appearance).
ftreitbar, contestable ( ber Streit, contest).
wunberbar, wonderful ( “ bas Wunder, miracle).
brennbar, combustible ( ‘* brennen, to burn).
benfbar, conceivable ( denken, to think).
eßbar, edible, fittoeat ( effer, to eat).
ausführbar, practicable ( ** ausführen, to execute).
haltbar, tenable ( ‘© balten, to hold).
beilbar, curable . ( ** beilen, to heal).
hörbar, audible ( ** hören, to hear).
erklär bar, explainable (erklä'ren, to explain).
lesbar, legible (*leſen, to read).
vermeib’bar, avoidable ( ** vermei bet, to avoid).
nennbar, that may be named (‘ nennen, to name).
genieß’bar, enjoyable ( ‘genießen, to enjoy).
erreidy’ bar, attainable ( ‘erreichen, to attain).
trennbar, divisible ( “ trennen, to divide).
trinfbar, ſit to drink ( “ trinfen, to drink).

\ 2. The suffix eu (sern) is added only to nouns de-
noting material :

x Golben,
filbern,
\ tupfern,
\ bleiern,
ledern,
hölzern,
‚gläfern,

golden, gold (from das Gold,
of silver ( ‘ das Silber,
of copper ( * bas Kupfer,
leaden (* das Dlei,
of leather ( ** bas Leder,
wooden C * bas Hol,
of glass ( * das Glag,

gold).
silver).
copper).
lead).
leather).
wood).
glass).

Rem. When the noun (as Kupfer) ends in <x, only = is added.

ı 3. The suffix -haft denotes possession of or inclina-
tion toward the quality of the noun to which it
is suffixed :

Dauerhaft, durable (from bie Dauer, duration).
Serufthaft, earnest C ‘* der Emft, earnestness),
x fabetfaft, fabulous (* bie Fabel, fable).

N eet faulty ( ‘* der Fehler, fault).

lebhaft, lively ( * bas Leben, life).

mangelhaft, defective ( ** ber Mangel, lack).
riefenbaft, gigantic C ** ber Riefe, ° giant).
zweifelhaft, dubious ( ‘ der Zweifel, doubt).
ihmeichelhaft, flattering . C“* die Schmeichelei’, flattery).

130

FORMATION OF ADJECTIVES.

» 4. The suffix -ig denotes the possession of the qual-
ity or relation that is expressed by the noun,
adjective, numeral pronoun, verb, a un, or
adverb, to which it is suffixed:

polite, well-behaved (from bie Art,

x Artig,
birtig,
bergig,
blutig,
eifrig,
eilig,

2 felfig,
fleißig,
flüchtig,
geiftig,
geizig,
giftig,
günftig,
holzig,
kräftig,
mächtig,

mäßig,
nöthig,
ruhig,
rieſig,
ſalzig,
ſandig,
ſchuldig,
ſonnig,
traurig,
verdächtig,
würdig,

dumpfig,
leben’dig,
gütig,
völlig,
einig, einzig,
beißig,
ergiebig,

Vportig,
biefig,.
heutig,
niedrig,

‘orig,

Nübrig,

bearded
mountainous

bloody

zealous

icy

rocky
industrious
fleeting

referring to the spirit

avaricious
poisonous
favorable
woody
powerful
mighty

moderate, temperate

necessary
quiet
gigantic
salty

sandy

guilty

sunny

sad, sorrowful
suspicious
worthy
damp

lively, active
good

fully

sole, single ©
biting
productive
of that place
of this place
of to-day
low

former

' remaining

PRA IN IN IN IN IN IN IN IN CN IN INN LS IN IN CNN ARON PLN NS SUN N PN NON ON ON ONAN

ber Bart,
ber Berg,
bas Blut,
ber Eifer,
Das Eis,
ber Fels,
ber Fleiß,
bie Flucht,
ber Geift,
ber Geiz,
das Gift,
bie Gunft,
bas Holz,

. bie Kraft,

die Macht,
bas Maß,

. die Noth,
die Rube,

der Rieſe,
das Salz,
ber Sand,
die Schuld,
die Sonne,
die Trauer,

ber Berdacht’

bie Würde,

dumpf,

lebend,
gut,
voll,
cin,
beißeit,
erge’ben,
dort,
bier, -
heute,
nieder,
vor, '
über,

way).
beard).
mountain).
blood).
zeal).

ice).
rock).
industry).
flight).
spirit).
avarice).
poison).
favor).
wood).
power).
might).

. Measure).

want).
rest).

giant).

salt).
sand).
guilt).
sun).
sorrow).
suspicion).
worth).
damp).
living).
good).
full).
one).

to bite).

_ to yield).

there).
here).
to-day).
down).
before).
over).

FORMATION OF ADJECTIVES. 131

\5. The suffix -ifd, attached to personal common
nouns (and to a few verbs), denotes similarity or
inclination to a quality; and often conveys also
the idea of contempt or unworthiness:

Bäuriſch, referring to the peasantry (from ber Bauer, peasant).
dichteriſch, poetical ( ° ber Dichter, poet).
diebiſch, thievish ( * ber Dieb, thief).
bimmlifh, heavenly ( ber Himmel, heaven). -

Virdiſch, earthly ( die Erde, earth).
faufmdnni{d, mercantile ( ° ber Kaufman, merchant).
tindifd, childish ( * basRind, child).

e maleriſch, picturesque ( * der Maler, painter).

v ſtädtiſch, _ civil ( ** vie Stadt, city).
neidifd, suspicious ( ‘* neibden, to envy).

¥ Rem. 1, The umlaut is usually added when the vowel is capable of it.

} Rem. 2. In many adjectives deriv ed from the Latin and Greek languag ‘,
tle ending ⸗iſch in German corresponds to the English ending -ie or -ical.

Bhilofo’phifch, philosophic (al).
theolo giſch, theological.
pſycholo giſch, psychological.

geolo'giſch, geologie (al).
phyſiſch, physical.
chemiſch, chemical.

brama’tifd, dramatic (al).
epifch, epic (al).
lyriſch, lyric (al).
poe’ tijd, poetic (al).
kritiſch, critical.

hiſto riſch, historic (al).

Rem. 3. The suffix ziſch (=*fdj) is added to personal proper names :

Die Luthe’rifche Kirche,
Die Nemto’nifche Theorie,
Das Grimm’ fcde Wörterbuch,
Die Kant’iche Philofophie,

The Lutheran church.
The Newtonian theory,
Grimm'’s dictionary.
Kant's philosophy.

Rem. 4. National and civic adjectives usually take the ending eiſch:

Amerika'niſch, American.

afrifa’nifh, African.
ttalid’nifd, Italian.
portugte’fijd), Portuguese.
ruffijd, Russian.
bairiſch, Bav arian.

Verli’nijd, of Berlin.
Hamburgiſch, of Hamburg.
Kölniſch, of Cologne.
Magdeburgiſch, of Magdeburg.
Halliſch, of Halle.

Schleſiſch, Silesian.

\ Obs. Many adjectives are formed — names of cities by adding the suffix
ett; this endjng has the remarkable quality of not being capable of inflexion :

\ The Magdeburg Cathedral.
Nom., der Magdeburger Dom.

Gen., bes . Magdeburger Domes.

Dat., dem Magdeburger Dom.
Acc., den Magdeburger Dont.

The Augsburg Journal.
Nom., die Augsburger Zeitung.
Gen., ber Augsburger Zeitung.

.Dat., der Augsburger Zeitung.

Acc., die Augsburger Zeitung.

132

FORMATION OF ADJECTIVES.

6. Adjectives with the suffix -lidj are formed from
nouns, other adjectives, and verbs:

Abendlich,
morgenlich,
täglich,
wöchentlich,
monatlich,
jährlich,

~ bildlich,
brieflid,
brüberlich,
bürgerlich,
ehrlich,
endlich,
freundlich,
glücklich,
häuslich,
höflich,
Taiferlich,
lindlich,
königlich,
menſchlich,
ſchmerzlich,
ſchrecklich,
wunderlich,
weißlich,
röthlich,
ältlich,
fröhlich,
kränklich,
öffentlich,
reichlich,
treulich,

ausführ'lich,

begreif lich,
beweg’lich,
empfind’lich,
erfldr’ lich,
fterblid,
vermeid’lich,

zerbrech’lich,

explicable

evening
morning
daily
weekly
monthly
yearly
figurative
by letter
brotherly (*
pertaining to a citizen ( ‘‘
honest

final |

friendly
fortunate, happy
domestic
courteous
imperial
childlike

royal

human

painful

terrible
wonderful
whitish

reddish

oldish

happy, cheerful
sickly

public

rich

true
comprehensive
comprehensible
movable
sensitive

—X
oe

mortal
avoidable

fragile ( 66

(from der Whend,

der Morgen,
der Tag,
bie Woche,
der Monat,
das Jahr,
das Bild,
ber Brief,
ber Bruder,
ber Bürger,
die Ehre,
bas Ende,
ber Freund,
das Gliid,
das Haus,
ber Hof,

ber Kaiſer,
bas Kind,
der König,
der Menſch,
ber Schmerz,
der Schreden,
bas Wunder,
weiß,

roth,

alt,

froh,

krank,

offen,

reich,

treu,
ausführen,
begrei’fen,
bewe’gen,
empfin’den,
erflä’ren,
fterben,
vermei’den,
gerbre’chen,

evening).
morning).
day).
week).
month).
year).
figure).
letter).
brother),
citizen).
honor).
end).
friend).
fortune).
house).
court).
emperor).
child).
king).
man).
pain).
terror).
wonder).
white).
red).

old).
happy).
sick).
open).
rich).
true).

to execute).
to comprehend).
to move).
to feel).

to explain).
to die).

to avoid).
to break in pieces).

Rem. Some adjectives ending in =[id} are closely allied in signification, and
are almost interchangeable in use with adjectives derived from the same word
and ending in -bar: compare erflärbarandertlärlid,vermeibbar
and vermeidlich.

u EEE

FORMATION OF ADJECTIVES. 133

N. Adjectives with the suffix -fam (formed from
verbs or verbal nouns) indicate the possession
of or inclination to the quality:

Aufmerffam, attentive (from auf’merfen, to pay attention).

‘biegfam, pliable biegen, to bend).

Nbuldfam, patient «“dulden, to tolerate).

x genüg’fam, sufficient * genügen, enough).
wirffam, efficient « wirken, to have effect).

‘© Die Arbeit, work).

‘6 ber Bebdacht’, considerateness).’

« ber Betrieb’, driving).

die Furcht, fear).

‘ bie Gewalt’, violence).

“ das Grauen, horror).

“ bas Heil, healing).

“ Pie Mühe, toil, pains).
forgfam, - solicitous « bie Sorge, care).
wunberfam, wonderful ‘© pas Wunder, wonder).

Rem. 1. Two adjectives ending in =fant are formed from other adjectives :

_ Gemein’fam, mutual ( “ gemein, . common). ~
Tangfam, slow ( * fang, long).
Rem. 2. The adjective feltfam (rare) was formerly spelled seltsan.

arbeitfant, laborious
bedadht’fam, mindful
betrieb’fam, diligent
furdtfam, fearful
gewalt’fam, violent
graufam, ferocious
beilfam, wholesome
mühfam, toilsome

BRE ITS LRN PR LRN IN NN NE en
a“
rat

Rem. 3. The adjectives ending in <{aut are few in number compared to those
ending in =ig, ⸗iſch, and -lidj, A few are similar in signification to those of
the same derivation ending in «bar, as: wunberfam, wunderbar.
The adjectives ending in -bar have usually a passive, those in ⸗ſum usually
an active signification:

Eine heilbare Krankheit, A disease that can be cured.
Eine heilfame Arznei’, A healing remedy.

2. Nearly all derivative adjectives can receive the
negative prefix =n, as:

Unbdantbar, ungrateful. unneidiſch, unenvious.
oa Pee ' illegible. unendlich, infinite. .
unjeblerbaft, faultless. unmenſchlich, inhuman.
unfduldig, innocent. unaufmerkſam, inattentive.

3. Compound Adjectwes are formed by prefixing to an
adjective a noun, a preposition, or another adjective, as:
Vettelarm, beggarly poor (der Vettel, begging; arm, poor).
fingerdid, thick as one’s finger (ber Finger, finger; did, thick).
feuerfeft, fireproof (bas Feuer, fire ; feft, fast).
himmelhoch, high as heaven (der Himmel, heaven ; hod, high).

134 FORMATION OF ADJECTIVES.

riefengroß, gigantic - (ber Riefe, giant; : groß, large).
fteinbart, hard as rock (der Stein, stone; bart, hard).

eisfalt, cold as ice . (da8 Ci8, ice; Kalt, cold).
baumleer, destitute oftrees (der Baum, tree; leer, empty).
bartlo8, beardless (der Bart, beard ; los, destitute of).
&haraf’terlo8, without character, (der Charalter, character; ‘ “ [to).
regelmäßig, regular (die Regel, rule; mäßig, confor ming
zwedmäßig, practical (der Zweck, purpose ; os

lehrreich, instructive (die Lehre, learning; reich, rich).
zahlreich), numerous (die Zahl, number; Be aes

blitzſchnell, quick aslightning (der Blitz, lightning ; ſchnell, quick).
wunderſchön, extremely beautifulſdas Wunder, wonder; ſchön, beautiful).

liebevoll, affectionate (die Liebe, love; voll, full).
prachtvoll, magnificent (die Pracht, splendor ; ———
meilenweit, miles distant (die Meile, mile; weit, distant).
lie’ benswürdig, amiable (das Liebert, loving ; würdig, worthy).
allgemein, general. (allfer], all; gemein’, common),
allmächtig, almighty ee mächtig, mighty).
punfelblau, dark blue (duntel, dark ; blau, blue).
hellblau, light blue (bell, light; u
gelbroth, orange . (gelb, yellow ; | roth, red).
taubftumm, deaf and dumb ‘ (taub, deaf; ftumm, dumb).
mitjchuldig, accessory to a crime (mit, with; ſchuldig, guilty).

4. It is becoming customary in Germany to print books and journals of a
high scientific and critical character in the Roman instead of in the German
type. It is greatly to be desired that this custom may become general, and
that thus an unnecessary barrier to the beginning of the study of the German
language may be removed. We give below a German exercise in Roman

type. . .
Sechsundsiebzigste Aufgabe.

1.Das Litera’rische Central’blatt, die beste kritische
Zeitung in Deutschland, erscheint wöchentlich. 2. Die
Leipziger Illustrir’te Zeitung erscheint auch wöchent-
lich. 3. Herr Hagemeyer ist ein ehrlicher Manp. 4.
Ich wünsche Ihnen eine glückliche Reise! 5. Bei dem
schrecklichen Unfall in den Bergwerken zu Freiberg
sind vierzig Menschen um’s Leben gekommen (have lost
their lives). 6. Das Grimm’sche Wörterbuch wird das
ausführlichste und vollkommenste Wörterbuch der deut-
schen Sprache sein. 17. Alle öffentlichen Schulen sind
während der. Ferien geschlossen. 8. Die königliche

CASES GOVERNED BY ADJECTIVES. 135

Bibliothek in Berlin .ist in einem Theile des könig-
lichen Palastes. 9. Die Lehrerin sagt, dass die Schüler
sehr aufmerksam. sind. 10. Dieser Brief von Herrn
Tiedemann ist fast unlesbar. 11. Das Museum ist ein
feuerfestes Gebäude. 12. Ich finde diese neue Ma-
schine sehr zweckmässig. 13. Der prachtvolle Kölner
Dom ist das Meisterstück der deutschen Baukunst.
14. Frau Bernsdorf ist eine sehr liebenswürdige Dame.
15. Ich werde drei Ellen von diesem dunkelblauen
Bande und sechs Ellen von jenem breiten) gelbrothen
Band nehmen.

LESSON XXXIX.

CASES GOVERNED BY ADJECTIVES.

Sichenundfiebsigite Aufgabe.

1, Es ift unbefchreiblich, welche Sehnfucht ich empfand, nur
eines Menfchen anfichtig zu werden (Sch.). 2. Graf Eulenfels
war reich an Gut, doch arm an Lebensfreuden. 3. Sie find alle
ihres Berfprechend eingedenk gewefen (T.). 4. Er ift jeder Auf:
opferung fähig (or.er ift zu jeder Aufopferung fähig). 5. Er ift
Schon des Sieges gewiß. 6. Sie find aller Sorgen fret (or fie
find frei von allen Sorgen). 7. Herr Thompfon ift nicht der
deutfden Sprache Fundig. 8. Ohne Herz ift die Welt ver Freu⸗
ven leer. 9. Die Baume find jest von- Früchten leer. 10.
Das Gedicht ift voll hochtrabender Phrafen, aber leer an tiefen
Gedanken. : 11. Diefes Wirthshaus ift nie leer von Gaften.
12. Herr Williams hat den Brief ganz geläufig gelefen ; er ift der
deutſchen Sprache vollfommen .madtig. 13. Ich bin des
Schwabens mide. 14. Sch bin müde von fo vielen vergeblichen
Anftrengungen. 15. Er ift fatt ver Welt und ihres veraänglichen -
Rubmes. 16. Er ift feines ides quitt. 17. Auch du haltft
mich der ſchweren Sünde ſchuldig (Sch.)? 18. Dort find fie .
ihres Lebens nicht fiber. . 19. Die Erde ift voll ver Güte pes
Herrn (Pfalm 33,5). 20. Das Büchlein ift voll allerliebfter
Bemerfungen (G.). 21. Da ift cin Korb voll reifer Acpfel.

136 CASES GOVERNED BY ADJECTIVES.

Grammatical.
1.Many adjectives govern substantives in the oblique
cases (2.¢. the genitive, dative, and accusative cases)
without the use of a preposition between the adjective
and the substantive.

2. The following adjectives govern the genitive case:
Anfichtig (werden), togetaview(of).| gewohnt’, accustomed (to).
arın (antiquated with gen.), poor. habhaft, in possession (of).

bar, bare, destitute (of). fund (or funbdig), acquainted (with).
beditrf’ tig, destitute, in need (of). ledig, free (from). _
begie’rig, desirous, anxious (for). leer, empty (of).
bend’ thigt, in need (of). los, free (from).
bewußt’, conscious (of). mächtig, in command (of).
bloß, free (from). müde, tired (of).

| ein’gebent, mindful (of). miüßig, free (from).
einig, agreed (concerning). quitt, free (from).
eins, “ fatt, satiated (with).
erü’ brigt, dispensing (with). ful’ dig, guilty (of).
erfah’ren, experienced (in). ficber, sure (of).
fibig, capable (of). theilbaft’ (or -ig), participating (in).
frei, free (from). überbrüf’fig, weary (of).
froh, happy (about). berbäch'tig, suspected (of).
gebent’, conscious (of). ' verfu’ftig, deprived (of).

_ geftin’dig, confessing (to). voll, full (of).
gewabr’, conscious (of ). werth, worth.
gewär’tig, awaiting. würdig, worthy (of).
gewiß’, certain (of). J zufrieden, contented (with)
Rem. 1. Some of these adjectives can take the negative prefix <i, ss:
Unbegie’rig, undesirous (of). unſchuldig, innocent (of).
unbewußt, unconscious (of). unficher, not sure (of).
unerfahren, inexperienced (in). unwiürdig, unworthy (of).

Rem. 2. Of the above adjectives, the following are frequently emplo od, in
ordinary discourse, with the accusative case, viz: Anfichtig, bewußt, fähig, ge-
ftändig, gewahr, gewobnt, habhaft, los, milde, fatt, ſchuldig, überbrüffig, wert,
zufrieden :

Ich bin ihm einen Thaler ſchuldig, Lowe him a thaler.
Es ift feinen Pfennig werth, It is not worth a penny.

Rem. 8. Many of these adjectives may be followed by certain prepositiong,
which prepositions govern their own cases ($ 81, $ 82, $ 83), as:

(1) Begierig, by nad or anf. (5) frei, ledig, 108, leer, voll, etc., by
(2) bereit, fähig, by 31. von.
(3) arm, gewohnt, leer, by at. (6) einig, erfahren, frob, by in.

(4) froh, gewiß, einig, by liber. (7) zufrieden, by mit,or von, or über.

i

CASES GOVERNED BY ADJECTIVES. 137

Obs. Only a few (as bensthigt, gewärtig, theilbaft, überbrili-
fig, verluftig) must be used as governing tke genitive case.

3. Many of the adjectives that govern the genitive
case frequently can not be translated into English by
adjectives, but must be rendered in the English idiom
by verbs or nouns, as:

Einer Sache anfichtig zu werden,

Einer Sache eingedenk zu fein,

Er ift der deutſchen Sprache mäch⸗
tig,

Einer Sache geftändig zu fein,

Er ift bes Weges fundig,

Er ift feines Cides quitt,

To get a view of a thing.

To bear a thing in mind.

He is master of the German lan-
guage.

To confess to a thing.

He knows the road.

He is free from the obligation im-
posed by his oath.

Wir waren diefes Ausganges ber We did not anticipate this termina-

Sache nicht gewiirtig,
Er ift aller Bortheile ans diefem
Geſchäfte verluftig,

tion to the affair.
He lost all the profits that came from
this business.

4.A large number of adjectives govern the dative

case, as:

Abtritnnig, faithless (to).
ähnlich, similar (to).
angeboren, hereditary (to).
angelegen, adjacent (to).
angenehm, agreeable (to).
anftößig, offensive (to).
belannt, known (to). =”
bange, apprehensive (of).
bequem, convenient (to).
bewußt, known (to).
dankbar, thankful (to).
dienlich, serviceable (to).
bienftbar, “ =
eigen, peculiar (to).
eigenthitm’ lid), peculiar (to).
erge’ben, addicted (to).
feind, hostile (to). .

fern, distant (from).
gemein’, common (to).
gemein’fam, mutual (with).
geneigt’, favorable (to).
getreu’, faithful (to).

geo’ gen, well disposed (toward).

gleich, like, similar (to).
gnädig, gracious, merciful (to
gram, averse (to).

gut, good, kindly (to).
nabe, near, close (to).
neu, new (to).

nöthig, necessary (to).
offen, open (to).

offenbar, plain, open (to).
paffend, fitting (for).
peinlich, painful (to).
recht, right (to).

ſchädlich, injurious (to).
Tchmeichelhaft, flattering (to) ©
ſchmerzlich, painful (to).
ſchuldig, in debt (to).
ſchwer, difficult (for).
filß, sweet (for).

theuer, dear (to).

treu, true (to).

tibel, offensive (to).
überle’gen, superior (to).
unterthan, subject (to).

138 CASES GOVERNED BY ADJECTIVES.

verberb’lich, destructive (to). wichtig, important (to).
verwandt’, related (to). 5 wiberlich, offensive (to).
vortheilhaft, advantageous (to). willfom’ men, welcome (to).
web, painful (to). wohl, fortunate (to).
werth, worth (to). zweifelhaft, doubtful (to. )

5. The idiomatic spirit of the English language often
requires that a verb or a noun shall take the place of
an adjective which in German governs the dative case :

Einer Partei’ abtrünnig werben, To desert a party.

Er ift feinem Vater fehr ähnlich, He resembles his father very much.
Kann id) Ihnen bebhitlflich fein ? Can I be of any service to you?

Es ift mir nicht erinnerlidh, It has escaped my memory.

Wie viel bift Du ihm fduldig ? How much do you owe him?

6. Adjectives expressive of value, weight, measure, or
age govern the accusative case :

Es war Teinen Pfennig werth, It was not worth a penny.

Es ift nur einen Boll breit, It is only an inch wide.

G8 ift ein Pfund jchwer, It weighs a pound.

Er ift zehn Jahre alt, He is ten ycars old.
Achtundsiebzigste Aufgabe.

1. Herr Eitelberg ist seiner Partei’ abtrünnig gewor-
den. 2. Diese Kinder sind ihren Eltern sehr ähnlich.
3. Es ist mir unbegreiflich, wie er solchen Unsinn ver-
tragen kann. 4. Kann ich Ihnen auf irgend eine Weise
behülflich sein? 5: Der Zustand des Kranken ist dem
Arzte heute sehr bedenklich. 6. Die Umstände des
Verlustes des Dampfers sind uns bis jetzt noch nicht
bekannt. 7. An welchem Tage die Schlacht bei Jena
stattgefunden hat, ist mir augenblicklich nicht erinner-
lich. 8. Unter solchen Umständen war seine Gegen-
wart natürlich der Gesellschaft sehr unwillkommen.
9. Der Kaufmann ist dem Banquier 800 Thlr. schuldig.
10. Seine Mitwirkung war ihnen mehr hinderlich als
förderlich. 11. Er ist seinem Eide treu geblieben.
12. Die deutsche Sprache richtig auszusprechen ist den
Amerikanern im Anfang sehr schwer. 13. Wir fahren
sehr langsam, weil der Wind und dıe Fluth uns widrig

USE OF THE ARTICLE. ° 139

sind. 14. Dieser Rock ist mir zu gross. 15. Mir ist es
sehr kalt hier. 16. Das Tuch ist eine Elle breit und
dreissig Ellen lang. 17. Diese Kugel ist nur 68 Pfund
schwer, aber jene Kugeln sind 120 Pfund schwer. 18.
Er ist fast einen Kopf grösser als ich. 19. Wilhelm ist
zwölf Jahre, einen Monat und einen Tag alt.

LESSON XL.

USE OF THE ARTICLE,
Nennundfichzigfte Aufgabe.

1. Der Menfch ift fterblih. 2. Das Leben ift furz. 3. Das
Gold ift das foftbarfte Metall. 4. Das Teuer und dad Waffer
find gute Diener, aber böfe Meifter. 5. Herr Braumüller hat
den zweiten Band von Kugler's Gefchichte ver Malerei, und ven
vierten Band von Dunder’s Gefchichte des Alterthums heute ges
Tauft. 6. Der Gebraudy ift der Gefebgeber der Sprachen. 7.
Friedrich Rahn ftudirt Philologie, und Wilhelm Weidmann ftuz
birt Medicin. 8. Profeffor Friedrichs ift Profeffor der Haffi-
hen Archäologie an der Univerfität zu Berlin. 9. Herr Braun
wird heute Ahend eine Vorlefung über den Urfprung ver gothi-
schen Baufunft halten. 10. Der Friede ver Seele gilt mehr als
Reidhthum. . 11. Das Frühſtück ift noch nicht fertig. 12. Nady
dem Wbendeffen werden wir ind Concert gehen. 13. Das fefte
Magdeburg hat Tilly am 10ten Mai.1631 mit Sturm genome
men; außer zwei Kirchen und 130 Häufern hat er die ganze
Stadt niedergebrannt und. 30,000 von den Einwohnern ermorz
bet; diefe Grauel hat er die „Magdeburger Hochzeit” genannt.
14, Der vorige April war fehr falt und unangenehm. 15. Herr
Giedler und feine Familie find jegt in der Schweiz ; wir. werben
aud in acht Tagen nach der Schweiz geben. 16. Konftanti-
nopel ift die Hauptitadt ver Türfei. 17. Diefes Tuch Toftet zwei
Thaler die Elle. 18. Er fland mit dem. Hut auf vem Kopf.
19. Er war ded Gefühls nicht mächtig. 20. Die Reichsverſamm⸗
lung zu-Prag erwählte Friedrich den Fünften zum Könige, 21.

140 USE OF THE ARTICLE.

Wir. fegelten gegen Süden, und dann gegen Weften. 22. Herr
Maurer hat einen Artifel über vie Rechte der Frauen gefchrieben.
23. Der Vater und die Söhne find fpagieren gegangen. |

Grammatical.

1. One of the most marked differences between the
English and the German languages is in the use of the
Article. This difference arises in many cases from the
fact that the German idiom often requires the noun to
be conceived as concrete, where the English idiom re-
quires it to be conceived in a general or abstract sense.
Thus, in the sentence

Der Menſch ift fterblid) (Man is mortal),
if we translate der Menſch by “the human being,” we will
have the spirit of the German idiom. .

2.The most important points in which the German
varies from the English in the use of the Article are
given on page 254.

Rem. The variations to the rules there given (especially those to the first
rule, § 55, 1, 1), must be learned by practice. Their exposition here would
only cause confusion.

Exercise 80.

1. Platinum is the heaviest metal, and lead is the
softest metal. 2. William Pressnitz is studying philos-
ophy, and John Pressnitz is studying astronomy. | 3.
What are you reading? 4.I am reading Jahn’s History.
of Astronomy. 5. Mr. Preu is studying theology at (an)
the University of Halle. 6. Prof. Hoffmann is professor
of chemistry in the University of Berlin. 7. The good.
fear not (the) death. 8. (The) virtue leads to (the) hap-
piness. 9. (The) pride is contemptible. 10. (The) last
summer. was very hot. 11. (In the) next winter we will
probably go to Italy. 12. After breakfast we will go
to (auf) the market.. 13. Dinner is not yet ready. 14. The
ruins of old Greece are among the most interesting in the
world. 15.Switzerland lies between Germany and Italy.

PERSONAL AND POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 141

16.Smyrna is the largest city in Turkey in Asia (in the
Asiatic Turkey). 17. Bucharest is the capital of Wal-
lachia. 18. We take lessons (haben Gtunden) in music
four times a week (§ 105). 19. He stands there with his
hat in his hand. 20. They elected him president unan-
imously. 21. The defendant admits that he was an ac-
complice in the crime. 22.The ship will sail toward
the North, and then it will sail toward the East.

LESSON XLI.

PERSONAL AND POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.
Einundadhtzigfte Aufgabe.

1. Er hat e8 meinethalben gethan. 2. €8 waren unfer zwan⸗
zig in der Gefellfchaft; vier von und find um zehn Uhr nad
Haufe gegangen; die übrigen blieben bis Mitternadt. 3. Es
war einmal eine große Hungersnoth im Lande. 4. Wer ift da?
5. Sh bin da. 6. Wer war mit Ihnen? 7. Es war mein
Bruder und meine Schweiter. 8. Sch lobe mid) (or ich lobe
mich felbft). 9. Warum lobft vu did) felbft? 10. Haben wir
und gelobt? 11. Sa, ihr habt euch gelobt. 12. Er lobt ſich
felbft. 18. Sie lobt fih nicht. 14. Sie loben fih. 15. Er
felbft hat e8 gethan. 16. Sch felber Fann es thun. 17. Selbft
feine Feinde achten ihn. 18. Wir verfteben einander (or und
einander) ganz gut. 19. Er hat das Haus für 2,000 Thaler
verfauft ; er hatte pafür’ 1,500 Thaler gegeben. 20. Es waren
125 Stimmen dafür’ und 87. Stimmen tage’gen. 21. Diefe
neue Fever habe ich heute gefauft; ich habe ven Brief damit’
gefchrieben. 22. Sd) habe den Tiſch ind Zimmer gebracht und
die Bücher darauf” gelegt. 23. Das Tuch hat ihm fehr gefallen ;
er bat davon’ einen Rod und eine Wefte machen laffen. 24,
Gehen Sie morgen mit und nad) Dresden? 25. Sch werde mit
Shnen heute. Abend darüber fprechen. 26. Shr Bruder ift mit
bem Meinigen fpagieren gegangen. 27. Er hat feine Bücher einz
gepadt und nach Amerika gejchieft, ich werde die Meinigen audy

142 PERSONAL AND POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.

nach Amerifa (dicen ; was werden Sie mit den Shrigen machen?
28. Ich werde die Meinigen hier in Berlin laffen, bis ich von
Stalien zurüdfomme. 29. Du haft pas Deinige gethan ; ; bie
Andern müffen jest das Ihrige thun.

Grammatical.

1.The most important rules with reference to the
use of Personal Pronouns are given on pages 282 and

283.

Rem. 1. The reflexive use of the personal pronoun is illustrated in the fol
lowing paradigm :
Ich lobe mid, I praise myself.

du Tobit did,
er Tobt fick,
fie lobt fi,
es lobt ſich,
wir loben uns,
ihr lobet end,
ſie loben ſich,
(Sie loben ſich,

thou praisest thyself.

he praises himself.
she praises herself.

it praises itself.

we praise ourselves.
you praise yourselves.
they praise themselves.
you praise yourselves.)

Rem. 2. The reciprocal use of the personal pronoun is necessarily confined

to the plural number :
Wir loben uns,
ihr lobt end,
fie Toben fid,
(Sie Toben fid,

We praise each other.
you praise each other.
they praise each other.

you praise each other.)

2. The dative and accusative cases of personal pro-
nouns, when not referring to persons, are rarely used
with prepositions. In their stead are usually employed
compound adverbs, formed by uniting ane adverb da
(there) with the preposition, as:

Daber (for bet ihm, ibr, ifm; ihnen), by or through it or them.
baburdy’ (durch ihn, fie, es; fie), by or with it or them.
dafür (“für ibn, fie, es; fie), for it or them.
bage’gen ( ** gegen ihn, fie, e8; fie), against it or them.
damit (““ mit ibm, ihr, ihm; ihnen), with it or them.

a, ibis ibm, ihr, ihm ; ihnen,
darin (“in im fie, 8: fie, 3 in it or in them.

Rem. 1. When the preposition begins with a vowel, the original r of da
(formerly written dar.) is retained, as: daran’, darauf‘, darin’, darüber, etc.

PERSONAL AND POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 143

Rem. 2. Similar compound adverbs formed with hier (here) and a preposi-
tion are sometimes employed: _

Hierbei’ (for bet ihm, ihr, ihm ; ihnen), with it or —
biermit’ (mit ihm, ihr, ibm; ihnen), with it or them.

Rem. 3. These compound adverbs are frequently used instead of the de-
monstrative pronouns also (see § 188, Lem. 1 and “Rem. 2).

3. When the absolute possessive pronoun is used pred-
icatively (not being the emphatic word in the sen-
tence), like other predicate adjectives, it is undeclined :

Der Hut ift mein, The hat is mine.
Denn Dein ift bie Ehre, For Thine is the Glory.
Rem. 1. When the stress of voice falls upon the absolute possessive pro-
noun, it takes the termination, as shown in the first column in $ 110:
Diefer Hut ift meiner, nicht feiner, This hat is mine, not his.
Rem. 2. Frequently the definite article precedes the posessive pronoun:

Diefer Hut ift der Meine, jener This hat is mine, that one is his.
ift ber Seine,

Rem. 3. More usually, in modern German, the form ending in -ig is em:
ployed :
Diefer Hut ift der Meinige, jener This hat is mine, that one is his.
ift ber Seinige,
Rem. 4. The form der Meinige (mine) is declined thus:

Masculine. > Feminine. Neuter. All Genders.
Der Meinige, | Die Meinige, | Das Meinige, || Die Meinigen,
bes Meinigen, | ber Meinigen, | des Meinigen, || ber Meinigen,
dem Meinigen, | der Meinigen, | dem Meinigen, || den Meinigen,

ben: Meinigen. | die Meinige. | bas Meinige. || die Meinigen.

Rem. 5. The neuter singular of the absolute possessive pronoun is frequently
employed as meaning the property of, the duty of, etc. :

Er hat bas Seinige verloren, He has lost his property.
Er hat bas Seinige gethan, _ He has done his duty.
Rem. 6. The plural frequently refers to the ‚family, friends, followers,
dependents, etc. : ;
Die Meinigen wiffen nicht, wann My relatives do not know when I
id) zurückkommen werde, will return.

Der General 30g mit dei a The general retreated with his forces.
zurück, wa

144 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.

Exercise 82.

1.I did it on his account. 2.They did it on our
account. 3. There were ten of them; four of them came
with us; the rest remained at Leipzic. 4. There was
once a very rich man—. 5. Who was in the room?
6.It was I. 7. There are many large trees in this
forest. 8. I understand myself. 9. He injures him-
self. 10. We understand ourselves. 11. They under-
stand themselves. 12. They understand each other.
13. Even his enemies acknowledge his worth. 14.Mr.
Dietrich has sold his horse for 360 Thlr. ; he paid 400
Thir. for it last year. 15. The Government will im-
mediately make a new loan of 150,000,000 Thlr. ; there
were 250 votes in favor of (for) it in Congress, and only
36 votes against it. 16. Will Mr. Eitelberg go with us
to Gotha? 17. He will come here and speak with you
about it this evening. 18. Why did you not tell William
that he must not go out in (bet) this bad weather? 19.
I did tell him so twice.

LESSON XLII.

INDEFINITE AND INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
Dreiundachtzigſte Aufgabe.

1. Einige von den Büchern Ind wohl gut gebunven, aber bie
meiften (most of them) find fehr fehlecht gebunven. 2. Der
Eine hat feine Aufgabe ganz ohne Fehler gefchrieben, ver Andere
hat viele Fehler darin gemacht. 3. Einige wenige Gedichte der
Sammlung find gut, manche find fchlecht, viele oder die meiften
find mittelmäßig. 4. Bon Roland fang er und mandem from
men Held (Sch.). 5. ES ift von mandem hohen Baum die
Wurzel faul. 6. Herr Diefenbach hat mehrere Sabre (§ 83, 4)
in Deutfchland giebt. 7. Er hat mir fein Buch gefdidt. 8.
Sein Ehrgeiz fennt feine Grenzen. 9. Mir gefällt Feines von
allen diefen Büchern. 10. Es fann feiner darüber entichieden

INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 145

urtheilen. 11. Es war viel Lärm um Nichtö ; viel Gefchrei und
wenig Wolle. 12. Er hat es nur durch viel (or viele) Arbeit
gethan. 13. Sd) habe es mit viel (or vielem) Vergnügen gethan.
14. Man Tann bei vielem Gelde unglüdlich, und ohne viel Geld
febr glücklich fein. 15. Du haft viel gelefen, aber wenig gelernt.
16. Er hat viel gereift nnd Bieles gefehen. 17. Viele Köche
verfalgen ven Brei, 18. Studiren jept viel (or viele) Amerifa-
ner in Berlin? 19. Nur wenig Menfchen find fo ungemein
glücklich. 20. Ich muß ein wenig Rube fuchen. 21. Ich habe
bas Buch für nur wenige Grofchen gefauft. 22. Es find weni-
ger Ausnahmen als du denkſt. 23. Wenige haben es verfucht,
und noch Wenigern it e8 gelungen. 24. Mit Bielem halt man
Haus, mit Wenigem fommt man aus. 25. Er hat weniger
(comparative) Vorſicht alg Tapferkeit. 26. Das Geheimnif
ift im Befipe nur weniger (gen. pl.) Perfonen. 27. Er hat das
wenigfte Geld und die wenigften Sorgen. 28. Nur bei den we⸗
nigften Thieren findet man folche Gewohnheiten. 29. Mit acht
Ellen werden fie Tuch genug für einen Rod und eine Wefte haz
ben. 30. Sch babe genug von feiner Tapferfeit gehört. 31.
Womit haben Sie den Brief gefchrieben? 32. Sch habe ihn
mit einem Bleiftift geichrieben, weil ich Feine Fever bei mir hatte.
33. Worüber hat Herr Schnorr gefproden? 34. Er fprad
über feine Reife nad) Stalien.
Grammatical.

1. For the general rules governing the use of the

Indefinite Pronouns, see page 286.

Rem. 1. When maucher is used before an adjective without its termination
(§ 112, 2, Rem. 3), the adjective follows the old declension:

Mand tapfr-er Held, or mancher tapfre Held.

Mandy Tieb-ed Kind, * manches Tiebe Kind.

Mit mand tapfr-em Helden, “ mit manchem tapfren Helden.
Manch tapfree Helden, * manche tapfren Helden.

Rem. 2. Biel and wenig can be used with or without inflection, according
as the idea of collectiveness or individuality is made more prominent:
Es hat viel Mühe gefoftet, or es bat viele Mühe gekoftet.
Wie viel neue Feinde I (Sch.) Wwie viele neue Feinde !
Es find wenig Menſchen, “es ſind wenige Menjchen.
G

%

146 INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.

Obs. ‘The comparative of wenig (weniger) is more usually uninflected :
Er bat weniger Vorfidtigteit als He has less prudence than valor.
Tapferkeit,
Rem. 3. The indefinite pronoun man ($ 112, 6) is used in most general ex-
pressions; it is translated by one, people, etc. :
Man fagt, onesays, theysay, peoplesay, itis said.
Man glaubt, one believes, they believe, people believe, it is believed.
Obs. Manisindeclinable. When oblique cases are required, they are formed
from einer. When a possessive pronoun referring to Mau is required, fein
is employed (see Sentences 5 and 6 in Exercise 84).

Rem. 4. Etwas (§ 112, 8) and Nichts (§ 112, 9) are frequently used in ap-
position with the neuter of adjectives used substantively (Sent. 19 and 20).

Obs. The first syllable (et=) of etwas is frequently dropped in common
conversation. .
Rem. 2. In asking questions, the indefinite pronoun some or any is in many
cases not translated :
Haben Sie Butter gelauft? Did you buy any butter ?
Haben Sie Aepfel gefauft ? Did you buy any apples ?
Obs. In some cases some is translated by etwas (see § 112, 8, Rem. I).

2. For the chief rules with reference to the use of
Relative Pronouns, see page 289.
Rem. For the compound adverbs womit, wovon, etc., see § 158, Rem. 3.

Vierundachtzigste Aufgahe.

1. Man reist von Berlin nach Köln mit der Eisenbahn
in einem Tage. 2. Bei uns spricht man auch von Ge-
spenstern ; aber in der Tegel haben nur “die Leute” und
das selber unsichtbare und spukhafte “man” sie gesehen.
3. Was sagt man in der Stadt über die neue Anleihe? 4.
Man ist darüber sehr unzufrieden. 5. Man lacht ge-
wöhnlich, wenn einem etwas Lächerliches begegnet. 6.
Man ist froh, wenn man eine Arbeit geendet hat. 7.
Jemand klopft. 8. Es ist Herr Wedel. 9. Kennen Sie
Jemand (or Jemanden) aus der Gesellschaft? 10. Ich
kenne Niemand (or Niemanden) ausser Herrn Ruprecht
und seiner Frau. 11. Hat Jemand es Ihnen gesagt? 12.
Nein, Niemand hat es mir gesagt, ich habe es selbst heute
Morgen in der Zeitung gelesen. 13. Seine Hand wird

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 147

wider Jederman, und Jedermanns Hand wird wider ihn
sein (1. Mos.12,16). 14. Man soll sein Herz nicht Jeder-
mann offenbaren. 15. Haben Sie etwas von dem neuen
Unfall in den Bergwerken gehört? 16. Nein, ich habe
Nichts davon gehört. 17. Wünschen Sie noch etwas? 18.
Ich werde noch etwas Butter nehmen. 19. Dieses Tuch
ast etwas ganz Neues. 20. Er hat etwas ganz Anderes ge-
meint. (21. Hier ist ganz was Neues). 22. Haben Sie
noch Gold? 23. Ja, ich habe noch welches. : 24. Haben
Sie heute Morgen Aepfel auf (in) dem Markt gesehen ?
25. Ja, ich habe welche gesehen, aber sie waren schlecht und
sehr theuer. 26. Ich weiss nicht, wovon Sie sprechen. 27.
Können Sie mir sagen, worüber Professor Schmidt heute
Abend sprechen wird? 28. Er wird über die Geschichte
der Stadt Berlin vor dem vierzehnten Jahrhundert
sprechen.

LESSON XLIII.

DEMONSTRATIVE AND RELATIVE PRONOUNS,
Füufundachtzigſte Aufgabe.

1. Sch habe heute Morgen dieſe zwei Bücher gefauft ; diefes
war febr billig, jened war fehr theuer. 2. Das (jenes) Buch -
habe ich ſchon gelefen. 3. Diefen Herrn fenne ich fehr gut, aber
jenen Herrn dort habe ich nie vorher gefehen. 4. Die Ruinen
von Pompeji find größer und intereffanter als die von Herculaz
neum. 5. Der ift ein fehr gelehrter Mann. 6. Wann wird Herr
Roth wiederfommen? 7. Das weiß ich nit. 8. Das ift des
Kaiferd Hand und Siegel (Sch). 9. Das find Alles neue
Häufer in diefer Straße. 10. Er malte feinen Vetter und veffen
Sohn. 11. Der Ruhm deffen, der Tügt, dauert nicht lange.
12. Er ift nicht von denen, die mit Worten tapfer find. 13.
Dies(-e8) find reife Aepfel. 14. Dasjenige Buch, welches du
wünfcheft, bat ver Buchbinver nod) nicht zurüdgebradht. 15.
Derjenige Herr, ven (or welchen) wir geftern im Mufeum fahen,

148 RELATIVE PRONOUNS.

ift der Bruder des Herrn Vebrecht. 16. Da ift verfelbe Herr,
ben (or welchen) wir geftern Abend bei Herrn Brünow trafen,
17. Wer nicht hören will, muß fühlen (or der muß fühlen). 18.
Was du heute thun Fannit, follft ou nicht auf morgen verfchieben
(or das follft....). 19. Alles, was wir heute in Potsdam
gejehen haben, hat uns febr gefallen. 20. Hier habe ich etwas
in diefem Buche gefunden, was ich gar nicht verftehen Fann.
21. Die Gefchichte ift im Ganzen richtig, doch habe ich Manches
gefunden, was ich nicht billigen fann. 22. Weffen Brod du
iffeft, deffen Lob du fingeft (Sprichwort). 23. Es war eine
folche Hite in der Stadt, daß wir faft alle franf davon wurden.
24. Bei fold) einer Hise (or einer folden Hive) Tann man leicht
franf werden. 25. Goldy einen Menfchen (or einen folden
Menfchen) hatte ich nie gefehen. 26. „Das willen wir, die
wir die Gemfen jagen” (Sch.). 27. Das weiß ich, der ich felbft
e8 gefehen habe. 28. Das find die Häufer, wovon ich gefprochen
babe. 29. Hier ift die Feder, womit ich ven Brief gefchrieben
babe.
Grammatical.

1. The chief rules governing the use of Demonstrative
and Zelative pronouns are given in § 111, and § 114.

2.The demonstrative pronoun derjenige (that) is de-
clined thus:

Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. All Genders.
Nom. Derjenige, diejenige, dasjenige, Diejenigen,
Gen. desjenigen, derjenigen, desjenigen, derjenigen,
Dat. demjenigen, derjenigen, demjenigen, denjenigen,

Acc. denjenigen. diejenige. basjenige. Diejenigen.

Rem. 1. Derjenige is employed only when a relative follows the demon-
strative pronoun.
Derjenige Herr, den wir faben, The gentleman, whom we saw.
Rem. 2. Derjenige has usually a more indefinite signification than jener,
diefer, der.

DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 149

3. The pronoun derfelbe (the same) is declined thus:

Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. All Genders,
. Derfelbe, biefelbe, basfelbe, diefelben,

. besjelben, berfelben, besjelben, berfelben,
. bemfelben, berfelben, demfelben, denfelben,
. denfelben. biefelbe. basfelbe. biefelben.

4. The singular of the neuter gender of the demon-
strative pronoun Dad, Diejes (Dies), Jeues, Alles, eic.,
is used in an indefinite way, without distinction of gen
der or number, like the neuter of the third person of
the personal pronoun ¢8; thus used, these pronouns do
not control number and person of the verb:

Das find Alles neue Häufer, Those are all new houses.
Dies find reife Erpbeeren, Those are ripe strawberries.

5. Instead of relative pronouns (not referring to per-
sons) preceded by prepositions, compound adverbs are
usually employed (see also § 188, rem. 3) :

Hier ift bas Buch wovon (or von Here is the book of which I spoke.
welchem) ich gefprochen habe,
Hier ift ber Bleiftift (or Die Feber) Here is the pencil (or the pen) with
womit ich ben Brief gefchrieben which I wrote the letter.
habe,
Exercise 86.

1. This cloth which you bought to-day was much too
dear. 2. The cloth, from which the tailor made these
coats, was very good, but it was very dear. 3. Here is
the book of which Ispoke. 4. There are the books of
which I spoke. 5. The Cathedral of Cologne is much -
larger than the one (bie) at Ulm. 6. These books are
new, but those (jene) books are not new. 7. These are
all new books. 8. How much did this house cost? 9.
(That) I do not know. 10. (That) I can not say. 11.
There is the same carriage that we saw this morning.
12. Did you find any thing that you do not understand?

150 REFLEXIVE VERBS.

13. No, I have so far (bid jest) found nothing that is not
very easy to understand. 14. What he said about the
battle is indeed (wohl) possible, but it is not probable.
15. I can not write with such a pen as (wie) this. 16.
There is the man in whose (deffen) house we reside.
17. There is the physician with whom I made the trip
through the Riesengebirge (mit welchem or mit bem ich eine
Reife durch das Riefengebirge gemacht habe). 18. That man is
the one whom we saw at the (im) concert yesterday
evening. |

LESSON XLIV.

REFLEXIVE VERBS.
Sichenundadtzigite Aufgabe.

1. Wie lange haben Sie fid) in München aufgehalten? 2.
Im vorigen Sabre haben wir uns nur drei Wochen in München
aufgehalten; aber vor vier Jahren find wir über vier Monate
in München geblieben. 3. Wie befinden fie fic) (how do you
do)? 4. Sch befinde mid) ganz wohl, ich vanfe, 5. Herr Diez
fenbach und feine ganze Familie haben fid) nach Helgoland bege-
ben, um dort Seebäder zu nehmen. 6. Warum befümmern Cie
fic) fo fehr um feine Angelegenheiten? 7. Sch habe mich endlid
entichloffen, nach Stalien zu geben. 8. Aus dem Samen ent-
widelt fid) die Pflanze. 9. Bon der Zeit an entwickelte fich die
Empörung fehr raf. 10. Am 1. November 1755 ereignete fich
das Erpbeben. in iffabon. 11. Er hat ſich über feine Ent-
vedung fehr gefreut. 12. Nach einer langen Belagerung hat die
- Feftung fic) auf Gnare und Ungnade ergeben miiffen. 13. Er
bat fid) durch Stundengeben ernähren müffen. 14. Man er⸗
fundigte fic) unter der Hand febr ſcharf, wo fie fic) wabrend der
Mordthat befanden. 15. Sch fürchte mich vor feiner Rache
nicht (or ich fürchte feine Rache nicht). 16. Es ift febr ſchwer,
fic) an eine ganz neue Lebensart zn gewöhnen. 17. Srren Sie
fich nicht, mein Hert, haben Sie nicht meinen Hut genommen? .

REFLEXIVE VERBS, 151

Grammatical.
1. For the chief rules that govern the use of Zeflexive
Verbs, and for the paradigm of these verbs, see § 158,
and § 159.

2. Most reflexive verbs are intransitive. Those that
have the reflexive pronoun in the dative case govern
an object in the accusative case. Some govern an in-
direct object in the dative case. Some are followed
by a substantive in the genitive case. Some are fol-
lowed by a preposition.

3. The following are among the most commonly em-
ployed of the reflexive verbs.

Rem. 1. See also those verbs below which require the reflexive pronoun to be
in the dative case.
Sid ärgern (über), to be offended (at).
fich anſchicken (zu), to prepare (for).
fid) aufhalten, to remain, stay.
fid) aufſchwingen, to mount, to soar.
fic) äußern, to express one’s self.
fi) bedanten (für), to give thanks (for).
fich befinden, to find one’s self (to be, to do).
fich poate (gen.), to deliberate about, to devise.
U eigen :
m Hi — (gen.), to apply one’s self (to).
fic) begeben, to resort to, to repair to, to betake one’s self to.
fich behelfen (mit), to resort to, to help one’s self by means of.
fic beflagen (über), to complain (of).
fid) befümmern (um), to trouble one’s self (about) ; (itber), to grieve for.
= N (gen.), to take possession (of), to seize.
fic) befinnen (gen., or auf or über), to recollect, to try to remember.
fic) entäußern (gen.), to dispose of, to part with.
fi enthalten (gen.), to restrain one’s self (from).
fi) entjchließen, to resolve, to determine, to decide,
fic) entfinnen (gen.), to recollect.
fic) entwideln, to expand, develop.
fic) erbarmen (gen., an or über), to have mercy (upon).
fic) ereignen, to happen, to take place. .
fich erfreuen (gen. or über‘), to rejoice, to be glad (at).
fich ergeben (dat.), to surrender, to addict one’s self (to).

152 BEFLEXIVE VERBS.

fid) ernähren, to gain one’s livelihood.
fich erinnern (gen. or an), to remember.
fidy erfälten, to take a cold.
fich erkundigen (gen., nad) or an or itber), to make inquiries, to inform
fich freuen (über), to rejoice (at). [one’s self.
fich fürchten (wor), to be in dread (of).
fic) getröften (gen.), to hope (for).
fic) gewöhnen (an), to accustom one’s self (to).
fic) grämen (über or um), to grieve (over or at).
fid) irren, to make a mistake.
fid) nähern (dat.), to approach.
fi) rithmen (gen.), to boast (of).
fic) {amen (gen., über or wegen), to be ashamed (of ).
fich in bie Umftände fchiden, to adapt one’s self to circumstances.
fic) ſcheuen (vor), to stand in fear (of).
fic) ſehnen (nad)), to long for.
fic) feßen, to take a seat.
ſich tröften (gen. or mit), to console one’s self with.
fi) unterhalten, to converse, to amuse one’s self.
fid) vergeben, to go astray, to lose one’s way.
fi) verirren, 66 66 66 66
fich verlaffen (auf), to rely (upon).
fic) verfpredjen, to misspeak.
fic) verfehen (gen.), to expect; (att), to be frightened at.
fic verfichern (gen. or vor), to make sure (of).
fich verjpäten, to come too late.
fic) verftellen, to disguise one’s self.
ſich vorbereiten (auf or zu), to prepare one’s self.
fid) weigern, to object, to refuse.
fid) widerfeten (dat.), to oppose, to withstand.
fi) wundern (über), to wonder (at).
Rem. 2. Many other transitive verbs besides those that are included in the
above list are often used reflexively, as:

Ich verftehe Das nicht, I do not understand that.
Ich verftehe mich, I understand myself.
Das verfteht fic, That is a matter of course.

Rem. 3. Reflexive verbs take haben for the auxiliary.

4. The following reflexive verbs require the reflexive
pronoun to be in the dative case:
Sich anmafen, to presume, to arrogate to one’s self.
fic) ausbedingen, to reserve to one’s self.
fich ausbitten, to ask for.
fic) denten, to imagine.
fich einbilden, to imagine, to fancy.

REFLEXIVE VERBS. 153

fic getrauen, to dare, to venture.
ſich erlauben, to indulge one’s self (in).
fic ſchmeicheln, to flatter one’s self.
fic) verſchaffen, to provide.
fic) vernehmen, to propose to one’s self.
fic) vorftellen, to imagine, to place before one’s self.
Rem. 1. These verbs govern an object in the accusative case:
Das haft du dir eingebilbet, Thou hast imagined that.

Rem. 2. Reflexive verbs that have the reflexive pronoun in the dative case
are conjugated thus:
Infinitive: Sid) einbilden, to imagine.
Present Indicative.
id) bilde es mir ein, I imagine it.
bu bildeft es dir ein, thou imaginest it.
er bildet es fi ein, he imagines it.
wir bilden e8 und ein, we imagine it.
iby bildet es euch ein, you imagine it.
fie bilden e8 fi} ein, they imagine it.
(Sie bilden es ſich ein, you imagine it).
Imperfect Indic.: ic bildete e8 mir ein, etc., I imagined it, ere.
Perfect Indic.: ich habe e8 mir eingebilbet, etc., I have imagined it, etc.
Pluperfect Indic. : id) hatte e8 mir eingebildet etc., I had imagined it, etc.
‘irst Fut. Indic.: ich werbde e8 mir einbilben, etc., I shall imagine it, etc.
Sec. Fut. Indic.: ich werde e8 mir eingebilbet haben, I shall have imagined it.
5. For the use of reflexive verbs governing the geni-

tive and dative cases, see Lessons XLVI., and XLVII.

Exercise 88.

1. How long shall you remainin Berlin? 2. We will
probably remain there two months. 3. Good morning!
‘How do you do? 4.1 am very well, I thank (you).
5. During the hot weather we usually betake ourselves
to Stettin or Danzig, for the purpose of taking sea-baths,
and of escaping the bad air of this large city. 6. We
have concluded to return to Berlin in October. 7. The
conspiracy developed itself with astonishing rapidity.
8. A great freshet (overflowing) of the Rhine took place
last spring.. 9. He rejoiced over the arrival of his broth-
er. 10. The entire army was forced to surrender at
discretion. 11. He had to earn his livelihood by work-

G2

154 AGREEMENT OF VEBB.

ing with his hands (Handarbeit) until he could get a
better situation. 12.It is not easy to accustom one’s
self to the usages and customs of other lands. 13. We
are mistaken (07 we have made a mistake); that is
Mr. Rahn’s house. 14. We can not rely upon his help.
15. I long to see my native land (Vaterland) once more.
16. May I rely upon your standing by me in this affair?
17. Of course you can. 18. It is often necessary for us
to adapt ourselves to circumstances.

LESSON XLV.
AGREEMENT OF VERB WITH NOMINATIVE. VERBS GOVERNING THE ACCU-
SATIVE CASE. APPOSITION.

Neunundadtzighte Aufgabe,

1. Johann geht nad ver Start. 2. Johann und Wilhelm
gehen nach der Stadt. 3. Es find viele ſchöne Stahlftiche in
dieſem Buch. 4. Wir waren es nicht, die auf die Blumen ge:
treten haben. 5. Dies find Alles neue Bücher auf diefem Tifche,
aber das find Alles Bücher aus der zweiten Hand. 6. Seine
Majeftat Wilhelm ver Vierte, König von Preußen, haben aller>
gnädigſt geruht, zu befehlen, daß, etc. 7. Sie, Shr Bruder,
mein Bater und ich fonnen (d. h. wir können) in diefem Coupe
fahren. 8. Du, Dein Bruder und Deine Schwefter werdet (d.
h. ihr werdet) Play in dem nächſten Wagen finden. 9. Du und
Dein Bruder find von Herrn Köbel eingelaven, mit ihm und ſei⸗
ner Frau nach Tegel zu Fahren, um das Grab ver Gebrü-
der Humboldt und die Kunftfchäte im Palaft zu feben. 10.
Das falte Wetter, welded wir jest haben, hat ſchon länger ald
einen Monat gedauert. 11. Wie viel wiegen Sie (or was ift
Ihr Gewicht)? 12. Ich wiege hundert und dreißig Pfund;
mein Bruder Johann wiegt hundert vierundvierzig Pfund. +13.
Diefed Tuch foftet einen und einen halben Thaler (or anderthalb
Thaler) die Elle. 14. Hamburg liegt ungefähr dreifig deuiſche
(d. h. hundert und zwanzig englifche) Meilen norpweftlich von

AGREEMENT OF VERB 155

Berlin. 15. Herr Roth wird mit feiner Familie wahrfcheinlich
biefen Abend (or heute Abend) von Düffeloorf anfommen. 16.
Herr Dietrich fam früher um 10 Uhr Vormittags, um ung deutz
ſchen Unterricht zu ertheilen; jest fommt er um drei Uhr Nach⸗
mittags. 17. Wir find nur gegen Abend ven’ Vefuy hinauf gez
gangen, weil wir den herrlichen Sonnenuntergang von der Spike
des Bulfans fehen wollten. 18. Bald nachdem die Sonne unterz
ging, fam der Vollmond herauf; aber der Himmel hat fich gleich
darauf mit Wolfen bededt, fo daß ed fehr dunkel war, ald wir den
Berg herunterfamen. 19. Finden Sie ed falt hier? 20. Sa,
mich friert es. 21. Es freut mich, zu hören, dab Ihre Geſund⸗
heit wieverhergeftellt if. 22. Es geht ihn gar nichts an, ob wir
bad Haus Taufen oder nicht. 23. Es giebt viele ungebilvete
Leute in Deutichland, befonders auf dem Lande, die an Spufen
und Gefpenfter glauben. 24, Ohne Weiteres zu fagen, ging er
feinen Weg. 25. Herr Bernftein lehrt mich die Muſik und ad
Zeichnen. 26. Wiffen Sie wann Herr Behr von Weimar wie-
derfommen wird? 27. Nein, ich habe ihn gwar darnad) gefragt,
aber er fonnte es mir nicht genau fagen. 28. Er nennt ihn
feinen Freund, und doch hat er ihn in diefer unfreundliden Weife
behantelt. 29. Die Einwohnerzahl des Königreiches Preußen bez
läuft fid) auf etwa 24,000,000. 30. Rach ver Verbannung ded
Kaijers Napoleon hat Preußen einen mehr als fünfzig Sabre
bauernden Frieden genoffen. 31. Durch den Friedensvertrag zu
Paris, im Sabre 1815, hat Preußen die Rhein- Provinzen befom-
men. 32. Vom Anfang des Monats Auguft bis zum Ende des
Monats September (or von Anfang Auguft bis Ende Septem:
ber) haben wir febr trodened Wetter gehabt. 33. Der Schub:
machergefell ift mit zwei Paar Schuhen und drei Paar Stiefeln
nad) der Stadt gegangen. 34. Mit dem beften Willen Tonnten
bie Schüler fo lange Lektionen nicht lernen. 35. Der Name der
Stadt Potsdam ift ſlaviſchen Urfprungs und bedeutet „unter den
Eichen.” 36. Die Werra und Fulda erhalten nad) ihrer Vereini-
gung ten Namen Wefer.

156 AGREEMENT OF VERB.

Grammatical.

1. For the chief rules with reference to the agree.
ment of the subject with the verb in number and per-
son, see $ 115 and $ 175.

Rem. 1. The use of a plural verb with courtly titles in the singular number
is customary in official documents and in direct address; but in speaking of
the persons having these titles, it is common to put the verb in the singular
number :

Iſt Seine Ercellenz zu Haufe? Is his Excellency at home?

2. The third person singular of the verb geben (to give)
is frequently employed unpersonsly) in the signification
of there is, there was, etc. :

Es giebt Leute, die an Gefpenfter There are people that believe in
glauben, ghosts,

3. For the use of Dimidiative Numerals, see § 103, 2.
4. For the chief rules of Apposition, see § 85. '

Rem. 1. If one of two nouns in apposition is a proper name, the proper
name is not inflected : |
Die Grenzen Des Königreichs The boundaries of the kingdom of
Preußen, Prussia.
Die Verbannung bes Kaifers Ras The banishment of the Emperor Na-
poleon, poleon.
(but) Nach bem Tode Karla des Großen, After the death of Charlemagne, -
“© Nad) Wilhelm dem Bierten, After William the Fourth.
Rem. 2. The name of the month is not inflected when the word Monat
(month) precedes the name of the month: _
Am Anfang des Monats April At the beginning of the month of
(or am Anfang Aprils), April (or at the beginning ofApril).
Rem. 3. The non-inflection of nouns indicating weight, measure, and. num-
ber (see Lesson X VI., 2), when they are of the masculine or neuter gender
is explained by some German grammarians by considering them as cardinal
numbers ; the case is sometimes indicated by the limited noun:

Mit (zwei Dutend) Eiern, With two dozen eggs. ©
Mit (drei Paar) Schuhen, With three pairs of shoes.
Obs. The limited noun is itself, however, also more usually not inflected :
Mit zwei Dutzend Eier, With two dozen eggs.
Mit zwei Baar Stiefel, With two pairs of boots.

Außer einem Krug Waffer wünſcht He wishes nothing except a pitcher
er nichts, of water.

AGREEMENT OF VERB. | 157

6. The article is usually used before names of moun-
tains (see § 61, 7):
Der Harz ; der Vefuv ; ber Hecla, The Hartz; Vesuvius; Hecla.
6. The following nouns formerly ended in -ett; the
‘nt of the nominative is now usually dropped :

Der Friede, peace. ber Haufe, heap. ber Game, seed.
” Funke, spark. ” Karpfe, carp. m Schade, damage.
» Gedante, thought. „ Name,name, „ Wille, will.
„ Glaube, belief, faith.
Während des Friedens, During the peace,
Exercise 90.

1. William and his father will soon go to Stuttgart,

2. There are in this album many beautiful photographs
of the most important cathedrals and other public
buildings in Germany. 3. Those are all photographs of
paintings in the museums (§ 77) of Berlin and Dresden
4. My brother and I went to Potsdam yesterday. 5. You
and your brother are invited by (von) Mr. Niemeyer to
go with him to-morrow to (um—ju) see the collection
of German and Scandinavian antiquities which Count
von Eitelberg has just brought from Pomerania to Ber-
lin. 6. The hot weather which we had last year lasted
almost a month. 7. Weber’s History of the World
(Weltgefchichte) costs two thalers and a half a volume,
unbound ; such binding as this will cost a thaler and
a half a volume ; that binding is very strong and good ;
it costs only half a thaler a volume. 8. The express-
train from Frankfort-on-the-Oder arrives at eight
o’clock in the morning ; the freight-train Jeaves at four
in the afternoon. 9.The concert will take place at
eight o’clock this evening (§ 284, em.4). 10. We went
up the mountain very slowly, but we came down the
mountain very fast. 11. We are very glad ($ 177, 3) to
hear that his health has almost entirely been restored
(that his health itself almost entirely restored has).
12. It surprises me to hear that he has not yet arrived.

158 VERBS GOVERNING THE GENITIVE CASE.

13. There are many beautiful houses in the neighbor-
hood of the Thiergarten. 14. It is none of his business
(it does not concern him at all) whether we sell the
house or not. 15. Mr. Kuhn taught my sister music,
when we were in Berlin. 16.Soon after the death of
Alexander the Great, the Greek empire fell into pieces
(zu Grunde gehen). 17. We will remain in Munich from
the beginning of the month of November till toward
the end of the month of March (or from the beginning

of November till toward the end of March). 18. The

name of the city of Cologne is of Latin origin ; it sig-
nified originally “ Colony.” 19. Do you know the name
of that river (wiffen Sie ven Namen jenes Fluffes, or wiffen
Sie wie jener Fluß heißt)? 20. That is the Havel.

LESSON XLVI.

VERBS GOVERNING THE GENITIVE CASK.
Einundneunzigſte Wufgabe.

1. Das Weib bebarf in Kriegesndthen bes Beſchützers (Sch.). 2. Er bes
durfte jest mehr als jemals des guten Willens der Staaten (Sch.). 3. Cin
Charlatan bedarf nur Ruhm zu haben. 4. Wer ber Gefahr fpottet, gedentt
ihrer; der wahre Held aber denkt gar nicht an die Gefahr. 5. Ihrer Dienfte
fann ich entrathen (Sch.). 6. Auch bas glitdlichfte Talent kann der Einwir-
fung einer guten Schule nicht entrathen (G.). 7. Als wir auf das Schiff
famen, fanden wir, daß bie Schifföleute auch der nöthigften Lebensmittel erman-
gelten. 8. Ich fpotte feiner Drohung ; fie ſchreckt mid) gar nicht, weil ich mich
im Nothfall zu vertheidigen weiß. .9. Sie fpotten meiner, Pring (Sch.). 10.
Es find nicht alle frei, die ihrer Ketten fpotten. 11. Ein ſchwankendes Gebäude
braucht bes Erbbebens nicht, um über den Saufen zu fallen (Sch.). 12. Sie
können das Buch mitnehmen ; ich brauche es jet nicht. 13. Der Habfiidtige
achtet jedes Vortheils (d. h., ber Habſüchtige hat Acht auf jeden Vortheil). 14.
Einen Liigner tann man nicht achten (d. h., nicht.ehren). . 15. Herr Schnorr ift
fo großmüthig, daß er biefer Beleidigung vergeffen wird (d. b., Daß er dieſe Bee
leidigung mit Abſicht aus dem Gedächtniß entfernen wird). 16. Ich habe die
Zahreszahl ganz vergeffen (d. h., ohne Abficht aus dem Gedächtniß verloren).
17. Alle Tachen über feine Thorheit. 18. Des Guten, was man bat, follte man
genießen ; und man follte deffen entbehren lernen, weſſen man nicht bedarf

VERBS GOVERNING THE GENITIVE CASE. 159

{more usually with accusative cases, thus: Das Gute, was man hat, follte
man genießen; Dod) man follte bas entbehren lernen, was man nicht bedarf).
19. Sch bin der Meinung, daß wir vor zehn Uhr des Abends nicht anfommen
werben (or meiner Meinung nad) werben wir vor zehn Uhr des Abends nicht
anfommen). 20. Bei allen diefen Unfällen ift er ganz gutes Muthes (or guten
Muthes, see $ 89, Rem. 1). 21. Ich war Willens (or ich hatte eben die Abficht)
einen Brief an ihn zu fchreiben, al er ganz unerwartet in mein Zimmer herein«
fam. 22. Selig, die reines Herzens ($ 78, Rem. 1) find, denn fle werden Gott
‘hauen (Matt. 5, 8). 23. Frau Wiedemann ift eines plötlichen Todes geftor-
ben. 24. Sft fie eines natürlichen Todes geftorben ?_ 25. Nein, fie ift am ge-
brochenen Herzen geftorben, weil ihre zwei Söhne eine Morbthat verübt haben
und dafür zum Tode verurtheilt find. 26. Der arme Bettler ift des Hungers
(or vor Hunger [$ 252, Rem. 2], or am Hunger) geftorben. 27. Der Hod-
altar ftand an der Stelle, wo Albert von Deftreich des Todes verblid). 28. Was
für Landelente find die Kaufleute? 29. Einer ift ein Dentfcher, ver Andere ift
ein Holländer.
Grammatical.

1. For the chief rules relating to the government of

the Genitive Case of substantives by verbs, see § 178.

Rem. 1. Some of the reflexive verbs given in § 178, 8, may also have the
reflexive pronoun in the dative case, and be followed by the complementary
object in the accusative instead of in the genitive case:

Ich mage mid deflen nicht an, >
(or) ich maße mir daß nicht an, £ I do not presume to that.
Kem, 2. The preposition that is to follow the verb (see § 178, 3, Rem.) will
often depend upon the shade of meaning given to the verb: —
Sch freue mich anf feinen Befuch, I am glad of his visit.
Er freut fic über ben Schaden He rejoices over the misfortune of
Anderer, others.

2.Many compound nouns, having mann for the last
component, have two forms in the plural (männer and
cleute) :
Der Kaufmann, merchant ; pl. die Raufmänner, or die Kaufleute.
Reide Kauf- und Handelemänner Rich merchants and traders.
(see § 50, 2).
Zwei Nürnberger Kaufleute, Two Nuremberg merchants.
Rem. 1. Sometimes the plural ending -Jente refers to a class of persons,
the prefix having an adjective signification (see Lesson XXXVI, 1, Rem.1):
Der Ehemann, husband, married man; pl. Die Ehemänner, married men.
Die Ehefrau, wife, married woman; pl. die Ehefrauen, married women.
Die Ehelente (p/.), married people.

160 VERBS GOVERNING THE GENITIVE CASE.

Rem. 2. With some nouns the ending männer is rarely or never used, but
the ending -Jente is the usual plural termination, as:

Der Edelmann, nobleman ; pl. die Edelleute, the nobility.
„ Hauptmann, captain ; ‘ bie Hauptleute, captains.
„ Kaufmann, merchant ; “ die Kaufleute, merchants.

» Sandmann, countryman, farmer; ‘ die Zanbleute, country people.
„ Landsmann, (fellow) countryman; ‘* die Landsleute, (fellow) countrymen
„ Zimmermann, carpenter ; ‘© die Zimmerleute, carpenters.

Zweiundneunzigste Aufgabe.

1. Man hat den General von Fischel des Hochverraths angeklagt. 2. In
der letzten Nacht ist ein Dieb durch das Fenster in Herrn Roths Zimmer ge-
drungen und hat ihn seiner goldenen Uhr und seines Portemonnaies (mit
460 Thalern und werthvollen Papieren darin) beraubt. 3. Herr Klein hat
seinen Kutscher des Diebstahls beschuldigt. 4. Man hat den Polizeidiener
wegen oft wiederholter Betrunkenheit seines Amtes entlassen. 5. Nichts
kann ihn seines Eides entbinden (or nichts kann ihn von seinem Eide ent-
binden). 6.Ich versichere Sie meiner Hochachtung und Freundschaft (or
ich versichere Ihnen meine Hochachtung und Freundschaft). 7. Ich bin sei- -
ner Unschuld überzeugt (more usual at present—ich bin von seiner Unschuld
überzeugt). 8. Man hat den Angeklagten der Theilnahme am Morde frei-
gesprochen (or von der Theilnahme, etc.). 9. Welcher Sünde zeiht dich dein
Gewissen? (Sch.) 10. Die Richter haben den Verbrecher des Landes ver-
wiesen. 11. Der Bischof hat den Priester seines Amtes entsetzt. 12. Der
Gerechte erbarmt sich seines Viehes. 13. Wir konnten uns kaum des La-
chens enthalten. 14. Was ist der Mensch, dass Du sein gedenkest und das
Menschenkind, dass Du Dich sein (§ 107, Rem. 1) so annimmst (Psalm viii, 4).
15. Ich bediente mich der Gelegenheit, die zwei neuen Gemälde von Kaulbach
zu sehen. 16. Deiner heiligen Zeichen, o Wahrheit, hat der Betrug sich an-
gemasst (Sch.). 17. Während der letzten zwei Jahre hat Wilhelm Zahn sich
der Rechtswissenschaft beflissen (d.h. das Recht studirt). 18. Ich bin nicht
der Archäologie beflissen (d.h. ich studire sie nicht). 19. Die Armee hat
sich nach einem langen blutigen Kampfe der Festung bemächtigt. 20. Ein
tiefer Schmerz bemächtigte sich meines Herzens. 21. Ich kann mich seines
Namens nicht entsinnen (or ich kann mich nicht auf seinen Namen besinnen).
22. Ihre Majestät besinnen sich vielleicht noch des Vorfalls (Sch.). 23. Ich
hoffe mich lange seiner Bekanntschaft zu erfreuen. 24. Wir erinnern uns
seiner recht gut (or wir erinnern uns an ihn recht gut). 25. Jetzt erinnere
ich mich ganz genau der Umstände. 26. Ich erinnere mich, dass ich ihn
dort gesehen habe (or ihn dort gesehen zu haben). 27. Du darfst dich deiner
Wahl (or über deine Wahl) nicht schämen. 28, Er tröstet sich des Verlustes

VERBS GOVERNING THE DATIVE CASE. 161
seiner Mutter (or über den Verlust seiner Mutter). 29. Wie kann ein Mensch
sich einer solchen Schandthat rühmen (or über eine solche Schandthat rüh-
men)? 30. Ich rühme mich, ihn meinen Freund nennen zu dürfen. 31. Ich
freue mich auf seinen Besuch. 32. Man soll sich nicht über den Schaden
Anderer freuen. 33. Ich schäme mich wegen meiner Nachlässigkeit (or dass
ich so nachlässig gewesen bin, or so nachlässig gewesen zu sein).

LESSON XLVII.

VERBS GOVERNING THE DATIVE CASE

Dreiundneunzigste Aufgabe.

1. Ich danke Ihnen herzlichst für das Buch, welches Sie mir vorgestern
geschickt haben. 2. Man kann nicht zweien ($ 101, Rem. 1) Herren dienen.
3. Ich habe der hispanischen Monarchie gedient, und der Republik Venedig,
und dem Königreich Napoli (Sch.). 4. Diese Zeitwörter folgen in ihrer An-
wendung dem Paradigma. 5. Diese Medizin hat ihm in seiner Krankheit
nicht viel geholfen. 6. Der Knabe hat mir über den Strom geholfen. 7. Es
mangelte ihm nicht an Ausdauer, sondern es mangelte ihm an Gesundheit
und Kraft. 8. Als wir der Stadt naheten (or als wir uns der Stadt näherten),
fing es plötzlich an zu regnen. 9. Dieser Rock passt Ilınen sehr gut. 10.
Wie schmeckt Ihnen dieser Schweizer Käse? 11. Die Suppe schmeckt nach
Rauch. 12, Seine Art und Weise den Gegenstand zu behandeln scheint mir
ganz meisterhaft. 13. Man kann ihm trauen; er ist treuherzig. 14. Man
sucht vergebens diesem Uebelstande abzuhelfen, so lange die Quelle des Uebels
nicht verstopft ist. 15. Seine Aehnlichkeit mit seinem Bruder fiel mir sehr
auf. 16. Das ist ein sehr auffallendes Gleichniss, 17. Ich bin Ihrem Bruder
heute Morgen auf der Strasse begegnet. 18. Wir stimmten ihnen bei. 19.
Der Dieb ist dem Polizeidiener entflohen, ehe man ihn ins Gefängniss brin-
gen konnte. 20. Dem Tode kann man nicht entgehen. 21. Diese Insekten
sind so klein, dass sie dem blossen Auge entgehen. 22. Die Unsrigen gingen
dem Feinde muthig entgegen. 23. Oesterreich schien seinem Zerfall entge-
genzugehen. 24. Er wird Ihnen auf dem halben Wege entgegenkommen.
25. Falsch ist der Inhalt, wenn er der Wirklichkeit widerspricht; wahr,
wenn er ihr entspricht. 26. Das erste Haus hat uns sehr gefallen, aber das
zweite Haus gefällt uns gar nicht. 27. Man soll Gott mehr als dem Men-
schen gehorchen. 28. Es ist ihm endlich gelungen, seinen vortrefflichen Plan
durchzuführen. 29. Es gelang ihnen nur einen kleinen Theil der Häuser in
dieser Strasse vor den Flammen zu retten. 30. Der Affe ahmt dem Men.-.
schen nach. 31. Der Landschaftsmaler ahmt die Natur nach. 32. Dieser
Maler eifert vergebens den grossen Künstlern des Mittelalters nach; aber er
steht wirklich auch den Künstlern zweiten Ranges unseres Zeitalters bei
weitem nach. 33. Dieses Wort kommt schon in der gothischen Sprache vor.
34, Das ist dir gewiss im Traume vorgekommen. 85. Das kommt mir sehr
komisch vor (d. h. das scheint mir sehr komisch).

162 VERBS GOVERNING THE DATIVE CASE.

Grammatical.

1. For the chief rules with reference to the govern.
ment of the Dative Case by verbs, see $ 179.

Rem. In some cases, verbs that are transitive in English are rendered into
German by intransitive verbs; by reason of this, the direct object of some En-
glish verbs is made the indirect object of corresponding German verbs, as:

Ich danke Ihnen, I thank you (or I am thankful to you).

Kann id) Ihnen dienen? Can I serve you (or be serviceable to you) ?

Er folgt feinem Bruder, He follows (or is a follower to) his brother.

Er half mir, He helped me (or was of help to me).

Es ſchadet ihm, It injures him (or is injurious to him).

2. Some personal verbs in English are rendered into
German by impersonal verbs:

Es wird ihm nicht gelingen, He will not succeed in it.
E83 mangelt ihm an Nichts, He lacks for nothing.
Schmeckt e8 Ihnen? Do you like (the taste of‘) it?

3. Upon a more intimate knowledge of the German
language, it will be found that some verbs are used in
several constructions, according to the different shades
of meaning that may be given to the same verb.

Rem. 1. Various constructions with the same verb from the different dia-
lects of Germany ($ 23) have from time to time risen up into the language
of literature (§ 86). Many constructions, that were formerly in common
use, have now become antiquated ($ 11 and $ 14).

Rem. 2. The various constructions of some verbs may be illustrated by the
examples of the use of the verb [ohnen, to reward, that are given in senten-
ces 7, 8, 9, and 10, in Exercise 94.

4. There are several examples in the German lan-
guage of two nouns of analogous significations being
followed by a verb in the singular number, as:

Der Handel und Verkehr zwiſchen The traffic between Berlin and Ham-

Berlin und Hamburg ift febr burg is very active.
lebhaft,

Seine Art und Weiſe ven Gegen- His manner of treating the subject
ftand zu behandeln, ift zu Toben, is to be praised.

(Ich habe es an Ort und Stelle I have seen it in the place itself.)
geiehen,

VERBS GOVERNING THE DATIVE CASE. 163

Vierundneunzigste Aufgabe,

1. Wilhelm hat mir den Brief gebracht. 2. Frau Reichenbach hat ihrer
Nichte Schillers Gedichte als Weihnachts-Geschenk gegeben. 8. Unser lan-
ger Aufenthalt in der. Schweiz hat uns keine Zeit gelassen, um nach Italien
zu gehen. 4. Die Handwerker liefern selten die Arbeit zur versprochenen
Zeit. 5. Die russische Armee hat dem Feinde eine Schlacht geliefert. 6.
Das Werk erscheint in monatlichen Lieferungen von je zehn Bogen. 7. Der
Acker lohnt dem Landmann seinen Fleiss mit reichem Segen. 8. In Amerika
lohnt (bezahlt) man die Arbeit besser als in Deutschland. 9. Das lohnt sich
nicht für meine Mühe. 10. Es lohnt sich der Mühe nicht, dass man davon redet.
11. Mein Freund meldet mir in seinem Brief die Ankunft meines Bruders
in Wien. 12. Dieser Unfall hat ihm alle Hoffnung genommen. 13. Der Ta-
schendieb hat mir das Portemonnaie genommen. 14. Der Arzt nahm ihm die
Binde von den Augen. 15. Der Hausknecht hat Herrn Lippard eine goldene
Uhr und 300 Thaler gestohlen. 16. Herr Siegel hat sein letztes Werk über
die Geschichte der Insel Beroland seinem Grossvater gewidmet. 17. Der
Briefträger hat mir den Brief um 10 Uhr abgegeben. 18. Die Schrift lehrt
uns, dem, der uns auf die rechte Wange einen Streich giebt, auch die andere
darzubieten; während wir gewöhnlich ihm Gegenschläge anbieten, und, wenn
wir stark genug dazu sind, auch verabreichen. 19. Man hat ihm den Dolch
entrissen. 20. Ich fühle mich sehr krank; mir schwindelt. 21. Es ahnt
mir, dass wir uns nie wieder sehen werden. 22. Es ist mir heute nicht wohl;
ich habe ein heftiges Kopfweh. 23. Wie geht es Ihnen hier in Berlin? 24.
Wie sitzt mir dieser Rock? 25. Es thut mir sehr leid, dass sie nicht länger in
Berlin bleiben können. 26. Herr Prell hat seinen Bruder in der Germania
Lebens-Versicherungs-Gesellschaft (§ 50, Rem. 3) versichert. 27. Ich ver-
sichere Ihnen meine Hochachtung.

LESSON XLVIII.

THE PASSIVE VOICE
Fünfundnennzigſte Anigabe,

1. Das Wetter wird fehr heiß. 2. Das Wetter wurde fehr
heiß. 3. Das Wetter ift fehr heiß geworden. 4. Das Wetter
wird heiß werden. 5. Das Haus wird jebt gebaut. 6. Die
Bücher werden gedrudt. 7. Die Bücher wurden gedrudt, als
wir in der Buchoruderei waren. 8. Sebt find vie Bücher alle
gedrudt. 9. Hier wird deutſch gefprochen. 10. Eine pracht⸗
volle neue Kirche wird jest in Elmersporf gebaut. 11. Das
Neue Mufeum in Berlin wurde im Sahre 1853 vollendet. 12.

164 THE PASSIVE VOICE.

Die Univerfität in Berlin wurde im Jahre 1809 gegründet. 13.
Die Budhdruderfunft wurde im 14ten Sabrhundert erfunden.
14. Alle Taiferlichen Soldaten, welche bem pommerfchen Landvolf
in die Hände fielen, wurden ohne Barmherzigfeit ermordet. 15.
Unter diefem Vorwand wurde Alles verheert und geplündert.
16. Die Feftung ift mit Sturm genommen worden. 17. Der Gez
neral von Riegel ift des Hochverraths angeklagt, aber er ift von
ber Anflage freigefprochen worden. 18. Die Nachricht von dem
Tode bes Herrn Bindemann ift feiner Frau nod) nicht mitge-
theilt worden. 19. Wann wird dad Werf vollendet werden ?
20. Das Werk wird erft nach drei Jahren vollendet werden. 21.
Sohann Wolfgang von Gothe wurde am 28. Auguft 1749 gebo-
ren. 22. Soh. Chriftoph Fried. v. Schiller wurde am 10. Novem⸗
ber 1759 geboren. 23. Es wird jest fehr viel geredet von einem
- neuen Handelsvertrage zwifchen dem Norddeutſchen Bund und den
Bereinigten Staaten. 24. Hier wird nicht geraucht. 25. Das
Rauchen ift hier nicht geftattet. 26. Es wird jest im Saale ge:
fungen. 27. €8 wird fchon gegeffen. 28. Es wurde ihm yom
Arzte nicht erlaubt, ing Zimmer, wo fein Vater am Typhus darz
niederlag, hinein zu geben. 29. Man erlaubte ihm nicht, ind
Bimmer hinein zu gehen. 30. Diefes Räthſel loft fich fehr leicht
(or ift fehr leicht zu löſen). 31. Das verfteht fih. 32. Was
ift zu tbun® 33. Das ift nicht leicht zu fagen. 34. Herr Prez-
ler fagt, daß dieſes Spital im vorigen Jahrhundert gegründet
wurde, 35. Das Haus war ganz und garabgebrannt.

Grammatical.

1. For the chief rules concerning the use of the Pas-
sive Voice, see § 184; for the paradigm of the Passive
Voice, see § 161.

Rem. As is indicated by the auxiliary werden (to become), the action is
considered as becoming accomplished, that is, as taking place at the time al-
luded to:

us ebant as house is becoming built, ¢. e. is being built.
DES UNE ES HEINE, (or) The house becomes built (or) is built.
-(The house was becoming built, i. e. was being built.
Das Haus wurde gebaut, Son) The house became built (or) was built.

THE PASSIVE VOICE. 165

2. The passive voice is much less employed in Ger-
man than it is in English: |
Rem. 1. When the active agent is indefinitely alluded to, the active voice
of the verb (with man as the nominative) is frequently employed :
Man fagt; man glaubt, It is said; it is believed.
Rem. 2. When the active agent is not specified, the reflexive form of the
verb is frequently employed instead of the passive voice:
Das erflart fich jehr Leicht, That is very easily explained.
Das verfteht fic, That is a matter of course.
Rem. 3. The infinitive of the passive voice in English is often translated
into German by the infinitive of the active voice (§ 128, 8, Rem. 2):
Was ift zu thun? What is to be done?
Das tft leicht zu verftehen, That is easy to be understood.

3. The verbs that govern the dative case ($ 179, 1),
though intransitive in their nature, may still be used
impersonally in the passive voice:

Es wurde ihm erlaubt, He was permitted (it was permitted
Es wird ihm nicht geglaubt, He is not believed. [to him).
Exercise 96.

1. The book is now being printed. 2. The houses of
which. he spoke are not yet finished ; they are now
being built. 3. The books which I bought are not
bound ; they are now being bound. 4. The University
of Prague was founded in 1348. 5. The corner stone
of the Cathedral of Cologne was laid in the year 1248.
6. These poems have never been translated into (in$)
English. 7.French and German are spoken here. 8.
The fortification will probably be taken by storm. 9.
America was discovered by Columbus in the year 1492.
10. Mr. Eberhard’s design of the new bridge will prob-
ably be accepted by the city authorities. 11. There is
no smoking here (or smoking is not allowed here). 12.
They are singing in the church. 13. We will not be
permitted to see the engravings without permission
from the Director of the Museum. 14. This question is
very easy tosolve. 15. The key has been found (reflez.),

166 CONSTRUCTION OF PREPOSITIONS.

LESSON XLIX.

CONSTRUCTION OF PREPOSITIONR,

Siebenundnennzigfte Aufgabe.

1. Diiffeldorf liegt vtesfett und Köln jenfeit des Rheins. 2.
Herr Stollberg ift Gefundheits halber nach Gaftein gegangen.
3. Nürnberg hat innerhalb und außerhalb ver Mauern viele ftatt
liche Gebäude. 4. Worms liegt oberhalb und Bingen liegt unter-
halb der Bundesfeſtung Mainz. 5. Längs des Mittelrheing
ftehen viele alte Burgen. 6. Wir hatten ven ganzen Tag gejagt
entlang ded Waldgebirges (Sd).). 7. Laut früherer Verträge
machte Friedrich der Große feine Anſprüche auf Schlefien geltenv.
8. Dampfichiffe werden jest mitteld (or vermittelft) einer Schraube
bewegt. 9. Anftatt ver Gänfefiele bedienen wir uns gegenwärtig
meift der Stablfedern. 10. Troß des feindlichen Geſchützes
wußten fich die Proviantichiffe Bahn zu der Stadt zu machen.
11. Um ded Friedens Willen hat er ed nicht gethan. 12. Das:
Sternbild ver Leier fteht unfern (or unweit) der Milchſtraße.
13. Alle Körper ftreben vermöge ihrer Schwere nach dem Mittel:
punft ver Erde. 14. Durd das Scherbengericht fonnte Semand
aus Athen verbannt werden, unbefdadet feines Vermögens und
feiner Ehre. 15. Während meiner Krankheit hat Herr Kung
mich öfter befucht. 16. Die gepanzerten Schiffe find, ihrer
Schwere wegen, nicht recht feetüchtig. 17. Bufolge gewagter
Spefulationen ift ſchon Mander an ven Bettelftab gekommen.
18. Den neueften Nachrichten zufolge ift ver Dampfer noch nicht
angefommen. 19. Angefichtd der Gefahr wollte ver Kapitän
bet dem heftigen Sturm nicht abjegeln. 20. Das weiß ich felbft
aus Erfahrung. 21. Er war außer fic) vor Freude (he was
besides himself for joy). 22. Binnen zwei Jahren wird das
neue Rathhaus vollendet werden. 23. Wir fuhren fehr langfam,
weil ber Wind und entgegen war. 24. Wir ftanden mit Tages-
anbruc auf. 25. Es geht nicht immer nad) unferen Wünfchen.
26. Der Kronprinz ritt dem Könige zunächſt. 27. Die Stadt
fah ven Hunger nebft feinem ganzen Gefolge ſich nähern (Sch.).

CONSTRUCTION OF PREPOSITIONS. 167

28. Das Schiff fammt feiner ganzen Mannfchaft und Ladung
wurde ein Raub der Wellen. 29. Wie lange find (§ 132, 2)
Sie in Deutfdland? 30. Wir find feit dem erften April in
Deutfdland. 31. Wilhelm Roth ift Hein von Geftalt. 32.
Heute habe ich das Mufeum zum erften Mal befucht. 33. Was
er fagt ift der gefunden Vernunft zuwider.

Grammatical.

1. The chief rules governing the use of Prepositions
are given in $ 197-8 258.

Achtundneunzigſte Aufgabe.

1. Von Ostern bis Pfingsten sind sieben Wochen. 2.
Wir werden heute bis Prag reisen. 3.Ich halte Herrn
Roth für einen Mann von Ehre. 4. Es waren gegen
fünfhundert Personen in der Versammlung. 5. Es wa-
ren sechszig Personen an Bord, ohne die Kinder. 6.
Die Sonne geht jetzt um sechs Uhr auf. 1. Hier ist ein
Gedicht an den Mond. 8. Herr Gellert arbeitet jetzt
an einer Geschichte seiner Vaterstadt. 9. Es waren an
fünfhundert Menschen versammelt. 10. Ich erkannte
ihn an der Stimme. 11.Ist Herr Cohn zu Hause? 12.
Nein, er ist heute auf die Jagd gegangen. 13. Marie
sitzt neben ihrer Schwester. 14. Hedwig hatte sich
neben ihre Cousine gesetzt. 15. Heute über vierzehn
Tage werden wir nach Dresden abreisen. 16. Der
Brief ist über Triest und Wien gekommen. 17. Unter
solchen Bedingungen kann ich natürlich das Amt nicht
annehmen. 18. Sie weinte vor Freude. 19. Das Dampf-
schiff wird wahrscheinlich heute Abend zwischen acht
und neun Uhr ankommen. (Here may be translated
the verses of poetry found under § 197, Lem.2; § 199,
Rem. ; § 200, Rem.; § 235, Obs. ; § 243, Obs. ; and § 253,
Obs.)

168 ADVERBS.—CONJUNCTIONS.

LESSON L.

ADVERBS.—CONJUNCTIONS.—ORDER OF WORDS.

Nennundneunzigite Aufgabe.

1. Die Lerche fingt ſchön ($ 181,1). 2. Der Verfaffer jenes Werkes hat den
Gegenftand fehr wiffenfchaftlid) behandelt. 3. Der Kanarienvogel fingt viel
ſchöner ($ 190) al8 bie Lerche. 4. In diefem Wörterbuch ift die Etymologie
wiffenfchaftlicher behandelt als in jenem. 5. Unter ($ 257, Rem. 8) allen Sing-
vögeln fingt bie Nachtigall am ſchönſten. 6. „Mit Hodadtung bin ich erge-
benft (or gehorfamft) ber Shrige.... Wilhelm Roth.” 7. Diejes Wörterbuch
ift vom Berfaffer völlig und aufs gewiffenhaftefte umgearbeitet. 8. Ich weiß
nicht, ob wir heute ins Muſeum gehen Tönnen, aber wir werden wenigftens den
Berfuch machen. 9. Die Stadt hat jest mindeftens 60,000 Einwohner. 10.
Wann ift Herr Lindemann zu fpreden? 11. Seine Sprechſtunde tft von neun
bis zehn Uhr des Morgens. 12. Wir wollten heute Vormittag ($ 177, Rem. 2)
abreifen, aber unglücklicherweiſe giebt e8 keinen Schnellzug nad) Stuttgart vor
brei Uhr des Nachmittags. 13. Vor zwölf Iahren waren wir in Berlin; da-
mals war die Ringmauer um bie Stadt noch nicht niedergeriffen. 14. Sie
wurde erft im Jahre 1867 niedergeriffen. 15. Die Palmen haben geritigelte,
bisweilen (or zuweilen) fladelichte Schäfte ($ 188, 5). 16. Wir werben bei-
fpielsmweife (or zum Beifpiel) ben Urfprung des Zeitwortes „fein“ nachfehen
(8137). 17. Es fängt bereits (or ſchon) an zu regnen. 18. Sft Herr Klein
zurücgelommen? 19. Ja, er ift ſchon vorgeftern zurüdgelommen ($ 155, 5).
20. Wo ift Wilhelm? 21. Er ift oben ($ 187, 1) in feinem Zimmer. 22. Er
ftürzte Häuptlings bie Treppe hinunter ($ 188,8). 23. Ich glaube ſchwerlich,
daß wir bie Beit dazu haben werben. 24. Der Boden erhebt fic) hier ftufen-
weife (§ 188), bis daß er eine Höhe von 2500 Fuß über ber Meeresflädhe er-
reicht. 25. Dies find größtentheils beutfdye Bücher. 26. Herr J. 9. Schmibt,
hierfelhft wohnhaft, von evangelifder (or fatholifder, or jüdiſcher) Konfeſſion,
iſt wegen eines am 20. Juli verübten Diebſtahls ſteckbrieflich verfolgt worden.
27. Er iſt durchaus ($ 188, 9 dafür ($ 189, 3, Rem. 1), Daß wir vor Tagesan⸗
bruch abreifen follen. 28. Inskünftige (or ins Künftige, or von nun an) werben
bie Mufeen vier Tage ber Woche unentgeltlich geöffnet fein. 29. Bon da an
ging bie Republik Venedig nad) und nad) bem Verfall entgegen. 30. Borwärts
(§ 189, 2) mußt bu (gehen), denn rüdwärts kannſt bu nicht (Sch.). 31. Wer
hat Ihnen gejagt, Daß e8 vorgeftern in Leipzig fo ftark geregnet bat ? (§ 154, 2).
32. Das Dampfſchiff von Hamburg ift erft heute Morgen (§ 195, 2) angelom-
men. 383. Sie werden ja mit uns ins Concert gehen. 34. Sei er mod) fo gee
lehrt, Doch weiß er nicht Alles. 35. Sie haben wohl die Depeſchen von Amerika
in ber heutigen Zeitung gelefen ?

ORDER OF WORDS. 169

Grammatical.

1. For the chief rules with reference to the use of
Adverbs, see § 181-195. For the rules governing the
use of Conjunctions, see § 259-274. For the order 08
words in sentences, see $ 276-284.

Hundertste Aufgabe,

1. Da ($ 260) er gestern nicht zu Hause war, habe ich es ihm erst heute
Morgen sagen können. 2. Während Sie den Brief schreiben, werde ich ein-
packen (or die Sachen in die Reisekoffer einpacken).

8. Da noch alles lag in weiter Ferne,
Da hattest Du Entschluss und Muth ;
Und jetzt, da der Erfolg gesichert ist,
Da (8 195, 1, Rem.) fängst Du an zu zagen (Sch.).
4. Wie kann Herr Flint nach Italien gehen, ohne seine Frau mitzunehmen ?
($ 264, Rem.) 5. Der Strauss hat Flügel, er kann aber nicht fliegen ($ 263,
1, Rem.). 6. Von zwei bis sieben Uhr wurde der Sturm immer heftiger
($ 263, Rem.). 7. Wir hofften, dass mit Sonnenuntergang die See ruhiger
werden würde ($ 263, 2), allein wir fanden uns getäuscht ($ 263, 2). 8. Da-
gegen um 10 Uhr wurde die Gefahr so gross, dass der Hauptmann die Ret-
tungsboote mit Nahrungsmitteln versehen liess. 9. Er ist zu klug, als dass
er an Gespenster glauben sollte ($ 266). 10. Wer sonst ist Schuld, als Ihr
in Wien? (Sch.) 11. Sei klug wie die Schlangen :und ohne Falsch wie die
Tauben.
12. Wir fahren zu Borg,
Wir kommen wieder,
Wenn der Kukuk ruft,
Wenn erwachen die Lieder (Sch.).
13. Du sollst deinen Vater und deine Mutter ehren, auf dass du lange auf
Erden lebest. 14. Er ist zu edelmüthig, um sich zu rächen. 15. Obgleich
der Lehrer mit den Aufgaben der Schüler im Ganzen sehr zufrieden war, so
war doch in einigen Aufgaben Manches zu tadeln. 16. Wenn Herr Stolberg
auch sehr alt ist, so hat sein Geist dennoch die Frische der Jugend. 17.
Der Schnee auf dem Gebirge fängt an zu schmelzen, daher werden die Flüsse
im Thale wahrscheinlich bald anschwellen. 18. Es gefiel ihm nicht mehr
unter den Menschen, daher (or deshalb, or deswegen) hat er sich in die Ein-
samkeit zurückgezogen. 19. Er hat es selbst gethan, daher kann er Nie-
mand als sich selbst tadeln. 20. Wilhelm ist wirklich für sein Alter sehr
klug, übrigens ist er älter als man glauben sollte. 21. Ich besuche ihn jetzt

mehr als Freund, denn als Arzt.

170 IMPERATIVE AND SUBJUNCTIVE MOODS.

LESSON LI.

IMPERATIVE, SUBJUNCTIVE, AND CONDITIONAL MOODS.
Hundertunderite Aufgabe.

1. Kellner, bringen Sie mir, ich bitte, noch eine Taffe Kaffee.
2. Semand flopft. 3. (Kommen Sie) herein! 4. (Sch) bitte,
nehmen Sie Plab! 5. Suchen Sie ein Buch aus, das Ihnen
gefällt. 6. Schweige (ou) fill! 7. (Sieb) Ehre, dem Ehre ge-
bührt. 8. Vater Unfer! ver du bift im Himmel! 9. Gebeiliget
werde Dein Name! 10. Dein Reich fomme! 11. Unfer täg-
liches Brod gieb und heute! 12. Und führe uns nicht in Ber:
fuchung! 13. Gondern erlöfe ung yon dem Uebel! 14. Karl,
bleibe du hier, bid ich wiederfomme. 15. Freue Dich nicht über
Anderer Schaden. 16. Mache vie Thüre auf. 17. Kinder,
fdyweigt (ihr) fill. 18. Sept gehe Seder feines Weges (Sch.) !
19. Bleiben wir hier, bis Heinrich vie Billets holt. 20. Du
übernimmft die fpanifchen Regimenter, machſt immer Anftalt
und bift niemals fertig, und treiben fie dich, gegen mich zu ziehn,
fo fagft du Ta, und bleibft gefeifelt ftehn (Sch.). 21. Die
Trommel gerührt! 22. Sieh ind Buch hinein; nur nicht lefen,
immer fingen (G.). 23. Herr Lüdemann fagt, daß vie Armee
ſchon in Bewegung fei. 24. Ich fragte Herrn Eberlein, wann
er nach München abreifen werde; er fagte mir, daß er Morgen
früh abreifen wird. 25. ch bezweifelte, daß fie fdyon in Wien
angekommen fet. 26. Du follft Deinen Vater und Deine Mut-
ter ehren, auf daß (§ 267, Zrem. 4) du lange lebeft auf Erven.
27. Sd) rathe dir, dab du fleißiger werdeft. 28. Ach! ware
mein Bruder dod) wieder gefund! 29. Möchte er bald genefen!
30. Was die heulende Tiefe da unten verhehle, bas erzählt Feine
lebende, menfchliche Seele (Sch.). 31. Der Menfch erfährt, er
fei auch, wer er mag, ein leptes Glück und einen legten Tag (G.).

‘Grammatical.
1. For the general rules governing the use of the
Imperative, the Conditional, and the Subjunctive Moods,
see pages 294 and 295.

CONDITIONAL MOODS. 171

2. One of the greatest difficulties which the English-
speaking student encounters in learning the German
language is in the use of the Moods of the verb.

Rem. 1. The chief difficulty is in the use of the SubjunctiveMood. To the
general principles laid down in $ 124 there are many modifications and ex-
ceptions that can not be introduced into an elementary grammar, as they
would require too much space, and they would also only cause confusion in
the mind of the student.

Rem. 2. It will be noticed that the SubjunctiveMood is often used when
the Indicative Mood would be employed in English.

Rem. 3. It will be seen that the Potential Mood of the English verb is ren-
dered into German partly by the Potential Verbs ($ 162), partly by the Con-

ditional Mood (§ 125), and in some cases by the Subjunctive Mood (§ 124,
3, and Rem.).

3. The chief rules governing the position of words
in sentences are given in § 276-284, § 194, and § 255.
Rem. 1. In poetry and other dignified styles of composition, some varia.
tions from these rules are allowable.
Rem. 2. As the syntax of the High-German Language (§ 6) has only been
established during the last one or two centuries, many variations from the laws
at present prevailing in the arrangement of words are to be met with in Lue

ther’s translation of the Bible and other works that date from the earlier pe-
riods of the language.

Hundertzweite Aufgabe.

1. Melde ihm die Nachricht, ehe er sie durch Andere erfahre. 2. Thut,
als wenn Ihr zu Hause wäret. 3. Darum eben leiht er keinem, damit ($ 267)
er stets zu geben habe (Less.). 4. Ziele gut, dass du den Apfel treffest (Sch.).
5. Bleibt nicht in England, dass der Britte nicht sein stolzes Herz an Eurem
Unglück weide (Sch.). 6. Nimm dich in Acht, dass dich die Rache nicht
verderbe (Sch.). 7. Willst du, dass alle Chefs zugegen seien ? (Sch.) 8. So
willst du, dass es gleich vollzogen werde? (Sch.) 9. Ich gebe nicht mein Ja
dass es geschehe (G.). 10. Befiehl, dass man von Neuem untersuche, 11.
Es war nicht zu erwarten, dass er so bald nach Hause kommen werde. 12,
Darauf schrie er in die Gassen hinab, er sei der Bösewicht, der Maria falsch.
lich angeklagt habe, er sei ein falscher Zeuge (Sch.). 13. Auf die Versiche
rung der Regentin, dass die Provinzen einer vollkommenen Ruhe genössen,
und von keiner Seite Widersetzung zu fürchten sei, liess der Herzog einige
deutsche Regimenter auseinander gehen (Sch.). 14. Der Prinz von Oranien
hatte die Vorsicht gebraucht, die Brucxe abbrechen zu lassen, damit, wie er

172 CONDITIONAL MOODS. :

vorgab, die Calvinisten der Stadt nicht versucht werden möchten, sich zu dem
Heere des Toulouse zu schlagen ; wahrscheinlich aber, damit die Katholiken
den Niederländern nicht in den Rücken fielen, oder auch Lannoy, wenn er
siegen würde, nicht in die Stadt eindränge (Sch.). 15. Herr Weber sieht
aus, als ob er gar nicht wohl sei ($ 274, Rem. 5). 16. Ich kann dir den Apfel
nicht geben, indem ich ihn deinem Bruder versprochen habe ($ 274, Rem. 8).
17. Alle Nachrichten von der Sprache der Chinesen sagen, dass sie zur Ge-
staltung dieses Volkes viel beigetragen habe. 18. Der Habsüchtige wird nie
sagen, er habe genug. 19. Zu spät wird er einsehen, er habe Unrecht gethan.
20. Manche Menschen handei» so, als ob sie nie sterben müssten. 21. Bei
solchen Umständen würde ich es nicht thun (or thäte ich es nicht). 22. Das
würde ich nicht gethan haben (or das hätte ich nicht gethan). 23. Wenn du
fleissig wärest, würdest du Etwas lernen (or lerntest du Etwas). 24. Wenn
du fleissiger gewesen wärest, würdest du ‘mehr gelernt haben (or hättest du
mehr gelernt). 25. Wenn mancher Mann wüsste, wer mancher Mann war’,
thät’ mancher Mann manchem Mann manchmal mehr Ehr’! 26. Hättest du
von Menschen stets besser gedacht, du hättest auch besser gehandelt (or wenn
du stets besser von Menschen gedacht hättest, so würdest du auch besser ge-
handelt haben). 27. In seiner Lage hätte ich das Haus nicht gekauft. 28.
Wenn mein Grossvater noch am Leben wäre, so wurde er jetzt 90 Jahre alt
sein. 29. Ich habe Herrn Gerold um Rath gefragt ($ 279, Rem. 1). 80. Ich
frug*Herrn Gerold um Rath. 31.Man hat den Kaufmann des Diebstahls
angeklagt ($ 279, Rem. 2). 32. Um zehn Uhr des Abends kommt der
Schnellzug von München ($ 280, 3). 33. Ich war zu sehr gewohnt, mich mit
mir selbst zu beschäftigen, als dass ich mit Aufmerksamkeit hätte ein Kunst-
werk betrachten könner (282, Rem. 1).
. * Antiquated and provincial for fragte.

Dart Second;

CONTAINING
FAMILIAR CONVERSATIONS IN GERMAN AND ENGLISH;
IDIOMS AND SYNONYMS;

LETTERS AND FORMS OF BUSINESS;
AND

SELECTIONS FROM GERMAN LITERATURE,

aM

I. CONVERSATIONS.
(Gefprade.)

Rem. These Conversations are arranged for the purpose of presenting
the most familiar expressions and idioms of ordinary discourse. This neces-
sitates, of course, frequent and abrupt interruptions in the connection of the

sentences with each other.

1. Salutation, a visit.
(Das Grüßen, ein Befud.)

Guten Morgen, Herr Mt. !

Ich wünfche Ihnen! einen? guten? Mor-
gen, Tag, Abend, eine gute Nacht,

Wie befinden Sie fic) ?*

Sch befinde mich jehr wohl, id) danke⸗

nen,

Wie fteht es mit? Ihrer Gejundheit?

Sehr gut; fo ziemlich ; nicht jehr gut,

Sie feben wohl aus,®

Wie geht es Ihrer Frau Gemahlin ?

Seit? einigen Tagen ift fie nicht recht
wohl,

Das thut mir? febr leid,

Was fehlt ihr?

Sie hat fich* ſtark erfältet,

Sch hoffe, daß fie bald wieder herge-
ftellt fein wird,°

Ich danke Ihnen recht febr,

Wie befindet fid) Ihre Frau Dlutter?

Wie gewöhnlich; fie muß!’ immer bas
Zimmer hüten,

Gs (or man!!) Hingelt, klopft,

Gehe und fieh, wer es ift,

Deffnen Sie die Tbür,

Guten Morgen, Herr, Frau, Fräulein
Blantenhoff,

Kommen? Sie herein (treten Sienäher),

Bitte, nehmen Sie Pla,

Segen Sie fidy* gefülligft auf das
Sopha,

Sie Laffer fich felten fehen,!?

Ich bin lange verreift geweſen,
1 Lesson XI., 517. *L. § 108.
3L. XVI, §53. 5 L. IX., § 82, 8, 2.
3L. XXII, 588,8. ©§144,6

Good morning, Mr. N.!

I wish you a good morning, day,
evening, a good night.

How do you do?

I am very well, I thank you.

How is your health?

Very well; pretty well; not very well.

You are looking well.

How is your wife?

For some days she has not been ve
well.

I am very sorry to hear that.

What is the matter with her?

She has taken a heavy cold.

I hope that she will soon recover.

I thank you very much.

How is your mother?

As usual; she is still confined to hex
room.

Somebody is ringing, knocking.

Go and see who it is.

Open the door.

Good morning, Mr., Mrs., Miss
Blankenhoff.

Come in.

Take a seat.

Please take a seat on the sofa.

You are quite a stranger.
I have been away a long time.

‘TL, IX., § 82. 10 L XXXI.
sl. XXXIV. 118 112, 6.
*L. XII. 12L. XXIX.

176
Ich bin geftern hier gewefen,! um Ih⸗
nen einen Beſuch abzuftatten,? or

(um meine Aufwartung zu maden),

Ya, esthut mir leid, daß ich eben aus-
gegangen twar,?

CONVERSATIONS.

I was here yesterday to call upon
you,

Yes, I am sorry that I had just gone
out.

Können Siet nicht heute bei uns zu Can you not stay and dine with us

Mittag fpeifen?

Ich danke Ihnen herzlich,

Es ift mir® heute unmöglich,

Meine Tante aus Breslau ift jetzt bei
uns zum Befud,

to-day ?
I thank you very much.
It is impossible for meto do so to-day.
My aunt from Breslau is visiting us
now.

Kommen Sie bald wieder, Come again soon.
Adieu! Leben Sie wohl ! Good-by! (May you live well !
Kommen Sie gliidlid nad Haufe,* May you get home safely.
Auf Wiederjehen ! Aurevoir!)
2. At Breakfast in a Hotel.
(Beim Srüpftüd in einem Gath of.)

Guten Morgen, Herr Kranzler ! Good morning, Mr. Kranzler!
Haben Sie ſchon gefrühftüdt 7? Have you had breakfast?
Noch nicht 3° ich fomme, um mit Jhnen Not yet; I am coming to breakfast

zu frühſtücken, with you.
Haben Sie gut geichlafen ? Did you sleep well last night ?
Ganz gut, ich Danke, Very well, Ithank you.
Der Kellner kommt gleich, The waiter will come soon.

Er holt mir eine Taffe Kaffee,

WollenSie Kaffee Thee oberChocolade,

Bitte, bringen Sie mir Kaffee,

Was wünjchen Sie nod) !°

Bringen Sie mir zwei weich!’ gefodte
Eier und ein Kalbs-Cotelette,

Wie ſchmeckt Ihnen ber Kaffee ?

Er!" ift vortrefflich,

Kellner, bringen Sie mir einen Eier-
tuchen,

Hier ift die Mild (der Zuder, die Sem-
mel, ber Zwiebad, das Weißbrod,
bie Butter und der Rafe),

Wuünſchen Sie noch etwas? [Raffee,

Bringen Sie mir nod eine Taffe'?

ıL. IIL, § 187. “AL XXXL.
2§ 150, 8. SL.IX.,1.
*L.VL,5& Rem = 6 LL IX. 4,4.

He has gone to bring me a cup of
coffee,

Do you wish coffee, tea, or —

Bring me some coffee, if you please.

What do you wish besides?

You may bringmetwo soft-boiled eggs

- and a veal eutlet.

How do you find the coffee?

It is excellent.

Waiter, bring me an omelet.

Here is the milk, sugar, rolls, biscuit,’
wheat bread, butter, and cheese.

Do you wish any thing else ?
Bring me another cup of coffee.

7§ 157, 2 Rem.8, 1051841.
05194, 2, Rem. nL VIL, &
9§ 195, 4. 12 § 80, L

CONVERSATIONS.

177

8. Dinner.
(Das Mittageffen.)

Sie werden! hoffentlid mit uns zu
Mittag fpeifen?

Um wie viel Uhr fpeifen Sie?

In einer Heinen halben Stunde,

Das Mittagefien ift fertig,

Der Tifch ift gedeckt,

Das Effen ift aufgetragen,

Gehen wir in? den Speife-Saal,

Seten Sie fich gefälligft dahin,

Iſt Ihnen? etwas Reisfuppe gefällig,
oder ziehen Sie Nubelfuppe vor?

- wenig Nudelſuppe, wenn ich bitten

darf,*

Darf ih Ihnen ein Stück von diejem
Rindfleiſch anbieten

Ich fürchte, daß es Ihnen nicht gar
genug ift,

Ich mag’ es nicht zu ſtark gelocht,

Bringen Sie mir ein Mieffer, das gut

. fchneibet,

Gieb* dem Herrn etwas Brod,

Wechſele die Teller,
Nimm' dich in Acht, du haſt Sauce
anf bas Tiſchtuch gegoſſen,

Bringe mir eine Serviette,

Was fiir Gemilfe ift Ihnen gefällig?

Befehlen Sie Kartoffeln (Erben, Boh⸗
nen, Zwiebeln, Rüben, Kohl, Rettig,
Spinat)?

Darf ich um den Senf (Pfeffer, Meer⸗
rettig, Effig, Das Salz, Del) bitten?

Sie haben noc) keinen Fiſch gefoftet,
Was ziehen Sie vor,? Ladys oder Hecht ?

Rehmen!! Sie etwas Rehbraten (Ham-
melfleifch,"? Schinten, Kalbsbraten,
Rinderbraten, Rebhühner + Paftete,
Hühner-Baftete) ?

ıL XU. AL. XXXL
2L. VIL,588, sL.XXXIL
2596, 1.

6§ 145,

Will you not stay and dine with us?

At what hour do you dine?

In a little less than half an hour.

Dinner is ready.

The table is set.

The dinner is on the table.

We will go into the dining-room.

Take a seat there if you please.

Will you take some rice soup, or
would you prefer some vermicelli
soup?

A little vermicelli soup, if you please,

May I offer you a piece of this roast
beef? -

I fear that it is not done enough to
suit you.

I do not like it overdone.

Bring me a knife that will cut.

Give (Mr. N.) some bread.

Change the plates,

Take care; you have spilt some gravy
on the table-cloth.

Bring me a napkin. [you?

What kind of vegetables shall I give

Shall I give you some potatoes (peas,
beans, onions, turnips, beets, rad-
ishes, spinage)?

I would thank you for the mustard
(pepper, horseradish, vinegar, salt,
oil).

You have not tried any fish yet.

Which do you prefer, some salmon
or some trout?

Will you have some venison (mutton,
ham, roast veal, roast beef, par-

tridge pie, chicken pie) ?
7§ 145, 10 L. XXXIV.
8 § 144, LL
*L, VI. 13 L. XXXVI.

178 CONVERSATIONS.

Darf ich Ihnen etwas Reis-Pubding
(Charlotte⸗Ruſſe, Kuchen)anbieten?

Wollen Sie dieſe Aepfel (Birnen)
verfuchen ?

Bitte, bedienen Sie ſich,

Wollen Sie nod etwas Brod?

Ich dante,!

“May I offer you some rice —
Charlotte russe, cake ?

Will you try some of these apples,
pears?

Help yourself, if you please.

Will you take some more bread ?

No, I thank you.

4. In a Confectionery Shop.
(In einer Konditorei.) :

Was ift Ihnen gefällig, meine Herren ?*
Haben Sie frifche Erbbeeren ?
Sa, fle find heute Morgen erft gepflückt
worben,?
Bringen Sie uns bret Bortionen? Erb.
beeren mit Sahne und drei Portio-
> nen Gefrornes,
Kellner, bringen Sie uns anftatt drei
« Portionen Gefrornes, ein Gefrornes,
ein Glas‘ Limonabe und eine Tafje*
Thee,
“Kellner, haben Sie deutfche Zeitungen ?
Ya, wir haben die Mational-Zeitung,
Die Köfnifche Zeitung und die Augs⸗
burger Allgemeine Zeitung,
Haben Sie bie Güte, mein Herr, mir
die® Zeitung zu geben, nachdem Sie
fie gelejen haben (werben),

What will you have, gentlemen ?

Have you fresh strawberries?

Yes, they were only picked this morn-
ing.

Bring us strawberries and cream for
three, and ice-cream for three.

Waiter, instead of three dishes of ice-
cream, bring us one ice-cream, one
glass of lemonade, and one cup of
tea.

Waiter, have you any German papers ?

Yes, we have the National Zeitung,
the Cologne Gazette, and the All-
gemeine Zeitung of Augsburg.

Please be so kind, sir, as to give me
the paper, when you have finished
reading it.

5. The Hotel.
(Der Gafthof.)

Können Sie uns* einen guten Gafthof
in Wien empfehlen ?

Das „Hotel zum Schwarzen Adler“
und der „BVairifche Hof“ find beide
fehr gut und nicht febr theuer,

Sie find nur fünf” Minuten vom?
Bahnhof, j

Die „Goldene Krone” ift etwas" weiter
entfernt,

Wieviel foftet es se in ber Golde-
nen Krone?

AL, XLVIL, L
3§ 75, 4, Rem. 1.

3L. XLVIIL, § 161.
*L. XVL, 2, 1, §85.

Can you recommend to us a good ho-
tel in Vienna?

The hotel of the Black Eagle and
the Bairischer Hof are both very
good, and are not very dear.

They are only five minutes from the
railroad station.

The Golden Crown is somewhat far-
ther off.

How much does it cost a day in the
Golden Crown?

6 L. IX. 1, 3, § 82, 8,
6 L, IX., 1, 2, Rem.

ıLXVIL
8 5112,8, Rem. 9.

4

fan

CONVERSATIONS.

Ungefübr drei Thaler,

Was für! Zimmer wünfchen Sie?

Wir wünfchen einen Saal mit zwei
anftoßenden Schlafzimmern und
zwei Schlafzimmer ohne? Saal,

Wir haben jetzt nur zwei Säle frei, je-
den mit zwei Kabinetten,

Jn weldem Stod?

Einer ift eine und der andere? ift zwei
Treppen hoch,

Kellner, bringen Sie unſere Rechnung,

Hier iſt fie :*

179

About three dollars,

What kind of rooms do you wish ?

We wish a parlor with two bedrooms
opening into it, and two. bedrooms
without any parlor.

We have now unoccupied only two
parlors, each with two small sleep-

. ing-rooms.

In which story?

One is in the second, the other is m
the third story.

Waiter, bring our account.

Here it is:

Rehnung für Herrn Erlanger.

Thir. Gr.
Zwei Zimmer nebft Kabinetten, A Tage ......ccecccccrsscsescsceseee .8—
Frühſtück für 5 Perfonen....... J 7 20
Table d’höte für 5 Perforert.. 3 m ...cccssesecrscececere — 22.18
Abendeffen für 5 Perjonen..... J Br: EROBERN USEEER 6 —
Licht... .......... G0n0000 00000 000000. Ww n TER TITEEITSU TRESOR 8 10
SBebennnnnngggggg fp. Soe nennen ee une 4 —
Equipage (9 Stunden, 1 Thaler a Stunde). ee ee I
Fialer (vom Bahnhof und nach dem Bahmbof)........eceeee un 8 —

Hotel zur „Öoldenen Krone”,
Wien, den 14. September 1869.

Summa Thlr. 63 15

Bezahlung dantend empfangen.
P. Schneider.

6. The Railroad.
(Die Eifenbahn.)
Haben Sie einen Eifenbahnfahrplan?® Have you a railroad time-table ?

Nein, aber hier ift Hendfdell’s Cours⸗
bud, woraus Sie® Alles erjehen
tönnen,

Wiffen? Sie, um wie viel Uhr der erfte
Zug abgeht?

Der erfte Zug geht um halb fieben
des Morgens,®

Der nidfte Zug ift ein Schnellzug,

Steigen wir ein,

Es ift feine Zeit zu verlieren,

1 § 88,9, 251131.
2588,2. +L VIL,&

No, but here is Hendschell’s Railroad
Guide, which tells all about the
trains.

Do you know at what hour the first
train leaves?

The first train leaves at half past six,
in the morning.

The next train is an express train.

Let us get into the carriage.

There is no time to lose.

SL. XXXVI. "LXXVIL
6 § 107, Rem. 6. 8 § 81,2, 4,

180 CONVERSATIONS,

Hier find wir ſchen am Bahnhofe,

Holen Sie die Billets, ich werde für
bas Gepäd forgen,

Was foftet ein Billet von Wien nad
Prag?

Erite! Kaffe. . . Thlr. 10 10 Sgr.

Zweite Kaffe... - mn 723 m

Dritte Klaſſe.. 520 u

Laſſen wir geſchwind unſere Koffer
einſchreiben,

Hier ſind die Gepäckſcheine,

Es wird? zum zweiten Mal geläutet,

Alles eingeftiegen ??

Diefer Waggon hat fünf Coupes,

Sn diefem Coupe wird? nicht geraudht,

Es wird? zur Abfahrt gepfiffen !

Wir fahren* jehr ſchnell,

Wir haben ſchon drei Meilen zurück⸗
gelegt,

Um wie viel Uhr hält man an, um? zu
frübftüden ?

Hier ift die Friibftitdftation,

Wie lange hält ber Zug?

Zwanzig Minuten ; denn wir warten
hier auf einen Zug von der Zweig⸗
bahn,

Ich höre die Lofomotive pfeifen,®

Die Lokomotive fteht auf einer Weiche,

Es find ſechs Geleife,

Die Schienen find mit Stahl belegt,

Gehört diefe Eifenbahn dem Staate?

Nein, fie gehört einer Attien-Gejell-

aſt,
Herr Braun iſt Altionär' dieſer Ge⸗
jellſchaft,

Here we are at the station.

Get the tickets, I will look out for
the baggage.

What is the price of a ticket from
Vienna to Prague?

First Class. ... Thir. 10 10 Sgr.

Second Class... “ 725 “

Third Class.... “ 520 “

Let us hurry and get our trunks reg-
istered.

Here are tickets for your baggage. .

The second bell is ringing.

All aboard!

This car has five coupés.

This is not a smoking coupé.

There is the whistle for starting !

We are going very fast.

We have already gone twelve (En-
glish) miles.

At what hour do we stop for break-
fast ?

Here we stop for breakfast.

How long does the train stop ?

Twenty minutes; for we wait here
for atrain on the branch road.

[coming.

I hear the whistle of the train that is

The locomotive is standing on a side

There are six tracks. [track.

The rails are covered with steel.

Does this railroad belong tothe state?

No, it belongs to a stock company.

Mr. Brown is a shareholder in this
company.

7. The Steamer.
(Das Dampfihiff.)

Wann geht bas Dampfichiff von New⸗
Port nah Hamburg ab 7°

Seden Sonnabend um 12 Uhr gebt ein
Dampfſchiff ab,°

ILXXIII.
2L. XLVJII.

3 § 150, 8.
«L.XXVIL

When does the steamer leave New
York for Hamburg?

A steamer leaves every Saturday at
noon.

L. XXIX. 7 § 53,3
6 L, XXIX. 6 LL. XXXIV.

CONVERSATIONS. 18]

- Pie lange dauert bie Ueberfabrt ?

In der Regel jechzehn Lage,

Die Preife find :
Für die erfte Kajüte. . . Thlr. 150
Für die zweite Kajüte. . Thlr. 90
RBwifdended. .... . Thlr. 40

Wie viel Gepäd fann man frei mit-
nehmen ?!

Drei Koffer,

Die Beldftigung ift inbegriffen, !

Haben Sie viele? Pafjagiere ?

Ein Theil der Fracht ift nocd nicht
geladen,

Dann fahren Sie ab?

Mit der nächſten? Fluth,

Um wie viel Uhr tritt bie Fluth ein?!

Mit Tagesanbrud).

Die Ebbe ift ſtark,

Wir fahren fchnell,

Wir werben‘ nicht fo fehnell fahren,
wenn wir auf hoher See find,

Das Meer ift jehr ruhig,

Das Meer ift ſfürmiſch,

Gehen wir auf bas Verdeck,

Ich werde die Seekranfheit befommen,
wenn ich länger? in der Kajüte bleibe,

Was mich betrifft, ich bin nie ſeekrank,

Sie find fehr glüdlich,

Wie haben Sie bie Nacht zugebradht ?

Schlecht genug,

Die Maſchine hat mich gar nicht ſchla⸗
fen laſſen,“

Wie viele Knoten fegeln wir in einer
Stunde?

Fragen wir den Mann am Ruder,

Man darf” mit ihm nicht fprechen,

Ich glaube bie Küfte zu fehen,

Sie haben Recht,

Es find bie Scilly-Infeln,

‚Wir werben heute Abend® ben Leudt-

thurm von Landsend fehen,
Morgen Abend fommen wir in South.
ampton an,

ı LXXT 592.
3 § 112, 4, 4L. VII.

How long does the passage last?

Usually sixteen days.

The prices are:
In the first cabin. . . . Thir. 150
In the second cabin . . Thlr. -90
For deck-passage. ... Thlr. 40

How much baggage can one take free
of charge ?

Three trunks.

You do not pay extra for your meals.

Have you many passengers ?

The freight is not yet all on board.

When do you start ?

At the next high tide.

At what time is high tide?

At daybreak.

The tide is going out very strong.

We are going very fast.

We will not go so fast when we are
on the open ocean.

The ocean is very quiet.

The ocean is stormy.

Let us go upon deck.

I shall be seasick if I stay any longer
in the cabin.

As for me, I am never seasick.

You are very fortunate.

How did you pass the night ?

Badly enough.

I could not sleep at all on account of
the engine.

How many knots do we make an
hour?

Let us ask the man at the helm.

It is not permitted to speak with him.

I think I see the coast.

You are right.

It is the Scilly Islands.

We shall see Land’s End light-house
this evening.

To-morrow evening we shall arrive at
Sonthampton.

>

5591. ?L..XXXIIL
6 Page 198 8 L. VIL

182 CONVERSATIONS.

8. The Custom-house.
(Das Zollamt.)

Haben Sie etwas! Stenerpflidtiges ??

Ich werde bie Koffer aufmachen,

Ach, bitte, werfen Sie mir nicht Alles?
unter einander,

Diefe Bücher find ganz neu,* nicht
wahr ?°

Ich habe fie fiir meinen Sohn getauft,

Das ift einerlei,t das Gefets ift be-
ftimmt,

Diefen Tabak werde ich in Beſchlag
nehmen müſſen,

Bitte, Ihre Päſſe, meine Herren,

Hier ſind Empfangsſcheine dafür,“
Der Polizeidiener wird fie Ihnen bal-
digft nach Ihrem Gafthof bringen,

Have you any thing that is liable to
duty? -

I will open the trunks.

Pray, do not turn every thing upside
down.

These books are new, are they not?

I bought them for my son.

That makes no difference ; the law is
explicit.

I shall have to seize (attach) this to-
bacco.

Your passports, if you please, gentle-
men.

Here are receipts for them.

The policeman will deliver them to
you very soon at your hotel.

9. The Post-office.
(Das Po ftamt.)

Iſt das Poftamt weit von hier ?

Es ift ganz in der? Nähe,

Sind Briefe für mich angelommen ?

Wie ift Ihr werther Name ?

Ich erwarte! einige Briefe!! poste
restante, *

Ich wünſche einige Briefmarken,

Wann geht die Poſt nach Breslau ab?

Der Brief ift noch nicht gefiegelt,

Wo ift der Siegellad ?

Hier ift das Petichaft,

Ich habe die Wdreffe geſchrieben,“

Der Brief muß frankirt werben,

Die Poft ift angefommen, aber bie
Briefe find noch nicht vertheilt,

Is the Post-office far from here?

It is right near by.

Have any letters come for me?

What name, if you please.

I am expecting some letters ‘‘ poste
restante.”

I wish some postage-stamps.

When does the mail leave for Bres-
lau?

The letter is not sealed yet.

Where is the sealing-wax ?

Here is the seal.

I have addressed the letter.

The letter must be prepaid.

The mail has arrived, but the letters
are not yet distributed. -

* Letters ad * poste restante” are to remain in the post-office till
called for. |

1§ 112, Rem. 1. «L. XVII, 1. 7§188, 10, Rem.1. 1° § 158, 8.

2§ 89, Rem. 10. 5 Lit., not true? 8 L. X., 1, 11 § 74, 8, 4,

2§111, ¢ § 108, 8, 9 § 49, 8. 2 LXX.

Pn

CONVERSATIONS,

183

"10. At a Banker’s.

(Bei einem Banquier.)

Wohnt hier Herr Neumann, der Ban⸗

- quier ?

Sie werben ihn im! Comptoir finden,

Darf ich fragen, mit wen? ich die Ehre
babe zu fprechen 93

Mein Name ift Hildebrandt,

Ich bint aus Wien,

Ich habe einen Empfehlungsbrief an
Sie von Herrn? Krangler,

Sch freue mich jehr, Ihre Belanntichaft
zu machen,

Herr Kranzler hat mir einen Wechſel
auf Shr Haus gegeben.‘ -

Der Wechjel ift zahlbar nach Sicht,

Ich werde ihn Ihnen fofort in Vank-
noten auszahlen, wenn es Ihnen“
recht iff,

Könnten Sie mir einen Theil davon?
in Gold geben ?

Sie fdnnten das Agio distontiren,

Das ift mir einerlei,'®

Sit bas Indoffement darauf?

Sa, er ift auf meine Ordre inboffirt,

Schön, hier find zwei Banknoten, jede!!
von fünfhundert!? Thalern, preufi-
{ches Conrant, eine von taufend,'?
_ einhundert‘? Friebrihsh'or, und der
Reſt in Silber und Kupfer,

Does Mr. Neumann, the banker, re-
side here ? [room.

You will find him in the counting-

May I ask with whom I have the hon-
or to speak ?

My name is Hildebrandt.

I am from Vienna.

I have a letter of introduction to you
from Mr. Kranzler.

I am very glad to make your ac-
quaintance,

Mr. Kranzler gave me a letter of credit
on your house.

The bill is payable at sight.

I will pay it to you immediately in
paper money, if you desire it.

Could you give me a part of it in
gold ?

You could discount the premium (on
the gold).

It is all the same to me.

Is it indorsed ?

Yes, it is indorsed to my order.

Very well; here are two bank-notes,
each of five hundred Prussian tha-
lers, one of a thousand, a hundred
Friedrichs d’ors, and the odd mon-
ey in silver and copper.

11, In a Bookstore.
(In einer Buchhandlung.)

Haben Sie ein Verzeichniß von Ihren
Büchern ?

Bier ift eins, welches erft vor einigen
- Tagen erſchienen iſt,

Sie werden darin meine Verlagswerke
und eine Auswahl in⸗ und auslän⸗

Have you a catalogue of your books ?

Here is one that was published only
a few days ago.

You will find in it the books-I pub-
lish, and a selection of German and

bifder Werte finden, foreign books.

1L. XL, 4. # § 187. 7 § 65, 2. 10 § 108, 8.
2 § 118, 1. ‘8 § 75, Rem. 1. 85107. 118111.

3 § 136, 6L. XXV.,2 12 § 99,

9 § 188, 10, Rent. 1.

184 CONVERSATIONS:

Wollen Sie mir gefälligft bie neneften
deutfchen Werke zeigen ?

Hier ift Mommfen’s Rimifde Ge-
fcichte, Die zweite! Auflage ber
Kunftgefchichte? von Schnaafe, die
letzte Ausgabe? ber Schiller’fchen*
Gedichte,

SabenSie keine philofophiichen Werke?

Sie ftehen am Ende des Katalogs,®

Ich habe hier auf dieſem Tifche einige

fehr feltene Bücher aus zweiter .

Hand (or gebrauchte Bilder),

Was foftet diejes Buch ?

Das ift fehr thener,

Die Auflage ift längft vergriffen,

Haben Sie ein Antiquar +- Eremplar
des Grimm’ fden* Wörterbuches 7?

Nein, aber ich habe Sander's deutſches
Wörterbudh, Lucas’ deutſch⸗engli⸗
ſches und engliſch⸗deutſches Wörter-
bud) in vier Bänden, 8vo, und Mo⸗
zin’8 beutjchefranzöfiiches Wörter-
bud, auch in vier Bänden, ®

Haben Sie eine Cifenbahit-Rarte von
Europa?

Hier ift Heudſchell's Cours-Bud) ; e8
enthält eine Reifefarte von Europa,
und Notizen über?” alle Eiſenbahn⸗
und Dampfichiff-Linien,

Haben Sie Reifehandbücher ?

Wir haben Bädeker's Führer durch
Deutichland, Frankreich, Italien und
England; fie find wohl die beften,®

Will you please show me the latest
German books ?

Here is Mommsen’s Roman History,
the second edition of Schnaase’s
History of Art, the last edition of
Schiller’s poems.

Have you no philosophical works ?

They are at the end of the catalogue.

I have here on this table some very
rare second-hand books.

What is the price of this book ?

That is very dear.

It has been out of print a long time.

Have you a second-hand copy of
Grimm’s Dictionary ?

No, but I have Sanders’s German Dic-
tionary, Lucas’s German-English
and English-German Dictionary,
in four volumes 8vo, and Mozin’s
German-French Dictionary, also in
four volumes.

Have you a railroad map of Europe?

Here is Hendschell’s Railroad Guide;
it contains a traveling Map of Eu-
rope, and information about all the
lines of railroads and steam-boats.

Have you guide-books ?

We have Badeker’s Guide for Ger-
many, France, Italy, and England ;
they are the best.

:12. At a Tailor’s.
(Bet einem Schneider.)

Was? ift Ihnen gefällig, mein Herr?

Ich wünſche einen’? Rod, einen Frac,
eine! feidene Wefte, zweit Baar
Beinkleider, und einen Sommer-
Ueberrod,

ı L.XVIIL - «L. XXXVIL, 5.
2L. XXXVI. 6 § 74, 8, 8.
3L. XXXVI. 6 § 69, § 80,2

What can I serve you with, sir?

I wish a coat, a dress-coat, one silk
vest, two pair of pantaloons, and a
summer overcoat,

ie ie
8 .
5113. - 12 6 101.

CONVERSATIONS. 185

Wollen! Sie einen voll ftandigen Anzug
von? diefem Zeug?

Diefes ſchwarze Tuch jcheint kurz ges
ſchoren und fein zu fein,

Es ift aud ſehr Danerhaft,?

Nehmen Sie mir bas Maß zu Rod,
Hofe, Weſte und Ueberrod,

Wiinfden Sie* fie nach ber neneften
Mode?

Man? macht bie Taille ziemlich lang,
die Schöße reichen faft bis an die
Kniee, bie Aermel find ziemlich weit,

Sammet-Kragen find jet ganz aus®
der Mode,

Probiren Sie ben Rod an,

Er ift zu eng unter’ den Armen,

Das [aft fich leicht ändern,

Ich werde ben Ueberrod aud anziehen,

Kann er zugelnöpft werben?

Ziehen Sie fagonirte oder glatte Mufter
für bie Wefte vor?

Die feibene Wefte Toll fagonirt, Die
Sammet-Wefte foll® einfach fein,
Berbleicht dieſe Farbe nicht febr ſchnell?

Ich tann fie al8 ächt garantiren,

Wann wünfchen Sie die Kleider ?

Mittwoch! Morgen um zehn Uhr, denn
ich reife um zwölf Uhr! nad Wien

ab
Sie fönnen fih darauf verlaffen, daß
Alles fertig fein'? wird, ,

Do you wish a complete suit from this
piece of cloth?

This black cloth seems to be fine and
of a short nap.

It is very durable also. .

Take my measure for a coat, panta-
loons, vest, and overcoat.

Do you wish them in the latest fash-
ion?

The waist is made rather long, the
skirts reach almost to the knees,
the sleeves are made rather wide.

Velvet collars are now all out of
fashion.

Try the coat on.

It is too tight under the arms.

That can be easily changed.

I will try on the overcoat also.

Can it be buttoned?

Do you prefer figured or plain pat-
terns for the vest?

The silk vest may be figured, the
velvet vest may be plain.

Does not this color fade very easily?

I can warrant it not to fade.

When do you wish the clothes?

Wednesday forenoon at ten o'clock,
for I leave for Vienna at noon.

You may rely upon their all being
ready. |

13. In a Dry Goods Store.
(Sn einem Tudladen.)

Was für Seidengeuge haben Sie?
Wir haben Seide in allen Schattiruns
gen,
Brauchen Sie Seide zu einem Kleide
ober zu einem Mantel ?
Diefe Farben find jest Diode,
Das Mufter gefällt mir nicht, es ift zu
bunt,
1L, XXXII. * $ 107, Rem. 6,
2 L, IX.,1. 5 § 119, 6,
3 § 86, 2, 3. 6 § 82, 2,

What kind of silks have you?
We have silks of all colors.

Do you wish silk for a dress or for a
cloak ?

These colors are now in fashion.

I do not like that pattern; it is tuo
gaudy.

7 § 82, 1. 10 L. XXIII., 3
8 144, 4. 11 Twelve o'clock.
9L. XXXIII. 12, XXVIII.

186

Wie finden! Sie diefe punttirte Seide?

Ich ziehe? dieſe geftreifte vor,

Wie breit ift diefer Atlas ?

Er ift eine Elle breit,

Sie werden mit achtzehn Ellen aus»
reichen,

Haben Sie auch Futterfeide ?

Wollen Sie einen feidenen® Hut ober
einen Strobhut ?

Diefes ift Die neuefte Mode,

Der Boden diefes Hutes ift zu Hein,

Die Garnirung gefällt mir nicht,

Col ich vielleiht anderes Band
darauf* ſetzen 9°

Haben Sie Spitenfchleier ?

Ich habe welche von Brüffeler Spiken,
die ausgezeichnet find,

Hier find auch Schleier von geftidtem
Muffelin,

Sd wünſche ein Paar Glacehand-
ſchuhe von der beften Qualität, ein
Brief? Nähnadeln, ein Brief Sted-
nadeln, ein Dutend® Tafchentücher,
eine Rravatte, feds Paar‘ Strümpfe,
Seife, eine Zabnbiirfte, einen Regen
ſchirm, Zeug zu Betttüchern, Kat-
tun, einen Shawl,

CONVERSATIONS.

How do you like this spotted silk ?

I prefer this striped piece.

How wide is this satin ?

It is an ell wide.

Eighteen ells will be all you will need,

Have you also silk for lining ?

Do you wish a silk hat, or a straw
hat?

This is the latest fashion.

The crown of this bonnet is too small.

I do not like this trimming.

Shall I put another kind ofribbon on
it?

Have you lace veils ?

I have some of Brussels Lace that are
extremely fine.

Here are also veils of embroidered
muslin.

I wish also a pair of kid gloves of the
best quality, a paper of needles,
a paper of pins, a dozen pocket-
handkerchiefs, a cravat, six pairs
of stockings, soap, a tooth-brush,
an umbrella, cloth for sheets, calico,
a shawl.

14. At a Shoemaker’s.
(Beieinem Schuhmacher.)

Haben Sie fertige Stiefel?

Hier ift ein Paar das Ihnen wohl
pafjen wird,” .

Hier ift der Stiefelknecht,

Nehmen Sie lieber das Maß für ein
neues Paar,

Sie dürfen nicht zu eng ſein und die
Abſätze nicht zu hod,®

Wünſchen Sie dicke Sohlen?

Ja, und das Oberleder ziemlich ſtark,

IL XXIV.
2L. XXVII.

3586, 2, 2.
45188, 10, Rem. 1.

Have you ready-made boots ?

Here is a pair that I think will fit
you.

Here is the boot-jack.

I would rather have you teke my
measure for a new pair.

Do not make them too tight, nor the
heels too high.

Do you wish the soles thick ?

Yes, and the upper-leather rather
heavy.

6§163,

6L. XVL, 2.

TL. XII.
8592,

CONVERSATIONS.

Bis! wann können Sie mir ein Paar
Schuhe machen ?
Sie tinnen die Schuhe bis Morgen

Abend haben,
- Die Schuhe dritden mir? die Zehen,
Machen Sie mir ein Paar Bantoffeln
von Saffian,

187

When can you make me a pair of
shoes?

You can have the shoes by to-morrow
evening.

These shoes pinch my toes.

Make me also a pair of morocco slip-

pers.

15. With a Physician.
(Bei einem Arzte.)

Haben Sie den Arzt rufen laffen?

Er wird fogleich fommen,

Woran? leiden Sie?

Ich habe heftiges Kopfweh, .

Mir ift ganz ſchwindlich,

Ich tann mich faum auf! den Füßen
halten,

Fühlen Sie Schmerzen im? Rüden ?

Laffen Sie mich bie Zunge jehen —fie ift

- etwas belegt,

Laffer Sie mich den Puls fühlen,

Er ift ziemlich ſtark und geſchwind —
geht fehr unruhig— Sie haben Fie-
ber,

Halten Sie meine Krankheit für ge-
fährlich? |

Nein, aber nehmen Sie fi in Acht,
Daß fie e8 nicht werde,®

Ic werde Ihnen Arznei verſchreiben,

Bleiben Sie ruhig im Bett bis ich
wiederlomme,?.

Wie haben Sie bie Nacht sugebracht ?

Ich habe etwas gefdlafen—cic habe
fein Auge geichloffen) ®

Haben Sie einen bitteren Gefdmad im
Munde?

Sch habe ftets einen bitteren Geſchmack
im Munde, wenn ich aufwache,

Das Fieber hat ſtark nachgelaſſen —hat
faſt aufgehört,

Ich habe mich ſtark erkältet,

1 § 987, 35 188, 10, Rem.8,

2555, 1, Rem. 1 * § 246.

Have you sent for the doctor?
He will come immediately.
What is the matter with you?
I have a great headache.

I am very dizzy.

I can hardly stand up.

Do you feel pain in your back ?

Let me see your tongue—it is some-
what coated.

Let me feel your pulse—it is quite
strong and rapid—is very flurried
—you have a fever.

Do you consider my sickness danger-
ous ?

No; but be very careful, lest it become
80.

I will write out a prescription for you.

Keep quietly in bed till I come again.

How have you passed the night?

I have slept some—(I did not close my
eyes).

Have yo ou a bitter taste in your mouth?

My mouth is always bitter when I
wake up.

The fever has subsided a good deal—
has almost ceased.

I have taken a bad cold.

5L. XI, 4, TL, XXXIV., 8.
65138. sL XXVL

188

CONVERSATIONS.

Ich habe Schnupfen—ich babe Gals» I have a cold—I have a sore throat

ſchmerzen —ich habe Augenleiben,
Es wäre gut ein Fupbad zu nehmen, !

Er leidet? an Rheumatismus—an ber
Gicht,

Herr N. ift an ber Schwindſucht ge-
ftorben,2>—am Typhus geftorben,

—my eyes pain me.
It would do you good to take a foot-
bath

He has the rheumatism—the gout.

Mr. N. died of consumption—of ty-
phus-fever.

Here M. ift vom Schlag gerührt wor- Mr. M. has had a stroke of apo-

bent,

plexy.

16. At a Watchmaker’s,
(Bei einem Uhrmacher.)

Hier ift bes Uhrmachers Laben—gehen
wir binein,*

Ich möchte eine gute Ubr kaufen,

Wollen Sie eine Spindeluhr—eine
Anterubr—eine Cylinderubr, mit
compenfirter Bewegung ?

Ich wünjche eine Repetiruhr,

Hier ift eine aus einer ber beften Genfer
Fabriken,

Sie ift zu® Hein,

Entidhuldigen Sie, e8 ift jetst Mode,
febr Heine Uhren zu tragen,

Das ift mir gleichgültig, ich wünſche
eine größere,’

Ich werde biefe nehmen, unter ber
VBedingung, daß Sie für zwei Jahre
garantiren,®

Meine Uhr geht nicht richtig—geht
jeden Tag eine halbe Stunde vor’—
eine Biertelftunde nad),

Sch werde nachſehen, —es ift etwas zer⸗
brochen —ich glaube die Kette ift zer⸗
fprengt—bie Feder ift gebrochen,

Sie muß reparirt (or ausgebeffert)
werden —gereinigt werben,

Bis wann können Sie die Uhr fertig
baben ?

Bis morgen um neun Uhr Bormit-
tags,

ı L XXIV.
2144,6,

3L, XXVI.
Ǥ 157, 1.

Here is the watchmaker’s shop—let
us go in.

I wish to buy a good watch.

Do you wish a lever watch, an an-
chor watch, a cylinder watch, with
a compensation balance ?

I wish a repeating watch.

Here is one from one of the best Gé-
neva manufactories.

It is too small.

Excuse me, it is now the fashion to
wear very small watches.

I do not care for that; I wish a larger
one.

I will take this one under the con-
dition that you will warrant it for
two years.

My watch does not go right—gains
half an hour every day—loses half
an hour.

I will look at it—something is broken
—the chain is broken—the main-
spring is broken.

It must be repaired—be cleaned.

When can you have the watch
ready ?
By nine o'clock to-morrow forenoon.

5 L XXXII.
6 Adverb,

7§ 92,
© § 189, 8.

II. GERMAN AND ENGLISH IDIOMS.

Rem. For the purpose of showing the difference between the idiomatic
structure of the German and English languages more at length than was pos-
sible in thelessons of Part First, there are given below a few classified lists of
such idioms as are in most common use in both languages.

To correctly apprehend the idiomatic spirit of a language, it is necessary,
in the first place, to have an accurate idea of the primary and fundamental
signification of the words of the language ; secondly, to know the modifications
of meaning to which the words have been subjected, and the figurative signi-
fications in which they are employed ; and, thirdly, to know how far expres-
sions, phrases, and sentences (especially set phrases and proverbs) are ellip-
tical.

1. Idioms with haben and to have.
Ich habe die Abficht, morgen nad I intend to start for Munich to-mor-

München abgureijen,?

Haben Sie Acht ! or habe (du) Acht 1

Das hat unfern Beifall,

Wir haben Nichts? Dagegen,?

Es hat große Eile,

Es bat teine* Eile,

Wir haben ihn jehr gern,

Sie haben gut lachen,

Ich habe Durft ; id) Habe Hunger,

Haben Sie Langeweile ?

Er hat keine Luft e8 zus thin,

Ich hätte® Luft es ihm zu fagen,

Morgenftunde hat Gold im Munde
(Spridwort),

Er hat Gelb ſehr nöthig,

Ich werde es than, obwohl? ich es nicht
nöthig habe,

Er hat feinen Nuten davon,

Sie haben Redht, er hat Unrecht,

Das hat Nichts zu fagen,

Wer ben Schaden hat, braucht für den
Spott nicht zu forgen (Spr.),

Wer hat Schuld daran, daß der Brief
nicht nach ber Poft gejdidt wurde ?®

Er hat keine Schuld daran,
1 § 150, 8. 35188, Rem. 1,
2§112, 9. 4§112, 3,

\

row.

Take care! look out!

That meets our approval.

We have no objection to that.

It admits of no delay.

There is no haste about it.

We like him very much.

You may well laugh.

I am thirsty; I am hungry.

Have you ennuie?

He has no desire to do that.

I should like to tell it to him.

Early to bed and early to rise, makes
a man healthy, wealthy, and wise.

He is hard pushed for money.

I will do it, although I am in no way
obliged to.

He derives no advantage from it.

You are right; he is wrong.

That is of no consequence.

He who loses may be sure of being
laughed at in the bargain.

Whose fault is it that the letter was
not sent to the post-office ?

It is not his fanlt. '

5§127, Exc. 4.
6 § 125.

7§ 268
8 § 134.

19U

Wir haben keinen Umgang! mit ihnen,

Sie haben die Wahl,

Wir haben nicht weit nad Haufe,

Ich muß heute viele Beſuche machen,

Ich werde Morgen nad) Dresden gehen
müffen,?

Ich habe fünf Briefe fchreiben müffen,
bevor ich gehen Tonnte,

Ich erhielt von meinem Bruder einen
Brief heute Morgen,

Wir werden vor Abend ein Gewitter
befommen,

Ich habe eS von ihm felbft? gehört,

Ich denfe* Daran, mir einen Rod
machen zu Laffer,

Glaube mir, daß dein Wohl deinen
Bater am Herzen liegt,

Er weiß feine Aufgabe auswendig,

An Freunden fehlt es ihm nicht,

IDIOMS.

We do not associate with them.

You may take your choice.

We have not far to go home.

I have many visits to make te day.

I have to go to Dresden to morrow.

I had to write five — before .
could go.

I had a tetter from my brother thie
morning.

We shall have a thunder-storm before |

_ evening.

I have this from his own mouth.

I am thinking of having a coat made.

Believe me, your father has your wel-
fare at heart.

He has his lesson by heart.

He*has friends enough.

2. Idioms with fein and zo be.

So viel an mir ift,

Der Mond war noch nicht auf,’

Das Fenfter ift auf,

Mir tft kalt; mir ift warm,

Per’ ift nicht wohl,

Das Haus ift mir nicht feil (or Mein
Hans ift nicht zu verlaufen),

Ich bin ihm herzlich aut,

Sch bin der Meinung,’ ;

Seien Sie (or Sei) gutes Diuthes !°

Ein Gebuldiger ift beffer denn ein
Starker; und der feines Muthes

" Herr ift, denn der Städte gewinnet
(Sprüche 16, 32),

Mir war dabei nicht wohl zu Muthe,

Wer ift Schuld daran?

Er ift nicht Schuld daran,

Wie viel find Sie ihm ſchuldig?

Sch bin ihm 500 Thaler ſchuldig,

As far as is in my power.
The moon had not yet risen.
The window is open.

I am cold; I am warm.

I do not feel well.

My house is not for sale.

I love (or like) him very much.

I am of the opinion (or I think).

Be of good courage (or cheer)!

He that is slow to anger is better than
the mighty; and he that ruleth his
spirit, than he that taketh a city
(Proverbs XVI., 32).

My feelings upon that occasion were

Whose fault is it ? [not agreeable.

It is not his fault.

How much do you owe him?

I owe him! five hundred thalers.

Sind Sie im Stande es ihm zu bezahlen? Are you able to pay him?

Vorläufig bin id) e8 nicht im Stande,
Er ift Willens etwas zu geben,

1§§8, 1.
2§162, Rem. 2.

3§108, Rem. 3.
14.139.

At present I am not able to do it.
He intends giving something.

1§ 178, 1, Rem. 2.
®§89, Rem. 1.

5$1S1,1.
65179,2, Rem.4.

19i . 8

IDIOMS.
Er ift! {chon angefommen, He has already arrived.
Er war ſchon angefommen, He had already arrived.

Wenn er nur länger geblieben? wäre,

I was at the meeting, but I did not
see you,

He is beside himself,

He is in love with her,

He is engaged to (be married to) her,

He is of a robust constitution,

I am out of that book at present, )

I have not that book at present, 5

He is not yet of age,

To be sure,

Let that be!

—

If he only had remained longer.

Ih wohnte ber Berfanmlung bei,
ſah Sie aber nicht

Er ift verrüdt.*

Er ift mit ihr verliebt.®

Er ift mit ihr verlobt.

Er ift von ftarfem Körperbau.

Ich habe das Buch angenblidlid) nicht
borräthig.

. Er ift nocd nicht mündig.

Das verfteht fid.
Rühre das nicht an !°

3. Idioms with werden and to become.

Wilhelm Kuhn ift Arzt geworben,

Sie wurde plötzlich fehr blak,

Es wird bald Friede werden,

Das Gedringe’ wurde zu groß,

Durch Schaden wird man Hug,

Die Tage werben länger,

Die Zeit wird mir lang,

Gott ſprach: es werde Lidt ! und cs
ward Licht |

Sie wurde roth (or erröthete),

Der Rabe wird febr alt,

Alfo ward der Menſch eine Icbendige
Seele (bas Erfte Buch Moje, 2, 7),

Ich werde fdwindlich (ich ſchwindle,
es ſchwindelt mir, mir [chwindelt),

Ich bin feines Schwahens itberdril ffig,

Das ift bei uns zum Spridwort ge-
worden,

Der Baum ift zu Stein geworden,

Das foll Dir zur Strafe werden,

Der Kranfe wird wieder gejund,

Was foll damit werden ?

Wir werden morgen abreifer,

Der Grundftein ber Kirche wird übers
morgen gelegt werben,®

Eine neue Britde wird jest gebaut,

1§ 139, 2.
2§ 125, 2, Rem. 2.

3§ 150, 2.
4§ 134, Rem. 1.

William Kuhn has become a plıysi-

She suddenly turned very pale. [cian.

We shall soon have peace.

The crowd (press) became too great.

By experiencing evil one becomes wise.

The days are becoming longer.

Time hangs heavy on my hands.

God said, Let there be light, and there
was light.

She blushed.

The raven lives to a great age.

And man became a living soul (Gen.
IL., 7). '

I am getting dizzy (I am dizzy).

I am tired of his chattering.
That has become a proverb with us.

The tree has become petrified.

That shall be your punishment.

The patient is recovering.

What shall be done with it ?

We shall leave to-morrow.

The corner-stone of the church will
be laid day after to-morrow.

A new bridge is now being built.

5 § 155.
6 § 150, 2.

7§ 66, 8.
8 § 184.

192 IDIOMS.

4, The Potential Mood and Future Indicative of the
English verb.

We can go to-day,

We can not go to-day,

We can go to-morrow,

We could not go yesterday,
We could have gone yesterday,
He may say what he will,

He may go, if he likes,

He says that he can go to-day,
He might go, if he would,

(It) may be it will rain,

We must go early, that we may get
a good place (or so as to get a good

As fast as may be, [place),

If I may ask,

We must go to-day,

We would have been obliged to go
yesterday,

We shall leave to-morrow,

Shall you leave to-morrow? Yes.

Shall you be able to visit us to-
morrow?

I hope I shall,

Shall I bring the book ?

Shall he be rewarded ?

He should go immediately,

Should he go immediately (or if he
should go immediately),

I should like to know,

I should not have done that,

I will bring the book,

I willtry it,

I would go with you, if I had time,

-

I would ndt have given it to him,

I would rather not go,

Wir können heute geben.

Heute können wir nicht gebeit.

Wir werden morgen geben können.!

Geftern konnten wir nicht geben.

Wir hätten? geftern gehen können.

Er mag fagen, was er will.?

Er kann gehen, wenn er will.

Er fagt, daß er heute gehen Tann.

Er könnte gehen, wenn er gehen wollte.

Es könnte regnen (vielleicht wird es
regnen),

Wir milffen früh hingehen, damit wir
einen guten Blab befommen.*

So geſchwind (or fehnell) als möglich,

Wenn id) fragen darf.

Wir müffen heute gehen.

Wir hätten geftern gehen müſſen.

Wir werden morgen abreifen.

Werden Sie morgen abreifen? Ja.

Wird e8 Ihnen möglich fein, uns mors
gen zu befuchen ?

Ich hoffe es, ja.

Soll? id) das Buch holen?

Soll er belohnt werden?

Er follte gleich gehen.

Sollte er gleid) gehen (or wenn er gleich
geben jollte).

Ich mdehte® gern wiffen.

Sey würde bas nicht gethan haben (or
ich hätte bas nicht gethan).

Ich werbe bas Buch holen.

Ich will es verſuchen.

Ich würde mitgehen™ (or id) ginge® mit,
wenn id) die Zeit Dazu hatte (or hätte
ich Die Zeit dazu).

Ich würde es ihm nicht gegeben haben,
(or id) hätte e8 ihm nicht gegeben),

Ich möchte Lieber nicht gehen.

Would that I had not done it! Wenn ich es nur nicht gethan hätte!
1§ 162, Rem. 2, 3§ 165. 5 § 163. 7818,
2§ 194, 8 4§ 194. 65124, 8 © § 125,

IDIOMS. 193

5. Idioms with the verb laffen, zo leave, to let.

Wer hat die Thüre offen gelaffen ?

Laß mic in Ruh’ !

Wo hat er das Buch gelaffen ?

Er hat die Gelegenheit aus den Häns
den gelaffen,

Er ließ! feinen Gefühlen freien Lauf,

Er bat fie gehen laſſen,

Ich werde e8 ihm wiffen laffen,

Er wird fi) nidt davon abſchrecken
laſſen,

Ich werde mir bei dem Schneider ei⸗
nen Rock machen laſſen,

Ich habe meinen Ueberrod? ausbeſſern
laffen,

Er wird ein Haus bauen laſſen,

Der Hauptmann lief bie Fahne auf-
ziehen,

Er ließ die Anführer erfchießen,?

Mein Bruder läßt Dich grüßen,

Er Tieß die alten Gejete* wieder in
Kraft treten,

Ich laffe mich nicht damit® täufchen.

Wir milffen ihn nicht warten laffen,

Das läßt fich® leicht begreifen,

Das lift fich denken,

Hieraus läßt fic) folgern,

Er mußte fic) Die Beleidigung gefallen
laſſen, [bören,

Es läßt fih bier Niemand ſehen und

Es läßt fich hier angenehm? leben,

Who has left the door open ?

Leave me alone! (leave me in peace!)
Where did he put the book ?

He has let the opportunity slip.

He gave free vent to his feelings.

He let them go.

I shall let him know it.

He will not let himself be frighteneu
from it.

I shall have the tailor make me a
coat.

I have had my overcoat mended.

He will have a house built.

The captain ordered the flag to be
raised.

He ordered the leaders to be shot.

My brother wishes to be remembered

- to you.

He had the old laws put in force
again, [that

I do not let myself be deceived by

We must not keep him waiting.

‘That can be easily imagined.

That can be imagined.

From this may be deduced.

He had to put up with the offense.

Nobody is to be seen or heard here.

. It is agreeable living here,

6. Idioms with the verb Zo get.

I must get (procure) the book,

He could get (find) no employment
in the city,

The cook has gone to the bakery to
get some bread,

I shall get a new suit of clothes made,

Ich mug das Bud anfchaffen.

Er tonnte feine Beichäftigung® in der
Stadt finden. .

Der Kody ift nad) ber Bäckerei gegan-
gen, um Brod zu holen.

Sch, werde mir einen neuen Anzug mas

en laffen.
I must get my photograph taken, Ich muß mid photographiren Taffen.

1§ 144, 4, 3§ 158, 3.
2 § 59, 4§57, 3,1; $66, 3.

5§ 188, 10, Rem. 1.
65120; § 134, 2,

7§ 174, 1.
&§ 57, 2,8; § 65, 8

194 IDIOMS.

I must get my hair cut,
I must get my boots mended,
He must get his lesson by heart,

The cook is getting dinner (ready),

I must get ready for my journey,

He has not got back yet,

We shall get home before evening,

Why don’t you get married ?

They have not got (moved) into their
new house yet,

He has got possession of the house,

They could not get the ship off,

He got all the money out of him he
could, and then he left him,

William is getting along well in his
studies,

Mr. Schmidt is getting along well in
business,

I could not get free from him,

He has got out of debt,

We can not get through here,

We did not get to the top of the
mountain,

We did not get quite to the top of
the mountain,

They got together at seven o "clock,

It is high time to get up, |

I can not get up there,

Get down from there immediately,

It is getting late,

The days are getting longer,

Ich muß mir das Haar jchneiden Laffer.

Ich muß meine Stiefel repariven laſſen.

Er muß feine Aufgabe auswendig
lernen.

Der Koch bereitet bas Mittageffen.

Ich muß mich für die Reiſe vorbereiten,

Er ift noc) nicht zurückgekommen,

Wir werden vor Abend nach Haufe fom-

Warum heivathen Sie nicht? [men.

Sie find nod nicht in ihr neues Dane
gezogen. 2

Er ift in ben Befit des Haufes gelangt.

Man fonnte das Schiff nicht wieder
flott machen.

Er erpreßte ihm fo viel Gelb als er nur
fonnte, und dann verließ? er ihn.

Wilhelm macht gute Fortjchritte in ber
Säule,

Herr Schmidt macht gute Gefdafte.

Ich fonnte mich von ihm nicht losma⸗

Er hat feine Schulden bezahlt. ſchen.

Hier ift fein Durchgang (or hier Tünnen
wir nicht durchkommen).

Wir haben die Spite bes Berges nicht
erreidht.

Wir find nicht ganz bis an die Spite
des Berges hinaufgelommen.*

Sie verfammelten fic) um fieben Uhr.

Es ift Die Höchfte: Zeit aufzuftehen.

Ich tann da nicht hinaufkommen.

Mach’, daß du gleich herunter® kommſt.

Es wird {don fpät.

Die Tage werden länger,

7. Idioms with prepositions.
1. Mus (§ 220), aufler ($ 221).

Ich verlor? ihn aus den Augen,

Aus feinem Briefe erfehe ih— .

Herr Braun ift aus Berlin,

Gr ſtammt aus einer alten Familie, *

Sind biefe Bücher aus ber zweiten
Hand?

I lost sight of him.

I perceive from his letter—
Mr. Braun is from Berlin.

He comes from an old family.
Are these second-hand books ?

1§157,2, Rem.3. 8188,65.
2§ 144, 6. 4§ 157; § 150, 8.

§ § 90. 7§ 144, 6.
6 § 188, ©§ 87,

a 000

IDIOMS. 195

Aus welchem Grunde bemeifen Sie
das?

Er lebt aus ber Hand in ben Mund,

Das kann man natürlich nicht aus dem
Kopfe jagen,

Man hat ihn aus bloßem Verdacht ver-
haftet,

Er bat e8 aus Vorſatz gethan,

Das weiß ich aus Erfahrung,

Was wird aus ihm werden ?

Ich bin begierig zu willen, was ans
der Sache wird,

Da ward aus Morgen und Abend der
erfte! Dag (1. Mof. 1, 5),

Die Zeit ift aus ($ 181, 1),

Trinke du e8 ganz aus,

Es ift aus mit ihm,

Bon Haufe aus ift er? confervativ,

Er ift außer fic) vor Freude,

Diefes Wort ift jest außer Gebraud,

Er wird es nicht thun, außer ($ 260)
wenn Sie mit ihm darüber fprechen,

‚It is all over with him.
- He is originally (and naturally) con-

How do you prove that ?

He lives from hand to mouth.
Of course one can not hold all the
paiticulars of that in one’s head.
They arrested him upon mere sus-
picion.

He did it intentionally.

That I know by experience.

What will become of him?

I am curious to know how the matter
will turn out.

And the evening and the morning
were the first day (Gen. I., 5).

The time is up.

Drink it all up (down).

[servative.

He is beside himself from joy.

This word is now obsolete.

He will not do it unless you speak to
him about it.

2. Bei (§ 222).

Bei Alle bem, ift er ein Mann von
Ehre,

Beim? erften Anblid hättet ic) nicht ge⸗
glaubt —

Es iſt nicht mehr Sitte bei ung,

Bei den Römern wurde e8 Sitte,

Herr Rahn ift beim Effen (bet Tifche),

Sie fittt beim offenen Fenfter,®

Bei diefer Gelegenheit, -

Bei Lebenszeit meines Vaters,

For all that, he is a man of nono.

At first sight, I would not hate be-
lieved—

It is not the custom with ı us. [mans.

It was custom with (among) the Ro

Mr. Rahn is at the table.

She is sitting at an open window.

Upon this occasion.

During my father’s life-time. .

: 3. Mit ($227).

Ich habe es mit eigenen Augen gefehen,®

Er bat das Haus mit baarem Gelbe
bezahlt,

Er hat es mit Gewalt genommen,

Mit einem Male ging e8 108,’

Ein Herr, mit Namen Job, Schmidt,

Ich habe mit Rückkehr der Poft einen
Brief von ihn befommen,®

1592. 3§ 54,1, Rem, 2, 3.

2§ 40,2; 940,8, Rem. *§125.

I saw it with my own eyes.
He paid for the house in cash.

He took it by force.

All of a sudden it exploded.

A man by the name of John Smith.

I received a letter from him by return
mail. - .
5§ 68, : 7153, 3.
6§144, & 8 § 155, 1.

v

196 IDIOMS.

Er hat es mit Borfat gethan, He did it designedly.
Er bat es mit leifer Stimme gelefen, He read it in a low, soft voice. [about.
Mit der Zeit pflüdt man Rofer, Time and patience bring every thing
Die Nota wurde mit Proteft zurüd- The note was returned under protest.
geſchickt,“
Die Inſchrift iſt mit goldenen Buch⸗ The inscription is written in golden
ftaben gejchrieben, letters.
Wir gehen nach dem Mufeum ; wollen We are going to the Muscum ; will ‘
Gie mit? you go along? ;
Wollen? Sie bas Bud) mit (ſich) neh» Will you take the book with you?
men?

4. Rad) (§ 228).

Nad gethaner Arbeit ift gut rufen, Sleep is sound when the work 1s
[iheben, done. n
Es foll ganz nach ihrem Belieben ge- It shall be done exactly as you desire.
Es Hat jetst ſechs Tage nach einander It has now been raining six days in
geregnet, succession.
Im Jahre 1820? nad) Chriſti Geburt, In the year of our Lord 1820.
Das Kleid ift nicht nach meinem Gee The dress is not to my taste.

ſchmack,

Das Obſt wird in Deutſchland nach In Germany the fruit is sold by weignt.
dem Gewicht verkauft,

ce Uhr ift es jest drei Biertel* By my watch it is now a quarter to
auf Sechs six.

Des Dams ift nad) Hamburg The steamer is bound for Hamburg.

mt

Der Maler hat diefe> Landſchaft nach The painter drew this landscape from

der Natur gezeichnet, nature.

5. Bon (§ 234).
roe Klein ift ein Deutfdher® von @ee Mr. Klein is a German by birth.
urt,
Was verlangen Sie von uns? What do you ask (wish) of us?
Herr Roth ift ein Arzt von. Brofeffion, Mr. Roth is a physician by profession
Er ift ein Mann von etwa fünfzig He is a man about fifty years old.

/ _ Sabren,
Y Bon Herzens Grunde, From the bottom of my heart.
= wurde von ehrlichen Eltern gee He was born of honest parents.
oren, .
Er wurde von Allen geliebt, He was beloved by all.
Er lebt von feinen Einkünften, He lives upon his income. *'

Das war fehr freundlich” von ihm, That was very kind in him.
Es war jehr Unrecht von ihm Daß, etc., It was very wrong in him that, etc.
Wir wohnen zehn Meilen von bier,’ We reside ten miles from here.

18184; $ 161. 3599. s$111,1. 7§ 86, 2, 6.
25118,3; 8166. 4§104, 2. 6 § 89, Rem. 10. 8 § 256.

'

IDIOMS. 197

6. Su (§ 235).

Wir werden, zum Beifpiel'—

Heute wird in der Kirche eine Samm⸗
lung? zum Beften der Armen in der
Stadt gehalten,?

Es wird ihm nicht zur Ehre gereichen,

Der Krieg wird bald zu Ende fein,

Zum erften, zum anbern,* zum drit-
ten (Mal) !

Er ſah zum Fenfter hinaus,

Ich habe bas Tuch zu Drei Thaler die
Elle getauft,

Das Reidy ift zu Grunde gegangen,

Hier ift ein Muſikſtück zu vier Händen
(or filr vier Hände),

Der Baumeifter hat dieſes Haus zum
Modell genommen,

Zur® felben Zeit,

We will, for example—

A collection will be taken in the ~
church to-day for the benefit of the
poor in the city.

It will not redound to his honor.

The war will soon be at an end.

Going, going, gone! (at an auction).

He was looking out of the window.

I paid three thalers a yard for the
cloth. [to ruins),

The empire has fallen to pieces (gone

Here is a piece of music arranged for
four hands.

The architect has taken this house
for his model. /

At the same time.

Eriftzum Hauptmann ernanntworden,® He hgs been appointed captain.

Su welchen Zwecke bat er das gethan ?

For what purpose has he done that ?

9. An (§ 245).

Wenn ich an Ihrer Stelle wäre,

An wen ift e8 zu lejen ?

Die Reihe ift an mir, zu lefert,

Es ift an Friedrich,

Der Mann geht an Krüden,

Er fist am Fenfter,’

Es ift nichts an der Sache,

Eine Rede an den König,

An und für fidh, [mejend.
Es waren an fünfhundert Berjonen an-
Ich habe mich an ihn gewendet,

If I were in your place.

Whose turn is it to read ?

It is my turn to read.

It is Frederick’s turn.

The man goes on crutches.

He is sitting at the window.

There is nothing true in it.

An address to the king.

In and of itself (per se). [sons present.
There were toward five hundred per-
I applied to him.

8. Auf (§ 246).

Mein Bruder ift auf der Jagd,
Eine Antwort auf einen Brief,
Sie war böfe® auf ihn,
Er hat viel Geld auf Bücher gewandt,
Wilhelm geht auf den Markt,
Bis auf weiteren Befehl, [fen,
Auf die Gefundheit einer Perfor trin-
Wir haben lange auf ihn gewartet,
2888. 35104 .
2557, 2,8 5108, Rem. 5.

My brother has gone hunting.

An answer to a letter.

She was angry at him.

He has spent much money in books.
William is going to market.

Until farther orders.

To drink to a person’s health.

We have waited for him a long time.
5 § 54, Rem. 2. 1§ 68, Exe.

6 § 131, Rem. 8. 8 § 258.

III. EXAMPLES OF SYNONYMS.
1. Ader, Feld, Land.

Land bezeichnet einen Theil der Erbe im Allgemeinen, in! Gegenfas gegen
folche, die mit Waffer bedeckt find, und ohne Rüdficht auf feinen wirthichaft-
lichen Nutzen (Feftland, Grenzland, Sumpfland, Tiefland). Gelb ift Land,
e3 mag gebaut fein, Früchte? tragen oder nicht (Brachfeld, Winterfelb, Weizen-
feld). Ader heißt nur wirklich gebautes Feld (Haferader, Kleeacker, Kohl⸗
ader, Kartoffelader). (Eberhard.)

2. Ackersmann, Landwirth, Bauer.

Ein Ackersmann iſt derjenige, deſſen Hauptgeſchäft der Ackerbau iſt, er
mag übrigens in der Stadt oder auf dem Lande wohnen. Landwirth und
Bauer jchließen? nod) bas Merkmal ein,? daß ein folder nicht in ber Stadt,
fondern auf bem Lande wohne.* Unter fic) find Landwirthe und Bauer darin
verſchieden, daß, nach bem jesigen® Gebrauch, das legtere Wort nicht bloß das
Geſchäft, fondern auch den Stayd (in ber bürgerlichen Gejellfchaft), das erftere
hingegen bloß das Gefchäft anzeigt und ben Stand gar nicht andentet. Ein
Edelmann, der ein freies Rittergut befitst, auf bemfelben® Tebt und es felbft be-
wirthfchaftet, ift ein Lanbdwirth ; aber er ift tein Bauer, denn ev gehört nicht
zum Bauernftande. (Maas.)

3. Aufſtehen, erftehen, auferftehen.

Diefe Wörter heißen eigentlich : aus ber liegenden ober fitenden in die ftehende
Stellung übergehen. Figürlich überhaupt : fic) erheben (von einem Sünben-
falle aufftehen, erftehen, auferftehen). Die Bewegung in die Höhe wird in
aufftehen durch das Auf beftimmt und ungweidentig bezeichnet. Er in
erftehen drückt biefelbe zwar auch aus, aber nach einer unbeftimmten Weife,
tenn Er Tann au) Aus bedeuten (erwählen heißt auswählen). Hier-
in liegt ber Grund, warum man zu erftehen, welded die frühere Form war,
nod auf binzufeßte, um die Zweideutigkeit' zu vermeiden, und auf biefe Weife
auferfte hen bilbete. Der nachfolgende Sprachgebraud; beftunmte dann Die-
fen Ausdrud, vermuthlich. weil ex Durch die größere Fülle mehr Feierliches zu
haben ſchien, infonderheit für bas Auferftehen aus dem Grabe, und nod)
mehr das Hauptwort Auferftehung, vergleichen in diefer Form-von er-
fteben wenig, und von Au fftehung gar nicht gebraucht wird. (Er ift von
feinem Krankenlager gar nicht aufgeftanden [or erftanden]. Seine
Aſche rubet {don in ber Erbe und harret ver Auferftehung.®) (Maas.)

1§54, Rem. 2 3§ 151, 1. 5 § 86, 2. 7§ 57, 2, 8.
2§ 74, 8, 4, 15124 | . sL.XLUI,8. ® § 52, 2, 8.

at i ——

EXAMPLES OF SYNONYMS. 199

4. Ausführen, vollbringen, vollführen, vollziehen, vollstrecken.

Vollbringen bezieht sich! bloss auf die Handlung selbst, und heisst eigent-
lich : Etwas so weit bringen, bis es voll, vollständig, vollendet ist. (Die Erde
vollbringt ihren Lauf um die Sonne in 365 Tagen und einigen Stunden.)
Vollziehen ist von ausführen bloss dadurch? verschieden, dass es sich mehr auf
das Ende der Handlung, ausführen mehr auf die ganze Handlung, nach ihrem
Anfange und Ende bezieht. Die Ausführung giebt dem Vorsatze seine Voll-
endung auch schon durch den Anfang der Handlung, die Vollführung erst
durch die völlige? Beendigung derselben. (Man ist schon seit langer Zeit mit
der Ausführung des Entwurfs der Austrocknung der pontinischen Sümpfe
beschäftigt, aber noch immer von der Vollfiihrung desselben weit entfernt.)
Durch eine Handlung, welche einem Beschlusse, der auf einer Verabredung
beruhet, seine Vollendung giebt, wird der Beschluss vollzogen. Dieser Be-
schluss mag übrigens* ein Gesetz, oder eine Verordnung, oder ein Befehl, oder
ein Urtheilsspruch sein. (Man vollzieht das Urtheil an einem Missethiter.
Man klagt, dass die vielen Gesetze, Verordnungen und Befehle, die man in
manchen Ländern giebt, nicht gehörig vollzogen werden.) Der Gebrauch
von vollstrecker ist so eingeschränkt, dass er eine unmittelbare Vollziehung
bedeutet ; so sagt man: einen Befehl, ein Urtheil? vollszrecken ; nicht aber:
ein Gesetz, einen Vertrag, eine Eheverbindung vollstrecken. (Entwürfe
werden ausgeführt. Gesetze, Beschlüsse und Urtheilssprüche werden voll-
zogen, und diese letzteren nun, sofern es sogleich und nnmittelbar geschieht,
vollstreckt. Die vollziehende Gewalt thut also das,* was die gesetzgebende
und richterliche beschlossen” hat.) (Eberhard.)

5. Meer, See.

Die Wörter See und Meer werben zuförberft beide dem ganzen Ocean,
hiernächſt aber and bald das Eine oder das Andere, bald beide zugleich ge-
wiffen befonbderen Theilen beffelben beigelegt. Der Grund von diefer Ver⸗
{chiedenbeit in ber Benennung ber Theile des Oceans fcheint offenbar feine an⸗
bere zu fein, als daß bie Völkerſtämme, welche beide Wörter, See und Meer,
hatten, die Gewiiffer, bie fie durch bie lateiniſches ober Daraus entftandene Spra-
chen keinen fernten, Meere, die anderen Völlerſtämme aber, welche bas Wort
See hatter, fowohl ben Ocean als feine Theile See nannten. Ungeachtet
jene alfo das Wort See hatten, fo gebrauchten fle boc) bas Mort Meer bet
ben Theilen des Oceans, deren Benennung fie von ben Römern entlehnten.
Das wird dadurch ganz augenfcheinlich, daß einige Gewäffer eine Doppelte Be⸗
nennung haben, eine römifche und eine urfprünglich deutſche. Die Nordfes

15188 . 3 § 86, 2,4 5 § 57, 8, 4, 79144, 6.
25189,4, - 48278. . *5111,2, Rem. 8. 8547, Rem.

200 EXAMPLES OF SYNONYMS.

heißt auch das Deutſchei Meer (mare Germanicum), und bie Oftfee bas Baltifdet
Meer (mare Balticum). Aud) die Theile des Oceans, mit denen wir in der
neueren Zeit Durch bie Engländer befannt geworbden find, werden See und
niht Meer genannt (wie die Sid fee, die wir am beften Durch Cooks? und
fyorfters Seereifen fennen). Wenn der ganze Ocean beides, See und Meer
genannt wird, fo gefhieht bas nad) verfchiedenen Anfihten. Gee wird es
nad feiner Materie, Meer nach feiner Form genannt, Die See ift der
Ocean, oder ber Theil ber Oberfläche ber Erbe, der? nicht feftes Land ift; das
Meer, fo fern e8 von dieſem fefte Lande eingeſchloſſen ift. (Man fagt : ſee⸗
warts, entgegengefest von landwärts ; Seewind, entgegengefest bem Landwind ;
Seemadt, See folbaten, Seereifen, Seeräuber, 2c., entgegengefest der
Landmacht, Landjolbaten, Landreifen, Räuber auf dent feften Lande, 2c. Eben
fo jagt man Seewafler, See bider, ꝛc.; hingegen fagt man Meer bufer,
Meerenge). (Eberharb.)

6. Naseweis, neugierig, vorwitzig.

Der Naseweise verlangtEtwas zu wissen, und fragt, um zu zeigen, dass er
Verstand und Erfahrung genug* besitzt, von einer Sache, die noch über seiner
Sphäre ist, mitzusprechen. Man nennt Personen naseweis, und besonders
kleine Knaben und Mädchen, wenn sie über viele Dinge urtheilen, die sie

nicht verstehen, um ihren Witz und Verstand zu zeigen, insonderheit® wenn —

sie durch ihre voreiligen Urtheile Personen, denen sie Achtung schuldig® sind,
beleidigen, oder sie durch ihre unbescheidenen Fragen in Verlegenheit setzen.
Die Neugierde ist die leidenschaftliche Begierde eines Menschen, das Neue
zu wissen, bloss weil es ihm neu ist; der Vorwitz ist die Begierde, das zu
wissen und zu erfahren, was’ er nicht wissen kann, und nicht zu erfahren
suchen soll. Zu dem, was uns zu wissen vorenthalten ist, gehört besonders
die entfernte und ungewisse Zukunft. Diese ist es gerade am meisten, welche
den Vorwitz unwissender und schwacher Menschen reizt. (Eberhard.)

7. Mögen, wollen.

Was wir thun, das müssen wir wollen, selbst alsdann, wenn wir es ungern
thun. Sollen wir es so wollen, dass wir es gern thun, so muss es entweder
gar nicht missfallen, oder doch in beträchtlichem Grade mehr wohlgefallen,
als missfallen. So fern nun das, was wir wollen gefällt, so fern es uns Lust
und Vergnügen macht, mögen wir es. So wie wir Manches wollen, was wir
nicht möchten, wenn wir müssten,® so mögen wir auch Manches, was wir nicht

wollen. | (Eberhard.)
‚ıL. XVIII, 3, Rem. 36114,% - 55 118,12, 7$114,4, Rem,
2877. 4§112, 5, Ren. 1. 6 § 96, 1. 6§1%, ._

wh —

ur

IV. LETTERS AND BUSINESS FORMS.

1. Ein Neffe meldet seinem Onkel den Todesfall seiner Schwester,
Berlin, den 9. April 1869.
Lieber Onkel,

Eine ausserordentlich schmerzliche Begebenheit zwingt mich heute Dir
zu schreiben. Nach neuntägigem schweren Leiden ist gestern meine liebe
Schwester Adelheid am Typhus gestorben.” Wie gross der Schmerz im
Hause und die Theilnahme aller Bekannten ist, kannst Du Dir denken, da
Du ja wohl weisst,? wie sehr sie der Liebling aller derer war, mit denen sie
in Berührung kam.

Wenn ich mich auf diese kurze traurige Mittheilung beschränke, ohne
irgend welche Nebenumstände zu erwähnen, so schreibe* das dem tiefen
Schmerze zu, der mich bewegt. Alles Andere, so mittheilenswerth es auch
sonst sein mag, erscheint mir diesem Ereignisse gegenüber bedeutungslos und
unwesentlich. Mit herzlichem Gruss
| Dein treuer Neffe

Gottfried Förster.

2. Senn? zum Geburtstage eines Vaters.
Hamburg, den 7. Suni 1869.
Mein Lieber Vater.

Wie gerne wire ich heute in ber Mitte unferer Familie, um Dir perfönlich
meinen Glückwunſch darbringen zu können. Bum erften Male ift e8 mir ver-
fagt, den Fefttag mit Euch? zu feiern, und e8 wird mir ganz weh au Dtuthe,
wenn id) daran denfe. Möchte der jchöne Tag noch recht oft wieberfehren und
uns Alle um Dich vereinigt fehen. Damit ich aber nicht ganz in bem heimifchen
Kreife um den geſchmückten Frübftiidistifch mit der großen Geburtstagstorte
fehle,® fo fchide ich Dir mein Bild, denn ich weiß ja doch, daß Du mich felbjt
— wenn es auc) nur mein Bild ift—lieber nimmt, ale. Alles, was ih Dir
fonft ſchicken könnte. Vielleicht follte ich das nicht fo grabe herausfagen,” aber
warum denn am Ende nicht ehrlich ausfprechen, was man denkt und fühlt.

Der Tag ift noch kaum angebrodjen. Allein ich wollte nicht {chon geftern
ſchreiben, weil ich Dann gar nicht fo recht in Feftftimmung gewefen wäre.® Fett
trage ich ben Brief gleich felbft auf die Poft, dann geht er mit bem Frühzug ab

18127. 3§ 144, 7. 5§ 107, Rem. 4: 7§ 157, 1.
2 § 135, 2. *§151,1. “68124. 8 § 283.

202 LETTERS AND BUSINESS FORMS.

und fommt gerade an,’ wenn Shr Euch an den Frühſtückstiſch fett und Nachbar
Schmidt nad) gewohnter Weife zum Gratuliren herüberlommt. Wenn id von
ber Boft zurück bin, Dann werbe ich mir jelbft in meinem Stübchen das alte Lied
vorfingen, mit bem? wir Gejchwifter Did) jedes Jahr an Deinem Ehrentage
aufgewedt haben. Der Gedante mag etwas zu Kindifch? für einen fo großen
Jungen fein; aber es ift gar fo ſchön fich in die Kinderjahre zurüdzudenten,
namentlich an folder heiteren Familiengebenktagen.
Grüße Mutter und bie Gefdhwifter recht febr
und fei* felbft herzlich umarmt und gelüßt von Deinem —
tto.

3. Ceremonielle Form der Einladung.
Herr und Madame Eberhard versichern Herrn und Madame Prenzler ihrer
gänzlichen Hochachtung und bitten Sie, ihnen die Ehre zu erweisen, Mitt-
woch um 5 Uhr bei ihnen speisen zu wollen.°®

4. Antwort auf dieselbe.
Herr und Madame Pretzler beeilen sich, der ihnen so freundlich geworde-
nen Einladung Folge zu leisten, und empfehlen sich Herrn‘ und Madame
Eberhard auf das Ergebenste.

5. Vertrauliche Form der Einladung.
Lieber Herr Reichert.

Wenn Sie nicht fiir Morgen Mittag bereits versagt sind, so sind Sie freund-
lichst eingeladen, mit uns um 4 Uhr zu speisen. Herr Professor Bernhard
und Dr. Runge haben uns versprochen zu kommen. Dr. Runge freut sich
besonders darauf, Ihre Bekanntschaft zu machen. Sie sollten die Gelegen-
heit nicht vorübergehen lassen, da er schon in drei Tagen nach Berlin zu-
rückzukehren gedenkt. Mit freundschaftlichem Gruss

Michaels Strasse No, 126. Ä Ihr

Mittwoch, den 6. October 1869. Joh. Wilh. Engelmann.

6. Antwort auf dieselbe.
Lieber Herr Engelmann.
Leider bin ich schon seit mehreren Tagen für morgen Mittag versagt, und
kann daher Ihrer freundlichen Einladung’ nicht nachkommen, so sehr ich be-
dauere, Dr. Runge nicht sehen zu können.®

Brandenburger Strasse No. 89. Ihr
Mittwoch, den 6. October 1869. Fried. Wilh, Reichert.
1 § 150, 2 3§ 86, 2 & 8 § 165. 7§179, 1.

2§114,2 45161. ‚0575, Rem.1. 85167.

.r

LETTERS AND BUSINESS FORMS. 203

7. Höflihe Form der Einladung.

Herr und Madame Dietrich bitten Herrn und Madame Kiefewetter, gefälligk
nidften' Dienftag um 6 Uhr bei ihnen fpeifen zu wollen, und empfehlen fic
Ihnen bei diefer Gelegenheit aufs Freundlichfte.?

8. Antwort anf dieſelbe.

Herr und Madame Kieſewetter werben bas Vergnügen haben, der Cinladung?®
von Herrn und Madame Dietrich Folge zu leiften,> und empfehlen fi) Fonen*
freundfchaftlichft.

9. Wechselbrief. — |
Gut für 1500 Thir. Pr. Cour.
An die Disconto-Gesellschaft zu Berlin.
Nach Sicht, belieben Sie, auf diesen Prima-Wechsel, an Herrn Fr. Wilh,
Lindemann die Summe von fünfzehnhundert Thaler, Preusisch Courant,
auszuzahlen. Werth empfangen, den Sie in Rechnung stellen wollen laut

Bericht. JoH. W. EITELBERG,
Wien, den® 12. August 1869. Banquier in Wien.
10. Anweifung.
| Gut für 800 Thlr.

. In vier Monaten (oder auf Verlangen) verpflichte ich mich, an Herrn Karl
Kein oder deffen* Ordre, die Summe von achthundert Thaler, Preußiſch
Courant, auszuzahlen. Werth in Waaren (oder baar) empfangen.
Sriedrih Auguſt Kranich.
Stuttgart, den 7. Dezember 1869.

11. Onittung,
j 500 Thlr.
Empfangen’ von Herrn L. Kraus, fünfhundert Thaler, Preußiſch Courant,
als Bezahlung in voll.®. Wilhelm Kraus.
Gotha, den 4. Oftober 1869.
UT 35179, 2. 5588, 4. 78144, 4,
25190, 9,2. 4519,11. . $§111, 2 8 §188, 12, Rem.

V. READING LESSONS.
Die deutſche Sprache.

Die deutſche Sprache iſt eine! ber älteſten,“ reinſten und gebildetſten unter
ben lebenden Sprachen. Ihre Bildungsgeſchichte umfaßt ungefähr zweitauſend
Yahre.? Sie ift bie urfprüngliche eines alten, in verſchiedene Stämme* getheil«
ten, großen Boltes, welches ſchon fehr frith aus? feinen alten Wohnfiten in Hoch»
aſien nad) Europa wanderte, und befonders deffen nördlichen und mittleren
Theil bewölterte.

Der Name „deutſch“ ftammt nidht von bem angeblichen Gotte ib
Stammovater diefes Bolles, THuisto, ab,‘ fondern von bem gothifder
Worte thiudu—altdeutich diot, die —da8 heit Voll, und bebeutet eigentlich :
„zum Volke gehirend4, »dem Bolle eigen“. Unter dem Namen
Germanen wurben’ bie Deutichen zuerft den Römern befannt.

Großen Einfluß auf die Deutichen und ihre Sprache hatte bie Völkerwan⸗
berung (375—500) und die Ausbreitung der chriftlichen Religion. Der
Bischof Ulfilas (360—380) war ber Erfinder ober doch ber Vervolltommner
einer deutſchen Buchſtabenſchrift, und Ueberfeger’ ber Bibel ins Gothijde.

Karl der Große (768—814) war ein thätiger Beförberer ber deutſchen Sprad)-
bildung. Unter den Hohenftaufen erhob fich die Allemanifche oder Schwäbiſche
Mundart (Mittelhochdeutfche Sprache), Deren? fic) bie Minneſänger bebienten.

Die profaifhe Sprache gewann an Ausdehnung, Reichtum und Regel-
mäßigkeit durch den vergrößerten Wohlftand ber Stäbte und bie erhöhte allge-
meine Bildung, auf welche vorzüglich folgende Umftände vortheilhaft einwirkten:
. bie Errichtung der Univerfität zu Prag (1348), Wien, Heidelberg, Köln, 2c.;5
bie Erfindung bes Lumpenpapiers und ber Buchbruderkunft (1446) ; die Er⸗
oberung Konftantinopels (1453); bie Entftehung der Zeitungen ; die Entdedung
von Amerika (1492); vorzüglich aber bie Reformation (1500).

Luther (1483—1546) begründete Durch) feine Bibelüberfeßung und burd) feine
übrigen Schriften, befonders Predigten und Lieder, bie heutige allgemeine
Sähriftfprache unter bem Namen des Ho hdeut{ hen (genauer Neu i o ch⸗
de ut ſch genannt).

Es find in dem langen Lebenslaufe unferer Sprache vier Haupt-Cpoden
zu unterjcheiden, in denen ber Strom ihrer fortwährenben Veränderung für
eine Zeitlang gehemmt und fie als Schriftfprache zu mehr oder wenger feſter
Geſtalt gediehen zu ſein ſcheint. Dieſe vier Epochen ſind:

18100. 3§ 74, 8, 4, 1. 5 § 220. L XXXVI., 6.
2891. 4§ 74, 8, 4, 1. : 6§151, 1. . : 8 114, 2.

RM

iM

READING LESSONS. | 205

1. bas Gothifde, bis zum 4. Jahrhundert unferer Zeitrechnung ;

2. bas Althoch de utſche, vom 7, bis zum 11. Jahrhundert ;

8, bas Mittelhochdeutſche, vom 12. bis zum 14, Jahrhundert ;

4. bad Neuhochdeutſche, feit dem Anfang des 16. Fahrhunderts ; be-
fonders durch Luther begründet, aber erft mit bem Anfblühen unferer neueren
clafftfden Literatur, feit ber Mitte des 18. Jahrhundert, allmälig zu feiner
beutigen Geftalt gediehen.

(K. W. L. Heyfe, 1797—1855.)

Der Straßenjunge.

Ein Straßenjunge, der von einem andern eine Maulſchelle erhalten hatte,
wurde gefragt,! warum? er dieſelbe nicht zurückgegeben hätte. „Darum“, ant-
wortete er, „weil ich Dachte, wir wären ımfer nur zwei, und dann würde? bie
Reihe doch gleich wieder an mich* kommen.“

(Zul. Wilb. Binkgref, 1591— 1635.) °

Des Dentihen Vaterland.

Was ift des Deutichen? Vaterland ?
Iſt's Preußenland, ift's Schwabenland?
Iſt's wo am‘ Rhein bie Rebe blüht?
Iſt's wo am Belt bie Möve zieht?"
D nein! nein! nein]
: Sein Vaterland muß größer fein.

Was ift bes Deutichen Vaterland ?
Iſt's Baierland, iſt's Steierland ?
Iſt's wo der Marfen Rind ſich firedt ?
Iſt's wo der Märker Eifen rect ?

O nein! nein ! nein!

Sein Baterland muß größer® fein.

Was ift des Deutfchen Vaterland?
Iſt's Bommernland, Weitfalenland ?
Iſt's wo der Sand der Dünen weht?
Iſt's wo bie Donau braufend geht ?
© nein! nein! nein !
Sein Vaterland muß größer fein.

25118, 1, Rem.2,2. +$107. $§54,1, Rem.2,1, 8 $91.

206 READING LESSONS.

Was ift bes Dentfden Baterland?
So nenne mir das große Lano,
Iſt's Land ber Schweizer, ift’s Tyrol?
Das Land und Bolt gefiel! mir wohl ;
D nein ! nein! nein !
Sein Vaterland muß größer fein.

Was ift bes Deutfchen Baterland ?
So nenne? mir bas große Land !
Gewiß ift e8 bas Defterreich,
An? Ehren und an Siegen reich?

© nein! nein! nein!

Sein Vaterland muß größer fein.

Was ift bes Deutfchen Baterland ?
So nenne endlid) mir bas Land |
So weit bie dentfche Zunge tlingt,
Und Gott* im Himmel Lieber fingt,
Das fol: es fein !
Das, wadrer Deutfcher, nenne bein |

Das ift bes Deutfchen Vaterland :
Wo Eide ſchwört der Drud ber Hand,
Wo Treue hell vom Auge blit,
Unb Liebe warm im Herzen ſitt,
Das ſoll es ſein!
Das, wackrer Deutſcher, nenne dein!
Das ganze Deutſchland ſoll es ſein!
O Gott! vom Himmel fieh® darein!
Und gieb uns rechten deutſchen Muth,
Daß wir es lieben tren und gut!
Das ſoll es fem! -
Das ganze Deuiſchland ſoll es ſein.
(Ernſt Mori Arndt, 1769 - 1860.)

Der junge Muſiker.
Eine Geſellſchaft von Spöttern wollte ſich über einen jungen Muſiler, der
thnen’ vorſpielte, luſtig machen und rief: „Er ſpielt fo lieblich wie Orpheus !“
„Ja“, antwortete der Künſtler, „darum? habe ich auch einen Haufen Bären

und Panther um mid her.“ (I. W. Bin'gref.)
1§ 144, 4. 3 § 245, 5 § 163, 7§ 107.

251447. 4§ 74, 2, 4. 514,2 85188, 10, Rem. 1,

READING LESSONS. 207

Der Bettler und Kaifer Friedrid.

Als eines Tages! zu Nürnberg ein Bettler zu Kaifer Friedrid) fam und ibn
um ein Almofen anfprad, mit bem Zuſatz, er wäre? kaiferlicher Majeftät? Bru-
ber, weil alle Menfchen von einem Vater — dem Adam — abftammten, alfo un-
ter einander Brüder wären, ließ ihm ber Katfer nicht mehr als einen Kreuzer
geben. Der Bettler wollte‘ ſich befdyweren, daß e8 für einen Kaifer zu wenig
wäre. Allein? Friedrich wies ihn mit den Worten ab :* „Wenn dir ein jeder
Bruder fo viel gibt, wirft bu reicher fein als ich ſelbſt.“

(3. W. Binkgre} )

„Beſſer Etwas“

Sprach ber Wolf, „denn Nichts,“
Als er nach einem Schafe fdnappte,

Und dafür eine Mid’ ertappte.

Mander könnt’ bie Kappe jparen :
Man erkennt ihn fo Schon für einen Narren,

. Ein Abentener.

Wir belagerten, ich weiß nicht mehr, welche Stadt. Dem Feldmarfdall war
ganz erftaunlich viel an genauer Kundſchaft gelegen, wie bie Sachen in ber
Feſtung fliinden. C8 ſchien äußerſt ſchwer, ja faft unmöglich, burd alle Vor-
poften, Wachen und Feftungswerke hinein zu? gelangen. Bor Muth und
Dienfteifer faft ein wenig allzu vafch, ftelle ich mich neben eine ber größten
Kanonen, die foeben nad) der Feftung abgefeuert warb,® und fprang im Hui auf
bie Kugel, in der Abficht, mich in bie Feftung hineintragen zu laffen.® Als ich
aber halbwegs durch die Luft geritten war, fliegen mir allerlei nicht unerheb-
liche Bedenklichkeiten zu Kopfe. Hm ! dachte ich, hineinkommen fannft bu nun
wohl, allein wie hernach fogleich wieder herans? Und wie fann dir's in ber
Geltung ergehen? Man wird Dich fogleich als Spion erfennen und an ben
nddften Galgen hängen !

- Ein foldes Bette der Ehre wollte id) mir denn bod) wohl verbitten. Nad)
biefen und ähnlichen Betrachtungen entjchloß ich mich kurz, nahm die glückliche
Gelegenheit. wahr, als eine Kanonenkugel aus ber Feftung einige Schritt von
mir vorüber nad) unferem Lager flog,’ fprang!! von ber Meinigen auf biefe
binüber, und Yam!? zwar unverrichteter Sache, jedoch woblbehalten bei ven lies

‚ ben Unfrigen wieder ar. (Baron von Mündhhaufen, 1720—97.)
:L. TIL, $187. “L.XXXI. 75197, Exe, 4, 0 L, XXX.
2§ 194, 6 L, IX., 1. 8 § 188, 11 § 157, 1.

IL.VI., 5, Rem. 6L. 1X., 4,4. 9§ 144, 4, 12§ $0, 1.

308 READING LESSONS.

Die Hunnen.

Der Geschichtschreiber Ammianus Marcellinus (A.D.410) macht von
den Hunnen folgende Beschreibung: ‘‘Sie sind bartlos und hässlich von An-
gesicht, scheusslich von Gestalt und krummbeinig.' Sie bedürfen keines
Feuers noch schmackhafter Speisen ; ihre Nahrung besteht aus Wurzeln von
Kräutern des Feldes und halbrohem Fleische von jedwedem Vieh. Häuser
haben sie nicht und meiden sie wie die Gräber, selbst Hütten von Rohr
findet man bei ihnen nicht. Unstät durch Gebirg und Wald umherstreifend,
lernen sie von Kindheit an, Hunger und Durst und den Wechsel der Wit-
terung ertragen. Ihre Kleider sind von Leinwand, oder aus Fellen von
kleinem Wild zusammengenähet.? Mit gebogenen Mützen decken sie den
Kopf, mit Bocksfellen den Körper, ihre unförmlichen Schuhe hindern sie an
freiem Gang, desshalb sind sie zu Fussmärschen untüchtig. Aber auf ihren
Pferden, die zwar hässlich, jedoch dauerhaft sind, hangen? sie wie angewach-
sen und verrichten auf denselben ihre gewöhnlichen Geschäfte. Bei Tag
und Nacht ist jeder zu Pferde, kauft und verkauft, isst und trinkt und schläft
auf den Nacken des Thieres gelehnt. Zu Pferde halten* sie die Versamm-
lungen und Berathungen. Kein strenges Herrscherthum fesselt sie; sie
folgen ihren Häuptlingen ohne festes Band. In den Kampf gehen sie keil-
fürmig geordnet und mit grässlich lautem Geschrei. Gewandt und behende
wie sie sind, sprengen sie dann absichtlich mit einem Male auseinander zug
zerstreuen sich zu wüstem Morden.

Aus der Ferne kämpfen sie mit Wurfspeeren, deren Spitzen künstlich aus
scharfen Knochen gefertigt sind, in der Nähe mit dem Schwert. Pflüge
haben sie nicht. Ohne Hof und Herd, ohne festen Sitz und Gesetz schwei-

fen® sie unstät gleich Flüchtlingen mit ihren Wagen umher; dies sind ihre

Wohnungen, wo sich ihre Weiber und Kinder befinden, bis sie erwachsen
sind. Anderswo geboren,°in fernen Landen aufgezogen, weiss keiner anzu-
geben, woher er stammt. Treulos, wankelmüthig, jeder neuen Hoffnung’
hingegeben, folgen sie ganz dem Drang des Triebes. Wie das unvernünftige
Vieh kennen sie keinen Unterschied zwischen Tugend und Laster. Von
Glauben und Religion haben sie keinen Begriff. Nach Geld sind sie so aus-
nehmend liistern und so leicht gereizt, dass sie wohl mehrmals an demselben

Tage sich® entzweien und wieder versöhrien.
(Weber's Weltgeschichte.)

Wenn's nicht geht, wie man will,
Muß man thun wie man fann.

1L, XII. 3L, XXXIIl. s$ 157,1. ?L.XXXIV,
2L. VII., § 83. 4L. XXXII. 6 § 112, 8. 8 § 158,

Fe

READING. LESSONS. 209

Eintritt in die dentfhe Schweiz.
Freier’ athmet ſchon die Bruft,
Höher? ſchlägt einfame Luft,

Friede ift e8, was bier weht,

Sanft zu innerm Herzen geht,

Daß kein Schmerz da nimmer ftitrmt.

Wie fi) Berg auf Berg anthürmt,

Hohes Schweigen uns ergreift,?

Wildes Streben nicht mehr jchweift.

Hier auf ftiller Alpenhöh',“

Wo der fernen Gipfel Schnee,

So die Wollen golden malt,

Ernſt zu uns hernieder ftrahlt.

Selig, wer da Hütten bant,

Einfam der Natur vertraut,

Der Erinnerung nur lebt,

Ganz fich feloft in fie vergräbt,

Einzig auf das Lied nur benft,

Das ihm Gott ins Herz gefentts

Der ben Dichter auserfor,

Daß er bricht an’s Licht hervor®

Alten Heldengeiftes’? Spur |

Stiller Schönheit Blumenflor,

gern von jener wüften Welt,

Die uns AU’ in Feffeln halt.

MBcht® ich einft fo glücklich fein,

Solchen Friedens mich zu freu'n;

Diefer Schönen Berge Höh'n

Nod als Heimath wiederjehn.
(Friedrich von Schlegel, 1772—1829.)

Johann Wolfgang von Goethe.

Joh. Wolf. von Göthe wurde geboren den 28. August 1749 zu Frankfurt
am Main, woselbst sein Vater kaiserlicher Rath war. Im Jahre 1765 ging
er nach Leipzig, wo er die Rechte studiren sollte, sich aber am meisten
mit Dichtkunst beschäftigte, und auch Versuche im Kupferstechen machte.
Von 1768 lebte er wieder in Frankfurt und studirte chemische Werke. Im

14184, 1. 35156, 8. 5L. XVIII. 788,1.
3 § 92, #§ 57, 2,1. 6 157, 1. 6 124, 8.

210 READING LESSONS.

Jahre 1770 bezog er die Universität Strassburg, dort lernte er Herder ken-
nen' und ward Doktor der Rechte. In das vaterliche Haus zuriickgekehrt,
waren Shakspeare’s—des grossen englischen Dramatikers—Werke Gegen-
stand seiner eifrigsten Studien. Im Jahre 1773 schrieb er das Schauspiel
“Götz von Berlichingen,” und 1774 den Roman: ‘‘Leiden des jungen
Werther.” Beide Werke begründeten des Dichters? Ruf. Im Jahre 1776 —
ernannte ihn der Herzog Karl August von Weimar, mit dem er persönlich
bekannt geworden, zum Legations-Rath. Der Aufenthalt in Weimar, dem
Mittelpunkt der deutschen Dichtkunst, hatte auf sein Leben und dichterisches
Wirken den entschiedensten Einfluss. Im Jahre 1786 reiste er nach Italien,
wo er zwei Jahre verweilte und sich meistens in Rom aufhielt. Während
dieser Zeit? schrieb er seine vollendetsten dramatischen Werke: ‘‘Iphigenie
in Tauris”—‘‘ Egmont”—‘‘Torquato Tasso.” Im Jahre 1792 machte er
mit dem Herzoge von Weimar im preussischen Heere den Feldzug gegen die
Franzosen mit. Um‘ sich ganz der Poesie und Wissenschaft widmen zu
können, liess er sich seines Staatsdienstes entheben,® doch wurde er später
zum ersten Minister (Minister-Präsident) in Weimar ernannt. Nach dem
Tode des Herzogs im Jahre 1826 zog er sich zurück.

Göthe gilt als Haupt-Representant unserer zweiten classischen Periode.
Er ist einer der grössten deutschen Dichter, wenn nicht der grösste. In fast
allen Zweigen der Dichtkunst hat er das ausgezeichnetste geleistet. Er ist
gross in jeder Gattung, am grössten® aber in Drama und Roman. Seine
Tragödien: ‘Götz von Berlichingen,” ‘‘ Egmont,” ‘‘ Iphigenie in Tauris,”
* Tasso,” etc., werden allgemein bewundert. Seine Tragödie ‘‘ Faust” aber
ist als sein höchstes Werk in der Poesie, als die Krone seiner Dichtungen
betrachtet. Seine Lieder, Elegien, Balladen, gelten als Muster. Grosses’
leistete er im Epos durch eine Bearbeitung des ‘‘ Reineke Fuchs” und durch
‘* Hermann und Dorothea,” im Roman durch ‘‘ Werthers Leiden,” * Wilhelm
Meisters Lehrjahre,” und ‘‘ Wilhelm Meisters Wanderjahre.”

Bis zu seinem Tode hatte er sich einer® ungewöhnlichen geistigen Frische,
der vollkommensten Gesundheit und der heitersten Gemüthsstimmung zu
erfreuen. Er starb nach kurzem und schmerzlosem Krankenlager am 22.
März 1833, fast vom ganzen Volke als der ‘‘ deutsche Dichterfürst” verehrt,
von etlichen angefeindet, von mehreren zum Gott gemacht.

(Davin.) —
Ein Wolf im Schlaf Hans ohne Fleif .
Fängt nie ein Schaf. Wird nimmer weil, |
18144, 7. 3§ 75, 1,1. 5 §144, 6, 7§ 89, Rem, 10.

- $§ 74,1, 1,1. 4 § 267, Rem. 6, 6§ 958, Rem. 2. ® § §8, 8.

READING LESSONS. zii

Des Königs Grab.

Die Weftgothen wollten durch Italien nach Afrika wandern, unterwegs! ftarb
plötzlich Alarich, ihr König, den fie über die Maße liebten. Da huben fie an,?
und leiteten den Fluß Barent, der neben der Stadt Cofentia von Fuße des
Berges fließt, aus feinem Bette ab.” Mitten in dem Bett ließen ſie nun durch
einen Haufen Gefangener ein Grab graben, und in ben Schoß der Grube be—
Ratteten fie, nebft* vielen Koftbarkeiten, ihren König Alarich. Wie das geſchehen
war, leiteten ſie das Waſſer wieder ins alte Bette zurück, und tödteten, damit die
Stätte von niemand verrathen würde, alle bie, welche bas Grab gegraben hatten.

(Sage, von den Brüdern Grimm. ).

Aufruf des Königs von Preussen.
An mein Volk.

So wenig für mein treues Volk als für Deutsche bedarf e es-einer Rechen-
schaft iiber die Ursachen des Kriegs, welcher jetzt beginnt: klar liegen sie
dem unverblendeten Europa vor Augen. Wir erlagen‘ unter der Uebermacht
Frankreichs. Der Friede, der die Hälfte meiner Unterthanen mir entriss,
gab uns seine Segnungen nicht, denn er schlug uns tiefere Wunden, als selbst
der Krieg, Das Mark des Landes ward ausgesogen. Die Hauptfestungen
blieben vom Feinde besetzt, der Ackerbau ward gelähmt, sowie der sonst so
hochgebrachte Kunstfleiss unserer Städte. Die Freiheit des Handels ward
gehemmt und dadurch die Quelle des Erwerbes und des Woblstandes ver-
stopft. Das Land ward'ein Raub der Verarmung. Durch die strengste Er-
füllung eingegangener Verbindlichkeiten hoffte ich meinem Volke Erleichte-
rung zu verschaffen, und den französischen Kaiser endlich zu überzeugen,
dass es sein eigener Vortheil sei, Preussen seine Unabhängigkeit zu lassen.
Aber meine reinsten Absichten wurden durch Uebermuth und Treulosigkeit
vereitelt, und nur zu deutlich sahen wir, dass des Kaisers Verträge mehr
noch wie seine Kriege uns langsam verderben mussten. Jetzt ist der Augen-
blick gekommen, wo alle Täuschung über unsern Zustand schwindet. Bran-
denburger, Preussen, Schlesier, Pommern, ’Litthauer! Ihr wisst, was ihr seit
sieben Jahren erduldet habt ; ihr wisst, was. euer trauriges Loos ist, wenn
wir den beginnenden Kampf nicht ehrenvoll enden. Erinnert euch an die .
Vorzeit, an den grossen Kurfürsten, an den grossen Friedrich. Bleibet® ein-
gedenk® der Güter, die unter ihnen unsere Vorfahren blutig erkämpften : Ge-
wissensfreiheit, Ehre, Unabhängigkeit, Handel, Kunstfleiss und Wissenschaft.
Gedenkt des grossen Beispiels unserer mächtigen Verbündeten, gedenkt der
Spanier und Portugiesen ; selbst kleine Völker sind für gleiche Güter gegen

1 § 188, 5. 3§ 151, 1. 55142 . 755,4.
2 anheben. 4 § 280, 6 § 148, ®§95, 1.

212 READING LESSONS.

mächtigere Feinde in den Kampf gezogen und haben den Sieg errungen ;!
erinnert euch an die heldenmüthigen Schweizer und Niederländer. Grosse
Opfer werden von allen Ständen gefordert werden,? denn unser Beginnen ist
gross, und nicht gering die Zahl und die Mittel unserer Feinde. Ihr werdet
jene lieber bringen für das Vaterland, für euren angeborenen König, als für
einen fremden Herrscher, der, wie so viele Beispiele lehren, eure Söhne und
eure letzten Kräfte Zwecken widmen würde, die euch ganz fremd sind. Ver-
trauen? auf Gott, Ausdauer, Muth und der mächtige Beistand unserer Bun-
desgenossen werden unserm redlichen Anstrengen siegreichen Lohn gewähren.
Aber welche Opfer auch von einzelnen gefordert werden mögen, sie wiegen
die heiligen Güter nicht auf, für die wir sie hingeben, für die wir streiten und
siegen müssen, wenn wir nicht aufhören wollen, Preussen und Deutsche zu
sein. Es ist der letzte entscheidende Kampf, den wir bestehen für unsere
Existenz, unsere Unabhängigkeit, unsern Wohlstand. Keinen andern Aus-
weg gibt‘ es, als einen ehrenvollen Frieden oder einen ruhmvollen Untergang.
Auch diesem würdet ihr getrost entgegengehen, weil ehrlos der Deutsche nicht
zu leben vermag. Allein wir dürfen mit Zuversicht vertrauen, Gott und un-
ser fester Wille werden unserer gerechten Sache den Sieg verleihen, mit ihm
einen sichern glorreichen Frieden und die Wiederkehr einer glückliehen Zeit.
Breslau, den 17. März 1813, Friedrich Wilhelm.

Ein Mithiftein und ein Menjchenherz
Wird ftets herumgetrieben ;°

Wo Beides Nichts zu reiben bat,
Wird Beides felbft zerrieben.®

Rurzweilige Fragen.

1. Was ift nicht recht und bod feine Sünde ?

2. Wenn fünf Gafte find und fünf Eier aufgetragen werden, wie fann jeder
ein Ei hehmen und dod zulekst noch eines in der Schüffel bleiben ?

3. Welche find die härteften? Nüffe ?

4, Wie kann man aus einem Sad voll Korn zwei folder Sade zugleich voll
machen ?

5. Warum ift in Ulm ein Grofdenbrod größer denn in Schafihaufen ?

6. Was fteht zwifchen Berg und Thal?

7. Wann thun dem Hafen bie Zähne weh 7°

8. Welche Dienfchen gehen auf Köpfen ?

9. Ein Blinder fab einen Hafen laufen, ein Lahmer fprang ihm nad), und ein
Nackter ftedt ihn in Die Tafche ; was ift das ?

10. Welcher ift ber fchwerfte Stab ?

25161. +L. XLV, 2. 514,6 - 85149,

READING LESSONS. 215

Antworten.
1, Den linfen Handichuh auf die rechte Hand ziehen.
2. Der Leste nimmt eines fammt der Schüffel.
3. Betrübniſſe und Gefingniffe.
4. Man muß zwei Sade! über einanderziehen und den innerften füllen.
5. Weil man ed größer badt. ;
6. Das Wörtlein „und.”
7. Wenn bie Hunde ihn beißen.
8. Die Nägel? in den Stiefeln haben.
9. Eine Rüge.
10. Der Bettelftab.

Meeresitille,
Ziefe Stille herrfcht im Waffer,
Ohne Regung ruht bas Meer,
Und befümmert fieht ber Schiffer
Glatte Fläche rings umber.
Keine Luft, von feiner Seite !
Todesftille, fürchterlich!
In ber ungeheuren Weite
Reget feine Welle fich.? (Göthe.)

Der Cirknitzer See.

An den julischen Alpen liegt in Krain der berühmte Cirknitzer* See, von
jeher das Wunder und Räthsel der Gegend. Oestlich von Adelsberg, da wo
die Geheimnisse der Unterwelt? in hundert Gewölben und Kalkfelsen ver-
schlossen sind, breitet sich der wunderschöne See von Cirknitz aus, wie ein
Spiegel von drei Quadratmeilen. Aus ihm ragen hervor® fünf Inseln und
eine derselben trägt selbst das Dörfchen Ottok. Mehrere Flüsschen’ fallen
hinein. Er ist sehr reich an Fischen und Wasservögeln, und die ganze
Thalgegend umher ist romantisch schön. Nördlich erhebt sich das Silvi-
nitza-Gebirge, westlich und südlich der grosse Javornik. Neun Dörfer,
zwanzig Kirchen und zwei Schlösser reihen sich um den See. Bei vielem
Regen gewinnt er an Umfang, aber bei sehr trockenem Wetter verschwindet
sein Gewässer und zieht in den geheimen Schooss der Unterwelt, begleitet
vom Wassergeflügel und allen Fischen. Tritt diese wunderbare Erscheinung
ein, dann läuten die Dorfglocken umher, um noch zu fischen so viel als mög-
lich. Von Stunde zu Stunde sinkt tiefer der Spiegel, denn eine Menge von
Löchern im Grunde des Sees verschluckt sein Gewässer. Unterirdische
Höhlen von unermesslichem Umfang, die nie ein menschliches? Auge geschaüt,
nehmen es auf. Jetzt schaut der Grund des Sees zum heiteren. Himmel

1874,3,Rem. . ?$188.- 5 §58, 1. 7§ 57, 1, 1.
2§74, 1, 1, 1. 4§86, 2,5, Rem. 2. 6 § 157, 1. 0 § 86, 2, 6

214 READING LESSONS.

hinauf, er trocknet ab; und der rührige Mensch erntet Gras, wo er sonst
fischte, er wagt zu säen und erndtet Hirse und Buchweizen, er nimmt statt
des Netzes das Feuerrohr und erlegt Wildpret. So ist der wunderbare See
mit Recht in dem Rufe, dass man in ihm fischen, jagen und erndten kann;
bis die Zeit sich wendet, häufige Regengüsse und starke Gewitter sich ein-
stellen. Dann tritt das Gewässer aus den Grundlöchern gewaltsam herauf.
Es speiet die Unterwelt Gewässer und Fische und Seevögel herauf, so dass
binnen vierundzwanzig Stunden der See gleichsam wieder neu geschaffen ist.
Der Zusammenhang dieses Sees mit unterirdischen Wasserhöhlen, die theils
unter ihm, theils höher als er liegen, giebt die Erklärung des Wunders. Man
hat selbst Modelle erfunden, welche den Vorgang versinnlichen.
(J.C. F. Guts Muths. )

Der vorſichtige Träumer.

In dem Städtchen Witlisbach im Canton Bern war einmal ein Frember über
Nacht, und als er ins Bett gehen wollte, 309 er noch ein Paar Pantoffeln aus
dem Bündel, legte fie an, band fie mit ben Strumpfbändern an ben Füßen feft,
und legte fic alfo ins Bett. Da fagte zu ibm ein anderer Wandersmann, der
in der nämlichen Kammer übernachtet war: „Guter Freund, warum thut ihr
bas?" Darauf erwiberte der Erſte: „Wegen ber Vorficht. Denn ich bir ein-
mal im Traum in eine Glasfcherbe getreten. So habe ich im Schlaf folche
Schmerzen davon empfunden, daß ich um feinen Preis mehr barfuß fchlafen
möchte.” (3. B. Hebel, 1760-1826.)

Was der Mond erzählt.

Höre, was der Mond mir erzählt! Ich habe den Kabettenoffizier werden und
fic) zum erften Male in feine prächtige Uniform Heiden jehen ; ich habe bas
junge Mädchen in ihrem Brautftaat gefehen und des Fürften junge Braut
glücklich in ihrem Prachtanguge ; aber nie habe ich eine Seligteit erblidt, ähn-
lid) der eines Heinen vierjährigen Mädchens, welches ich heute Abend beob-
achtete. Sie hatte ein neues blaues Kleid erhalten und einen neuen Rofa-Hut;
der Staat war eben angelegt und Alle riefen nach Licht, denn des Mondes
Strahlen, die burd) bas Fenfter brangen, waren nicht hell genug, ganz andere
Lichter mußten angebrannt werben. Da ftand bas Heine Mädchen, fteif wie
eine Puppe, Die Arme ängftlich von dem Kleide ab ausftredend, die Finger weit
auseinander gefpreizt. O welche Seligtett ſtrahlte aus ihren Augen, aus ihrem
ganzen Gefiht! „Morgen follft Du in dem Kleide ausgehen | fagte bie Mut
ter, und die Kleine blidte auf zu ihrem Hut und wieder nieder zu ihrem Kleide
und lächelte jelig. „Mutter!“ rief fie, „was werben wohl die Heinen Hitnd-
chen benfer, wenn fie mic) in dieſem Staate erbliden ?«

(Hans Chr. Anderen.)

A

Dart Third:

GERMAN GRAMMAR;

WITH AN

INTRODUCTION UPON THE HISTORY, CHARACTERISTICS,
EXTENT OF USE, AND DIALECTS OF THE
GERMAN.LANGUAGE,

INTRODUCTION.

1. History of the German Language.

§ 1. Indo-European Historians are united in the opin-
Languages. ion that the greater portion of the
present inhabitants of Europe and Hindostan are descend-
ed from one common stock, which had its early home in
the western part of the Himalaya Mountains. From this
mountain region, one portion of this original stock moved
down to the rich plains of India, and developed the San-
scrit language and literature, and the Buddhist religion.
Another part went to Persia, and there developed the Bac-
trian language and the Parsee religion. Successive migra-
tions passed also to the west or northwest, and settled in the
different parts of Europe. From these western migrations
have sprung the chief groups of European nationalities
and languages. The most important of these are the Gre-
cian, Italic, Keltic, Teutonic, and Slavic.

When classed together, the inhabitants of Europe and
India are called the Indo-European branch of the human
family. Their languages, termed the /ndo-Zuropean lan-
guages, are more perfectly developed, and are richer in lit-
erary treasures, than any other languages in the world.
Upon the study of them has been based essentially the very
important modern science of Philology.

§ 2. Teutonic The Teutonic was one of the largest of

Languages. these migrations. Moving through cen-

tral Europe, it divided into three branches. One portion
K

218 INTRODUCTION. [$ 2.

passed over to the Scandinavian peninsulas of Norway and
Sweden, and of Denmark. Another part moved westerly
and settled in Germany. The third division, composed of
the Gothic tribes, passed through Poland and Russia down
to the Black Sea, and then moved up the Danube. Urged
by their restless spirit of conquest, the Goths pushed for-
ward into Western and Southern Europe, and established
two brilliant, but short-lived kingdoms upon the ruins of
the Roman empire. That of the East Goths covered Italy,
Switzerland, and parts of Bavaria, Austria, and European
Turkey. That of the West Goths covered most of France
and Spain. In the eighth century the Goths disappeared
completely and finally from history. Of their language
and literature, the only monuments extant are parts of the
translation of the Bible, made by Bishop Ulfilas in the
fourth century, a fragment of an almanac, and two short
bills of sale. These meagre remains of the Gothic lan-
guage furnished the starting-point for the comparative
study of the Teutonic languages.

The same principles of linguistic science that were ap-
plied by the brothers Grimm and others to the Teutonic
languages, were applied by Bopp and his colaborers to the
wider field of the Indo-European languages. And thus has
arisen, within the last fifty years, the new and interesting
science of Comparative Language.

By the ninth century after Christ, the great majority of
the Scandinavian and German tribes had settled down
within their present dominions, and they have there devel-
oped their separate nationalities, languages, and literatures.
The Germans pressed back to the west of the River Rhine
the Kelts, whom they found extending their dominion as
far east as the present cities of Berlin and Vienna. The
Germans were in turn pushed forward to the west by the
Slavic tribes as far as to the River Elbe and the city of
Coburg. A reflex movement afterward set in. The Ger-
-man language, which has already spread to the eastward

§ 3.] HISTDRY OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. * 219

as far as the Baltic. provinces of Russia, to the city of Bres-
lau in the Prugsian province of Silesia, and to Vienna in
Austria, is stil gaining ground over the Slavic dialects in
the Prussian /provinces of East and West Prussia, Posen,
and Silesia, and in the Austrian provinces of Bohemia, Mo-
ravia, and Galicia. On the other hand, the French lan-

guage is ing on the German in the regions bordering
on the e, and especially in the French provinces of

Alsace and Flanders, and in Belgium.
The Tqutonic languages have thus three chief divisions:

1. The GOTHIC, which in the ninth century entirely
isappeared from history.

2. The SCANDINAVIAN, covering Sweden, Norway,
Denmark, Iceland, and Greenland.

3. The GERMANIC, covering Germany, Holland, parts
of Switzerland and Belgium, England, the United
States, British America, and Australia.

8 3. Germanic Differences in the dialects of the Ger-
Languages. man tribes are noticeable as early as
when the Romans first came in contact with them. As
these tribes, still in the rudeness and ignorance of barbar-
ism, became permanently settled in their present localities,
and thus ceased to have much intercommunication, the dia-
lectic differences in language were rapidly increased. And
now almost every province, city, village, valley, and moun-
tain district has its distinctive dialect. The difference be-
tween the dialects has become so great, that a peasant from
Bavaria or Wirtemberg, in passing through Hamburg or
Rremen on his way to America, can only with the greatest
difficulty converse with his fellow-emigrant from Bremen,
Hamburg, Holstein, Mecklenburg, or Pomerania.
From this multitude of dialects have arisen several of
the most cultivated languages of modern times, as the Ger-
man, Dutch, and English languages. The German dialects

220 - INTRODUCTION. [§ 4-6.

are divided, by a line running from Aix-la-Chapelle to
Berlin, into Upper-German and Lower-German dialects.

§ 4. Lower-German The Lower-German dialects (and
Dialects. the languages that have sprung from
them) occupy, or originally occupied, the low sandy plain
which lies between the German Ocean, Denmark, and the
Baltic Sea on the north, and the line above indicated on
the south. They extend also from the French province
of Flanders on the west, to the Russian confines on the
Baltic on the east. From Lower-German dialects have
sprung the Dutch and the English languages.

During the early Middle Ages the Friesan language, spo-
ken on the coasts and in the islands off the shores of Hol-
land and Hanover, rose to a perfection nearly equal to that
of any contemporaneous Teutonic language. But it has
long since sunk back into mere local dialects.

§ 5. Upper-German The Upper-German dialects occupy
Dialects. the high mountainous region ex-
tending from the line above indicated on the north, to the
Alps on the south, and from the French province of Al-
sace on the west, to Hungary and Poland on the east.

§ 6. The High-German In the fifteenth century com-
Language. — menced a chain of circumstances
beginning with the translation of the Bible by Luther, which
has resulted in the formation of a national German Lan-
This High- German Language, more ‘commonly
called in English simply the German Language, was based
primarily on one of the dialects of Saxony, in Central
Germany, which was intermediate both in character and
in geographical position between the Upper and the Lower
German dialects. Both the Upper and the Lower German
dialects have contributed to the grammatical features as
well as to the vocabulary of the national language.

= 4—

§ 7-9.] IIISTORY OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. 221

§ 7. History of the German The history of the German

Language. language is divided into four

chief periods; the Pre-Historic, the Old-German, the Mid-
dle-German, and the New-German.

§ 8. Pre-Historic Period, The Pre-Historic period is so
till 7th Century. named because no remains of
the German literature, and but a few proper names in the
language of that time, have been preserved. From this
period, which ends with the seventh century after Christ,
there are extant literary works in several of the other Teu-
tonic languages, as, the translation of the Bible into the
Gothic language, made by Bishop Ulfilas (A.D. 360-388) ;
the Anglo-Saxon poem, Beovulf, the earliest Teutonic epic,
evidently of heathen origin and composed at a very early
date, though the earliest manuscript of it extant is from
the eighth century; and the Scandinavian Eddas, also of
very early and unknown date, and of heathen origin.

§ 9. Old-German Period, The earliest literary remains in
7th to 11th Centuries. the German language that are
extant consist almost entirely of translations of ecclesiasti-
cal documents from the Latin and the Greek. The oldest
of these date from the seventh century. They are of but
little literary merit, but they are of great importance in
studying the literary development of the German lan-
The oldest preserved German poem is the Song
of Hildebrandt (Hilvebrandts-Lied), dating from about the
eighth century. It is written in a Lower-German dialect,
but it contains many Upper-German words. The next im-
portant poem is the Heliand, a religious poem of about the
ninth century, written in the Old-Saxon dialect. The Weltz
Befchreibung, composed in the eleventh century, is the old-
est preserved German poem that does not treat of a relig-
ious subject. |
Like al! new languages, the German dialects were orig-

222 INTRODUCTION. [§ 10

inally very. poor in words. They were, however, much
richer than the modern German in, grammatical forms,
During the Old-German period, the dialects were enriched
from the Latin and Greek by many words, whose use was
made necessary by the introduction of Christianity and of
a higher civilization. From this period date many such
words, as Engel (Gr. dyyeAoc), Kirdye (Gr. cvpraxh), Schreiben
(Lat. seribere), dichten (Low-Lat. dictare), Klofter (Lat. claus-
trum), Priefter (mosoßürepog).

§ 10. Middle-German Period, Before the Middle-Ger-
12th to 16th Centuries, man period, no dialect had
acquired any great predominance over the others. In the
twelfth century, German commerce, manufactures, chival-
ry, and poetry flourished most luxuriantly on the Lower
Rhine, and especially in and around Flanders. At this
time the Lower-German dialect of Flanders became the.
most cultivated in Germany. Soon, however, the Flemish
poetry was eclipsed by the songs of the Minnesingers
(Minnefänger) of Allemania and Suabia, on the Upper Rhine
(A.D. 1150-1250). These were sung so widely through
the courts of Germany that they almost made a national
language from the dialects of Allemania and Suabia. With
the last of the Crusades (A.D. 1250) the spirit of chivalry
died out of Europe, and with it perished the poetry it had
nourished. During this period of the Minnesingers arose
the Rolands-Lied: the great German epic—the Niebelungen-
lied : and many other popular legends and romances.

In the latter part of the thirteenth century, clubs of lyr-
ic poets, called Master-singers (Meifterfänger), were organ-
ized in many parts of Germany. These had their terms
and rules of membership, like the many trades-unions of
the Middle Ages. The spirit of their poetry spread to the
people. From this period date the great mass of the beau-
tiful popular songs (Volfs-Lieder) of Germany. Under the
influence of these Master-singers, the vocabularies of many

§ 11,12.] HISTORY OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. 223

dialects were greatly enriched, but still no one dialect gain-
ed any great supremacy over the others.

The universities that were established in Germany, on
the model of those in Italy (the first in Prague, A.D. 1348) ;
the commercial prosperity of the free cities, and the conse-
quent flourishing condition of the fine and useful arts; the
conquest of Constantinople by the Turks (A.D.1453), and
the consequent dispersion of Greek scholars over all Eu-
rope; the invention of printing (A.D. 1450); the estab-
lishing of newspapers (A.D.1488); and, finally, the Refor-
mation in the sixteenth century, were all additional influ-
ences that greatly enriched the more cultivated dialects
during the latter part of the Middle-German period, and
prepared the way for the last, the New-German period.

§ 11. ChangesintheLanguage During the fifteenth cen-
during the 15th Century. tury the poetic side of the
language lost much in purity, beauty, pathos, and power.
On the other hand, the dialects were greatly enriched by
the addition of technical, scientific, metaphysical, and theo-
logical terms, as was required by the advance of science,
invention, commerce, and pulpit eloquence, of prose in pre-
dominance over poetic literature, and by the increase in
the general intelligence of the people.

§ 12. New-German Period, The extensive circulation
16th Century till present time. throughout Germany of
the translation of the Bible made by Luther (1522), and of
the sermons and hymns published by Luther, Jonas, Speng-
ler, and others, soon made the new High-German Lan-
guage (§ 6) in which they were written very widely known
in all the German states. Additional impetus was given
to the High-German language by the publication in it of
humorous and satirical poems and fables, collections of
proverbs, works of history and of natural history, transla-
tions of works of classical writers, and other books that

224 INTRODUCTION. [$ 13.

were read largely by the people. Above all, a foundation
was laid, by the publication of grammars and dictionaries,
for a critical and scientific knowledge of the language.
The High-German has added to its vocabulary from the
local dialects (§ 6) and from ancient and modern foreign
languages, and has become the sole language of literature,
of official intercourse, and of polite society throughout all
Germany. It has not, however, displaced any of the local
dialects. These retain their vitality with great tenacity,
especially among the peasantry. |

§ 13. Foreign The use of Latin in scientific writings, in
Influences. lectures at the universities, and as the lan-
guage of intercourse among literary men of different na-
tions during the Middle Ages, greatly retarded the develop-
ment of the German as a cultivated language. The polit-

ical predominance of France during the reign of. Louis -

XIV., the spread of the French as the language of the court
throughout all Europe, and the immigration from France
of the banished Huguenots after the revocation of the Edict
of Nantes, 1685, caused the introduction of many French
words and idioms into the German language.

At the beginning of the eighteenth century, some bold
German scholars, as Gessner and Leibnitz, ventured upon
the great innovation of lecturing in the universities, and
publishing their scientific writings in the German language.
A general movement soon set in to rescue the language
from the corruptions that had crept in during the preceding
century. This movement, so ably begun by Gessner, Leib-
nitz, Opitz, and others, and afterwards so greatly strength-
ened by the pure style in German prose and poetry of such
writers as Klopstock, Wieland, and Lessing, received a great
check by the second invasion into Germany of French man-
ners, morals, literature, and philosophy, which was led on
by Frederick the Great during the latter part of the eight-
eenth century.

§ 14.] HISTORY OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE 225

The brilliant and numerous constellation of writers in
every branch of literature, science, philosophy, and criti-
cism, which arose in Germany during the first half of the
present century, including such names as Goethe, Schiller,
Schlegel, Humboldt, Fichte, Hegel, Ranke, Heyne, Grimm,
etc., have made this the second classic period of the Ger-
man language and literature. The present purity, richness,
and elegance of the language are also owing in no small de-
gree to the fact that the German has displaced the French
as the language of court, and the Latin as the language of
scientific and philosophical literature.

§ 14. Grammatical Changes in the During its develop-
Language during its History. ment from the sev-
enth century after Christ till the present time, the German
language has undergone many and very radical changes.
In the Old-German there was a much more complete and
complex system of grammatical forms in the inflection of
the verb, noun, pronoun, and adjective than there is in the
New-German.

The Old-German had twenty-five, and the Gothic forty
endings in the inflection of the noun, while the New-Ger-
man has but seven (e, es, , en, n, er, ern), There was an in-
strumental case; three forms for the three genders of the
plural of the pronoun fie, they (m. sie, f sid, n. siu); and
three forms for the plural of the adjective (as, for blinde,
blind ; m. plinté, f. plintö, n. plintu).

The very extended conjugation of the verb gave ‘the
Old-German more musical beanty and more adaptation to
poetry, while on the other hand the Old-German is infe-
rior to the New-German in its capacity to express thought
and scientific truth. While some radical words disap-
peared during the Old and Middle-German periods, the
vocabulary of the New-German has been enriched by many
new derivatives and compounds of native words, and by
the addition of many foreign words.

K 2

226 INTRODUCTION. [8 15,

§ 15. History of the No critical work on the German
Critical Study ofthe language appeared until several
German Language. centuries after grammars had been

written upon some of the other languages of Europe, as the
Italian, Spanish, French, and Anglo-Saxon. The first Ger-
man grammar was written (1540) by /ckelsamer, a contem-
porary of Luther. The first treatise on German prosody was
by Opitz (1624); the first German dictionary was by @e-
nisch (1616); and the first work on German synonyms was
. by Gottschedd (1758).

The wrong principles of grammatical analysis, which
had crept into the German grammars during the seven-
teenth and eighteenth centuries, were checked and correct-
ed by Adelung, whose great German grammar and diction-
ary (1793-1801) marked an epoch in the critical study of
the German language. It was reserved to the present cen-
tury, however, to develop the true principles of compara-
tive and historic study of language. And within the last
fifty years have appeared the great comparative and histor-
ical grammars of Grimm, Heyse, Becker, Kehrein, Kelle,
and others; and the dictionaries of Heyse, Weigand, Meyer,
Sanders, Schmitthenner, and Grimm. That of the broth-
ers Grimm, when complete, will fill about twenty octavo
volumes, and will be the most complete dictionary ever yet
produced of any language. Many noted philologists in Ger-
many and many learned societies are constantly adding, by
their researches, to the knowledge of the German language
and its dialects. )

During the history of the language, letters have been ex-
changed, added, and dropped ; nouns have passed from one
gender to another, and from one declension to another.
Within the last fifty years uniformity has been introduced
into the spelling, and the complicated construction of sen-
tences, which formerly prevailed, has to a degree been re-
placed by the original simplicity of German syntax.

§ 16.] HISTORY OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. 227

§ 16. Résumé. We thus find the history of the German
language to be divided into four chief periods, with subdi-
visions as follows:

1. The PR&-HISTORIC PERIOD ‚ending with the Sev-
enth Century; with no remains of the. language
extant except a few proper names.

2. The OLD-GERMAN PERIOD, from the Seventh to
the Eleventh Century ; translations from Latin of
legal and ecclesiastical documents, Hildebrandts-
Lied, Heliand, Welt-Beichreibung. :

8. The MIDDLE-GERMAN PERIOD, from the
Twelfth to-the Sixteenth Century :

1. Memish poetry, en the Twelfth Century.

2. Minnesingers, Rolands-Lied, Niebelungen = Lied,
legends and romances; the First Classical Pe-

riod of the German language (1150-1250).
3. Master-singers, popular songs; decadence of

poetry and prose (1250-1500).
. 4. The NEW-GERMAN PERIOD, from Luther's
' translation of the Bible (1522) to the present time:
7 62% 1. Sixteenth Century; religious hymns, sermons,
universities, public schools, printing; ; introduc-
tion of many technical-terms in science, ärt,
age] > and philosophy.

2. Seventeenth Century; decadence of the lan-
guage tlırough French influence.

3. Eighteenth Century; purifying of the lan-
guage from foreign elements, and foundation
of the language as it now exists; German dis-

places Latin in the universities.?

2 4. Middle of the Eighteenth Century ; second de-
cadence of the language under French influ-
ence.

5. Nineteenth Century: Adelung, Lessing, Goethe,
Schiller, Grimm, Bopp, Humboldt, ete. ; Second
Classical Period of the German language.

228 INTRODUCTION. [§17-19.

2. Characteristics of the German Language.

§ 17. First Impression. To most foreigners who go to
Germany without an acquaintance with the language, and
especially to those speaking English, French, Italian, or
Spanish, the German language ‘has an energetic but harsh
sound. This is owing mostly to the great predominance of
consonants over vowels, and to the frequent recurrence of
the sharp diphthong ei, of the fd), of gutturals, and of
double consonants. The energy of the language is greatly
increased by the accent falling so frequently upcn the first
syllable, as is the case even in very long words. The ca-
dence and intonation of the sentences in the German are
very different from the same in the English language.

§ 18. Fullness of A nearer acquaintance shows that the
the Vocabulary. German language is extremely rich in

words; that, thongh full of energy and force, the language
has also an abundance of words expressive of the most del-
icate sentiments and emotions ; that it successfully express-
es the deep feeling, the warm friendship and hospitality, the
humor, wit, and pathos, and the brilliant and highly poetic
imagination of the German people ; and that its vocabula-
ry is sufficiently extensive to meet all the requirements of
modern civilization.

There is in the language an unlimited power of multi-
plying words, by forming compounds from simple words.
Indeed, the very great majority of German words can be
traced back to a very small number of primitive roots, na-
tive to the language itself.

§ 19. Purity from In the German language there are
Foreign Elements. about forty thousand words of foreign
origin, which are not so fully naturalized but that their for-
eignness is still felt. Many of these are but rarely used, and
most of them may be replaced by words of German origin.

4

§ 20.] CHARACTERISTICS OF THE GERMAN LANGUAGE. 229

Some thousands of words, however, which have been intro-
duced since the seventh century (as ſchreiben, Pferd, Engel,
Kirche), are so completely incorporated into the language
that their foreign origin is now “no longer felt.” Still there
are but few languages in which foreign words are so little
used as in the German. The rigidness with reference to
the exclusion of foreign words, which the so-called “ pur-
ists” introduced into the language in the early part of the
present century, has of late very greatly relaxed.

§ 20. Comparison of The German grammar is far more
German and English complicated than the English. The
Grammar. definite article, and every adjective,

or adjective pronoun, have six forms, while in English each
has but one form. In the declension of the noun, seven
terminations may be used (besides the umlaut on the radi-
cal vowel), while in English there are but two terminations,
and no modification of the radical vowel. Adjectives and
adjective pronouns may be declined in three ways, or may
be used without declension, while in English they are al-
ways without declension. The gender of nouns is arbi-
trary and not natural, many nouns that are neuter in En-
glish being masculine, and others being feminine in Ger-
man. In the conjugation of the verb, the radical vowel oft-
en takes the umlaut. The past participle generally adds
a prefix syllable, and always has a participial termination.
In compound verbs, the prefix to the verb, which in En-
glish can not be removed farther than to immediately after
the object of the verb, in German may be placed at the
close of even a long sentence. One or more long quali-
fying clauses may intervene between the article and its
noun. The order of sequence of auxiliary verbs is entire-
ly reversed in conjunctive sentences. Prepositions and
verbs govern three cases of the substantive instead of a

‘single one, as in English. The object precedes the verb

more frequently than in English.

230 INTRODUCTION. [§ 21:

The German has the advantage over the English lan-
guage in several respects. The infinitive of verbs is always
indicated by a termination (-en). The past participle is
marked by a termination (-t or -en),and generally also by
a prefix syllable (ge-). The termination of the article, ad-
jective, or adjective pronoun often indicates the gender,
case, or number of the qualified noun. The additional
cases (the Genitive and Dative) diminish the use of prepo-
sitions. Somewhat more inversion in the position of words
is allowed, giving rather more freedom of style in express-
ing emphasis or shades of meaning. The freedom with
which compound words are formed gives great terscness of
expression. Owing to the method of forming compound
words and the comparatively rare use of foreign words,
there are but few, even of the longest words, that can not
be immediately understood by persons of comparatively
limited education.

3. Extent of Use of the German Language.

§ 21. Extent of Use. The German language is the ver-
nacular of the entire population of the smaller German
states; of all the inhabitants of Prussia, except the small
Slavic-speaking population of Prussian Poland; of about
one fourth the inhabitants of Austria (being spoken mostly
in the western part of that empire) ; of two thirds the inhab-
itants of Switzerland; of the province of Alsace in France;
of the German colonists of Courland, and other provinces
and cities in Russia; and of the German immigrants in the
United States, Brazil, and some other countries of the Old
and New World. It is thus spoken by about seventy mil-
lions of people. This is nearly equal to the English-speak-
ing population of the entire world, and is greater than the
number that speak any other language of European origin.
These two, the German-speaking and the English-speaking
branches of the Teutonic division of the Indo-European

§ 22, 23.] GERMAN DIALECTS. 231

portion of the human race, represent to-day more of the.
active, intellectual, political, religious, artistic, commercial,
and industrial forces of the world than any other family
of the nations of Europe or of the world.

§ 22. Literary Treasures. The number and value of the
works in every branch of human learning in the German
exceed by far those in any other language. The German
belles-lettres literature rivals that of any other nation. Ger-
many is the home of modern music and art-criticism. The
German language is therefore studied, both as a means of
education, of culture, and of enjoyment by the scholars, art-
ists, educators, and travelers from all civilized lands. A
knowledge of the language is also essential to success in
many branches of domestic and foreign industry and com-
merce.

4, German Dialects.

§ 23. Formation of Dialects. When the tribes of the Ger-
man branch of the Teutonic family first settled in Ger-
many, there were probably but few differences in their lan-
gnage. As these ignorant and almost barbarous tribes
became permanently settled, intercommunication between
them soon almost entirely ceased. In every province, city,
secluded valley, or mountainous region, dialectic changes

. immediately began to be developed. Words rapidly be-

came modified in pronunciation and in meaning. New
words grew out of old roots. With some tribes words
passed out of use. Different vowel and consonant sounds
gained a predominance in certain regions; Grammatical
forms were dropped, modified, or added. New words from
foreign sources were added to one dialect without being
adopted by its neighbors. Thus within a short time were
formed a great number of dialects in all parts of Germany.

Other influences, on the other hand, soon set in to retard

‘the growth of dialects and to permanently fix their forma,

232 INTRODUCTION. [§ 24.

There has, indeed, been less change in the character of the
local dialects of Germany since the seventh century, than
there has been in that of the cultivated High-German lan-
guage since the sixteenth century.

As we have seen above (§ 12), one of the Upper-German
dialects in Saxony became the grammatical basis of the
present German language (§ 6), which is spoken by the edu-
cated classes in all parts of Germany. But the great mass
of the people, and more especially of the peasantry, still
speak their own local and provincial dialects. Even the
educated classes are but rarely entirely free from provincial-
isms, both in pronunciation, in the intonation of sentences,
and in the use of words.

The dialectic differences between the languages of the
tribes of North and those of South Germany (which were
indistinctly marked in the proper names handed down to
us by Roman writers) have, in the course of time, been suf-
ficiently developed to give a basis for a classification of the
dialects of Germany.

They are divided by a line running nearly from Aix-la-
Chapelle to Berlin (§ 3) into two chief groups, the Upper-
German and the Lower-German dialects.

§ 24. Upper-German The dialects of Upper or South
Dialects. Germany, extending south as far
as the Alps, are, like all languages of mountainous districts,
full of terse and short words and expressions. The words
are apparently clipped off or contracted, and are strength-
ened by doubling the consonants. The Upper-German dia-
lects are fuller of consonants and of harsh guttural sounds
than is the cultivated national language, and much more so
than are the dialects of North Germany, or than are any
other of the Teutonic languages. They are thus both
harsh to the ear and difficult of pronunciation.
They are subdivided into four groups: the Bavaro- .
Austrian, the Suabian, the Allemanian, and the Frankish.

§ 25-27.) GERMAN DIALECTS. 233

8 25. Lower-German The Zower-German or North-Ger-
Dialects. man (called also the Platt-Deutsch)
dialects, like all languages in low and plain countries, are
softer to the ear, freer from consonants and gutturals, and
fuller of vowels and liquids, than those of South Germany.
The Lower-German dialects are in many respects inter-
mediate in character, as they are in geographical position,
between those of South Germany and those of Scandinavia.
They are also subdivided into four chief groups: the
Lower-Saxon, the Westphalian, those of the Lower-Rhine,
and the Zriesan (§ 4).

§ 26. Characteristic In a large number of words where

Differences. the Upper-German dialects have

f, f, & org, id, 6, ei ore, the same words in the Lower-

German dialects have t, p, f, {, v, and 9, From the fre-

quent recurrence of the t for the {, some writers call the

Lower-German the „dat“ dialects, and the Upper-German
the „das“ dialects.

§ 27. Tables in For the purpose of presenting to
Comparative Language. the eye at a glance a few of the
verbal analogies upon which the theory of the relation-
ship, and of the history of the development of languages ir
to a large degree based, we give the three mE tables,
presenting:

1. Comparison er words in the [ado Ratopean languages.

2. a $s Teutonic

3. Illustrations of the historic development of words in

the German language.

The intricate and subtle laws of vocal changes, a know!]-
edge of which is necessary for the complete understand-
ing of these tables, must be reserved for explanation in
more advanced works. In these tables the vowels are pro-
nounced as in German.

234

English.
Father,
Mother,

Son,

Daughter,

Brother,
Sister,
Sun,
Star,
Day,

Yesterday,

Night,
Month,
Eye,
Knee,
Salt,
Name,
Red,
To bear,
Am,
Art,
Is,

Sanscrit.
pitar,
mätar,
sünis,
duhitar,
bhratar,
swasar,
syona,
stri,
dyu,
hyas,
nakta,
mas,
akshi,

°A
jano,

naman,
rohita,
bhri,
asm,
Asi,
asti,
aham,
mam,
tvam,
tväm,
6

dwi,
tri,
shash,
dacan,
upari,

1114111

§ 28. Comparison of Words in

Bactrian. (New-Persian.)

=

ata,

datar,
bratar,

ahmi,
as-8l,
gta,
azem,
mam,
um,
thwam,

9

et

LTT |

INTRODUCTION.

padar,

mäder,

doktarah,

bräder,
hhäher,

sitarah,

di-ruz,

du,
sih,
shesh,
dah,
bala,

Greek.
Tarnp,
ANTnp,

Ouyarnp,
pparnp,

nAuog,

xbic,

vik (vuxroo),

⸗
(yin),
ÖKOG,
yovu,
ire,
dvona,
9 (d
£pußodc,
pips,
ei,
el (sic),
torı (v),
3 *
éyo,

4
Me,
rv,
TE,

r 4
gic, Ev,
cto,
TOEC,
ee,
Öfka,
vo,

COMPARATIVE TABLE. a

the Indo-European Languages.
Latin. Keltic. Slavic.
pater, aithar, patr, |
mater, mathair, matka,
sin,
dear, decra,
frater, brathair, bratr,
soror, piuthar, sestra,
sol, slun,
stella, hwezda,
dies, dia, den,
hesternus, weéra,
nox (noctis),nochd, noc,
mensis, mios, inésje,
oculus, oko,
genu, koleno,
sal, salann, soly,
nomen, ainm, gmeno,
(rutilus), ruadh, cerwenij,
ferre, beir, (brati),
sum, Is, gsem,
es, is, gsi,
est, is, gest,
ego, mi, azu,
me, mi, me,
tu, thu, ty,
te, thu, ti,
unus, un, gedno,
duo, do, dwa,
tres, tri, tri,
sex, shest],
decem, deich, deset,
super, 08, pres,

(Lithuanian. )

mota,
sunus,
dukté,
brolis,

akis,

esmi,
esi,
esti,

mane,
tu,
tave,
venas,
dwi,
trys,
Szessi,
deszimt,

235

Gothic.
fadar.
mödar.
sunus.
dauhtar.
brothar.
svistar.
sauil.
stiarno.
dags.
(gestren).
nahts.
menoths,
augo.
knin.
salt.
nomö.
rauds.
bairan.
im.
is.
it.
ik.
mik.
thu.
thuk.
ains.
tvai.
threis.
saihs.
taihun.
ufar.

236 : INTRODUCTION.

§ 29. Comparison of Words

(1.) Gothic. (2.) Scandinavian.

English. Gothic. Icelandic. Swedish, Danish.
Father, fadar. fadir, fader, fader.
Mother, modar. mödhir, moder, moder.
Son, sunus. sonr, son, sdn.
Daughter, dauhtar. dattir, datter, dotter.
Brother, brothar. brodhir, broder, broder.
Sister, svistar. systir, syster, söster.
Man, man. madhr, man, mana.
Sun, sauil. sol, sol, soel.
Moon, ména. mani, miine, moane.
Star, stairno. stirna, stjerna, stierne.
Day, dags. dag, dag, dag.
Night, nahts. nött, natt, nat.
Good, gods. godr, god, god.
Better, batiza. betra, bättra, bedre.
High, hauhs. ha, hög, höi.
Bitter, baitrs. bitr, bitter, bitter.
Sweet, sutis. sötr, sðt, sod.
One, ains. einn, en, een.
Two, tvai. tvein, tvä, ti.
Three, threis. thrir, tre, tre.
Ten, taihun. tiu, tio, ti.
To have, haban. hafa, hafva, have.
To come, quiman. koma, komma, komnie.
To go, gahan. sia, ga, goa.
In, in. i; i, 1.
Out, ut. üt, ut, ud.
Over, ufar. yfir, öfver, over.
No, ne. nei, ne], nei.
Yes, ja. ja, j, ja

COMPARATIVE TABLE

Dutch.
vader,
möder,
zoon,
dochter,
broeder,
zuster,
man,
zoen,
maan,
ster,
dag,
nacht,
goed,
beteren,
hoog,
bitter,
zoet,
een,
twee,
drie,
tien,
hebben,
komen,
gean,
in,

utt,
over,
ne,

in the Teutonic Languages.
(3.) Germanie.

German. Lower-German. Friesan.
Vater, fadder, _ fader,
Mutter, mudder, moder,
Sohn, sin, son,
Tochter, dochter, dochter,
Bruder, broder, broder,
Schweſter, swester, swester,
Mann, man, man,
Sonne, sunne, sunne,
Mond, moand, mond,
Stern, steern, stera,
Tag, dag, dei,
Nacht, nacht, nacht,
gut, god, god,
beffer, bäter, beter,
hoch, hoch, hag,
bitter, bitter, bitter,
ſüß, söt, swet,
ein, een, an,
zwei, twee, twéne,
drei, dree, thre,
zehn, tein, tian,
baben, hebben, hebba,
fommen, koamen, kuma,
gehen, goaen, gan,
in, in, in,
aus, uut, üt,
über, over, over,
nein, ne, na,
ja, joa, ie,

ja,

237

Anglo-Saxon.

fader.
moder.
sunu.
dohter.
brodher.
swyster.
man.
sunna.
mona.
steorra.
daeg.
niht.
god.
beterian.
heah.
biter.
swete.
ain.
twa.
thri.
ten.
habban.
cuman.
gungen.
in.

fit.
over.
na.

gese.

238 INTRODUCTION.

§ 30. Illustration of the

Words in the
English. (Gothic.) Old-German. Middle-German. New-German.

Father, fadar, fatar, vater, Vater.
Mother, mödar, muotar, . muoter, Mutter.
Son, sunus, sunu, sun, Sohn.
Daughter, dauhtar, tohter, tohter, Tochter.
Brother, brothar, bruodar, bruoder, ruber.
Sister, svistar, suéstar, swéster, Schweſter.
Man, man, man, man, Mann.
Friend, frijönds, Triunt, vriunt, Freund.
Jlous, hüs, his, his, Haus,
Sun, sunnd, sunna, sunne, Sonne.
Moon, menoths, mänöth, mänöt, Mond.
Star, stairno, sterno, stern, Stern,
Day, dags, tac, tach, Tag.
Night, nahts, naht, naht, Nacht.
Good, gods, guot, guot, gut.
Better, batiza, beziro, bezzer, beffer.
Best, batists, bezist, bezzist, beft.
High, hauhs, héh, héch, bod.
‚Bitter, baitrs, bittar, bitter, bitter.
Sweet, sutis, suazi, size, ſüß.

To hear, hausjan, höran, hören, hören.
To come, quiman, chuman, komen, fommen,
To go, (gahan), gen, gen, gehen.
To see, saihvan, sehan, sehen, feben.
To cat, itan, ezzan, ezzen, effen.

I, ik, ih, ich, ich,
Me, mik, mih, mich, mid),
Thou, thu, di, da, Du.
Thee, thuk, dih, dich, dich.

HISTORICAL TABLE. 239

Historical Development of
German Language.

English. (Gothic.) Old-German. Middle-German. New-German,
He, is, ir, ér, er,
She, si, siu, siu (sie), fie.
It, it, iz, Bi, es.
We, veis, wir, wir, wir.
You, jus, ir, ir, ihr.
They, eis, eis, sié, fie,
Who, hvas, hvo, hwer, wer, wer,
Which, hveleiks, hwioliliher, wélher, welcher.
One, ains, eines, eines, eins,
Two, tvai, zwene, zwene, zwei.
Three, threis, drié, drié, pret.
Four, fidvoreis, fiori, viere, rier.
Five, fimf, fimfi, vünve, fünf.
Seven, sibun, sibun, siben, fieben,
Eight, ahtau, ahté, _ahtt, acht.
Nine, niun, niun, niun, neun.
Ten, taihun, zéhan, zéhen; zehn.
No, ne, né-ein, nein, nein.
Yes, Ja, ja, 4, ja.

To write, (L.scribere), scripan, schriben, ſchreiben.
Boundary, (Pol.graniga), grenitz, grenitz, Grenze.

Cabbage, (Ital. eévolo), cholo, kol, Kohl.
Nation, (IL. natio, Fy. nation), nation, Nation,
Excepted, ——— üzgenommen, ausgenommen.
Muscle, (L. musculus), Musfel,
Museum, (L. museum), — Muſeum.
Coke, (English), — (af.
Coffee, (Arab. kahwah, Fra), —— Saffee.

GERMAN GRAMMAR.
(Deutſche Grammatik.)
§ 31. GERMAN GRAMMAR, like that of all cultiva.
ted languages, is divided into four parts:
Orthography, Etymology, Syntax, and Prosody.

Rem. In this work prosody is omitted entirely. ‚Syntax is not treated sep-
arately, but the etymology and syntax of each part of speech are given in
the same chapter. Many portions of the German grammar are omitted
where the same laws prevail as in the English language.

ORTHOGRAPHY.
(Orthographie.)
§ 32. The German Alphabet has twenty-six letters:
5) I EN Ah. J Yote. | S,f (8). . Hes.
B,b...... Bay. | &,f...... Kah. | &,t.....Tay.
C0622 4 Tsay. L, L. ..... ZU. U,u.....00.
D Die Day. | M,m.... Emm. | B,v.....Fow.
© e.......Ap. a ee Enn. | ®,w.... Vay.
N leiser Ef. la Oh. &,1.....]ks.
ON: Gay. |P,p..... Pay. | ¥,y.....Lpseelon.
DN ities Hah. | 2,q..... Koo. | 3,4..... T set.
lass ..Ze. R,t......Zrr. | (See Lesson L,1.)

Rem. The German Alphabet, like those of all other European nations, was
developed from the Latin. Under the influence of the artistic spirit of the
times, during the thirteenth and fourteenth centuries, when in architecture the
pointed arch took the place ofthe round arch, pointed letters took the place in
manuscripts of the round Latin letters. The pointed letters were adopted
also in the first books that were printed both in English, French, and Lat-
in, as well as in the German language. With the revival of classical taste
there was a return to the use of the Latin alphabet, first in Italy, then in
France, England, Holland, Poland, and other European countries. The
Latin letters are now also used in many German books and periodicals.

§ 33-37.) VOWELS AND DIPHTHONGS. 241

1. VOWELS AND DIPHTHONGS.
(Volale und Diphthouge.)
§ 33. 1. There are seven simple Vowel Sounds;
a, e (Gi, i, 0, u, 0, ü.

2. And three Diphthongal Sounds: et, au, en.

Rem. 1, All the seven vowels have both dong and short sounds.

Rem. 2. The three umlaut vowels fi, 5, Ü (also written ae, €, NE) represent
distinct vowel sounds, not modifications of the vowels f, 0, u.

Rem. 3. The @ and jj first appeared in the eleventh and twelfth centuries;
the § and än (also eu) first appeared during the MiddJe-German period.

§ 34. The Vowel is long:

1. When doubled in the same syllable: Paar, Spree,

2. With silent 5 in the same syllable: Sohn, Roth.

3. When it closes a syllable (especially if it is accented) :
Ba’ster, E-li’efa, Su’clt, Bru’zder, le’zfen, da, fo, du, zu.

4. In radical syllables and monosyllables which end with
a single consonant: Hab’zfucht, led’cbar, trag’=bar ; er,
wen, der, Dem, den, Dar, vor, für.

Exc. The vowel is short in ab, an, bis, in, mit, um, von: ob, bin, weg; es,

man, was; das, des, im, vom, zum ; bin, bat.

§ 35. The Vowel is short:

1. When followed by a double consonant: fal’-Ien, bef’-fer,
Mit’-te, Mann, Bett, fol, Null.

2. Or by two or more consonants: Band, bil’-vend, ift.

Exc. 1. The vowel is long: in the contracted words, Magd, Mond, Mon-
tag, Obft, Oftern, Papft, Roft, Troft, größt, höchſt, nächſt, tröften, and wit
(from Mid.-Ger. maget, mänöt, obez, Sstartin, bäbest, groszest, hoshest, etc. ).

Exc. 2. Also in some contractions of verbs, as: habt (habet), lebſt (Iebet).

Exc, 8. And before ¢ in Art, Arzt, Bars, Bart, Quarts, zart; Erde, Herbe,
Herd, Pferd, Schwert ; Bord ; Geburt.

§ 36. Diphthongs are always long: Fauft, leiften, feucht.

$ 37. Vowels belonging to different syllables must be pro-
nounced separately: geendet (gezen’-det), Armeen (Arzme’zen),
Linie (Ci’-nise), Kanaan (Ka’snazan), Zoologie (Zo⸗o⸗lo⸗gie).
L

249 ORTHOGRAPHY. FS 38.

co

§ 38. Vowels and Diphthongs are sounded thus:
1.%,a. 1. The long sound, like « in father ; Bater, las.
2. The short sound is shorter and sharper, but not as
flat as in hat: hat, dad, laffen, Mann.
2. &, ¢, has three sounds:
„1. Long, like a in mate: Schnee, mehr, ven, dem.
2. Short, like e in belt bed: bellt, Bett, beffer, beft, Wen⸗
dung, Trennung.
3. It is almost suppressed in terminations and pre-
fixes: haben, meine, Schneiber, gelobt, Gebäube.
3. J, i. 1. The long sound, like ee in meet : Mine, ihm.
2. The short sound, like 2 in dit bitter, milve, in, ift.

Rem. J is never doubled ; when followed by silent €, it has a long sound :
bie, Diener, vier. But te is short in vierzehn, vierzig, viertel.

4. O, 9. 1. The dong sound, like o in note: Noth, Boot.
2. The short sound is intermediate between that of o
in zone and that of u in sun: Sonne, Volf, doppelt.
5. U, u. 1. The dong sound, like 00 in moot : Muth, thun.
2. The short sound is intermediate between that of 00
in pool, and that of u in pull: Pult, Bund, furz.

6. 2), y, sounds like ii (§ 38, 9): Aegypten, Syntar, Syitem.

Rem. In all words of German origin, where was formerly used, as well
as in foreign words that are fully naturalized, it is now replaced by i ($ 38, 10).

7. Ue, i, sounds like ¢ (§ 38, 2).

Rem. Strictly speaking, a somewhat more open sound than that of a in
mate, one intermediate between that of a in vary and that of e in very, is given
to ü,and also to € in some words (as wer, Der, Erde ; leben, geben, beten,
gegen, Schnee, etc.). |

8. De, d (oh-wmlaut), has no equivalent in English.

Rem. It is like the French ex, Its sound may be approximated by pro-
ducing a sound intermediate between that of a in bane and that of ur in burn:
Börfe, Böhmen, Schön, Löffel, geficht.

9. Ue, ii (00-wmlaut), has no equivalent in English.

Rem. It is like the French u. Thus Sid may be approximately pro-
nounced by placing the lips as if about to whistle, and then trying to say
seed: Sid, müde, Mütter, Schlüſſel.

§ 38-40.] CONSONANTS. 243

10. Ai, ai (or Ei, ci), like © in might: mein, Rhein, Zeit.
Rem. Of the four forms ai, ay, ct, ey, which have contested for supremacy
in the German language since the fourteenth century, the form ti has come
off the victor. At present ay is dropped entirely; ch is used only in some
proper names (Heyne, Meyer, etc.); and gi is used in but few words (as
Mainz, Mailand, Kaifer, Mai).

11. Au, au, like ou in mound: Mauer, laut, Haus.
12. Eu, en (or Yen, tin), like 0: in moist : Leute, Mäufe.
Rem. pi, used only in a few proper names, has the same sound: Broihan.

§ 39. In the development of all languages, vowels (and also the liquids,
I,m, n, r) are more subject to change than are consonants.

2. CONSONANTS.
(Ronfonanten.)

§ 40. The Consonants are sounded as follows:
1. B, b. 1. Beginning a syllable, like 5. Bild, Brett.

2. Ending a syllable, nearly like p - Dieb, halb, ab, ob.
Exc. It has the sound of b before § or d: Ebbe, Gelübde.
2. €, ¢. 1. Before a, o, or u (or before a consonant) is

pronounced like kin king: Cato, activ.

2. Before other vowels, like és in mits » Cicero, Ceres.
3. 9, d. 1. Beginning a syllable, like d: Dom, drei, da.

2. Ending a syllable, nearly like ¢- Hand, Bad, Rad.
Exc. The sound of 9 is given in dd 5 Adder, Widder.
4. F, f (B, v, or Ph, ph), like fin fine : fein, Freundſchaft;

vier, davon; Pbhilofophie.

Rem. 1. In foreign words v sounds like v in ever: Gtlave, Frevel, brav.
Rem. 2. For a long time f and 4 were used interchangeably. Their use

has finally become settled, but in a purely arbitrary way ; the f largely pre-
dominates.

Rem. 3. The ph only occurs in words of Greek origin, as in’®hilofophie, and
n a few German proper names, as: Adolph (or Adolf), Rudolph (f), Weſtpha⸗
en,

5. &,g. 1. Before a vowel, like g in gay: gehen, Grund.
2. After a vowel (and not before 1), sec § 40,17.

144 ORTHOGRAPHY. [5 40.

6. H, h. Like 2 in house: Haus, hoch, erheben, Johann.
Exc. The letter § is silent: (1) in the combination th, as in Thon, Noth ;
(2) after a vowel, as in Sohn, Lohn ; (3) after ¢ in Rhede, Rhein, Rhabarber ;
(4) after f in some proper names, as Böckh.
7. 3,j. Like y in yoke: Johann, Sulit, Jahr, Januar.

8. K, k. Like in king : König, fommen, Punft, Köln.
Rem. In those foreign words that have become fully naturalized, f has al-
most entirely displaced ¢; Puntt, Kongreß, Köln.

9. 2,1, Dt, m, N, 2, B, p, OQ, q, have the same sound as
1, m,n, p,q in English: Lamm, Leimpinfel, Qual.

Rem. Before !,u takes the sound of wg (§ 40,16); Dant, dente, linfs.

10. R, t. 1. At the beginning of a syllable, t has a sound
somewhat rougher and deeper in the throat than in
English: Roth, rund, Rhein.
2. In other positions it is trilled: Brod, Bart, der,-wer.

11. S, 8 (ff or $). 1. Like ¢ in less : das Meffer, ift, das.
2. But a single | before a vowel sounds like z in zone:

Sohn, fie, Elifa, gelefen.

3. When before $ or t and at the beginning of a radi-
cal syllable, f sounds like sh in shall: Spree, Stein,
verftehen, ausgefprodyen.

Rem. 1. In former periods of the language, f, fi, and § were very largely
interchanged. Even yet authorities vary in the use of ff and $,

Rem. 2. The short § is used at the end of syllables: Dresden, Potsdant,
las, auseinander, Donnerstag.

12. T, t (or Th, th). 1. Like tin Zone: Ton, Thon, Muth.

2. Like ¢s in més, in final =tion, -tial, -tient, not pre-
ceded by f; Yeftion, Quotient.

Rem. 1. The sound of ¢ is preserved when the accent is on the fi, as in
Demofratie, Partie, Miltiades.

Rem. 2. Also when ti is preceded by ſ: Queftion’, Vafiion’.

Rem. 3. In the history of the language there have been many interchanges
between f,d,and ff. Some modern writers, called “‘ purists,” reject the {§
entirely, and write teil (Theil), tun (Thun).

13. W, w. Like v in vine: Wein, Wien, zwei, warum.

Rem, W, after 9, occurring in a few proper names, is silent: Panfow.

§ 40-43. ] CONSONANTS. 245

14. X, x. Like x in box: Borar, Erempel, Xerxes, Here, fir.
Rem. The letter £ is used mostly in words of foreign origin.
15. 3,3 (6 and 33). Like ¢s in fs: Beit, puben, Skizze.
Rem. The use of 3, #5, 33 has varied greatly in the different periods of the
language.
16. Ng, ng. Like ng in sing: fingen, Singer, Drängen.
Rem. A slight & sound is given after ng when it follows a vowel: Rang
(rang), Angit (angst).
17. Ch, ch, and g have Zwo guttural sounds:
1. €h, ch (and g, when ending a syllable), after a, 9,
i, or au, have a rough aspirate sound, formed
deeper in the throat and much stronger than
that of A in hope: hod) (hohh) high; Tuch (toohh),
cloth ; Tag (tahh), day ; machen (ma’-hhen), to make.
2. After other letters (and in the diminutive sylla-
ble tet), they have a softer sound, made higher
in the palate, and inclining to that of sh in shall:
ich (ch), J; recht (reh*t), right, Kinv’schen (Kind’-
hen), a child; Mün’schen (miin’-h*en), Munich ;
bil’-lig Gil linen), Zeug (tsoyh*), Berg Gerh*).
Rem, 1. In words of Greek origin, ch sounds like £: Chor, choir.
Rem. 2. Also before $ in the same radical syllable, like k: Wade, war.

§ 41. Many foreign words retain their original pro-
nunciation, as: Bureau, Palais, Facon, Major, Gouverneur,
adieu, Woverb, from the French ; Roaftbeef, Club, from the
English ; Solo, Trio, from the Italian.

Rem. In a few words the foreign pronunciation is retained in only a part
of the word: Penfion (pon"9-si-dne).

§ 42. The pronunciation of the educated classes and in polite circles in the
city of Berlin is at present the standard of good pronunciation throughout
Germany. The above rules are given in accordance with the usages now
prevailing in Berlin.

3. DIVISION OF SYLLABLES.
(Sylbentrenuung.)
§ 43. In Pronouncing, the following laws prevail:

246 ORTHOGRAPHY. [§ 43-45.

1. In semple words: (1.) A single consonant, between
two vowels, is pronounced with the last vowel, as in:
Ba’cter, Bru’=ber, le’-ben, ha’=ben, mei’sner, gu’sten.

(2.) Of two or more consonants, the first is pronounced
with the preceding, and the remainder with the
following vowel: Mit’zte, fchim’=pfen, Deut’-fche.

2. In derwatwe words, prefixes, and suffixes not begin-
ning with a vowel, are pronounced in separate sylla-
bles: Gezftalt’, ängft’=lich, ould’cfam ; Stand’-haft-ig-feit,
but Fürf’-tin, Kleidung, Farbecrei’, Gü’zte.

3. The parts of compound words are pronounced sepa.
rately: aus⸗ein⸗an der, Don’ners-tag, fort’-heben, hersum’.

Rem. Some writers mark the division of syllables according to the pro-

nunciation, others according to the roots of words. The latter method is
more convenient in paradigms: [ieb’-en, mein’=er, gut’=er, gut’se, brett’ eft.

4, ACCENT.
(Accent.)

§ 44. The Primary Accent is on the radical syllable of
simple words, whether primitive or derivative ; inflectional
endings, and most prefixes and suffixes (§ 45, 3, /2em.), are
unaccented: lieb’-en, mein’zen, lieb’zlicheren, Ba’ster, Ge-ftalt’,
gecliebt’ceften, ge⸗fähr“⸗lichſten.

Exc. The accent is not on the radical syllable in leben’ -big.

' § 45. In Compound Words, the radical syllable of the most
emphatic component takes the primary accent:

1. The first or modifying word of compound nouns and
adjectives, and of separable compound verbs, takes the
primary accent: Kaufmann, Bor’sfchrift, gelb’-roth, aus⸗
gehen, ein’-führen, umber’-gehen, miß ⸗trauen.

Exc. 1. The nouns Jahrhun“⸗dert, Jahrtau'⸗ſend, Nordweft’, Südoſt', etc.

Exc, 2. The adjectives bollfom’ «men, nothwen’ «big, wabrbaf’ -tig, leibhaf'⸗tig,
barmber’-3ig, glitdfe’slig, Yeibei’-gen; allwei'-fe, allmädy'-tig, großmäch'⸗tig,
bodjad’selig (and some other titular epithets).

§ 45-48.] ACCENTS. 247

2. Tue accent is on the last syllable of adverbs com-
pounded with prepositions, and of those compounded
with hin, her, all, and viel: wovon‘, womit’, davon’; her⸗
ein’, heraus’, vollauf’, woblan’, allein‘, vielleicht’, vielmehr”.

3. Inseparable prefixes are not accented: bewei’-fen, vers
fteb’cen, miffal’-len, Unterhal/-tung.

Exc. 1, Unt'-lig, and Unt’-wort (and its compounds).

Exc. 2. All words compounded with ¢rjz and rz, and many of those com-
pounded with miffe and un=: Erz'⸗biſchof, Ur’-fache, mif’-hanbdeln, un’=gleich

(but mißfal’-Ien, unend’-Tid), etc. ).

Rem. 1. Some long words, however, have several subordinate accents:
Freund 'ſchaftlichkeit'en, Gen’ er-verfich’erungs-gefell’ daft,
Staats’ -(dhul’den-til’ gungs-faf’ fen-budy’ halter (§ 51, Rem. 1).

Rem. 2. Such very long words as the last are only tolerated in official lan-
guage, and even there they had better be avoided.

§ 46. Most Foreign Words retain their original accent.
This is generally on the last syllable in words from

1. The French: Offizier‘, Couvert’, Muſik“, Majeftar’.

2. The Latin and Greek: Natur’, Student’, Theologie’.

Rem. 1. The foreign terminations =ti, <ier, =ift, «trem (ierem), sur, =aft,
etc., take the primary accent, whether in words of German or in those of for-
eign origin; Färberei‘, Barbier’, Blumift’, poli’ren, Glajur’, Moraft’.

Rem. 2. The accent is changed in the inflection, and in the derivatives of
some foreign words: Dot’-tor (Dofto’-ren), Charal’-ter (Charalte’-re), Diufif’
niutfifa’ life), Gramma’ «tif (grammatika⸗liſch).

Obs. Differences in the position of the accent upon words,
and in the position of emphatic words in sentences, are
among the chief causes of the great difference existing be-
tween the intonation and the cadence of the English and
of the German languages.

5. CAPITAL LETTERS.
(Große Unfangsbudftaben.)
§ 47. Capital Letters are used as initials to:
1. All Nouns, other parts of speech used as nouns, and
nouns used adverbially: der Mann, die Stadt, das Haus;
ber Gute, dad Lefen; Morgens, Abends, Vormittags.

248 ORTHOGRAPHY. [8 48-49,

2. The Indefinite Pronouns: Jemand, Niemand, Jeder:
mann ; also Etwas and Nichte, when not before nouns
or adjectives; and Alle, Alles, Einige, Mander, Viele,
when used substantively.

3. The Numeral Ein, when used in contrast to Ander.

4. The Absolute Possessives : der Meinige, dad Shrige, die
Meinigen, die Seinigen, ete.

5. Adjectives, derived from proper names of persons or
cities: die Kantifche Philofophie, ver Kölner Dom. |

Rem. Other proper adjectives do not begin with capital letters: Die deutſche

Sprache, der deutſche Bund, eine amerikanische Zeitung.

6. COMPARISON OF GERMAN AND ENGLISH
WORDS.

8 48. Great chanves have taken place in the words of
the German and English languages during the fourteen
centuries especially that have passed since their separa-
tion.

1. A few words only have the same radical form, or, with
different spelling, are pronounced alike, as:

Mann, man. Haus, house. wild, wild. fall-en, to fall.
Hand, hand. Maus, mouse. fein, fine. hang⸗en, to hang.
Gras, grass. braun, brown. mein, mine. binden, to bind.
Glas, glass. fauer, sour. in, in. find-en, to find.
Ring, ring. warm, warın. bei, by. bring-en, to bring.
Finger, finger. bitter, bitter. alfo, also. fingen, to sing.
Hunger, hunger. | blind, blind. bier, here. fint-en, to sink,
Huf, hoof. mild, mild. ſchier, sheer. ſpinn⸗en, to spin.

2. The following examples illustrate the most striking
variations in the development of letters and of sounds:

(1.) a. Haar, hair. Schaaf, sheep. alt, old.
Grab, grave. Paar, pair. Schlaf, sleep. _ | Halte, fold.
Rabe, raven. acht, eight. Nadel, needle. | Halt, hold.
Sflave, slave. 4 Fracht, freight. flar, clear. Talt, cold.
Snabe (knave). Mal, eel. Hanf, hemp. “| Hace, hoe.
Plaß, place. | Mabl, meal. Saft, guest. Nafe, nose.

Krahn, crane. Etahl, steel. waren, were. ‚| Saten, hook.

War, was, Saat, seed. Ramm, comb. Gans, goose.

-B__

— — — — — — — — *

COMPARISON OF GERMAN AND ENGLISH WORDS. 249

(2.) e, a.

. Rechen, rake.
brecheit, break.
Weg, way.

Lenz, lance.
Merk, mark.
Herz, heart.
Schmerz (smart).
fterben (starve).
fchmeden (smack),
feft, fast.

fett, fat.

fehen, see.
ftehlen, steal.
eſſen, eat.
meffen, mete.
geld, field.

zehn, ten.

Apher, ivy. ;

geben, give.
leben, live.
denfen, think.
fenfen, sink.

as Ped), pitch.
ſechs, six.
mellen, milk.

lecken, lick.
gehen, go.
(ne), no.
Schnee, snow.
Seele, soul.
Schwert, sword.
fchelten, scold.

_ Klee, clover.
Werth, worth.
Wer, who.
Regel, rule.
Krähe, crow.
mäben, mow.
fähen, sow.
/ſpähen, spy.

wäre, were.
läßt, lets.

; Biter, fathers.
fügen, saw.
Wäſſer, waters.

(3.)i,i. | (65.) u, ũ.
Biene, bes. und, and.
wir, we. Hut, hat.
Filz, felt. Buche, beech.
Sinne, sense. fucben, seek.
Kirſche, cherry. | Ruf, kiss.
Pinjel, pencil. Bruft, breast.
fieben, seven. Sdulter, shoulder
irren, err. Fuchs, fox.
id, 1. Kupfer, copper.
liegen, lie. Sturm, storm.
lieben, love. Wurm, worm.
ſchieben, shove. Blume, bloom.
fieben, sift. thun, do.
ichießen, to shoot. | Bud), book.
ſprießen, sprout. | Bruder, brother.
{pielen, play. | Mutter, mother.
Kirche, church. Kuh, cow.
Kiffen, cushion. Uhr, hour.

Grund, ground.

(4.) ö, ö. Mund, mouth.
Slode, flake. Pfund, pound.
groß, great. rund, round.
roh, raw. Sund, sound.
Stroh, straw. Wunde, wound.
Tochter, daughter. genug, enough.
Obr, ear. fühlen, to feel.
Bohne, bean. grün, green.
Noth, need. iif, sweet.
roth, red. Füße, feet.
Brod, bread. übel, evil.
hod), high. Hülfe, help.
Roggen, rye. fünf, five.
Sommer,summer. | liigen, lie.
Donner, thunder. | Hitgel, hill.
Sonne, sun. Mühle, mill.
Sohn, son. Sünde, sin.
voll, full. glithen, glow.
Sporn, spur. Küfte, coast
hören, hear. Fürft (first)
ſchwören, swear. rüten, brood.
zwölf, twelve. hüpfen, hop.
König, king. Büchſe, box.
Mörtel, mortar. Süd, south.
Del, oil. Kühe, cows.

Mörder, murderer.| Brühe, broth.

L 2

(6.) au.
grau, gray.
aub, leaf.
taub, deaf.
Haufe, heap.
Saum, seam.
Laud), leek.
Haupt, head.
Auge, eye.
Braut, bride.
ſchlau, sly.
Fauft, fist.
Tau, tow.
Taube, dove.
Raum, room.
blau, blue.
Thau, dew.
bauen, hew.

(7) ei.

Meifter, master,

weich, weak.
heilen, heal.
Weizen, wheat.
Zweig, twig.
ein, one.

allein, alone.
beide, both.
eigen, own.
Gide, oak.
Speiche, spoke.
Kleider, clothes,
Geift, ghost.

meift, most.

Reihe, row.

Seife, soap.
reiben, rub. -
zwei, two.

—

7

(8.) ett, au. Feder, feather.
Heu, hay. Leder, leather.
Teuer, fire. ſieden, seethe.
neun, nine. _ {Daumen, thumb.
Freund, friend. denken, think.
neu, new. Ding, thing.
freuen, strew. Dorn, thorn.
treu, true. drefdjen, thresh.
Preußen, Prussia, | bret, three.
Kreuz, cross. durch, through.

Eule, owl. beide, both.
heulen, howl. Sid, south.
Mäufe, mice. Erbe, earth.

Würde, worth.

(9.)b.
baben, to have. (11.) 7, &, pb.
beben, to heave. |Schaaf, sheep.
leben, to live. Schlaf, sleep.
eben, even. Schiff, ship.
Nabe, raven. Hanf, hemp.
Taube, dove. reif, ripe.
Biber, beaver. belfen, help.
flieben, cleave. -| Saft, sap.
ſieben, seven. ſcharf, sharp.
_~ Sieb, sieve. auf, up.

oben, over. offen, open.
Grab, grave. fünf, five.
Dieb, thief. Ofen, oven.
Leben, life. vier, four.
fieben, sift. bevor, before.
Weib (wife). vergeffen, forget.

‚ Schwalbe, swallow | Epheu, ivy.
Birne, pear.

Klippe, cliff. (12.) 9.
Rippe, rib. Tag, day.
Stoppel, stubble. | mag, may.
Haupt, head. Tag, lay.
jagen, say.
(10.) d. Auge, eye.
ber, Die, bas, the. | Rogge, rye.
Diefe, these. Fliege, fly.
du, thou. Honig, honey.
bein, thine. Pfennig (penny).
Dann, then. - |@arit, yarn,
denn, than. gelb, yellow.

250 COMPARISON OF GERMAN AND ENGLISH WORDS.

Bruder, brother.

ſchlagen (slay).
Hagel, hail.
Nagel, nail.
Segel, sail.
Flegel, flail.
Regen, rain.
Siegel, seal.
Regel, rule.
Hügel, hill.
fägen, to saw.
gleich, like.
genug, enough.
gewahr, aware.
Teig, dough.
Pflug, plough.
Bogen, bow.
borgen, borrow.

morgen, morrow.

ſorgen, sorrow.
folgen, follow.

_ | Balg, bellows.

Galgen, gallows.
Glode, clock.
agen, gnaw.

(13.) h.
wann, when.
wer, who.
welche, which.
wie, how.
wo, where.
weil (while).
weiß, white.
Weizen, wheat.

meber (whether).

(4)1.
Ja, yes.
Jahr, year.
och, yoke.
Jatob, Jacob.
jung, young.
Jacke, jacket.
Johann, John.

JJude, Jew.

geſtern, yesterday. | Sunt, June.

$uno, Juno.
Suli, July.
Juwel, jewel.
Major, major.

(15.)1,d, q.
fauen, chew.
Rife, cheese.
Sinn, chin.
Kind, child.
Kiſte, chest.
Kirche, church.
Kiriche, cherry.
Stärke, starch.
Sklave, slave.
Marl, marrow.
Ede (edge).
Hee, hedge.
Brüde, bridge.
Zuder, sugar.
Duelle (well).

(16.) 1.

als, as.

fold), such.
welch, which.
Mörtel, mortar.
Feſſel, fetter.
Sibel, sabre.
Zmilling, twin.
Eichel, acorn.
fchleichen, sneak.

(1'7.) m.
Lamm, lamb.
immer, climb.
Kamm, comb.
Daumen, thumb.
Schirm, screen.

(18) n.
Befen, broom.
Alaun, alum.
felten, seldom.
Orden, order.

| Degen, dagger.

&

*

COMPARISON OF GERMAN AND ENGLISH WORDS.

Stern, star.
fern, far.
Sporn, spur.
Birne, pear.
Biene, bee.
Gans, goose.
Bahu, tooth.
fiinf, five.
ander, other.
Kind, child.

(19.) r.
turen (choose).
frieren, freeze.
verlieren, lose.
wir, we.
wer, who.
Warten, wait.
war, was.
Iprecdhen, speak.
heifer, hoarse,

(20.) 1 ff, 8.
aus, out.
effen, eat.
meffen, mete.
haſſen, hate.
Taffen, let.
groß, great.
2008, lot.
Fuß, foot.
Nuk, nut.
füß, sweet.

“

Eifen, iron.
Haje, hare.
niefen, sneeze.
kratzen, scratch.

(21 .) t, th.
Tag, day.
Traum, dream.

Tochter, daughter.

todt, dead.
Thaler, dollar.
hau, dew.
thun, do.
Thüre, door.
theuer, dear.
Bett, bed.
Blut, blood.
Bart, beard.
Muth, mood.
Fluth, flood.

Schulter, shoulder

leiten, lead.
reiten, ride.
gleiten, glide.
Bater, father.
Mutter, mother.
tauen, thaw.

taufend, thousand.
Antwort, answer.

(22.) w.

Gewinn, gain.

Schwefter, sister.
3.In a few cases, foreign words retain

(23.) ¢, &.
zahm, tame,
Zahn, tooth.
zehn, ten.

Zinn, tin.

Boll, toll.

gu, to, too.
zwei, two.
zwanzig, twenty.
Filz, felt.

Herz, heart.
Sald, salt.
Rabe, cat.

Ribs, kid.
Dutend, dozen.

Kreutz, cross.

Plats, place.
Zuder, sugar.

(24.) ch.
Nacht, night.
Macht, might.
leicht, light.
Licht, light.
fechten, fight.
Knecht (knight).
Fracht, freight.
machen, make,
brechen, brake.
fuchen, seek.
Bud), book.
gleich, like.
Kuchen, cake.

251

Lerche, lark.
ſechs, six.
Fuchs, fox.
Odds, ox.
Flachs, flax.
Wachs, wax.
Teich, ditch.
durch, through.
lachen, laugh.
mand), many.

(25.) fd.
Schmied, smith.
ſchmal, small.
Stein, stone.
Schwert, sword.
Froſch, frog.
klatſchen, clap.

(26.) pf.
Apfel, apple.
bitpfen, hop.
Kupfer, copper.
Opfer, offering.
Pfeffer, pepper.
Pfeife, pipe.
Pfirſich, peach.
Pflanze, plant.
Pflaume, plum.
Pflafter, plaster.
pfliiden, pluck.
Pflug, plow.

their original

forms, or have developed, in both languages, into the same
modification of form :

Heb. säraph,
Gr.
Lat. studens,

Se’raph,
periwpov, Meteor’,
Student’, student.

seraph.
meteor.

Lat. natio,
Low L. parcus,
Ital. solo,

4. More usually the forms vary:

Gr. ayyeAXoc,
Lat. Johannes,

Low L. missa,

Engel,
Johann,
‘6 Colonia, Köln,
Meile,

angel.
John.

mass.

Arab. masjid,
‘6 laimun,

Cologne. |Pers. mümijä,

Ind. tabaco,

Nation’, nation.
Park, park.
Solo, solo.
Mofchee‘, mosque.
Limo’ne, lemon.
Mu’mie, mumny.
Ta'bat, tobacco,

ETYMOLOGY AND SYNTAX.
(Etymologie und Syntar.)

8 49. Etymology treats, (1.) Of the origin, development,

changes, decay, and death of words and grammatical forms,

(2.) Of the classification of words into parts of speech,
and of the changes words undergo by inflection.

(3.) As to their origin, words are primitive or derivative.
As to composition, words are simple or compound.
1, Primitive or radical words are either:

1. Original root-words, as: id, du, ein, in, gut, groß, Holz, Buche.

2. Or they have added the verbal ending en: hab'⸗en, bind’seu, feb’ cn,

Rem. By far the greater number of primitive words are verbs.

2. Derivative words are formed from primitive words:

1. By modifying the original root: (bindsen), Band, Bund.

2. By adding prefixes and suffixes: (» 1» ), Binder, Binde, Bilndel,
Gebinde, Bande, Bändchen, bandig, bändigen, Bändiger, Bändigung,
bündeln, bündig, Viindigteit, Bündniß.

Rem. Many derivative words, the derivation of which is “ no longer felt,”
are usually called primitive words, as: Mann, from Old-German ménan (or
Gothic minan), to think; roth, from Sanscrit rudhira, blood ; Del, from Latin
oleum, oil; Kohl, from Ztalian cavolo, cabbage.

$ 50. Compound words are formed by joining two or more
simple (or single) words into one word.

Federmeſſer, Penknife. Simmelblat, Blue as the sky.
Baumwolle, Cotton. Gelbroth, Orange-colored.
Ausgehen, To go out. Womit? Wherewith ?
Gtattfinden, To take place. Bielleicht, Perhaps.

Rem. 1. Sometimes very long compound words are formed :
Staatsihuldentilgungstaffenbuchhalter, The keeper of account of the fand
devoted to the payment of the national debt (§ 45, 3, Rem, 2).

Rem. 2. Two or more compound words of the same kind may be united
by a hyphen :

Feld⸗, Garten» und Aderbar, Drainage, horticulture, and agriculture.

Rem. 3. Parts of long words are often united by hyphens :
euer-VBerfiderungs-Gefell daft, Fire Insurance Company.

Rem. 4. Compound words are much more largely used in German than in
English. New combinations may be formed indefinitdy.

§ 51-54.] THE ARTICLE. 253

$ 51. There are ten parts of speech in German:
1. Flexible: the Article, Noun, Adjective, Numeral,
Pronoun, Verb.
2. Inflexible: the Abverb, Preposition, Conjunction,
Interjection.
§ 52. Syntax treats of the power certain words or parts
of speech have in determining the forms and position of
other words, or parts of speech.

aD

THE ARTICLE.
(Der Artifel.)

§ 53. In all languages where the Article exists, the Def-
inite Article is derived from a Demonstrative Pronoun ;
the Indefinite Article is derived from the Numeral One.

In German there is no difference between the forms:

1. Of the Def. Article der, and the Dem. Pron. der.
2. Or of the /ndef. Article ein, and the Numeral ein,

Rem. The Article is distinguished from the Pronoun or Numeral: (1.) By
never receiving a strong emphasis. (2.) By never being used without a noua.

§ 54. Declension of the Article:

1. Definite, der, the. 2. Indefinite, ein, a, an,
SINGULAR. , PLURAL. SINGULAR.
Masc. Fem. Neut. All Gen.| Mase. Fem. Neut.
Nom. der, die, das. die. ein, ein=e, ein.
Gen. ded, der, de. der. 2¢8, cin-er, tin⸗es.

Dat. dem, der, dem. den. einzem, tin⸗er, ein⸗em.
Acc. den, die, das. die. einen, cine, ein,

Rem. 1. The vowel is short in das, de8, and long in der, dem, ben.

Rem. 2. When no obscurity of meaning or harshness of sounds is thereby
produced, the following contractions of prepositions with the definite article
are allowable (Lesson X., 2):

1. With Dat. sing. (m. and n.) dem: am, beim, hinterm, im, bom, zum, unterm

(an dem, bei dem, hinter dem, in dem, von dem, zu bem, unter dem).

2. With Dat. sing. (fem.) der: zur (zu Der).

8. With Acc. “ (neut.) das: ans, aufs, Durchs, filrs, ins, ums (an Das

auf bas, burdy bas, für Das, in das, um bas).

254 BXNTAX OF THE ARTICLE. [§ 55.

8 55. Syntax of the Article. The following are some of
the most important points in which the German varies from
the English in the use of the Article.

1. The Definite Article is employed:

1. Before nouns used in a general or abstract sense:

Der Menſch ift fterblich, Man is mortal.
Die Gefchichte der Kunft, The history of art.
Das Gold ift toftbar, Gold is costly.

2. Before some individual concrete nouns:
Das Frühſtück ift fertig, Breakfast is ready.
Nach dem Wbendeffen, After supper.

8. When a proper name, or the name of a division of time, is preceded
by an adjective:

Das fefte Magdeburg, Strong Magdeburg.
Der vorige Mai war falt, Last May was cold.
4, Before feminine geographical names:
Die Schweiz ift fehr ſchön, Switzerland is very beautiful.
Maren Sie in der Türkei? Have you been in Turkey?

5. Before nouns of number, weight, and measure (while in English the
Indefinite Article would be used)
Zwei Thaler das Pfund, Two dollars a pound.
Pierntal die Woche, Four times a week.
Rem. 1. The Definite Article is often used where in English the Personal
Pronoun would be employed:
Mit dem Hut in der Hand, With his hat in his hand.
Rem. 2. The dative of the definite article, contracted with the preposition
$i, is used to express promotion or election to office or rank:

Er war zum Präfidenten gewählt, He was elected President.
2. The Definite Article is omitted :
1. Before many legal terms and some words in ordinary life:
Appellant, Bellagter jagt— The plaintiff, the defendant says—
Ueberbringer diefes, The bearer of this.

2. Before names of the points of the compass :
Sie fegelten gegen Norden, They sailed towards the north.

8. The Article must be added if the case of the noun cannot be deter-
mined without it:

Die Rechte der Frauen, The rights of women.
4. With two or more nouns of different genders or numbers, the Article
“ must be repeated:

Der Bruder und die Schwefter, The brother and sister.

§ 56, 57.) THE NOUN. 255

THE NOUN.
(Das Hauptwort.)

§ 56. Nearly all Nouns may be traced back to verbal
roots (§ 49,1,Rem.). With the exception of the very
small number that are radical words, German nouns ara

formed:

1. By the modification of a verbal root (§ 48, 2, 1).

2. By adding prefixes or suffixes to other words (§ 57, 58).

8. By compounding nouns with other words (§ 58).

Rem. The formation, inflection, and syntax of the German are far more
complicated than those of the English noun. On the other hand, as the

German nouns are mostly formed from native roots, they are more easily
understood than English nouns, which are so largely imported from foreign

languages.

§ 57. In forming Derivative Nouns, the chief sufüxes are:

1. Those that form concrete nouns, den, el, er, in, ling :

1, hen and =[ein—with umlaut to the radical vowel, where possible
—form diminutive nouns :

Häuschen, a little house. Bächlein, a small brook.

Müttercheit, dear mother. Schwefterchen, dear sister.

2. <¢[ usually denotes material instruments :
Hebel, a lever (from heben, to heave, lift).
Dedel, a cover (from deden, to cover).

8. <¢r denotes (1) male persons: Lehrer, a teacher, Sänger, a singer,
Wittwer, a widower, Schweizer, a Swiss.
(2) animals: Sperber, a sparrow-hawk, Schröter, a bectle.
(3) instruments : Bohrer, an auger, Weder, an alarm clock.

4. sit (or =inm) forms feminine from masculine nouns:

König, a king. Königin, a queen.
Lehrer, a male teacher. ebhrerin, a female teacher.
Schweizer, a Swiss. Schweizerin, a Swiss lady.

5. <fing modifies the meaning of nouns, often indicating dependence,
contempt, or low valuation :
Siingling, a youngster. Miethling, a hireling.
Rehrling, an apprentice. Dichterling, a poetaster.

256

THE NOUN. [§ 57.

2. Suffixes forming mostly abstract nouns, ¢, ti (rei),
heit (fcit), nip, fal, fchaft, thum, ung:

1.

2.

=

€ (with umlaut to radical vowel) forms nouns from sdjectives:
@ilte, goodness, Höhe, height, Linge, length, Tiefe, depth.

«ti (or =rei),in nouns formed from verbs, denotes a repeated or con- °
tinued action, often with the idea of contempt: Schmeichelei, flattery,

Spielerei, foolish sport.

. zheit (or steit) forms (1) abstract nouns, from adjectives or participles :

Schönheit, beauty, Gewandheit, dexterity, Dankbarfeit, thankfulness;
(2) concrete nouns, from adjectives : Kleinigfeit, trifle ; (8) nouns, from
personal nouns: Gottheit, Godhead, Kindheit, childhood.

wi denotes (1) condition or completion of a quality or action: Fin-
fterniß, darkness, Kenntnif, knowledge, Berhältniß, relation ; (2) in
concrete nouns, the accomplishing agent or the accomplished object :
Gefängniß, prison, Berzeichniß, catalogue.

. 2fal denotes (1) a condition : Trübfal, sadness, Schidfal, fate; (2) the

cause of a condition: Scheuſal, a monster (causing horror).

. ⸗ſchaft denotes (1) relationship or condition of persons: Freundfchaft,

friendship, Bereitfchaft, readiness; (2) a collection of persons of a
certain grade or calling: Nitterfchaft, knighthood, Bauernichaft,
peasantry ; (3) a collection of things of the same kind: Geräthſchaft,
tools ; (4) collective appellations of places: Ort{daft, neighborhood.

. «thum, (1) to adjective or verbal roots, denotes quality or condition,

or that to which this quality adheres: Reichthum, richness or riches,
Wadsthum, growth, Heiligthum, sanctuary; (2) to personal nouns,
it denotes condition, office, or dominion: Raiferthum, empire.

. zug, (1) denotes condition, what produces a condition, or a thing

put into a certain condition: Trennung, division, Mifdyung, mixt-
ure; (2) forms collective nouns: Walbung,forest, Kleidung, clothing.

3. The most important prefixes are ge, miß, un, ur, erz:

1. ge= denotes collectiveness, union, completion, or repetition: Gebirge,

mountain range, Gefährte, companion, Gebäude, edifice, Gerdufd,
a continued noise (as of rivers, arms, machinery, etc. ).

. Miß- denotes negation, incompletness, or negation of quality: Miß-

ton, discord, Mißbegriff, misconception, Mifgunft, disfavor.

. un⸗ denotes negation or perversion of quality: Unglid, misfortune,

Unmenfd, inhuman person, Unſchuld, innocency.

. Ur⸗ denotes source, origin, or cause, or a thing in its original con-

dition: Urfprung, origin, Urfache, cause, Urwald, primeval forest.

. &t3= (arch) denotes the first or greatest: Erzbiſchof, archbishop,

Erzdieb, arrant thief. Erzmarfchall, lord high marshal.

Ken...

— —

ee rn fe — — —

8 58, 59.] ATTRIBUTES OF THE NOUN. 257

$ 58. Compound Nouns (L.XXXVI.) are formed:

1. By prefixing to nouns modifying words, which may
be of any part of speech, except an article or interjec-
tion: :

Das Schuihaus, schoolhouse. Der Kaufmann, merchant.
„Fremdwort, foreign word. Die Herkunft, origin.
Der Zweikampf, duel. Der Eingang, entrance.
„ Selbftmord, suicide. Der Aberglaube, superstition.
2. By uniting the words of some familiar expressions:
Das Gergifmeinnidt, the forget-me-not.
Der Taugenichts, the good for nothing fellow.
Das Zelängerjelieber, the honeysuckle.
Der Springinsfeld, the romp.

Rem. 1. In a few cases the first word is in the gen. sing. or the gen. pl. :
Das Tageslicht, the daylight. Das Wörterbud), the dictionary.

Rem. 2. By a false analogy, some nouns take on the gen. ending, £ (68);
Der Religionstrieg, war having its origin in religions feuds.
Die Feuer-VBerficherungs-Gefellfchaft, Fire Insurance Company.
Ren. 3. In a few compound nouns the adjective also is declined:
Nom. sing., der Hobepriefter. Nom. pl., die Hohenpriefter.
Gen. “ des Hohenpriefters. Gen. ‘* der Hohenpriefter.
Dat. “ hem Hohenpriefter. Dat. ‘ den Hohenprieftern.
Acc. “ den Hohenpriefter. Acc. ° bie Hobenpriefter.

1. ACCIDENTS OF THE NOUN.
(Attribute des Hauptwortes.)

8 59. The Attributes of the Noun, as well as of all other
flexible parts of speech ($ 50), except the verb, are:

1. Two Numbers: Singular and Plural.

2. Three Genders: Masculine, Feminine, and Neuter.

3. Four Cases: Nominative, Genitive, Dative, and
Accusative.

Rem. Substantives, whether nouns or pronouns, control the gender, number,
person, and case of all other flexible parts of speech. Hence a knowledge
of the attributes of the noun, while one of the most difficult, is at the same
time one of the most important things in the study of the German language.

258 GENDER OF NOUNS. [$ 60, 61.

2. GENDER OF NOUNS.
(Das Geſchlecht der Hauptwörter.)

§ 60. 1. Only in nouns referring to persons, and in the

names of some animals, is the natural gender observed:
Der Mann, the man. Die Frau, the woman. Der Lowe, the lion.

2. Of names of animals, some are masculine, others

are feminine, and a few are neuter:
Der Adler, the eagle. Die Fliege, the fly. Das Pferd, the horse.

3. Of names of tnanimate objects and abstract nouns,
all of which are neuter in English, some are masculine,
some feminine, and some neuter:

Der Tifch, the table. Tie Thüre, the door. Das Haus, the house.

n Muth, courage. n Güte, goodness. „ Ente, the end.
Rem. The Gender of German nouns can only be learned by long practice.

During the history of the language, many nouns have passed from one gender
to another. Of a few nouns the gender is not yet settled.

4. The following will serve as general rules in fixing
the gender of nouns:

§ 61. Nouns Masculine by meaning are the names of:
1. Male Beings: der Dann, König, Löwe; the man, king, lion.
2. Deity and Angels: der Gott, Engel, Cherub, Seraph, Teufel;
God, angel, cherub, seraph, devil.

3. Seasons: der Winter, Frühling (but das Frühjahr), Sommer, Herbft ;

Winter, Spring (Spring), Summer, Fall.
4. Months: der Januar, Februar, März, April, Mai, Juni, Juli, etc.

January, February, March, April, May, June, July, etc.
5. Days of the Week: der Montag, Dienftag, Mittwoch, Donnerftag, etc.

Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday, Thursday, etc.
6. Points of the Compass: der Nord, Süd, Oft, Weft; North, South, etc.
7. Mountains: der Harz, Veſuv, Aetna, the Harz, Vesuvius, Etna.
8. Large Birds: der Adler, Habicht, Geier ; the eagle, hawk, vulturg,
9. Fishes: der Aal, Hecht, Lads; the eel, pike, salmon.
0. Bugs and Worms: der Maikäfer, Blutegel; the May-bug, leech.
1. Fruit-trees, Grains, Shrubs, and wild Plants: der Apfelbaum, Weizen,
Hollunder, Laud); the apple-tree, wheat, elder, leek.
12. Winds: der Samum, Sirokko, Orfan; simoom, sirocco, hurricane.
13. Mineral Substances (except metals, § 63): der Diamant, Sdwefel,
Stein, Marnıor ; diamond, sulphur, stone, marble,

8 62-66.] GENDER OF NOUNS. 259

§ 62. Nouns feminine by meaning are the names of:
1. Female Beings: die Frau, Königin, Löwin, woman, queen, lioness.
2. Smaller Birds and Insects: die Nadtigall, Drofjel, Fliege, Wanze,
the nightingale, thrush, fly, bug.

8. Forest-trees, Fruits and Flowers, especially if ending in €: die Eiche,
Birne, Mofe, the oak, pear, rose.

4. Most Rivers: die Donau, Elbe, Spree, the Danube, Elbe, Spree.
Exc. der Rhein, Main, etc., the Rhine, Maine, etc.

§ 63. Nouns neuter by meaning are the names of:
1. Most Countries and Places: ta} beij;e Stalien, hot Italy, bag ſchöne
Berlin, beautiful Berlin, das fefte Magdeburg, strong Magdeburg.
2. Collective Nouns: a8 Bolt, Heer, the people, army, dad Gras, Sdhilf,
Rohr, grass, sedge, reeds.
3. Metals: da8 Silber, Gold, Blei, Cijen, silver, gcld, lead, iron.
Exc. der Stahl, Zink, Kobalt, steel, zinc, cobalt.

§ 64. Nouns masculine ty form are:
1, Most monosyllabic nouns not ending in ¢ ($ 65): der Bruch, Dank,
Fall, Haß, Duell, the breach, thanks, fall, hatred, source.
| 2. All nouns ending in id, ig, ing, ling, m: der Stid), Honig, Häring,
Lehrling, Helm, the sting, honey, kerring, apprentice, helmet.
Exc. dad Meffing, brass, bas Ding, the thing.

8 65. Nouns feminine by form arc:

1. All dissyllabic nouns ending in ¢, and not denoting male beings:
Die Kirche, Kirfche, Sonne, Erde, the church, cherry, sun, earth.
Exc. 1. das Auge, Ende, Erbe, the eye, end, inheritance.

Exc. 2. der Name, Wille, the name, will.

2. Most nouns ending in acht, udt, uld, unft: die Nadt, Flucht, Ge⸗
bulb, Vernunft, night, flight, patience, reason.

8. All derivatives ending in heit, Teit, ſchaft, ci, in (inn), ung, ath, uth:
die Freiheit, Dankbarkeit, Freundſchaft, Bäckerei, Königinn, Hoffnung,
Heimath, Armuth, freedom, thankfulness, friendship, bakery, queen,
hope, home, poverty.

Exc. det (or das) Bierrath, the ornament, das Petſchaft, Gefdret,
the seal, the cry.

8 66. Nouns neuter by form are:

1. Diminutives (in den, lein, see § 57,1, 1), whatever may be the
natural gender: das Pferdden, Büchlein, the little horse, little book ;
dad Fräulein, Madden, Kindlein, the young lady, girl, child.

260 THE NOUNS. [$ 67-69.

2, Derivatives ending in {al,{el, thum: dad Schidfal, Räthſel, Kaiſer⸗
thum, Chriftenthum, fate, riddle, empire, Christendom.

Exc. 1. der Wedfel, Irrthum, Reichthum, the change, error, riches,
Exc. 2. die Achſel, Amfel, Deichfel, the shoulder, blackbird, adze.
Exc. 3. die (or das) Mühfal, Trübfal, the distress, sorrow.

8. Nouns with the prefix ge: da8 Gebäude, Geſetz, the building, law.
Exc. 1. der Gebrauch, Gedante, Gehorfam, Genuß, Gefang, Geſchmack
Gewinn ; the use, thought, obedience, enjoyment, song, taste, gain.
Exc. 2. die Gebühr, Geburt, Geduld, Gefahr, Gemeinde, Genüge,
Geſchichte, Geftalt, the duty, birth, patience, danger, community,
satisfaction, history, form.

§ 67. Compound Nouns take the gender of the last noun:
der Schullehrer, the school-teacher (die Schule, der Lehrer).
bie Hoffirde, the court church (ber Hof, die Kirche).
dad Schulhaus, the school-house (die Schule, das Haus).

Erc.1. Der Abſcheu (die Scheu), der Mittwod) (vie Woche).

Exc.2. Die Anmuth, Derhuth, Großmuth, Langmuth, Sanftmuth,
Schwermuth, Wehmuth (der Muth, Hochmuth, ezc.); die Ant-
wort (das Wort).

Exc. 38. Das Gegentheil, dad (or der) Vordertheil, etc. (der Theil).

Exc, 4. Names of cities are neuter, whatever the compound may be:
Das fefte Magdeburg (die Burg), strong Magdeburg.

§ 68.Foreign Nouns usually retain their original gender:
Die Theologie, theology (from Gr. 1) Seodoyia, theology).
E.cc. But some foreign words have been drawn out of their original
gender: der Körper, die Nummer, da8 Fenfter;
Jrom Lat. (neut.) corpus, (masc.) numerus, (_fem.) fenestra.

§ 69. A number of nouns have two genders, with dif:
ferent signification for each gender, as:

Der Band, the volume.” Das Band, the ribbon.

» Bauer, the peasant. „» Bauer, the cage.

nv Bund, the alliance. „ Bund, the bundle.

n bor, the chorus. n Shor, the choir.
nn Erbe, the heir. „» Erbe, the inheritance.
Die Erlenntnif, knowledge. „Erkenntniß, the sentence
Der Harz, the Harz Mountains. » Harz, the resin.

w Heide, the heathen. Die Heide, the heath.

w Kiefer, the jaw. „Kiefer, the pine.

„» Kunde, the costumer. „» Kunde, the knowledge.

n Leiter, the leader. n Leiter, the ladder.

w Mangel, the want. w Mangel, the mangles.

§ 70-72.] DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 261

Die Mart, the markgraviate. Das Marl, the marrow.
Der Meffer, the measurer. „Meſſer, the knife.

„Schild, the shield. „ Schild, the sign.

„Schwulſt, the bombast. Die Schwulft, the swelling.

” See, the lake. n See, the ocean.

„ Sproffe, the sprout. „Sproſſe, round of a ladder.
Die Steuer, the tax. Das Steuer, the rudder.
Der Stift, the handle. „ Stift, the endowment.

» Thor, the fool. n Shor, the gate.

„Verdienſt, the reward. „ Berbienft, the merit.
Die Wehr, the bulwark. wn Wehr, the wier.

§ 70. During the history of the language some nouns
have passed from one gender to another:
Gothic, der luftus, der sidus, das leik, -+ —_——,
Old Ger., derluf, dersitu, die léch, dassaf, die ribba,
Mid. Ger., dér luft, dersite, dielich, das saf, das rippe,
New Ger., die Luft, die Sitte, die Leiche, der Saft, die Rippe,
the air. the custom. the corpse. the sap. the rib.

3. DECLENSION OF NOUNS.
(Deklination der Hanptwörter.)

§ 71. The influences which have produced the great
variety now existing in the declension of German nouns
are still at work. The most important of these are:

1, The increasing use of the umlaut.

2. The tendency of terminations to lengthen root vowels.

3. The passing of nouns from one gender to another.

4. The increasing number of masculine nouns with -er in the plural.

§ 72. The many different ways in which common
nouns are declined may be most conveniently grouped
into three classes or Declensions:

1. The Old Declension, containing masculine, feminine, and neuter
nouns, and having three forms in the plural.
2. The New Declension, containing masculine and feminine nouns, and
having one form <i (<¢t) in the plural. _
8. The Mixed Deolension, containing masculine and neuter nouns, and
having one form =u (sett) in the plural.
Rem. The following table illustrates these three declensions:

WAS 03
*MIIG 19
WIE 199
1 21¢

ID rq IR aq BT a
WI ma “NIespyg ug *U9-00T 112g
IND 2 Ip 19 Ivy 12q
009 iq PUR aq °3:B0T dig

N Tao aq po mg Dog ung
1QI9 12094 *I=fPog mg *9-B0% ung
19 194 “Faetpogs 994 °GI-Boy 994
9 2g PR aq Dog 2q

*NI= AGS, 217
"MI ABO, uoq
"MIs 101108 aoq
‚19: 101408 318

oc gvq 1010 134
Id ung 1008 uoq
"99-19 99g s⸗aono 899
"a gvg “IDOE, 499

CA pus yy) "UOISUSTDALL POXTPL “¢

CN “WT WAT) RAT “TIT

*NIenvaQ 213
*na-nvaQ ua
·u⸗⸗nvaꝰ 19g
no⸗nvag I1¢

Many aig
u⸗aigg 19g
*Meaagx 194
n⸗ ↄmgg IC

nvaꝰ aa *H-amtax uoq

nvag 299 *Meaatayx uuoq

mal 199 *teamay 894

MR 31¢ “IMG 39g
Ca pus Fy)

“AID aq "BURG 2114
"UIP uaↄq “MII-uuHyy_ wWIq

ISDN 129 “AD UUNYG 109 | IK dq RK 124 “way
“TIPU IQ Aa UUDUR Bq | AIO Iq aopor; 91g woar
“pug 90q “MIDI uoq OR waq pw ‘wp| M
“Jetpnge mg «Jeu ug | RR ug «= “AIO YKH ug "307 &
Ip 824 “*GI-uUHYG gaq | 'HA0R 82Q “Gray gaq way) &
ng SVG *NUVYK 19qQ | "ABV 3IQ «AIAG 190 wor] | °

"CN pus M)

NaOH II

worsusjooq. PIO 'T

m mm m m mh —

"SNION JO SNOISNHTIOUC HHL HO TIAVL

"UOTBUSTIELL MON "S

"IPE 2:4
NUR uIq u⸗aↄjvx; WIq 707

CN pus ) NYO I

wel 14 “Vy
n3=lplusyg uag 207
*M=(pluagge 29q "ua
Wenig Iq “oar
wIeipluayg usq ‘207
m-fplusyg wg ‘707
*nda-(pliayg gaq “way

plua ; aq "won

a (- &

wonndurgı

"IVI Ag ‘wy

74T

§ 73, T4.] DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 263

Rem. 1. All feminine nouns remain unchanged in the singular.

Rem. 2. All nouns have zt in the dative plural—as do also all articles, ad-
jectives, and pronouns (except und, cud), ſich).

Rem. 3. The umlaut is used only in the Old Declension.

$ 73. The Old Declension includes by far the greater
part of all German nouns, especially of those of the
masculine and neuter gender.

Rem. 1. It includes the greater part of: (1) masculine and neuter primi-
tive nouns; (2) derivatives in er, den, Icin, ich, idt, ig, ing, ling, nif,
fal, thum.

Rem. 2. Where no harshness of sound is thereby produced, the ¢ may be
dropped from the ending of the genitive and dative (especially of the
dative): (1) of nouns not ending in 8, f, ſch or mg; (2) of nouns preceded
by prepositions: von Ort zu Ort (but zu Haufe); (3) of the word Gott (in
dat., but not in gen.); mit Gott (but um Gottes Willen).

§ 74. Nouns of the Old Declension are divided into
three classes, according to the way in which their plurals
are formed:

First class: plural like singular (but sometimes takes the wmdaut).

Second class: plural adds =er (and always nee hee GRR
Third class: plural adds =£ (and generally * € ),

1. To the first class belong: ~
1. Masculine and neuter nouns in el, ett, er:
1. The masc., mostly with umlaut in plural: der Bater, pl. Väter.
2. The neut., “ without “6 “ ‘* ; bas Wafler,‘‘ Waffer.
2. Neuter diminutives in chen, fein: bas Mädchen, Fraulein, Blümchen.
3. Neuter derivatives with the prefix gc, and the suffix e: ba8 Gebdude.
4. The two feminine nouns, die Mutter, Tochter (pl. Mütter, Töchter).

2. To the second class belong mostly neuter nouns, as:

1. Das Amt, Bad, Blatt, Buch, Day, Dorf, Ci, Fa, Faß, Feld, Geld,

Glas, Glied, Grab, Gras, Gut, Haupt, Haus, Huhn, Kalb, Kind,

Kleid, Korn, Kraut, Lamm, Lod), Maul, Neft, Pfand, Rad, Reim,
Rind, Schloß, Schwert, Volt, Weib; bas Gemüth, Geſchlecht.

. 2. All words in thum: da8 Chriftenthum, Kaiferthum, der Reichthum, etc.

3. A few foreign words: das Hofpital, Regiment, etc.
4. Also a few masculine nouns, as: der Geist, Gott, Leib, Mann, Wald.

3. To the third class, which includes nouns of all gen-

ders, belong :
1. All derivatives in niß, fal: die Kenntniß, das Bildniß, Schickſal:

264 THE NOUN. [$ 75.

2. Masc. and neut. derivatives in and, at, idt, ig, ing, ling, rid : der
Heiland, Monat, König, Sitngling, Fähnrich; dad Gewidt, Ding.
3. Some foreign nouns: der Abt, Altar, General; dad Concert, Concil.

4. Many others of all genders, as: (1), der Aal, Arzt, Baum, Blitz,
Eid, Fiſch, Halm, Hirſch, Hund, Knecht, Raum, Sab, Theil, Tiſch.
(2), die Art, Braut, Bruft, Frucht, Hand, Kraft Macht, Nacht.
(3), da8 Beil, Bein, Loos, Moos, Pult, Schiff, Thor, Werk, Gelent.
Rem. The umlaut is added to the plural of all feminine nouns that are
capable of it, to most masculine nouns, but only to three neuter nouns (das

Shor, Floß, Rohr).

§ 75. No neuter nouns belong to the New Declension.

This declension includes:

1. Most feminine nouns: (1), monosyllables; die Art, Bahn, Flur,

Huth, Jagd, Koft, Laft, Pflicht, Dual, Saat, Schaar, Schlacht,
Schrift, Schuld, Speer, That, Thür, Uhr, Welt, Zahl, etc.
(2), derivatives in €, ef, er (except Mutter, Tochter, § 74,1, 4), ath,
ei, end, heit, Teit, in (a), Ichaft, ung: Sie Rede, Schüffel, Schweiter,
Heimath, Färberei, Jugend, SONNE Dankbarkeit, Königin, Freund:
haft, Ordnung.

2. Many masculine nouns: (1), monosyllables : der Bär, Chrift, Fink,
Fürſt, Graf, Held, Herr, Hirt, Menſch, Mohr, Narr, Ochs, Thor.
(2), polysyllables ending in =€: der Affe, Bote, Bube, Erbe, Gatte,
Haje, Junge, Knabe, Neffe, Rabe, Riefe, Frante, Grieche, Ruffe.
(3), personal nouns, with prefix ge=: der Gefährte, Gehülfe, Gefelle.

3. Many masc. and fom. foreign nouns: der Advokat, Kandidat, Monarch,
Präfident; die Facultit, Melodie, Oper, Perfon, Regel.

4. Namss of nationality, as: der Baier, Kaffer, Ungar, Tatar, Kofal,

Kem. 1. The termination <1 is added to nouns ending in €, or in unaccenter
2¢l, et, -at; to other nouns -¢y is added:

N. Sing., der Löwe, Ungar, Menſch (exc. Herr); bie Rede, Frau,

G. Sing., bes Lowen, Ungarn, Menfden( “ Herrn); ber Rede, Frau.

N. Plur., die Löwen. Ungarn. Menſchen ( ** Herren); die Reden, Frauen.

Rem. 2. Relics of the former declension of feminine nouns in the singular
are retained in some familiar expressions, and in some compound words:
auf Erden, zu Ounften, von Gottes Gnaben, bas Sonnenlicht.

Rem. 8. The monosyllabic masculine nouns of this declension (§ 75, 2).
are contracted from longer original forms, as:

Old German: dér béro, cristäni, füristo, gräv&e, (helid), hérro, hirti,

Mid. German: dérbér, kristen, vürste, grave, helt, hérre, hirte,

New German: der Bär, Chrift. Fürſt. Graf. Held. Herr. Hirt.

§ 76-78.] DECLENSION OF NOUNS. 265

§ 76. The Mixed Declension contains a few masculine
and neuter nouns which follow the old declension in the
singular, and the new declension in the plural, as:

1. Masculine: Der Ahn, Bauer, Dorn, Forft, Gaul, Gevatter, Halm,
Lorbeer, Maft, Nachbar, Pfalm, Schmerz, See, Sporn, Staat, Sta-
hel, Strahl, Thron, Vetter, Unterthan, Zierath.

2. Many foreign nouns in or: Der Doktor, Rektor, Profeffor, Paftor.

8. Neuter: Das Auge, Bett, Ende, Hemd, Herz, Leid, Ohr, Infett.

Rem.1. Das Herz is) S. Das Herz, des Herzens, dem Herzen, das Herz ;
irregular. ) P. bie Herzen, der Herzen, den Herzen, die Herzen.
Rem. 2. Der Nadhbar, der Unterthan, usually follow the new declension in
the singular, as sometimes does ber Gevatter.

§ 77. Some Foreign Nouns which have not yet been
fully naturalized are irregular. Some of them retain
very much of their original modes of declension, as:

Nom. Sing., Mufeum, Gymmnafium, Rhythmus, Spondens, Foffit,
Gen. Sing., Mufeums, Gymnafiums, Rhythmus, Spondeus, Foffils,
Nom. Plur., Mufeen, Gymnafien, Rhythmen, Spondeen, Foffilien,
Dat. Plur., Mufeen. Gymnaſien. Rhythmen. Spondeen. Foffilien.
Nom. Sing., Lord, Lady, Genie, Akteur, Paſcha, Solo, Kafino,
Gen. Sing., Lords, Lady, Genies, Alteurs, Paſchas, Solos, Kafinos,
Nom. Plur., Lords, Ladies, Genies, Wfteurs, Pafchas, Solos, Kafinos,
Dat. Plur., Lords, Ladies. Genies. Afteurs. Paſchas. Solos. Kafinos,
Nom. Sing., Arjectiv, Kapital, Berbum, Mufitus, Thema,
Gen. Sing., Adjectivs, Kapitals, Verbume, Mufitus, Themas,
Nom. Plur.,) Udjectiva, Kapitäle, Gerba, Mufici, Themata,
ae Adjectiven. Kapitalien. Verben. Mufiler. Themen.

$ 78. The Declension of Proper Nouns differs greatly from
that of common nouns (§ 72).

1. With names of persons:
1. The genitive is usually formed by adding <8,
2. But masc. names in ft, fi, ſch, x, 3, and fem. names in ¢, take -¢n8,
3. The plural of all names is formed according to the old declension
except feminine names in ¢, which follow the new declension :
Nom. Sing., Heinrich, Ludwig, Schiller, Göthe, Franz,
Gen. Sing., Heinrichs, Ludwigs, Schillers, Göthes, Franzens,
Nom. Plur., Heinrihe, Ludwige, Schiller, Göthe, Franje,
Dat. Plur., Heinridhen. Ludwigen. Schillern. Göthen. Franzen.
M

266 THE NOUN. [$ 79, 80.

Nom. Sing., Bertha, Emma, Abdelheid, Hedwig, Marie’,
Gen. Sing., Berthas, Emmas, Abelheibs, Hedwigs, Mari-ens,
Nom. Plur., Berthas. Emmas. Adelheids. Hedwigs. Mari-en.
Rem. Proper nouns are not inflected when preceded by the article or an
adjective pronoun: die Bildfäule des York; bie Werke des Johann Sebaftian
Bad) (or Johann Sebaftian Buchs Werke).

2. Names of cities or countries, not ending in 8, 3, or

£, take $ in the genitive: Berlins Umgebungen ; die Städte

Deutſchlands.
Rem. Those in §, 3, and £ must be (and others may be) preceded by von,
des, or a qualifying noun: die Einwohner von Mainz (or der Stadt Mainz).

§ 79. The chief irregularities in the plural are these :
1. Nouns indicating weight, measure, and number retain
their singular form, even when used in the plural.
Drei Pfund Zuder; feds Fuß hoch ; vierzig Mann Meiterei.
Exc. But feminine nouns in €, and nouns indicating divisions of time, take
the plural form; vier Meilen entfernt 5 zwei Tage lang.

2. Some nouns have two forms in the plural, as:
Der Dorn; pl. Dornen, or Dörner. Das Licht ; pl. Lichte, or Lichter.
Das Land; pl. Lande, or Länder. Das Thal; pl. Thale, or Thaler,

Rem, 1. With some nouns one form (as Lanbe, Thale) is poetical.

Rem. 2. Sometimes the different forms have different meanings, as:
Der Band, volume, pl. Bände. Das Gefidht, eyesight, pl. (wanting).
Das Band, ribbon, pl. Bänder, n face, pi. Gefichter.
(no sing.) fetters, pl. Bande. u » vision, pl, Gefidte.

3. Some nouns have no singular number, as:

Die Ahnen, Eltern, Gebrüder, Gefchwifter, Leute, Mafern, Alpen.
4. Some nouns have no plural number, as:
Der Beginn, Drud, Jammer, Sand, Streit, Unteryicht.

Die Aſche, Ehre, Flucht, Furcht, Gnade, Liebe, Pract, Sanftmuth.
Das Anfehn, Eintommen, Entzüden, Elend, Glüd, Leben, Lob.

4. SYNTAX OF THE NOUN.
(Syntar ded Hauptwortes.)
§ 80. The Nominative Case in English corresponds
in use to the same case in German. The Possessive is

§ 81, 82.] SYNTAX OF THE NOUN. 267

usually translated by the Genitive in German, and the
Objective by the Genitive, Dative, or Accusative.
Rem. 1. The original idea of the three oblique cases, which exist in all the
Teutonic languages (§ 2), including the Anglo-Saxon, appears to have been:
1. Of the Genitive: whence, from what place—origin ;
* 2. Of the Dative: where, in or at what place—position ;
8. Of the Accusative: whither, to what place—direction.
Rem. 2. In the development of the different Teutonic languages, the uses
of the cases have undergone so many modifications that their correct appli-
cation in passing from one language to another has become very difficult.

§ 81. The Genitive Case is used :

1. After the derivative prepositions anftatt, außerhalb,
während, wegen, jenjeit, längs, troß, zufolge, e£c. (§ 202):
Anftatt bes Bruders, Instead of the brother.
Während bes Krieges, During tbe war.
2. Without a preposition :

1. After nouns of limitation, possession, etc. (for the English possessive):
Die Gefchichte Deutſchlands, The history of Germany.
Des Schülers Bud, The scholar's book.

= 2. After the adjectives anfidjtig, begierig, müde, voll, etc. (§ 91):
Boll der Freude, Full of joy. Müde ves Lebens, Weary of life.

8. After the verbs adjten, entbehren, lachen, fterben, etc. (§ 178):
Alle lachen feiner Citelfeit, All laugh at his vanity.

4, In many adverbial expressions :
Des Morgens, bes Abends, In the morning, in the evening.
Glücklicherweiſe, Happily.
Rem. 1. By false analogy, the form des Nachtsâ (/em.) is used.

Rem. 2. The genitive case was formerly used much more than it is at pres-
ent.

§ 82. The Dative Case is used :
1. After the prepositions an, anf, hinter, in, etc. (3 244),
when signifying rest, or motion within certain limits :
Das Kind ift im Garter, The child is in the garden, [den.
Pe Das Kind läuft im Garten, The child is running about in the gar-

2. Always after the prepositions aus, außer, etc. (§ 220):
Er fommt aus bem Garten, He is coming out of the garden.

3. Without a preposition :

1. After the adjectives ähnlih, angenehm, widrig, etc. (§ 95):
Gr ift feinem Bruder ähnlich), He is like (or resembles) his brother.

268 THE NOUN. — [§ 83-85.

2. After tha verbs ahnen, antworten, danken, folgen, etc. (§ 179):

Er folgt feinem Bruder, He follows his brother.
8. As the indirect object of many verbs ($ 179, 2):
Er gab mir bas Buch, He gave me the book.

8 83. The Accusative Case is used:

1. After the prepositions an, anf, bis, in, vor, etc.
($ 82, 1), when signifying motion towards an object:
Er ging in den Garten, He went into the garden.

2. Always after the prepositions durd), für, ec. (237):
Er ging durch den Garten, He went through the garden.

3. To express the direct object of transitive verbs:

Er faufte den Bleiftift, He bought the pencil.
Er gab mir dad Buch, He gave me that book.

4. After verbs and adjectives, expressing price, weight,
measure, definite time, age, etc. (§ 177, 2; § 96):
Es foftet einen Thaler, It cost one dollar.
Es wiegt ein Pfund, It weighs a pound.
Er blieb einen ganzen Tag, He remained an entire day.
Es ift nur einen Zoll breit, It is only an inch wide.

!

$ 84. Some verbs are followed by two nouns in the same case; others by
two nouns in different cases; and some by a substantive whose case is deter-
mined by the signification of the verb, while the practice of good writers varies
as to the case that should follow some verbs (see syntax of the verb, § 175).

§ 85. In addition to the rules of Apposition which pre-
vail in the English language, the German has the fol-
lowing:

1. Nouns expressing weight, measure, and number (when not used parti-
tively) are in apposition with the nouns they limit:

Ein Pfund Zucker, A pound of sugar.
(but) Ein Pfund diefes Zucters, A pound of this sugar.
Ein Glas Waſſer, A glass of water.

2. Proper names of countries, cities, etc., and of months are in apposi-
tion with the specifying common noun:
Das Königreich Preußen, The kingdom of Prussia.
Die Stadt Verlin, The city of Berlin.
Im Monat Anguft, In the month of August.

§ 86.] | THE ADJECTIVE. 269

THE ADJECTIVE.
(Das Cigen{[dhaftswort.)

§ 86. Adjectives are primitive, derivative, or compound.

1. With primitive adjectives are also reckoned many,
of which the verbal origin is “no longer felt”: gut, alt.

2. Derivative adjectives are formed by adding the suf-
fixes -bar, -er (sern), =haft, -tg, -tfd (er), -lid, -or -fam, to
words of any part of speech, except the article, con-
junction, or interjection:

1. Bar (Old German: beran, to bear), added to the noun or a verbal
root, indicates ability or possibility of a quality or action:
fruchtbar, fruit-bearing, dien{tbar, serviceable, eßbar, eatable.

2. ↄtn (ern) is added only to nouns denoting material :
golden, filbern, ledern, bölzern, gläfern.

3. haft (Old Ger.: haft, holding) denotes possession of the quality of
the noun, or inclination towards it: tugenbbaft, virtuous, ſchmeichelhaft,
flattering.

~ Rem. shaft is added to but three adjectives: boshaft, tranthaft, leckerhaft.

4. =ig denotes possession of the quality or relation, expressed by the
noun, adjective, numeral, pronoun, verb, preposition, or adverb, to
which it is suffixed: mächtig, mighty, lebendig, lively, ber meinige,
mine, einig, sole, einzig, single, biffig, biting, jetsig, present, vorig, pre-
ceding, niedrig, lowly.

5. =ifdh) (cer) denotes origin, similarity, or inclination: Preußiſch, Prus-
sian, irdiſch, earthly, neidiſch, envious.

Rem. 1. The :ifd} takes the place of ic or ical in many English adjectives:
bramatifd, poetifdy, logiſch, hiftorifd.

Rem. 2. In proper adjectives frequently the termination <¢r is preferred to
if; the =er takes no inflection: der Magdeburger Dom, bie Leipziger Zei-
tung, da8 Brandenburger Thor (gen. des Magdeburger Doms).

6. ⸗lich (compare English like, 7y) forms adjectives from nouns, and di-
minutive adjectives from adjectives: finbdlich, childlike, täglich, daily,
röthlich, reddish.

7. ↄſam (related to zufammen, Zat. semper, Greek: aua, Eng. some), add-
ed to verbs and verbal nouns, indicates possession of or inclination to
the quality: arbeitjam, laborious, mühfanı, wearisome.

270 THE ADJECTIVE. [$ 87,88.

3. Compound adjectives are formed by prefixing to ad-

jectives a noun, preposition, or other adjective:

Duntelblau, dark blue. Liebenswiürdig, amiable.
Taubftumm, deaf and dumb. Mitſchuldig, accessory to a crime.

§ 87. Adjectives are called predicative when they are
used to complete the predications of the verbs fein,

werden, bleiben, (deinen (ausjehen), dünken, heißen :
Das Leben ift kurz Life is short.
Das Wetter wird heiß, The weather is becoming hot.

Rem. 1. Adjectives used predicatively are not declined.

Rem. 2. Some adjectives are used only predicatively, as: angft, bereit, feinb,
gram, heil, irre, fund, quer, quit, ſchuld, abwenbdig, anfichtig, eingedent, getroft,
gewahr, habbaft, theilhaftig, verluftig.

Rem. 3. The following are rarely or never used predicatively: (1), the
simple form of superlatives (§ 93, Rem. 2); (2), adjectives in sem, golden, fil-
bern, etc. ; (3), some other adjectives, as: dortig, biefig, ſpaniſch, vergeben.

1. DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES.
(Deklination der Cigen{dhaftswirter.)
§ 88. Adjectives used attributively, that is, when placed
before the noun to express some of its well-known at-

tributes, are subject to three modes of declension,
termed the Old, New, and Mixed Declensions.

1. The Old Declension is employed when no article

or adjective pronoun precedes the adjective (§ 89, Rem. 2):
Gut-er Mann, gut-e Frau, gut⸗es Kind,
Good man. good woman. good child.
2. The New Declension is employed when the adjec-
tive is preceded by:

1. The definite article der.

2. All adjective pronouns that are declined according to the Old De-
clension, as diefer, jeder, jener, folder, welder, thus including all
adjective pronouns except the possessives (§ 88, 3):

Der gut-e Mann, die gut-e Frau, das gut⸗e Kind,
The good man. the good woman, the good child.
Rem. 1. The compound adjective pronouns derjenige, derfelbe, cause an
adjective following them to be in the New Declension, by the force of the der.
Rem. 2. Many writers give the New Declension to adjectives following
certain participles that have a determinative signification, as: folgender, ers
wähnter, verfchiedener.

Sy:

§ 89.] DECLENSION OF ADJECTIVES. 271

3. The Mixed Declensvon is used when the adjective
is preceded by a possessive pronoun, by eit, or by fein:
Ein gut-er Mann, eine gut=e Fran, ein gut⸗es Kind,
A good man, a good woman, a good child.

§ 89. Table of the three Declensions of Adjectives.

SINGULAR. PLURAL.

Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. All Genders.
N. gutz-er, gute, gut⸗es.
G. gut⸗en (es), gut⸗er, gut⸗en (ed).
D. gut- en, gut⸗er, gut⸗em.
4. gut⸗en, gut⸗e, gut⸗es. zut⸗e.

N. ber gut⸗e, die gut⸗e, bas gut⸗e. die gut-ence).
G. des gut⸗en, der gut⸗en, bes gut-en, der gutsen,
D. dem gut-en, dergutsen, dem gut⸗en. den gut⸗en.
A. den gut⸗-en, die gutee, das gut-e, die qut-en(e.

N. mein gut⸗er, meine gut-e, mein gut⸗es. |meine gut⸗en.
G. meines guten, meiner gut-en, meines gut-en, |meiner gut-en,
D. meinem gut-en, meiner gut-en, meinem gut-en, |meinen gut⸗en.
A. meinen gutsen, meine gut-e, mein gut-e8, |meine gut-en,

ıDeclension. |Declension.

|
|

Rem. 1. The former termination =€8 of the genitive singular in the mascu -
line and neuter genders of the Old Declension is now generally rejected by
most writers, but it is yet retained in many jixed expressions:

Seien Sie gutes Muthes, Be of good courage.
Keineswegs, By no means.

Rem. 2. Adjectives take the Old Declension when preceded by the following
undeclined words: etwas, nichts, viel, wenig; fold, weld, mand); car-
dinal numbers; dritthalb, einerlei, dergleichen, etc. :

Drei edle Grafen folgen (Uh.), Three noble counts follow.

Sold große Schäße, Such great treasures.
Mit etwas weißem Papier, With some white paper.
Allerlei gutes Tuch, All kinds of good cloth.

Rem. 3. After the plurals alle, andere, einige, etliche, teine, manche, folche,
welche, mehrere, viele, wenige, the adjective usually drops tt in the nom. and acc.

PLURAL.
Nom. alle gut-e, einige gutsg, viele gut-e,
Gen. aller gut-en, einiger gut⸗en, vieler gut-en,
Dat. allen gut-en, einigen gut=en, vielen guten,
Acc. alle gut-t, einige gutse, viele gut-e,

Rem. 4. The similarity between the new declension of nouns and the new
declension of adjectives is very striking.

272 | THE ADJECTIVE. [$ 89,90.

Rem. 5. The Mixed Declension is like the Old in the nominative and ac-
cusative singular; in the other cases it is like the New Declension.

Rem. 6. After the personal pronouns id), du, wir, ihr, the adjective takes
the Old Declension in the Nom. Sing. ; in the other cases it takes the New
Declension :

Du, gutes Kind ! Thou, good child!
Shr, armen Leute | You, poor people!

Rem. 7. In poetic language the termination may be dropped from the nom.

and acc. sing. neuter of adjectives of the Old and Mixed Declensions :
Kalt Waffer ; alt Eifen, Cold water ; old iron.
Ein gut Wort, A good word.
Rem. 8. When, in poetic composition, two or more adjectives are joined
to the same noun, only the last one is declined :

Der falſch, verrätherifche Rath, The false, treasonable counsel.

Rem. 9. An attributive adjective, following the noun, is not declined :
Ein Miefe, groß und wild, A giant, large and fierce.

Rem. 10. Adjectives used substantively retain their adjective terminations:
Ein Dentfcher, di: Deutfchen, A German, the Germans.

Rem. 11. Participles used adjectively are declined like adjectives :

Am folgenden Tage, On the following day.
Rem. 12. Adjectives ending in <e], sen, or -¢r, when declined, usually drop
an € either before or after [, t,t;
Er ift ein edler Menſch, He is a noble man.
Wir haben trodues Wetter, We are having dry weather.
Rem. 13. The adjective hoch drops € when it is declined:
Ein fehr Hoher Berg, A very high mountain.
Rem. 14. If two adjectives stand in equal logical relation to the noun, they

both follow the Old Declension : if the second adjective stands in more inti-
mate relation to the noun than the first, it follows the Mixed Declension :

Nad) guter (und) alter Sitte, According to good old custom.
Von altem [blauen Papier], From old [blue paper].

2. COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
(Steigerung der Eigeufchaftswörter.)
$90.In the German, as in all Teutonic languages,
the comparative degree is formed by adding -tt, and the
superlative by adding -{t (or =eft) to the positive degree.

Rem. 1. When the positive degree ends in 2b, -t, -8, sf, 23, ⸗ſch, zh, «i, ot
ett, the superlative usually takes tft; otherwise it takes =ft.

oe en —

8 91.] COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES. 273

Rem. 2. The few adjectives ending in »€, take only -¢ in the comparative,

Positive. Compar. Superl. |

heiß, hot, heiß⸗er, heiß/-eſt.
falſch, false, falfd-er, falſch⸗eſt.
froh, happy, froh-er, froh-eft,
frei, free, freicer, frei⸗eſt.
treu, true, treuser, treu⸗eſt.
müde, weary, mildesr, mütbesft,

Positive. Compar. Superl.

fein, fine, feiner, fein⸗ſt.
faul, lazy, faul-er, faul-ft,
reid), rich, reich⸗er, reich⸗ſt.
ſchön, fine, fchönzer, ſchön⸗ſt.
mild, mild, mild:er, milb-eft,
laut, loud, laut⸗er, laut⸗eſt.

Rem. 3. Adjectives ending in -eJ, -ett, or ⸗er, reject the € of this syllable in
the comparative degree:
Edel, noble, edl⸗er, nobler, edel-ft, noblest.

§ 91. When the positive is a monosyllable, the radical
vowel, if a, 9, or u, usually takes the umlaut in the com-
parative and superlative degrees:

Positive. Compar. Superl. | Positive. Compar. Superl.

alt, old, älter, ält⸗eſt. || grob, coarse, gröb⸗er, gröb-ft.
warm, warm, Wärm-er, wärmseft.] kurz, short, kürz⸗er, kürzeſt.
fang, long, läng⸗er, Tängeft. || jung, young, jlingser, jling-ft.

Rem. 1. The umlaut is not used in the comparison of:
1. Adjectives with the diphthong at in the radical syllable:

faut, loud, lautser, laut⸗eſt.
2. Derivative adjectives (ending in =bar, ⸗el, -haft, ⸗ſam, etc.):
dankbar, thankful, banfbar-er, dankbar⸗ſt.
3. Adjectives having the participial prefix ge⸗:
gewandt, dexterous, gewanbdt-er, gewandtzeft,
4. Some adjectives of foreign origin:
brav, falfch, matt, platt, zart, nobel, ftolz, etc.
8. The following monosyllabic adjectives of German origin:
1. With a: barfd, blank, fabl, falb, flach, karg, tnapp, lahm, laf,
nadt, raſch, facht, fanft, ftatt, ſchlaff, ſchlank, ftarr, ſtark, wahr.
2. With o: froh, hohl, bold, los, morſch, rob, ſchroff, toll, voll.
8. With ns bunt, dumpf, plump rund, ftumm, ftumpf, wund.

Rem. 2. The use of the umlaut continues to extend more and more, both
in the language of the common people and in the works of good writers.
Thus, Goethe uses fläcjer, Härer; Klopstock uses zürter; Kinkel uses glät«

The use also varies with bang, blag, fromm, naß, geinnd, etc.
M 2

274 THE ADJECTIVE. [92, 93.

8 92. A few adjectives are irregular and a few are
defective in comparison:

Positive. Comparative. Superlative.

gut, good, beffer, better, beft, best.
viel, much, mebr, more, meift, most.
hod, high, höher, higher, höchſt, highest.
nabe, near, näher, nearer, nächſt, nearest.
(außen [adv.], without), | äußer, exterior, äufßerft, extreme.
(innen [adv.], within), inner, interior, innerft, innermost.
(vor [prep.], before), border, anterior, vorberft, foremost.
(hinten [adv.], behind), hinter, hinder, hinterft, hindmost.
(oben [adv.], above), ober, upper, oberft, uppermost.
(unten [adv.], below, unter, lower, unterft, lowermost.
(min [adj., adv.], little), | minder, less, minbdeft, least.
(er [Old German for the| (erer [Old Ger. for

adverb che], early), theadv.eher],earlier), | erfte, first,
(laz [Old Ger.], lazy), — letzte, last.
(erft, first), erfter, former, —
(lebt, last), letter, latter, —— —

§ 93. Adjectives, especially if they are polysyllables,
are sometimes compared by placing before the positive
the adverbs mehr, more, and am meiften, most :

Gewandt, dexterous, mehr gewandt, ant meiften gewanbt.

Rem. 1. In comparing two adjectives with each other, mehr must be used:
Er ift mehr tapfer als vorfichtig, He is more brave than prudent.
Rem. 2. To express the superlative predicatively, the dative, preceded by
ant (an dem), may be employed:
Diefe Blume ift am ſchönſten, This flower is most beautiful.
Rem. 3. By way of emphasis, the genitive plural of alfer is frequently pre-
fixed to the superlative:
Diefe Blume ift die allerfchönfte, This flower is far the most beautiful.
Rem. 4. The absolute superlative is expressed by prefixing to the positive
such adverbs as fehr, höchſt, äußerſt, etc. :
Die Nachricht ift Höchft intereffant, The news is extremely interesting.

Rem. 5. Adjectives in the comparative and superlative degrees are subject
to the same laws of declension (§ 90) as though in the positive degree:
Der befte Freund, The best friend. .
Mein beiter Freund, My best (in Engl. my good) friend.

§ 94-96.) SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE. 275

3. SYNTAX OF THE ADJECTIVE.
(Syutar de3 Cigen{dafiswortes.)

§ 94. Adjectives, adjective pronouns, and participles,
when used attributively, take the gender, number, and
case of the substantive which they qualify (L. XVIII).

§ 95. The following adjectives govern the genitive case
without the use of a preposition (§ 81, 2,2):

1. Anfichtig, arm, bar, bebürftig, begierig, bendthigt, bewußt, blof, ein-
gedent, einig, eins, erübrigt, erfahren, fähig, frei, frob, gedent, geftän-
Dig, gewahr, gewärtig, gewiß, gewohnt, habhaft, inne, fund, fündig,
ledig, leer, los, mächtig, milde, mitffig, quitt, fatt, ſchuldig, fiechen,
theilhaft (ig), überdrüſſig, verdächtig, verluftig, voll, werth, wilrdig.

2. Such of these adjectives as take the negative prefix ttt<, as:
Unbegierig, unerfabren, unmächtig, unfchuldig, unfider, unwürdig.

Er ift aller Sorgen frei, He is frec from all cares.

Er ift bes Weges fundig, He is acquainted with the road.
Es ift nicht der Mühe werth, It is not worth the trouble.

Er ift der Achtung untwilrdig, He is unworthy of respect.

Rem. 1. Some of these — may be followed by certain prepositions
(which govern their own cases), as
(1) begierig, by nad) or auf. @) AGS nee leer, 108, voll, etc.,
(2) bereit, äbig, by git.
(3) arm, gewo nt, leer, by att. (ey tin cn — 19, by is.
e

(4) froh, gewifs, einig, by über. (7) zufrieden, by mit.
Er ift frei von allen Sorgen, He is free from all cares.
Er ijt arm an Gelb, He is poor in money.

Rem. 2. Some of these adjectives are used, though rarely, as governing the
accusative case, as: anfidtig, bewußt, fähig, geſtändig, gewahr, gewohnt, bab.
haft, los, müde, fatt, ſchuldig, überbrüffig, werth, zufrieden.

Es ift nicht die Mühe werth, It is not worth the trouble.

§ 96. Many adjectives govern the dative case without
the use of a preposition (§ 82,3,1), as:

1: Abtrünnig, ähnlich, angeboren, angelegen, angenehm, anftößig, bee
tannt, bange, bequem, bewußt, böfe, dankbar, dienlich, dienftbar, eigen,
eigenthümlich, ergeben, feil, feind, fern, folgfamt, fremd, gehorfam, ge-
mein, gemeinfam, geneigt, gewiß, gewogen, gleich, guädig, gram, gut,
nahe, neu, nöthig, offen, offenbar, paffend, peinlich, recht, ſchädlich,
fchmeichelgaft, ſchmerzlich, ſchuldig, ſchwer, füß, theuer, treu, übel,
überlegen, unterthan, verbächtig, werberblich, verwandt, vortheilbaft,
web, werth, wichtig, widerlich, willfommen, wohl, zweifelhaft.

276 NUMERALS. [8 97, 98.

2. The negatives of these, formed by adding the prefix un- or ab⸗:
1. With un: unähnlich, unangenehm, unbefannt, unnöthig, unſchul⸗

2. With ab: abgeneigt. [dig, unzweifelhaft, etc.
Sch bin Ihnen fehr dankbar. I am very grateful to.you.

Es ift ihm ſchädlich, It is injurious to him.

Er ift mir unbelannt, He is a stranger to me.

Rem. 1. It is usually a personal noun that takes the dative after these ad-
jectives, and which may be treated as the ‘‘ indirect object” of the adjective:
Es war ihm nicht der Mühe werth, It was not worth to him the trouble.

Er ift mir zehn Thaler ſchuldig, He is ten dollars in debt to me.

Rem. 2. Many of these adjectives ınay be followed by prepositions:

Ich bin mit ihm verwandt, I am related to him.
Der König war ihm (or gegen ibn) The king was not merciful to him
nicht gnädig, (or towards him).

§ 97. The Accusative is governed by adjectives express-
ing value, weight, measure, or age (see § 94, em. 2):
Es war feinen Pfennig werth, It was not worth a penny.
G8 ift nur einen Boll breit, It is only an inch wide.
Er ift gehn Sabre alt, IIe is ten years old.

NUMERALS.
(Zahlwörter.)
8 98. The primitive Numerals are cin, zwei, drei, vier,
fünf, feds, fieben, acht, neun, zchn. All other numerals
are derivatives or compounds of these primitive words.

Rem. 1. The apparently primitive numbers elf, zwölf, hundert, and tans
fend have been thus developed:

Gothic.

11, | ainlif, one over (ten), einlif,
12, | tvalif, two over (ten), zwelif,
100, | taihuntaihund) ten times a.
or hunt ten, or hunt,

1000, | thusundi, ten hundred, düsunt,

Rem. 2. The high numbers Million, Billion, etc., are from the French.
‚Rem. 3. Numerals are either adjectives, nouns, or adverbs. It is more con
venient, however, to treat them as forming a separate part of speech.

Rem. 4. There are three classes of Numeral Adjectives: (1), Cardinal Num
bers; (2), Ordinal Numbers; (3), Compound Numeral Adjectives.

Be cee, _ RER — —

—

* — — — — —

pr

8 99.] CARDINAL NUMBERS. 277
§ 99. The Cardinal Numbers are formed as follows:
1. Eine, 60. Sechzig.
2. Zwei. 70. SGiebengig or Siebjig.
3. Drei. 80. Adıtzig.
4. Bier. 90. Neunzig.
5. Fünf. 100. Hundert.
6. Sechs. 101. Hundert und eins.
7. Sieben, 110. Hundert und zehn.
8. Adıt. 120. Hundert und zwanzig.
9. Neun, 121. Hundert einundzwanzig.
10. Zehn. 125. Hundert fünfundzwanzig.
11. Gf. 136. Hundert ſechsunddreißig.
12. Zmölf. j 150. Hundert und fünfzig.
13. Dreizehn. 151. Hundert einundfünfzig.
14. Bierzehn. 200. Zweihundert.
15. Fünfzehn. 225. Zweihundert fünfund;mwanzig,
16. Sechzehn. 500. Fünfhundert.
17. Siebenzehn or Siebzehn. 1,000. Eintaufend or Taufend.
18. Adhtzehn. 1,005. Eintaufend und fünf,
19. Neunzehn. 1,025. Eintaufend fünfundzwanzig.
20. Zwanzig. 1,500. Eintaufend fünfhundert.
21. Einundzwanzig. 2,000. Bwettanfend.
22. Zweiundzwanzig, etc. 10,000. Zehntaufend.
80. Dreifig. 20,000. Zwanzigtaufend.
31. Einunddreißig, etc. 100,000. Hundert tanfend.
40. Vierzig. 200,000. Zweihundert taufend.
50. Fünfzig. 1,000,000. Eine Million.
55. Fünfundfünfzig. 2,000,000. Zwei Millionen.

1869. Actzehnhundert und neunundfechzig, or
Eintaufend achthundert neunundfechzig.

Rem. 1. Single words are usually formed of units and tens, of multiples of
a hundred, and of multiples of a thousand up to a hundred thousand. But
writers vary greatly as to the method of dividing compound numbers.

Rem. 2. Allthe other numerals, whether numeral nouns, adjectives, or ad-
verbs, are formed from cardinal numbers.

Rem. 3. From their constant and universal use, cardinal numbers retain
a fixedness of form not surpassed by that of any other words in a language.
They are therefore of great value in tracing the relationship of allied lan-
guages (sce § 28-30, and § 106, Rem. 3).

Rem. 4. When used as abstract nouns, cardinal numbers take the feminine
gender, being in apposition with die Zahl understood :
Die Sieben ift bei ben Juden eine Seven is a eacred number with the
beilige Zahl, Jews.

278 NUMERALS. _ [$ 100-102.

$ 100. The numeral eit usually receives a strong
emphasis in pronunciation (see § 53, fvem.).
1. Used with a noun, eit is declined like the indefinite article (§ 54).
2. In the expression ein und derfelbe, ein may be undeclined.
3. When used without a noun, it begins with a capital letter (Einer, etc.).
1. Not preceded by der, it follows the old declension of the adjective.
2. Preceded by der, it follows the new declension of the adjective,
and is used both in the singular and plural numbers (ber Eine,
bie Cine, das Eine; die Einen).
Rem. It is thus used (as the one, the ones) in opposition to der Andere,
Sie Andern (the other, the others).
4. The form Ein is used: (1), in counting, eins, zwei, drei, vier, ete.,
(2), in multiplying, etc., einmal eins tft eins ;
(3), in giving the time of day, when the word Ubr is oma

Es hat Cind gefchlagen, It has struck one.

§ 101. The other Cardinal Numbers are declined like
the plural of adjectives of the Old declension, But
zwei and drei take no termination in the nominative
and accusative:

Nom. zwei, drei, vierze, | jechö-e, | zehn:e, | zmölf-e,

Gen. zwei⸗er, breiser, vierser, | fechs-er, | zehn-er, | zwölf-er,

Dat. zwei⸗en, | reisen, | vier-en, ſechs⸗en, zehn-en, | zwölf-en,

Acc. zwei. drei. vierze, ſechs⸗e. | zehn-e, | gtvilf-e.

Rem. 1. Zwei and Drei are only declined when not preceded by an ar-
ticle, adjective, or adjective pronoun:

Aus zweier oder Dreier Zeugen Out of the mouth of two or three
Mund, witnesses.

Rem. 2. The other numbers are rarely declined, except when, in the dative

case, they are used without a noun:
Auf allen Vieren kriechen, To creep on all fours.
Mit Sedfen fahren, To ride in a “coach and six.”

Rem. 3. Hundert and Tanfend are sometimes used as collective nouns, and
as such are declined after the third form of the old declension.

Rem. 4. The foreign words die Million’, Billion’, etc., are declined like
feminine nouns ofthe new declension.

$ 102. The Ordinal Numbers are formed from the Car-
dinals:

1. By suffixing -te, from zwei to nennzehn.

2. By suffixing -{te, from zwanzig upwards.

§ 102.]

lst Der erſte.

2d „ zwei⸗te.
3d ” drit⸗te.
4th „ vierste,
5th „ fünfte,
6th ” ſechs⸗te.
7th „ fieben-te.
Sth » adjt-e,

Ih „ neunte,
10th „ 3ebn-te,
11th „ elf-te.

12th M zwölf⸗te.
13th „ breizehn-te,
14th „ vierzehn-te,
15th „ fünfzehn-te,
16th » fedyehn-te.
17th „ fiebenzehn-te, or ficbzehn-te,
18th ,, achtzehn-te,
19th „ neunzehn-te,
20th „ zwanzig-fte,

ORDINAL NUMBERS. 279

50th Der fiinfzig-fte.
55th „ fünfundfünfzigsfte,
60th - „ ſechzig⸗ſte.
70th „ fiebenzigsfte or fiebs
zig⸗ſte.
80th achtzig⸗ſte.
90th „ neunzigefte,
100th „ bunbert-fte,
101st bunbdert und erfte,
125th „ hundertfünfundzwan⸗
zig⸗ſte.
200th „ zweihunbert-fte,
500th „ filnfhunbert-fte,
1,000th „ taufend-fte,
1,001st „ taufend und erfte.
1,025th „ taufendfünfundzwan-
zig⸗ſte.
1,626th „ taujend ſechshundert
und ſechsund⸗
zwanzig⸗ſte.

2ist »
25th "
80th „
35th „
40th »

einund;wangig-fte.
fünfundzwanzig-fte.
dreißig⸗ſte.
fünfunddreißig⸗ſte.
vierzig⸗ſte.

2,000th
20,000th
100,000th
500,000th
1,000,000th

„gzweitauſend⸗ſte.
„zwanzigtauſend⸗ſte.
„hunderttauſend⸗ſte.
„fünfhunderttauſendſte.
„million⸗ſte.

45th „ fünfundvierzig-fte, 2,000,000th „ gweimillion-fte.

Rem. 1. The forms drit-te and adjt-e are euphonic variations from the rule
for forming ordinal numbers.

Rem. 2. Ordinal numbers are subject to all the laws of declension of ad-
jectives.

Rem. 8. Erfte is the superlative of the obsolete adverb er (§ 92).

Rem, 4. All the ordinals were probably originally superlatives, formed after
the analogy of erfte.

Rem. 5. Zweite was first used in the sixteenth century. Before that time

der andere meant the second of any number, as it now means the second of

Lut two.

Rem. 6. Since the Old-German period, the termination -te or =jte is added
only to the last one of compound numbers.

Rem. 7. Examples of the historic development of ordinal numbers:

Gothic: ——, | anthar, | thridja, | saihsta, | taihunda, | tvalfta,
Old-German: éristo, | andar, | dritto, | séhsto, | zéhanto, | zwelifto,
Mid.-German: érste, | ander, | dritte, | séhste, | zeliende, | zwelfte,
New-German : erfte. ander. | britte, fechste. | zehnte. zwölfte,

280 NUMERALS. [8 103, 104.

Gothic: tvaigjésta, _— | —, |thusundgösta,
Old-German: zweinzicosto, | drizegeste, | féorzugosto, | düsuntöste,
Middle-Germar: zweinzegöste, | drizugösto, | vierzegeste, | tüsentste,
New-German: z3wanzigſte. dreißigſte. | viergigfte. | taufenbdfte.

$ 103. There are three classes of Compound Numeral
Adjectives:
1. Distributives, indicating how many at a time:
Zwei und zwei, je zwei, zu ziveien, Two at a time, by twos.
Zehn und zehn, je zehn, zu zehnen, Ten at a time, by tens.
2. Dimidiatives, indicating the whole ofall up to the
number mentioned, with a half of that number:

Anderthalb, One and a half (one and a half of the second).
Drittehalb, Two and a half (two and a half of the third).
Viertehalb, Three andahalf (three and a half of the fourth).
Fünftehalb, Four and a half (four and a half of the fifth).

Rem. 1. The ¢ is often dropped: dritthalb, vierthalb.

Rem. 2. Dimidiatives higher than dritthalb are rarely used.

Rem. 3, The fuller forms ein und ein halb, etc., are also used.

Das Tuch foftet einen und einen The cloth costs a dollar and a half

halben Thaler die Elle, a yard.
3. Variatives, indicating of how many kinds:
Einer-[ei, zweier-[ei, Of one kind, of two kinds.

Rem. 1. Since the Mid.-Germ. period the syllable [ei has been attached to
the numeral. It is from Lat. lex, Provengal ley, Middle-German leige, leie.
Thus, @inerlei was in the Afiddle-German einer leige, einer leie.

Rem. 2. Distributives, Dimidiatives, and Variatives are indeclinable.

Rem. 3, Many compound adjectives have cardinal or ordinal numbers for
the first or modifying component, as:

Einfach or einfältig, simple. Zweidentig, of double meaning.

. Zweifad) or zweifältig, twofold. Dreipfündig, weighing three pounds.
Einftimmig, unanimous. Eingeboren, only begotten.
Ginjibrig, one year old. Erftgeboren, first born.

§ 104. Numeral Nouns are of two kinds:
1. Those with the suffix «er or -ling (masculine nouns):

Ein Dreifiger, A man from thirty to forty years old.
Gin Dreier, A three-pfennig coin (worth about a
Fünfundjechziger, Wine made in 1865. [cent).

Ein Zwilling, ein Drilling, A twin, a triplet.

§ 105, 106.] THE PRONOUN. 281

2. Those with the suffix -tel (neuter nouns), as:

Ein Drittel Pfund, A third of a pound.
Ein Achtel Thaler, An eighth of a dollar.
Drei Achtel Zoll, Three eighths of an inch.

Rem. 1. The syllable =fel is an abbreviation of Theil, a part. Thus Drits
tel is abbreviated from Drittheil (for Dritttheil), Middle-German dritteil.
Rem. 2. A half” is rendered by the noun die Hälfte, usually followed by
von; or by the adjective halb (ein halber, eine halbe, ein halbes):
Die Hälfte von der Stadt, A half of the city..
Es foftet einen halben Thaler, It costs half a dollar.
Obs. When before neuter names of cities and countries, and not preceded
by an article or a pronoun, halb (and ganz) are undeclined:
Halb Berlin, halb (ganz) Deutfchland, Half Berlin, half (all) Germany.
(but) Das halbe Deutſchland, Half Germany.

§ 105. Numeral Adverbs are of two kinds:
1. Reiteratives, formed by compounding Cardinal Num-

bers with Mal, a time:
Einmal, once. Zweimal, twice. Zehnmal, ten times.

2. Ordinal Adverbs, indicating in what place or order:

Erftens, erftlich, or zuerft, In the first place, firstly.
Zweitens, drittens, etc. In the second, third place, etc.
Rem. The form erft- en® (Middle-German ersten), etc., has been devel-
oped in the New-German period by adding -8 to the genitive singular, after
the analogy of such nouns as Namens, by name of.

THE PRONOUN.
(Das Fiirwort.)

§ 106. Pronouns are divided into six classes: Personal,
Possessive, Demonstrative, Indefinite, Interrogative, and
Relative.

Rem. 1. All the Personal Pronouns, the Demonstratives der, diefer, jener,
the Indefinite Pronouns affer, viel, and the Interrogatives wer, wag, are
primitive words. All other pronouns are derivatives or compounds.

Item. 2, The pronouns are much simpler in declension as well as fewer in
number in the New-German than they were in the Old and Middle-German.

Rem. 3. Pronouns, from their constant and universal use, have great fixed-
ness of form, and therefore they are of great value in tracing the relationship
of allied languages (§ 28-30, and § 99, Rem. 3).

282 THE PRONOUN. [$ 107.

1. PERSONAL PRONOUNS.
(Perfinlide Fürwörter.)
§ 107. The Personal Pronouns are declined as follows:

FIRST PERSON,

SECOND PERSON.

Singular.
dt, thou. (Sie, you.)
deiner, of thee, etc. (Shnen, of you, etc.)
dir, to thee, etc. (Ihnen, to you, etc.)

Singular.
Nom. i, I.
Gen. meiner, of me, etc.*
Dat. mir, to me, etc.*

Acc. mid), me. did, thee. (Sie, you.)
Plural. Plural.
Nom. wit, we. ifr, you. (Sie, you.)

Gen. unfer, of us, etc.*
Dat. und, tous,etc.
Ace. 18, us.

ener, of you, etc. (Ihrer, of you, etc.)
end), to you, etc. (Ihnen, to you, etc.)
end), yon. (Sie, you.)

THIRD PERSON.

Singular. Plural.
Nom. tt, he. fie, she. ed, it. fie, they.
Gen. feiner, ofhim.* ihrer, of her. feiner, of it. | ihrer, of them.
Dat. ihm, tohim. ihr, toher. ihm, toit. | ihnen, to them.
him. fit, her. ed, it. fie, them.

Rem. 1. The old genitive forms mein, dein, fein, are now obsolete, except
in poetry and in some expressions :

Vergiß mein nicht, Forget me not.

Rem. 2. The genitive of the personal pronoun and the prepositions halben,
wegen, willen, are often united into one word, f or et being added as letters
of union:

Meinetwegen or meinethalben, On my account.

Rem. 3. The genitive plural of the personal pronoun is only used when all
of the persons alluded to are included ; the partitive genitive is expressed by
von with the dative:

Es waren unfer zwölf, There were twelve of us.
(Zwölf von uns gingen), (Twelve of us went).

Rem. 4. Besides using du in addressing Deity, the Germans employ du and
ihr in speaking to near relatives or very dear friends, and also to servants or
children.

Rem. 5. The use of the form of the third person plural, Sie (beginning with
a capital letter), for the second person of both numbers, was introduced into
the German language in the eighteenth century. The use of this, as the form
of address, has been constantly increasing since that time.

* For the use of the cases, see § 81-83.

$ 108, 109.] POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS. 283

Rem. 6. The nominative neuter es is used for the expletives it, there, and
for so. ‘Thus used, es does not control the number or person of the verb:

Es war ein Mann, There was a man.
Es find viele Leute, Die— There are many people who—
Wer ift es? Ich bin’s, Who is it? Itis I.

Seid aufrichtig I Wir find es, Be honest! We are (so).
Rem. 7. To prevent unpleasantness of sound or ambiguity of meaning, er,
fic, ed are often replaced by derfelbe, diefelbe, daffelbe:
Sobald die Mutter ihre Tochter As soon as the mother saw her
ſah, fragte fie dicfelbe, daughter, she asked her.

§ 108. When the personal pronouns are used reflex-
wely or reciprocally, the regular forms are employed in
the first and second persons. But in the third person
fi) is employed in the dative and accusative of all gen-
ders and in both numbers:

Ich erinnere mich daran, I remember it.
Das verfteht fich, That is a matter of course.

: They understand themselves, or
Sie wer pehen (ia They understand each other.
Erinnern Sie fih ? Do you remember ?

Rem. 1. To avoid ambiguity, einander may be used in reciprocal expres-
sions, either with or without the reflexive pronoun :
Wir verftehen einander, or
Wir verftehen uns einander,
\ Rem. 2. When myself, himself, etc., are only emphatic repetitions of the
nominative, they are translated by felbft or felber :

We understand ourselves.

Er that e8 felbft, He did it himself.

Er jelber Tann e8 thun, He can do it himself.
\Rem. 3. Selbft (or felber) is often translated by the adverb even :

Selbft feine Feinde achten ihn, Even his enemies respect him.

2. POSSESSIVE PRONOUNS.
(Befikanzeigende Fürwörter.)
§ 109. The following are the Possessive Pronouns:

Masc. Fem. Neut. Mase. Fem. Neut.

mein, mein⸗e, mein, my. unfer, unfere, unſer, our.
bein, beine, bein, thy. euer, eur⸗e, eier, your.
fein, ſein⸗e, fein, his. ihr, ihr=e, ihr, their.

ihr, ibr-e, ifr, her. (Shr, Ihre, Bor, your)

fein, ſein⸗e, fein, its,

| 284 THE PRONOUN. — [$ 110, 111,

The Possessive Pronouns are declined in the singular
like the indefinite article ein ($ 54), and in the plural
like adjectives of the Old Declension (§ 88. See also
Lesson XIX.,2).

Rem. 1. In declining nufer, € is sometimes dropped from the terminations
208, seht, ⸗en.

In declining ener, the € after ett is usually dropped (see Less. XLX., 3).

Rem. 2. As they are used only adjectively, possessive pronouns agree, like
all other adjectives, with the noun to which they belong (i. e., the noun pos-
sessed ), in gender, case, and number.

Rem. 3. In the German, as well as in all other Teutonic (and also in the
Latin and Greek) languages, the Possessive Pronouns are formed from the
genitive case of Personal Pronouns.

§ 110. There are three ways of rendering into Ger-
man the Absolute Possessive Pronouns (as mine, thine, ours,
yours, etc.) :

meiner, meine, meines, | ber, bie, bas Meinige, | ber Meine, | mine.
deiner, beine, beines, n oo on Deinige, | „ Deine, | thine.

feiner, feine, feines, » nn Seinige, | „ Seine, | his.

ihrer, ihre, ihres, " " " Sbrige, M Ihre, hers.
ſeiner, ſeine, ſeines, » ov ow Seinige, | „ Seine, | its.

unferer, unfere, unferes, | » wo Unſrige, » Unfere, | ours.
eurer eure, eures, vn on ow Curige, „ Eure, | yours.
Shrer, Bhre, Ihres, vn nm Shrige, wn Sore, yours,
ihrer, ihre, ihres, "nn Shrige, n Ihre, theirs.

Rem.1. Meiner, Deiner, etc. (in the first form), are declined like adjectives
of the Old Declension.

Rem. 2. Der Meinige, der Meine, etc. (of the second and third forms), are
declined like adjectives of the New Declension (see Less. XLI.).

Rem. 8. Der Meinige, Deinige, etc. (of the second form), are frequently
used, not as referring to nouns already spoken of, but having certain conven-
tional meanings:

Die Meinigen laſſen fig Ihnen und My family send their compliments
den Shrigen empfeblen, to yourself and your family.
Er hat bas Seinige gethan, He has done his part.

3. DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS.
(Ginweifende Flirwörter.)
§ 111. There are nine Demonstrative Pronouns. They
may all be used either substantively or adjectively.

§ 111.] DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS. 285

SINGULAR.

Masculine. Feminine. Neuter. All Genders.

dieſer, dieſe, dieſes, this. dieſe, these,
jener, jene, jeneg, that. jene, those.
ber, bie, bas, that. Die, those.

berjenige, biejenige, basjenige, that. diejenigen, those.
derfelbe, biefelbe, daſſelbe, the same.| biefelben, the same.
fämmtlicher, fammtlice, fämmtliches, entire. | fämmtliche, all

jeder, jede, jedes, every. -

folcher, folche, folches, such. folche, such.
aller, alle, ° alles, all. ; all.

1. Diefer, jener, ſämmtlicher, jeder, folder, and aller fol-
low the old declension of adjectives (see page 149).

2. Der is usually translated by that, though it some-
times is rendered by this:

Rem. 1. The relative der and the definite article der are but the demon-

strative pronoun der, with modified meanings:
Der it’s dem ich’s verfpodyen habe, It is this one to whom I have prom-
und der will e8 haben, ised it, and that one wishes to

have it.
Rem. 2. Used as a demonstrative pronoun, der receives a full, strong em-
phasis; as a relative, a medium emphasis; as a definite article, no emphasis.
Rem. 3. Der, used adjectively, is declined like the definite article ($ 54);
used substantively, it is declined as follows:

SINGTLAR,

Masculine. Feminine, Neuter. All Genders.
Nom. der, die, daß, die,

Gen. deſſen, deren, defien, derer,
Dat. dem, der, dem, denen,
Acc. den. die. das. die.

3. Both parts of derjenige (compounded from der and
jener) are declined, the latter part following the new
declension of adjectives (see Less. XLIII.).

4. Both parts also of derfelbe (der and felbe) are de-
clined (see Less. XLIII.). .

Rem. Der Nämliche (the same) is more emphatic than derfelbe, and
ebenderfelbe (just the same) is still more emphatic than either.

<>

IVTIRSITY

286 THE PRONOUN. [$ 112.

5. For Seder, the forms jeglitjer and jedweder are
sometimes used. All three are employed in the sin-
gular only.

6. Soltjer usually follows the article. When it pre-

cedes the article, it drops its termination:

Ein folcher Menſch,
Solch ein Menſch,

7. Before the definite article or a pronoun, afl drops
its termination, especially if it does not receive an

Such a man.

emphasis:
Was foll all der Schmerz? What means all this sörrow ?
Er weiß von all dem Nichts, He knows nothing of it all.

Rem. 1. The demonstrative pronouns have been developed thus:
Gothic: sa, sO, thata.|(Gen.) thizuh, ——, thizuh. |jains, jaina, jainata,

Old-Ger.: dér, diu,daz. | déser, deisu, ditzi. |jénér, génu, genaz.
Mid.-Ger. : dér, die, daz. | diser, disiu, ditze. {jéner, jéniu, jénez.
New-Ger.: der, vie, das. | diefer, diefe, Diefcs, Ijener, jene, jenes,
Gothic: svaleiks, alls,

Old-Ger.: der selpo, iowédar, solihher, allér,
Mid.-Ger. : (der jener). der sélbe, | ieder, solicher, | aller,
New-Ger. : derjenige. berjelbe. jeder. jolcher. aller.

4. INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
(Unbeftimmte Fürwörter.)

§ 112. Some Indefinite Pronouns can be used both sub-
etantively and adjectwely; others can be used only as
substantives.

As substantives or adjectives. Only as substantives.
Anderzer, other. Man (they, people, ete. ).
Einig-er, some, any, a few. $emand, somebody, any body.
Eier, “ “ & Niemand, nobody, not any body.
Mand-er, many a (pl. many). Sebermann, every body.
Mebhrer-e, pl. several. twas, something, any thing.
Rein-er, no, not any, not any one. Was, er
Biel-er, much (pl. many). . Nichts, nothing, not any thing.
Wenig-cr, little (22. few). Weldhe (p/.), some.

Genug, enough. ‘

§ 112.] INDEFINITE PRONOUNS. 287

1. Andere, -¢, -e8 (contracted anbdrer, =, -¢8), may be
used in all the three declensions of adjectives.
Rem. 1. Ander and ein may be joined into one indeclinable word, einan-
der, each other (see $ 108, Rem. 1).

Rem. 2. The German ander (Gothic anthar, Old-Ger. andar, Afid.-Ger.
ander), the English other, and the Latin alter, are all comparatives, from a
positive which is now found only in Sanscrit (anya, not the same).

2. Einiger, etlider, mehrere, and weldje, follow the old
declension of adjectives.
Rem. 1. Ginigeer (Old-Ger., einie; compare English any; formed from
ein, one) disappeared during the Mid.-Ger., but reappeared in the New-Cer.
Rem. 2. Etlich⸗er (Old-Ger.étalih; Mid.-Ger. ételih) is compounded from
the obscure root ga, and lih, like.

Rem. 8. Ptandh-er (Goth., manags ; O.-G., manag; M.-G., maneg; Eng.,
many; allied to Old Slavic mnog, much, but of obscure origin, and probably
derived from Mann), when not emphasized, or when used before on does not
take the termination :

Manch tapfrer Held! Many a brave hero!

Rem. 4. Mehrere (plur.), adouble comparative (from mehr), is used by
some writers also in the singular.

3. Kein, used as an adjective, is declined like mein
(Less. XIX., 2); used substantively, it is declined like
an adjective of the Old Declension (fein-er, -¢, -¢8).

Rem. Kein (0.-G., nih-ein ; M.-G., nechein, nekein, enkein, chein, kein)
meant originally nicht cin.

4. Biel and wenig are not declined when they refer to
individuals collectively ; referring to individuals taken
separately, and especially if, used substantively, they
refer to persons, they are declined like adjectives of
the Old Declension.

Rem. 1. Biel and wenig are also used adverbially.

Rem. 2. Biel (Goth., fila; O.-G., filu, vil; M.-G., vil, viel) is allied te
the Greek woAöc and the Latin plus.

Rem. 3. Wenig (O.-G., wénag ; M.-G., wönce) is from weinen, to weep,
and meant originally what cuuses sorrow, unfortunate, small.

288 THE PRONOUN. [$ 112.

5. Genng is used as a substantive, an adjective, or an
adverb.

Ich habe genug geſehen, I have seen enough.
Er hat nit Tuch genug, He has not enough cloth.
Das Tuch ift breit genug, The cloth is wide enough.

Rem. 1. As an adjective or adverb, it follows the modified word.
Ren. 2. Geung (Gotk., ganöhs; O.-G., kinuoc; M.-G., genuoc) is, like
the English enough, from ga-nahan, to
6. Man is used only in the nominative singular (see
Lesson XLII).
Rem. Ran is from Many, mar (compare with French on, from Lat. homo).
7. Jemand, Niemand, and Jedermann are used only in
the singular. They are declined thus:
Nom. Jemand, Riemand, Jedermann,
Gen. Jemand⸗s, or Jemand⸗es, Niemand⸗8, or -¢8, Jedermann⸗s,

Dat. Jemand, or Semand-em, | Niemand, or ⸗em, Sedermann,
Acc. Semand, or Jemand⸗en. Riemandb, or «eu. Sedermann.

Rem. 1. Jemand (O.-G., &oman, iaman, iceman; M.-G. ieman, imande) 1s
compounded of je, ever, and Mann.

Rem. 2. Niemand (O.-G., néoman, niamen, niemand; M.-G., nieman) is
compounded of ni-&oman (not any man).

Rem. 3. Federman first appeared in the M.-G. (ieder man, jeder Mann).

8. Etwas is indeclinable. (Lesson XLII, 1, em. 4.)
Rem. 1. Etwas is often used in apposition with a noun:

Wollen Sie etwas Brod? Do you wish some bread ?
Rem. 2. Etwas is often used adverbially, meaning somewhat:
Er war etwas aufgeregt, He was somewhat excited.

Rem. 8. twas is formed from was and the root äta (§ 112, 2, Rem. 2).

9. Nidts is indeclinable.
Rem. Nights, originally a genitive of nidt, first appeared in the 15th cent.
10. The nominative and accusative cases of welder
are sometimes used in familiar language, meaning some :
Ich habe noch welches, I have some yet.
Ich habe welche gefehen, I have seen some.

Rem. Welder, when thus used in a contraction of the antiquated pronoun
etwelcher.

§113.] _ INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS. 289

5. INTERROGATIVE PRONOUNS.
(Fragende Fürwörter.)
§ 113. There are three Interrogative Prenouns:
wer? who? was? what? welder? which? what?

1, Wer and was are used only substantively: wer re-
fers only to persons; was only to things. They are
thus declined:

Nom. wer? who? I was? what?
Gen. weflen ? whose? of whom? etc.* weffen ?* (wef ? obs.)
Dat. wen? to whom? etc.* —

Acc. wen? whom?* was ? what?
Rem. 1. The antiquated genitive wef is still used in some compound words:
Weßwegen? weßhalb ? On what account ?

Rem. 2. Was can not be used after prepositions (except ohne, wider, and
sometimes uMt). In its stead is used the adverb two, where, compounded
with the preposition into one word, as; womit, wovon, wozu, wodurch.

1. The original r of Wo (Gothic, huar; Old-Ger., huar; Mid.-Ger.,
war; New-Ger., wo) is yet retained when the preposition begins
with a vowel, as: worin, woraus, woran.

2. The original q also is retained in warum (Mid.-Ger., war umbe).

Rem. 3. Was is sometimes used for warum:

Was zittern Sie denn? Why do you tremble?

Rem. 4. Wer and was have been developed thus:

Gothic, hvas, hvö, hva; Old-Ger., hwér, hwiu, hwaz; Mid.-Ger., wer,
was; New-Ger., wer, was.

2. Welder, -e, -¢8, used both adjectively and substan-
tively, i is declined like an adjective of the Old eget
sion. It may refer to persons or things.

Rem. 1. When welder is followed by ein, the ending er is dropped.

Weld ein Riefe ! What a giant!

Rem. 2. Welder was originally a compound word : Gothic, hveleiks, ‘‘ what
like;” Old-Ger., hwiolihher; Mid.-Ger., wélher; New-Ger., welder.

3. Was für? (what kind of?) may be treated as an un-
combined indeclinable pronoun, referring to both per-
sons and things:

Was file Dinte haben Sie ? What kind of ink have you?
Mit was fir Dinte? With what kind of ink?

* For the use of the cases, see § 81-83.

290 PRONOUNS. [§ 114

Rem. 1. When the particular individual is referred to, eitt is added:

Was fiir cin Mann ift er? What kind of a man is he?
Rem. 2. Ein, if used substantively, follows the Old Declension (einer):
Was für einer? What kind of a one?

Rem. 3. The words tya8—fiir are sometimes separated :
Was ift as fiir eine Thorheit! What a folly that is!

6. RELATIVE PRONOUNS.
(Bezliglihe Flirwörter.)

§ 114. There are no primitive Zeedative Pronouns ;
but with the power of Relative Pronouns (2.¢. as relat-
ing to antecedent substantives) are employed: -

1. The Interrogative Pronouns, wer, was, and welder ;
2. The Demonstrative Pronoun, der.

1. The same laws that govern the use of wer and was
as Interrogatives, apply to them when they are employ-
ed as Relative Pronouns. |

Rem. 1. Wer and was, as relatives, can be used only in general or indefi-
nite expressions, never when a particular person or thing is referred to:

Wer nicht hören will, muß fühlen ‘* Who will not hear, must feel.”
(or der muß fühlen),

Was du heute thun fannft, vers What you can do to-day, put not off
fchiebe nicht auf Dtorgen (or das till to-morrow.
verjchiebe nicht anf Dtorgen),

Rem. 2. The antecedent of wer or tya8, when in the same case as the rel-
ative, is thus often omitted.

2. Euphony alone determines whether welder or der
should be used, except in the three following cases:
1. When the relative is used adjectively, welcher must be employed:
Githe, weldjes großen Didters Göthe, with the works of which
Werke ich kenne, great poet I am acquainted.
2. When the genitive of the relative is used substantively, the genitive
of der (sing. Deffen, deren, defien, plur. Deren) must be employed :
Der Mann, deffen Sohn fo trantift, The man, whose son is so sick.
8. After personal pronouns of the first and second person, der must be em-
ployed (§ 115, 3, Rem. 3):
Ich, der (or fem. die) ihn fab, I who saw kim.
3. The antiquated relative fo is now used only in
poetry or other dignified styles of composition.

S115.)] . SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN. 291

4. Antecedent and relative pronouns are used cor-
relatively as follows:

Antecedent. Relative.
Ber. 22 200000. 0. welder.
DOE i 0.0. Ge, ose DER:
Derjenige. .... . . welder.
derjenige... . . . . ber.

he-who, the one-who, that-which,

jebe 0 0 Der. every (one) who (or which).
Relative. Antecedent.

wer 220000. . (der). whoever (or who).

Was... 2. ee ew © (O08). whatever (or what).

Rem. The following neuter indefinite pronouns and demonstratives used
indefinitely, etwa8, nichts, vieles, weniges, manches, das, dasjenige, are
_ followed by the relative was:

Alles was ich habe, All that I have.
Das ift etwas, was ich nicht ver- That is something that I do not un-
ftebe, derstand.

7. SYNTAX OF THE PRONOUN.
(Syntax des Fürwortes.)
§ 115. 1. Personal pronouns take the person, the
number, and the grammatical gender of the nouns for
which they stand.

2. Adjective pronouns follow the laws of syntax that
govern adjectives (§ 94).

3. Relative pronouns take the gender and number of
the antecedent.

Rem. 1. The relative pronoun can never be omitted:
Der Mann, den ich geftern fab, The man I saw yesterday.
Rem. 2. ©8 used expletively, and dus and dits used in a collective senee
(see Less. XLIII., 4), do not control the number or person of the verb:
Es find Leute, die — There are people that—
Das find Dinge, bie— Those are things that—
Rem. 3. The personal pronoun, if ‘in the first or second person, is usually
repeated after the relative:
Das wiffen wir, die wir die Gem- That know we, who the chamois
fen jagen (Sch.), hunt.
Shr, die ihr Krieg führet gegen You, who make wer against my
meinen Sohn (Sch.), son,

292 THE VERB. [§ 116-118,

THE VERB.
(Das Zeitwort.)
ı § 116. Verbs may be classified in several ways:
1. By derivation into primitive, derivative, and compound.
2. By use ‘* independent, auxiliary, and potential.
8. By meaning °“ ¢ransitive and intransitive.
4, By inflection ‘' regular, irregular, and defective.

‘8 117. Classification of Verbs by their derivation:

\1. Primitive or radial Verbs are such as can be
traced for their origin to no other radical words:
Hab-en, to have. Trinken, to drink. Lad-en, to laugh.
Rem. The constancy of their use gives many primitive verbs a fixedness of
form that is of great value in tracing the relationship of languages (§ 28-30).
\2. Derivative Verbs are formed from verbs, nouns, or
adjectives, the radical vowel usually taking the wm-
taut, when capable of dt:
Lächel⸗n, to smile (from lach⸗en, to laugh).
Wiirm-en, to warm (from warm, warm).
Pfliig-en, to plow (from Pflug, plow).
‘3. Compound Verbs are formed by prefixing to a verb
. a preposition (separable or inseparable), a noun, an ad-
jective, or an adverb:
And:geben, to go out.
Er-finden, to invent.

and-haben, to Landle.
rei⸗ſprechen, to acquit.

‘$ 118. Classification of Verbs as to their use:

v1. Independent Verbs can be used without other verbs:
Er las bas Bud, He read the book.

2. Auailiary Verbs include the three (fein, haben, wer:
ben) that are employed in forming the compound tenses
of all verbs:

Er hat das Buch gefefen, He has read the book.

Wir werden bas Buch lefen, We will read the book.
Rem. They may also be used as independent verbs.

Er hat das Bud), He has the book.

Fort⸗gehen, to
go forth.

§ 119-123.] CLASSIFICATION OF VERBS. 293

3. Potential Verbs (ſollen, wollen, tinnen, mögen, dürfen,
müſſen) are employed to limit or qualify the meaning
of the infinitive of independent verbs:

Er muß das Buch Iefen, He must read the book.
Rem. Laſſen is also often used as a potential verb.

$ 119. Classification of Verbs by their meaning:
1. Verbs which govern an object in the accusative

case are called Transitive by.German grammarians :
Er lieſt bas Buch, He is reading the book.

2. Other verbs are called /ntransitwe :
1. Some intransitive verbs govern no object :
Er fchläft, Läuft, gebt, He sleeps, runs, goes.
2. Others govern an object in the genitive or dative case:
Sie fpotten meiner, Pring ! You deride me, prince!
Er folgt feinem Bruder, He follows his brother.

$ 120. When the subject and object of the verb denote the same person of
thing, the verb is termed reflexive :
Ih befleifige mich — I apply myself—
Rem. When the action is mutual between the individuals that form the
subject of the verb, the verb is termed reciprocal :

Sie ſchmeicheln einander, They flatter each other.

1. CONJUGATION.
(Ronjugation.)

§ 121. The Accidents of the Verb are (as in English)
Moods, Tenses, Persons, Numbers, Participles, and Voices.
1. Moods (Modi),

§ 122. The German Verb has five Moods: the Jndica-

tive, Subjunctive, Conditional, Imperative, and Infinitive.

Rem. The Potential Mood in English is translated into German partly by
the potential verbs, and partly by the subjunctive and conditional moods.

§ 123. The Indicative Mood is used in expressing or de-

nying that which is conceived by the speaker to be certain :

Er hat das Gaus verfauft, He has sold the house.
Rem. The indicative may be used in some conditional sentences where in

English the subjunctive would be employed :
Sit er reich, fo taunt er viel geben, If he be rich, be can give much.

294 CONJUGATION. [8 124,125.

‘ Rem. 2. The present indicative may be used for the imperative in express-
ing a command which is conceived as already carried into execution:

Du übernimmt die fpanifden Res Take charge of the Spanish regi-
gimenter (Sch.), ments.
§ 124. The Subjunctive Mood is employed:
1.In repeating statements of other persons, without
vouching for their accuracy, or about which there may
be some doubt in the mind of the speaker:
Er fagte, daß die Armee ſchon in He said that the army is already
Bewegung fei, inmotion. . .
Man jagt, er fei "geftorben, It is said that he is dead
2. In indirect questions, treated as quotations:

Ich fragte ifn wann er nad) Bers I asked him when he will go to
Yin gehen werde, Berlin.

3. In expressing what is problematical, hypothetical,
desired, or what is conceived of as possible, without
having really transpired:

Wäre er Doch gefund ! Oh! that he were well!
Möchte er genefen ! Oh! that he might recover!
Ich wänfchte, daß er fame, I wished that he might come.

Rem. The subjunctive mood is thus often used in subordinate sentences,
especially after verbs expressing doubt, uncertainty, fear, hope, purpose, sup-
position, exhortation, advice, etc. :

Ich bezweifelte, daß er ſchon in Bers I doubted that he had already ar-
lin angelommen fei, rived in Berlin.

Du follft Deinen Sater und Deine Thou shalt honor thy father and thy
Mutter ehren, auf Daß du lange ° mother, that thou mayest live
auf Erben lebeft, L[werdefl, long in the land.

Ich rathe Dir daß Du fleifiger I advise you to be more diligent. —

Obs. The imperf. and pluperf. tenses of the subj. mood are often used in-
stead of the present and perfect tenses of the conditional mood (see § 125).

8125. The Conditional Mood is used to express a result
dependent upon certain conditions. It corresponds in
general to the Potential Mood in English, when used

with the auxiliary would or should:

Wenn das Wetter ſchöner eh If the weather were finer, I would

wiirde id) ausgehen (cond.),(or)> 0 out,

apes birhe id) nist tum (cond.
8 würde ich nicht thun (cond.),
(or) bas thiite ich nicht Condy), I would not do that.

§ 126-128.] IMPERATIVE MOOD. : 295

§ 126. The Imperative Mood is used asin English. But
with an imperative signification may also be used:

1. The present indicative ($ 123, Lem. 2).
.2. The perfect participle, the action being regarded as
already completed :
Die Trommel gerührt! Beat the drums!
3. The infinitwe present, in expressions of childish or
of highly excited passion :
Sieh ins Bud) hinein: nur nicht Keep looking into the book: only

Jefe, immer fingen (©.), do not read, keep singing.
Nicht gaulew, Mutter ! Do not scold, mother!

$ 127. The Infinitive Mood is always dependent upon
another verb (except in the cases given below):
Suche zu fein, was du zu ſcheinen Seek to be what thou wishest to ap-
wünſcheſt, pear.

Exc. 1. When there is a manifest ellipsis, as:

(Soll) Ich meines Bruders Kin- (Should) I not recognize my broth-
ber nicht erfennen ! er’s children!

Exc. 2. When used for the imperative (126, 3).

Exc. 8. When used as a verbal noun:

Das Schlafen erquidt, Sleep is refreshing.

Rem. The infinitive of any verb may be used as a (neuter) verbal noun
when there is no corresponding substantive already existing. The infinitive
is often used substantively even when it does not take the article:

Seinen Feinden verzeihen ift edel, To forgive one’s enemies is noble.

Exc. 4. The infinitive is used after certain nouns and adjectives:

Es iſt Zeit zu geben, It is time to go.
Er hat Muth zu fämpfen, He has courage to fight.
Der Brief ift ſchwer zu Iefen, The letter is hard to read. ,
Ich bin begierig zu wiffen, I am curious to know. -

§ 128. The use of zu as a sign of the Infinitive Mood
has been constantly increasing since the sixteenth
century. It is now omitted only in the following cases:

1. After the potential verbs follen, wollen, fonnen, mo:
gen, dürfen, müſſen (and laſſen):
Sch Tann es nicht Tefen, I can not read it.

e

296 ; THE VERB. [$ 129.
2. After the verbs fühlen, heißen, helfen, hören, Ichren,

lernen, machen, ſehen:
Das macht mich zittern, That makes me tremble.
Wir hörten fie fingen, We heard them sing.

3. After the verbs bleiben, fahren, gehen, liegen, reiten,
ftehen, and haben and fein, in certain expressions:
Er bleibt fiben, He keeps his seat.
Wir gehen ſpazieren, We are going to take a walk.
Rem.1. The infinitive with 34 is used after the prepositions anftatt,
ohue, um:
Anftatt zu geben, blieb er, Instead of going, he remained.
Ohne das zu wiffen— Without knowing that—
Rem. 2. The infinitive of the active voice is often translated into English
by the infinitive of the passive voice:
Was ift zu Hun ? What is to be done?
Rem. 8. In tae German only the infinitive can be used as a verbal noun
(and not, as in English, the present participle also) :
Er ift ded Schwatzens müde, He is tired of the chattering.

2. Participles (Partizipien), .
§ 129. There are two Participles, the Present and the
Perfect.

Rem. 1. Participles are used attributively in German to a far greater ex-
tent than in English. When thus used they are subject to all the laws of
declension of attributive adjectives :

Der am 5. September verftorbene The mayor of Kronfeld, who died
Bürgermeifter von Kronfeld, on the fifth of September.
Rem. 2. Participles are frequently preceded by the case they govern, by
a modifying adverb, or a limiting clause :
Die Honig fammelnde Biene, The honey-gathering bee.
Das uns verfolgende Gefdid, The fate that is pursuing us.
Der foeben von Leipzig augekom⸗ The express train that has just ar-

mene Schnellzug, rived from Leipsic.
Der Schnellzug von Leipzig ift foe The express train has just arrived
eben angelommen, from Leipsic.

Rem. 8. The adverb and the direct object (if a noun) is often joined to the
participle into a compound word:
Die gefebgebende Verfammiung, The legislative assembly.
Die nengebundenen Bücher, The newly-bound books.
Rem. 4. Participles, like adjectives, may be used as nouns or as adverbs:
Es giebt viele Gelehrten, bie— || There are many learned men, who—
Mit fiedend heißem Wafer, With boiling-hot water.

§ 130, 131.] PARTICIPLES. 297

§ 130. The Present Participle is formed by adding =d to
the present infinitive :
Hah⸗en, to have; hab-end, having. Geh-en, to go; geh-end, going.
Rem. 1. If preceded by 34, the present participle takes a passive significa-
tion (compare the Latin passive participle in andus, or endus).
Ein zu vermeidender Fehler, A fault that should be avoided.
Rem. 2. The participle thus used was not declined before the last century.

Rem. 3. The present participles of many verbs are used mostly, and in some
cases only, with adjective significations:

Abftimmend, discordant. Bedentend, important.
Abwefend, absent. Dringend, urgent.
Anwefend, present. Reiend, charming.

§ 131. The Perfect Participle is formed (1) by adding =t
to the root of all regular verhs,and -¢u to the root of
all irregular verbs; and (2) by prefixing -g¢ to the root
of all verbs, except the inseparable compounds (§ 154),
and those with -iren (-ierem) in the infinitive: .

Infinitive. Perfect Participle.
‚lieben, tolove, ge-lieb-t, loved.
geb-en, to give, ge-geb:en, given.
vergeb=en, to forgive, vergeb=en, forgiven.
bebed-en, to cover, bebed-t, covered.
findirsen, to study, ftudirst, studied.

Rem. 1. In separable compounds ge= adheres to the root of the verb:

and-{prech=en, to pronounce, aus⸗ge⸗ſproch⸗en, pronounced.

Rem. 2. When the verbs folfen, wollen, Tönnen, mögen, dürfen, müſſen,
Iafien, heißen, fehen, hören, helfen are preceded by the infinitive of another
verb, they take the form of the present infinitive for that of the past participle,

The participial form of the potential verbs is only used when they are em-
ployed as though independent verbs (the independent verb which they modify
being understood): |

Ich habe es nicht lefen können, I could not read it.

$m habe ihn fingen hören, I have heard him sing. |
Ich habe es nie gelonnt, I have never been able (to do) it.
Rem. 8. In forming the passive voice, Werden drops ge⸗:
Er ift beftraft worden, He was fined.
(but) Er ift reich geworden, He has become rich.

Rem. 4. Many perfect participles have almost lost their verbal signification,
and are used as adjectives:
N 2

298 THE VEBB.. [$ 132,133,

1. From active verbs: betannt, well-known ; gelehrt, learned.

2. From reflexive verbs: bejcheiben, modest; betrunfen, drunken; bes
trübt, sad; geſchickt, skillful; gebraucht, second-hand.

8. From obsolete verbs: angefeffen, resident; verſchieden, different.

4. Participles from nouns, with no corresponding verbs: geftiefelt, ‘‘in
boots ;” geftirnt, starry; bejahrt, full of years.

Rem. 5. The perfect participle of some verbs, as Jaufen, fahren, reiten, etc.,
is used after fommen (the present participle being used in English):

Er fam gelaufen, He came running.

3. Tenses (Zeitformen),

§ 132. The Present Tense is used in German more fre-
quently than in English instead of other tenses.

1. Instead of the future tense:
Ich tomme bald wieder, I shall come back soon.
Rem. Until as late as the fourteenth century future time was always ex-
pressed by the present tense.
2. Instead of the perfect tense in speaking of the
length of a period of time not yet completed:
Wie lange find Sie in Berlin? | How long have you been in Berlin ?
Ich bin ſchon acht Fahre hier, I have been here eight years.
3. For the imperfect tense, in lively narration:

Ich gehe geftern mit meinem Kinde I went yesterday with my child to
um bie Parabe zu jehen, verliere see the parade; I lost sight of
e3 aus meinen Augen— it—

§ 133. The Imperfect and Perfect Tenses are employed
as in English, under the following limitations:

1. The perfect is often employed, when in English the
imperfect would be used:
Sh habe ihn geftern gefehen, I saw him yesterday.
2.The progressive form of the imperfect in English
must be rendered by the emperfect in German.

Ich Tas die Zeitung als er herein» I was reading the newspaper when
fam, he came in.

Rem. The imperfect is always employed after the adverb als.

§ 134.] | PASSIVE VOICE. 299

3. The imperfect is frequently used in general ex-
pressions, in which the perfect would be employed in
English:

Waren Sie ſchon in Wien? Have you been in Vienna?

4. When the speaker wishes to convey the idea that
he was personally cognizant of an event, the imperfect
is usually employed:

Borgeftern ftarb bei mir unfer gee Day before yesterday our dear friend
liebter Freund, Herr NR.— Mr. N. died at my house.
Rem. With the perfect (and also with the pluperfect) the auxiliary may be
omitted in subordinate sentences :
Das Haus, weldhes id) heute gee The house which I saw to-day .is
fchen, ift febr bequem, aber e8 very convenient, but it is too
ift zu theuer, dear.

4. The Passive Voice (Die Paffivforn),

\ § 134. The Passive Voice is formed by joining the auxil-
iary werden, to become, to the perfect participle (see para-
digm, § 161):

Hier wird Deutſch gefprodden, German is spoken here.

Der Feind wurde geſchlagen, The enemy was defeated.
N Rem, 1. The action is considered as becoming accomplished, that is, as taking
place at the time alluded to. When the action is considered as completed the
verb fein is used, and the participle is usually treated as a predicative ad-
jective.

Das Haus war fehon abgebrannt, The house was already burnt down

als bie Feuerwehr anfam, when the fire-company arrived.

* Rem. 2. In the Gothic fein was always employed. In the Old-Ger., wer:
den was frequently used for the future tenses. In the Mid.-Ger., werden
was frequently used in the past tenses. In the New-Ger., fein was some-
times used as auxiliary; in the imperative mood it is always employed.

Die Schlacht war verloren, The battle is lost.

Gott fet gelobt ! God be praised!

1. When the active agent is indefinitely alluded to,
the active voice, with Man as nominative, is employed:
„Heut’ nimmt man nicht gefangen,“ °“No prisoners will be taken to-day.”
2. When an intransitive idea is expressed by a transi-
tive verb, the reflexive form is employed:
Das verfteht fid, That is a matter of course.

300 THE VERB. [$ 135.

3. When the object of the action is made the subject
of the verb, and the agent is not alluded to, the reflex-
ive form is usually employed:

Eine neue Ordnung der Dinge A new order of things is established.

führt fid ein,

2. AUXILIARY VERBS.
(Hälfsverba.)
§ 135. There are three Auxiliary Verbs, haben, fein, and
werden. They are employed as follows:

1. Transitive, Reflexive, Impersonal, and Potential
Verbs take haben as the auxiliary:

Ich habe ihn gefehen, I have seen him.

Er hat fic gefreut, He has rejoiced.

Es hat heute geregnet, It has rained to-day.

Er hat es gemuft, He has been compelled (to do) it.

2. Intramsitive Verbs denoting a change of condition,
or a motion from one particular place to another, take
fein as the auxiliary :

Er iſt angefommen, He has arrived.
Er ijt nad) Berlin gereift, He has gone to Berlin.
(but) Er hat viel cereift, He has traveled much.

Rem. 1. The verbs eilen, fahren, fließen, Hinten, jagen, klettern, Triechen,
landen, Ianfen, quellen, reifen, reiten, rinnen, fegelu, ſchiffeu, Ihwimmen,
{pringen, ftoßen, treiben, wandern, when not indicating a motion to or from
a particular place, have haben as the auxiliary :

Er hat viel gereift, He has traveled much.
Rem. 2. Sein, werden, and bleiben take fein as the auxiliary :
Er ift in Berlin gewefer, - He has been in Berlin.

Er ift Kaufmann geworden, He has become a merchant.
3. Other Intransitive Verbs take haben as auxiliary:
1. Those governing an indirect object in the geni-
tive or dative case:

Wir hatten ibm geholfen, We had helped him.
Alle hatten feiner Citelteit gelacht, All had laughed at his vanity.

2. Those expressing absolute rest:
Er hat jehr lange geftanden, He has been standing very long.

§ 136.} AUXILIARY VERBS. 301

Rem. 3. Some verbs, with two or more significations, take haben or fein,
according to the signification with which they may be used:

Er war von der Stadt fortgefahren, He had driven out of the city.

Er Hatte fortgefahren im Lefen, He had continued to read.

3. Werden is used in forming the future tenses of the
active voice, and in forming the passive voice.
§ 136. The verb haben, to have, is conjugated thus:
Principal Parts: hab’-en, bat/-te, ge-habt’.

INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.*

Present Tense.
ıh habse, I have, ih hab⸗e, I hare.
bu haft, thou hast. du bab-eft, thou hast.
er hat, he has. er bab-e, he has.

wir hab-en, we have.
ihr bab-et, you have.
fie bab-en, they have.

Imperfect Tense.

ih Hatte, I had. id Hätte, I had.
du bat-teft, thon hadst. bu badt-teft, thou hadst.
er bat-fe, he had. er hät-te, he had.
wir bat=ten, we had. wir hät-ten, we had.
ihr hat⸗tet, you had, ihr hät⸗tet, you had.
fie bat+ten, they had. fie Hät-tem, they had.

Perfect Tense.

wir bab-en, we have.
ihr hab⸗(e)t, you have.
fie bab-en, they have.

I have had, etc.
ih Hab-e gehabt,
du Haft gehabt.
er hat gehabt.
wir bab-en gehabt.
iby hab⸗t gehabt.
fie bab-en gehabt.

I had had, etc.
ih Hat-te gehabt.
bu bat-teft gehabt.
er bat-te gehabt,
wir hat⸗ten gehabt.
ibe bat-tet gehabt.
fie bat-ten gebabt.

I have had, etc.
ih habe gehabt.
du bab-eft gehabt.
er bab-e gehabt.
wir babsen gehabt.
iby hab⸗et gehabt.
fie Bab-en gehabt.

Pluperfect Tense.

I had had, etc,
ih hat-te gehabt.
du hät⸗teſt gehabt.
er hät⸗te gehabt.
wir hät⸗ten gehabt.
ibe hät⸗tet gehabt.
fie bat-ten gehabt.

* See Subjunctive Mood, § 124.

[§ 136.

I shall have, ete.
haben.
bu werbd-eft haben.

302 THE VERB.
First Future Tense.
I shall have, etc.
id) werd-¢ haben. id) werd:e
bu wirft haben.
er wird haben.

wir werd-en haben.
iby werd⸗et haben.
fie werd⸗-en haben.

er werb-e haben.
wir werd⸗en haben.
iby werd⸗et haben.
fie werd- en haben.

Second Future Tense.

I shall have had, etc. I have had, etc.
id) werde gehabt Haben, id) werde gehabt Haben.
du wirft gehabt Haben. du wirft gehabt haben.
er wird gehabt haben. er wird gehabt haben.

wir werd-en gehabt haben.
ibe werdset gehabt haben.
fie werden gehabt haben.

wir werd⸗en gehabt haben.
ibe werdet gehabt haben.
fie werd»en gehabt haben,

CONDITIONAL MOOD.

Present Tense.
I would, or I should have, etc.

id) wiird-e haben,

bu würd⸗eſt haben,
er würd-e haben,
wir würd⸗en haben,
iby würd=-ct haben,
fie würd⸗-en haben,

or id) hät⸗te

“bu bats teft
“ er hätste
“wir batten
“ithe bat tet
“fie hät-ten

6é
66
éé
66

Perfect Tense.
I would, or I should have had, etc.

id) würde gehabt haben,
bu würd»eft gehabt haben,
er würd-e gehabt haben,
wir würd-en gehabt haben,
ibe wiird-et gebabt haben,
fie würd-en gehabt haben,

or
6c

¢
“«
6
6

“~

- sn

id) hät⸗te

bu hät-teft gehabt
er hät⸗te gehabt
wir hät-ten gehabt
iby hät-tet gehabt
fie hät-ten gehabt

IMPERATIVE MOOD.
haben wir, let us go.

hab⸗e (du), have thou.
bab-e (er), let him have.

Pres. hab:en, to have.
Pres. habzend, having.

bab-et ihr, have (you).

“6
“

“

6

¢

66
66
66
if}

(Imperf. Subjunc.)
66 66

gehabt (Plup.Subj.)

66
66
6%
66

bab-en fie, let them have.

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Perf. gehabt haben, to have had.

Perf. gehabt, had.

Rem. Haben, Gothic haban, is allied to the Latin habere (to have), from
which are derived the Spanish haber, Port. haver, Ital. avere, French avoir.

%

8137]

AUXILIARY VERBS.

$137. The verb fein, to de, is conjugated thus:
Principal Parts: fein, war, ge-wef’en.
INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

ih bin, I am.
bu bift, thou art.
er ift, he is.
wir find, we are.
ihr feid, you are,
fie find, they are.

id) war, I was.
du war-ft, thou wast.
er war, he was.

wir war⸗en, we were.
thr war⸗(e)t, yjou were.
fie war⸗en, they were.

I have been, etc.
id bin geweien.
du bift gewefen.
er ift gewefen.
wir find gewefen.
iby feid gewefen.
fie find gewejen.

I had been, etc.
id war gewefen. -
du wart gewejen.
er war gewefen.

wir war⸗en gewefen.
ibe warst gewefen.
fie warsen gewefen.

Present Tense.
id fei, I am.
bu fei-eft, thou art.
er fei, he is,
wir ſei⸗en, we are.
ihr ſei⸗et, you are.
fie fei-en, they are.

Imperfect Tense.

ich wire, I was,
bu widir-eft, thou wast.
er wärst, he was.
wir wär⸗en, we were.
iby wär⸗et, you were.
fie wär-en, they were.

Perfect Tense.

I have been, etc.
ih fei geweien.
du fei-eft gewejen.
er fei gewefen.
wir feisen gewefen.
iby fei-et gewesen.
fie fei-en geweſen.

Pluperfect Tense.

I had been, etc.
ih wäre geweſen.

bu wär-eft geweſen.
er wär⸗e gemwefen.
wir wär⸗en gewefen.
ibe wär⸗-⸗et geweſen.
fie wär-en geweſen.

First Future Tense.

I shall be, etc.
du wirft fein.
er wird fein.

wir werd⸗en fein.
iby werd=et fein.
fie werd -emn fein.

I shall be, ete.
ih werde ſein.
bu werdseftfein.
er werd⸗e fein.
wir werd⸗en fein.
iby werd⸗et fein.
fie werd⸗-en fein.

303

304 THE VERB. [§ 137.

Second Future Tense.

I shall have been, etc. I shall have been, etc.
id werd-¢ gewefer fein. ih werde geweien fein.
bu wirft gewefen fein. bu werb-eft gewesen fein.
er wird gewejen fein. er werb-¢ gewefen fein.

wir werbsen gewefen fein, wir werb-en gewejen fein.
ibe werd-et gewejen fein. ibe werb-et gewefen fein.
fie werbd-en gewefen fein. fie werb-en gewejen fein.
CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Present Tense.

I would, or I should be, etc.
id wilrd:ee fein, or ih wäree = (Imperfect Subjunctive).

bu würd=eftfein, “ bu wärseft ee es

er würd-e fein, “ er wiair-e — =
wir würdsenfein, “ wir wär-en as —
iby würd-et fein, “ the wär⸗kt Mr wi
fie witrd-en fein, °° fie wär⸗en = se

Perfect Tense.
I would, or I should have been, etc.
id wiird-e geweſen fein, or ich wäre geweſen (Plup.Sub.)
bu witrd-eft gewefen fein, “ bu wir-eftgewefen “
er wilrd-e gewefen fein, “ er wär-e gewejen * *
wir wilrb-en gewefen fein, ‘wir wär-en gewefen “* “
iby würdset gewefen fein, “ ihe wärset gewefen “ ‘
fie würd-en gewejen fein, “ fie wärsen gewefen * “

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

fei (bu), be thou. feizen wir, let us be.
fei er, let him be. feizet ihr, be you.
feisen fie, let them be.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Pres. fein, to be. | Perf. geweien fein, to have been.
PARTICIPLES. .
Pres. feizend, being. | "Perf. gewefen, been.

Rem. The different parts of fein are to be traced to three roots:

1. Bin, bift (and Engl. be, been), are probably related to bauen, to build.

2. Sein, fei, feid, find, and ift (with Engl. are, art, is) are from a verb-
al root that is now only found in Sanscrit as and Latin esse (to be).

3. Gewefen, war, würe (and Engl. was, were), are from an obsolete
verb, in Sanscrit was (to reside), in Gothic vivian (to remain, to be),
Old-Ger. wösan, Mid.-Ger. wösen. The former present participle
wésend is now only used in the adjectives anwefend, abwefend.

:8138.]

— —

AUXILIARY VERBS.

305

§ 138. Conjugation of werden, to become:
Principal Parts: werd’sen, wwurd’-¢ (ward), ge-word’-en,

INDICATIVE MOOD.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

Present Tense.

ic) werd=¢, I become.
bu wirft, thou becomest.
er wird, he becomes.

wir werd⸗en, we become.
thy werd-et, you become.
fie werbd-en, they become.

id) werdet, I become.
bu werd-eft, thou becomest,
er werd=-e, he becomes.
wir werd-en, we become.
the werd⸗et, you become.
fie werd»en, they become.

Imperfect Tense.

id) wurdee,* I became.
bu wurb-eft, thou becamest.
er wurde, he became.
wir wurd-en, we became.
iby wurd=et, you became.
fie wurd-en, they became.

id würde, I became.
bu würd-eſt, thou becamest.
er würd⸗-e, he became.
wir würd-en, we became.
iby wird-et, you became.
fie wird-en, they became.

Perfect Tense.

I have become, etc.
id bin geworden or worden,
bu bift geworden “ worben.
er ift geworden “worden.
wir find geworden “worden.
ibe feid geworden “worden.
fie find geworden “worden.

I have become, etc.
id fei geworden orworden,
bu feiseft geworden “ worben.
er fi geworden ““ worden.
wir feisen geworden ‘ worden.
ihr feiset geworden ‘‘ worben.
fie jeisen geworben ‘ worden.

Pluperfect Tense.

I had become, etc.
id) war gcworden or worden.
bu warft geworben “ worden.

er war geworden “ worden.
wir war-en geworden ‘‘ worden.
the war⸗t geworben “ worden.
fie war⸗en geworden * worben.

I had become, etc.
id) wärze geworden or worden.
bu wärseft geworben * worden.
er wär⸗e geworden * worden.
wir wÄärsen geworben ‘ worden.
iby wär=et geworben ‘ worden.
fie wär⸗en geworben * worden.

First Futare Tense.

I shall become, etc.
id) werd-e werden.
bu wirft werden.
er wird werben.

wir werden werden.
ihr werd-et werden.
fie werd⸗-en werben.

I shall become, etc.
ih werd-e werden.
bu werbd-eft werden.
‚er werbd-se¢ werden.
wir werd-en werden.
ihr werbd-et werden.
fie wer d⸗en werden.

~ *Inthe singular of the Imperfect Indicative the forms ich ward, du wardft,

et ward are sometimes employed.

306 | THE VERB. [$ 138.

Second Future Tense.

I shall have become, etc. I shall have become, etc.
id werd:e geworden ſein. ich werd-e geworden fein.
bu wirft geworden fein,| bu werd-eft geworden fein.
er wird gewordenfein.| er werd-e geworden fein.

wir werb-en geworben fein.) wir werd-en geworden fein.
ihe werdset geworben fein.| ihr werb-et geworden fein,
fie werden geworben fein.) fie werd-en geworben fein.
CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Present Tense.
I would, or I should become, etc.
ih würde werden or id würd-e (Imperf. Subjunctive). |

du würd»eft werden “ bu würds-eft “ a“ |
er würd-e werden “ er würd-e ‘ *
wir würd-en werden “wir würd-en * ef
ibe witrd-et werden “ihr witrd-et — ee
fie würd-en werden “fie würden “ =

Perfect Tense.
I would, or I should have had, etc.

ih würde geworden fein or ich wäre geworden (PI. Sub.)
bu witrb-eft geworden fein “ du wair-eft geworden “

er würd-e geworden fein “ er wär-e geworben * „
wir würd-en geworden fein ° wir wär-en geworden * “
ihr würdset geworden fein “ ibe wär-et geworden “ “
fie würd-en geworben fein “ fie wär-sen geworben * ‘*

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

werd-¢ (di), become thou. werd-en wir, let us become.
werd=e (er), let him become. werbd-et ihr, become you.
werdsen fie, let them become.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Pres. werd-en, to become. | Perf. geworden fein, to have become.
PARTICIPLES,
Pres. werd-end, becoming. | Perf. ge-word’en, become.

‚Rem. Werden (Middle-German wérden, to take a direction) is allied to the
Latin vertere (to turn).

REGULAR VERBS. 807
3. REGULAR VERBS.

(Zeitwörter der ſchwachen Konjugation.)

§ 139. Under Regular Verbs (termed by German gram-
marians verbs of the Weak Conjugation) are included:

1. All derivative verbs, as: warmen, himmern, pflügen,
legen, fegen, ftellen, tranfen.

2. A few primitive verbs, as: fagen, retten, fuchen.

3. Foreign verbs (except pfeifen, preifen, fchreiben).

Rem. 1. Most regular verbs are transitive. )

Rem. 2. Regular verbs never take the umlaut, nor do they change the radi-
cal vowel in inflection.
wärmsen, towarm (from warm). ıftelleen, to place (from ſtehen).
hämmer-n, to hammer ( “ Hammer). | trinket, towater ( trinken).
bad⸗ en, tobathe ( ‘* Wad). | fag-en, to say (primitive).
pfliigeen, toplough ( S$Bflug). | rett-en, tosave ( “ )
legen, tolay ( % tegen). |ftubir’-en, tostudy (from Latin).
ſetz⸗ en, to set ( fiten). Ifaftei’=en, to chastises “).

8 140. Conjugation of the Regular Verb lieben, to love:
Principal Parts: lieb’-en, Tieb’-te, ge-liebt’.

INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.

§ 139, 140.]

id lieb=e, I love.

du Tieb-ft, thou lovest.
er Tiebet, he loves.

wir lieb=en, we love.
ihr Tieb-f, you love.
fie lieb⸗en, they love.

ih liebee, I love.
bu lieb-eſt, thou lovest.
er lieb⸗e, he loves.
wir Tieb-en, we love.
ibe Tiebset, you love.
fie lieb⸗en, they love.

Imperfect Tense.

id lieb-te, I loved. ich liebte, I loved.
bu Tieb=teft, thou lovedst. du lieb⸗teſt, thou lovedst.
er Tieb-te, he loved. er liebste, he loved.
wir Tieb-ten, we loved. wir Tieb-ten, we loved.
iby Lieb-tet, you loved. ihr lieb⸗tet, you loved.
fie Tieb-tem, they loved. fie Tieb»ten, they loved.

308 THE VERB. [§ 140,
Perfect Tense.
I have loved, etc. I have loved, etc.
ih bab-e geliebt. ih habe geliebt.
du Haft geliebt. bu bab-cft geliebt.
er hat geliebt, er hab⸗e geliebt,
wir hab⸗en geliebt. wir hab⸗en geliebt.
iby hab⸗t geliebt. ibe hab⸗et geliebt,
fie bab-en geliebt. fie bab-en geliebt.
Pluperfect Tense.
I had loved, etc. T had loved, ete.
id hat-te geliebt. ih hät⸗te geliebt.
bu hat⸗teſt geliebt. bu bätsteft geliebt.
er hat⸗te geliebt. er hät⸗te geliebt.
wir hat⸗ten geliebt. wir hät⸗ten geliebt.
ibe hat⸗tet geliebt. ihr hät⸗tet geliebt.
fie hat⸗ten geliebt. fie hät⸗ten geliebt.
First Future Tense.
I shall love, etc. I shall love, ezc.
ih werd:e lieben. ih werde lieben,
du wirft lieben. bu werbseft lieben.
er wird lieben. er werb=-e lieben.
wir werd⸗en lieben. wir werbsen lieben.
ibe werd-et lieben. iby werd=et lieben.
fie werb-en lieben. fie werd»en lieben.
Second Future Tense.
I shall have loved, etc. I shall have loved, ete.
id werd-e geliebt haben. ih werd-e geliebt haben.
du wirft geliebt haben. bu werbd-eft geliebt haben.
er wird geliebt haben. er werdse geliebt haben,

wir werd⸗en geliebt haben.
iby werd=et geliebt haben.
fie werd»en geliebt haben.

wir werd-en geliebt haben.
iby werd⸗et geliebt haben.
fie werd⸗en geliebt haben,

CONDITIONAL MOOD.

Present Tense.
I would, or I should love, ete.

id würd⸗e lieben,

bu witrd-eft lieben,
er würd⸗e lieben,
wir würd⸗-en lieben,
ibe würdset lieben,
fie würdsen lieben,

66

m

‘
66
66

or ich Tieb-te (Imperf. Subjunc.)
bu Tieb-teft “ “
er lieb⸗te 6 6
wir lieb⸗ten * 66
ihr Tieb« tet 66 66

66

fie lieb⸗ten

§ 141.] REGULAR VERBS. 309

Perfect Tense.
I would, or I should have loved, etc.
id würde geliebt Haben, or ich Hätste geliebt (PL. Subj.)
bu witrd-eft geliebt haben, “ bu hät-teft geliebt “ “
er witrb-e geliebt haben, ‘ er hät-te geliebt “ “
wir würdsen geliebt haben, “ wir hätten geliebt “ “
iby witrd-et geliebt Haben, “„ ibe hät⸗tet geliebt
fie würden geliebt haben, “ fie hät-ten geliebt “ “

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

lieb⸗e (du), love thou. lieben wir, let us love.
liche er, let him love. lieb=et ihr, love you.

Jieb:en fie, let them love.
INFINITIVE MOOD.

Pres. lieb=en, to love. | Perf. geliebt haben, to have loved.
PARTICIPLES.
Pres. Yieb-end, loving. | Perf. geliebt, loved.
§ 141. Table of endings of Regular Verbs:

Imperfect Tense.

Indicative.
ste, ete,
eteft, «eteit,
ste, sete,

Present Tense.

Subjunctive.
ste, sete,
steft, ⸗eteſt,
ste, sete,

. | Imperat,

1 Pers. Sing. | =€,
2 Pers. Sing. | <eft, =ft,
8 Pers. Sing.

se,
⸗e,

1 Pers. Plur. | en, ⸗en,
2 Pers. Plur. | »et, +t,
3 Pers. Plur. | «en. «ent.

Infinit. sen, en. ||

eilt, seit,
set, =t,
seit. sel.

sten, seten,
stet, »etet, stet, setet,
sten. seten. sten. seten.

|| Perf. Part. ge—et, ge—t.

sten, seten,

Pres. Part. send, end.

For the sake of euphony, or of the metre in poetry,
the first € of terminations is frequently dropped.

Rem, 1. Itcan never be dropped, howerer, when the stem of the verb ends
in =), =f, or <git (contracted from ⸗geu).

Rem. 2. The contraction always takes place in =t#, <¢ud, when the stem
ends in ⸗tl or =tr, (In the 1st Pers. Sing. of the Pres. Ind., and in the 2d
Pers. Sing. of the Imperative, the € of the stem is dropped. )

Rem. 3. When the stem ends with a vowel, =€ from ⸗tn is frequently dropped.

Rem. 4. In zeft, the € is not dropped when the stem ends 9, t, 8, ft, 3, Id}.

Rem. 5. The contraction rarely takes place in the subjunctive mood.

310 THE VERB. [8 142, 143.

lieb-en, tolove, lieb-e, oft, +t, ste, geliebst.
fudj-en, to seek, ſuch⸗e, sit, ⸗t, «te, gefuch-t.
reijsen, to travel, reij-e, ⸗eſt, ⸗t, ste, gereisft.
fiſch⸗en, to fish, fiſch⸗e, seit, st, ste, gefiſch⸗t.
bad⸗en, to bathe, bad⸗e, eeſt, eet, ⸗ete, gebad⸗et.
leiteen, to lead, leit⸗e, soft, «et, ete, geleit⸗et.
ſegn⸗ en, to bless, ſegn⸗, seit, «ct, eete,- | gefeguect.

tabel-t, to blame, ta(df)-e, «ft, +t, ste, getabel-t.
wander⸗n, to wander, woan(br)-e, -ft, t, ste | gemwanbert.

4. IRREGULAR VERBS.
(Zeitwörter der ftarfen Konjugation.)

§ 142. The Irregular Verbs (called by German gram-
marians verbs of the Strong or Old Conjugation) are all
native German verbs (except the verbs pfeifen, preifen, and
fhreiben, which are derived from the Latin; sce § 145).

Rem. There are one hundred and ninety-one Irregular Verbs.

§ 143. Irregular Verbs are divided into seven classes,
The classification is based upon the changes which the
radical vowel undergoes in forming the principal parts:

1. Verbs of the first class have a different radical
vowel in each principal part.

2. With verbs of the second, third, and fourth classes, |

the radical vowel of the imperfect only varies from that
of the present. |

3. Verbs of the fifth and sixth classes have the same
vowel in the imperfect tense as in the perfect participle.

4. Verbs of the seventh class are anomalous. They
follow in conjugation partly the laws of regular, and
partly those of irregular verbs.

Rem. The following table represents the changes the radical vowels under-
go in forming the principal parts of the seven classes of irregular verbs.

5144}

IRREGULAR VERBS.

§ 144. Classified list of the Irregular Verbs:

Present. Imperf. Partic.

i(ore), n (or 0),

38d
4th

5th
Gth
7th |

binden,
> finden,
ſchwinden,
winden,
dringen,
gelingen,
kuͤngen,
ringen,
ſchlingen,
ſchwingen,
ſingen,
ſpringen,
zwingen,
ſinken,
ſtinken,
trinken,
beginnen,
gewinnen,
rinnen,
ſinnen,
ſpinnen,
ſchwimmen,
(kommen,

geben,
leſen,
geneſen,
eſſen,
freſſen,
meſſen,
vergeſſen,

u,
te (or t), a.

i (or ie), t or (it).
te(e,etc.), 0,

1. Irregular verbs of the jirst class :

band,
fand,
ſchwand,
wand,
drang,
gelang,
klang,
rang,
ſchlang,
ſchwang,
ſang,
ſprang,
zwang,
ſank,
ſtank,
trank,
begann,
gewann,
rann,
ſann,
ſpann,
ſchwamm,
kam,

a,

a.

0.

gebunden.
gefunden.
geichwunden.
gewunden.
gebrungen.
gelungen.
geflungen.
gerungen.
gefdlungen.
geſchwungen.
geſungen.

geſprungen.

gezwungen.
geſunken.
geſtunken.
getrunken.
begonnen.
gewonnen.
geronnen.
geſonnen.
geſponnen.

geſchwommen.
- gefommen).

Examples.

bind⸗en, band,

geb-en, gab,

balt-en,
beißen, biß,
gieß-en, goß,

hielt,

311

gesbundsen,

gesgeb-en.
ſchlag⸗en, ſchlug, ge⸗ſchlag⸗en.

ge⸗halt⸗en.

ge⸗biſſ⸗en.
ge⸗goſſ⸗en.

2. Irregular verbs of the second class :

gab,
lag,
genas,
aB,
frag,
maß,
vergaß,

gegeben.
gelefen.

genefen.

gegeſſen.
gefreſſen.
gemeſſen.
vergeſſen.

brechen, brach, gebrochen.
ſprechen, ſprach, geſprochen.
ſtechen, ach, geſtochen.
dreſchen, draſch, gedroſchen.
ſterben, ſtarb, geſtorben.
verderben, verdarb, verdorben.
werben, warb, geworben.
werden, waard, geworben (or
werben, wurde, geworden).
bergen, barg, geborgen.
berften, barft, geborften.
gebären, gebar, geboren.
belfen, balf, geholfen.
werfen, warf, geworfen.
treffen, traf, getroffen.
ftecfen, ſtack, geſtochen.
ſchrecken, ſchrack, geſchrocken.
ſtehlen, ſtahl, geſtohlen.
befehlen, befahl, befohlen.
empfehlen, empfahl, empfohlen.
nehmen, nahm, genommen.
gelten, galt, gegolten.
ſchelten, ſchalt geſcholten.
treten, trat, getreten.
ſehen, ſah, geſehen.
geſchehen, geſchah, geſchehen.
(bitten, bat, gebeten.)
(liegen, lag, gelegen.)
(ſitzen, ſaß, geſeſſen.)
(ſein, war, geweſen.)

THE VERB. [§ 144.
3. Irregular verbs of the third class:
baden, buf, gebacken. | flagen, ſchlug, gefchlagen.
fahren, fuhr, gefahren. tragen, trug, getragen.
graben, grub, gegraben. Ichaffen, ſchuf, geſchaffen.
laden, lud, geladen. wachſen, wuchd, gewachſen.
mahlen, (muhl), gemahlen. waſchen, wuſch, gewaſchen.
4. Irregular verbs of the fourth class :
fallen, fiel, gefallen. fangen, fing, gefangen.
halten, hielt, gehalten. bangen, bing, gehangen.
braten, briet, gebraten. (geben, ging, gegangen.)
rathen, rieth, gerathen. laufen, lief, gelaufen.
ſchlafen, ſchlief, geſchlafen. hauen, hieb, gehauen.
blaſen, blies, geblaſen. ſtoßen, ſtieß, geſtoßen.
laſſen, lies, gelaſſen. ruſen, rief, gerufen.
5. Irregular verbs of the fifth class :

beißen, bi, gebiften. leiden, Titt, gelitten.
befleißen, befliß, befliffen. ſchneiden, ſchnitt, geſchnitten.
reißen, riß, geriffen. Tneipen, Tnipp, gefnippen.
ſchleißen, ſchliß, geſchliſſen. bleiben, blieb, geblieben.
ſchmeißen, ſchmiß, geſchmiſſen. reiben, rieb, gerieben.
ſpleißen, ſpliß, geſpliſſen. ſchreiben. ſchricb, geſchrieben.
bleichen, blich, geblichen treiben, trieb, getrieben.
gleichen, glich, geglichen. leihen, lieh, geliehen.
ſchleichen, ſchlich, geſchlichen. ſchreien, ſchrie, geſchrieen.

eichen, ſtrich, geſtrichen. ſpeien, ſpie, geſpieen.
weichen, wid, gewichen. zeihen, sich, gestehen.
greifen, griff, gegriffen. gedeihen, gedieh, gediehen.
keifen, liff, geliffen. meiden, mied, gemieden.
kneifen, kniff, gekniffen. ſcheiden, ſchied, geſchieden.
pfeifen, pfiff, gepfiffen. preiſen, pries, geprieſen.
ſchleifen, ſchliff, geſchliffen. weifen, wied, gewielen.
gleiten, glitt, geglitten. ſchweigen, ſchwieg, geſchwiegen.
reiten, ritt, geritten. ſteigen, ſtieg. geſtiegen.
ſchreiten, ſchritt, geſchritten. ſcheinen, fchien, geſchienen

eiten, ſtritt, geſtritten. (heißen, hieß, gebeißen.)

6. Irregular verbs of the sth class :

gießen, Gf, gegoffen. lügen, log, gelogen.
genießen, genoß, genoffen. trügen, trog, getrogen.
fließen, floß, geflofien. pflegen, pflog, gepflogen.
hießen, ſchoß, geſchoſſen. heben, hob, gehoben.
ſchließen, ſchloß, geſchloſſen. weben, wob, gewoben.
ſprießen, ſproß, gefproffen. ſchaͤren, ſchor, geſchoren.
verdrießen, verdroß, verbroſſen. gaͤhren, gohr, gegohren.
klieben, flob, gefloben. ſchwaͤren, ſchwor, geſchoren.
ſchicben, ſchob, geſchoben. wägen, og, gewogen-

§ 144.] IRREGULAR VERBS. 313
{dnicben, fchnob, geſchnoben. bewegen, bewog, bewogen.
ſtieben, ſtob, geſtoben. fechten, focht, gefochten.
bieten, bot, geboten. flechten, flocht, geflochten.
ſieden, ſott, geſotten. melken, molk, gemolken.
biegen, bog, gebogen. ſchmelzen, ſchmolz, geſchmolzen.
fliegen, flog, geflogen. fchwellen ſchwoll, geſchwollen.
wiegen, wog, gewogen. quellen, quoll⸗ gequollen.
kriechen, kroch, gekrochen. ſchallen, ſcholl⸗ geſchollen.
riechen, roch, gerochen. ſaufen, foff, gefoffen.
fliegen, flog, geflohen. faugen, fog, gefogen.
sichen, 308, gezogen. fdrauben, ſchrob, geichroben.
; fror, gefroren. fchwören, ſchwor, geſchworen.
verlieren, verlor, verloren. erlöſchen, erloſch, erloſchen.
triefen, troff, getroffen. (dingen, dung, gedungen.)
klimmen, klomm, geklommen. (ſchinden, ſchund, geſchunden.)
glimmen, glomm, geglommen. (ſtehen, ſtand, geſtanden.)
beklemmen, beklomm, beklommen. (thun, that, gethan.)
T. Irregular verbs of the seventh class :

haben, hatte, gehabt. bringen, brachte, gebracht,
follen, follte, geſollt. denken, dachte, gedacht.
wollen, wollte, gewollt. brennen, brannte, gebrannt.
können, konnte, gekonnt. kennen, kannte, gekannt.
mögen, mochte, gemocht. nennen, nannte, genannt.
dürfen, durfte, gedurft. rennen, rannte, gerannt.
müffen, mußte, gemußt. fenden, fandte, geſandt.
wifien, mußte, gemußt. wenden, wandte, gewandt.

Rem. 1. To avoid the necessity of multiplying the classes, the verbs foms»
men, bitten, Tiegen, fitsert, fein, gehen, heißen, Dingen, finden, gehen, thun, are
placed under those of the above seven classes, where, by the analogy of vo-
cal changes in forming the principal parts, they seem most appropriately to
belong.

Rem. 2, The simple verbs from which the compound verbs given in the
above list (be⸗ginnen, besfleißen, be-Hemmen, bewegen, emp-feblen, er⸗löſchen,
geslingen, ge-winnen, ge-baren, ge-nefer, ge⸗ſchehen, ge-deihen, gesnießen, vers
berben, ver⸗geſſen, ver-briefen, verslieren) are derived, are now either antiqua-
ted, or provincial (as winnen), or are entirely obsolete (as O.-G. nésan).

Rem. 3. Some of the irregular verbs are also used as regular in the whole
conjugation (as Jaden, braten) or in part of the conjugation (as braten, gäh-
ren).

Rem. 4. Many of the German verbs are allied to words in other branches
of the Indo-European languages, as the Latin, Greek, and Sanscrit.

Rem. 5. For these and other features of the individual verbs, see the notes
o the following alphabetical list of irregular verbs:

314 THE VERB. [$ 145.

% $ 145. Älphabetical List

—

No. . 2d and 8d Pers. Sing. | Imperfect Im ect

Class Present Infinitive. | of Present Indi ru — Subpunctive
8. | Bacten,' to bake. X bad, bäckt, but, 7 | biite,
1. | Befeblen,2 to command. | sfiehlit, =fiehlt, —73 bejöhle,
5. | Befleißen, to apply. [rot given when‘! | beflip, befliſſe,
1. | Beginnen,* to begin. formed | | begann, - | begälorä)nne,
5. | Betpen, to bite. regularly. | big, bilfe,
6. | * Beflemmen, to press. —— beflomm, | betlemmete,
1. | * Bergen,* to conceal. birgſt, birgt, barg, bärge, .
1. | * Beriten, to burst. birjteft, birſt, ba(o)rft, | ba(o)rite,
6. | * Bewegen, to induce. —— | betog, bewoge,
6. Biegen, to bend. — bog, böge,
6. | Bieten, to bid. — — bot, böte,
1. | Binden, to bind. band, bande,
2. | Bitten, to beg. bat, bate,
4. Blafen,? to blow. bläfeft, blaf(e)t, blied, blieſe,
5. | Bleiben,® to remain, - blieb, bliebe,
5. | Bleichen,? to fade. blich, bliche,
4. ) Braten, to roust. * brätft, brat, * brict, bricte,
1. | Breden,?° to break. brichſt, bricht, brad, hräche,
7. | Brennen, to burn. brannte, | brennete,
7. | Bringen, to bring. — brachte, | brächte,
7. | * Denken, to think. — — Dachte, Bächte,
6. | Dingen, to hire. - bung, Dünge,
1. Dreihen, to thrash. driſcheſt, driſcht, bra(o)fd, | Drätö)fche,
1. | Dringen, to press. —— drang, dräcühnge,
7. | Dürfen, to be permitted. (id! „darfſt, darf, durfie, dürfte,
1. | Empfehlen,torecommend| -fi |, sfichlt, empichl, | empfähle,
2. | Eijen,!? to eat. ij ipt, af, ape,
3. | Fahren, to ride. fa, fährt, fuhr, führe,
4. | Ballen, to fall. ié allt, ficl, fiele,
4. | Fangen,!* to catch. aq faängt, fing, finge,
6. | Sedten, to fight. fic ſt, ficht, ocht, rare
1. | Finden, to find. and, Ande,

4 6. Hledten,15 to braid. flicht(e) ft flichtcet), | floct, flöchte,

6. | Fliegen, to fly. flog, floge,
6. fliehen, to flee. — Ph
6. — to flow. = — floß, flo ye
2. | Srelfen,!? to devour. friffeft, frißt, rap, % 6,
6. | Frieren,!® to freeze. — oY, Ore,
6. | Gähren, to ferment. * gobr, göhre,
1. | Gebdren, to bear. | sbiereft, =biert, gebar, gebäre,
2. | Geben, to give. giebt, giebt, gab, gäbe,

%5. | Gedeihen, to thrive. gedieh, | gebiche,
4. | Gehen, to go. ging, ginge,
1. | Gelingen,!? to succeed. ——— | gelang, | gelänge,
1. | Gelten, to be worth. giltſt, gilt, galt, gälte,
2. | Genefen, to recover. — ——_ | genaé, gendfe,
6. | Genießen, to enjoy. — | gen, genoſſe,
2. | Geichehen,!? to happen. geichieht, | geſchah, geſchaͤhe,
1. | Getwinnen,2° to win. — ———_ | gewann, | gemanne,
6. | Gieben,2! to pour. — —— goß, göſſe,
5. | Sleichen,?? to resemble. — — glich, glide,
5. | Gleiten,?* to glide. glitt, glitte,

* The asterisk indicates that the whole verb (or the

8145.) IRREGULAR VERBS. 315

of the Irreghlar Verbs.
Imperative] Perfect
Hood. | Participle, Remarks.

befehl, — Rem. 1. The following verbs in the sixth class, biegen,
belleife, | b cater: ar Tee — — genießen, gießen, riechen, Lüge,
beginne, | degonnen. ‚ \pttepen, triefen, verbrießen, ziehen, formerly had
bets gebiffen. ’ parallel forms in ew in the 2d and 8d pers. sing. of the
beflem me, | beflo miner pres. ind., and in the imperative (as du beutft, er beut;
bina, geborgen. * |beut) ; these forms are now only used in poetry.
birt geboriten. Rem, 2. Final e of the imperative of some verbs, as bics
bewege, | bewogen: gen, bieten, blaien, is dropped by some writers.
bieg(e), | gebogen: tem. 3. Some verbs (as berften, drefchen, etc.) have two
— —— or more forms in the imperfect indicative or subjunctive.
inde, gehunden. ñ — — — — ———
bitte, gebeten — Remarks on the Individual Verbe.
blaj(e), | geblafen. ! Backen is also regular except in participle; itis allied
bleib(e), | geblieben. to Gr. dwyeıv, to roast, and Latin focus (a fireplace).
en Ben ? First appeared in the 15th century; from Gothic filhan,
brik” ; bio den. * From 0.-G. kinan, to yawn, open. [0.-G. felahan.
brenne, gebrannt. * From bergen are derived der Berg, tie Burg.
bring(e), | gebracht. 5 Regular when meaning “to move from a place.”
denfe, gedacht. * Allied to Sans. bhug, Gr. pevyeww, Lat. fugere ; from it
bing, . | gedungen. are derived Bogen, bow; Bucht, bight (und the French
driſch, gebrojden, | boꝛger, English budge).
bring(e), gerungen 7 Compare English blast, blaze.
— ee 2 Related to Gr. Asie, Lat. linquere ; comp. Eng. leave.
‘= — Tho derivative bleichen, to bleach, is regular.

’ e ‘
fahre), a 10 Allied to Lat. frangere, Gr. pnyvuuı.
Bu ge Il Sometimes used as regular, except in the participle.
ang(e), | ge 12 M.-G. ézzen,0.-G. titan, Ang.-Sax. etan, Eng. eat (allied to
t, ge Lat. edere,Gr. £öew, Sans.ad, Kelt. ith) ; comp.Eng. etch,
nd(e), | ge 13 In the 16th cent., the participle was formed regularly,
flidt, ge geeflen (yet existing in some dialects); this was con-
flieg, ge‘ tracted geffen; in the 17th cent. another ges was added
flied(e), Be by false analogy, hence the double prefix in gegeffen.
es (e) I! Comp. Eng. fang (and the obsolete verb to fang).
. er(e)s ge * nn iain plectere ( — ahikew; from the
ähr(e ge | root of flechten comes also Flachs, flaz.
le I ge. '& From the same ultimate root (beginning with jt) as flics
gieb, ge, gen, fliehen, efc. ; allied to Lat. fluere ( pluere), fluvium
gedeib(e), | gel. — Gr. mAvvew (to wash), Sans. plu (to flow).
gehe, gegangen. rom fließen comes Glut (compare English floss).
(wanting),| gelungen. |!” Contracted from ver-effen.
gilt, gegolten. |18 The original 8 (friefen) is yet preserved in some dia-
genefe, | genefen. lects ; it appears in Froft.

genieß(e), | genofjen. [rs Only used in the third person (e$ gelingt, etc. ).

a: — 2° The simple form (M.-G. winnen, 0.-G. winnan) is obso-
gieB(e), | gegoffen. * 12" Allied to Gr. yveuw, to pour. [lete.
gletdy, geglichen. |”, From gleich, a contraction of g'leid (from lin, like).

gleite, gelitten. 23 From the same root comes glatt (smooth) ; and En-
part to which it is attached) is also conjugated regularly.

316

No.of
Class.

— —

ea

of

e

e

4

tf.

PDP ED TH ATE BN GG TH LOO OU GO HD Te OE TOT OK

&

ys
PT ST

e

E

++:
FAD Oe

oe

Present Infinitive.

THE VERB.

2d and 3d Pers. Sing

[§ 145.

Alphabetical List of the

mperfect
ndicative. Subjunctive.

Imperfect .

— — — — ——— — — — — — — — —
— — — — — — A

* Glimmen,' to glimmer.
Graben, ? to dig.
Greifen, to grasp.
Saben,? to have.
Halten,* to hold.
Hangen, to hang.

* Hauen,° to hew.-
Heben,® to heave, lift.
Heißen, to command.
Helfen,” to help.

* Keifen, to chide. ©
Kennen,® to know.

* Klieben,“ to cleave.
Klimmen, to climb.
— to sound.
Page | to pinch.
Kommen, to come.

af Present Indicat.
grdbjt, gräbt,
haft, bat,
ent a
angft, ängt,
Hilfft, Hilft,

— ——
— D Dͤ —
— ——
—
— —
— —

Können,!? to be able (can). (ich kann),

Striechen, to creep. -
Laden,'> to load.
Laſſen, to let.
Raufen,!*to run,
Leiden, to suffer.
Reihen, to loan.
Vejen, to read.
Liegen,' to lie.

* Löſchen, is to extinguish.

Lügen, to lie.

* Mabhlen,'’ to grind.
Meiden, to avoid.

* Melfen,'® to milk.
Meifen,!? to measure.

kannſt, fant,
largt, lädt,*
läßt, läßt,
läufft, läuft,
liefeft, lieſt,
liſcheſt, Licht,
milfcft, milkſt,
miſſeſt, mißt,

Migen,2° to be permitted. (ich mag), magſt, mag,
; (ih muB), mußt, muß,
nimmft, nimmt,

Müſſen, to be obliged. |
Nehmen,?! to take.
Nennen,?! to name.”
Pfeifen,2? to whistle.

* Pflegen, to cherish.
Pretfen,?? to praise.

Quellen,** to spring forth

Rathen, to advise.
Reiben, to rub.
Reifen,25 to tear.
Reiten,2° to ride.
Nennen, to run...
Riechen, 2? to smell.
Ringen,2® to wrestle.
Rinnen,2® to run.
Rufen, to call.
Saufen,?’ to soak.
* Saugen,*! to suck.
* Schaffen,?? to create.

* Scallen,?? to resound.

|

|

glomm,
grub,
griff,
hatte,
iR It,
hing,
ieb, -

glomme,
grübe,
gegriffen,
hätte,
bielte,
hinge,
Babe
öbe,
bieße,
haͤlſe,
kiffe,
kennete,
klöbe,
Homme,
Hänge,
kniffe,
knippe,
käme,
fonnte,
dhe,
lüde,
ließe,
Tiefe,
litte,
liebe,
laje,
läge,
löſche,
löge,
mahlete,
miede,
mölke,
maͤße,
möchte,
müßte,
nähme,
nennete,
pfiffe,
pflöge,
priete,
quölle,
ricthe,
riebe,
riffe,

rennete,
rode ⸗
range,
rd(o)nne,
riefe,
N öffe,
öge,
ſufe
ſchölle,

§ 145.]

IRREGULAR VERBS. 317

Irregular Verbs (continued).

Imperative
Mood.

glimme,
grabe,
greife,
habe,
halte),
bang'e‘,
au(e),
eb(e),
eiBCe),

tly,
feif(e),
fenne,
klieb(e),
klimme,
klinge,
kneife,
kneipe,
komm(e),
(wanting),
trieh/e)
lad(e),
laß,
lauf{e),
leidie 7
leih(e),
lied,
liege, .
liſch,
lüge,
mahle,
meid(e),
milk,
miß,
(wanting),

nimm,
nenne,
pfeifie),
tt
pret}(e),
quill,
rathe,
reibce),
reiB(e),
reit e),

Perfect
Participle. |
eglommen. | gli j ing ¢
es glish gee (smooth, bright) and glade, opening in the
ge 1 The provincial glum, glumig, Eng. gloom, gl
ge (and Anglo-Saxon glim, twilight), are Gow the —
ge root as glimmen, to glimmer.
ra : oe Sr grade to — from graben are de-
ra ave; ber Graben, ditch; bi i
er i Hence bie abe, posscasion ; ber Safen, Aen; Banbbahen
+ : nn balten is the interjection halt! halt! stop! [is reg.
ence die Hacke, hoe; bad Heu, hay ; der Bieb, b
rf ; Hence ber Hebel, tever ; der Sobel, plane, en
ge i Hence Helferdhelfer ; die Hilfe, hilflos, beholfen, etc.
geflommen Allied to Lat. genui; Gr. yevvar.
geflungen. ® Mostly provincial. From flieben are derived der Klo»
gefniffen. ben, pulley ; die Kluft, cleft ; die Kluppe, pincers.
gefnippen. . Allied to, if not der. from Lat. clangere (Gr. xAdyyeır).
gefommen. - Kucifen has come into the High-German from the Up-
gefonnt. per-German, fneipen from the Lower-German dialects,
gefroden. |'” Allied to tennen. From the same root are fund, Die
geladen. Kunft, dad Kind, der König.
gelaffen. = Laden, to invite, is regular, is from a different root, and
gelaufen. u Compare English leap, lope. [is allied to Gr. kakeiv.
gelitten. a Hence legen, to lay x bie Qage, site; dad Lager, the camp.
geliehen. i Now used mostly in compounds.
gelefen. Wahlen is regular except in the participle. The im-
gelegen: perf. is reg. inthe N.-G. The irreg. form mubl (from
geloſchen. M.-G. muol) is now only provincial.
gelogen: 28 a ged — From the same root are bie
gemahlen. , milk, and die Molke, whey.
— 18 nn dad Mafl, — Meſſen is allied to Sans.
. ma; Gr. u£rpov; Lat. metrum (meter), from metire (to
gemeffen. measure); also to Lat. modus. Compare English —
gemocht. 20 From mögen are möglich, possible ; bie Wacht, might.
gemußt. 21 Nehmen and nennen are from the same ultimate root
genommen. as ber Name, name (allied to Lat. nomen; Gr. övona ;
a es Slav. imja ; Sans. ndman). :
Seo fre, 22 Not found before Mid.-Ger. ; derived from Latin pi-
: daly pare (to peep [said of birds], in Low Latin to whistle).
gequollen 23 From Low Latin preciare (from Latin pretium, price).
rather * |2* Ginquellen is regular.
gerieben. z —— der Reiz, charm; ber Riff, rent; die Ritze, rift.
titer. erciten, fo ride over, is regular (not to be conf
geriffen with bereiten, to pre ie on — rea en
geritten. prep ‚ ready).
* gerannt. 37 From riechen come der Geruch, odor ; ber Rauch, smoke.
gerochen. os From ber Ning; it signifies also to wring (clothes).
gerungen. |?’ As of fluids. Hence rennen, to run; die Rinne, gutter.
geronnen. |?° Hence bie Suppe, soup; compare English sop.
gerufen. a Allied to Latin sugere (lo suck) and succus (juice).
geioffen. 22 With other significations, fdaffen is regular. From it
gelogen. is derived fehöpfen, to create ; compare English shape.
geichaffen. 22 Hence die Schelle, a small dell, and ter Schilling, shil-

geſchollen. ling (sounding metal).

318 THE VERB. [$ 145.

Alphabetical List of the
han .
Class. |

MRAAAAAAAAAARM * KAMM KAM * KAAAAAAAAAL|

* Senden, to send. .— i fandte, fendete.

Sieben, to seethe, boil. — — ott, fötte,
Singen, to sing. — — ang, jänge,
Sinfen, to sink. — —— anf, änfe,
Sinnen, to muse. — ann, dnne,
Sipen,?® to sit. aß, äße,
Sollen, to be obliged. (ich foll), follft, fol, | Yollte, follte,
Speien, to spit. pie, fpiee,
Spinnen,?° to spin. —- pann, panne,
Spieißen,?! to split. — pliß, pliffe,
Sites to speak. fprichft, ſpricht, pracy, prade,
Sprieben,** to sprout. prog, a ſe,
Springen,?* to spring. — —— fprang, pränge,
Stechen,?° to stick. flich(t, ſticht, ad), ftäche,

* Steden,?° to stick. — — af, ſtaͤke,

Steben,?? to stand. ftand ftände,

Steblen, to steal. ſtiehlſt, ſtiehlt, ftabl, ftähle,
Steigen, to mount. eg, iege,
Sterben,?® to die. ſtirbſt, ſtirbt, arb, urbe,
Stieben,2? to fly (as dust.) — ftob, öbe,

Stinfen, to stink. ftanf, dnfe,

‚to hit. t, ’ ieße,
— 45 ican: aid lade ne, hia

e e s e a . e [2 a e a e e e e e i t e [2 [2 [2 eo e e e e . e ® e ® L e e e e e s e e e e

§ 145.]

Dei 37
eee

ftede,
ftebe,
ſtiehl,
fteig(e),
fterbe(e),
a
ink(e),
ftoB(e),
ſtreich(e),

— af

Irregular Verbs (continued).
—— Remarks,

a. Dae |

alas

gelprungen.

geftochen.
geſtocken.
geſtanden.
geſtohlen.
geſtiegen.
geſtorben.
geſtoben.
geſtunken.
geſtoßen.
geſtrichen.

IRREGULAR VERBS. 319

| 1 Regular as an active verb; allied to Latin sci(n)do,

Gr. oxiTew. From fıheiden is derived ter Scheitel, top
of the head (where the hair is parted).

2 From {deren are bie Schaar, division, troop; bie Schar,
(plough) share; allied to fcharf, sharp.

3 Hence Me Schüppe (and bie Schaufel), shovel.

* Compare English skin.

5 Hence ber Schlag, blow; die Schlacht, batile ; compare
English slay.

6 Reg. when meaning todrag along, demolish ; comp. Eng.
slip ; ſchleifen is allied (in Zi) to ſchleichen, gleichen, gleiten.

? Regular when intransitive.

5 Hence tie Schlange, snake.

® Regular when active.

10 Reg. when trans. ; irreg. when intransitive (to be alarm.
ed); more usually employed in compounds, as erſchrecken.

‘" From Lat. scribere (to write); hence die Schrift, writing.

18 Hence der Schwall, swelling (of the sea); tit Schwelle,
(door) sill , ber Schwulft, bombast.

13 Honce der Schwamm, aponge ; ber Sumpf, swanrp.

14 Honce die Schwindfudt, consumption.

'j15 Hence die Schwinge, winnow.

16 Hence der Schwur, oath.

„|17 Hence die Sicht, sight ; bad Geficht, face.

1.{'8 See § 138 Zen.

19 Hence jegen, fo sct; Ser Scffcl, chair; der Sig, seat;
der Sag, sentence. Allied to Latin sedere ; Greek (Ze ;
Russian sidjet’; Sanscrit sad.

2° Hence die Spintel, spindle, distaff ; dad Gefpinnft, yarn
(whatever is spun); die Spinne, spider ; fpannen, to span.

21 Hence ber Splitter, splinter ; Me Spalte, column.

22 Hence tie Sprache, language; der Spruch, adage.

23 Hence der Sproffe, sprout; die Sproffe, round of a
ladder.

24 Hence tie Springanelle, spring ; der Sprung, leap ; der
Urfprung, origin.

25 Hence ter Stich, stab; ter Stichel, durin; der Stachel,
sting (tie Stachelbeere, gooseberry) ; dab Stück, piece ;
ber Sto, cane; die Stange, stake ; ftechen is allied to
ftiefen, to embroider. ;

36 Regular when transitive; regular or irregular when
intransitive.

27 Hence der Stand, condition, bie Stunde, hour; die
Statt, stead; die Stadt, city; ber Stadel (Stall,
stable ; ber Stollen, support; der Stuhl, chair ; fügen,
to support ; ftellen, to place ; ftät, steady; ftetö, continu-
ally. Stehen is allied to Latin stare,; Greek ioravuı;
Slavic stati ;, Sanscrit sthd.

28 Compare English to starve.

29 Hence ber Staub, dust.

320 . THE VERB. [$ 145.

Alphabetical List of the
. 2d and Bd Pers. Sing. | Im ect Im ect
Present Infinitive. of Present Indicate | Inchonttoe. —
5. | Streiten, to contest. = ftritt, ſtritte,
6. | Thun,! to do. thuft, thut, that, thäte,
3. | Zragen,? to carry. trdgft, trägt, mu trüge,
1. | Treffen, to bit. keit, it traf, träfe,
5. | Treiben, to drive. trieb, triebe,
2. | Treten, to tread. trittſt, tritt, trat, träte,
6. | Zriefen,’to drop. — — troff, tröffe,
1. | Trinfen,* to drink. tränfe,
6. | Trügen, to deceive. tröge,
1. | * Berderben,* to spoil. sbirbft, ⸗dirbt, verbarb, | verdiirbe,
6. | Berdrießen, to vex. es verdroß) es verbroffe,
2. | Bergeflen,‘ to forget. egiifeft, -gißt, vergaß, | vergäße,
6. | Berlieren,? to lose. verlor, verlöre,
3. | Wachfen,® to grow. wächieft, wächft, | wus, | wüchie, Ex
6. | Wägen, to weigh. — - wog, möge,
3. Waſchen, to wash. wafdheft, waͤſcht, wu, würde,
6. | * Weben, to weave. — wob, webe,
5. | Weichen,’ to yield. — wich, voiche,
5. | Weijen,?! to show. - { wiele,
7. | * Wenden,?2 to turn. wenbete,
1. | Werben, to sue for. wirbft, wirbt, warb, würbe,
1. | Werden,!? to become. wirft, wird, Bu er würde,
i : ward),
1. | Werfen, to throw. wirfft, wirft, warf, würfe,
6. | Wiegen, to weigh. - 100, wöge,
1- | Winden, to wind. . wand, wänbe,
7. | Willen,'* to know. (ich weiß), weißt, weiß.| mußte, wüßte,
7. | Wollen, to be willing. (ich will), willft, will, | wollte, wollte,
5. | Zeihen, to accuse. sich, aiche,
6. | Bichen,!? to draw. 309, zöge,
1. | Ziwingen,!® to force. — — zwang, - | zmänge,
§ 146. Table of endings of Irregular Verbs.

Present Tense.

se , ste,
sft, steft,
set, ete,

1 Pers. Sing. st, ⸗e, | #€,
2 Pers. Sing. | -eft, -ft, | -eft,
3 Pers. Sing. eet, et, | +@,

1 Pers. Plur. | -en, -en, | »en, seh, sten,
2 Pers, Plur. | =et, =t, | eet, set, «tet,

3 Pers. Plur. | en, sen, | sen, sen, «ten.

Infinit. een, en. | Pres. Part. »end,nd. || Perf. Part. ge—en, ge—t. |

Rem. 1. The € is dropped from the terminations =eft, and =€t of the second
and third person singular of the present indicative, when the radical vowel is
changed (€ to i or i¢; or a to i): ich Tpredhe, du ſprichſt, er ſpricht.

§ 146.]

IRREGULAR VERBS, 321

Irregular Verbs (continued).

Imperative| Perfect
Mood Partiviple. Remarks.
. | Teen ñ
ftreit(e), | geftritten. | * Hence die That, deed ; der Thäter, doer ; thätig, active ;
us, gethan. thunlich, feasible. In many dialects thun is used as auxilia-
nine un den : tf asin English : Er that nicht fommen, he did not come.
’ getroffen. ence die Tracht, costume, and bad Getreide in.
treib(e), getrieben. derivative verbs beantragen, and af (icin bee
tritt, getreten. Antrag and ber Auftrag) are regular.
ee En 5 Hence bie Zraufe, trough ; der Tropfen, drop. [drunken.
trüge, getrogen. * |4 Hence ber Tran, drink ; ertrinfen, to drown ; betrunten,
verdirb, | verdorben, 5 The simple verb berben is yet used in the Bavar. dialect.
(obsolete), * verbroffen. 6 Compare the English verb get.
vergiß⸗ vergeſſen. 7 The original 8 of verlieren (Goth. fraliusan ; 0.-G. far-
verliere, | verloren. liosan ; M.-G. verliesen ; N.-G. verlieren) appears in the
wade, | gewachien. | adjective Io8, loose ; and the noun der Veriuft, loss,
wage, les ® Compare the English verb to waz (and wane).
ene getval si * Hence bie Wäſche, washing.
weid(e), ine : ence wen en weichen [reg.], to soften).
weile, gewiejen. |,. ’ —
wende, gewandt, Hence die Wand, wall ; tad Gewand, raiment ; gewandt,
wirb, geworben. dexterous ; bie Leinwand, linen ; tie Winde, windlass ;
werbe, getvorben. wenten, fo turn ; wandern, to wander; die Bunte, wound,
13 Allied to Latin vertere, and to «wärt® (English -ward).
wirf, geworfen. |'* Allied to Lat. videre ; Gr. idsiv ; Sans. wid. From wiffen
wiene, gewogen. are derived gewiß, certain ; dad Gewiflen, conscience ;
winde, gewunden. Die Wiſſenſchaft, science ; der Wik, wit.
wiſſe, gewußt. is Hence der Zug, draft, train, der Zügel, reins, bridle ;
wolle, gewollt. die Zucht, rearing ; sucten, to jerk ; slicken, to draw (as a
zeihe, geziehen. sword) ; entzücken, to charm; ber Herzog (der mit dem
sieh, gezogen. Hecre audszieht = Heerführer), duke. [mals).
gezwungen. 1° Hence der Swang, violence ; der Swinger, cage (for ani-

zwinge,

(ENDINGS OF IkREGULAR VERBS—continued).

Exc. The € is usually retained in <¢ft, when the radical syllable ends in :$,
=f, =f, -[ch, =3: as ich leſe, du lieſeſt, er lieſt.

Rem. 2. The full forms -¢ft and =€t must be used in the indicative when tho
ttem ends in d or t,

With other verbs also the full forms are often used.

Rem. 3. The € is dropped from the imperative of all verbs that in that
mood change the radical vowel € to j or ei: inf. nehmen; inp. nimm.

Rem. 4. Some of the best German grammarians prefer that the final =€
should always be dropped from the imperative of many verbs that do not
change the radical vowel. But the general usage is in favor of its retention,
though it is often dropped in poetry.

Rem. 5. The € of et and -¢nd can only be dropped when these endings
follow a vowel or a silent h: verftehn, geſehn.
O2

822 THE VERB. [$ 147.

§ 147. Conjugation of the Irregular Verb flogen, to
strike (having haben for its auxiliary):
Principal Parts: ſchlag⸗en, ſchlug, ge-Ichlag:en.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

id) {djlag-e, I strike.
bu ſchläg⸗ſt,

wir ſchlag-en, we strike.
ihr ſchlag⸗t, you strike.
fie ſchlag⸗en, they strike.

thou strikest.
er {dlag-t, he strikes,

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

Present Tense.

ih flag, I strike.*
bu ſchlag-eſt, thou strikest.
er jhlag-e, he strikes.
wir fhlag-en, we strike.
iby ſchlag⸗-et, you strike.
fie ſchlag-en, they strike.

Imperfect Tense.

id ſchlug, I struck.
bu ſchlug⸗ſt, thou struckest.
er ſchlug, he struck.
wir [hlug=en, we struck.
_ iby ſchlug⸗t, you struck.
fie ſchlug⸗Een, they struck.
Ä Perfect Tense.

I have struck, etc.

ih hab⸗e geidlagen.
du Haft gefdlagen.
er hat gefdlagen.
wir bab-en gefdlagen.
ibe hab⸗t gefhlagen.
fie hab-en geihlagen.

id) fdliig-e,; I struck.
bu ſchlüg-eſt, thou struckest.
er ſchlüg-e, he struck.
wir [hlüg-en, we struck.
iby ſchlüg-et, you struck.
fie ſchlüg-en, they struck.

I have struck, ete.
ih hab⸗e gefdlagen.
tu hab⸗eſt geſchlagen.
er hab⸗e geſchlagen.
wir hab⸗en geſchlagen.
ihr hab⸗et geſchlagen.
ſie hab⸗en geſchlagen.

Pluperfect Tense.

I had struck, etc. -
ih Hat-te geſchlagen.
bu bat-teft geſchlagen.
er bat-te gefdlagen.
wir hat-ten geichlagen.
iby hat⸗tet gefdlagen.
fie bat-ten geſchlagen.

I had struck, etc.
ih Hat-te geſchlagen.
bu Hat-teft geſchlagen.
er hät⸗te geihlagen.
wir hät-ten geſchlagen.
iby hät⸗tet geſchlagen.
fie hät⸗-ten geſchlagen.

First Future Tense.

I shall strike, etc.
id werd-e ſchlagen.
bu wirft ſchlagen.
er wird ſchlagen.

wir werd-en ſchlagen.
iby werb=et ſchlagen.
fie werdsen ſchlagen.

I shall strike, etc.
ih werd-e ſchlagen.
bu werd-eft fdlagen.
er werd⸗e Schlagen.
wir werd-en ſchlagen.
ihr werd=-et ſchlagen.
fie werd-en ſchlagen.

-

* See Subjunctive Mood, § 124.

§ 147.]

IRREGULAR VERBS.

323

Second Future Tense.

I shall have struck, etc.
werd-¢
wirft
wird

id)
du
er
wir
ihr

fie

geſchlagen haben.
geichlagen haben.
geichlagen haben.
werd-en gefdlagen haben.
werd=et geichlagen haben,
werd-en geichlagen haben.

I shali have struck, etc.
ih werd-e gefdlagen haben.
bi werd-eft geichlagen haben.
er werd<e geichlagen haben.
wir werd-en gefdlagen haben,
iby werb-ct geichlagen haben.
fie werd⸗en gefchlagen haben.

CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Present Tense.
I would or should strike, etc.

id wiird-e ſchlagen,

du würd=-eit jdlagen,
er würd-e jfdlagen,
wir witrd-en ſchlagen,
iby witrd-ct fdlagen,
fie witrd-en ſchlagen,

66

id) ſchlüg⸗e
bu ſchlüg⸗-eſt
ex ſchlüg⸗e id er

(Imperf. Subj.).
66 ö “

wir fhlüg:en “ e

ibe Shlüg-et © si
fie {hlüg-en 66 “

Perfect Tense.
I would or should have struck, etc.

ih witrd-¢
bu würd=eft gefdlagen haben,
er würd⸗e gefdlagen haben,
wir wiürdsen gefdlagen haben,
ihr würdset geichlagen haben,
fie würd⸗-en gefchlagen haben,

geihlagen haben, or

6“
66
[I
“cs
6é

ih hät⸗te
bu bate teft gefdlagen

geſchlagen (Pi L, Subj. is
er hät⸗te geſchlagen “ *

wir hät-tengeihlagn *
ihr hät⸗tet gefhlagen *

fie Hät-tem geſchlagen * ‘*

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

ſchlag⸗e (du), strike thou.
ſchlag⸗e er, let him strike.

ſchlag⸗en wir, let us strike.
ſchlag⸗et (ihr), strike you.
ſchlag⸗en fie, let them strike.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Pres. ſchlag⸗en, to strike. -

Perf. geſchlagen haben, to have
struck.

PARTICIPLES.

Pres. {djlag=end, striking.

Perf. geſchlagen, struck.

324

THE VERB.

iS 148.

§ 148. Conjugation of the Irregular Verb fommen, te
come (having {ein for its auxiliary) :
Principal Parts: fommen, faut, gefommen.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

Present Tense.

ih fomm-e, I come.

du fommeft, thou comest.

er komm⸗t, he comes.
wir komm⸗en, we come.

ify fomm-t, you come.

fe fonım=en, they come. |

id Tomm:ee, I come.*
bu fomm- eft, thou comest.
er fomm-et, he comes,
wir fomm=en, we come.
ihr fomm=et, you come.
fie fomm-eu, they come.

Imperfect Tense.

ih fant, I came.
bu fam-ft, thou camest.
er fant, he came.

wir Tam=en, we came.
thy fam-t, you came.
fie fam-en, they came.

id) lant-e, I came,
bu fam- eft, thou camest
ee fam-e, he came.
wir fäm-en, we came.
iby fam-et, you came.
fie fam-en, they came,

Perfect Tense.

I have come, etc.
1% bin gelommen.
bu bift gefommen.
er ijt gelommen.
wir find gefommen.
iby feid gefommen.
fie find gefommen.

I have come, etc.

ih fei gelommen.
bu fei-eftgelommen.
er fei gefommen.

wir fei-en gefommen.
ihr fei-et gelommen.
fie fei-en gefommen.

Pluperfect Tense.

I had come, etc.

1d) war gelommten.
bu wart gefommen.
er war gefommen.

wir war-en gefommen.
iby war-t gefommen.
fie war-en gefommen.

I had come, ete.
id. war-e gelommen.
bu wär-eftgelommen,
er wär-e gefommen,
wir wär-en gefommen,
iby wär⸗et gelommen
fie wär-en gefommen

First Future Tense.

I shall come, etc.

ih werd-e Tommen.
du wirft fommet.
er wird fommen.

wir werd-en fommen.
iby werbd-et fommen.
fie werbeen fommen.

I shall come, etc.
ih werd-¢ Tommen.
bu werd-eftfommen.
er werdb-e fommen.
wir werd=-en fommen.
ibe werd-et fommen „
fie werb-en fommen,

eee

* See Subjunctive Mood, § 124.

§ 148.] IRREGULAR VERBS. 325

Second Future Tense.

I shall have come, etc.
id) werd-¢ gekommen fein.
bit wirft gefommen fein.
er wird gefommen fein.
wir werd-en gelommen fein.
iby werd -et gefommen fein.

I shall have come, etc.
id) werd-e gekommen fein.
bu werd -eft gefommen fein,
er werd⸗e gefommen fein.
wir werd-en gefommen fein. ’
iby werd=et gefommen fein,

fie werbd-en gefommen fein. fie werd=-en gelommen fein,

CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Present Tense.
I would or should come, ete.
ic ut ‘ u. or . amet a (Imperf. Subj.).
u witrd-eft fommen u time
er Bar fommen, oe tame = ce
wir witrd-en fommen, “ wir fim-en “ es
iby witrd-et fommen, “ iby fäm-et ai te
fie witrb-en fommen, “ fie fäm-en “ *
Perfect Tense.
I J would or should have come, etc.
ih wilrd-e gelommen fein, or ih wäre gelommen (Pl. Sub.),
bu witrd-eft gefommen fein, “ du wär-eft gefommen
er würd-e gefommen fein, “6 er wär⸗e gelommen
wir witrd-en gefommen fein, “ wir wär⸗-en gefommen * “*
iby würd-et gefommen fein, “ ibe wär-et gefommen “
fie würd-en gefommen fein, “S fie wär-ewgefommen * “
IMPERATIVE MOOD.

Tomm=e (bu), come thou. fonım=en wir, let us come.
fomm-e er, let him come. komm⸗t (ihr), come you.
fomm=en fie, let them come.

. INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. fomm=en, to come. | Perf. gelommen fein, to have ccma

PARTICIPLES.
Pres. Iomm- end, coming. | Perf. gefommen, come.

~~

nw

326 THE VERB. [$ 149-151.

»5. COMPOUND VERBS.
(Zuſammengeſetzte Zeitwörter.)
$ 149. Compound Verbs are formed by prefixing prep-
ositions, adverbs, nouns, or adjectives to simple verbs.
They are either Separable or Inseparable.

§ 150. With Separable Compound Verbs:

1. The prefix takes the primary accent:
Aus’ -gehen, to go out. Auf’ -geben, to give up.

2. The prefix is separated from the verb, and is placed
after the verb, and often at the end of the sentence,
when the verb occurs in main sentences, and is in the
present or imperfect tense of the indicative or subjunc-
tive mood, or in the imperative mood:

Er nimmt das Bud) an, He accepts the book.

Er nahm das Bud) an, He accepted the book.
Nimm das Buch an! Accept the book! _
Nahm er das Such an? Did he accept the book ?

Rem. In the compound tenses, and in the simple tenses when occurring in
subordinate sentences, the prefix is not separated from the verb:
Er wird das Bud) an’nehmen, He will accept the book.
Ehe er bas Buc an’nahm, Before he accepted the book.

3. The 3u of the infinitive, and the prefix ge: of the
perfect participle, adhere to the verb:
Anftatt bas Buch an’snnehmen— Instead of accepting the book—
Er hat bas Buch angenommen, He has accepted the book.
§ 151. The Separable Prefixes are:
1. The particles ab, an, auf, bei, da (dar), ein, empor,

fort, gegen (entgegen), heim, her, bin, mit, nad, wieder, ob,

von, weg, zu, zurüd, zufammen (together with the com-
pound separable prefixes herein, heraus, etc.,§ 157), which
are always separable.

2. The particles dur, Hinter, über, nm, unter, and wie-
der, when they receive the primary accent (§ 154).

_ gos Ce a og Se 00 m

8 152]

COMPOUND VERBS. 327

3. Some nouns and adjectives used as prefixes are
separable (§ 154, 5,3).

§ 152. Sometimes compound verbs take, in addition
to their literal meaning, also a modified or figurative

meaning :

Auf’ geben, to give up, deliver, surrender, abandon.
Aus’führen, to carry out, achieve, accomplish,

x . 1. Examples of compound verbs with prefix particles always separable:

A Prefix.

ab, off, down;
an, on, to, at;
auf, up;

aus, out, out of;
bei, by, with ;
da, there;

Simple verb.
ſchreiben, to write;

fommen, to come; .

geben, to g0;
fuchen, to seek ;
tragen, to carry ;
bleiben, to remain ;

Compound verb.
ab’jchreiben, to copy.
an’ fommen, to arrive.
auf’ geben, to go up, rise.
aus’fuchen, to select.

- beitragen, to contribute.

ba’ bleiben, to remain.
dar’ftellen, to exhibit.

. empor’beben, to elevate.

ge’ genredent, to rejoin.
entge’genwirfen, to counteract
fort’ eben, to continue,

heim’ ſchicken, to send home.
ber’ fommen, to come hither.
bin’ geben, to go thither.

mit’ nehmen, to take with (one)
nach’ folgen, to follow after.
nie’berlegen, to deposit.
ob’fiegen, to vanquigh.
bor’fchlagen, to propose.
weg’nehmen, to take away.
zu'machen, to close.
zurild’rufen, to recall.
zujam’menziehen, to contract.

2. Compound verbs with prefixes which are separable when accented :

Durdy’ reifen, totravel through
It’ berfegen, to place over.

un geben, to go around.
un’terhalten, to keep under,
wie’derholen, to get again.

ftatt’finden, to take place.
frei’fprechen, to acquit.
voll’gießen, to pour full.

(dar, there); ftellen, to place ;
empor,’ up; heben, to heave;
gegen, against; veben, to speak ;
entgegen, against ; wirfen, to work ;
fort, forth ; ſetzen, to set;
heim, home; ſchicken, to send;
ber, hither; fommen, to come ;
bin, thither ; gehen, to go;
mit, with ; nehmen, to take;
nad), after; folgen, to follow ;
nieder, down; legen, to lay ;
ob, over ; fiegen, to conquer ;
vor, before; {chlagen, to strike;
weg, away; nehmen, to take;
zu, to; machen, to make;
zurüd, back ; rufen, to call;
zufammen, together; ziehen, to draw;

x
Durd), through ; reijen, to travel;
itber, over; fesen, to place;
um, around; gehen, to go;
unter, under ; halten, to hold ;
wieber, again ; holen, to get;
% 3. Compound verbs with nouns or adjectives as separable prefixes :
Statt, place; finben, to find;
frei, free ; ſprechen, to speak ;
voll, full: gießen, to pour;

328 THE VERB. [§ 153.

§ 153. The Separable Comp. Verb an’nehmen, co accept.
Principal Parts: an’nchmen, annahm, angenommen.

INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present Tense. Imperfect Tense. | Present Tense. Imperfect Tense.
I accept (it), etc.—accepted (it),etc.| I accept (it), ete.—accepted (it), etc.
id) nehme (es)an. nahm (es) an. | id) nehme (es) an.—mahme (es) an.
bu nimmft „ au.—nabmft „ an, | du nehmeft „ an.—ndbmeft „ au.
er nimmt „ annahm „ am, | er nehme „ an.—nähme „ alt.
wir nehmen „ an.—nahmen „ an, wir nehmen „ an, —nähmen „ al.
ihe nehmt „ am —nahmt „ an. | ihr nehmet „ an.—nähme „ Mi.
fie nehmen „ an.—nahmen „ au. | fie nehmen „ an. —nähnıen „ au

Perfect Tense.

I have accepted (it), etc. I have accepted (it), etc.
ih habe (es) angenommen. ich Habe (es) angenommen.
du baft „ angenommen. bu babeft „ angenommen.
ex bt 4 angenommen. er habe „ angenommen
wir haben „ angenommen wir haben „ angenommen.
ihr habt „ angenommen. iby habet „ angenommen.
fie haben „ angenommen. fie haben „ angenommen.

Pluperfect Tense.

I had accepted (it), etc. I had accepted (it), etc.
ich hatte (e8) angenommen. id) hätte (ed) angenommen.
pu batteft „ angenommen. ~ du hätteft „ angenommen.
er hatte „ angenommen. er hätte „ angenommen.
wir hatten „ angenommen. wir hätten „ angenommen.
ihr Hattet „ angenommen. ihr hättet „ angenommen.
fie hatten „ angenommen. fie hätten „ angenommen.

First Future Tense.
I shall accept (it), etc. I shall accept (it), etc.
id) werde (e8) annehmen. ich werde (es) annchmen.
bu wirft „ annehmen. bu werbeft „ annehmen.
er wird „ annehmen. er werde „ annehmen.
wir werden „ annehmen. wir werden „ annehmen.
ihr werdet „ annehmen. ihr werdet „ annehmen.
fie werden „ annehmen. fie werden „ annehmen.
Second Future Tense.
I shall have accepted (it), etc. I shall have accepted (it), etc.

id) werde (e8) angenommen haben. | ich werde (es) augenommen haben.
du wirft „ angenommen haben. | du werbeft „ angenommen haben.
er wird "„ angenommen haben. er werde „ angenommen haben.
wir werben „ angenommen haben. wir werben „ angenommen haben.
ihr werdet „ angenommen haben. | ihr werdet „ angenommen haben.
fie werden „ angenommen haben. | fie werden „ angenommen.haben.

§ 153, 154.] COMPOUND VERBS. 329

CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Present Tense.

I would or should accept (it), etc.
ih wiirde (es) annehmen, or ih nähme (es) an (Imperfect : Subj.).
6“

du witrbdeft „ annehmen, bu ndbmeft „ an

er würde „ annehmen, “ er ndbme „ an — —
wir würden „ annehmen, “ wir nähmen „ an as ag
ihr würdet „ annebmen, “ iby näbme » an as a
fie würden „ annehmen, “ fie nähmen „ an u ee

Perfect Tense.
I would or should have accepted (it), etc.

id) würde (8) angenommen haben, or ic) hätte (es) angenommen (Pl. 5.)
du würbdeft „ angenommen haben, ‘ du hätteſt „ angenommen

er würde „ angenommen haben, ° er bätte „ angenommen *
wir würden „ angenommen baben, ‘ wir hätten „ angenommen ** “
ihr würdet „ angenommen haben, “ ihr hättet „ angenommen ** “
fie würden „ angenommen haben, “ fie hätten „ angenommen “

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

nimm (Du) (e8) an, accept (it). nehmen wir (e8) au, let us accept (it).
nehme ev „ an, lethimaccept | nehmet ihr „ an, accept (it). [Cit).
(it). nehmen fie „ an, let them accept

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Pres. (e8) anzunehmen, to accept | Perf. (8) angenommen zu haben, to
(it). have accepted (it).

PARTICIPLES.
Pres. (e8) annehmend, accepting | Perf. (es) angenommen, accepted
(it). (it).
§ 154. With Inseparable Compound Verbs: :
1. The primary accent falls upon the verb:
Ber-fteh’-en, to understand. Ueber⸗ſetz'⸗en, to translate.

Exc. With some verbs the prefix miß (§ 155, 7) is accented, as are all
prefix nouns and adjectives except voll,

2. The prefix is never separated from the verb.
3. The participial prefix ge= (§ 131) is not added.
Exc. Compounds of nouns and adjectives (except volſ) take ge-,

4. With the infinitive, 34 precedes the verb, and is
written separately.

330 THE VERB. [$ 154, 155.

‘5. The Inseparable Prefixes are:
1. The particles bez, ent= (emp⸗), er⸗, ge=, vere, zer⸗ (and miß-),
which are always inseparable.

2. The particles durd, iiber, um, unter, and wieder, when the primary
accent falls upon the verb (§ 151, 3).

3. Some nouns and adjectives used as prefixes are inseparable (§ 151, 3).

§ 155. The Inseparable Particles be, ent (emp), er, ge, ver,
zer, are obsolete prepositions. They are used as follows:

‘1. Be: expresses a more intimate relation to the ob-
ject than the preposition bei, from which it is derived:
Bei -fit-en, to sit near. Be-fitz’ =en, to possess,
1. Bez forms transitive from many intransitive verbs:
Be-fik’-en, to possess (from figen, to sit).
2. Prefixed to transitive verbs, it changes the relation of the verb to its
object :
Baume pflanzen : eine Stelle To plant trees: to plant a place with
mit Bäumen bepflanzen, trees.
3. It is prefixed to some nouns and adjectives in forming verbs:
Be-gab’-en, to endow. Be-frei’-en, to set free.

12. Ent: (originally signifying against) usually denotes
negation, contradiction, deprivation, or separation:
Cnt-bed’ en, to discover. Ent:geh’en, to escape.
Ent⸗lad'en, to unload. Gnt-reif’en, to snatch away.
Rem, 1. It forms verbs by being attached to some nouns and adjectives:
Ent-haupt’-en, to behead. Ent⸗ſchul' dig⸗en, to excuse.
Rem. 3. Ent⸗ sometimes denotes origin:
Entzfteh’en, to arise from. Ent-pring’=en, to spring from.
Rem. 3. It sometimes has the meaning of in (ein) :
Ent-halt’-en (inhalten, einhalten), to contain.
Rem. 4. Before f, eut is changed, for euphony, to emp in the three verbs
empfangen, empfehlen, empfinden.

\ 3. Gr: usually denotes a motion oufward or upward:
Grzgief’ en, to pour out. Crzheb’en, to lift up.
1, It sometimes denotes the passing to, or returning to a condition,
in compounds formed from adjectives and verbs:
Er-röth’en, to blush. Er⸗ſetz'en, to replace.

§ 155.] COMPOUND VERBS. 331

2. It frequently denotes acquisition by the subject:
Er-bett’eln, to gain by begging. Cr-reidj’en, to attain to.

1 4. Ge: gives a modification of the meaning of most
verbs to which it is prefixed; it frequently indicates
the duration or consequence of an action:

Ge-braudh’en, to apply (brauchen, to need, use).
Ge-fteh’en, to admit (ftehen, to stand).

\ 5. Bere indicates primarily motion away:
Ver-treib’en, to drive away, Ber-fließ’en, to flow away.

T. It frequently denotes loss, error, spoiling, destruction, end:
Ver-fchwend’en, to waste, Ber-blith’en, to lose blossoms.
Bersleit’en, to mislead. Ver-zehr’en, to consume.

2. It sometimes denotes passing to, or being placed in a condition, espe-

cially when prefixed to verbs from nouns and adjectives :
Ber-gött’ern, to idolize, deify. VBer-änd’ersn, to change.
Ver-waij’en, to make crphan. Ver⸗beſ'ſer⸗n, to impreve.

6. Ber: denotes separation, dissolution, or destruction:
Zer⸗ſtreu'en, to disperse. Ser-fall’en, to fall into ruins,
Rer-reif’en, to tear in pieces. Her-{dhlag’en, to break in pieces,

Rem. The Inseparable Particles have been developed ds follows :
Gothic ; bi-, and, us, ga-, fair-, dis-,
Old-Ger.; bi-, int, ur, gi, far, zir-,
Mid.-Ger. ; be-, ent-, er-, ge-, ver-, zZer-,
New-Ger.; be. ents, ers. gee. vere, zer⸗.

Obs. 1. For examples of compound verbs with durd, hinter, liber, unter,
um, and wieder as separable and as inseparable prefixes, see Less. XX XV,
2. The two forms wieder (again) and wider (agains?) are employ = to dis-
tinguish the adverb from the preposition.

Obs. 2. Inseparable compound verbs with nouns or adjectives as prefixes
have the accent on the prefix and take ge= in the perfect participle:

Niedjt'-fertigen, to justify; imp., vecht’fertigte ; perf. part., geredt fertigt.

Muth’-mafew, to conjecture; “ muth'maftes “ ‘ gemuthmaft.

Exc. Some compounds with voll⸗ as prefix: vollzieh'en, to execute;
part., vollzogen.

Obs. 3. The prefix ntiff: (related to miffen=to miss) is always inseparable;
it has the same meaning as the English prefixes mis-, il/-, dis-, des-. In some
cases the accent is on the prefix miß-, in others it is on the verb. In some
cases ge⸗ is omitted altogether from the participle; in others it is inserted
before the prefix miß-; in others it is inserted between the prefix miß- and
the verb; in some cases g¢- may be employed or omitted with the same verb.

332 THE VERB. [$ 156.

§ 156. Conjugation of the Inseparable Compound
Verb verftehen, co understand :

Principal Parts: verfteh’en, verftand’, verftand’en,

INDICATIVE MOOD.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.

id) berftehe, I understand. id) verftehe, I understand.*
Du verftebft, thou understandest. | bu verfteheft, thou understandest.
er verftebt, he understands, er verftehbet, he understands.

wir verftehen, we understand.
ihr verfteht, you understand.
fie verftehen, they understand.

wir verftehen, we understand.
ihr verftebet, you understand.
fie verftehen, they understand.
Imperfect Tense.

ih verftand, I understood. ih verftände, I understood.
bu verftandft, thou understoodest.| bu verftändeft, thou understoodest.
er verftand, he understood. er verftände, he understood.

wir verftanben, we understood.
ihr verftandet, you understood.
fie verftanden, they understood.

I have understood, etc.
ih habe verftanden.
du haft verftanden,
er bat verftanden.
wir haben verftanden.
ihr habt verftanden.
fie haben verftanden.

I had understood, etc.
ih hatte verftanden.
du batteft werftanden.
er hatte verftanden.
wir hatten werftanden.
iby battet verftanden.
fie batten verftanden.

I shall understand, etc.
ih werde verftchen.
Du wirft verſtehen.
er wird verfteber.
wir werben verftehen.
ihr werbet verftehen.
fie werben verftehen.

wir verftänden, we understood.
ihr verftändet, you understood.
fie verftänden, they understood.
Perfect Tense.
I have understood, etc.
ih habe verftanden.
du babeft verftanden.
er babe verſtanden.
wir haben verftanden.
ihr habet werftanden.
fie haben verftanden.
Pluperfect Tense.
I had understood, etc.
ih Hätte verftanden,
du hätteft verftanden.
er hätte verftanden.
wir hatter verftanden.
ihr hättet verftanden.
fie hätten verftanden.
First Future Tense.
I shall understand, etc.
ih werde verftehen.
du werdeſt verfteber.
er werde verfteben.
wir werben werftehen.
ihr werdet verftehen.
fie werden verfteber.

* See Subjunctive Mood, § 124.

§ 156.] COMPOUND VERBS. 333

Second Future Tense.

I shall have understood, etc. I shall have understood, etc.
id) werde verftanden haben, ih werde verſtanden haben.
du wirft verftanden haben. bu werbeft verftanden haben.
er wird verſtanden haben. er werde verftanden haben.
wir werden verftanden haben. wir werben verftanden haben.
ihr werbet verftanden haber. ihr werbet verftanden haben.
fie werben verftanden haben. fie werden verftanden haben.

CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Present Tense.
I would or should understand, etc.

id) wiirde veritehen, or ih verftände (Imperf. Subj).
du würdeſt verfieben, Du verftdndeft

er würde verftehen, °° er verftinbde ar “
wir würden verfteben, “ wir verftänden “
ihr würdet verfteben, “ ihr verftinbdet ‘i es
fie würden verftehen, “ fie verftänden s “

Perfect Tense.
I would or should have understood, etc.

ih würde verftanden haben, or ih hätte verftanden (Plup. Sub. »
bu würdeſt verftanden haben, ** du hätteft verftanden

er würde verftanden haben, ° er hätte verflanden “ es
wir würden verftanden haben, ° wir hätten verfianden * sé
ihr wilrbet verftanden haben, “ ihr hättet verftanden “ = *
fie würden verftanden haben, “ fie hätten verftanden * *

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

verftehe (du), understand. verftehen wir, let us understand.
verftehe ex, let him understand. | verftcht ihr, understand you.
verftehen fie, let them understand.

“~

INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. verftehen, to understand. Perf. verftanden haben, to have un-
derstood.
PARTICIPLES.
Pres. verftchend, understanding. | Perf. verftanden, understood.

334 THE VERB. [$ 157.

§ 157. There are two classes of Doubly-compounded Verbs:
1. Those having as prefixes Separable Compound Par-

ticles (mostly compounded with da, er, hin, and vor) :

dabei’ (there-by); bleiben, toremain; dabei’ bleiben, to persist in (it).
Daher’ (there-hither); fahren, to drive; . baher’fahren, to drive along. |
daheim’ (there-thither); bringen, to bring; bahin’bringen, to bring there.
Danie’der (there-down); werfen, to throw; danie derwerfen, to prostrate.

Daran’ (there-on) ; feBen, to place; daran' ſetzen, to hazard.
Darein’ (there-in) ; fehen, to see; barein’fehen, to look into.
herab’ (hither-down); laſſen, to let; herab’lafien, to let down.
heran’ (hither-to) ; fommen, to come; beran’fommen, to advance.

berauf’ (hither-up) ; bliden, to look; berauf’bliden, to look upwards.
heraus’ (hither-out); ziehen, to draw; heraus’ziehen, to draw out.
herbei’ (hither-near); rufen, to call; berbei’rufen, to call near.

herein’ (hither-in) ; Laffer, to let; beret’ laffen, to admit.

herit’ber (hither-over); tommen, to come; berii’berfommen, to come over.
herum’ (hither-around); geben, to go; herum’geben, to go around.
berun’ter (hither-under); nehmen, to take; berum’ternehmen, to take down.
hervor’ (hither-forward) ; heben, to lift ; bervor’ heben, to make prominent

umber’ (around-hither) ; treiben, to thrive; umber’treiben, toroam idly about
hinab’ (thither-down); fahren, to drive; Hinab’fahren, to travel down.
binan’ (thither-up) ; fommen, to come ; hinan’fonmen, to get near to.

binauf (thither-up); geben, to go; binauf’gehen, to go up.
hinaus’ (thither-out); ſehen, to see; hinaus’jehen, to look out.
hinein’ (thither-in) ; geben, to go; binein’ geben, to enter.

binü’ber (thither-over); fahren, to drive; hinü' berfahren, to cross over.
hinweg’ (thither-away); {dreiten, to stride; hinweg’jchreiten, to stride away.

hinzu (thither-to) ; fügen, to join ; binzu’fügen, to add to.

voran’ (before-to); ſchicken, to send; voran’{diden, to send ahead.
voraus’ (before-out); fagen, to say; voraus’fagen, to predict.
vorbei” (before-by); fahren, to drive; worbei’fahren, to drive past.
vorher’ (before-hither) ; fehen, to see; vorber’feben, to foresee.

voril’ber (before-over); eilen, to hasten; vorii’bereilen, to hasten past.
Rem. The compound separable particles are placed after the verb in the
same way as simple separable particles (§ 150, 2):
Er ging um die Mauern herum, He went around the walls.

2. Verbs having prefixes compounded of (simple or

compound) separable with inseparable prefixes, as:
an’=er; erfen’nen, to recognize; an’erfennen, to acknowledge.
vorher’-er 3 erfen’nen, to recognize; vorber’erfennen, to recognize beforehand.

Rem. 1, The first of these particles is separable:

Er erfanute e3 an, He acknowledged it.
Er erfannte ihn vorher, He recognized him beforehand.

§ 158, 159.] REFLEXIVE VERBS. 335

Rem. 2. Some verbs thus compounded drop the first prefix, however, when
the position of the verb in a sentence would require the separation of the par-
ticle from the verb:

Was mid anbetrifft, As far as it concerns me.
(but) E8 betrifft mich nicht, It does not concern me.

Rem. 3. Some verbs which are formed from nouns and adjectives with a

simple prefix have the appeurunce of being doubly compounded:
Serab’fdhenen, to detest, abhor (from ber Ab'ſcheu, the horror).
Beur’theilen, to judge, form an opinion of (from bas Uv’ theil, judgment).

6. REFLEXIVE VERBS. /
(Ruriidsielende Zeitworter.)

§ 158. The number of verbs that are used only reflex-
ively is much larger in German than in English, as:

Ich befinne mid), I remember. Ich fehne mid, I long.

Rem. 1. The reflexive use of transitive verbs also is much more extensive
than in English; many verbs take a modification of their meaning when
thus used reflexively, as:

Ich verlaffe mich auf ihn, I rely upon him (verlaſſen, to leave, abandon).

Ich erinnere mid darauf, I remember it (erinnern, to remind).

Ich frene mid darauf, I rejoice at it (fremen, to make glad).

Rem. 2. Some transitive verbs used reflexively require the reflexive pronoun
te be in the dative instead of the accusative case, as:

fid) anmaßen, to assume. fi ſchmeicheln, to flatter one’s self.

w einbilden, to imagine. „ vorſtellen, to imagine.

Rem. 3. Some intransitive verbs also are used reflexively, without change
of meaning : j

Ich eile (or cile mid), I hasten. Ich nahe (or nahe midj), I approach.

y Rem. 4. Transitive verbs often take a reflexive instead of a passive form:
Der Himmel bededt fi mit Wolken, The sky is covered with clouds.

§ 159. The Reflexive Verb ſich frenen, zo rejoice :

INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
‚ Present Tense.
id) frene mid, I rejoice. id) frene mid, I — rejoice.*
bu freuft didj, thou rejoicest. Dit freueft dich, thou rejoicest.
er freut fi), he rejoices. er freuet fic, he rejoices.
wir freuen und, we rejoice. wir freuen und, we rejoice.
ibr freut end, yon rejoice. ihr frenet end), you rejoice.
fie freuen fi), they rejoice. fie freuen fi), they rejoice.

—— — — — — — — — — —— — —— — — — — — —

* ee Subjunctive Mood.

336 THE VERB.

[$ 159

Imperfect Tense.

ih frente mich, rejoiced.
bu freuteft did, thon rejoicedst.
er freute fidj, he rejoiced.
wir freuten und, we rejoiced.
iby freutet end, you rejoiced.
fie freuten fi, they rejoiced.

id frenete mid, I rejoiced.
bu freueteft did), thou rejoicedst,
er freuete ſich, he rejoiced.
wir freneten ung, we rejoiced.
ihr freuetet euch, you rejoiced.
fie freueten fid), they rejoiced.

Perfect Tense.

I have rejoiced, etc.
ih babe mid) gefrent.
dn haft Dich gefreut.
er bat fidy gefreut.
wir haben wns gefrent.
ihr habt end gefreut.
fie haben fic) gefreut.

I have rejoiced, etc.

id habe mid gefrent.

du babeft Dich gefreut.
‘er babe fih gefreut.

wir haben und gefreut.
ihr babet end gefreut.
fie haben fih gefreut.

Pluperfect Tense.

I had rejoiced, etc.
id hatte mid gefrent.
du hatteft did) gefrent.
er hatte ſich gefreut.
wir hatten und gefreut.
ihr hattet euch gefreut.
fie batten fic) gefreut.

First Future Tense.

I shall rejoice, etc.
id) werde mid freuen.
du wirft Dich freuen.
er wird ſich freuen.
wir werden und freuen.
ihr werdet euch freuen.
fie werben fi freuen.

I had rejoiced, etc,
id) hätte mid gefrent.
bu hätteſt did) gefreuk’
er bitte fidy gefreut.
wir hätten und gefreut.
ihr hättet euch gefreut,
fie hätten fi) gefreut,

;

I shall rejoice, etc.
id) werde mid freuen.
du werbeft did Yan
er werde Tid en.
wir werben und freuen.
ihr werdet end freuen.
fie werben fic) freuen.

Second Future Tense.

I shall have rejoiced, etc.
ih werde mid) gefrent haben.
du wirft Dich gefreut haben.
er wird ſich gefreut haben.
wir werben und gefreut haben.
ibe werbet euch gefreut haben.
fie werben fic) gefreut habeı.

I shall have rejoiced, ete.
ih werde mid gefrent haben.
du werbeft dich gefreut haben.
er werbe ſich gefreut haben.
wir werben und gefreut haben.
iby werbet euch gefreut haben.
fie werben fid) gefreut haben.

§ 159, 160.] IMPERSONAL VERBS. 337

CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Present Tense.
I would or should rejoice, etc.

ih würde mid frenen, or id) frencte mid (Imperfect Subj. >»
du würdeſt dich freuen, bu freueteft did

er würde fi freuen, °° er freuete fich ‘7 ‘
wir würden und freuen, “ wir freueten un J “
ihr würdet end) freuen, “ ihr freueten euch“ —
fie würden ſich freuen, “ fie freueten ſich se er

Perfect Tense.
I would or should have rejoiced, etc.
ih würde mid) gefrent haben, or ic) hätte mid) gefrent (Pl. Sub. ).
du würbeft did) gefreut haben, “ bu hättet dich gefreut
er würde ſich gefreut haben, ° . er hätte fi gefreut * *
wir würden und gefreut haben, “ wirhätten und gefreut
ibe würbet end) gefreut haben, “ ihrhättet end gefreut “
fie würden fid) gefrent haben, “ fie hätten fih gefreut « *
IMPERATIVE MOOD.
frene (du) did, rejoice thou. freuen wir uns, let us rejoice.
frene ex fidh, let him rejoice. frenet (ihr) euch, rejoice ye.
frenen fie fidj, let them rejoice.
INFINITIVE MOOD.
Pres. freuen fi}, to rejoice. Perf. ſich gefrent haben, to have
rejoiced.
PARTICIPLES,
Pres. ſich frenend, rejoicing. | Perf. ſich gefrent, rejoiced.

7. IMPERSONAL VERBS. /
(Unperfönlie Zeitwörter.)

§ 160. Verbs which express natural phenomena are
impersonal, having the pronoun ¢8 (22) for their nomi-
native:

Es bonnert, it thunders. Es fchneiet, it snows.
Rem. 1. Some intransitive verbs are used impersonally, the logical subject
of the verb being put in the accusative or dative case; in such cases ¢@ is

often dropped if another word opens the sentence :
Es friert mich or mich friert, I feel cold, (but ich friere, I am freez-

Es mangelt ihm an Nichts, or ibnt He lacks nothing. [ing).
mangelt nichts,
(but) Er mangelt baaren Geldes, He is in need of ready money.

P

a

338 THE VERB. [$ 161.

Rem. 2. The passive and reflexive form of many active verbs are frequently

used impersonally:
Es wird viel Davon gerebet, Much is said about it.
Hier wird nicht geraucht, “Smoking is not allowed here.”
Es frägt fi, ob— It is questionable whether—

Rem. 3. Es is often used expletively (like the English expletive there):
Es brennt ein Haus, there burns a house (for ein Haus brennt, a house

is burning).
Rem. 4. Es giebt, etc., is frequently used for es ift, find, etc. (§ 107, 5).
Es giebt viele Leute, die — There are many people, who—

8. THE PASSIVE VOICE.
(Die Baffivform der Zeitwörter.)
$ 161. Conjugation of the Passive Voice of the tran-
sitive verb lieben, zo love ($ 134):

INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
I am loved, etc. I am loved, etc.*
ih werd⸗e geliebt. ih werd-e geliebt.
bu wirft geliebt. bu werd=-eft geliebt.
er wird geliebt. er werd-e geliebt.
wir werbd-en geliebt. wir werd=-en geliebt.
ihe werb=et geliebt. iby werd⸗ct geliebt.
fie werd-en geliebt. fie werd⸗en geliebt.
Imperfect Tense. j
I was loved, etc. I was loved, etc.
id) wurde geliebt. ih würd⸗e geliebt.
du wurd-eft geliebt. bu würd-eft geliebt.
er wurd⸗e geliebt. F er würd-e geliebt.
wir wurd-en geliebt. wir würd-en geliebt.
iby wurd⸗et geliebt. iby würd»et geliebt.
fie wurd⸗en geliebt. fie würd» en geliebt.
Perfect Tense.
I have been loved, etc. I have been loved, etc.
id) bin geliebt worden. id) fei geliebt worden.
bu bift "geliebt worden. bu fei-eft geliebt worden.
er tft geliebt worden. er fet geliebt worden.
wir find geliebt worden. wir fei-em geliebt worden.
ihr feid geliebt worden. ibe feiset geliebt worden.
fie find geliebt worden. fie fei-en geliebt worden.

* See Subjunctive Mood, § 124.

§ 161.]

PASSIVE VOICE.

Phiperfect Tense.

I had been loved, etc.

ih war geliebt worden.
bu warft geliebt worden.
er war geliebt worden,

wir war⸗en geliebt worden.
ihr warst geliebt worden.
fie war-en geliebt worden.

I had been loved, etc.
id) wäre gelicbt worden.
du wiar-eft geliebt worden,
er wär⸗e geliebt worden,
wir wärs-en geliebt worden.
ihr wär⸗et geliebt worden.
fie wärsen geliebt worden.

trst Future Tense.

I shall be loved, etc.

id werd-e geliebt werden.
dn wirft geliebt werden.
er wird getiebt werden.

wir werd-en geliebt werden.
ihr werd-et geliebt werden,
fie werdsen geliebt werden.

I shall be loved, etc.
ih werd-e geliebt werden.
bu werd-eft geliebt werden.
er werd⸗e geliebt werden.
wir werd-en geliebt werden.
ihr werd=-et geliebt werden.
fie werd⸗-en gelicht werden.

339

Second Future Tense.
I shall have been loved, etc. I shall have been loved, etc.

id) werde gelicht worden fein. | ich werde gelicht worden fein.

bu wirft geliebt worden fein. bu werbeft geliebt worben fein.

er wird geliebt worben fein, er werde geliebt worben fein.
wir werben geliebt worden fein, | wiv werben geliebt worden fein.
iby werbet geliebt worben fein. | ihr werbet geliebt worden fein.
fie werben geliebt worden fein. fie werben geliebt worben fein.
CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Present Tense.

I would or should have been loved, etc.
ih wiirde gelicht worden fein.
du würdeſt geliebt worben fein.
er würde geliebt worden fein,
wir würden geliebt worden fein.

ihr würdet geliebt werden. iby würdet geliebt worben fein.

fie wiirben geliebt werden. fie würben geliebt worden fein.

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

fei (du) geliebt, be (thou loved). | feien wir geliebt, let us be loved.
fet er geliebt, let him be loved. | {cid (ihr) geliebt, be (you) loved.
feien fie geliebt, let them be loved.
INFINITIVE MOOD.

Pres. gcliebt werden, to be loved. | Perf. ane worden fein, to have
been loved.

Perfect Tense. ,
I would or should be loved, etc.
ih wirde gelicht werden.
bu würdeſt geliebt werden.
er wiürbe geliebt werden.
wir würden geliebt werden.

PARTICIPLES.
Pres. —— | | Perf. geliebt, loved.

340 THE VERB. [§ 162, 163.

9. POTENTIAL VERBS.
(Häffszeitwörter des Modus.)

§ 162. The Potential Verbs (called by German gram-
marians the Ausiliaries of Mode) are follen, wollen, Tön-
nen, mögen, dürfen, müllen. They are used only to limit
or qualify the meaning of the infinitive of independent
verbs ($ 120, 3):

Er muß das Buch lefen, He must read the book.
Rem. 1. The limited or qualified independent verb is often understood ®
Er hat e8 gemußt, He was compelled to do it.

Rem. 2. The Potential Verbs are inflected in all the moods and tenses like
independent verbs, with the exception that wollen alone is used in the im-
perative mood.

Rem. 3. In the compound tenses the participial form is employed only
when the independent verb is omitted; when it is not omitted, the infinitive
form of the potential verb is used instead of the participial form:

Er hat das Buch Iefen müflen, He was compelled to read the book.
(but) Er hat es gemnft, He was compelled (to do) it.
Rem, 4. They all belong to the seventh class of irregular verbs (§ 143-145).

Rem. 5. All Potential Verbs but follen and wolfe take the umlaut in the
imperfect subjunctive.

Rem. 6. The Potential Verbs have been developed thus:
Gothic ; skulan, viljan, kunnan, magan, thifarban, motan,
Old-Ger.; scolan, wéllan, chunnan, mugan, durfan, muozan,
Mid.-Ger. ; suln, wéllen, kiinnen, mügen, dürfen, miiezen,
New-Ger.; follen, woollen, fönnen, mögen, bürfen, müſſen,
(English); (shall). wil. can. may. (dare). must,

§ 163. The verb follen indicates:
1. Moral obligation or duty:

Er follte es thun, He ought to do it.
Wir hätten es thun follen, We ought to have done it.

2. Obligation, duty, or necessity (usually dependent
upon the will of another):
Du ſollſt Gott deinen Herrn lieben Thou shalt love the Lord thy God
bon ganzem Herzen, with all thy heart.
Diefe Furcht foll endigen (Sch.)! This fear shall end!
An meiner Aufmerffamfeit folf cs There shall be no lack of attention
nicht fehlen, on my part.

§ 164.] | POTENTIAL VERBS. 341

3. A report, rumor, or general impression:

Er foll ſehr frank fein, They say he is very sick.
Er foll im vorigen Sabre nach He is supposed to have gone to
Amerika gegangen fein, America last year.

Rem. 1. Sollen is used in many hypothetical and conditional sentences :
Sie follen auch noch fo reich fein— Should they be ever so rich—
Wert er morgen fterben folfte— If he should die to-morrow—

Rem. 2. Sollen is sometimes employed to express in past time an action

that was beginning when another action took place:
Das Pferd foNte eben verkauft The horse was just to be sold when

werben, da ftarb e8, it died.
Rem. The independent verb (as thu, gehen, bedeuten) is often understood :
Was foll ich hier? What shall I (do) here ?
Soll bie Thür auf ober zu? Shall the door stay open or shut ?
Wozu foll das ? What is the use of that?
Das hat er gefolft, He ought to have done it. N__

$ 164. Conjugation of the verb follen.

Rem. The Translation to be given to the Potential Verbs varies greatly
according to circumstances, as is seen in the remarks on fpffen. The defini-
tions given in the paradigms are therefore to be understood simply as being
among the more usual ones.

Principal Parts: follen, jollte, gefollt. ?

INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present Tense. !
id) foll, I ought. ih foll-e, I ought.*
bu foll-ft, thou oughtest. du foll-eft, thou oughtest.
er fol, he ought. er foll-e, he ought.
wir foll-en, we ought. wir foll-en, we ought.
ihr foll=(e)t, you- ought. ihr foll<et, you ought.
fie foll-en, they ought. fie foll-en, they ought.
Imperfect Tense.
ih foll-te, I should. ih foll-te, I should.
bu foll=teft, thou shouldest. du foll-teft, thou shouldest,
er foll-te, he should. er foll-te, he should.
wir foll-ten, we should. wir foll-ten, we should.
ihr ſoll⸗tet, you should. ibe foll=tet, you should.
fie foll-ten, they should. fie foll-tem, they should.

* See Subjunctive Mood, $ 124.

342

THE VERB. [$ 164.
Perfect Tense.
I have been obliged, etc.

I have been obliged, etc.
ih Habe gefollt Cor ſollen).
tu Haft gefollt ( “ follen).
er bat gefollt C ‘‘ follen).
wir haben gefollt ( ‘* jollen).
ihr Habt gefollt ¢ ‘* follen).
fie haben gefollt ¢ ‘ follen).

id habe gefollt (or follen).
bu habeft gefollt (“* follen).
er habe gefollt ¢ “* follen).
wir haben gefollt ¢ “* follen).
ihr Habet gefollt (*ſollen).
fie haben gefollt ¢ ‘* follen).

Pluperfect Tense.

I had been obliged, etc.
id) hatte gefollt (or ſollen).
du batteft gefollt ( “° follen).
er hatte gefollt ( ‘* follen).
wir hatten gefollt ( ‘* follen).
ihr hattet gefollt ( “* follen).
fie hatten gefollt ( ‘* follen).

I had been obliged, etc.
ih Hätte gefollt Cor ſollen).
du hätteſt gefollt (““ follen).
er hätte gefollt (“* follen).
wir hätten gefollt (‘* follen).
ihr hättet gefollt (“* follen).
fie hätten gefollt (*ſollen).

First Future Tense.

I shall be obliged, etc,
ih werde follen.
du wirft follen.
er wird follen,
wir werden jollen.
ibe werdet follen.
fie werben follen.

I shall be obliged, etc.
ih werde follen.
du werbeft follen.
er werde follen.
wir werben follen.
ihr werbet follen.
fie werden follen.

Second Future Tense.

I shail have been obliged, etc.
ih werde gefollt haben.
du wirft gejollt haben.

er wird a ehrt

wir werben gefellt haben.

ibe werbet gefollt haben.

fie werben gejollt haben.

I shall have been obliged, etc.
id) werde gefollt haben.
du werdeft gefollt haben.

er werde gefollt haben.
wir werden gefollt haben.

ihr werdet gefollt haben.

fie werden gefollt haben.

CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Present Tense.
I.would or should be obliged, etc.

id würde follen, or
du wiirdeft follen,
er würde follen,
wir würden jollen,
ihr würdet follen,
fie würden follen,

an

6.

.

é

ry

&

~~

é

id) folfte (Imperfect Subjunctive),
du follteft
er follte
wir follten
ihr follten
fie follten

66
66
66
é

wn

§ 164-166.] POTENTIAL VERBS. ‚343

Perfect Tense.
I would or should have been obliged, etc.
id würde gefollt haben, gr ih hätte gefollt (Plupenfect Subj. ).

du würdeſt gefollt haben, du hätteſt gejollt
er würde gefollt haben, “ er bitte gefollt | J
wir würden gefollt haben, “ wir hätten geſollt J “

ihr würdet gefollt haben, °° ihr hättet gefollt u 2
fie würden gejollt haben, “ fie hätten gefollt ry “

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Pres. {ollen, to be obliged. Perf. gefollt haben, to have been
obliged.
_- PARTICIPLEs.
Pres. folfend, being obliged. | Perf. gefofft, been obliged.

§ 165. The Potential Verb wollen usually signifies wel-
langness, inclination, desire, intention, or determination:

Er will nidt mit uns geben, He is not willing (or does not wish)
| to go with us.
Ich will gleich gehen, I will go immediately.

Sie können thun was Sie wollen, You may do what you like.
Rem. 1. Wollen frequently denotes that an action is about to take place:
Die Uhr wollte eben ſchlagen, The clock was about to strike.
Rem. 2. It may be used to indicate that an assertion has been made by
another person :
Er will den Kometen, weldjer er- He asserts that he has already seen
wartet wird, ſchon gejehen haber, the comet that is expected.
Rem. 3. The independent verb is often omitted :
Was wollen Sie (haben)? What do you wish?
Was = er gewollt (or haben wol- What did he wish?
len)

§ 166. Conjugation of the verb wollen (sce $ 164, Rem.).
‚Principal Parts: wollen, wollte, gewollt, /

INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
. Present Tense.
id will, I amvwwilling.| id woll-e, I am willing.*
du willft, thou art willing. | du wollseft, thou art willing.
er will, he is willing.| er wolle, he is willing.

wir woll-en, we arewilling.| wir woll-en, we are willing.
iby woll-(e)t, you arewilling.| ihr woll-et you are willing.
fie woll»en, they are willing. fie woll-en, they are willing.

* See Subjunctive Mood, § 124.

844 THE VERB. [$ 166

Imperfect Tense.
ih wollste, I was willing. id) woll-te, I- was willing.
bu woll-tejt, thon wast willing. du woll-teft, thou wast willing.
ec woll-te, be was willing. er wollste, he was willing.
wir woll-ten, we were willing. wir wollten, we were willing.
ihr woll-tet, you were willing. ihr woll-tet, you were willing.
fie woll-ten, they were willing. fie wollten, they were willing.
Perfect Tense.
I have been willing, etc. 1. J have been willing, etc.
id) habe gewollt (or wollen). ih habe gewollt Cor wollen).
du haft gewollt (‘* wollen). du babeft gewollt (* wollen).
er bat gewollt (‘“ wollen). er babe gewollt (‘ wollen).
wir haben gewollt (‘* wollen). | wir haben gewollt (‘“ wollen).
ihr babt gewollt (*“ wollen). ihr babet gewollt (‘‘ wollen).
fie haben gewollt ¢ wollen). | fie Haben gewollt (‘“ wollen).
Pluperfect Tense.
I had been willing, etc. I had been willing, etc.
ih hatte gewollt (or wollen). ih hatte gewollt (or wollen).
du hatteft gewollt (* wollen). dn Hätteft gewollt (* wollen).
er hatte gewollt (°* wollen). er hätte gewollt (‘ wollen).
wir hatten gewollt (‘* wollen). wir hätten gewollt (‘“ wollen).
iby hattet gewollt (‘“ wollen). ihr hättet gewollt (“ wollen).
fie hatten gewollt (“ wollen). fie Hätten gewollt (** wollen).
First Future Tense.
J shall be willing, etc. I shall be willing, ete.
id) werde wollen. ih werde wollen.
du wirft wollen. du werbeft wollen.
er wird wollen. er werde wollen.
wir werben wollen. wir werben wollen.
ihr werdet wollen. é iby werbet wollen.
fie werden wollen. fie werben wollen.

Second Future Tense.

I shall have been willing, etc. _ I shall have been willing, etc,
ih werde gewollt haben. ih werde gewollt haben,
du wirft gewollt haben. bu werbeft gewollt haben.
ec wird gewollt haben. er werde gewollt haben.
wir werben gewollt haben. wir werben gewollt haben.
ihr werbet gewollt haben. iby werbet gewollt haben.

fie werden gewollt haben. fie werden gewollt haben.

§ 166, 167.] POTENTIAL VERBS. 345

CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Present Tense.
I would or should be willing, etc.

ih wiirde wollen, or id wollte (Imperfect Subjunctive).
bu wiürbeft wollen, “ du wollteft

ec würde wollen, “ er wollte he 3 “
wit würden wollen, “ wir wollten af “6
iby würdet wollen, “ = iby wolltet ae “

>
>
na

fie würden wollen, “ fie wollten :
Perfect Tense.

I would or should have been willing, etc.
id würde gewollt haben, or ih hätte gewollt (Plup. Subj.)
du würdeſt gewollt haben, du hätteft gewollt
er würde gewollt haben, “ er hätte gewollt “ *
wir würden gewollt haben, “ wir hätten gewollt “
ihr würdet gewollt haben, “ iby hättet gewollt, «
fie wiürben gewollt haben, “ fie hätten gewollt ‘“S

IMPERATIVE MOOD.

wollen wir, let us be willing.
wollet (ihr), be willing.
wollen fie, let them be willing.

wolle (du), be willing.
wolle er, let him be willing.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Pres. wollen, to be willing. | Perf. gewollt haben, to have been
willing.
PARTICIPLES,
Pres. wolfend, being willing. | Perf. gewollt, been willing.

§ 167. The Potential Verb fünnen indicates: /
1. Moral or physical possibility :
Er Tann leſen und fdreiben, . | He can read and write.
2. A concession or contingency :
Sie können mich erwarten, You may expect me.
Ic Tann mid) geirrt haben, I may have been mistaken.
3. The independent verb (as thun, fagen, Tefen, fprechen,
verftehen, etc.) is frequently omitted:

Was fann ich dafür (thu)? How can I help it?

Ich Tann nicht weiter, I can do nothing more.

Er hat e8 gewollt, aber er bat e8 He wished (to do) it, but he was not
nicht gekonnt, able (to do) it

P2

316 THE VERB.

[$ 168,

§ 168. Conjugation of fönnen (see'$ 164, Lem.) :
Principal Parts: fönnen, fonnte, gefonnt.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

Present Tense.

ih Tann, I can.
du Taun-fl, thou canst.
er Faun, he can.
wir Tönn-en, we can.
ihr finn-(e)t, you can.
fie könn⸗en, they can.

ich Fönn=e, I can.*
du könn⸗eſt, thou canst.
er könn⸗, he can.

wir finn-en, we can.

ie Tönn-et, you can,
fie Tönn-en, they can.

Imperfect Tense.

id Tonnte, I could.
bu konn⸗teſt, thou couldst.
er konn⸗te, he could.
wir konn⸗ten, we could.
ihr konn⸗tet, you could.
fie konn⸗ten, they could.

du Tönn.-teft, thou couldst,
er könn⸗te, he could.
wir finn-ten, we could.
ihr könn⸗tet, you could.
fie Tönn-ten, they could.

Perfect Tense.

I have been able, etc.
id) Habe gefount (or können).
bu haft gekonnt (“ Können).
er bat gekonnt (‘* können).
wir baben gefonnt (°* Tönnen).
ihr habt gekonnt (*“ Tönnen).
fie haben gefonnt ( Tönnen).

I have been able, etc.
ih babe gefount (or können).
bu habeft gefonnt (“ Tönnen).
er babe gefonnt (“ können).
wir haber gefonnt ( Tönnen).
ihe babet gefonnt (‘* können).
fie haben gefonnt ( Tönnen).

Pluperfect Tense.

I had been able, etc.
ih Hatte gelonnt Cor Tönnen).
du hatteſt gekonnt ( Tönnen).
er hatte gefonnt (‘“ Tönnen).
wir batten gefonnt (“ Können).
ihr hattet gefonnt (“* fénnen).
fie batten gefonnt (* können).

I had been able, etc.
id hätte gefonnt Cor können).
du bätteft gefonnt (* Tönnen).
er hätte gefonnt (“ können).
wir hätten gefonnt (‘* können),
ihr hättet gefonnt ( Tönnen).
fie hätten gelonnt (*° können).

‘trst Future Tense.

I shall be able, ete.
id) werde können.
du wirft können.
er wird fönnen.
iby werben Tönnen.
fie werdet Tönnen.
wir werben können.

I shall be able, etc.
ih werde Tönnen.
du werbeft können.
er werde können.
wir werben können.
ihr werbet können.
fie werden können.

* See Subjunctive Mood, $ 124.

§ 168, 169.] POTENTIAL VERBS. 347

Second Future Tensc.

I shall have been able, etc. I shall have been able, etc.
id werde gefount haben. id werde gefount haben,
bu wirft gefonnt haben. bu werbeft gelonnt haben.
er wird gelonnt haben. er werde gefonnt haben.
wir werden gelonnt haben. wir werben gelonnt haben.
ihr werdet gefonnt haben. ihr werdet gefonnt haben.
fie werben gefonnt haben. fie werben gefonnt haben.

CONDITIONAL MOOD.

Present Tense.
I would or should be able, etc.

td würde féunen, or ich könnte (Imperfect Subjunctive).
du würdeſt lönnen, ° du könntet

er würde können, “ er Tönnte st *

wir würden können, “ wir könnten

ihr würdet können, ° iby könntet “s cs

fle würden lönnen, ‘ fie könnten “ “
Perfect Tense.

I would or should have been able, etc.
id) wiirde gelonnt haben, or ih hatte gefount (Pl. Subj.).
du würdeſt gefonnt haben, bu hätteſt gelonnt
er würde gefonnt haben, “ er hätte gelomnt * ‘
wir wilrben gefount haben, ‘* wir hätten gefonnt * = “*
iby würdet gefonnt haben, '*“ iby hättet gekonnt ° *
fie witrben gefonnt haben, “ fie hätten gefonnt “ <“

INFINITIVE MOOD.

»

Pres. tönnen, to be able. Perf. getount haben, to have been
able.
PARTICIPLES.
_ Pres. lönnend, being able. | Perf. gefount, been able.

§ 169. The Potential Verb mögen indicates: ,
1. Permission or concession (like may in English):

Du magft geben, Thou mayst go.
Er mag ein tapferer Soldat fein, (I concede that) he may be a brave
" soldier.
2. Desire or liking (especially in the imperf. subj.):
Ich möchte wiffen, I should like to know.
Möchte es dod) gefchehen, Oh, that it might happen!

Ich habe e8 nicht thun mögen, I did not like to do it.
Sch mag es ihm nicht jagen, I should not like to say it to him,

348 | THE VEBB.

§ 170. Conjugation of mögen (sce $ 164, Rem.):
Principal Parts: mögen, modjte, gemocht.

INDICATIVE MOOD.

SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD,

Present Tense. ~

id) mag, I may.
du mag, thou mayst.
er mag, he may.
wir mög⸗en, we may.
ihr mög-(e)t, you may.
fie mög-en, they may.

ich mög⸗e 1 may.*
bu mög-eft, thou mayst.
er mig-e, he may.
wir mög-en, we may.
ihr mög-et, you may.
fie mög-en, they may.

Imperfect Tense.

id modj-te, I might.
du mod-teft, thou mightest.
ex mod-te, he might.
wir mod-ten, we might.
ifr mod-tet, you might.
fie moch⸗ten, they might.

ih möchte, I might.
bu möd-teft, thou mightest.
er mid-te, he might.
wir möcd-ten, we might.
ihr möch-tet, you might.
fie möch-ten, they might.

Perfect Tense.

I have been permitted, efc.
ih habe gemacht (or mögen).
bu haft gemocht (“ mögen).
ex bat gemodt (“ mögen).
wir haben gemocht (*° mögen).
iby habt gemoct (‘* mögen).
fie haben gemocht (‘“ mögen).

I have been permitted, ete.
ih Habe gemocht (or mögen).
bu habeft gemocht (* mögen).
er habe gemodt (‘* mögen).
wir haben gemodt (‘* mögen).
ihr habet gemodt (‘ mögen).
fie haben gemocht (‘* mögen).

Pluperfect Tense.

I had been permitted, etc.
ih hatte gemocht (or mögen).
bu hatteft gemocht ( mögen).
er batte gemodt (*‘ mögen).
wir batten gemocht (** mögen).
iby hattet gemocht ( mögen).
fie hatten gemodt (‘“ mögen).

I had been permitted, etc.
id hätte gemocht (or mögen).
du hätteft gemocht (‘* mögen).
er hätte gemocht (‘“ mögen).
wir hätten gemodt (‘ mögen). -
ihr hättet gemodt (‘“ mögen).
fie hätten gemocht (‘‘ mögen).

First Future Tense.

I shall,be permitted, etc.
ih werde. mögen.
bu wirft mögen.
er wird mögen.
wir werden mögen.
ihr werdet mögen.
fie werben mögen.

I shall be permitted, etc.
id werde mögen.
bu werbeft mögen.
er werbe mögen.
wir werben mögen.
iby werdet mögen.
fie werben mögen.

* See Subjunctive Mood, § 124.

[5 170.

8 170,171] POTENTIAL VERBS. 349

Second Future Tense.

I shall have been permitted, etc. I shall have been permitted, etc.
ih werde gentodt haber. ih werde gemodt haben.
du wirft gemocht haben. . du werdeft gemodt haben.
er wird gemodt haben. er werde gemodt haben.
wir werben gemocht haben. wir werden gemocht haben.
ihr werdet gemodt haben. ihr werdet gemocht haben.
fie werden gemodt haben. fie werden gemodt haben.

CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Present Tense.
I would or should be permitted, etc.
id) wiirde mögen, or id) möchte (Imperfect Suljunctive).
du würbeft mögen, ‘6 du möchteft

er würde mögen, “ er möchte RT ic

wir würden mögen, “ wir möchten ae ce

iby würdet mögen, “ iby möchtet X “

fie würden mögen, “ fie möchten “6 “
Perfect Tense.

I would or should have been permitted, etc.
id) wiirde gemodt haben, or id hätte gemodt (Plup. Sub, ).
bit würdeſt gemodt haben, “ du hätteft gemodt
er würde gemocht haben, ° cr bitte gemodt *
wir würden gemocht haben, “ wir hätten gemodt “ «
ihr würdet gemocdht haben, °* ihr hättet gemodt * *
fie würden gemocht haben, “ fie hätten gemodt * “*

INFINITIVE MOOD.

nw

La

~ 6—6

Pres, mögen, to be permitted. Perf. gemodt haben, to have been
permitted.
PARTICIPLES.
Pres. migend, being permitted. | Perf. gemodt, permitted.

§ 171. The Potential Verb dürfen indicates: /

1. Permission (by law, or by the will of another):

Zedermann darf Waffen tragen, Every body can (legally) bear arms,
aber nicht jeder Darf das Wild but not every body is permitted to

ſchießen, shoot wild game.
Jetzt dir ft ihr fpielen, You may play now.
Rem. With a negative dürfen is usually translated by “must (not):“
Hier dürfen Sie nicht rauchen, You must not smoke here.

2. Dürfen sometimes has the signification of “ to take
the liberty,” “to dare :”

Er darf nicht fommen ohne tic Er⸗ He dares not come without the per
laubniß feines Vaters, mission of his father.

350 THE VERB. [$ 171, 172.

3. It sometimes has the signification of may or can:
Wir dlirfen auf unferen Bruder We may be proud of our brother.
ſtolz fein,
Darf ic) mich darauf verlaffen? Can I rely upon that?

4. The imperfect subjunctive often signifies:
1. A logical possibility :
Es dürfte jest zu {pat fein, It may now be too late.
2. It may be used as a polite manner of making a statement under the
form of a hypothesis :

Es dürfte nicht {wer fein, bas It might not be hard to prove that.
nachzuweiſen,

5. The independent verb is often omitted:

Er hat nicht ausgehen dürfen, He did not dare go out.
(but) Er hat e8 nicht gedurft, He did not dare (do) it.

§ 172. Conjugation of dürfen (sce $ 164, Zdem.):
INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.

Present Tense.
id darf, I am permitted.| id dürfe, I am permitted.*
du darf⸗ſt, thou art permitted. | bu dürf-eft, thou art permitted.
er Darf, he is permitted.| er bditrf-e, he is permitted.
wir bürf-en, we are permitted.| wir dürf⸗-en, we are permitted.
ihr dilrf-(e)t, you are permitted. | ihr Dürf-et, you are permitted.
fie dürfen, they are permitted. | fie Dürf-en, they are permitted.
Imperfect Tense.
ih durfte, I was permitted.| ich dürfte, I was permitted.
du Durf-teft, thouwast permitted. | bu bitrf-teft, thou wast permitted.
er. Duvf-te, he was permitted.| er dürf⸗te, he was permitted.
wir burf-ten, we werepermitted. |wir dürf⸗ten, we were permitted.
iby Durf-tet, you werepermitted.| ihr ditrf-tet, you werepermitted.
fie Durf-ten, they were permitted. | fie pitrf-tem, they were permitted.
Perfect Tense.

I have been permitted, etc. . I have been permitted, etc.
id) Habe gedurft (or dürfen). ih Habe gedurft (or dürfen).
bu haft geburft (‘* bitrfer). bu habeft gedurft (“ dürfen).
er bat geburft (‘* bürfen). er habe geburft (‘* dürfen).
wir haben gedurft ( dürfen). wir haben geburft (‘* dürfen).
ihr habt geburft (* dürfen). ihr habet gedurft (‘‘ dürfen).
fie haben gedurft (* dürfen). fie haben geburft (‘“ dürfen).

* See Subjunctive Mood, $ 124.

Kaas le Dana m ee GM. , ..

POTENTIAL VERBS.

§ 172.] 351

Pluperfect Tense.

I had been permitted, etc. I had been permitted, etc.
id Hatte gedurft Cor dürfen). ih hätte gedurft (or dürfen).
du batteft gedurft (““ dürfen). du hätteft geburft (°* Dürfen).
er hatte gedurft (‘* Dürfen). er hatte geburft (‘* dürfen).
wir batten geburft (‘* dürfen). wir hätten geburft (* ditrfen).
ihr hattet gedurft (°* dürfen). ihr hättet gedurft ( ““ ditrfen).
fie batten geburft (‘‘ dürfen). fie Hätten geburft (* ditrfen).

F irst Future Tense.

I shall be permitted, etc. I shall be permitted, etc.
ih werde dürfen. id) werde dürfen.
du wirft dürfen. du werbeft bürfen.
er wird dürfen. er werde dürfen.
wir werden bürfen. wir werben bürfen.
ihr werbet dürfen. ihr werdet bürfen.
fie werben dürfen. fie werben dürfen.

Second Future Tense.

I shall have been permitted, etc. I shall have been permitted, etc,

id werde gedurft haben. ih werde gedurft haben.
du wirft gedurft haben. bit werbeft geburft haben.

er wird geburft haben.
wir werden geburft haben.
iby werdet geburft haben.
fie werden gedurft haben.

er werde geburft haben.
wir werden geburft haben.
ihr werdet geburft haben.
fie werben geburft haben.

CONDITIONAL MOOD.

Present Tense.
I would or should be permitted, etc.
ih würde dürfen,or ic dürfte (Imperfect Subjunctive).
bu witrbeft bürfen, “ du ditcfteft * J
er würde dürfen, “ er dürfte “ 6
wir würden bürfen, “ wir bürften 66 “6
ihr wiirbet dürfen, “ iby ditrftet “ “

fie würden Dürfen, °

fie pürften 66 66
Perfect Tense.
I would or should have been permitted, etc.

id wiirde gedurft haben, or ih hätte gedurft (Pluperfect Subj. )
bit würdeſt geburft haben, * du hatteft geburft

er wilrde geburft haben, “* ex hätte geburft “ +
wir würden geburft haben, “ wir bitten geburft 5 es

ibe würdet geburft haben, * ibe hättet gedurft = $s

fie würden geburft haben, “ fie hätten gedurft as “

352 © THE VEBB.

[§ 173, 174. \

INFINITIVE MOOD.

_ Pres. dürfen, to be permitted. | Perf. gedurft haben, to have been
obliged.
PARTICIPLES.
Pres. dürfend, being permitted. | Perf. gedurft, permitted.

§ 173. The Potential Verb müflen corresponds in signi-
fication with the English verb must.

Rem. It indicates physical, moral, or logical necessity, and in other tenses
than the present indicative it must be rendered by such circumlocutions as
to be obliged to, to be forced to, to have to.

§ 174. Conjugation of the verb miiffet (see § 164, Zdem.): +
Principal Parts: miiffen, mußte, gemußt.
INDICATIVE MOOD. SUBJUNCTIVE MOOD.
Present Tense.
id muß, I must. id müfle, I must.*

bu muß⸗t, thou must.
er muß, he must.
wir müfl-en, we must.
ihr müjj-(e)t, you must.
fie müff-en, they must. -

bu müjj-eft, thou must.
er müjj-e, he must.
wir miüjj-en, we must.
iby müff-et, you must.
fie müff-en, they must.

Inperfect Tense.

id) mußte, I was obliged.
du mufteft, thou wast obliged.
er mufte, he was obliged.
wir mußten, we were obliged.
iby muftet, you were obliged.
fie mußten, they were obliged.

ih müßte, I was obliged.

Du miüßteft, thou wast obliged.

er müßte, he was obliged.
wir müßten, we were obliged.
ihr müßtet, you were obliged.
fie müßten, they were obliged.

Perfect Tense.

I have been obliged, etc.
ih habe gemmußt (or müſſen).
bu haft gemußt (“ müffen).
er bat gemuft (“ miiffen).
wir haber gemußt (6° milffen).
ihr habt gemußt (*“ mitffen).
fie haben gemußt (‘“ müfjen).

I have been obliged, etc.
ih habe gemmßt (or müflen).
du babeft gemußt (“ mitffen).
er habe gemußt (““ müffen).
wir haben gemußt (“ mitffer).
iby babet gemußt (°° mülfen).

fie haben gemußt CS müfjen).

* See Subjunctive Mood, $ 124.

eee — — —

8174.) POTENTIAL VERBS.

Pluperfect Tense.

I had been obliged, etc.
ih Hatte gemußt (or müſſen).
du batteft gemußt CS milffen).
er hatte gemuft (“ milffer).
wir batter gemußt (“ miiffen).
ihr battet gemußt (“ mitffen).
fie Hatten gemußt (‘‘ müfjen).

I had been obliged, etc.

id hatte gemußt (or müflen).
du bätteft gemußt (* müſſen).
er bätte gemußt ( milffen).
wir hätten gemußt (“ müſſen).
ihr hättet gemußt (* müſſen).
fie hätten gemußt (‘‘ müffen).

First Future Tense.

I shall be obliged, etc.
ih werde müſſen.
bu wirft milffen.
er wird milffen.
wir werben milffen.
ihr werdet müſſen.
fie werden milffen.

I shall be obliged, etc.
id) werde miiffen.
bu werbeft milffer.
er werde müſſen.
wir werben müſſen.
ihr werdet müſſen.
fie werben müſſen.

Second Future Tense.

I shall have been obliged, etc.
id werde gemuft haben.
bu wirft gemußt haben.
er wird gemußt haben.
wir werden gemußt Haber.
ihr werbet gemuft haben,
fie werben gemußt haben.

I shall have been obliged, etc.

ih werde gemußt haben.
du werdeſt gemußt haben.
er werde gemußt haben.
wir werben gemuft haben.
ihn werdet gemußt haben.
fie werben gemußt haben.

CONDITIONAL MOOD.
Present Tense.
I would or should be obliged, etc.

1 wiirde müflen, or ich miifte (Imperfect Subjunctive).
bu würdeſt müffen, “ du miüßteft

er würde müſſen, “ er müßte . ‘ es
wir würben müffen, “ wir müßten + —
ihr würdet müſſen, °° ihr milftet © nr
fie würden müffen, “ fie müßten = *

Perfect Tense.
I would or should have been obliged, etc.

id würde gemußt haben, or
bu würdet gemußt haben,

er würde gemußt haben, “
wir würden gemuft haben, “
ihr würbet gemuft haben, “
fie würden gemußt haben, “

ih hätte gemußt (Pl Sub. >.
du hätteſt gemußt

er hätte gemußt * ‘*
wir hätten gemuft * ‘°
iby hättet gemußt “ “
fie batter gemußt * “

353

354 THE VERB. | [$ 175-177.

INFINITIVE MOOD.

Pres. miiffen, to be obliged, etc. Perf. gemußt mare, to have been
obliged.
PARTICIPLES.
Pres. müflend, being obliged. | Perf. gemußt, obliged.

10. SYNTAX OF THE VERB.
(Syntax des Zeitwortes.)

§ 175. The verb agrees with its subject in person and
number:
Er geht nach der Stadt, He is going to the city.
Exc. 1. The pronouns ¢8, 908, dies (diefes), was, alle’, when used indef-

initely as the subject of the verb, do not control the number or person of
the verb:

Ich bin cs, Sie find es, It is I, it is they.
Das find meine Richter (Sch.), Those are my judges.
Wefentlide Fehler diefes (Xefj.), Important mistakes these.

Exc. 2. Courtly and official titles, though in the singular (as Majeftät,
Hoheit, Ercellenz), have a plural verb:
Euer Majeftät geruben, Your Majesty is graciously pleased.
Rem. 1. When, of two or more subjects in different persons, one of them is
in the first person, the verb should be in the first person plural:
Du, dein Bruder und ih wollen Thou, thy brother and I, will (i. e.,
(wir wollen) fpagteren geben, we will) take a walk.

Rem. 2. When one subject is in the second and the others are in the third
person, the verb should be in the second person plural:

Du, bein Bruber und deine Schwes Thou, thy brother and thy sister,
fter feid (ihr feid) eingelaben, are (i. e,, you are) invited.

§ 176. Some verbs, that are transitive in English, and,
as such, govern the objective case, are rendered by in-

transitwe or reflexive verbs in German, and govern the
genitive or dative case (§ 178, 179).

§ 177. The following verbs govern the Accusative Case:

1. All transitive verbs ($ 118, 1; § 83, 1):
Er lieſt bas Bud, He reads the book.

8 177.] SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 355

2. Verbs used in expressing weight, measure, cost,
time when, and time how long:

Gs dauerte einen Tag, It lasted a day.

Es wiegt ein Pfund, It weighs a pound.

Potsdam liegt vier Meilen von Potsdam lies four (German) miles
Berlin, from Berlin,

Es foftet einen Thaler, It costs a thaler.

Er kommt diefen Abend, He comes this evening.

Rem. 1. When the time of the occurrence of an event is particularly speci-
fied, it is put in the accusative case ; when it is indicated in a general way, it
is put in the genitive case:

Er fommt diefen Abend, He comes this evening.
Er kommt oft des Morgens, He often comes in the morning.

Rem. 2. The accusative case is used (mostly in connection with such ad-

verbs as entlang, hinauf, herab) to express the direction given to the action
indicated by the verb:

Er geht den Berg hinauf, He goes up the mountain.
3. Many impersonal verbs, as:

Dürften, to make thirsty. angehen, to concern.
hungern, to make hungry. jammern, to grieve.
frieren, to make cold. verbrießen, to vex.
fchläfern, to put to sleep. ſchmerzen, to pain.
freuen, to make happy. munbdern, to surprise.

Es friert mid, Iam cold. Es wundert mich, it surprises me.

4. The reflexive pronouns of most reflexive verbs is
put in the accusative case:
Ich freue mid), I rejoice. Sie freuen fi, you rejoice.

Rem. 1. Some intransitive and impersonal verbs are sometimes used with
a transitive signification, taking an object in the accusative case:

Er ging feinen Weg, He went his way.
Es regnet Steine, It rains stones.
Er weinte bittere Thränen, He wept bitter tears.

Rem. 2. The verbs [ehren and fragen may govern two accusatives, one of
the person, the other of the thing:

Er lehrte mich bie Muſik, He taught me music.
Das frage ich Dich, I ask you that.
Rem, 3. The verbs nennen, heißen, ſchelten, ſchimpfen, taufen, govern
two accusatives, both referring to the same person or thing:

Er nannte mich feinen Freund, He called me his friend.
Das nennft du arbeiten ? Do you call that working ?

356 Ä THE VERB. [$ 178.

%

Rem. 4. For verbs governing the accusative and genitive cases see $ 178, 2:
for those governing the accusative and dative see $ 179, 2.

§ 178. The following verbs govern the Genitive Case:

1. The following intransitive verbs:
Achten, to regard. ‚ entratben, to do without. pflegen, to foster.

bedürfen, to need. genießen, to enjoy. ſchonen, to spare.
begebren, to desire. gejchweigen, to pass by jpotten, to mock.
brauchen, to want, in silence, verfehlen, to fail.
gebrauchen, to use. ‚ gewahren, to observe. vergeſſen, to forget.
gebenfen, to think. _ barren, to wait upon. wahren, to guard.
benfen, to think. lachen, to laugh. wahrnehmen,toobserve,
entbehren, to do without. lohnen, to reward. walten, to rule.
- ermangeln, to fail. mangeln, to fail. warten, to attend.
Das Weib bedarf in Kriegesnöthen In the horrors of war woman needs
des Beſchützers (Sch.), a protector.
Sie ſpotien meiner, Prinz ! You deride me, prince!

Rem. 1. Of these verbs only ermangeln and gefdjweigen are used exclu-
sively with the genitive case. The others were also formerly used only with
the genitive case, and are yet used with it in poetry and other dignified styles
of composition. ‘They are at present, however, generally used as follows :

1. Transitively, and followed by the accusative case (the verb generally
receiving a different signification when used transitively from that which
it has when used intransitively):

Einer Beleidigung vergeffen, To forget (intentionally) an injury.

Eine Jahreszahl vergefien, To forget the number of a year.

2. Or they are used intransitively and are followed by certain prepositions, |
which govern their appropriate cases, as: benfen (gebenfen), by au; achten,
barren, walten, by auf; lachen, fpotten, walten, by iiber :

Wer der Gefahr fpottct, gebentt Who scoffs at danger is mindful of
ihrer ; ber wahre Held aber benft it; but the true hero does not
gar nicht an die Gefahr, think at all of danger.

Alle lachen über feine Thorheit, All laugh at his folly.

Rem. 2. The verbs fein, werden, leben, fterben, verbleidhen, are followed
by the genitive in some expressions, as:

Sd bin der Meinung, daß — Iam of the opinion that—
Er ftarb eines blötligen Todes, He died a sudden death.

2. The following transitive verbs require, in addition
to the accusative of the person, the genitive of the thing :

Wnklagen, to accuse. bejcheiden, to inform. erlaffen, to discharge.
belehren, to inform. befdulbigen, to accuse. erledigen, to release.
berauben, to rob. bezeihen, to accuse. entlaffeit, to free from

berichten, to inform. entbinben, to free from. entledigen, to free from.

$ 178.] SYNTAX OF THE VERB. 857

entblößen, to strip. Yosfprechen, to acquit. verſichern, to assure.
entheben, to exonerate. mabnen, to remind. vertröften, to delude.
entfleiden, to disrobe. überführen, to convict. verweiſen, to banish.
entladen, to disburden. überheben, to exempt. würdigen, to deem worthy,
entfegen, to displace. überweiſen, to convict. zeihen, to accuse,
entwöhnen, to wean. überzeugen, to convince. (and others.)
freifpreden, to acquit. verjagen, to drive out.

gemahnen, to remind. verklagen, to accuse.

Nichts kann ihn feined Schwurd Nothing can free him from his oath.

entbinben,
Man hat ihn des Hochverraths They have charged him with high
angeklagt, treason.

Rem. 1. Some of these verbs may be followed by the dative of the person
and the accusative of the thing (§ 179, 2):
Das verfihere ih Ihuen, I assure you of that.
Rem. 2. The genitive is often replaced by a preposition (as yor, liber,
auf, au), which is followed by its appropriate case :
Nichts fanm ihn feines Schwurs Nothing can release him from his
(or von feinem Schwur) entbinden, oath.

Rem. 3. If the verb is placed in the passive voice, the genitive construc-
tion still remains unchanged:
Er wurde des Godverraths ange- He was charged with high treason.
Hagt,

3. The following reflexive verbs take, in addition to
the reflexive pronoun in the accusative, a complement-
ary object in the genitive: |
Eid) anmafen, to assume. Sid) erfreuen, to rejoice (at).

n annehmen, to take interest (in). „ erinnern, to remember.
w bebenfen, to deliberate (upon). „erkühnen, to venture.

w . bedienen, to use. „ erwehren, to ward off.

n befleißen, to apply (to). n freuen, to rejoice (at).

» befleißigen, to apply (to). nw getröften, to hope (for).

„ begeben, to forego. „ trühmen, to boast (of).

„ bemädhtigen, to master. „ſchämen, to be asliamed (of).
» bemeiftern, to master. „ tröſten, to console one's self (for).
„beſcheiden, to acquiesce (in). n Üüberheben, to take pride (in).
„ befinnen, to recollect. „ Unterfangen, to attempt.

„ =entdugern, to renounce. „ =unterfteben, “*

„ entbrechen, to forbear (from). „ unterwinden, * +

„ enthalten, to refrain (from). » wdergewiffern, to ascertain.

n entichlagen, to get rid (of). „vermeſſen, to boast (of).

„ entfinnen, to recollect. „verſehen, to expect.

ss crbarmet, to pity, be merciful. „ ‘Serfidjertt, to assure (of).

358 THE VERB. [8 179.

Sic verwundern, to wonder (at). Sid) wundern, to wonder (at).
nw teigern, to refuse. (and others. )
Der Gerechte erbarmt fi) feined The just man is merciful to his
Biches, beast.
Er kann fi) kaum des Lachens He can scarcely keep from laughing.
enthalten,
Rem. After many of these verbs the genitive case may be replaced by a
preposition (as an, auf, iiber):
Du darfft rid) deiner Wahl (or Thou needest not be ashamed of thy
über deine Wahl) nicht ſchämen, choice.

§ 179. The following verbs govern the Dative Case:
1. Many (simple and compound) intransitive verbs:

Aehneln, to resemble. mangeln, to fail. trauen, to trust.
bantfen, to thank. naben, to approach. trogen, to defy.
dienen, to serve. nüten, to serve. wehren, to ward off.
droben, to threaten. paffen, to fit. weichen, to yield.
fluchen, to curse. ſchaden, to injure. winlen, to hint.
folgen, to follow. {cheinen, to seem. ziemen, to become.
gleichen, to resemble. ſchmecken, to taste. zürnen, to be angry.
belfen, to help. fteuern, to tax. (and others.)
Ich danke Ihnen herzlichſt, I thank you with all my heart.
Wir folgen ihm durch den Wald, We follow him through the forest,
‚Abbelfen, to remedy. entgegengeben, to go to- mißtrauen, to distrust.
anbangent, to adhere. ward (to meet). nadabmen, to imitate.
auffallen, to strike. entgegenfommen, to come nacheifern, to rival.
aushelfen, to supply. to meet. — nadhftehen, to be inferior to.
begegnen, to meet. entfprechen,tocorrespond. nadftellen, to waylay.
befommen, to agree. erliegen, to succumb. unterliegen, to succumb.
beifallen, to occur. gefallen, to please. vorgeben, to outstrip.
beiftehen, to assist. gehören, to belong. vorfommen, to occur.
einfallen, to occur. gehordhen, to obey. widerſprechen, to contra-
entfliehen, to escape. gelingen, to succeed. zuhören, to listen to. [ lict.
entgehen, to avoid. mißfallen, to displease. (and others.)
Das hat mir febr gefallen, It pleased me very much.
Es ift mir eben vorgekommen, It has just occurred to me.

2. Many (simple and compound) transitive verbs gov-
ern, in addition to a direct object in the accusative
case, an indirect object in the dative case:

Borgen, to borrow. Taffert, to leave. melden, to announce,
bringen, to bring. leihen, to loan. nehmen, to take.
geben, to give. liefern, to deliver. raıiben, to rob.

Hagen, to complain. lohnen, to reward. fagen, to say.

wa
ne a 2 m
‘ 7 —
t rt 7
¥

wer,

§ 179, 180.] SYNTAX OF THE VERB. F 359
ſchenken, to present. ſtehlen, to steal. zahlen, to pay.

{chiden, to send. weigern, to refuse. zeigen, to show.

fchreiben, to write. widmen, to dedicate. (and many others.)

Er brachte mir den Brief, He brought me the letter.

Ich ſchickte ihm das Buch, I sent him the book.

Man raubte ihm das Geld, They robbed him of his money.
Abgeben, to deliver. erflären, to explain. / unterfagen, to forbid.
anbieten, to offer. erzählen, to relate. vorwerfen, to reproach.
anzeigen, to announce, gefteber, to confess. . vorzeigen, to show.
Darbieten, to proffer. mittheilen, to impart. . 3ufagen, to promise.
entreißen, to wrest. nachſagen, to repeat. zuichreiben, to ascribe.

empfehlen, to recommend. nachfehen, toindulge. (and many others.)
Ich erzählte ihm die Gefchichte, I related the story to him.
Er hatte uns die Nachrichten mit- He had communicated the news
getheilt, to us.
Rem. 1. If the verb is placed in the passive voice, the indirect object still
remains in the dative case:
Die Nachrichten wurden und mits The news was communicated to us.
getheilt,
Rem, 2. Some reflexive verbs (§ 158, Rem. 2) have the reflexive pronoun
(as the indirect object) in the dative case (§ 174, 4): j
Ich bildete e8 mir ein, I imagined it (to myself).
Rem. 3. Some impersonal verbs are followed by the dative case:
Es ahnet mir, I have misgivings. Mir ſchwindelt, I am dizzy.
Rem. 4, The dative of the person is used after many verbs (as fein, werben,
gehen, ergehen, ftehen, fige) and after many verbal expressions (as leid thun,
weh thun, Wort halten, zu Hülfe kommen), thus:

Es ift mir nicht wohl, I am not well. -

Es geht ihm ganz gut, It goes very well with him.
Wie fist mir Das Kleid ? How does the dress fit me ?
Das thut mir jehr leid, I am very sorry for that.

§ 180. Some verbs are followed by the dative or the
accusative case, according to the signification with

which they are used:
Ich verficherte ihn, I insured him.
Ich verficherte ihm, I assured him.
Trauenichtdem äußeren Schein, Do not trust outward appearances.
Der Prediger traut das Brautpaar, The preacher marries the couple.
Rem. A few verbs may be used with the dative or accusative without differ-
ence of signification :
Er lehrte mid die Muſik, He taught me music.
Er lehrte mir die Muſik, o> Se

360° | THE ADVERB. [$ 181-183.

. THE ADVERB.
(Das Adverbinm,)
§ 181. There are but few primitive adverbs. The chief
of these are: ;

1. The following particles (all of which, however,
except ab and eilt, are used also as prepositions):

Ab, down, downward. bei, about, nearly. um, about, past, at an end.
an, on, up, forward. durdj,through, thoroughly. yor, forward, formerly.
anf, up, upward. in (ein) in. zu, too, also in the direc-
and, out, at anend. tad, after, afterward. tion of.

Wir werden ab und gx gehen, We will go to and fro (up and down).

Bon nun an, From this time forward.

Saber ans, Jahr ein, From one year to another.

Ich fenne ihn dard und dard, I know him most thoroughly. [merly.

Mad wie vor, (Afterward as before) now as for-

2. The adverbs ja, ehe, oft, nun, etc.-

Ja, je eher, je lieber, Yes, the sooner the better.

Das ift oft geſchehen, _ That has often happened.

Gon nun att, ’ From this time forward.

§ 182. Most Adverbs are formed (by inflection, deriva-
tion, and composition) from nouns, adjectwes, numerals,
pronouns, verbs, prepositions, and adverbs.

Rem. Of some adverbs the derivation is *‘no longer felt” (§ 49, 2, Rem.1), as

bald, soon (from the Goth. and O.-G. adj. bald=bold; M.-G. bald=rapid).

faunt, scarcely: M.-G., kame; O.-G., chumo (from the adj.kum=sick, weak).

febr, very: M.-G., — 0.-G., stro (from the adj. sér=painfal, which is
from the Old-German noun das ser=the sore, the pain).

§ 183. Adverbs are formed from Nouns:

1. The genitive case of some nouns is used adverbi-
ally (§ 81, 2, 4), as:
Morgews (des Mtorgens), in the morning (gen. of ber Morgen, morning).
Abends (des Abends), in the evening (gen. of der Abend, evening.

anfangs, in the beginning, at first (gen. of ber Anfang, beginning).
theif, partly, in part (gen. of der Theil, part).

§.183.] FORMATION OF ADVEBBS. 361

Rem. 1. Sometimes the genitive of an adjective or an adjective pronoun
and the genitive of a noun are joined together into one word (§ 89, Rem. 1):

keineswegs, by no means (nom. fein Weg, gen. feines Weges).
gliidliderweife, fortunately (nom. glüdliche Weife, gen. glücklicher Weife).
dergeftalt, in such a way (nom. die Geftalt, gen. der Geftalt).
jederzeit, at any time, always (nom. jede Zeit, gen. jeder Zeit).
Rem. 2. In some compound adverbs the new declension has replaced the

old in the genitive ofthe adjective or adjective pronoun, as:

allenfalls, in any case. widrigenfalls, in the contrary case.

jedenfalls, at all events größtentheils, for the most part.

Rem. 3. In forming some compound adverbs, feminine nouns take the
genitive termination (=8), as:

abfeitö, aside, apart; meinerſeits, for my part (from die Seite, side).
beifeit, at one side; feimerfeit8, onhispart “ “ «

Rem. 4. The termination of the genitive singular (<8) is given to some ad-
verbs that have been formed from the genitive plural, as:

allerdings (from aller binge), by all means ; nenerdingß, lately, recently.

Rem. 5. After the analogy of ehemals, formerly (in Mid.-Ger., é mäles=
aforetime), are formed in the New-German the following adverbs :

damals, at that time. niemals, never.
jemals, ever, at any time. vormals, formerly, once on a time.
nadmals, afterward. ehemals, formerly, heretofore.

Rem. 6. Very many adverbs take the genitive ending (=8), after the analogy
of the adverbs that are formed from the genitive singular of masculine nouns,
as will be noticed below (§ 184, 2; § 187, 2; § 188, 2, 4, and 5).

2. Adverbs are formed from the datwe of nouns,
either alone or in composition, as:
morgen, to-morrow (M.-G., morgen, morne; O.-G., morgane, which is
the dative singular of the noun morgen, morning).
bisweilew, at times (Weilen, dat. plur. of Die Weile, a while).
8. Adverbs are formed from the accusative of nouns,
either alone or in composition, as:

weg, away (acc. sing. of der Weg, the way).
allewege, every where (acc. pl., alle Wege, all ways).
einmal, once (acc. sing., ein Mal, one time).

zeitlebens, as long as one lives (acc. sing., die Zeit des Lebens).
beifpielöweife,byway ofexample (acc. sing., bie Weife).

Q

862 THE ADVERB. [$ 184-186.

$ 184. Adverbs are formed largely from Adjectives:

1. All adjectives, whose nature permits them to be
used adverbially, are so used without change of form:

Das Bud ift gut gebunden, The book is well bound.
Wir fahren febr fuel, _ Weare traveling very fast.
Sie batten tapfer getampft, They had fought valiantly.

Rem. 1. Some words, that are now used only as adverbs, were originally
adjectives ($ 182, Rem.).

Rem. 2. Participles, like adjectives, may be used adverbially (§ 129, Rem. 4):
Mit fiedend heißem Wafer, With boiling-hot water.

2. A large number of adverbs are formed from ad-
jectives by taking a genitive ending, -8 (after the anal-
ogy of the adverbs formed from the genitive of nouns) :

Es fängt bereits an zu regnen, It is beginning to rain already.
Gehen Sie rechts, und dann links, Go to the right and then to the lzfi.
Er hat e8 ander? gemeint, He meant it differently.
Rem. 1. Adverbs thus formed belong mostly to the New-German period.
Rem. 2. Some adverbs, and especially superlatives (§190, 3), take the genitive
termination -¢8, after the analogy of such nouns as Ballen, gen. Balkens, as:
Und librigens wollte er— And moreover he wished to—
Rem. 8. By this last analogy are formed the ordinal adverbs, erftend, zwei⸗
tens, drittens, etc. (§ 105, 2).
Rem. 4. A few adverbs have added an unorganic zt to the genitive form,
and thus they have the appearance of being superlatives, as:

Es war einft ein König— There was once a king—
Unlängft, als wir in Berlin was Not long since, when we were in
ren— Berlin—

$ 185. For the formation of adverbs from Numerals,
see § 105.

$ 186. The chief simple adverbs that are formed from
Pronouns are the following:

bier, here. Da, there. wann, when.
her, hither. Daun, then. wo, where.
bin, thither. dort, yonder. fo, thus.
Rem. 1. These pronominal adverbs have been developed thus:
Goth. : —— thar, thana, —— hvan, hvar, sua,

O.-G.: hiar, héra, hina, dar, danna, doret, huanne, häur, sö,
M.-G.: hier, her, hin, da, danne, dort, wanne, wa, so,
N.-G.: bier. ber. bin. da. Dann. dort. wann. we. fo.

8 186-188.] FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 363

Rem. 2. Hier, her, and Hin are formed from a demonstrative pronoun that
is now found only in the Gothic (his, hija, hita=ber, die, da8=this, that).

Rem. 3. Da, dann, and dort are formed from the demonstrative pro-
noun der, die, dad (Gothic sa, 86, thata; accusative thana, tho, thata).

Rem. 4. Wann and two are formed from wer, who.

Rem. 5. The indefinite pronouns viel, wenig, genug, and etwas are often
used adverbially (§ 112):

Er ift viel größer als ich, He is much taller than I am.

Die Gefchichte der Stadt ift nur The history of the city is only a little
wenig befannt, known.

Has Tuch ift nicht breit genug, The cloth is not wide enough.

Er war etwas aufgeregt, He was somewhat excited.

§ 187. Derivative Adverbs are found by means of the
terminations -en, -ling8, =lid).
1. The termination =et is employed in forming adverbs
from a few other adverbs:
Außen, without, outward (from aus). oben, above, aloft (from ob).
innen, within, inward (from in). hinten, behind (from hin).
unten, under, below (from unter). vorn, before (from vor).
2. A few adverbs are formed by adding elittg3 to ad-
jectives, nouns, or verbs:

Blindlings, blindly, rashly, at random (from blind, blind).
häuptlings, head foremost, head over heels (da8 Haupt, head).

rittlings (reitling$), astride, astraddle (reiten, to ride). [back).
rüdlings, backward, from behind (der Rüd, obs. from Rüden,
meuchlings, insidiously, like an assassin (mencheln, to assassinate).

3. Many words with the termination -lich are used
only adverbially (§ 86, 2, 6), as:

Freilich, certainly, indeed. ſchwerlich, scarcely, hardly.
endlich, finally, at last. ſicherlich, certainly, surely.
tiirzlid), shortly, recently. wahrlich, truly, really.

$ 188. Of the many ways in which Compound Adverbs
may be formed, the following are most important:
1. By uniting two nouns (especially with Weife, a
way or manner, for the last noun):
Scherzweife, jocosely, in fun, in jest (der Scherz, joke, bie Weife, way).
fpottmweife, mockingly, derisively (der Spott, derision, die Weife, way)
tropfenmeife, in drops, by drops (der Tropfen, drop, die Weife, way).

364 THE ADVERB. [$ 188,

2. By uniting an adjective and a noun:
@Gleichfalls, likewise, also (§ 188, 1) (gleich, like; ber fall, case).
größtentheils, for the most part (größten, greatest ; der Theil, part).
gerabesivegs, straightway (gerade, straight; ber Weg, way).

3. A numeral and a noun (especially Mal, see § 105):

Einmal, once, once on a time. dreimal, three times.

4. By uniting an adjective pronoun and a noun:
Allenfalls (§ 183, 1, Rem. 6),atall meinerjeits ($ 183, 1), for my part.
jedenfalls, in any case. (events. jederzeit (§ 183, 1, Rem.), at all times.

5. By uniting a preposition and a noun:
Abfeits ($ 183, 1), apart, to one side.
beizeiten (§ 183, 1, 2), betimes, in good time, early, soon.
bisweilen, at times, at intervals, occasionally, now and then.
hinterrücks, from behind, behind one’s back, underhandedly.
überhaupt, in general, on all occasions, in the main, at all.
übermorgen, day after to-morrow.
zuweilen, at times, sometimes, occasionally.

6. By uniting a preposition and a pronoun:

Indeſſen, in the mean time. überdies, besides, moreover.

7. By uniting a noun and an adverb (or preposition) :
Vergauf, up the mountain. jahrein, ) year in, year out.
bergab, down the mountain. jahraus, ) from one year to another.
ftromauf, up stream. fopfitber, head foremost.
ftromab, down stream. . fopfunter, headlong.

8. By uniting two adverbs:

Alsbald, immediately. ebenfo, just so.
bietjelbft, exactly here. fogleich, immediately.
daſelbſt, exactly there. fobald, as soon (as).
dennoch, however. vielleicht, perhaps.
bierber, hither. dorthin, thither.
berein, in (hither). hinein, in (thither).
beraus, out (hither). hinaus, out (thither).

9.. By uniting two prepositions :

Durdaus, entirely. vorbei, past, over (finished).
inzwifchen, in the mean time. vorüber, “ “

10. By uniting an adverb and a preposition:
Hierdurch), by this means. baburd), thereby.
hiernach, according to this, wodurd, whereby.

8 188.] FORMATION OF ADVERBS. 365

Rem. 1. Compound adverbs, formed by uniting the adverb da and a prepo-
sition, are usually employed instead of the dative and accusative of the de-
monstrative pronoun der, Die, Das (§ 112, 2, Rem. 3), when used absolutely,
and not referring to a person; if the preposition begins with a vowel, the
original r (dar, see § 186, Rem. 1) is retained:

Dabei, thereby, by that, by it, by them (for bei bent, bei ben).
baburd, thereby, by this or those means ( * durdy das, Durch bie).
dafür, for that, for this, instead of that (“ für das, für die).
dagegen, against this, against that ( *° gegen das, gegen die).
Demit, therewith, with that, with them ( ‘ mit dem, mit ben).
daran, thereon, thereby, by it, by them 1 “ an dem, an die).

darauf, thereupon, thence, from that ( ‘* auf bem, auf den).
Daraus, therefrom, thence, out of this ( ‘* aus dem, aus den).
darin, therein, within, in it, in that ( ‘ indem, in den).

Darüber, thereover, thereupon, over that ( ‘* über bas, über die).
darum, for that reason, therefore, for that ( um das, um Die),
barunter, thereunder, among it, among them ( “* unter dem, unter den)
davon, therefrom, thence, from it, fromthem( ° von dem, von ben).

Dawider, against this, that, or them ( ‘ wider bas, wiber bie).
dazu, thereto, from that purpose, to that ( ‘* zu bent, zu ben).
dazwiſchen, there between, between them (zwiſchen ber).

Rem. 2. Compound adverbs are formed in the same manner with the ad-
verb hier and prepositions, instead of the dat. and acc. of the demonstrative
pronoun Diefer (§ 111), when used absolutely and not referring to persons:

Hierbei, hereby, by this, by these (for bet diefent, bei diefen).

bierburd, uw ( °* Durch biefes, Durch Diefe).

hiermit, herewith, with this, with these ( ‘* mit biefem, ‚mit dieſen).
etc., etc., etc., etc., etc,

Rem. 3. Compound adverbs are formed in the same manner with the ad-
verb wo and prepositions, to take the place of the dative and the accusative
of the absolute interrogative and relative pronoun was (§ 118, 1, Rem. 2):
Warum, why, on what account, for which, for what ( Sor um was).
wobei, whereby, at which, at what, during what ( “ bet wen).
woburd), whereby, by what means, through what ( ‘* burd) was). .
wofür, wherefore, for which, for what C “ für was).
wogegen, against which, against what ( *° gegen was).
womit, wherewith, with or by which or what ( “* mit wem).
wonad, whereupon, after or for which or what ( ** nach w&m).

(

woran, whereon, by which or what, on what ** an was).
worauf, whereupon, upon which, upon what ( * auf was).
woraus, wherefrom, whence, out of which or what ( ‘ aus w&m).
worin, wherein, in which, in what ( in was).
worüber, whereupon, upon or at which or what ( “ über was).
wovon, whereof, from or of which or what ( ** vor wäm).

wozu, whereto, why, to or for which or what ( * zu wim),

366 THE ADVERB. [$ 188, 189.

- Obs. The dative of wa8 (O.-G., hwému; M.-G., wem) is obsolete in the
N.-G. (§ 118, 1). For the dative with a preposition, the compound adverbs
womit, wonad, wozu, etc., must be used.

11. Some compound adverbs have been so modified
and contracted that their origin is “no longer felt,” as:
Sente, to-day (M.-G., hiute; O.-G., hiuto; contr. from hifi tagf, on this day).
immer, ever (M.-G., iömer; O.-G., iomér=je mebr=ever more).
zwar (truly) (M.-G.,zewäre; O.-G., ziwäre=in Wahrheitæ in truth).
nie,never (M.-G.,nie; 0.-G., nio; Goth., ni äiv=not ever).
nur, only (M.-G., neur, neuver; O.-G., ni wire=nidt wire, or wenn es

nicht wäre).
nein! no! (M.-G.,nein; O.-G., nein [from niein=nidht eind=not once]).
nimmer, never (M.-G.,niemer; O.-G., niomér=nie je mehr=not ever more).
irgend, any where (3£.-G., iergent; O.-G., io wergin=at any place).
nirgend, nowhere (M.-G., niergent ; O.-G., ni io wergin=not ever at-a-place).

12. Some compound adverbs are formed by joining
several words into one word :

Insbeſondere, especially, in particular (in bas Befondere).
in8gefammt, altogether, collectively, in a body (in da8 Gefammte).
instiinftige, for the future, henceforth (in das Künftige).
infofern, as far as, in as much as (in fo fern).

- Rem. In German, as in English, there are many adverbial expressions
that have received conventional adverbial meanings, while the words have

remained separate :
Durch und burd), entirely. in der That, in fact.
nad und nad), gradually. in Eile, in haste.
zur Hand, at hand. mit Fleiß, industriously.
vor der Hand, for the present. zu Haufe, at home.
ohne Zweifel, without doubt. zur Noth, if needs be.

1. CLASSIFICATION OF ADVERBS.
(Cintheilung der Adverbien.) -
$ 189. The following are the leading classes into
which adverbs are divided with reference to their sig-
nification:
1. Adverbs of time, as:

Wann? when? Wie lange? how long? Wie oft, how often?
jest, now. ; 4e, ever. oft, often.
beute, to-day. “ nie, never. felten, seldom.

dann, then. immer, always. aumeilen, at times.

8 189.]

geſtern, yesterday.
neulich, lately.
nachher, afterward.

“ morgen, to-morrow.
bald, soon.
endlich, finally.
früh, early.
fpät, late.

CLASSIFICATION OF ADVERBS.

nimmer, never.

‚ nod, yet.
lange, a long time.
ftet8, continually.

- beftinbdig, continually.
zeitlebens, as long as one

lives,

[ing. ewig, eternally.

Morgens, in the morn- ewiglich, eternally.

Abends, in the evening von nun an, from now

Nachts, in the night.

Heute bin id) zweimal nad) ter I have
- Stadt gegangen,

forward.

2. Adverbs of place, as:

Wo? where?
bier, here.
ba, there.

~ dort, yonder.
daheim, at home.
oben, above.
unten, below.
hinten, behind.
vorn, in front.
draußen, without.

_ - Drinnen, within.

zu Saufe,at home. „von oben herab, from

Nirgend, nowhere.

Dort ift ber Jager,

Woher | whence!

ber, hither.

herein, (hither) in.
heraus, (hither) out.
berab, (hither) down.

berunter, (hither) down.

von oben, from above.

von unten, from below. -
von Hinten, from behind.
von vorn, from in front.

von fern, from afar. .

above, from on high.

day.

367

wieder, again.
nochmal, again.
einntal, once.
zweimal, twice.
mehrmals, several times.
manchmal, often.
ftündlidh, hourly.
täglich, daily.
wöchentlid), weekly.
monatlich, monthly.
jährlich, yearly.

gone to the city twice to

Wobin? whither ?

bin, thither.

binein, (thither) in.
hinaus, (thither) out.
hinab, (thither) down.
vorwärts, forward.
rüdwärts, backward.
heimwärts, homeward.

‚ fort, forward.

weiter, further.

nad oben, (toward) above.
nad unten, (toward) below.
nach Haufe, home (-ward).

Yonder is the hunter.

Warum willft bu draußen ftehen? Why will you stand out there?

3. Adverbs of manner and degree, as:

febr, very.

ganz, quite.
ziemlich, quite.
viel, much. .
wenig, little.
genug, enough.
etwa, somewhat.
recht, right.
höchſt, extremely.

keineswegs, by no means. wenigſtens, at last.

Wie? how? ja, yes.
fo, thus, so. gewiß, certainly.

. ebenfo, just so. - fiherlich, certainly.
anders, otherwise. - freilidy, of course.
leicht, easily. - bod, certainly.
fchwer, with difficulty. wirklich, really.
fchnell, rapidly. wahrhaftig, really.
langfam, slowly. nein, no.
fchriftlich, in writing. nicht, not.
brieflich, by letter.

Die Alpen find fehr hod,
Fa, es ift wirklich fo,

The Alps are very high.
Yes, it is really so.

Rem. Most adjectives, when used adverbially, become adverbs of manner.

~

368 THE ADVERB. [$ 189, 190.

4. Adverbs expressive of cause, means, or instrument
(being mostly compounds of wo, da, and bier with prep-
ositions), as:

Woran? whereupon? daran, thereupon. bieran, hereupon.
wobei? whereby ? Dabei, thereby. bierbei, hereby.
wodurch ? whereby ? baburd), thereby. hierdurch, hereby.
wofür? why? dafür, therefore. hierfür, for this.
womit? with what? damit, therewith. hiermit, with this.
wonad ? according to what? bdanad), accordingly. hiernach, by this.
worüber ? about what? darüber, about that. bieritber, about this.
wovon? from what? Davon, from that. biervon, from this.
warum? why? darum, therefore. bierum, about this.
wozu ? for what purpose? Dazu, for that. bierzu, from this.

weswegen? on what account ? deswegen, on this or that account.

Aegypten wird dadurch (durch ben Egypt is thereby (by the mud of the
Schlamm des Nils) befruchtet— Nile) made fertile—

Die Umdrehung der Erbe wird am The revolution of the earth is best
beiten daraus bewiefen— proved by that—

2. COMPARISON OF ADVERBS.
(Steigerung der Adverbien.)
$190. Adjectives, whenusedadverbially, arecompared
in the same way as when they are used adjectively:
Sod, highly; höher, more highly; höchſt, most highly.
ſchön, beautifully; ſchöner, more beautifully ; ſchönſt, most beautifully.
1. The relative adverbial superlative is formed by
uniting am (an dem) with the dative of the superlative:
Die Lerche fingt ſchön, The lark sings beautifully. . [fully.
Der Kanarienvogel fingt finer, The Canary-bird sings more beauti-
Die Nachtigall fingt am fchönften, The nightingale sings most beautifully.
2. The absolute adverbial superlative is indicated in
four ways:
1. By the simple superlative form:
(Ih) dante gehorfamft, “] thank you most obediently.”

Rem. In meiftbietend, beitmöglich, and nächftfolgend, however, the superla-
tive has a relative signification.
2. By uniting aufs, zum, im (auf das, zu bem, in dem), with the super-
lative:
Er bat uns anf3 freundlidfte gee He greeted us in the most friendly

grüßt, . way.
Nicht im geringften, Not in the slightest degree.

§ 191-194.] SYNTAX OF ADVERBS. 369

8. By the superlative with the ending ⸗tus ($ 184, Rem. 2):
Mache doc) wenigftend den Verfuch! Make at least the attempt!

Rem. The use of this form is mostly confined to the adverbs beftens,

bidftens, lingftens, meiftens, an, fpäteftens, we
nig ftens.

4. By the use of the positive degree preceded by such adverbs as {ebr,
ungemein, äußerft, höchft, etc.
Er war änßerft aufgeregt, He was greatly excited.

§ 191. Of words that are not used otherwise than as
adverbs, the only one that is compared is oft, öfter, Öfteft.

Rem. The comparative degree with a genitive ending (öfter) is frequently
used in the signification of pft (in the positive degree). - For the superlative
(Bfteft) the word hänfigft is generally used.

38. SYNTAX OF ADVERBS.
(Syntax der Adverbien.)
8 192: Adverbs modify the signification of verbs, ad-
jectives, and other adverbs:

Er fchreibt felten, He writes seldom.
Er ſchreibt febr felten, He writes very seldom.
Er ſchreibt fehr lange Briefe, He writes very long letters.

§ 193. Many adverbs frequently partake of the nature
and perform the office of conjunctions (as da, daber, denn,
doch, nun, wenn, febr, wie, darauf, daber, damit, indeffen, wo, woz
her, wohin, etc). Such words are called by some writers
. eonjunctive adverbs, by others adverbial conjunctions

§ 194. The following general rules apply to the posi-
tion of adverbs:

1. The adverb is placed defore an adverb or adjective
which it modifies:
Der Berg ift fehr bod, _ The mountain is very high.
Wir fahren fehr fchnell, We are going very rapidly.
Rem. Genng (enough), however, when used as an adverb, and modifying an
adjective or other adverb, is placed after the modified adjective or adverb:
Er ift reid) genug, He is rich enough.
Er kommt oft genug, He comes often enough.
Q2

870 . ‘THE. ADVERB.. [$ 195.

2. The adverb is placed after the verb when the
verb occurs in simple tenses and in main sentences; it
is placed before the verb when occurring in compound
tenses or in subordinate sentences:

Sie fingen fehr ſchön, They sing very beautifully.

Sie haben fehr ſchön gefungen, They have sung very beautifully.

Man hat uns gefagt, dafs fie fer We have been told that they sing
ſchön fingen, very beautifully.

Rem. The negative particle nicht (rot) follows this law when it refers to the
predicate of the sentence or to the entire expression, taking the last position
when there are several adverbs; if it refers to a single word of the sentence,
it is placed immediately before that word:

Er fommt heute nicht, He does not come to-day.

Er ift heute nicht gefommen, He has not come to-day.

Alle denken wicht wie Sie, All think not as you (i. e., all think
differently from you).

Nicht alle denken wie Sie, Not all think as you do.

§ 195. Many adverbs have no exactly corresponding
word in English, or they are frequently used in signifi-
cations that vary greatly from those of the correspond-
ing English words. Thus:

1. Hier, here; da, here, there, now, then; dort, there,
yonder :
1. Hier, refers only to the place of the speaker.
2. Dort, refers only to a place at a distance from the speaker.
8. But da may refer to a time or place, near or distant.
Er wollte um brei Uhr bier fein, He was to be here at three o'clock,

und ift nod nicht da, and he is not here yet.
Herr Weiß ift nach Prag gegangen; Mr. Weiss has gone to Prague; he
- er muß {don da fein, must be there by this time.
Gon da an, From that time forward.

Rem. Da is often used as a conjunctive adverb (or a conjunction) :
Da (conj.) nod) Alles lag in weis While all lay in far distance, then

ter Ferne, you had decision and courage;
Da (adv.) hatteft bu Entſchluß und and now, when success is insured,

Muth ; now you begin to faint and
Und jest, da (conj.) der Erfolg gee tremble.

fichert iff,

Da (adv.) fingft du an gn zagen (Sch.),

8 195.] SYNTAX OF ADVERBS. 871

2. rit, when signifying first or firstly, and indicating
the priority of one action to another, receives a full
tone of voice:

Erft Worte, und dann Streiche (Sch.), First words and then blows (“‘ deeds”).

Rem. Signifying only, not earlier, not further, not more, ¢rft does not re-
ceive a full tone of voice:

Er ift ex ft geftern angefommen, He only arrived yesterday.
Er ift er ft zehn Fahre alt, He is only ten years old.

3. The affirmative adverb ja (yes) is often used in the
signification of certainly (I hope that), indeed :

Hat er e8 gethan? Ya! Has he done it? Yes!
Sie werben ja kommen, You will certainly (I hope) come.
Er ift ja mein Vater | Why, he is my father!

4. Nod) (still, yet), used before numerals or indefinite
pronouns, is translated by more or another in English:

Ich habe nod eine Bitte, I have another request.

Er hat nod) zwei Bücher gefauft, He has bought two books more.
~ Rem. Rod ſo is translated by however, ever so: ;

Sei er auch nod fo reich, Be he ever so rich.

. 5. Schon (already) is frequently omitted in translat-
ing into English:

Er ift {hon angefommen, He has already arrived.
Er ift {dow geftern Abend zurüd- He returned (already) yesterday
gefomment, evening.

Rem. Schon often expresses emphasis (as of confidence or certainty) :

Sie werben mich ſchon verftehen, You will (I hope) have understood
Schon ben folgenden Mtorgen— The very next morning— [me.

6. Wohl (well) frequently expresses logical possibility
or probability:

Schlafen Sie wohl! : (May you sleep well!)=good-night!
Es fann wohl fein, It may (indeed) be.
Sie haben e8 wohl gelefer, You have read it (I suppose).
Rem. Wohl sometimes is used to express intensity or emphasis :
Ich möchte woh! wiffer, I should really like to know.

Sa wohl! Yes! (Yes, indeed !)

372 THE PREPOSITION. 196,

PREPOSITIONS.
(Die Vorworter.) .

8 196. Prepositions are either primitive, derivative, or
compound: |

1. The primitive prepositions are: an, auf, aus, bet,
durch, für, in, mit, ob, um, vor, von, zu.

Rem. 1. The primitive prepositions were originally adverbs ; all except vow
are yet used also as adverbs; at least they may be considered as such when
used as prefixes to compound verbs.

Rem. 2. The primitive prepositions have been developed thus:

Goth.: ana, iup, ut, bi, (bi-az), thairh, faur, in,

0.-G.: ana, af, uz, bi, biz, duruh, furi, in,

M.-G.: ane, uf, üz, bi, biz, durch, vür, in,

N.-G.: an, auf, aus, be, bis, burd, für, im

Goth.: (mith-), néhv, (uf), — (af-ana), faura, da,

O.-G.: miti, nah, oba, umbi, vona, fora, 2u0,

M.-G.: mite, nach, obe, umbe, vone, vor, z00,

N.-G.: mit, nad, oben, um, von, vor, zu.

2. The derivative prepositions are derived as follows:

1. From nouns, as: halb (halber, halben), traft, laut, ftatt, trot, vermöge,
wegen.

2. From adjectives, as: gemäß, längs, mittels (mittelft, vermitiels, vermit-
telft), nächft, fammt, feit, unfern, unweit.

3. From participles, as: während, unbefchabet, ungeachtet.

fi — adverbs, as: außen, binnen, bis, gemäß, hinter, neben, nebſt, ohne,
unter, über.

3. Compound prepositions are mostly formed by pre-

fixing a preposition or adverb to a noun or to another
preposition, as:

Anftatt, binnen, um—willen,
außerhalb, entgegen, zufolge,
innerhalb, biesfeit, zuwider.
oberhalb, jenſeit,

unterhalb, gegenüber,

Rem. 1. The derivation and the composition of some prepositions is now
‘Sno longer felt” (§ 49, Rem. 3; § 223; § 233).

Rem. 2. Most prepositions that are derived from nouns and adjectives, and
most compound prepositions, have had their origin or have first been used as
prepositions during the New-German period.

§ 197, 198.] CONSTRUCTION OF PREPOSITIONS. 873

1. CONSTRUCTION OF THE PREPOSITIONS.
(Rection der Vorwörter.)

§ 197. Prepositions do not govern a single case only
(as the odjective in English), but they govern the three
oblique cases, the genitive, datwve, and accusative (§ 80,
Rem. 1) of substantives, whether nouns or pronouns:

Anftatt feines Bruders (gen.), Instead of his brother.

Mit feinem Bruder (dat.), With his brother.
Obne feinen Bruder (acc.), Without his brother.

Rem. The primitive prepositions especially are not always independent gov-
erning words, in the same sense that verbs and adjectives are. But often the
preposition that is to be employed, as well as the case it is to govern (as, if
accusative or dative), is determined by the preceding verb, adjective, or noun:

Er fteigt anf den Berg, He is climbing up the mountain.
Er leidet an Rheumatismus, He is suffering from rheumatism.
Er geht in dem Garten, He is going into the garden.

Er ift in dem (im) Garten, He is in the garden.

§ 198. The following prepositions govern the genitive
case :

iat iad mittels (mittelft, permit: vermige,

jenfeit tels or vermittelft), wihrend,

halb (halber or halben), ftatt (or auftatt), wegen,

außerhalb, unbeichadet, um—willen,
innerhalb, ungeachtet, längs (or entlang),
oberhalb, unweit, trot,

unterhalb, nufern, gufolge.

Rem. 1. The last three, lings, trot, and zufolge, may also govern the da-
tive case.
Rem. 2. The following lines, containing most of these prepositions, are com-
mitted to memory in schools in Germany:
Unweit, mittel ft, Fraft und während,
laut, sermige ungeadtet,
oberbalb und unterhalb,
innerhalb und außerhalb,
biesfeit, jenfeit, halben, wegen,
flattund Tangs, zufolge, trog,
fleben mit bem Genitiv,
oder auf die Frage „weiten ?’—
Doch ift hier nicht zu vergeffen,
daß bei dieſen leptern bret
auch ber Dativ richtig fet.

Rem. 8. Nons but derivative or compound prepositions govern the gen. ease.

374 THE PREPOSITION. [$ 199-201.

$ 199. The following prepositions govern the dative
case:

Aus, | gemäß, ſammt,
außer, - mit, feit,

bei, nad), von,
binnen, . adit, gu,
entgegen, nebſt, zunächſt,
gegenüber, (ob), zuwider.

Rem. The most important of these are included in the following lines:
Schreib mit, nad, nds ft, nebft fammt,
bei, fett von, gu, zu wider,
entgegen, außer, and
ſtets mit dem Dativ nieber.

§ 200. The following prepositions govern the accusa-
tive case :
Bis, duch, fiir, gegen, ohne, mm, wider.
(gen), (fonder),
Rem. They are included in the following lines :
Bet Durd, für, ohne, um,
bis, fonder, gegen, wider,

fchreib fletd den Aceuſativ,
und nie ben Dativ nieber.

$ 201. The following prepositions govern either the
accusative or the dative case, according to certain rules
($ 244—253) :

An, in, unter,
auf, neben, vor,
hinter. über. zwifchen.

Rem.1. The following lines, containing these prepositions, contain also the
rules for their use:
An, auf, hinter, neben, in,
über, unter, vor und gwif den
ftehen mit dem Weeufativ,
wenn man fragen Fann; „wohin ?“
Mit dem Dativ ftehn fie fo,
Daß man nur Fann fragen „wo 2“

¢

3 202, 203.] CONSTRUCTION OF PREPOSITIONS. 375

2. PREPOSITIONS GOVERNING THE GENITIVE.
(Vorworter mit dem Genitiv.)
\8 202. Diesfeit (Ehis side of) and jenfeit (the other side
of, beyond ), refer only to place:

Diesfeit des Fluffes, On this side of the river.
Jenfeit des Gebirges, The other side of the mountain.

Rem. 1. They are both used, though rarely, with the dative case:
Jenſeit jenem Hügel (Sch.), The other side of that hill.
Rem. 2. The addition of = gives an adverbial force to both of them:
Er wohnt diesfeits, ich jenfeits, He lives on this side, I on the other.
Rem. 8. They are both used as nouns, especially in reference to this world
and the world to come:

Ein Fenfeit, das herein ing Dies⸗- Another life that extends into this
feit reicht, life.

\ § 203. Halb, halber, halben (on account of, for the sake,
as regards) always follow the noun they govern:
Er reifte nur Vergniigens halber He went to the Springs only for the

ins Bad, sake of pleasure.
Des Geldes halber, For the sake of money.
Rem. 1. Hal} is rarely used with the force of a preposition except in com-
. position with a pronoun: .

Weshalb? On what account? Deshalb, on this account.
Rem. 2. Halber is preferred to halben when the noun it governs ends in <¢tt :
Er bat, feiner vielen Schulden Hale He had to run away on account of
ber, fliehen müffen, his many debts.
\Rem. 8. Salben is united with the pronoun it governs into a compound
word, taking an unorganic f or ef as letters of union (§ 107, Rem. 2):
Meinethalben, on my account. Unferthalben, on our account.
Rem. 4. Feminine nouns in =heit, -feit, ung, when followed by halber
and not preceded by an article or adjective, often take an unorganic ending
=$ (after the analogy of some compound nouns, see $ 58, 2, Rem. 2):

Er veifte Gefundheits halber ins He went to the Springs for the sake

Bab, of his health.
\ Rem, 4. Halber is sometimes preceded by um, placed before the noun:
Um des Friedens halber, For the sake of peace.

‚Lem. 5. Salben is formed from the dative plural die Halbe (the half,
side); halber is an irregular form of halben; halb is a contraction of
the accusative singular (M.-G., halbe-=half).

376 THE PREPOSITION. [$ 204-206.

§ 204. From the accusative of the same noun (bie
Halbe) have been formed the four following prepositions:
Außerhalb, outside of, without, beyond.
innerhalb, inside of, within.
oberhalb, on the upper side of, above,
unterhalb, on the lower side of, below.

Nürnberg bat außerhalb und in= Nuremberg has many stately edifices
nerbalb der Mauern viele ftatt- outside of and inside of its walls.
fiche Gebäube,

Worms liegt oberhalb, Bingen Worms lies above, and Bingen be-
unterbalb ber Gunbdesfeftung low Mainz, a fortification of the
Mainz, (German) Confederation.

\ Rem. 1. Junerhalb may refer also to a specified space of time:

Innerhalb einer Stunde, eines Tages, Within an hour, a day.

§ 205. Kraft (dy the power of, in virtue of), denotes
rather a moral than a physical cause (compare bermige,
§ 215):

Kraft feines Amtes, By virtue of his office.

Rem. 1. Kraft has become a preposition by the dropping of the preposition

in, which formerly preceded it:
„Da ex nicht in Kraft eines verlie- As he does not rule by virtue of a
benen Amtes regiert," borrowed office,

Rem. 2. Kraft (like laut, vermöge, and behufs) has come from ~
legal language (Kanzleiftyl) into the language of literature. It was first used
by good writers in the seventeenth century.

\ § 206. Langs or entlang (along, lengthwise of):

Lüngs des Thales, Along the valley.

Entlang des Waldgebirges, Along the forest-covered mountain.
- Rem. 1. Both forms are frequently used with the dative case:

Lang 8 dem Ufer, Along the shore.

Entlang dem Strome, Along the stream.

Rem. 2. Ring’ is occasionally (entfang more frequently than [ing 8),
found with the accusative case:

Längs den Saal hinab, Down along the Saal.
Entlang den Felfenpfad, Along the rocky path.
Rem. 3. Entlang frequently follows the noun which it governs:
(Gen.) Des Weges entlang, Along the way.
(Dat.) Dem Beet entlang, Along the parterre.

(Acc.) Den ganzen Berg entlang, Along the whole mountain.

207-209.] CONSTRUCTION OF PREPOSITIONS. 877

\ Rem. 4. Entlang is sometimes used (with the accusative of nouns) indicat-
ing time (meaning through):
Manchen jugendlichen Gag ente Through many a day of my youth.
Tang (G.),

~ § 207. Rant (according to, by the wording of) refers to
something spoken or written: |
Laut bes Befehles, According to the order.
Lant des Vertrages, By the wording of the treaty.
Rem. 1. Qant is used by some writers also with the dative case: it is es-
pecially used with the dative p/ural of nouns when they are not preceded by
an article or by an adjective:

(Gen.) Laut früherer Briefe, According to former letters.
(Dat.) Laut Briefen aus meiner Hei- According to letters from my home.
math,

Rem. 2. Laut has passed to be a preposition by dropping the preposition
nad) (formerly written nad Laute=according to the wording).

x § 208. The four words mittel8, mittelft, vermittels, ver-
mittelft have the same meaning (through, by means of,
through the instrumentality of)—not referring to per-
sons; see durch (§ 238):
Wir famen mittelft (or vermittelft) We reached the shore by means of
eines Kahnes ans Ufer, a skiff.
Dampfichiffe werden häufig vers Steam-boets are frequently driven by
mittelft einer Schraube bewegt, means of a screw.

Rem. 1. The form vermittelft is most frequently employed; and mittelft
is more usual than either vermittel3, or mittels,

Rem. 2. The four forms are derived from the Genitive of the adjective mit-
tel, which was first used adverbially (§ 107, 2) and then as a preposition. The
form ber mitte! ft was current in the 17th century; mitt el! ft first appears
in the writings of Steinbach (1734).

Rem, 3. The =f is added unorganically to the genitive ending (§ 107, 2).

Rem, 4. The provincial use of these prepositions with the dative case, which
has occasionally crept into the works of even such writers as Goethe, is not
approved by German grammarians.

N§ 209. Statt or anftatt (instead of, in place of):
Auftatt (or ftatt) feines Brubers, Instead of his brother.
Rem. 1. The placing of Statt after the noun it governs, which was very
general in the Middle-German, is now considered antiquated :
An feines Bruders Statt (compare in English, in his brother's stead).
Rem. 2. The noun Statt (stead) has become a preposition by the dropping
of att, which formerly was generally employed before it.

378 THE PREPOSITION. [$ 210-215,

\ § 210. Troß (in spite of, in defiance of, nothwithstand-
ing): | Ä
Trob des Regens gingen wir nad) In spite of the rain we went to the

dem Mufeum, museum.
Rem 1. Vrok indicates more active opposition than ungeachtet, and is -
therefore perhaps more properly to be construed with the dative case:

Trotz dem Verbote, In spite of the prohibition.
Rem. 2. Tro has become a preposition by dropping the preposition 34 (m)
in zum Trotz (in defiance of).
\ 8211. Unbeſchadet (without injury to or detraction
From):
Seiner Ehre unbefdhadet, Without detracting from his honor,
Rem. 1. Unbefcdhadet may precede or follow the noun it governs.
Rem. 2. It is sometimes used with the dative case.

\§ 212. Um-willen (for —’s sake, for the sake of, on ac-

count of):
Sch bitte dich, unt Gottes willen, I entreat you, for God's sake, not to
es nicht zu thun, do it.
Um des Friedens willen, “For the sake of peace.

Item. Occasionally, though rarely, examples are met with where one par-
ticle (um or willen) is omitted.

\ § 213. Ungeadtet (notwithstanding, in spite of, without

regarding):
Ungeachtet des Regens, gingenwir In spite of the rain we went to the
nad) dem Muſeum, museum.

Rem, Ungeachtet may precede or follow the noun.

\ § 214. Unweit or nnjern (not far from, near):
Er wohnt nufern des Shores, He lives not far from the gate.
Unweit des Berges liegt bas Dorf, The village is not far from the
mountain.
Rem. 1. The parallel forms ohn weit, ob nferm, are now rarely used.
Rem. 2. Unweit and wn fern are occasionally found used with the dative.
Rem. 3. Both words have had their origin daring the New-German period.

~§ 215. VBermöge Gy virtue of, in conformity with, by the
power of ):°
Alle Körper ftreben vermöge ihrer All bodies tend towards the center
Schwere nad dem Mittelpunft of the earth, through their at-
der Erbe, traction of gravitation.
Vermöge des Vertrages, By virtue of the treaty.

§ 216-219.] CONSTRUCTION OF PREPOSITIONS. 379

Rem. 1. Bermöge may be used in most cases where fraft and {aut are
employed.
Rem. 2. Bermöge was originally a noun preceded by nad.

‘8 216. Während (during the time of):
Während des Krieges, During the war.

Rem. 1. Während (from währen, to endure) was first used as a parti-
ciple or adjective (as in währendem Kriege); it was next used with the quali-
fied noun in the genitive (währendes Krieges, compare Des Morgen, § 81, 3);
it was first used as a preposition in the last half of the eighteenth century.

\ § 217. Wegen (on account of, for the sake, or purpose of):
Wegen des Regens (or bes Regens On account of the rain I remained
wegen) blieb ich zur Haufe, at home. (strife,

Nicht Streitens wegen fam ich her, I came not here for the purpose of

Rem. 1. Wegen can thus either precede or follow the noun.

Rem. 2. ®egen has become a preposition by dropping the preposition
von from von Wegen, a form that is now antiquated except in some fixed
expressions, as :

Von Rechts wegen, For the sake of justice.
N Rem. 3. Wegen is suffixed to the rersonal pronoun, taking an unorganic
zt or =tt as letters of union (§ 107, Rem. 2):

Meinetwwegen, on my account. Seinetwegen, on his account.

\§ 218. Zufolge (en consequence of, in pursuance of, in
accordance with):
Er that diefes zufolge meines Auf- He did this in accordance with my
trags, commission. [tions.
Zufolge gewagter Spekulationen, In consequence of rash specula-
Rem. 1, When the noun follows zufolge, the noun is put in the dative case:
Infolge der neneften Nachrichten, According to the latest intelli-
(Cor) Den neueften Nachrichten zufolge, gence.
Rem. 2. Formerly the two words were separated (zu Folge).

§ 219. Many other words are used as prepositions,
governing the genitive case (especially in the language
of trade and commerce), as:

Angeſichts, in view of (from das Angefidt, face).
behufs, in behalf of ( ‘ der Behuf, behalf, behoof).
nameng,inthe name of ( ‘* der Namen, name).
ſeitens, on the part of ( ‘* die Seite, side).
binfidtlid, with respect to ( ‘‘ bie Hinficht, respect).
rückſichtlich, with regard to ( ‘* bie Rüdficht, regard).

380 THE PREPOSITION. [§ 220, 222.

Augeſichts der Gefahr, In view of the danger.
MNamens des Amtmanns, In the name of the officer.
Seitens ber Eltern, On the part of the parents.
Hinſichtlich der Folgen, In view of the consequences.
Riidfidtlid des Vortheils, With regard to the interest.

Rem. When used with personal pronouns, the form {eit8 (instead of feitens),
is employed (§ 109):
Meiner feits, for my part. Seiner { eit 8, on his side.

3. PREPOSITIONS WITH THE DATIVE CASE.
Borwörter mit dem Dativ.)
\§ 220. Aus (out of, from) primarily refers to place,

indicating origin, source, or the place whence:
And der Stadt fommen, To come out of the city.
Er ftammt and einer edfen Familie, He comes from a noble fumily.
Rem. 1. Aus sometimes is used as referring to a period of time:
Ein Dichter aug tem breizehnten A poet of the thirteenth century.

Jahrhundert,
Rem, 2. It often refers to the material or to the parts of a thing:
Ein Gefäß and Thon, A vessel of clay.
Der Menfch befteht aus Leib und Man cosnists of body and soul.
Seele,
Rem. 3. It may refer to the inner motive cause of an action:
Er handelt fo aus Geiz, — He does so from avarice.

Rem. 4. It may refer to the material or parts of a thing:
Sch erjehe and feinem Briefe, va I see from his letter, that he is sick.
er krank ift,
Das weiß ich and Erfahrung, That I know from experience.

8221. Außer (out of, outside of, beyond, except) refers
only to position—not to motion:

Außer dem Haufe zu fein, To be out of the house.

Er ift anfer Gefahr, He is out of danger.

Anger ihm, haben Alle ihre Pfliht All except him have done their
gethan, duty.

Rem. Au fer (Mid,-Ger., tizer; Old-Ger., üzar) is from the Old-Ger.,
üz (a118), the ar being a derivative syllable.
\ § 222. Bei (near, at, with) refers only to position—not

to motion:
Bei dem Haufe fteht ein Saum, Near the house stands a tree.
In der Schlacht bei Leipzig, In the battle of (near) Leipsic.

8 223-225.] PREPOSITIONS WITH THE DATIVE CASE. 381

‘Rem. 1. Bei may indicate approximation, connection, possession, etc. :

Er wohnt bei mir, He resides with me.
Ich habe fein Geld hei mir, I have no money with me.
Bei diefer Nachricht, At this news.
Rem. 2. Bei is used in making oaths or protestations:
Bei meiner Ehre, Upon (by) my honor.

\ 8 223. Binnen (within, inside of) refers only to definite

periods of time:
x Binnen einer Stunde werde id) Within an hour I will take my de
abreifen, parture.
Binnen einem Fabre, Within a year.
Rem. 1. Binnen (M.-G., binnen), has come from the Lower-German 6 4)
into the High-German (§ 6), and is a compound of be innen (bei innen).
Rem. 2. The reference to space originally indicated by binnen is now re-
tained only in such compounds as:
Der Binnenfee, inland sea. Das Binnenland, the interior part
of a country.

x ng 224. Entgegen (towards, against) expresses a direc-
tion of or tendency to a motion toward an object, either

in a friendly or hostile sense:
Der Menfchenfreund fommt dem The benevolent man meets in a
Bittenden freundlich entgegen, kindly way one who asks a favor.
Der Tapfere gebt bem Feinde mus The brave man goes courageously
thig entgegen, to meet the enemy.
Der Wind war uns entgegen, The wind was against us.
Rem. 1. Entgegen always comes after the noun it governs.

Rem. 2. When motion is indicated, entgegen may perhaps be considered
an adverb (i. e., a prefix of the compound verb, asentgegengeben).

Rem. 3. Cutgegeu is sometimes used as synonymous with zuwider :
Er hat dem Befehle entgegen (or He has acted contrary to the com-
zuwider) gehandelt, mand.
Rem. 4. The word entgegen (M.-G., engégen; O.-G., ingegin, inkakan)
was formed by the union of in kakan=in gegen=en-t-gegen. The ¢ is add-
ed by false analogy, after imitation of ent in inseparable compound verbs.

\ § 225. Gegenüber (over against, opposite to) refers to
the relative position of two objects (which often have
a hostile relation to each other):

Bei Zorndorf ftanden bie Ruffe At Zorndorf the Russians stood ar-
ben Preußen gegenliber, rayed against the Prussians,

382 THE PREPOSITION. [§ 226-228.

Rem. 1. This preposition sometimes precedes the noun it governs:
Gegenüber dem Muſeum ift die Opposite the Museum is the new
neue Vibliothe?, Library-building.
Rem. 2. Gegenüber is compound of gegen über = toward over (or over
toward).

\ § 226. Gemäß (in conformity with, agreeably to) may
precede or follow the noun it governs:
Gemäß meinem Vorfatse (or mei- Ido as I had intended (or according
nem Vorſatze gemäß), handle to my intention), so do I act.
ich fo,
Rem. © em Gf} was formerly an adjective (in M.-G., gemaeze; in O. G.,
gimazi, kimazi=nad bem Dtafe).

N§ 227. Mit (with, in connection with):
Der Bater geht mit den Kindern The father goes out with his chil-
aug, . dren.
Ertrage deine Leiden mit Gebulb! Bear thy sorrows with patience! ~
Rem. 1. Mit is often used to denote the identity of time of one event with
another :
Wir ftanden mit Tagesanbrud)auf, We arose at daybreak.

Rem. 2. Mit is frequently used in denoting the means of conveyance:

Einen Brief mit der Poft fhiden, To send a letter by mail.
Mit der Eifenbahn fahren, To travel by railroad.

\ § 228. Nad denotes primarily motion or direction to
or toward a place (see zu, § 235):
Er ift nad) Berlin gegangen, He has gone to Berlin.
Sie fegelten nad) Norden, They sailed toward the North.
Rem. 1. The particle 34 or hin is frequently added, being placed after the
noun that is governed by gah):
Der Hafe lief nad) der Stadt zn, The hare ran toward the city.
Es bonriert nach bem Gebirge hin, It thunders in the direction of the
mountains.
Rem. 2. Nady is used inexpressing a motion toward a person or thing,
for the purpose of reaching, touching, or procuring it:

Mad Femand fchlagen, To strike at a person.
Mad dem Arzt fchiceen, To send for a physician.
Nad Femand fragen, To ask about a person.

Rem. 3. Nady frequently signifies ‘‘ after,” whether referring to time or to
place:

Nad) dem fünften Mai, After the fifth of May.

Einer ging nad) dem Andern, One went after another.

§ 229-233.] CONSTRUCTION OF PREPOSITIONS. 383 .

Rem. 4. Nah frequently signifies according to, or in accordance with ; used
in this signification, wad) may be placed after the noun it governs:
Es geht nicht immer nad unfern Everything does not always go ac-

Wünſchen, cording to our wishes.
Das ſchmeckt nach Wein, That tastes of wine.
Er malt nad der Natur, He paints from nature.
Meiner Meinung nad, In my opinion.
§ 229. Nächſt or zunächſt next to or next after):
Er faß nächſt mir, He sat next to me.

Der Kronprinz ritt zunüchſt dem ‘The Crown Prince rode next to
Könige (or dem Könige zunüchſt). the king.
Rem. 1. 3 und & ft may precede or follow the nouns it governs.
Rem. 2. Nächſt, the superlative of nahe (§ 92), was not used as a pre-
position before the New-German period. |

\§ 230. Nebit (together with) refers to a connection

existing in thought rather than in reality:

Die Stadt fah den Hunger nebft The city saw famine, together with
feinem ganzen Gefolge mit {dred (or and) all its consequences, ap-
lichen Schritten fic nähern (Sch.), proach with fearful steps.

Rem. 1. Nebft is an irregular derivative from neben.

§ 231. Ob, denoting position over or above, is obsolete,
except in poetry or in legal language:
Ob bem Altar hing eine Mutter Over the altar hung a picture of the
Gottes (Sch.), Virgin Mary. |
Rem. For 08 (M.-G., ob; O.-G., obe, oba) in New-Ger., über is used.

\§ 232. Sammt (together with) indicates a more intimate

or natural connection than is expressed by nebft and mit:
Das Schiff fammt ber ganzen The ship, together with the entire
Mannfdaft und Labung ward crew and cargo, became a prey to

ein Raub der Wellen, the waves,

Rem. Sammt (M.-G.,samet; O.-G., samant) is derived from the Old-
German adjective sam (compare the English “‘ same”), which is allied to the
Latin semper (always) and the Greek ovv (with).

\§ 233. Seit (since, during) refers to a period of time
that is specified with reference to the moment of its
commencement, or to its duration:

Seit vorgeftern habe ich ifn nicht I have not seen him since day before
gefeben ($ 256), yesterday.
Er ift feit einem Jahre franf, He has been sick a year.
Rem. Seit (I1.-G., sit; O.-G., sid) is allied to the Goth. adj. seithu= lata

384 THE PREPOSITION. [$ 234, 235.

N § 234. Bon (from) indicates source or origin in the
most general way:
Bon Berlin gingen wir nad Bonn, From Berlin we went to Bonn.
Bon diefem Tage an, From this day forward.
Rem. 1. Bown is also used to express the material of which a thing is made,
or the contents or property of a thing:
Der Tiſch ift yon Holz, The table is of wood.
Er ift ein Mann bow Ehre, He is a man of honor.

Rem. 2. It often denotes separation, and is also frequently used for the
partitive genitive:

Zehn bon Hundert abziehen, To take ten from a hundred.
Zwei bon meinen Freunden, Two of my friends.

Rem. 3. Bow may denote possession :
Der König vow Preußen, The king of Prussia.

Die Umgebungen bon Berlin, The environs of Berlin.

. Rem. 4. It is used in limiting the signification of some adjectives and verbs :
Er ift Hein von Geftalt, „ He is small in stature.
Ich kenne ihn von Anſehen, I know him by sight.

Rem. 5. Bon may be used to express the originator, the instrument, or
tho cause of an action or a result:

Ein Gemälde von Rubens, A painting by Rubens.
Der Hund wurde bon dem Herrn The dog was beaten by the man.
geſchlagen,
‘ 8235. 3u indicates, primarily, motion to a person:
Er geht zu feinem Bruber, He goes to his brother.
Gie fang zu ihm, fie fprady 30 She sang to him, she spoke to him.
ifm (G.),

Rem. 1. 3n indicates also position or rest in a place (being used in this
sense before names of cities and villages especially) :
Er wohnt zu Berlin, He resides in Berlin.
Die Univerfität zn Göttingen, The university in Gottingen.
Rem. 2. 3 indicates motion to an object or place, in many fixed expres-
sions, that were established during the Middle-German period:
Er geht von Ort zu Ort, He goes from place to place,
Das Kind geht zu Bett, The child goes to bed.
Rem. 8. In is used in indicating time when, especially in many general
expressions (compare also an, § 245; and um, § 242):
Zu Ende des Jahres, At the end of the year.
Rum erften Dale, For the first time.

$ 236-238.] CONSTRUCTION OF PREPOSITIONS. 385

Rum. 4. 3 is employed in expressing many relations that grow out of the.
primary meaning of motion towards (and that of rest in) a place, as:

Er geht zu Fuß, zn Pferde, He goes on foot, on horseback.
Pommern gehört zu Preußen, Pomerania belongs to Prussia.
Er kaufte Tuch zu einem Rod, He bought cloth for a coat.

Rem. 5. 3n was originally an adverb; it was first used as a preposition in
the O.-Ger. period. Being first used with pronouns, and then with reference
to persons in the Mid.-Ger. period. Its use was then extended to names of
things, indicating motion or position with reference to them.

Vg 236. Zuwider (against, contrary to) indicates a mo-
tion or tendency in a stronger or more hostile sense
than that which is expressed by ent gegen (§ 224):
Das Glück war uns zuwider (Sch.), Fate was against us.
Der gefunden Vernunft zuwider, Contrary to sound reason.
NRem. Zuwiber always follows the noun which it governs.
Obs. The following verses contain several of the prepositions that govern

the dative case.
Daphnis an bie Quelle.

Rach dir ſchmacht' ich, aa Dir etl’ ich, bu geliebte Quelle, bu!

Aus dir ſchöpf' ich, bei bir ruby ich, feh’ bem Spiel ber Wellen zu; ‘
Wit Dir fcherz’ ich, oon bir lern’ ich heiter durch bad Leben wallen,
Angeladht von Frihlingshlumen und begrüßt von Nadtigallen.

4. PREPOSITIONS WITH THE ACCUSATIVE.
(Borwörter mit dem Accnfativ.)
\ 8237. Bis (till, until, as far as, to) refers to both time

and space:
Bon Berlin bis Potsdam find vier From Berlin to Potsdam it is four

dentide Meilen, German miles.
Bon Oftern bis Pfingften find vier From Easter until Whitsuntide it
Moden, is seven weeks.

\ Rem.1. The article can not be used before a noun governed by bis.
\ Rem. 2. Some other preposition frequently follows bis:

Bis nad Mitternacht, Until after midnight.

Bis auf den letzten Heller, Down to the last farthing.
\8 238. Durd) (through, by means of, by):

Bir fuhren durch bie Stadt, We rode through the city.

Durd) das ganze Jahr, Through the entire year.

Durch Fleiß bat er e8 erreicht, He has acquired it by diligence.
R

386 T4E PREPOSITION. [§ 239-240.

\N§ 239. für (for, instead of, in favor of):
Er ftarb fir das Vaterland, He died for his country.
Er ging für feinen Bruder in den He went to the war instead of his
Krieg, brother.
Ein Gefchent fiir einen Freund, A present for a friend.
Rem. 1. § itt is used in many expressions where a noun is repeated :
Schritt fiir Schritt; Tag fiir Tag, Step by step; day by day. .
Rem. 2. § iit is used before a noun taken as the equivalent of another sub-
stantive noun, in such expressions as:
Sch halte ihn file einen ehrlichen I consider him to be an honest man.
Mann,
Rem. 3. § itt loses its prepositiorfal power in wus flir (see $ 113, 3).
N § 240. Gegen (toward, against) indicates motion, direc-
tion, or tendency in either a friendly, hostile, or indif-
ferent sense (see wider, § 243):
Wir fegelten gegen Norden, We sailed toward the North.
Er war febr freundlich gegen und, He was very kind toward us.
Die Berblindeten zogen gegen die The Allied forces moved against the
Franzoſen, French.
Rem. 1. Gegen may also indicate direct contact (against):
Er lehnte fic gegen die Wand, He leaned against the wall.
Rem. 2. It may indicate approximation of time or number:

. Gegen fieben Uhr bes Morgens, Toward seven o'clock in themorning.
Gegen achthundert Perfonen, Toward eight hundred persons.
Rem. 3. Ge gen may be used in expressing a comparison of two objects:
Er ift gegen Dich ein Riefe ! He is a giant compared to thee!

Rem. 4. Gegen may be used in expressing exchange :
Nur gegen baare Zahlung, Only on cash payment.
Rem. 5. Gen, an abbreviation of gegen, is only used now in some fixed
expressions; it is never followed by the article:
Gen Himmel ; gen Often, ‘Toward heaven; toward the East.

\ § 241. Ohne (without) is in general the opposite to
mit in signification:
Ohne Geld; ohne Zweifel, Without money; without doubt.
Rem. 1. The former construction of ohne with the dative (in the Middle-
German) is yet preserved in the adverb of nebem (besides that).
Rem. 2. The use of ohne in the sense of besides (au fer) is antiquated :

Es waren fünfzig Perfonen ofne There were fifty persons without
die Kinder, (counting) the children.

§ 242, 243.] CONSTRUCTION OF PREPOSITIONS. 387

Rem. 3. The use of fonder, instead of ohne, is now antiquated, or poetic ;
fonder can never be followed by the article:

Welch ein Wirthshaus fonder Glei- What an unequaled inn!
hen (Sch.)!

‘\§ 242. Um (around, about), implying either motion or
rest:
Wir gingen um die Stadt herum, We went around the city.
Die Säfte fagen um den Tiſch, The guests sat around the table.
Rem. 1. Before the hours of the day um denotes a specific time:
Die Sonne geht jest um halb fech8 ‘The sun rises now at half past five
Uhr auf, o’clock.
Rem. 2. Um is usea before some other divisions of time to express approxi-
mation of time (about):
Er wird um Mittag fommen, He will come about noon.
Rem. 3. Um may be used to express price, reward, e£c.:
Das werbe icy um feinenPreisthun, That will I not do for any price,
Rem. 4. Um is used in comparing number, size, or degree:
Er fam um zwei Tage zu Spät, He came too late by two days.
Rem. 5. Um frequently signifies for, concerning:

Um Hillfe rufen, To call for help.
Sich unt etwas befilmmern, To concern one’ self about a thing.

Rem. 6. Um in some figurative expressions signifies loss, overthrow, de
struction, etc. :
Er ift um ſein Bermögengelommen, He has lost his property.

‘8 243. Wider (against) implies hostile opposition:

G8 war wider feinen Willen, It was against his will.
Wer nit für mich ift, ber iff Who is not for me, is against me.
wider mid),

Rem. The adverb wieder (again) was written in the same way as the
preposition wider (against) until the beginning of the last century.

Obs. The following verses contain most of the prepositions that govern the
accusative case:
Philemon an feinen Frennd.
Durch Dich ift die Welt mir fchön, ohne Dich würd’ ich fle haſſen;
Für Dich leb ich ganz allein, um Dich will ich gern erblaffen ;
Gegen Dich foll fein Verldumber ungeftraft fid je vergehn,
Wider Dich tein Feind fich waffnen; ; ich will Dir zur Seite ſtehn.

388 THE PREPOSITION. [$ 244, 245.

5. PREPOSITIONS WITH THE DATIVE AND
ACCUSATIVE CASES.
(Bormwörter mit dem Dativ und Acenfativ.)

§ 244. The nine prepositions an, auf, hinter, in, neben,
über, unter, vor, zwifchen, govern the Accusative Case when
motion toward the object they govern is expressed.

They govern the Dative Case when rest or motion
within specified limits is expressed:

Er legte bas Buch auf deu Tijd), He laid the book on the table.
Das Bud liegt auf dent Tifch, The book is lying on the table.
Rem. 1. In general when these prepositions have reference to place or te
space, they govern the dative if they answer to the question where ? —and
the accusative if they answer to the question whither ? (see § 80, Rem. 1).
Rem. 2. Usually even when these prepositions are employed otherwise than

with reference to space, the above general rule will serve as a key to the cor-
rect use of the cases, as:

Ein Gedicht an den Mond, A poem to the moon.

Er arbeitet an einem Werle, He is laboring on a work.

Rem. 3. Where the use of the prepositions rests upon relations that are too
abstract to be governed by the above laws, the following general rules will be
of assistance :

1. Auf and jiber are generally used with the accusative case.

2. An, it, uuter, vor and zwifdhen are generally used with the dative case.

\ § 245. An (on) indicates primarily nearness or contact
upon the upper surface of a body, or lengthwise with
a body:

Er hängte bas Bild am die Wand, He hung the picture on the wall.
Einen Ring an dem Finger tragen, To wear a ring on the finger.
Rem. 1. An is employed in expressing definite time when (especially be-
fore days of the week or the month ; see um $ 243; and $ 83, 4):
Er ftarb am 5. Mai 1847, He died on the fifth of May, 1847.
Am vorigen Mittwoch um 6 Uhr, Last Wednesday, at six o’clock.
Rem. 2. Att may be employed in expressing a number or measure ap-
proximately :
Es waren an fedshundert Perfos There were about six hundred per-
nen verfammelt, sons assembled.
Rem. 3. Au may be used in expressing grounds of proof drawn from ex-
ternal signs:
Wir erkannten ihn an der Stimme, We know him by his voice.

§ 245-247] CONSTRUCTION OF PREPOSITIONS. 389

Rem. 4. An is used in many cases to express the direction of an action of the
mind or feelings :

Sd glaube an einen Gott, I believe in one God.
Hier ift ein Brief an Sie, Here is a letter, directed to you.

Rem. 5. Au with the article (am) is used in forming the relative superla-
tive of adverbs ($ 190, 1).
Rem. 6. An is used to express the relation of office :
Er ift Profeffor aw der Univerfität He is a professor in the university
zu Göttingen, of Göttingen.
Rem. 7. Uw is used, instead of the genitive case, in completing and limit-
ing many predications :
Er leidet an Rheumatismus, He is suffering from rheumatism,
Er ift jung an Sabrent, He is young in years.

\§ 246. Unf (on, upon) denotes primarily position upon
the upper surface on the upper part of a body:

Er legte bas Buc) anf ben Tiſch, He laid the book upon the table.
Das Buch liegt auf bem Tifde, The book is lying upon the table.

Rem.1. Unf often indicates position or direction, in a very general manner:
Er wohnt anf der rechten Seite der He resides on the right-hand side of

Straße, the street.
Er fteigt anf den Thurm, He is going up the tower.
Er ift anf der Jagd, He has gone a hunting.
Er ift böfe auf ung, He is angry at us.
Er wartet auf feinen Bruder, He is waiting for his brother.

Rem. 2. Auf is used in indicating exact expressions or limitations of time,
measure, or number:

Sei auf die Stunde dal Be there at the hour.
Er hat feine Rechnung bis anf den He has paid his account to the last
letzten Heller bezahlt, farthing.

Rem. 8. Auf is used to express sequence of time or order:
Auf Regen folgt Sonnen{dhein, Sunshine follows rain.
Ich habe es anf feinen Befehl gethan, I did it by his order.
Rem. 4. Auf is used in some adverbial expressions (especially in expressing
the absolute superlative § 190, 2).

\§ 247. Hinter (behind, back of) almost always refers to
place:

Der Hund lief Hinter bas Haus, The dog ran behind the house.
Der Garten ift aa bem Haufe, The garden is behind the house.

890 THE PREPOSITION. [$ 248-250.

Rem. 1. When both of the bodies referred to are in motion, hinter gov-
erus the dative case, and the adverb her is added:

Roland ritt hinterm Vater her(u.), Roland rode behind (i. e. following)
his father.

\ § 248. In (in, into) refers especially to place, time,
condition, manner, material, or contents:

Wir gingen in bie Stadt, We went into the city.

Er wohnt in ber Stadt, Ife resides in the city.

Er ftarb int vorigen Oltober, He died last October.

Er hat e8 int Scherz gefagt, He said it in a joke.

Dafür hat er zweihundert Thaler He paid for that two hundred tha-
in Gold bezabit, lers in gold.

\§ 249. Neben Gy, near, close to, by the side of) refers al-

most always to place:

Er faß neben feinem Bruder, He sat near (next to) his brother.
Er fette fic) neben feinen Gruber, He seated himself near his brother.
Rem. When both objects are in motion, neben governs the dative and the
adverb her is added (see hinter, $ 247):
Der Bebiente ging neben bem The servant went along at the side
Wagen her, of the wagon.

\8 250. Ueber (over, above, across) refers primarily to
place:
Wir gingen liber bie Bride, We went over the bridge.
Der Knabe hat feinen Balliiberbas The boy has thrown his ball over
Haus in den Garten geworfen, the house into the garden.
Das Gemälde hängt über ber The painting is hanging over the
Thüre, door.

» Rem. 1. With the dative case über denotes position above an object,
without coming in contact with it; with the accusative, it denotes motion
over or across an Object, either with or without contact with it.

\ Rem. 2. Weber may also signify beyond, or the other side of:

Ueber bem Meere, Beyond the sea.
Das geht iiber feine Kräfte, ‘ That is beyond his strength.
Heute liber acht Tage, A week (eight days) from to-day.

\ Rem. 8. Ueber signifies also by way of (via):
Wir find von Paris iiber Köln und We came from Paris by way of Co-
Hannover gelommen, logne and Hanover.
Sq — ben Grief über Bremen I sent the letter by way of Bremen.
geſchickt,

§ 251, 252.] CONSTRUCTION OF PREPOSITIONS. 391

\ Rem. 4. Ueber is in many cases used before the object to which a feeling
or sentiment is directed :

Alle lachen liber feine Citelfeit, All laugh at his vanity.
Er ift böfe iiber irgend Etwas, He is angry at something or other.
Rem. 5. Weber (M.-G., über; O.-G., uban; Gothic, ufar) is derived from
the same root as 98 (in Gothic, uf=up), see $ 231.

N 8 251. Unter (under, below, beneath) refers primarily to

place:
Wir faßen unter Dem Baume, We were sitting under the tree.
Wir fetten uns unter ben Baum, We seated ourselves under the tree.
Ren. 1. Unter is also used in many figurative expressions, as in those
indicating submission or subjection to superior authority :
Das Land war Damals unter The land was at that time under
Fremdherrſchaft, foreign sway.
Unter folden Bedingungen, Under (upon) such conditions.
Rem. 2. In expressions relating to time, unter usually signifies during:
Es war unter der Regierung It was during the reign of Frederick
Friedrichs des Großen, the Great.
Rem. 3. Unter frequently signifies among, between:

3% ſaß unter den Zufchauern, I sat among the spectators.
Ich rechne ihn unter meine Freunde, I count him among my friends.

Rem. 4. Unter (M.-G., under; O.-G., and Gothic, undan) is probably
allied to the Latin inter, and the Sanscrit antar= among.

\ § 252. Bor (before, in front of, in the presence of, ante-

cedent to):
Gr ftand vor dem Haufe, He was standing in front of the house.
Gr erfchien vor dem Richter, He appeared before the judge.
Er fam vor Sonnenaufgang, He came before sunrise.

\ Rem. 1. Bor is rarely used with the accusative, except with its primary
signification which refers to space (i. ¢., before, in front of‘):

Er trat vor feinen Richter, He took his place before the judge.
\ Rem. 2. Bor is frequently used (with the dative) in expressing the cause
of a feeling or action:

Sie weinte vor Freude, She wept from joy.

Er zitterte vor Angſt, He trembled from fear.
\ Rem. 8. Bor and fiir formerly had the same signification. In the Lower-
German dialects » or is yet used to a great extent for für.

392 THE PREPOSITION.

[$ 253, 254.

N§ 253. Zwifchen (Between, betwixt, in the midst of):
Belgien liegt gwifden Frantrei Belgium lies between France and

und Deutfchland,

Germany.

Gr tam zwifchen neun und zehn He arrived between nine and ten

Uhr bes Morgens an,

o’clock in the morning.

„Der Feind fäete Unkraut zwiſchen The enemy sowed tares in (the midst

ben Weizen,“

of) the wheat.

Rem. Zwifden is a contraction from the Middle-German en-zwischen
(O.-G., in zwisken, which is from the O.-G. adj. zui-ise=j;Wweifac)— twofold).
Obs. The following verses contain the propositions that govern the dative

and accusative cases:

Wn den Mond.
Auf Dich blidet, auf Dir weilet oft mein Aug’ in füßer Luft;
An Dir haft’ ich, an Dich fend’ ich manch Gefühl aud frober Bruft!
In Dich feet, in Dir findet meine Phantafie viel Scenen,
Unter die fie gern fich träumet, unter Denen dort die fchönen
Seelen, über die fe Erd’ erhöhet, über Gräbern wanbeln.
Vor mich tritt dann, vor mir fteht dann der Entfchluß recht gut zu handeln,
Zwiſchen biefen Sträuchen fip’ ich, zwiſchen fie ftiehlt fich Dein Strahl.
Neben mich fink, neben mir ruht fie, die Freundin meiner Wahl;
Hinter mich ftill bingefchlichen, ftand fie lachend hinter mir,
Und wir reden von den Sternen, unfren Lieben und von Dir.

6. Remarks upon Prepositions.
(Bemerfungen über die Vorwörter.)
§ 254. The following is an alphabetical list of prep-
ositions, with their primary meanings and the cases

they govern:

An (acc. and dat.), on, at.
anftatt (see ftatt).

auf (acc. and dat.), on, upon.

aus (dat.), out, out of.
außer (dat.), outside of.
außerhalb (gen. ), outside of.
bet (dat.), near, by.

binnen (dat.), within. '

bi8 (acc.), until.

diesfeit (gen.), on this side of.
burd) (acc.), through.
entgegen (dat.), against.
entlang (see längs).

für (acc.), for.

gegen (acc.), against.

gegenüber (dat.), opposite to.

halb, halben, or halber (gen.), in be-
half of.

hinter (acc.), behind.

in (acc. and dat.), in, into.

innerhalb (gen.), inside of.

jenfeit (gen.), on the other side of.

traft (gen.), by the power of.

längs (gen. and dat.), along.

Yaut (gen.), by the wording of.

mit (dat.), with.

mittels, mittelft (gen.), by the
means of.

nad) (dat.), after. |

neben (acc. and dat.), near.

255-257.] REMARKS UPON PREPOSITIONS. 393

nebft (dat.), together with. unter (acc. and dat.), under.

ob (dat.), over. unterhalb (gen.), on the under side of.
oberhalb (gen.), on the upper side. unweit (gen.), not far from.

ohne (acc.), without. vermittels, vermittelft (see mittels).
fammt (dat.), together with. vermöge (gen.), by means of.

feit (dat.), since. von (dat.), from.

fonder (acc.), without. vor (acc. and dat.), before.

ftatt (gen.), instead of. während (gen.), during.

troß (gen. and dat.), in spite of. wegen (gen.), on account of,

über (acc. and dat.), over. wider (acc.), against.

um (acc.), around. zu (dat.), to.

um-willen (gen.), for the sake of. zufolge (gen. and dat.), according ta.
unbefchadet (gen.), without injur- zunädft (dat.), next to.

unfern (gen.), not far from. [ing. zuwider (dat.), against.

ungeachtet (gen.), notwithstanding. zwiſchen (acc. and dat.), between.

§ 255. With the following exceptions all prepositions
precede the nouns they govern:

Exc.1. Halb halber, halben), and zu wi de r always follow the noun.

Exc. 2. Entgegen,gegenüber,andzunädht usually follow the noun.

Exc. 8. Gemäß, nad, ungeadtet, wegen, and 3ufolge may pre-
cede or follow the noun.
Item. When zufolge follows the noun, the noun is put in the dative case.

Exc. 4. The noun stands between the two parts of um-willen.

§ 256. In German, as in English, many adverbs of
time and place may be used as indeclinable substantives,
and may be preceded by prepositions:

G8 ift nicht weit von hier, It is not far from here.
Son da an, From that time forward.
Er ift auf heute verfagt, He is engaged for to-day. [morrow.

Von geftern bis Übermorgen, From yesterday till day after to-

$257.Some prepositions may govern an entire subor-
dinate sentence (instead of a single word); when thus
used, they have rather the character of conjunctions

than of prepositions:
Er ging weg, ohne uns etwas da- He went away, without saying any-

von zu fagen, thing about that.
Er geftand Alles, außer wer feine Heconfessed everything, with theex-
Mitſchuldigen feien, ception of who his accomplices were.

Er lobte mich, ftatt mich zu tadeln, He praised me instead of blaming me.
R2

394 THE CONJUNCTION. [§ 258-260.

$ 258. Many of the idiomatic differences between the
English and the German languages are owing to the
fact that many verbs, adjectives, and nouns are con-
ceived in such different wäys as to require different
prepositions after them in completing predications:

Ich glaube am einen Gott, I believe ir one God.

rift reid) an Gütern,aberarm He is rich in landed estates, but
an baarem Gelbe, poor in ready money.

Ein Mangel an Gelb, A lack of money.

Der Gefangene ift ftolz anf feine The prisoner is proud of his inno-
Unfdulb, cence.

Er ift febr begierig anf Abenteuer, He is very desirous of adventures.

Was wird aus ihm werden! What will become of him ?

Ich bin ganz er ftaunt ber fein I am quite astonished at his be-
Betragen, havior.

Er ift groß vou Geftalt, He is large in size.

THE CONJUNCTION.
(Das Bindewort.)

§ 259. Only afew Conjunctions are primitive word as:
Und, and (M.-G., unt, unde; O.-G., endi, enti, anti; Anglo-Saxon, and)
Aber, but (M.-G.., aber, afer ; 0.-G., afur, afar; Goth., afar [from af=ab]).
Oder, or (M.-G., oder; 0.-G., odar; Goth., aiththäu).

Rem. Of a few conjunctions the origin is ‘‘no longer felt” (§ 49, 2), as
Weder, neither (from M.-G., en— weder, ne—wéder=not of the two; the
negative particle ne has been dropped).
(Entweder, either (M.- G., eintwéder, from ein—de—wéder= one of the two).

$ 260. Almost all conjunctions are, (1) either adverbs
or prepositions, used as conjunctions: or (2), deriva-
tives and compounds of adverbs and prepositions with
each other or with nouns or pronouns:
Da er nicht fertig war, mußte er As he was not ready, we had to go
allein geben, alone.
Während Sie Iefen, werde ic) While you are reading, I will write.
fchreiben,
Er ging nach der Stadt, nachdem He went to the city after he had
er den Brief geſchrieben hatte, written a letter.
Sh fand ihn nicht, obgleich ich ihn I did not find him, although I look-
lange fitchte, ed for him a long time.

§ 261.]

THE CONJUNCTION. 395

Rem. From the fact that they serve also to connect subordinate with main
sentences, relative pronouns may also be considered as conjunctions :
Wo ift bas Bucy, welched Sie heute Where is the book which you bought

Morgen getauft haben,

this morning.

§ 261. The most important Conjunctions are the fol.

lowing:
Aber, but.
allein, but.
als, as, then, when.
als ob, as though.
alfo, consequently.
aud), also.
_ auf daß, in order that.
‚außerdem, moreover.
bevor, before.
bis, until.
ba, ‘since.
baber, therefore.
Dagegen, on thé contrary.
Damit, in order that.
\Darum, therefore.
daß, that, in order that.
Aen, for, because.
dennoch, notwithstanding.
deshalb, therefore.

x deffenmngeachtet, nevertheless.

\ deswegen, therefore.
bod), yet, still.
ebe, before.
falls, in case that.
ferner, further.
folglich, consequently.
‚gleichwohl, however, yet.
bingegen, on the contrary.
inbem, while, because.
inbeffen, however, yet.
je nachdem, according as.
jedod), however.

mithin, consequently.
nachdem, after.
nichtsdeſtoweniger, nevertheless.
nur, but, only.
nun, therefore.
ob, whether, if.
obgleih (obſchon, obwohl), al-
ohne, except. [though, though.
feit, since.
feitdern, since.
obngeachtet, notwithstanding.
fo, thus, therefore, if.
fobald al8, as soon as.
fonft, otherwise.
überbies, besides.
übrigens, furthermore.
ungeachtet, notwithstanding.
um, in order (to).
vielmehr, rather.
während, while.
wann, when.
weil, because.
wenn, when, if.
\ wenn aud), although.
‚wenngleich, although.
_ wennfdjon, although.
wie, as, when.
. wiewohl, although.
wo, where, when.
-wofern, in case that.
- zu dem, besides. :

Rem, The most important corresponding conjunctions are the following:

balb—bald,

um fo,
eae befto, l
J je, )
entweder—ober,
nicht —jondern,

| zwar, indeed.
sometimes—sometimes.
the—the. ⸗
either—or.
not—but.

396 THE CONJUNCTION. [$ 263.

nicht — vielmehr, not—but rather.
nicht nur—

nicht allein— fondern aud, not only—but also.
nicht blop— |

obgleidj—fo dod), although—still.
fowoh{—als, as well—as.
theils—tbeils, partly—partly.
weder —noch, neither—nor.
wie—fo, as—so.

§ 263. Conjunctions may be divided, with reference
to the grammatical office they perform in connecting
sentences, into two classes :

1. Co-ordinative Conjunctions, which are used to con-

nect equally independent sentences:
1. The following seven co-ordinative conjunctions cause no alteration in
the position of the verb in the sentence:

Und, aber, fondern, fomohl-als.
oder, allein, denn,
Wir gingen nach Halle, und vow We went to Halle, and from there
da gingen wir nad) Leipzig, we went to Leipzic.

Wir gingen nicht nad) Prag, fon We did not go to Prague, but we
dern wir gingen nach Münden, went to Munich.

Rem. Ab ex, however, may also be placed after the subject, or after the verb:

Der Sater aber ſprach — But the father spoke—
Der Strauß hat Flügel, er Tann The ostrich has wings, but he can
aber nicht fliegen, not fly.

2. The following co-ordinative conjunctions are usually placed at the be-
ginning of the sentence or clause ; when so placed they cause the subject to fol- —-
low the yerb in simple tenses, and to follow the auxiliary in compound tenses
(see § 280): we

Alſo, deswegen, jedoch,

auch, (je)—defto, mithin,
außerdem, (defto)—Ddefto, nichtsdeſtoweniger,
balb—balb, dod, nod,
Dagegen, entweder, nicht nur,
baber, falls, nicht allein, |
darum, ferner, nicht bloß,
bemnad), folglich, nur,

dennoch, gleichwohl, obngeachtet,
deffenungeachtet, hingegen, theils—theils,
deshalb, indeffen, iberdies,

besgleichen, infofern, übrigens,

§ 263.] THE CONJUNCTION. 397

vielmehr, (wie)—fo, zudem,
während, (weder)—nod), zwar.

Die Sonne foheint, Daher ift es The sun shines, therefore it is so hot.
fo heiß,

Raum hatte er bas gefagt— Scarcely had he said that—

2. Subordinative Conjunctions, which are used to con-
nect subordinate to principal sentences; they cause the
verb to be placed at the end of the subordinate sen-

tence:

Als, je nachdent, ungeachtet,
= als ob, nachdem, währen,
auf daß, nun, wann,
bevor, ob, weil,
bis, obgleich, wenn,
ba, obſchon, wenn nicht,
damit, obwohl, wenn auch,
daß, ſeit, wie,
ehe, ſeitdem, wiewohl,
falls, ſobald als, wo,
im Fall daß, ſo oft als, wofern,
indem, ſo lange als, zwar.
Es war ſchon ſehr ſpät, als ic) nad) It was already very late when I
Haufe fam, came home.

Rem. 1. In subordinate sentences the auxilaries of compound tenses and
the simple tenses of the potential verbs are placed after the main verb:

Pr Che wir nad) Haufe gelommen Before we had come home, it had
waren, hatte es fon angefangen already begun to rain.
zu regnen,

Rem. 2. When the compound tenses of the potential verbs are used in sub-
ordinate sentences, the auxiliary of these verbs is placed between the nomi-
native and the infinitive of the main verb (see § 131, Rem. 2, § 282, Rem. 1):

Er fagt, daf er es nicht Hat fin- He said that he had not been able
den können, to find it.
"Rem. 3. When dafj is omitted, the natural order of the words is preserved :
Ich glaube er ift nod) nicht anges I think that he has not arrived yet.
fommen,

Rem. 4. If went is omitted, the order of words in the subordinate sentence
is the same as in interrogative sentences (see $ 280, 4):

Wenn ich die Zeit dazu hätte (or IfI had the time (or had I the time),
hätte ich die Zeit Dazu), fo wiirte I would like very much to go to
id) fehr gern mit Ihnen beute | Potsdam with you to-day.
nad Potsdam gehen,

398 THE CONJUNCTION. | 264-266.

Remarks upon Conjunctions.
(Bemerfungen über bie Bindewörter.)

Obs. The number of words that perform the office of conjunctions is very
large, and their correct use must be learned mostly by practice. We give
below remarks upon the signification and use of some of those which the
English-speaking person would be most apt to use erroneously.

§ 264. Und (and) is employed almost entirely as in
English:
Der Vater und der Sohn, The father and the son.

Rem. In a few cases, however, the German m does not permit the direct
trauslation of and by und, as:

How can you go out and not take Wie finnen Sie ausgeben, ohne

him with you? thn mitzunehmen.
He became better and better, Er wurde immer beffer.
It became hotter and hotter, Es wurde immer heißer.

§ 265. Aber, allein, fondern, vielmehr (Buz):

Rem. 1. Allein indicates a contradiction, in some degree, to the statement
in the preceding sentence, or ofthe consequences which might follow from it;
aber simply indicates something different from the preceding statement;
aber can alwaysbe used instead of allein, but allein can not always be
used instead ofaber:

Ich hoffte es, allein (or aber) ic) I hoped for it, but I found myself
fand mich getäuscht, mistaken.

Rem. 2. Sondern is only used after a negative sentence; it indicates that
the second sentence corrects an error in the first; aber is used (after nega-
tive sentences even) when no contradiction exists between the two sentences :

Er befiehlt es nicht, fondern cr He does not order it, but he de-

wünſcht e8, sires it.
Er befiehlt es en nicht, aber He does not order it (it is true), but
er wünſcht e8 he desires it.

Rem. 3. Vielmehr i is closely allied in signification and use to fo a bern,
but is often more emphatic or definite in meaning:
Ich fitrchte ihn nicht, vielmehr ver- I do not fear him, but rather I
achte ich ibn, despise him.

§ 266. Als, wie, wenn, wann, are used as follows:

1. As an adverbial conjunction, al8 (when) refers only

to past time:
Als wir in Berlin anfamen, war Mr. Kraft had already left for Dres-
Herr Kraft ſchon nad) Dresden den when we arrived in Berlin.
abgereift,

§ 266.] THE CONJUNCTION. 399

Rem. 1. ALS (than) is used after the comparative degree of adjectives or
adverbs:

Heute ift bas Wetter milder To-day the weather is milder than
als es geftern war, it was yesterday.
Rem. 2. Als daß (preceded by zu) gives a negative signification to the
subordinate sentence which it introduces:
Er ift zu Hug als daß er an Ge- He is too intelligent to believe in
fpenfter glauben follte, ghosts.
Rem. 3. After a negation or an expression equivalent to a negation, al?
signifies except :
Nichts nennt er fein, als feinen He calls nothing his own, except his

Rittermantel (Sch.), knightly mantle.
Wer fon ft ift Schuld daran, als Who else is to blame for it, except
Shr in Wien? (Sch) you in Vienna?

Rem. 4. AL 8 is often nsed interchangeably with wie, as (see No. 2, below).

Rem. 5. Al is often followed by ob or wenn:
Er ſieht aus als ob er franf fi, He looks as though he is sick.
Er fieht aus al8 wenn er Trant Le looks as though he were sick.
wäre,

2. Wie (as), preceded by fo, is used in comparing to-
gether two adjectives or adverbs in the positive degree:

Heute ift das Wetter nicht fo heiß The weather is not so hot to-day
wie e8 geftern war, as it was yesterday.

Rem. 1. In German, as in English, {9 (as) is often omitted :
„Sei Hug wie die Schlangen, und ‘‘ Be wise as serpents and harmless
obne faljd) wie bie Tauben,“ as doves.”
Rem. 2. Als is often used instead of wie:
Es ift eben fo heiß als (or wie) e8 It is just as hot as it was yesterday.
geftern war,
Rem. 3. Used as an adverbial conjunction, wie signifies ‘‘ how,” as:

Ich weiß wirklich nicht, wie ich das I really do not know how to do
machen foll, that.

3. Want (when) refers to time past, present, or future ;
it is only used as a conjunction in introducing indirect
questions :

Ich weiß nod nicht, wann wir abs I do not know yet when we will
reifen werben, leave.

400 THE CONJUNCTION. [§ 267.

4. Wenn (when), when referring to time, applies only
to indefinite time:

Wir fahren zu Berg, We go to the mountains, we return
Wir fommen wieder, again, when the cuckoo calls,
Wenn der Kutuk ruft, when the songs awaken.

Wenn erwachen die Lieder (Sch.),
Rem. Wenn is more generally used in hypothetical sentences, signifying if:

Weun die Glod’ foll auferfteben, If the bell is to come forth, the
Muß die Form in Stüde gehen (Sch.) mould must be broken to pieces,

\§ 267. Damit, um zu, auf daß (in order that, in order to):
Rem. 1. Damit, originally an adverb (signifying therewith), when used as
& conjunction, usually refers to the means of accomplishing a purpose:

Ich beftrafe ihn, damit cr fich bef- I punish him, that he may become
fere, better (by it).

‘\ Rem. 2. When especial emphasis is to be laid upon the causal relation of
Damit, darum is often placed at the opening of the main sentence, which
precedes the subordinate sentence :

Darum eben leiht er Keinent, Just for that renson docs he lend to
Damit er ftets zu geben habe (Lcff.) nobody, that he may always have
something to give.
\ Rem.3. Damit nicht frequently signifies lest or that not:
Ich fage dir es nochmals, damit I say it to you once more, lest you
du es nicht vergiffeft, should forget it.
Rem. 4. Auf daß is now rather antiquated :

„Ehre Sater und Mutter, auf dafs °“ Honor thy father and thy mother,
es dir wohl gebe auf Erden,“ that it may be well with thee in
the land.”
Rem. 5. The single conjunction daß is frequently used for auf daß:
Dfeibt nicht in England, daß der Do not remain in England, that the
Brite nicht fein ftolges Her; an Briton may not feast his proud
Eurem Unglüd weide (Sd.), heart upon thy misfortune.

Rem. 6. When a shorter expression is desired, u%t—3 (with an infinitive)
is frequently used instead of auf daß:

Ich beftrafe ihn, um ihn ga beffern. I punish him to make him better.
Rem. 7. Unt zu is also used after an adjective or adverb preceded by 3m:

Gr ift zu edel, um fi) zu rächen, He is too noble minded to avenge
himself.

§ 268, 269.] THE CONJUNCTION. 401

§ 268. Obgleich, obſchon, obwohl, wenngleich, wenn Thon,
wenn aud) (though, although) :
Rem. 1. When the subordinate sentence precedes the main sentence, the
latter is usually introduced by fo, followed by dad) or dennoch (still):
Obgleich der Lehrer im Ganzen zus Although the teacher was upon the
frieden war, fo war doch man- whole satisfied, still there were
ches Einzelne zu tadeln, many thingsto be found fault with.
Sch weiß es, obgleid) (or obwohl) I know it, though no one of you in-
Keiner von Ihnen mid) Davon formed me of it.
benachrichtigt bat,
\ Rem. 2. Ob—gleid and wenn gleich often take a pronoun or other
monosyllabic word between their parts:
Ob id) gleich gefagt habe — Although I have said—
\Rem. 8. Wenn—and often signifies even if; the two words are often
separated, or reversed :
Der Berfuch war noch immer reidje The attempt was still richly re-
lic) belohnt, wenn aud nur ein warded, even if only a part of the
Theil bes BVerfprechens erfiillt promise was fullfilled.
wurde (Sch),
Das fonnte gejdehen, aud) wenn That might have taken place, even
Guftay Adolf 2. (Sch.), if Gustavus Adolphus, etc.
(but) Wenn er and alt ijt, fo ift Doch Although he is old, still his spirit is
fein Geift jugendlich, youthful.

§ 269. Daher, darum, deshalb, deswegen, alfo, folglich),
demnad, mithin (consequently, therefore) :
Rem. 1. Daher has reference rather to the physical cause :
Der Schnee ift auf den Gebtrgen The snow has melted upon the
geihmolzen; daher find die mountains; therefore the rivers
Flüſſe angefchwollen, have risen.
Rem.2. Darum, deshalb, Deswegen, refer more to the moral than
to the physical cause:
Es gefiel ihm nicht mehr unter bet He no longer enjoyed human so-
Menſchen, Daher (or deswegen) ciety, therefore he retired to sol-
30g er fich in bie Einfamteit zu⸗ itude.

[4

Er ift zu leichtfinnig, Deshalb fann He is too trivial, therefore I can
ich gar nicht mit ihm zufrieden not be at all pleased with him.
fein, |

Rem. 3. Darum is used in a most general way, to indicate a physical,
moral, or logical cause:

Es ift ſchönes Wetter; Darum It is fine weather, therefore I will

gehe ich ſpazieren, go and take a walk.

402 THE CONJUNCTION. [$ 269-271.

Obs. Darum is sometimes contracted intodrum:

Eine Durchlauchtigkeit läßt er fid) He has himself called ‘‘ his Excel-
nennen ; drum muß er Soldae lency,” therefore he must be able
ten halten können (Sch.), to have his soldiers.

Rem. 4, Alfo, folglich), dentuad, mithin, indicate rather a logical conse-
quence :

Er hat es felbjt gethan, und fann He did it himself, therefore he can

alfo Niemand tabeln, blame nobody.
Wir find Menfchen, folglid find We are men, therefore we are mor-
wir fterblich, tal.

Obs. 1. Demnad (dem nach) is frequently equivalent to according to that:
Er ift geftern abgereift, und fan He started yesterday, and may con-
dDemuad heute anfommen, sequently arrive to-day.
Obs. 2. Mithin indicates that the consequent is included in or grows nat-
urally out of the preceding statement :
Mein Bruder fommt heute Abend My brother does not come this eren-
nicht, mithin find wir allein, ing, so we will be alone.

§ 270. Bevor, ehe (before):
Rem. 1. Bevor refers only to time ; che may also express a preference or
choice :

Bevor (or che)er die Stadt verließ, Before he left the city.

Che ich mir das gefallen laffe, will Before I put up with that, I will
ich Lieber auf jeden etwaigen Vor- rather renounce every possible ad-
theil verzichten, vantage.

Rem. 2. Bevor is now much less used than ehe.
Rem. 3. The comparative degree eher (sooner) is sometimes placed in the
sentence preceding the one containing ehe or bevor:

Dir Nichts cher zu fagen, bevor Tosay nothing to you, before twelve
zwölf Tage geſchwunden (find), days are past.

Dod) eher fchlinge Tellus mid) And may Tellus swallow me down,
hinab, ehe id) meinen Eid ver- rather than that I should break
Teste (Sch.), my oath.

Rem. 4. Sometimes nicht is added, pleonastically, after ehe ; especially is
this done when there is a negative in the preceding main sentence:

Man fol nicht früher aufhören, One should not cease before the
che die Hände nicht erlahmen, hands become weary.

\§ 271. Falls, im Falle (daB), wofern (en case that, iF):
Rem. These forms are especially appropriate when their use would prevent
an unpleasant repetition of wenn (7f) in the same sentence, .
Ich will’s Dir leihen, falls Du I will loan it to you, in case that
mir’s bald wiedergeben kannſt, you can soon return it to me.

8 272-274.] THE CONJUNCTION. 403

§ 272. Wo (where) is also used referring to time (when):
Kennft bu das Land, two die Zitro- Do you know the land where the
nen blühen (G.), citrons bloom ?
Su der Zeit, wo — At the time, when—
Rem. Wo was formerly much used instead of wenn ; this signification is
now given mostly in rather short and in fixed expressions, as:
Wo nicht; wo ich nicht irre, If not; if I am not mistaken.

\ § 273. Webrigens, überdies, zn dem (moreover, besides) :
Er ift für fein Alter Mug, iibrigen$ He is shrewd for his age; moreover,
ift er älter al8 Sie glauben, he is older than you think.

Rem. Weberdied and zu dem are more specific than übrigens.

$ 274. Denn, da, indem, weil (because, for, as, since) :

Rem. 1. Denn gives rather the explanation of a statement :

Sch gehe nicht aus, denu es regnet Ido not go out, for (i. e., as you see)
fortwährend, it keeps raining continually.

Rem. 2. Weil (because) answers to the question warum ? (why ?):

Warum gehen Sie nicht aus? Why do you not go out?
Weil es fortwährend regnet, Because it keeps raining continually.

Rem. 3. Denn is frequently used to introduce explanatory sentences that
are interposed between the words of main sentences:

Ich bin denn warum foll id) eg I have been—for why shall I deny
Yaugnen—febr fleißig gewefen, it—very industrious.

Rem. 4. Denn (meaning than) is not used now as much after compara-
tives as it was formerly; its present use in this signification is rather con-
fined to dignified composition :

„Deine Sünde ift größer, denn fie “My punishment is greater than I
mir vergeben werden mige”, can bear” (Gen. 4, 13).
Rem. 5. D enn is, however, frequently used to prevent the repetition of als:
Ich befuche ihn jest mehr als I visit him now more as a friend
Freund, denn als Arzt, than as a physician.
Rem. 6. Denn is often used expletively, especially in questions:
Wer kann es ihm denn gefagt haben’? Who can have told it to him?

Ods. Thus used, Denn does not receive an emphatic tone of voice.

Rem. 7. Da, though primarily an adverbial conjanction of time (signifying
when, [see § 266, 4, and als, § 263, 2]), is sometimes used to express the logical
eause, especially when the main sentence contains a question:

Da er nicht gelommen ift, muß er As he has not come, he must be
krank fein, sick,

Wie Tamet ihr durch bas Waffer, How did you come through the wa-
da bod ber Strom bie Brüde ter, since the stream has carried
fortgeführt [Hat]? (Sch.) the bridge away ?

404 THE INTERJECTION. [8 275,

Rem. 8. Yudent, like da, is primarily a conjunction of time; it also is used
to express the logical cause :
Anden er aber alfo gebacdhte, fiebe! But while he was reflecting, behold!
da erichien ihm ein Engel, an angel appeared to him.
Ich kann e8 bir nicht geben, indem I can not give it to you, for I have
ich es ihm fchon früher verfpro- already promised it before to him.
den habe,

THE INTERJECTION.
(Das Cmpfindungswort.)

§ 275. Among the principal interjections, or words

used as such, are the following:

1. Of joy, as: ab ha ei !—juch (juchhe ! Heifal or hod) !)=Aurrah !

2. Of sorrow, as: adh I—weh ! or o weh I=alas ’—Teiber !—unfortunately !

8. Of astonishment, as: acy !—ah !—th I—hola I— Potztaufend !

4. Of laughter, as: baba!

5. Of aversion, as: pfui! pfui !=pshaw/—fie !=/fiel

Rem. 1. The word fg ! is used in a great variety of connections, as, for ex-
ample, to indicate astonishment, inquiry, assent, or satisfaction.

Rem. 2. Many words that belong to other parts of speech are frequently
used with the force of interjections, as:

Gut ! good! Woblan ! be of good courage!
Heil ! hail! Gottlob ! God be praised!
Borwärts | forward! Gott bewahre ! God forbid!
Halt! halt! stop! Adien | Good-by!

Rem. 3. The interjections heil ! and wohl ! and others, are followed by the
dative case, as:
Woh! (fei) ihm ! May it be well with him!
Heil (fet or werde) bir! Hail to thee!
Rem. 4. Some interjections may be followed by the genitive case, as:
Ob, des Thoren ! Oh, the fool! Pfui, der Schande | Pshaw! the shame!
Ren. 5. Sometimes the genitive is replaced by the preposition über, as
Pfut, über Die Schande ! Pshaw! for shame!
Rem. 6. As most interjections are elliptical expressions, some of them.
may be followed by a noun in either of the cases, as:
O, Thor! o, der Thor! Oh, the fool!
O, dem Thoren (kann e8 nicht fchaden) ! Be RES Se
O, den Thoren (kenne ich)! ae

8 276-278.] ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 405

ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS.
(Die Wortfolge.)
$ 276. In nothing is the genius of a language more
strongly manifest than in the arrangement of words in
sentences. The two following are among the ‘most
prominent characteristics of the German sentence:

1. The order of words in main sentences differs from that in subordinate
sentences:

Eriftfrant, He is sick.
Er fann nicht ausgehen, weil er He can not go out, because he is
krank ift, sick,

2. There is a marked tendency to present the sentence as a unit—that is,
with the modifying and limiting words and clauses enclosed between the copula
and predicate in main sentences, and between the subject and copula in subor-
dinate sentences :

Herr Weiß hat (feinem älteften Mr. Weiss has to-day given to his
Sohn, Wilhelm, die leste Aus- son William the last edition of the
gabe ber deutſchen Literatur-Ge- History of the German Literature
Ihichte von Heinrich Kurz, heute, by Heinrich Kurz, as a Christmas
als Weihnachtsgefchenk)gegeben, present.

Wir wollten geftern nad) Potsdam We wished to go to Potsdam yester-
gehen, weil bas Wetter (fiir biefe day, because the weather was so
Sabreszeit fo ganz auferordent- very unusualy beautiful for this
Tid) ſchön) war, season of the year.

§ 277. The essential parts of a sentence are the subject,
the predicate, and the copula.
1. The subject is the nominative of the verb.
\ 2. The predicate expresses what is affirmed of the subject.
\3. The copula is the inflected part of the verb.
Rem. The predicate is often included in one word with the copula.

§ 278. In main indicative sentences the regular order
is: (1), the subject ; (2), the copula, (3), the predicate.

Subject. Copula. Predicate. Subject. Copula. Predicate,
Das Wetter iſt heiß, Das Wetter bleibt bei,
The weather is hot. The weather remains hot.

Das Wetter wurbe heiß, Herr Kraft ift ein Deutfcher,
The weather became hot. Mr. Kraft is a German.

406 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. [§ 279.

Subject. Copula. Predicate. Subject. Copula. Predicate.
Ih babe geleſen, Das Wetter iſt heiß geweſen,
I

have - read. Theweather has hot been.
Wir milffen warten, Wir haben warten milffen,
We must wait. We have wait (Must).
Er fam an, Gr ift angefomment,
He arrived. — He has arrived,
Die Bügel fingen, — Wir werben geweſen fein,
The birds sing. — We shall (been, be).

8 279. The object of the verb is placed between the
copula and the predicate:

Subject. Copula. Object. Predicate.
Der Kaufmann bat das Haus verkauft,
The merchant has the house sold.

Er ſchreibt den Brief ab,
He copies the letter. —
Er ſchreibt den Brief, —
He writes the letter. ——
Ich habe das Buch geleſen,
I have the book read.

Rem. 1. The object of a verb, whether direct or indirect, stands between
the copula and the predicate (or after the copula when the copula and the
predicate are combined into one word):

Subject. Copula. Object. Predicate.
Er ift feinem Bruder gefolgt,
He has his brother followed.
Er ift eines Gerbredens angeklagt worben,
He has with a crime charged been.
Ich habe meinen Freund (um Rath gefragt),
I have my friend for advice asked.
Sie haben ihr Vorhaben ins Werk gefetst,
They have their scheme into execution carried.
Sie fetstert ihr Vorhaben ins Werf,
They carried their scheme into execution.
Sie hielten den Dieb feft,
They held the thief fast.

Obs. In some phrases (as um Rath fragen, ins Werk feten, fefthalten) the
words preceding the verb follow the same laws of position as the prefixes of
separable compound verbs.

§ 279, 280.] ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 407

Rem. 2. When there are two nouns governed by a verb, the personal noun
takes the precedence:

Subject. Copula. Personal noun. Object. Predicate.
Der Bater hat feinem Sohne ein Buch) geſchenkt,
The father has to his son a book given.
Der Vater fchenkte feinem Sobne ein Buch,

The father presented to his son a book.

Sie haben den General des Hocverraths angeklagt,

They have the general with high treason charged.

Obs. But when particular emphasis is placed upon the personal noun, it is
placed after the noun referring to a thing:

Der Vater hat ein Bud) feinem Sohne geichenft.
Rem. 3. A personal noun in the accusative precedes one in the dative case:
Jd habe ihren Sohn meinem Freunde empfoblen,
° I have your son to my friend recommended.

Rem. 4. The oblique cases of personal pronouns precede other substantives
(nouns or pronouns) in the oblique cases:

Sh babe ibm Shren Sohn empfohlen,

I have tohim your son recommended.
Ich habe es Ihrem Bruder geſchickt,

I have it to your brother sent.
Sh habe ihm Das gefagt,

I have tohim that said.

Rem. 5. Of two personal pronouns in different oblique cascs, the one in the
accusative precedes the one in the dative or genitive case:

Sh habe es ihm geſagt,
I have it to him said,
Ich ſagte es ihm, —

I said it to him.

3h werde ihn Ihnen vorftellen,
I shall him toyou introduce.

§ 280. The subject is placed after the copula in the
following cases:
1. In interrogative and exclamatory sentences.
2. With the imperative mood.
3. When an adverb or adverbial conjunction introduces a main sentence.
4. When wenn is omitted (see § 263, 2, Item. 4).
5. When the predicate introduces a sentence.

408 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 8 280.].
6. When the object of the verb (not being a relative pronoun) introduces
& sentence.
Copula. Subject. Predicate.
Iſt ber Menſh — ſterblich?
Is man mortal?
Haben Sie bas Bud) gelefen?
Have you the book read?
Scheint die Sonne?
Shines the sun? -
Wäre er bod gejund !
Were he (only) well!
Seid ihr aufmerkſam!
Be (ye) — attentive!
Kommen Sie bald wieder !
Come (you) soon again! °
Hier ift bas Buch,
Here is the book. —
Heute iſt das Wetter — ſehr ſchön,
To-day is the weather —— very fine
Daber Tann ich ihm nicht trauen,
Therefore can I him not trust.
Wäre das Wetter nicht fo heiß,
Were the weather not so hot.
(Predicate.) (Object.)

Kalt war ber Tag, ——

Cold was the day. —— —

Ernſt iſt bas Leben, — —
Earnest is life. — —
Sterben müſſen Alle, — —

Die must all. ——

Adtreiben swollen wir verhaßten Zwang,
Drive off will we the hated oppression,
Gefiegt bat ber Muth, —
Conquered has bravery. ——
(Object). Copula. Subject. Predicate
Den Mann babe id nie gefannt,
That man have I never known
Ihn kenne ich nicht,
Him know 1 not. _—

§ 281.] ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 409

$ 281. There is more definiteness in the position of
adverbs and adverbial phrases in the German than
there is in the English language:

Rem. 1. Adverbs of manner stand immediately before the predicate (or at
the end of the sentence, if the predicate is included in the copula):

Subject. Copula. Object. Adverb. Predicate.
Sie bat bas Lieb vortrefflich gefungen,
She has the song admirably sung.
Sie fang . das Lied vortrefflich,

She sang thesong admirably.

3h babe ibn ernſtlich gewarnt,
I have him earnestly warned.

Ich habe es auf diefe Weife getban,
I have it in this way done.

Rem. 2. Adverbs of time or place precede adverbs of manner:

Sie hat based geftern Abend vortrefflid) gefungen,
She has thesong yesterday evening admirably sung.

Wir haben in Berlin febrangenehm gelebt,
We have in Berlin very agreeably lived.
Rem. 3. Adverbs of time usualiy precede adverbs of place (L. XXIV., 5)-

Wir find vor vier Tagen in Berlin angekommen,
We have four days ago in Berlin ‘arrived,

Rem. 4. Of two or more adverbs of the same kind, as of time or place, the
more particular usually follow the more general:

Sie werben morgen Abend um adt Ube ankommen,
They will to-morrow evening at eight o’clock arrive.

Sie hatten in Berlin in Biltoria-Strafe Numero 20 gewohnt,
They had inBerlin in Victoria-street number twenty resided.

Wir fdnnen bas Bud nirgends im Haufe finden,
We can the book nowhere — in the house find.

Exc. The adverbs of time fd) on (already), nad) (still), ev ft (first) may
precede or follow a more definite adverbial expression of time, as: heute nod,
or nod heute; morgen ſchon, or ſchon morgen; erft heute morgen, or heute
Morgen erft.

Rem. 5. When adverbs have more special reference to a substantive; they
asually precede it:

Sogar {eine Gegner erfennen feinen Werth an,
Even his opposers recognize his worth.

410 ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS.

§ 28i, 282.]

Rem. 1. This inversion of the subject and copula takes place also when the
personal pronoun es is used expletively for the subject :
(G8) wirdbein Gewitter fom- There will a thunder-storm come,

men,
(E8) find Verbreden began-
gen,

There have been crimes committed.

Rem. 2. It also takes place when a relative sentence precedes a main sen-

tence:

Wer es ift, weiß ich nicht,

I do not know who he is.

Rem. 3. Sometimes the subject precedes the copula in interrogative and

exclamatory sentences :
Gott fet dir gnädig !
Er möge glücklich fein !

God be gracious to thee!
May he be happy.

§ 282. In subordinate sentences the general order is:
(1), the subject; (2), the predicate ; (3), the copula :

Subject. Predicate. Copula.
Ich weiß, daf ber Menſch ſterblich ift,
I know that man mortal is,
Ich begreife nicht, warum | er fo unzufrieden war.
I understand not why he so discontented was.
Der Mann, ber ſo krank war,
The man, who so sick was.
Der Amerifaner, ber heute anfam,

The American, who — to-day arrived.

Wenn bie Schwalben — beimmwärts ziehen.

When the swallows homeward fly.

Rem. 1. When the compound tenses of the potential verbs, or of the verbs
lajfen, heißen, fehen, hören, bel fen (see § 131, Rem. 2), are used in
subordinate sentences with the infinitive of other verbs, the copula (auxiliary)
is placed before the predicate or before the object of the verb:

Weil er es nicht hat th un Tönnen,

Obgleich ich ihm nicht habe arb ei-
ten helfen dürfen,

Geringere Bürger, welche Nichts
beſaßen, was ihnen Vaterland
und Herd hatte Lieb machen

können (Sch.),

Ich war zu fehr gewohnt, mich mit
mir felbft zu befchäftigen, als Daß
ich mit Aufmertfamfeit hätte ein
Kunftwerk betrachten follen (®.),

Because he was not able to do it.

Although I was not permitted to
help him work.

Citizens frorh the lower classes, who
possessed nothing that could make
their country and their homes dear
to them.

I was too much in the habit of oc-
cupying myself with my own
thoughts, to consider a work of art
with attention.

§ 282-284.] ARRANGEMENT OF WORDS. 411

Rem. For the sake of euphony, the copula is often omitted when the verb in
the subordinate sentence is in the perfect or pluperfect tense :

Ich verlor nicht Alles, da folcher I did not lose all, as such a friend
Freund im Unglüd mir geblie- Aas remained to me in my misfor-
ben [it] (Sch.), tune,

Was war mein Dank dafür, daß What was the reward to me, that I,
ic), ein treuer Fiirftentnedt, ven a true servant of the prince, who
Vilferflud anf mich gebürdet had drawn upon myself the curse
[hatte], diefen Krieg, ber nuriftt of tho people, had made the princes
groß gemacht [Hat], bie Fürften pay for the war which has made
[Habe] zahlen lafjen? (Sch.) him alone great ?

$ 283. Attributive adjectives usually precede the
noun they qualify:
Der gute Mann, The good man.

Rem. 1. Very long attributive adjective clauses are frequently employed in
the German language ; these are usually translated into English by subordi-
_nate relative sentences : .

Ein (der dentſchen Sprache voll A foreigner (who is) well acquainted .

fommen fundiger) Fremder, with the German language.
Die (dem Kranten ſehr Geilfame) The medicine that is very beneficial
Arznei, to the sick man.

Rem. 2. Sometimes the attributive adjective is placed, as for the sake of
emphasis, after the noun which it qualifies :
Niemand als Du, fol diefen Krieg, Nobody but yourself shall end this
den fürchterlichen, enden (Sch.), fearful war.
Rem. 8. For the sake of euphony, the attributive adjective clause may be
placed, as in English, after the noun it qualifies ; in this case the attributive
adjective is not inflected (§ 84, Less. X VIII, 1):

Aud manden Pant, Also many a man and many a hero,
Und manchen Held, good in peace, and strong in war,
Im Frieden gut was born in the Swabian land.
Und ftarf im Feld,

Gebar das Schwabenland (Sd.),

§ 284. For the prepositions that follow the substantive,
instead of preceding it, see § 255.

Dart Fourth;

VOCABULARIES.

I. PERSONAL PROPER NAMES.

Rem. 1. In this list are included only the most usual of such names as have
different forms or different pronunciation in the German and English lan-

guages.

Rem. 2. A few proper names from the Greek, Latin, and Hebrew languages
are also added. The final syllable is dropped from many Latin and Greex

proper names.

W’delbert, (gen.—8), m., Ethelbert. | Gli’fa, —8, or Eli’fe, —ns, f., Eliza.

Abe'le or Adeli’ne, —8, f., Adeline.

A’ delheit, —8, f., Adelaide.

H’dolf or A’ tolph, —8, m., Adolphus.

Aestulap’, —8, m., Esculapius.

Aefop’, —8, m., Esop.

Aga’the, —n8, 7, Agathe.

Ag nes, —, f., Agnes.

Wlarid, —8, m., Alaric.

Al’ bert or Albrecht, —8, m., Albert.

Ale’ris, —, f., Alice.

Alfon’fo, —8, m. Alphonso.

Ama’lie, —ns, f., Amelia.

Andre’as, — m., Andrew.

An'na, —8

An’ne, —ns, , f fo Ann, anna.

Ar ton, —8,m., Anthony.

Au’guft, —8, m., Augustus.

Augu’ste, —n8, f., Augusta.

Bal’duin, —8, m., Baldwin.

BVelifar’, —8, m., Belisarius.

Blan’ta, —8 fs Blanche. [face.

Bontifa;’, —ens, or —ius, m., Boni-

Bourbo’nen, pl., Bourbons.

Brigitte, —ens, f., Bridget.

Calvin, —8, m., Calvin.

Charlot’te, —ns, hs Charlotte.

Glob’ wig, —8, m., Clovis.

Chri’ftus, —i, m., "Christ,

Cle’mens, —, m., Clement.

zum aaa —, m. , Dionysius, Dennis.
orothe’a, —8

Dorothee’, —ns, ae —

E’herhard, —§, m., Eberhard.

E’duard, —8, m., Edward.

Eleono’re, —n8, f., Eleonora.

Eli'as, —, m., Elisha,

E’mil, —8, m., Emilius, Emil.
Emilie, —n8, f., Emily.

€pifur’, —8, m., Epicurus.
Epilurä’er, —8, m., Epicurean.
epifurd’ifd, adj., Epicurean.

Ernft, —en8, m., Ernest.

Eugen’, —8, m., Eugene.

Euge’nie, —n3, f., Eugenie.

€’va, —8, f., Eve or Eva.

Flo renz, —eus, m., Florence.
Floren’ tia, —8, f., Florence.

Franz, —ens, m., Francis.
Franzis ka, —8, f., Frances.

ried’ rick), —8, m., Frederick.
Ganymed’, —8, m., Ganymede.

Ge’ org, —8, m., George.

Ger’ harb, —8, m., Gerhard. [trude.
Ger’traud or Ger’trud, —8, f., Ger-
Oo’ fiath, —8, m., Goliath.

Gott’ frieb, —8, m., Godfrey.
Gotthard, —8, m., Godard.
Gottlieb, —8, m., Theophilus.
Gre’gor, —8, m., Gregory.
gregoria’nifd, adj., Gregorian.
Gui'do, —8, m., Guy.

Gu’ftav, —8, m., Gustavus.

Han’ue, —ns, /., Jane.

Hans, —ens, m., John.

Hed’ wig, —8, f., Edwiga,

Hein’rih, —8, m., Henry. [Helena.
Hele’ne, -n8, or Helena, -8, f., Helen,
Heliobor’, —8, m., Heliodorus.
Henviet’te, —n8, f., Henrietta, Harriet
Her’ mann, —8, m., Herman.
Hero’des, —, m., Herod.

Herodot’, —8, m., Herodotus.

416 PERSONAL PROPER NAMES.

Siob, —8, m., Job.

Homer’, —8, m., Homer.
home’ rifd) (adj.), Homeric.
Horaz’, —, m., Horace.

Hum’ fried, —8, m., Humphry.

In' nocenz, —en8, m., Innocence.

3’ faat (3’-fa-ab), —, m., Isaac.
Sfat’as, —, m., Isaiah.

38’ mael, —8, m., Ishmael.
sa’tob, —8, m., Jacob, James.
Sa’jon, —8, m., Jason.
Seremi’as, —, m., Jeremiah.
Yejus, —, m., Jesus.

$o’ab, —8, m., Joab.
Sohann’, —8, m., John.
Sohan’na, —8, f., Joan, Jane.
30’na8, —, m., Jonah.

So’ feph, —8, m., Joseph.
So’fua, —8, m., Joshua.
Swlius, —, m., Julius.

Sw lia, —8, f., Julia.

Sulian’, —8, m., Julian.
Suftinian’, —8, m., Justinian.
juftinia’nifch (adj.), Justinian.
Ra’ in (Ra’-in), —8, m., Cain.
Karl, —8, m., Charles.

Karl der Große, Charlemagne.
Karoline, —n8, f., Caroline.
Ka’ftor, —8, m., Castor.
Kathari'ne, —n8, f., Catharine.
Le’ouhard, —8, m., Leonard.
Leono’re, —n8, f., Leonora.
Liſvius, —, m., Livy.

Lo’renz, —en8, m., Lawrence.
Luci’e, —n8, f., Lucy. |
Lub’wig, —8, m., Lewis, Louis.
Lui’fe, —8, /., Louisa.

Lun’ta8, —, m., Luke.

Lukrez', —en8, m., Lucretius.
Mia’ homed, —8, m., Mohammed.
Maria, —8, f., Maria.
Marie’, —n8, f., Mary.
Mar’tha, —8, f., Martha.
Mathil’de, —n8, 7, Matilda.
Matthi’us, —i, m., Matthew.

Mar, —ens, or Marimi’lian, —8, m.,
Maximili

Merkur’, —8, m., Mercury.
Methu’jalem, —8, m., Methusaleh.
Michael (Mi'⸗cha⸗el), —8, m. ,Michael,
Mo’riz, —en8, m., Maurice.
Mo’fes (gen. Mofis), m., Moses.
Moſa'iſch (adj.), Mosaic.

Na’ than, —8, m., Nathan.
Nehemi’as, —, m., Nehemiah.
Neptun’, —8, m., Neptune.
Nitolaus, —, m., Nicholas.
Ddon’cer, —8, m., Odoaeer.
Oreft’, —8, m., Orestes.

Ovid’, —8, m., Ovid.

Paul, —8, m., Paul.

Pe'ter, —8, m., Peter.

Philipp, —8, m., Philip.
Pila’tus, —,m., Pilate.
Pli’nius, —, m., Pliny.
Pompe’jus, —, m., Pompey.
Properz’, —en8, m., Propertius,
Ra’ hel, 8,7. "9 Rachel.
Raimund, —8, m., Raymond.
Rebel’'fa, —8, /., Rebecca.

Ru’ dolph or Rudolf, —8, m., Ralph,
Ruth, —8, f., Ruth. [Rudolph,
Sa’ (omo, —8, m., Solomon.
Se’bald, —8, m., Sebaldus.

Sieg "mund, —8, m., Sigismund.
Sim’ fon, —8, m., Samson.
Sueton’, —8, m. , Suetonius,
Ta’citns, =; ei Tacitus.
Terenz', —ens, m., Terence.
Lhe’ odor, —8, m., "Theodore.
Chere’ fe, —n6, Ss Theresa.

ho’ mas, —, m., Thomas.

Zi’ tian, 2, m., Titian.

Veit, —8, M., Vitus.

Virgil’, —8, m., Virgil.

Wal’ ter, —8, m., Walter.

Wil’ helm, —8, m., William.
Wilhelmina, —8, f., Wilhelmina,
Wolfgang, —8, m., Wolfgang.
Xa’ ver, —B, m., Xavier.

II. GEOGRAPHICAL PROPER NAMES.

Rem. In this list are given only those names that are most frequently em-
ployed, and which differ materially in form and pronunciation from the cor-
responding names in English. In many cases the personal nouns and the ad-
jectives that are formed from names of places are also given.

Aa’ den, —8, Aix-la-chapelle. [tains. | Berlin’, —8, Berlin.
Die Abruy’gen, pl., the Abruzzi Moun- Ein Berli’ ner, —8

[ner.
, plL—, a Berli-

Abyffi’nien, —, Abyssinia. [sinian. | Verli’nifd (adj.), of Berlin. (cay.
Gin Aby ih’ nier,—8, pl.—, an Abys-| (Der Golf von) Bisla’ya, Bay of Bis-

Abyſſi niſch (adj.), Abyssinian.

Das Adria’tiiche Meer, —8, Adriatic. | Böh' men, —8, Bohemia.

Wfrita, —8, Africa.
Ein Afrifa’ner, —8, pl.—, an Afri-
Afrila’nifch (adj.), African. (can.
Die Al’pen, pl., the Alps.
Die Ju' liſchen Alpen, Julian Alps.
Ame’rifa, —8, America. [American.
Der Amerifa’ner, —8, pl.—, the
Amervifa’ niſch (adj.), American.
Die An’den, pl., the Andes.
Die An’geln, pl., the Angles. ſon.
Die Angelſach ſen, pZ., the Anglo-Sax-

Der Bo’denfee,—8, LakeofConstance.
[mian.
Ein Böh'me, —n, pl.—ı, a Bohe-
Beh’ mifd (adj.), Bohemian.
Der Both’nijche Meer’bufen, Gulf of
Bothnia.
Braun’ ſchweig, —8, Brunswick.
Brii|’ jel, —8, Brussels.
Burgund’,—8, Burgundy.
Chi’na, —8, China,
Ein Chine’fe, —n, pl. —n, Chinese.
Chine ſiſch (adj.), Chinese.
Chur, —8, Coire.

Angelfidy’ ſiſch (adj.), Anglo-Saxon. | Gy’pern, —8, Cyprus. *

Antwer’ per, —8, Antwerp.

Die Apenin’nen, pl., the Apennines, ©

Ara’bien, —8, Arabia. ©
Ein A’raber, —8, pl.
Ara' biſch (adj. ), Arabian.

Afien, —8
Gin Afar’, —en, pl. —en, an Asiatic.
Aſia tiſch (adj.), Asiatic.

Aſſy rien, —8, Assyria.

Athen’, —8, Athens.

Di’ nemart, —8, Denmark.
Ein Düne, —n, pl. —n, a Dane.
Di’ niſch (adj.), Danish

—,an Arab. | Deut{dy’ land, Germany.

Gin Deut’fcher, a German.

Eine Deut’fche, a German.

Deutfd) (adj.), German.

Norb’deutich (adj.), North-German.

Süb’deutfch (adj.), South-German.
Die Do’nau, —, the Danube.

Das Atlan’ tifche Meer, —8, the Atlan- | Dres’den, —8, Dresden.
Auftra’fien, —8, Australia. [tic Ocean. Die Dünen (pl. ), the Downs.
Die Azo’rifchen Infeln, pl. the Azores, | Diin’firden, —8, Dunkirk.
Das Azo’vifde Meer, the sea of Azof. | Diif’jelborf, —8, Dusseldorf.

Ba’ den, —8, Baden.
Bai ern, —8, Bavaria.

Esyy’ten, —8, Egypt.
Ein Eapp' ter, —8, pl.

(tian.
—, an Egyp-

Ein Ba’ ier, —n,pl.—n,aBavarian.| Egyyp' tiſch (adj. ), Egyptian.

Die VBedui’nen, p., the Bedouins.

Bel’gien, —8, Belgium.

Verberei’, —, Bar
Ein Ber’ ber, —8

Gl’ jag, Alsace.
Eng’land, —8, England. [glishman.
Ein Eng’ Lander, —8, pl.—, an En-

: pl, —,a Berber.! Eng' liſch (adj.), Bag

418

GEOGRAPHICAL PROPER NAMES,

Die Etſch, the Adige. Ein Stalia’ner, —, pl. —, an Ital-
Euro’pa,—8, Europa. Italiã niſch (adj.), Italian. [ian.
Ein Europä’er, —8, pl. —, a Euro-| Ja’ pan, —8, Japan. [nese.
Wuropä’ifch (adj.), European.[pean.| Ein Japane’fe,—n, pl. —n,a Japa-

Flan’ dern,—8, Flanders. [of Flanders| Japane ſiſch (adj.), Japanese.
Ein Flam’ lander, —8,pl.— ‚a citizen | Jubddi’a, —8, Judea.

Fla’ miſch (adj.), Flemish.
Slorenz’, Florence.
Frank reid), France.

Ein In'de, —n, pl. —n, a Jew.

Eine Jü’din,—, p/.—unen, a Jewess.

[Frenchman. | il’bdifd (adj.), Jewish.

. Ein Franzo’fe, —n, plur. —u, al Rirn’ then, —8, Carinthia.

Eine Franzö’fin,

—, pl. —nen, a| Das Kas’pifche Meer, —S, the Caspian

Franzð ſiſch, French. [French lady. | Kif’fingen, —8, Kissingen. [Sea.

Gali’zien, —8, Galicia. Kob’lenz, Coblenz.

Gal’ lien, —8, Gaul. Köln, —8, Cologne.

Se’ nua, —8, Genoa, Der Ko’merfee, Lake Como.
Geor’ gien, —8, Georgia. Kon’ftanz, Constance.

Die Gothen, »l., the Goths. Ropenba’ gen, —8, Copenhagen.

Go thifdy (adj.), Gothic. Korinth‘, —8, Corinth.

Grie’ chenland, —8, Greece. rain, —8, Carniola.

Ein Grie'’ che, —n, pl. —n, a Greek. | Kra’tau, —8, Cracow.
Grrie'chiſch (adj.), Greek. Kim, — ‚ Crimea,
Großbritan’nien, —8, Great Britain. | ety’ zig, —§, Leipsic.
Großgrie chenland, —8, Grecia Magna. | Li’ banon, —8, Lebanon.

Der Haag, —8, the Hague. Lif’ fabon, —8, Lisbon.
Habs’ burg; —8, Hapsburg. Li’ thauen, —8, Lithuania.

Ham’burg, Hamburg. Die Lombarbei’, —, Lombardy.
Sanno’ver, Hanover. [{Hanoverian. | Der Lo’renzbufen, —8, Gulf of St. Law-
Ein Hannovera’ner, —8, pl. —, a| Loth’ringen, —8, Lothaire. [rence.

ene Hanove-| Lit’ tid), —8, Liege.

Hanno’ verifd, (adj.), ian Luzern’, —, Lucern.

Ein Hebri’er, —, pl.—, a Hebrew. Mäh’ren, —8, Moravia.
Hebrãä' iſch (adj.), Hebrew. Mai’land, —s, Milan.
Holland, —8, Holland. [man. | Mainz, Mayence,

Ein Holländer, —8, pl.—, a Dutch-} Dtarot’fo, —8, Morocco. [Moor.

Hol’ländifch (adj.), Dutch. Ein Marrofta’ner, —8, pl. —, a
Die Hun’ nen, pl., the Hunns. Marolta’nifc) (adj.), Moorish.

Ju’dien, —8, Indie. [ican) Indian. | Die Mark, —, the Mark (of Branden-

Ein Jnbdia’ner,—8, pl.—, an (Amer-
Ein In’dier, —8, pl. —, an (East)
In’diic) (adj.), Indian. [Indian.
$r’land, —8, Ireland.
Der Ir länder, —, pl. —, the Irish-
Iriſch (adj.), Irish (man.

38'land, —8, Iceland.
Sta’ fien, —48, Italy.

burg).
Mar’ tif (adj.), of the Mark.
Die Mar’ fen (pl.), an ancient people
of North-Germany, near Ems.
Me’ cheln, —8, Malines.
Das Mitteländifche Meer, —8, the
Mediterranean See.

Die Mol’dau, —, Moldavia,

GEOGRAPHICAL PROPER NAMES. 419

Die Moldau, —, the(river)Moldavia.ı Ein Schot’te,—n, pl. —ı,a Scotch-

Mo’fel,—, Moselle. Schot'tifch (adj.), Scotch. [man.
Mos’fau, —8, Moscow. ' Sawa’ ben, —8, Suabia. [bian.
Miin’ chen, —8, Munich. Ein Schwa’be, —n, p/.—n, a Sua-
Namur’ —8, Namur. Schwä' biſch (adj.), Suabian.
Nea’pel, —8, Naples. Schwe’den, —8, Sweden.

Die Nie'derlande,pZ., the Netherlands.| Ein Schwe’de,—n, pl.—ı, a Swede,
Mie'derlindifdy(adj.),of the Nether-| Geywe'bifd) (adj.), Swedish.

Nor’ wegen, —8, Norway. [lands. | Die Schweiz, —, Switzerland.

Niirn’ berg, Nuremberg. Cin Schweizer, —8, pl. —, a Swiss.

Heft’ erreid), —8, Austria. Cine Schwei’zerin, —, pl. —nen, a
Ein De’fterreicher, —8, an Austrian. | Schmwei’zerifch (adj.), Swiss. (Swiss.
Oe ſterreichiſch (adj.), Austrian. | Sibi’ rien, —8, Siberia.

Oft’ gothen, pl., Ostrogoths. Sici'lien, —8, Sicily. |
Oftin’dien, —8, East India. Spa’nien, —8, Spain. [iard.
Paris’, Paris. Ein Spa’nier, —8, pl. —, a Span-
Peloponnes’ —, Peloponnesus. Spa niſch (adj.), Spanish.
Per’fien, —8, Persia. Spei’er, —8, Spires.
Po'len, —8, Poland. Stey’ermart, —8, Styria.

Ein Po'le, —n, pl., —n,a Pole. | Die Tatarei’, —, Tartary.

Pol’nijd) (adj.), Polish. Ein Tatar’, —8, pl. —en, a Tartar.
Pom’mern, —, Pomerania. The’ ben, —8, Thebes,

Ein Pom’ mer, —8, pl. —n, a Pome-| Die Them’ fe, —, the Thames.
Portugal, —8, Portugal. _[ranian. | Thil’ringen, —8, Thuringia.
Ein Portugie’ fe, —n, pl. —n,a Por-| Die Ti’ ber, —, the Tiber.

tuguese. Das Tyrol’, —8, the Tyrol.

Portugie’fifd (adj.), Portuguese. | Losla’na, —8, Tuscany.

Pots’ dam, —8, Potsdam. Zrient’, —8, Trent.
Pre’ fen, —8, Prussia. (sian, | Zri’ee,—8, Treves.

Ein Preu’ fe, —n, pL —n, a Prus- | Trieft’, —8, Trieste.

Preußiſch (adj.), Prussian. Die Türkei’, —, Turkey.
Re'gensburg, —8, Ratisbon. Ein Tür’te, —n, pl. —n, a Turk,
Her Rhein, —8, Rhine. Tür’tifc) (adj.), Turkish. |
Das Rie’ fengebirge,—8, the Capathian | Un’garn, —8, Hungary. [rian.
Rom, —8, Rome. [Mountains.| Ein Un’gar, —8, pl. —en, a Hunga-

Ein Rö’mer, —8, pl.—, a Roman. | VUn’'garifch (adj.), Hungarian.
Rö'miſch (adj.), Roman, Romish. | Die Vanda'len, pl., the Vandals.

Ruf’ land, —8, Russia. Vene’dig, —8, Venice. [netian.
. Ein Ruf’fe, —n, pl. —n, aRussian. | Cin Benezia’ner, —8, pl. —, a Ve-
Ruf’ fife) (adj.), Russian. BVenezia niſch (adj.), Venetian.
Sady'fen, —8, Saxony. Die Verei’nigten Staa’ten von Ame’-
Ein Sady’fe, —n, pl. —n, a Saxon. | rita, the United States of America.
Sich’ fifd) (adj.), Saxon. Birgi’nıen, —8, Virginia. j
Schle’fien, —8, Silesia. Die Walladei’, —, Wallachia.

Sdott’land, —8, Scotland. | Beli’ gothen (pl.), Visigoths.

420 ABREVIATIONS.

Die Weidh’ fel, —, the Vistula. Wie’ neriſch (adj.), Viennese.
Weftfa'len,—8, Westphalia. Die Wol’ga, —, the Volga.
Wien, —8, Vienna. Worms, Worms, Bormio.

Ein Wiener, —8, pl. —, a Viennese. ! Wilr’temberg,—s8, Wirtemberg.

III. ABREVIATIONS.

Rem. Abreviations are employed in German to a far greater extent than they
are in English. The list below includes only the most usual abbreviations.

U BE BETEN RR am andern Orte. at the other place.
J am angeführten Orte....... at the place mentioned.
ee — EEE Abſchut section.

een an ber (Oder, etc.)......... on the (Oder, ete.).
= i, or a/ M............ am Main P on the Maine.
Ann Anmerkung.......... remark.
Aufl., or Ausg... Auflage, or Ausgabe ........ edition.
Bd. (Bde.)....... — Band (Bände)............... volume (volumes>.
BED bedenteee signifies.
bef., or befond. ............ befonderd ....ccscnasesnneeneee especially.
Sreetee latitude (lat.).
KC.Cour Courant................... curreney.
Dies bdaſeſſßſtt there, at that place,
J.. der Große..... the Great.

dgl., or dergl............. dergleichen ................ the like, such.

JJ RE SURREREEREEN DAS heißt ................. that is to say, that is.
J DAS I. nn that is.
DIE u ae DiSkorto..........sccecssseees discount.
J. dieſes Jahres .............. . this year.
d. M., or D8. ME. ....... Diefes Monats ............... this month (inst.).
J. der Verfaſſer ................ the author.
f. g., fg., Wi... seve folgend (ser, =e, EB). er... following.
50 ttf. J. Fortſetzung folgt —— to be continued.
J... Fande post-paid
Dissen GLAU oe een Mrs.
Diane Lg [43 co 6sscs siceeesesten ces Miss.
SUD O85 ee FriedridhSd'or.............00. Frederick d’or. [schen.
G., Gr., or Sgr......0.00 Grofden,or Silbergrofden Groschen or Silvergro-
NCD EN QCOOLEN re born (i. e., the maiden
11 PERLE SER RR SE ones geheffte stitched. [name).

MON RER geftorber...... EN dead, late.
Svlsipr. — EITOREETERR HandelSfprade...........006 language of commerce.
nn ET EOTENLENREE Hauptwort ..eessessonenseeses noun

bshedialedecce te eeuaes Haruptitadt..........coereeee Capital

sr (89. J pe (Herren) een Mr. (Messrs. )

ABREVIATIONS. 421

Sabie nee Jahrhundert ..........cceeeee century.
Raif., or Kaiferl, ......... kaiſerſiſhß imperial.
Kath. R....... —— katholiſche Kirche............. Catholic Church.
Kön., or Kinigl........... niglihce royal.
(RL. SER IREETEFL EEE EEN Laiferlich-finiglid)........... imperial and royal.
JJ RER SERE Frenzee creuzer.
RE ROTE IE FERN RONAC ee — longitude (long).
JJ RIESPAETPENT ati id access Latin. [(inst.).
lauf. Mon. ceecerrsearcnnn Yaufenden Monate. ......... in tbe current month
DY RENATE Lieſferung number.
J— Pfund Sterling ............. pound sterling.
M. H. (Dt. 9.9)... Mein Herr (Meine Herren) Sir (gentlemen).

MGU. mittäglihe Breite........... southern latitude.
eg A., or N. And... nach Andern................ according to others.
R Neugroſchen.... New Groschen.
nördliche Breite ............. northern latitude.
No., Nr., Mro. (Nros.) Numero, Mummer(—n)... number (numbers).
NO niert Nadhfchrift.........eressreves Postscript (P.S.).
Delta ER Öftliche Länge ........... east longitude.
DI Dig neueren Pfennig .....serccccceccccvsers Pfennig.

Pfund ................ Pound.

Ph. D. see Doktor der Philofophie.... Doctor of Philosophy.
—— vcs eveseraresseones proteſtantiſch ........cercccees Protestant.
OD Quadrat Fuß .P... square foot.
Mare Quadrat Meile. .......0r... square mile.
JJJ Reaumur P.... Reaumur.
NRa Rabß abatement, discount.
Rhöh Rheiniſhhtt Rhenish.
Rthlr., or Tth.......cceeee Reichsthaler ........cccceee Rix dollar.
S. 8 Seite (ſiehe).................. page (see).
J RER Siehe dieſes ............. see this (article).
JJJ cence evadeeac eee fogenannt .............. ....... so called.
Sprrreee Sprachee language.
Jſſſſ. LER (PUIG) nee pronounce.
ı JJ. ftarb (ftatt)............. — died (instead of).
| a err rr 0 feiner Beit ........ccerscesees at time.
Thlr., Thl..— Thale — Thaler.
JJ.. Uhr (undJ)dJ. o’clock (and). [ers.
1, rein unter andern (und andere). among others (and oth-
1.00, Di essen und an andern Orten... and at other places.
1,0, Ob und andern Stellen ......... and other places.
u. dergl. m. .....cresceeces und bergleichen a and more of the same
WoW und mehr dergleichen kind.
NT Cini: und fo ferner —

J sssceenstictienses und fo weiter ) Sn

422 MONEYS, WEIGHTS, AND MEASURES.

2 ER ERN vorigen FahrS..........0c000 last year.

isi onscereesies vorigen Monats .........0006 last month (ult.).
Dil DON oben ..................... from above.
JJJ. VON unten.................... from below.
JJ Dee. west.

Roll, (Zeile)................ inch (line).

Ro > RN ER PEFRERERER zum Beispiel ............cc00. . for example.

IV. MONEYS, WEIGHTS, AND MEASURES.

Rem. These vary greatly in the different states of Germany. We give
only some of the leading coins, weights, and measures of the principal Ger-
man states.

1. Prussian Money (used in North Germany).

(Gold).......00000 Ein doppelter Friedridsd'or = 10 Thaler=............ $7.12
———— Ein Preußiſcher Friedridsd’or=—5 Thlr. 20 Sgr. =... 4.20
eilt) — Ein Thaler *80 Silbergrojhen=360 Pfennige—...... 71
— Ein Silbergroſchen 12 Pfennige ⸗..... 22
(Kupfer) ET Ein Sehfer=6 Pfennige=............. ee 1%:
— Ein Dreir=3 Pfennige — . 3
J Fin Pfennig unseren 3
2. Bavarian Money (used in Southwestern Germany).
(Gold) ............ Ein Dulat=5 Gulden 40 Kreuzer ⸗... 82.26
CZilber).......00 Ein VBereinsthaler=—34 Gulden=2 Preuß. Thaler= 1.42
Ws, seen Ein Zweiguldenftüd=120 Rreuzer—...........cceccceee 82
— Ein Gulden=60 Kreuzer ⸗..... 41
Wn Berge Ein Halbguldenftüd=30 Kreuger=.c.creccssessesanseneen 203
(Rupfer) ......... Ein Kreuzger=4 Heller ⸗. 2
J Ein eleeee 3
3. Austrian Money.
—— — Eine Krone=13 Gulden 753 Nkreuzer — ...... $6.48
Sales avsie Eine halbe Krone=6 Gulden 872 NRreuzer=.... 3.24
( Silber) Vereine Ein Zweiguldenftül=200 MRreuzger=........0ssccceeee 96
—— Ein Gulden or Florin=100 NRreuzer= .... 48
J— ‚Ein Biertelflorinftüh=25 NRreuzer=........ccccesceee 12
(Kupfer) ......... Ein BierFreugerftik=.........cceccccsecccssecscssscsoeeeess 2
—J— Fries 4
je een coves Ein Halblrerzerftiih—.........ceccoccscsccsccsevescccesoves 4

Rem. Bier Preußische Thaler=fieben Bairifche Gulden= ſechs Oeſterreichiſche
Slorin=$ 82. 81.

MONEYS, WEIGHTS, AND MEASURES. 428

4, German Weights.
Ein Bollcentner=100 Bollpfund=50 Kilogrammes = English pounds 98.04

Ein Zollpfund=z Kilogrammme=..........csecccccesecceees ue 98
Ein Preußifches Pfund=32 Loth=—468 Grammes=... “ ef 97

Ein Loth=—14.6 Grammes=—.......ccseceeeeeee seccocecesevee English ounces 48

5. German Measures.
l. LINEAR MEASURE.

Eine beutfche (geographifäie) Meile (15 Meilen=1° geo-

graphiſche Breite) ......ceccccsscscsserscesereseceressesees English miles 4. 06
Eine Preußiſche Meile = 24,000 Rheiniſche Fuß = 5372

Missa... “ « 4,07
Eine Stunde=eine halbe beutfde Meile .........cseccreceee cco e 208
Eine Ruthe=12 Rheinifche Fuß=3.766 Metres=.......... English feet 12.36
Ein Rheinifcher Fuß=12 Z0ll=313 Millimétres=......... * ‘* 1.08

Ein Zol=12 Linien=26.2 Millimttres= .........0..00 0.0... EnglisH inches 1.03

2. SURFACE MEASURE,

Eine Quadratmeile (Preupifch)=.......rcecccovvees . English square miles 21.09

Eine DQuadratruthe=144 OQuabratfug=—........... English square feet 152.67

Ein Morgen in Prenfen=180 Quadratruthen; in Baiern=400 Quadrat⸗
ruthen ; in Sadfen=2 Ader=150 Quabratruther.

8. MEASURE OF CONTENTS.

Ein Preußifches Quart=64 Kubitjoll=1.145 Litres= English quarts 1.28
Ein Preußiſcher Eimer=60 Quart =69.1 Litres= ..... English gallons 19.00

Ein Preufifcher Scheffel=48 Quart=55.88 Litres=.. English bushel 1.92

Eine Mege=7, Scheffel=3 Onart8=3.485 Litres=.. English quarts 3.88

V. CLASSIFIED LIST OF WORDS.

Das Weltall. 1. The Universe.
Der Gott, —8, pl. Götter, God, gods. | Die Natur’, —, Nature.
wv Scöp’fer, —8, the Creator. Natitr’lid, natural. [ter.

Se’fus Chri’ftus, —fti, Jesus Christ. | Die Mate’rie, —, ber Stoff, —e8, mat-
Der hei'lige Geift, —e8, Holy Ghost. | Materiel’, fix’ perlic), material.
Die Dreiei’nigteit, —, the Trinity. Das Atom’, —e8, pl. —e, atom.

Der En’ gel, —8, the angel. nw Körper, —8, pl. —, body.
wv Lew’ fel, —8, devil. Ein fe’fter Kor’ per, a solid body.
n Sim’mel, —8, heaven. Die Fe’ ftigteit, —, solidity.

Die Hölle, —, hell. Das Gas, —e8, pl. —e, gas.

~— Das Fe'gefeucr, —8, purgatory. „Geſchöpf', —e8, pl. —e, creature,

424

Der Menſch. 2:

Ter Mann, —e8, pl. Männer, man,
husband.
n Sater, —8, pl. Bi'ter, father.
„ Sohn, —e8, pl. Söh’ne, son.
„ Bru’ber,—8, pl. Brü’der, brother.
n © beim, —6, pl. —e, uncle.
n Better, —8, pl. —n, cousin.
n Ref fe, —n, pl. —n, nephew.
„ Grok’ vater, grandfather.
„ Ur’großvater, great-grandfather.
„ En’tel, —8, pl. —, grandson,
Die Eltern, parents (has no sing.).
Der Schwie’gervater, father-in-law.
n Schwie’gerfohn, son-in-law.
—n Schwa'ger, —8, pl. Schwä’ger,
brother-in-law.
„ Stief’vater, stepfather.
” Stief’fobn, stepson.
— Bräutigam, —s, bridegroom.
__w Witt’ wer, —8, widower.
Das Alter, —8, old age.
— Der Greis, —e8, pl. —e, old man.

Die Frau,

— Witt’ we,

LIST OF WOBDS.

Man.
—, pl. —en, woman, wife.
„Mut'ter, —, pl. Müt’ter, mother.
n Tochter, —, pl. Zöch'ter daughter.
n Schwe’fter, —, pl. —n, sister.
n Tante, —, pl. —n, aunt.
n Coufiine, —, pl. —n, the cousin.
Nich’'te, —, pl. —n, niece.
„ Oro’ mutter, grandmother.

„ Ur’ grofmutter, great-grand-
mother.

„ Sırtelin, —, pl. —nen, grand.
daughter.

„ Schwie’germutter, mother-in-law.

n Schwie’gertochter, daughter-in,
law. [in-law.

„Schwä' gerin,

„ Stief mutter, stepmother.

n Stief’tochter, stepdaughter.

—, pl. Bräute, bride.

—, pl. —en, widow.

n Zu’gend, —, youth.

er Bwil’ ling, —8, pl. —e, twin.

on Kua’ be, —n, pl. —n, boy. Das Mid’ chen, —8, pl. —, girl.
Die Geburt’, —, birth. Der Cod, —e8, death.
— Berlo’ bung, —, betrothal. Die E’be, —, marriage.
Der Körper. 3.. The body.

— Die Ader, —, pl. —n, vein.
Der Arm, —e8, pl. —e, arm.
Das Au’ ge, —8, pl. —n, eye. ;

~ Der Aug’apfel, —8, pl. Aug’ ipfe

eyeball, profile of the eye.
—— Die An’ genbraue, —, pl. —n, ) ey
» Au’ genbraun,—,pl.—en, § brow.
Das Au’ genlio, —8, pl. —er, eyelid.
— Der Ba’den, —, pl. —, cheek.

ie Fer’ fe, —, pl. —n, heel.

Der Fing evr, —8, pl. —, finger.

n Sup, —e8, pl. Füße, foot.
n Gau’men, —8, pl. —, palate.

Das Gehirn’, —e8, pl. —e, brain.

nv Gelen!’, —e8, pl. —e, joint. 7
„Geſicht', —8, sight, face. (ber.
n Glied, —e8, pl. —er, limb, mem-

Der Hals, —e8, pl. Hilfe, neck.

" Bart, —e8, pl. Bärte, beard. Die Hand, —, pl. Hände, hand.
Das Bein, —e8, pl. —e, leg. Das Haupt, —e8, pl. Hiup’ter, head,
n Blut, —e8, blood. Die Haut, —, pl. Haute, skin.
Die Bruft, —, pl. Brüfte, breast. Das Herz, —en8, pl. —en, heart.
— Der Bu' jen, —8, pl. —, bosom. ie Hüfte, —, pl. —n, hip. —
— » Dau’men, —8, pl. —, thumb. n SKeb’le, —, pl. —n, throat.
— » Ellbogen, —8, pl. —, elbow. Das Knie, —8, pl. —e, knee.
Die Fauft, —, pl. Fäufte, fist. —! Der Kno’chen, —8, pl. —, bone.

—,pl. —nen, sister, ~

Pe

LIST OF WORDS. 425

—Der Knd' hel, —8, pl. —, knuckle, an-
—Die Leber, —, pl. —n, liver. _[kle.
— Lippe, —, pl. —n, lip.
n %o'de, —, pl. —n, curl.
n Lung’e, —, pl. —n, lung.
— Der Ma’ gen, —8, pl. —, stomach.
— Das Marl, —8, marrow.
Der Mund, —e8, pl. Mtiinder, mouth.
Die Mustel, —, pl. —n, muscle,
Der Na’ gel, —8, pl. Nägel, nail.
Die Na’ fe, —, pl. —n, nose.
—~Der Nerv, —en, pl. —en, nerve.
— Die Niere, —, pl. —u, kidney (loins).
Das Ohr, —8, pl. —en, ear.
—Die Rip’pe, —, pl. —n, rib.
Der Ril’ den, —8, pl. —, back.

Kleiderſtücke. 4. Articles of Dress.

— Der Aer'mel, —8, pl. —, sleeve. [let:FDer Kattun’, —e8, pl. —e, calico.
Das Arm’band, -8, pl.-bänder, brace- | Das Kleid, —e8, pl. —er, dress-coat.
_— Der Batift’, —e8, pl. —e, cambric. | Die Kei’der (pl.), clothes.
Die Bein’ Heider (p/.), pantaloons. Kopf pub, —8, head-dress.
— Der VBefay’, —es, pl.—fäte,trimmin nw Kragen, —8, pl. —, collar.
— Die Bril’le, —, pl. —n, spectacles. ie Miike, —, pl. —n, cap.
„Bruſt'nadel, —, pl —n, breastpi wn Näh’nadel, —, pl. —n, needle.
— „ Bürfte, —, pl. —n, brush. Der Obr’ring, —e8, pl. —e, earring.
Ter De’ gen, —8, pl. —, sword. Die Boma’de, —, pl. —n, pomade.
—n Ba der, —8, pl. —, fan. [ring. | Der Re’ genfdirm, —8, umbrella.
n Ging erring, —e8, pl. —e, finger-| » Ring, —e8, pl. —e, ring.
— wn Flor, —es, pl. Flore, crape. nw Rod, —8, pl. Ride, coat.
n rad, —8, pl. Grade, dress-coa ie Schee’re, —, pl. —n, shears.
— Die Fran’fe, —, pl. —n, fringe. Der Schlaf rod, —e8, dressing-gown.
Das Futter, —8, pl. —, lining. + SGehlei’er, —8, pl. —, veil.
— n Gefchmei’de, —8, jewelry. ie Schnür’bruft, pl. »brüfte, stays.
© — Der Gürtel, —8, pl. —, belt, sash. | Der Schuh, —e8, pl. —e, shoe.
„ Gun’ mifdub, India-rubber ov ie Schür’ze, —, pl. —n, apron.
shoe. Der Son’nenfdirm, —8, parasol.
Die Haar’bürfte,—, p/.—n, hairbrush--Die Spiten (pl.), lace.
„Haar nadel, —, pl. —n, hairpi w Spo’ren (pi.), spur.
—— Der Sal» ihmud, —e8, necklace. . er Stie’fel, —8, pl. —, boot. [jack.
Das Hal8’tucd,—e8, pl. stücher, crav „Sttie felknecht, —8, pl. —e, boot-
„Hemd, —e8, pl. —en, shirt. ie Stie'felwichfe, —, shoe-blacking.
Die Ho’ fen (pi.), pantaloons. er Strumpf, —es, pl Strüm’pfe,
— on Ho’fenträger (pl.), suspenders. i
Der Kamm, —8, pl. Kämme, comb.

Rite’ grat,—e8, pl.—e, backbone,
n Schädel, —8, pl.—, skull. [spine ~
7 Schen’tel, —é, pl. — thigh.
Die Schlä’fe, —, pl. —n, temple.
„Schlag'ader, —, pl. —n, artery. 7
Der Schooß, —e8, pl. —e, lap. —
Die Schul’ter, —, pl. —n, shoulder.
n Seite, —, pl. —n, side. [brow.
„Stirn, —, pl. —en, forehead,
” Wade, —, pl. —I, calf. ”
» Wange, —, pl. —n, cheek.
Der Zahn, —8, pl. Zähne, tooth.
Das Zabn' fleijd, —es, gum.
Die Re’he, —, pl. —n, toe.
„ Bung'e, —, pl. — 1, tongue.

Die Taſche, —, pl. —en, pocket.

426 LIST OF WORDS.

Das Ta’fdentud, —e8, pl. »tücher, | Die Weile, —, pl.—ı, vest.

handkerchief. [coat.| » 3abn’bitrfte, —, pl. —n, tooth-

Der Ue’berrod, —e8, pl. »töde, over- brush. [pick.

— Die Un’terhofen (pl.), drawers, x Zahn’ftocher, —8, pl. —, tooth-
Kraulheiten. 5. Maladies.

— Der An’ fall, —8, pl. — fit.
— Die Blat’tern (pl.), small-pox.

Die Hunds’ wuth, —, hydrophobia.
er Hu’ften, —8, cough.

n Blind’heit, —, blindness. hu’ften, to cough.
— Der Brud, —8, pl. Brüche, rupture+Der Krebs, —8, cancer.
— Die Fall’ jucdt, —, apoplexy. Die Mta’fern (pl.), measles.

Das Fie’ber, —8, pl. —, fever.
n bbs’ artige Fieber, malignant feve
„ drei’tigige Sieber, tertiary fever.
n get’ be Fieber, yellow fever.
n bi’ bige Fieber, burning fever.
n tal’te Fieber, fever and ague.
w nerwö’fe Fieber, nervous fever.
—n Schar’lachfieber, scarlet fever.
— Der Ty’ phus, —, typhus fever. Set’ tenftechert, —8, pleurisy.
—Die Frof’beule, —, pl. —n, chilblain. | _,, Stam’meln, —8, stammering.
„Geſchwulſt', —, pl. -ülfte, swelling | Die Stumm’ heit, —, dumbness.
Das Gefdwitr’, —e8, pl.—e, ulcer. nw (fallende) Sucht, —, epilepsy.
Die Gicht, —, gout. Taub’heit, —, deafness.
n ei'lung,—,pl.—en, healing, cure Ue'’belfeit, —, nausea.
„ Bei ſerkeit, —, hoarseness. Verren’ tung, —, pl.—en, disloca-
— heifer, — Waſ' ſerſucht, —, dropsy. ſtion.
— Das Hüh’nerauge, —e8, pl. —t, corn. Wun’de, —, pl. —n, wound.

Da8 Haus, 6. The House.
2. PARTS OF A HOUSE.
r Bal’ten, —8, pl.—, beam.
Brett, —e8, pl. —er, board.
Der Brun’nen, —8, pl. —, well.
Das Dad, —e8, pl. Dächer, roof.
ie Diele, —, pl. —en, ceiling.
8 Erd’gefhoh, —e8, ground floor,
parterre. [shutter.
Der Fen’ fterladen, —8, pl.—, window-
n Buß’boden, —8, pl. »böten, floor.
a8 Gewöl’be, —8, pl. —, vault.

n Rar’be, —, pl. —n, scar.

n Dhn’madıt, — fainting.

» Poden (pl.), small-pox.

„ QDuet’fehung, —, pl. —eit, contu-

Der Schnu’pfen, —8, a cold. [sion
ſich erläl’ten, to take cold.

Die Schwä'che, —, faintness.

„Schwind' ſucht, —, consumption.

1, KINDS OF HOUSES.
Die Vant, —, pl. —en, bank.
” Bibliothet’ —, pl. —en, library.
—n Börse, — pl. —n, exchange.
n Brit’de, = pl. —n, bridge.
n Capel’le, — pl. —n, chapel.
—⸗ Cafer’ne, =, pl. —m, barrack.
Der Eir’fenbahnhof, —8, railroad sta-
tion.
— Das Sefäng’niß, —e8, pl. —e, prison.
— n Gewiichs’haus, —e8, green-house.
' Die Hitt’te, —, pl. —n, hut. Der Kamin’, —e8, pl. —t, chimney.
„Kir'che, —, pl. —n. church. Die Kam’mer, —, pl. —n, chamber.
Der Kird’hof, church-yard, — Der Keller, —8, pl. —, cellar.
„Kirch'thurm, —8, church tower. |! Die Küche, —, pl. —n, kitchen.

LIST OF WORDS. 427

. Die Sakriftei’, sacristy, vestry. © die Pum’ pe, —, Bl. —n, pump.

Das Ko'fter, —8, pl. Klö’fter, cloister: Nie’ gel, —8, pl.—, bolt, door-bar.
„Land' haus, country house, villa. | » Saal, —e8, pl. Säle, parlor.

— Die Mün’ze, —, pl. Mt, mint (coin). | Das Schlafzimmer, —8, pl. —, bed-
Das O’pernhaus, —e, opera-house. : room, (ney.
Der Palaft’, —e8, pl. Pali’ fte, palace: Sdorn’ftein, —8, pl. —e, chim-
Die Poft, —, pl. —en, post-office. n Stod, —es,

Das Schau’ fpielhans, theatre. Das Stod’wert,—es,) oor, story.

— Die Schen’ne, —, pl.—ı, barn. ie Stu’be, —, pl. —n, room. [stepe.
Das Spital’, —, pl. Spitäler, h w xXrep’pe,—, pl. —n, stairway,

— , reib’haus, hot-house. a8 Crep’pengelinder, baluster.
——i Zeug’haus, arsenal. n Srep’penbaus, baluster. [story.
„Zoll'haus, custom-house. Eine Treppe hoch, in the second

Möbeln . 7. Furniture.

— Der Ve’ her, —8, pl. —, tumbler, eup. Has ———
Das Bett, — es, pl. —en, bed. „Kiül chenſchirr, Kitchen tensile.
Die Bett'decke, —, pl. —u, coverlet. Der Ril’ henroft, kitchen range, grate.
Das Bett’geftell, —8, bedstead. Die Lam’ pe, —, pl. —n, lamp.
„ Bett’ tucdh, —8, pl. stücher, sheet. | „ Yatér’ne, pl.—n, lantern. [candle.
Der Stroh’fad, —e8, straw bed. | Das Licht, —e8, pl. —e or —er, light,
Die Matra’ke, —, pl. —en, mattress. |—Gejzo’ gene Lichter, mould candles,
Das Kopftiffen, —, pl. —, willow. T-Gegof’fene Lichter, dipped candles.
„ %e’derbett, feather bed. Der Licht’ docht, candle-wick.
Se „ Bil’ cherbrett, book-shelf. — Die Licht’ puge, snuffers.
— Der Bil’ herfdrant, bookcase. [goose. | Der Leuc)’ter, —8, candle-stick.
Das Bil’geleifen, flat iron, tailor’s+Die Pfan’ne, —, pl. —n, pan.
bit’gelu, to iron. er Bfro’pfen, —8, pl. —, cork.
Die Commobe, —, p/.—n, bureau. Der. Piro’ pfengieher, the corkscrew.
— Der Ei’mer, —8, pl. —, bucket, pail Die Schau’fel, pl. —n, shovel. [board.
Das Fak, —es, pl. Faffer, cask. er Schrank, —8, pl. Schränte, cup-
— Die Feu’erzange, —, pl. —n, tongs.. ie Schub’lade, —, pl. —en, drawer.
Das Gemäl'de, —8, pl. —, painting. Das Schwe’felhölz'chen, match.
„Hand'tuch, —c8, pl. stitdher, towel. | Der Spie’gel, —8, pl. —, mirror.
Der Kef’jel, —8, pl. —, kettle. n Stuhl, —e8, pl. Stühle, chair.
— Die Ker’ze, —, pl. —n, wax candle. Das Sieb, —e8, pl. —e, sieve. |
— wn» Kfe,—, pl. —n, chest. » Go'pha, —8, pl. —8, sofa.
n Rob’le, —, pl. —n, coal. er Tep’pid, —e8, pl. —e, carpet.
— wn Braun’tohle, lignite. n Ziegel, —8, pl. —, skillet. .
— on Solz’toble, charcoal. Der a, 23 pl.—t, table.
„ Schhwarz’tohle,\_. __, a8 Tiſch'tuch, tablecloth.
„ Steintohle | mineral cal, | Topf, —c8, pl. Töpfe, pot.
Der Korb, —e8, pl. Körbe, basket. | Die Wand’uhr, —, pl. —en, clock.
— ,, Kronleuchter, —8, chandelier. a8 Wafd)’beden, —8, washbowl.
— „ Krug, —e8, pl. Kritge, pitcher. ie Wie'ge, —, pl. —n, cradle,

[tal;

428 LIST OF WORDS.

Mahlzeiten und Gerichte.

l. MEALS.

8. Meals and Dishes.
a8 Gi’ weif, the white of eggs.

Das Frith’ ſtück, —8, pl.—e, breakfast | Der Dot'ter, —8, the yolk.

Frühſtücken, to breakfast.
„Mit'tageſſen, —8, dinner.
Zu Mittag effen, to dine.

’} supper.

n Wbendefjen, —s
„Albendbrod, —8,

— Ru Abend effen, to take supper.
— w Gaft'mabl, —e8, pl. -mähler, ban-
Der Gaft, —e8, pl. Gafte, guest. [quet.

wo Appetit’, —8, appetite.

— Gefeg’nete Mahl’zeit! (a blessing on

the meal!)
2. DISHES.

Das Brod, —es, pl. —e, bread.

Weiß’brod, wheat bread.

Schwarz’brod, brown bread.
— Alt' backenes Brod, stale bread.
But’terbrod, bread and butter.
— Die Kru’me, —, pl. —n, crumb.
— —* Kru’ fte, =, pl. —n, crust.

— pn Kleve, —, bran.
—— Der Teig, —e8, dough.
— w Die Hefe, —, yeast.
Die But’ter, —, butter.

- Das Ei, —e8, pl. —er, egg.
— Der Ei’erfuden, —8, omelet.
— Setz'eier, poached eggs.
— Riühr'eier, scrambled eggs.

Getreide und Gemiife.
— Die Boh’ne, —, pl. —n, bean.

— ww Erb’fe, —, pl. —n, pea.
Der Flache, —e8, flax.
— Die Ger’ fte, —, barley.

Das Gras, —e8, pl. Grä’fer, grass.
— Die Gur’fe, — pl. —n, cucumber.

— Der Hafer, —8, oats.
Das Heu, —e8, hay.
— Die Hir’fe, —, millet.

Der Ef’fig, —8, vinegar.

Das Fleijch, —e8, meat.
Ham’ mel fleifch, mutton.
Kalb’fleifch, veal.

Rind’ fleifd, beef.
Schwei'nefleiſch, pork.
Gebra’tenes Fleijch, roast meat.
Ham’ melbraten, roast mutton.
Kalbs’braten, roast veal.
Rinbs’ braten, roast beef.

ie Ralbs’cotelette, —, pl. —n, veal
Der Ki'fe, —8, pl.—, cheese.

Der Rahm, —es,
Die Sah’ne, —, eee
„Mollen (pl.), whey.
» Buttermilch, buttermilk.
Das Obft, —es, fruit.
Ein’gemachtes Obft, preserved fruit.
— Das Wpfelmuß, apple-sauce.
n Kompot’, —8, sauce.
Der Pfeffer, —8, pepper.
Das Salz, —e8, salt.
Die Sardel’fen (pl.), sardines.
Der Senf, —e8, mustard.
Die Sup’pe, —, soup.
n Zorite, —, pl. —n, tart.
vn Wurft, —, pl. Würfte, sausage.

J. Grains and Vegetables.

Der Blu’ menkohl, cauliflower.
" N brown cabbage.
n Sau’erlohl
Das Sauerkraut, } —
Das Korn, —e8, grain.
t" Kraut, -æes, pl. Kräu’ter, herb.
n Un’traut, weed.
Die Kref’fe, —, pl. —n, cress,
wo Lin’fe, —, pl. —n, lentil.

n Kartof’fel, —, pl. —n, potato. ~j Der Mais, —e8, Indian corn.

— Der Kee, —8, clover.
n Kohl, —es, cabbage.

Die Pa'ftinate, —, pi. —tt, parsnip.
w Peterfi'lie, —, parsley.

LIST OF WORDS. 429

Der Pilz, —e8, pl. —e, mushroom. | Die rothe Ril’be, beet. |
n Reis, —e8, rice. „ weiße Rübe, turnip. |
n Ret’tig, —e8, pl. —e, radish. Der Sel’lerie, —, celery.
n Meer’rettig, horseradish. Der Spar’ gel, —s, asparagus,

— n Roggen, —8, rye. „ Spinat’, —8, spinage.

— Die Rü’be, —, pl. —n, rape. „ Weizen, —8, wheat.

__ w gelbe Rü’be, carrot. Die Bwie'bel, —, pl. —n, onion.

Obft und Obftbänme. 10. Fruits and Fruit-trees.
— Die Ananas, —, pl. —, pine-apple. Maul’ beere, mulberry.
Der Apfel, —8, pl. Apfel, apple. Sta chelbeere, gooseberry.
— Die Apfelfi'ne, —, pl. —n, orange. Die Birne, —, pl. —n, pear.
» Aprito’fe, —, pl. —n, apricot. „ itro’ne, —, pi. —n, lemon.
Der Baum, —e8, pl. Bäume, tree. Dat’tel, —, pl. —n, date.
A’pfelbaum, apple-tree. Beige, —, pl. —n, fig.
— Birnbaum, pear-tree. Kafta’nie, —, pl. —n, chestnut.
Pflau’ menbaum, plum-tree. , Mandel, —, pl. —n, almond.
Fei genbaum, fig-tree. Melo’ne, —, pl. —n, melon.
— Das Blatt, —c8, pl. Blätter, leaf. 7 Ruß, —, pl. Nüffe, nut.
— Der Stamm,-es ‚pl. Stämme, trunk| Buch’nuß, beechnut.
— Die Rin’de, —, pl. —n, bark. Ha’felnuß, hazlenut.
Der Zweig, —t8, pl. —e, bough. Wal’ nu, walnut.
Die Wur’zel, —, pl. —n, root. Die Oli’ve, —, pl. —en, olive.
Die VBee’re, —, pl. —n, berry. „Pfir'ſich, —, pl. —e, peach.

”

Brom’ beere, blackberry. „» Pflaume, —, pl. —n, plum.

rb’ beere, strawberry. , Duit’te, —, pl. —n, quince. :
Hei'delbeere, bilberry. „ Wein’traube, —, pl. —n, grape. ..””
Him’beere, raspberry. Der Wein’ ftod, —es, pl. «ftöde, grape-
Johan’ nisbeere, currant. vine.

— Standen und Waldbaume. 11. Shrubs and Forest-trees.
— Der A’ horn, —8, pl. —e, maple. ie Fichte, —, pl. —n, pine.
Die Bir’te, —, pl. —n, birch. Lar’che, —, pl. —n, larch.
„ Bw de, — ‚pl. —n, beech. Lin’be, —, pl. —n, lime-tree.
n Ge'ber, —, pl. —n, cedar. Myrthe, —, pl. —n, myrtle.
n Cvypref’fe, —, pl. —n, cypress. Pap’ pel, —, pl. —t, poplar.
n Eiche, —, pl. —n, oak Tan'ne,—, pl. —n, fir.
Erle, —, pl. —n, alder. Ul’me, —, pl. —n, elm.
„ Eiche, —, pl. —n, ash. Wei'de, —, pl. —n, willow.
w €8'pe, —, pl. —ı, aspen.

Blumen. 12. Flowers.

-——Das Geis’hlatt, ) honeysuckle. | Der Jasmin’, —e8, jasmine.
„ Selän’ gerjelie’ ber ‚5 woodbine. Die Li'lie, —, pl. —n, lily.
Die Gold’blume, marigold. „Mai'blume, lily of the valley.

430
— Die Mir; liebe, —, pl. —n, daisy.
— „Mohn'blume, poppy.

— 1 Nel’te, —, pl. —n, pink.
„Neſſ'ſel, —, pl. —n, nettle.

Der Mit’terfporn, larkspur.

Die Ro'ſe, —, pl. —n, rose.

„ Slit; felbfume, primrose.

Bügel.
Der Bo’gel, —8, pl. Bögel, bird.
„Raub'vogel, bird of prey.
» Sing’vogel, bird of song.
——,, Sumpfvogel, wader.

„» Bug’vogel, bird of passage.

, Adler, —8, pl. —, eagle.

— Die Am ſel, —, pl. —n, blackbird.

—

Der Buch fink, —en, „l. -en, bullfinch. |

— Die Doh'le, —, pl. —n, jackdaw.
—, Droſ'ſel, —, pl. —n, thrush.

— „ Elſter, —, pl. —n, magpie.
— n Eu’te, .— pl. —t, owl.
— ,, Ente, —, pl. —n, duck.

— Der Fal'te, —n, pl. —n, falcon.

— Der Fafan’, —en, pl. —en, pheasant.

Die Gans, —, pl. Ganje, goose.
— Der Ha’bicht, —8, pl. —e, hawk.
— », Hahn, —es, pl. Hähne, cock.

Die Hen’ne, —, pl. —n, hen.

— Das Hub, —8, pl. Hüh’ner, chicken

Der Rana’rienvogel, Canary bird.
— Die Kri’he, —, pl. —it, crow.

Saugethiere.

Der Affe, —n, pl.—ı, ape.
„ Bär, —en, pl. —en, bear.
„ Biber, —8, pl. —, beaver.

— » Dad, —es, pl. Did’ fe, badger.

— Das Cich’ hirnden, —8, pl.—, sq
—Der E' ber, —8, pl. —, wild boar.
4 nun ie, —8, pl.
„ Buche, —8, pl. Füchſe, fox.
— Die Gem’fe, —, pl. —n, chamois.
— Der Ha’ fe, —n, p/. —n, hare.
— » Hirſch, —es, pl —e, stag.
» Hund, —c8, pl. —e, dog.

—,ass, donkey.

LIST OF WORDS,

Die Son’nenblume, sunflower. .
Der Siorch ſchnabel, crane’s bill (gore

nium).
a8 Tau ſendſchön, pansy, heart’s ease
Die Tul’pe, —, pl. —n, tulip.

Das Vergiß meinnidt, forget-me-not..
n Wind’röschen, anemone.

Birds.
er Kra’nich, —8, pl, —e, crane,
„ Ku’fut, —8, cuckoo.
Die Leriche, —, pl. —n, lark.
n Mö’ve, —, pl. —n, gull. [gale.
„Nach'tigall, —, pl. —en, nightin-
er Bapagei’, —en, pl. —en, parrot.
ny Pfau, —en, pl. —en, peacock.
yy Ra’be,—en, pl. —en, raven.
Das Reb’huhn, partridge.
Der Rei’ her, —8, pl. —, heron.
a8 Roth’fehlden, robin redbreast.
Die Schne’pfe, —, pl. —n, snipe.
„Schwal'be, —, pl. —n, swallow.
Der Schwan, —8, pl. Schwäne, swan.
„ Sper'ling, —8, pl. —e, sparrow.
„ Stored, —e8, pl. Störche, stork..
„ Strauß, —en, pl. —ett, ostrich.
Die Tau'be, —, pl. —en, dove.
er Trut’hahnı (die —henne), turkey.
Die Wach’tel, —, pl. —n, quail.
er Zaun’lönig, wren.

13.

Der 3’ gel,—s8, pl. —, hedgehog.
Das Kanin’ den, —8, pl. —, rabbit.
Die Ka'tze, —, pl. —n, cat.

Die Kub, —, pl. Kühe, cow.

r Ludhs, —e8, pl. —e, lynx.
Der Ls’ we, —n, pl. —n, lion.

Die Maus, —, pl. Mäufe, mouse.
Der Ochs, —en, pl. —en, ox.
Das Pferd, —es8, pl. —e, horse.
Die Stu’te, —, pl. —n, mare.
Das Füllen, —8, pl. —, colt.
Tie Ratte, —, pl. —n, rat.

LIST OF WORDS. | 431

Das Meh, —e8, pl. —e, roe, deer. Der Tiger, —8, pl. —, tiger.
1, Schmein, —e8, pl. —e, hog. » Wolf, —e8, pl. Wölfe, wolf.

— Der Stier, —e8, pl. —e, bull. te Bie’ge, —, pl. —n, kid.

Fiſche. 15. | Fishes.

—Der Aal, —e8, pl. —e, ecl. er Karpfen, —8, pl.— , carp.
“Die Au’ fter, —, pl. —n, oyster. n Krebs, —e8, pl, —e, crawfish,
Der Barfch’, —e8, pl.— e, perch. " Lachs, —8, pl.—e, salmon.

n Std’ ling, —8, pl.—e, red herrin te Mu’fchel, —, pl. —n, shell.
— Die Forel’le, —, pl. —n, trout. Der Schell’ fifdh,—e8, p/.—e, haddock.
— n Garne'le, —, pl. —n, shrimp. Die Schild’ trite, —, pl. —n, turtle.
— Der Hai, —8, pl. —e, shark. n Sclei’he, —, pl. —n, tench.
— » Häring, —e8, pl. —e, herring. | Der Schweinfifch, :
» Hecht, —e8, pl. —e, pike. on Zumm’ler, Bene
— wv Summer, —8, pl. —, lobster. | „ Stir, —8, pl. —e, sturgeon.

— nv Sabeljau’, —8, pl. — codfish, nv Wall’ fife, —e8, pl. —e, whale.

Chemiſche Subitanzen. 16. Chemical Bodies.

Luft’ fermig, aeriform.
Das Metall’, —e8, pl. —e, metal.
Das Gold, gold.

— Der Sau’erftoff, —e8, oxygen.
— ~n BWaf ferftoff, hydrogen.
n Stic’ ftoff, nitrogen.
Die Stid’ftofffäure, nitrous acid. „ Sil’ ber, silver.
n Galpe’terfaure, nitric acid. n Ku’pfer, copper.
Das falpe’terfaure Silber, nitrate} — „ Blei, lead.
— » Rob'lenftoff, carbon. [of silver. „ Zinn, tin.
—— Die Kobl’enfäure, carbonic acid. » Ei’fen, iron.
Der foh’fenfaure Kalk, carbonate Der Stabl, steel.
of lime. Bink, zinc.
w Phos’phor, —8, phosporus. vu Kobalt, cobalt.
jn Schwe'fel, —8, sulphur. [acid+-Da8 Mef’fing, —8, brass.
Die ſchwe' felige Säure,sulphurous Erz, —e8, pl. —e, ore, bronze.
„ Schme’felfäure, sulphuricacid| Der Diamant’, —8, pl.—en, diamond,
Der [chwe’felfaure Kalk, sulphatey—, Smaragb’, —8, pl. —e, emerald,
of lime. ſiron. Agat', —e8, pl. —e, agate.
Das Schwe’feleifen, sulphuret ofT—, Mar’mor, —8, marble.
n Chlor, —8, chlorine. „ Opps, —e8, gypsum.
— Die Sin’re,—, pl. —n, acid. | Die Kreid’e, —, chalk.
Das Salz, —e8, pl. —e, salt. er Ralf, —e8, lime.
Sal’zig, saline. n Thon, —8, clay.
Die Luft, —, air. „ Alaun’, —8, alum.
Quf'tig, aerial. —! Die Mi’ne, —, pl. —n, mine,

432 LIST OF WORDS.

Wiſſenſchaften. 17. Sciences.
Die Natur’ wiffenfdaft, —, science. ı Die Geometrie’, —, geometry.
n Chemie’, —, chemistry. Aftronomie’,
Chemie), chemical. - f Stern’ tunbe, JJ
Der Che'miker, chemist. Der Aftronom‘, astronomer.
w Geologie”, —, geology. T[ogist.| » Phi lofopbhie’, —, philosophy.
Der Geolog’, —en, pl.—en, geol- Der Philofoph’, philosopher.
wn Mineralogie’, —, mineralogy. Pbhilofo’ phifch, philosophical.
Der Mineralog’, —en, mineralo-| „ Theologie’, —, theology.
n Bota’nit, —, botany. (gist. Der Theolog’, —en, theologian.
Der Bota’niler, botanist. Theolo’gijch, theological.
n Mathema’tif, —, mathematics. n Pbilologie’, —, philology. -
Die Arithme’thit, —, arithmetic.| „ Medizin’, —, medicine. [law.
n A’gebra, —, algebra. n Rechts’ wiffenfdaft, —, science of
Künſte. 18. Arts.
Die ſchönen Künſte, fine arts. Die Die Sän’gerin, pl. —nen, singer.

n Aefthe’thil, —, zsthetics.
" Kunft, =) pl. Künfte, art
Der Künft’Ier, —8, artist.
vn Bau hint, —, °
— Arditettur’, —, h architecture.
Der Bau’meifter, :
e kckite, 5 architee
» Bild’ hauerkunſt,
{- Pla’ tit, —
„ Stulptur’, —,
Der VBild’hauer, —8, sculptor.
„Malerei“, —, painting.

sculpture.

ee hea —8, pl. —, painter.
" it, —,
Ton’ tunft, = music.

Der Diu’files, —8, musician.
n Gefang’, —e8, singing.

Vers'tunft,

Dicht'kunſt, —, poetry.

Der Did)’ ter, —8, poet.
Re’befunft, —, rhetoric.

Die Re’be, —, pl. —u, oration.
Der Reb’ner, —8, pl. —, orator.
7 —, prosody.

Zeich nenkunſt, —, art of drawing.

» Ku’ pferſtichkunſt, art of engraving.

Der Ku’ pferftecher, engraver.

wo Ku’pferitich, engraving.
Stein’ brucerfunft, lithography.
Screib’tunft, —, chirography.
Bud)’ druderfunft, art of printing.
Kriegs’tunft, military art.
Feld meplunft, field surveying.
Sngenienr’ funft, engineering.
Apothe’ ferfunft, pharmacy.

» Säng’er, —8, singer. Der Apothe’fer, apothecary.
Grammatifde Ansoriide. 19, — Terms.
Die Gramma'tik, —, pl.—en,) gram-| Die Profodie’, —
wn Spradylehre, — — pl. Be n Sers’funft, —, prosody:

n Orthographie’,
n Recht’ ſchreibuug, 5, $ orthogre phy.
„ Gtomologie’,
n Wort/lehre, —, —"} etymology j

" Syn’tar, u)

" Sat’lehre, — aux

Der Buch’ ftabe, —, pl. —n, letter.
- Der ia fangsbuchftabe, initial let-

[ital letter.
" — Anfangsbuchſtabe, cap-
n Bolaf’, —8 pl. —t
" Stimm’laut, 8, vowel.

ey
—

LIST OF WORDS. 433
Der Konfonant’, —en,) conso- | Das Prono’men, —8, pl. —, pro-
" Dit’laut, pl. —e,s nant. " Für’wort, J noun.
Der Re'detheil, —e8, pl.—e,) part of Das perfön’liche Filrw., personal
Die Wort’ form,—, pl.—en j: speech. pronoun.
Der Arti’ fel, —8, pl. — 7 article; „ befit/anzeigende Fürw., pos-
Das Geſchlechts'wort, sessive pronoun.

Der beſtimmte Art. ‚definitearticle
„ unbeftimmte Art., indefinite
Das No’men, —8, pl. —, [article
» Haupt’wort, —8, h noun.
n Nenn’wort, pl. wörter,
Der Gemein’namen, —8, pl. —,
common noun.
„ Eigennamen, proper noun.
Die Deklination’, pl. —en,) declen-
n Fall’ biegung,pl.—en, § sion.
Die ftarfe Dellin., old declension.
„ſchwache Deflin., new declen.

hin’weifende Fürw., demon-
strative pronoun.
unbeftimmte Fürw., indefi-
nite pronoun.
fra’genbde Fürw., interroga-
tive pronoun. [pronoun.
‚, bezüg’liche Fürwort, relative
Das Verb, —8, pl.—a,
„ Beit’ wort, 3* verb. tion.
Die Ronjugatiow’, —, pl,—n,conjuga-
Die ftarfe Konj., irregular conj.
n {dade Konj., regular conj.

"

"

"

„ gemifchte Dekl., mixed declen. Das Aktiſvum, —8, active voice.

Das Ad’ jektiv, —8,
„ CSi’genfdaftswort,

adjective.
” Ber’ wort,

Die Stei’gerung ber Adjeftiva, | Die Präpofition’,

comparison of adjectives.
Der Numeral’, —8, pl.—en,) numer-
Das Zahl’wort, al.

Das Orund’zahlw. ‚cardinal num. | Das Vin' dewort,
„ DOrd’nungszahlwort, ordinal| Die Interjeftion’,

number.

Zeiteintheilung.
Die E'wigkeit, —, eternity.

„ Zeit, —, pl. —en, time.
Das Fabrhun’dert, —8, century.

„ Al’ter, or Zeit’alter, age.

„ Bahr, —e8, pl. Sabre, year.
Der Mo’nat, —8, pl. —, month.
Die Wo'che, —, pl. —n, week.
Der Tag, —e8, pl. —e, day.

Die Nacht, —, pl. Nädy'te, night.
„ Stun’de, —, pl. —n, hour.
n Minu’te, —, pl. —ı, minute,

n Selun’de, —, pl. —n, second.

—— Mor’ genrithe, —, dawn.
Der Ca’ gesanbrudj), —e8, daybreak.

20.
Der Sonnenaufgang, —8, sunrise.

Paffi'oum, —8, passive voice.
„ Adverb’, —8, pl. —a, ad-
n„ Neben- or Um’ ftandswort,) verb.

Das Vor’ wort,
» Verhalt’nifr ort,
Die Konjunttion’,

h preposition.

conjunction.

interjec-
tion,

Das Empfin’dungswort,

Divisions of Time.

"
"
"
"
"

Mor’gen, —8, pl. —, morning.
Bor'mittag, forenoon.

Mit’tag, noon.

Nach’ mittag, afternoon.

A’ bend, —8, pl. —e, evening.

Die Mit’ternadt, midnight.
Ge’ftern, yesterday.
Bor’ geftern, day before yesterday.

or acht Tagen, a week ago. [day
eute über acht Tage, a week from to-

Mor’gen, to-morrow.
Ue’bermorgen, day after to-morrow.
Die Jabh’reszeit, season of the year.

LIST

434 OF WORDS.
Der Win'ter, —8, winter. Der arias — —
Frühling, —8,) vri „Otto'ber, —8, October.
__ Das Frühjahr, —8, 3 —— „Novem'ber, —8, November.

Der Som’ mer, —s, summer.
Herbſt, —es, fall.
$a’nuar, —3, January.
Fe bruar, —8, February.
März, —e8, March.
April’, —8, April.

Mai, —8, May.

Zu’ni, —8, June.

Su'li, —8, July.
Auguſt', —es, August.

Lad

7 on

ve vf

"

"
Die

ad
on
„
ve
ve [24
ve ve

ve

21.

Lad

Religionen.

Dezem’ ber, —8, December.
Sonn’tag, —8, Sunday.
Mon’tag, —:, Monday.
Diens’tag, —8, ‘Tuesday.

Mitt’ wody, —8,
Mitt’ wmode, —, } Wan),

Der Don’nerstag, —3, Thursday.

Freitag, —8, Friday.

Sams’tag, —8, |
Sonn’abend, —8, Saturday,

Religions,

Das Chri’ftenthum, —8, Christendom; Die Methodi’ftiihe Kirche, Methodist

Die Kirche, —, pl. —n, church.

Armenia’nifche Kirche, Armenian
Church.

Der Armenia’ner, Armenian.

Bapti’ftifche Kirche, Baptist Ch.

Der Baptift’, Baptist.

Biichöfliche Kirche,
Church,

Der Epislopalia’ner, Episcopa-

Grie’ dif = Katho'lijde Kirche,
Greek-Catholic Church.

oe vn

"„

”

Episcopal

vo

=
=

Der Luthera’ner, Lutheran.

Brofefiionen und Handwerke.

Der Apothe’fer, —8, apothecary.
—,, Art, —e8, pl. Aerzte, physician.
Der Wund’arzt, surgeon.

„ Sabn’arzt, dentist.
» Bi'der, —8, pl. —, baker.
», Bangnier’, —3, pl. —8, banker.
» Barbier’, —8, pl. —e, barber.
—,, Bau'er, —8, pl. —n, peasant.
Die Biu'erin, —, pl. —nen, peasan
woman.
Der Bau’ meifter, —8, pl.—, architect.
~ ,, Bild’ hauer, —8, pl. —, sculptor. |.
„Bi'ſchof, —8, pl. Bifchöfe, bishop.
— ,, Bött’dyer, —8, pl. —, cooper.

22.

[lian. | Da8 Ju’denthum, Jewry.

Der Methodiſt', Methodist. [Ch.
Reformir’te Kirche, Reformed Ch.
Rs’ mifch-RKatho'lifche Kirche, Ro-
man-Catholic Church.
Der Katholif’, Roman Catholic.
reve Gemein’de, Free Religious
Association (of Free-thinkers).
[Jewess.
Der Ju'de; die Jü'din, Jew,

Der 38’Iam, Mohammedanism. [dan.

Der Mahomeda’ner, Mohamme-

Luthe’rifde Kirche, Lutheran Ch. | Das Hei’denthum, paganism. [heathen

Der Hei’de, —n, pl. —n, pagan,

Professions and Trades.

er Brau'er, —8, pl. —, brewer.

Bud)’ binder, —8, bookbinder.
Buch’ druder, —e8, pl.—, printer.
Fabrifant’, —en, pl: —en, manu-
Färber, —8, pl.—, dyer. [facturer.
Fiſch' händler, —8, fishmonger.
Flei fer, —8, pl. —, butcher.
Fuhrmann —e8, pl. -Teute, coach-
Ger’ber,—8, p/.—, tanner. [man.
Gla'ſer, —8, pl. —, glazier.
Hirt, —en, pl. —en, shepherd.
Händ’ler, —8, p/. —, tradesman.
Der Bud’ handler, book-merchant
„Obſt' händler, fruit-merchant

LIST OF WORDS. 435

Die Obſt' händlerin, fruit-woman. | Der Schau’fpieler, —3, pl. —, actor.
Der Pfer’dehändler, horse-dealer. | Die Schau’ fpielerin, »2.— nen, actress.
„ Zudy’händler,dry-goods merDer Schlädy'ter, —8, pl. —, butcher.
chant. „Schloſ'ſer, —8, pl. —, locksmith.
Der Juwelier‘, —8, pl. —e, jeweller.| ,, Schmied, —e8, pl. —e, smith,
— ,, Rii'fer, —8, pl. —, cooper. blacksmith.
„ Kiinft’ ler, —8, pl.—, artist. Der Gold'ſchmied goldsmith.
Die Künft’lerin, —, pl. —nen, artist. „Huf' ſchmied, horseshoer.
Ler Ku'pferſtecher, —8, engraver. „, Ku’pferichmied,coppersmith.
„ Lehrer, —8, pl. —, teacher. — ,, Mefferichmied, cutler.
„Schul'lehrer, school-teacher. „Waf fenſchmied, armorer.
Die Leh’rerin, —, pl. —nen, teacher. | ,, Gdjnet’der, —8, pl. —, tailor.
Der Mau’rer, —8, pl. —; mason. 7, Scorn’ fteinfeger,chimney-sweep.
— Der Frei’maurer, free-mason. Schrift’fteller, —8, pl. —, author.
— „Metz'ger, —8, pl. —, butcher. Tag’lühner, —8, pl.—, day-labor-
— » Müller, —8, pl. —, miller. er. [maker.
„ Dtu'fifer, —8, pl. —, musician. „Tiſch'ler, —8, pl. —, cabinet-
Die Nia’ herin, pl. —nen, seamstress. Tapezie’rer, —8, pl. —, uphol-

of
t

Der Natur’ forfder, —8, naturalist. sterer.
» Pabst, —es, pl. Päb’fte, pope. „Uhr'macher, —8, pl. —, watch-
— „ Pfar'ver, —8, pl. —, vicar. maker.

Verfaf’fer, —8, pl. —, author.

Wechsler, —8, pl. —, money-
changer.

„ Win’ zer, —8, pl.—, vine-dresser.

» Sim’mermann, —8, pl. Zim’ mers

» Philofoph’, —en, pl. —en, philos-
— ,, Pre’diger, —8, preacher. [opher
„ Prie’fter, —3, pl. —, priest.
— +», Redakteur’, —8, pl. —e, editor
„ Reb’ner, —8, pl. —, orator.

— » Satt’ler, —8, pl. —, saddler. Jette, carpenter.
Fremdwörter. 23. Foreign Words.
— Ler An’ter, anchor (from Latin, äncora ; Greek, dyxvpa). [China).

Die A’pfelfine, orange (from Dutch, appelsina; French, pomme de Sine=
» YAu’fter, oyster (from Latin, östreum ; Greek, övrpeov).
» But’ter, butter (from Latin, butyrum ; Greek, Bovrupoy).
Der rad, dress-coat (from French, frac; Low-Latin, fréccus == woolen stuff‘).
Die In’jel, island (from Latin, insula).
Ko'ften, to cost (from Italian, costäre; Latin, constäre).
Der Ls’ we, lion (from Latin, leo; Greek, Atwv).
Das Pferd, horse (from Late Latin, paraverödus=an extra post-horse).
Die Pfir ſich, peach (from Latin, persicum mdlum= Persian apple).
Der Reis, rice (from French, ris; Latin, oryza; Greek, dpva; Arabic, aruz).
— Das Schach, chess (from Persian, shah =king).
Die Stra’ fe, street (from Latin, via strata=paved road).
— „Taſſſe, cup (from French, tasse; Arabic, tas).
» Sor'te, tart (from Low-Latin, torta; Latin, tortus=twisted).
— » Tul’pe, tulip (from French, tulipe; Turkish, tulban=turban),
— Der Rie’gel, tile (from Latin, tégula; from tégere=to cover).

4
d

VI. GERMAN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY.

Abbreviations.
adj., adjective. pron., pronoun.
adv., adverb. demon., demonstrative.
con}. OF c., conjunction. v. auz., auxiliary verb.

indecl., indeclinable. v. imp., impersonal verb.
int., interjection. v. intr., intransitive verb,
part., participle. v. tr., irregular verb.

pl., plural. v. refl., reflexive verb.
prep., preposition. v. tr., transitive verb.

A.

Die Ady’tung, —, respect.
Adieu’, int., good-by, farewell.
Die Adref’fe, —, pl. —n, address.
Adreffi’ren, to address (lettersX
Aehn’lich, adj., similar, like.
Die Aehu'lichfeit, —, similarity.
Der Affe, —n, pl. —n, ape.
a8 A’gio, —8, premium (on coin).
Die Aftie, —, pl. —n, share. (pany.
> Uf tieneGefell’fdaft, stock com-
er Aktionär’, —8, pl.—e, sharehold-
Allein’, conj., but, only. [er.
Al’ler, pron., all, every. ,
Allerlei’, indecl. adj., of all kinds,
Allgemein’, adj., general, common.
Umä’lig, adj., gradual.
Das Al’mofen, —8, pl. —, alms.
Als, conj., when, as, than, except, but.
Alsdann’, adv., then.
Al’fo, adv., so, thus; conj., therefore.
"zu, adv., quite too.
Der Altar’, —8, pl. Altä’re, altar.
Das Al'ter, —8, pl. —, age, old age.
Das Al'terthum, —8, pl. -thitmer, an
Alt, adj., old. [tiquity,
er Am’bos, —e8, pl. —fe, anvil.
a8 Amt, —es, pl. Aem’ter, office.
An, prep., on, at, by, to about in:
adv., on, forward.

Der Abend, —6, pl. —e, evening.
Das Abendefjen, —8, supper.
— Das Abenteuer, —8, pl.—, adventure
W ber, conj. (§ 265), but, however.
Der A’berglaube, —n8, superstition.
Wh’ brennen, v. ir. tr., to burn down.
— Die Ab’fabrt, —, pl. —en, sailing.
Ab’feuern, v. tr., to fire off.
Wh’ geben, v. ir. tr., to deliver.

—Ab’helfen, v. ir. intr., to remedy.
Ab’leiten, v. tr., to derive.
Ab’reifen, v. intr., to leave, depart.

— Die Ab’reife, —, pl. —en, departure.

— Ab’fegeln, v. intr., to sail (away).

— Der Ab’ fat, —es, pl. Abſätze, stop, heel.
Ab'ſchrecken, v. tr., to frighten away.
Ab’fchreiben, v. ir. ir., to copy, tran-

scribe. [purpose, aim, view.

— Die Ab’ficht, —, pl.—en, intention,

Ab' ſichtlich, adj. intentional.
— Ab’ftammen, v. intr., to be descended
Ab ftatten, v.tr., to perform, discharge.
— Einen Vefudy’ ab’ftatten, to pay a
— Ab’trodnen, v. intr., to dry up. [visit.
— Ab’ triinnig, adj., faithless (to).
Adıt, eight.
Die Acht, —, care, attention; fic i
—— Acht neh'men, to take care, be on
one’s guard.

—

—0

VOCABULARY. 437

Aurbieten, v. ir., to offer, hold out to. | An’fprechen, v. ir. tr., to address.

An’ der, pron., other. Einen um etwas an’iprechen, to
An’ders, adv., otherwise. ask or claim a thing of a person.
An’derswo, adv., elsewhere. Der Aus'ſpruch, —es, pl. ⸗ſprüche,

An’derthalb ($ 103, 2). claim.

— An’deuten, v. tr., to show. ie An’ftalt, —, pl. —n, preparation.

Die Anefro’te, —, pl. —n, anecdote, establishment.

Der An’fang, —8, pl.«fiinge, beginning. | Unftatt’, prep. (with gen.), instead of;
An’fangen, v. ir. tr., to begin, conj., instead of.

commence. n’ftoßen, v. tr., to hit against, strike.
——An’femben, v. tr., totreat hostilely. Der An’ftoß, —e8, pl. An’ftöße, hit,

An’geben, v. ir. tr., to give. blow, offense.

—An' geblid), adj., pretended. n’ftrengen, v. ¢r., to exert, strain.

An’ geboren, adj., hereditary. An’firengend, adj., exhausting.

—An’ geben, v. ir. intr., to concern. Die An’ftrengung, —, exertion.
—Die An’ gelegenbeit, —, pl.—en, affair--Der Antiquar’, —8, pl. —e, dealer in
— An’genehm, adj., agreeable, pleasant. second-hand books; Antiquar’s
— Das An’geficht, —es, pl. —er, face, Eremplar’, second-hand copy.

countenance. n’thürmen, v. intr., to rise like tow-
— <An’gefidts, prep., in view of. ers (overtower).

Die Angft, —, pl. Aeng’ften, anxiety, | Die Antwort, —, pl. —en, answer.
fear, anguish, terror. Antworten, v. intr., to answer.

Aengſt' lid), adj., anxious. [nertAn’wacen, v. intr., to grow on.

An’halten, v. ir., to hold fast, contin- | Die An’weifung, —, pl. —en, note.
— An’ heben, ı"tnir., to begin, commence; | Die An’wendung, —, application.

—v. tr., to lift up, raise. n’wejenb, adj., present.

Der An’ter, —8, pl. —, anchor. An’zeigen, v. tr., to notify, advertise.
— Die An’feruhr, anchor-watch. Die An’zeige, —, pl. —n, adver-
—_ An’flagen, v. tr., accuse, charge. tisement.

An’tommen, v. ir. intr., to arrive. n’ziehen, v. ir. tr., to draw on, to at-
wo Ui fimben, ankündigen, v. tr., to pro- tract, interest, to put on.

claim, announce, publish. Der An’zug, suit of clothes.

Die An’funft, —, arrival. Der Apfel, —8, pl. We’ pfel, apple.
—An'lachen, v. intr. , to smile or laugh at. Der A’pfelwein, cider. [shop.
—Die An'leibe, —, pl. —n, loan. Die Apothe’fe, —, pl. —n, apothecary

An’nehmen, v.trrtr., to accept; v. ref. Der Apothe’ter, apothecary.

to interest one's self, take interest. | Die Ar’beit, —, pl. —en, labor, work

—An’reben, v. tr., to accost, address. Ar’beiten, v. intr., tolabor, work.

Die An’rede, —, pl. —, address. Der Arbeiter, laborer.
An’rühren, v. ir., to touch. Ar’beitfam, adj., laborious.
—An ſſchaffen, v. tr., procure, obtain, get. | Der April’, —8, April.

An'ſchauen, v. tr., to view, to look at.
— An’ feben, v. ir. ir., to view, behold.
— Die An’fiht,—, pl. —en, opinion,:
point of view.

Die Archäologie‘, —, archzxology.
Arın, adj., poor.

Die Ar’muth, —, poverty.
Der Arm, —e8, pl. —-¢, arm,

PO
438 VOCABULARY.

— Der Aer’mel, —3, pl. —, sleeve. Aufstehen, v. ir, intr., to rise up, te
Die Armee’, —, pl. Arme’en, army. rise.
„ Art, —, pl. —en, species, kind, | Auffteigen, v. intr., to mount, ascend.
— way, nature. Auftragen, v. tr., to carry up, put on.
Ar'tig, adj., of a kind, agreeable. Der Auftrag, —es, pl. «triage,
—— Ein artiged Kind, a well-behaved commission. [ken.
n a ne v.intr., to wake up, awa-
er Arti’fel, —8, pl. —, article. ufwarten, v. intr., to wait upon.
Die Arznei’, —, al. —en, medicine. Einem feine Auf wartung madjen,
vn Afche, —, ashes. to pay one’s respects to a per-
* Aftronomie’ , —, astronomy. Aufweden, v. tr., to awaken. [son.
a Aftronom’, —en, astronomer. | Aufziehen, v. = tr., to draw up, raise
ſtrono miſch, astronomical. up, rear, educate.
Der Wthem, —8, breath, respiration. | a8 Auge, —8, pl. —en, eye.
— Ath’men, v. tr., to breathe. Der Au’ genblid, moment. [ous.
a —je8, pl. —fe, satin. Au’genblidlid), adj., instantane-
ud), conj., also, too, even. —Die Au’genbraue, —, eyebrow.
Auf, prep., on, upon, at, to, towards; | — Das Au’genleiten, —8, disease of
auf einmal, all at once, at once; the eyes.
auf daß, c., so that, in order that.| — Au’genfcheinlich, adj., apparent.
Aufblühen, v. intr., to expand, to| Der Auguft’, —8, August.
blossom. [in succession. | Aus, prep., out, out of, from, of; adv.
Aufeinan der, adv., one after another, out, over, at an end, finished.
— Der vel enthalt, —8, stay, sojourn, | Aus beſſern, v. tr., to mend.
abode. [the dead. | Aus’brechen, v. ir. intr., to break out.
— Auferftehen, v. ir. intr., to rise from | Aus’breiten, v. intr., to spread out, ex-
Die Auferftehung, —, resurrection. pand. [agation.
— Auffallend, adj., striking, strange. Die Aus' breitung, extension, prop-
Die Aufgabe, — pl. —ı, exercise. Die Aus’dauer, —, endurance.
Der Auf’gang, —es, pl. -gtinge, risin us’dehnen, v. tr., to stretch, expand.
— Auf geben, v. ir. tr., to give up, to sur- Die Aus’ behnung, —, expansion.
render. [sta us’drüden, v. tr., to press out, ex-
Auf’ halten, v. ir. refl., to stop, delay, press. [expression.
— Aufhören, v. intr., to cease, discon- Der Aus’drud, —e8, p?. <driide,
_ tinue. Ausdritd’ lid), adj., explicit.

— Die Auflage, —, pl. —u, edition. |Auseinan’der, adv., asunder, apart.

—uf machen, to open. us’erfiefen (antiquated and irregu-
Auf’merfen, v. tr., to observe, notice. lar verb, imperfect aus’erfor,

Auf'merffam, adj., attentive. participle aus’erforen), to choose,
Auf merkſamkeit, —, attention. select.

Die Auy’opferung, —, sacrifice. Aus’führen, v. tr., to execute
Auf'redt, upright, erect. Die Aus’ flibrung, —, execution.
Auf'regen, v. tr., to excite. Die Aus’gabe, —, pl. —n, edition.

—Der Aufruf, --8, call, appeal, sum-| Ans’gehen, v. ir. intr., to go out.

mon. Der Aus’ gang, —es. exit.

VOCABULARY. 439

— Aus’halten, v. ir. intr., to hold out.
Das Aus’larıd, foreign countries.
Aus’ländijch, adj., foreign.
Aus’nehmen, v. ir. tr., to except.
Ans’nehmend, adv., remarkably:
Die Aus’nahme, —, pl. —n, ex-| Aus’verfaufen, v. tr., to sell out.
ception. [enough.*Aus’wählen, v. tr., to select.
— Aus’reichen, v. intr., suffice, have| Die Aus’wahl, —, pl.—en, selection.
Aus’sprechen, v. ir. tr., to pronounc us’wandern, v. intr., to emigrate.
speak out. [tio us’wendig, ad)., from memory, oy
Die Aus’fpradye, —, pronuncia- heart.
Aus’jehen, v. ir. intr., to look out. Aus 'zahlen, v. tr., to pay out.

Meu’ ferft, adv., extremely.

Aus’ ftellen, v. tr., to exhibit.

Die Aus’ ftellung, —, exhibition,
Aus’ ftreden, v. tr., to stretch out.

ie Aus’trodnung, —, drying up.

Die Aus’ficht, —, prospect, view. |Aus’geichnen, v. tr., to distinguish.

Wu’ ferbalb, prep., outside of, beyond. +——~ Aus’gezeichnet, adj., excellent.
Au’ ferorbdentlid, adj., extraordinary. ' Die Art, —, pl. Werte, axe, hatchet.

B.

Baar (orbar),adj., bare, pure; baares Bar, adj. (see baar).
— Geld, cash; baare Bezahlung,-tDie Barmber’zigteit, —, mercy, pity.

cash payment. Der Baron’, —8, pl.—e, baron.
— Bar’fuß, adj., barefoot. | Die Baro’nin, —, pl.—nen, baro-
Der Back, —e8, pl. Ba’ che, brook. ness,
—Die Bade, —, pl. —n, cheek. Der Vir, —en, pl. —en, bear.
Ba’ den, v. tr., to bake. Bart, —es, pl. Bar'te, beard.
— Der Bi'der, baker. Bär'tig, adj., bearded.
— Das Bad, —e8, pl. Bä'der, bath, wa- Bart'los, adj., beardless.
tering-place. {bathe Bag, —ffes, pl. Baj’fe, bass, bass

Ba'den, v. tr., intr., and refl., to, Bauen, v. tr., to build, cultivate.
Die Bahn, —, pl. —en, the road, way. Der Ban’ er, —8, pl. —n, peasant.
Der Bahn’ hof, railroad station. Die Bäu'erin, peasant woman.
Bald, adv., soon, early. Die Bau'tunft, —, architecture.
Bal’dig adj., early, speedy. Der Bau’meifter, architect.
——Der Bal’ten, —8, pl. —, beam. Der Baum, —es, pl. Bäu’me, tree.
Der Ball, —e8, pl. Bäl'le, (1) ball, Das Baum’ chen, —8, small tree
sphere ; (2) ball, festive dance. Baum’leer, adj., treeless.
Die Balla’de, —, pl. —n, ballad. — Die Vaum'wolle, —, cotton.
——Das Band, —e8, pl. Bün’der, ribbon av’beiten, v. tr., to work over, revisa
Der Band, —e8, pl. Bün’de, volume. Die Bearbeitung, —, revision.
— Bän’digen, v. tr., to tame. [siv e’ben, v. intr., to tremble.
— Ban’ge, adj., anxious, apprehe edan’fen, v. refl., to give thanks.
Die Bant, —, pl. Bin'te, bench, bank=-Bedau’ert, v. ir., to regret, to pity.
Die Banknote, —, pl. —en, bank-| Bebed’en, v. tr., to cover.
note. [banker+B:ten’fen, v. refl., to deliberate.
— Der Banquier’, —8, pl. —8 Bedenf’fich, adj., critical.
— Ban'nen, v. tr., to banish, Bepdenflichkeit, anxious thonght.

— re — —

440 VOCABULARY.

Bedienen, v. ir., to serve, use; v.refl., | Das Bein, —es, pl. —e, leg, bone.
to help one’s self. Die Bein’tleider (pl.),pantaloons,
Bedeu'teu, v. intr., to signify, mean. trowsers.
Die Beben’tung, —, meaning. . Das Bei’fpiel, —8, pl. —e, example.
Bedeu’tend, adj., important. Ber’ jpielswei’je, adv., by way of
Bebin’gen,v.tr.,to stipulate, condition. example.
Die Beding’ung, —, condition. ei’ pen, v. ir. tr., to bite.
Bediir’fen, v. ir. tr., to need. Bei’ fig, adj., biting. [sist
Vediirf'tig, adj., needy, wanting. | Vei'fteben, v. ir. intr., to stand by, as-
Beei'len, v. refl., to hasten. Der Bei’ ftand, —es, assistance.
Die Been’digung, —, end, ending. | Bei'ftimmen, v. intr., to agree with
— Die Bee’re, —, pl. —n, berry. one, to coincide with one’s views.
Vefeh’len, v. tr., to order, command. +Bei'tragen, v. ir. tr., contribute.
Der Befehl’, —e8, pl. —e, com-tBei’wohnen, v. intr., to be present at,
mand. [to be. attend.
— Befin'den, v. ir. refl., to find one’s self, | Belannt’( part. from beten’nen), known
——Beflei’ fen, v. ir. refl.,) to apply one’s| Der or die Belann’te, —n, pl. —n,
— Befleif’figen, v. refll., self. acquaintance (a person).
—— Beför'dern, v. tr., to promote. Die Belannt’chaft, acquaintance.
Der Beför’derer, —8, promoter. [self). | Bella’gen, v. refl., to complain.
— Bege’ben, v. ir. refl., to betake (one "+HBelom’men, v. ir. tr., to get, obtain,
—— Die Bege’benheit, —, pl. —en, procure. [self.
Begeg’nen, v. ir. tr., to meet. Levent. | Belüm’mern, v. refl., to trouble one’s
Die Begier’de, —, desire, wish. ela’gern, v. ir., to besiege. [riege.
Begie’rig, adj., desirous, eager. Die Bela’gerung, —, pl. —en,
Begin’nen, v. ir. tr., to begin, comefBelau’fen, v. refl., to amount.
mence. Bele’gen, v. tr., to overlay, cover.
Beglei’ten, v. tr., to accompany. elei’digen, v. tr., to offend.
Begrei’fen, v. ir. tr., comprehend, un- Die Beleidigung, —, pl. —en,
derstand. offense, wrong, injury.
Begreif’lid,adj., comprehensiblertXelie'ben, v. intr., to wish, have the
kindness, please.
el'len, v. intr., to bark.
emdch’ tigen, v. refl.,) to take nosses-
Bemei’ftern, v. refl., § sion of, scize,
get the mastery over.
Vemer’fen, v. tr., to observe, notice.
Die Bemer'kung, —, pl. —n, re-
mark, observation.

conception.
Begrün’den, v. tr., to found, establish:
——Begrii’ fen, v. tr., to greet, salute.
— Bebhal’ten, v. ir. tr., to retain, keep.
Behan’deln, v. tr., to handle, treat.
Behaup’ten, v. tr., to assert, affirm.
Behel'fen, v. ir. refl., to help one’s self.
Behülf’lich, adj., serviceable, contDie Benen’nung, —, naming.
ferring help. Bend’thigt, adj., in need of, needing,
—Behen’de, adj., agile, nimble, quick. | Beob’adhten, v. tr., to observe. [ous
— Die Behörde, —, pl. —n, authority. | Vequem’, adj., convenient, commodi-
Bei, prep., near, at, with, by. Bereit’, adj., ready, prepared.
Beide, adj. (p/.), both. Bereits’, adv., already.

VOCABULARY. 44]

Die Bera'thung, —, pl. —en, consul
tation, council.
Beraw’ ben, v. tr., to rob.
Der Berg, —e3, pl. —e, mountain.
Ber’ gig, adj., mountainous.
—— Die Berg’ fette, —, pl.—n, mou
tain range.
— Das Berg’ werk, —es, pl. —e, mine.
— Der Bericht’, —e8, pl. —e, report,
notice, advice.
Berühmt’, adj., famous, celebrated.
— Die Berührung, —, contact.
Beichäftigen, v. tr., to occupy, busy,
employ.
— Beihei’den, adj., modest. [ment.
— Der Beichlag’, —8, seizure, attach-
Beſchlie'ßen, v. ir. refl., to conclude.
Der Beſchluß', —es, pl. hlüffe,
conclusion.
Beichrän’fen, v. tr., to limit.
Beichrei’ben, v. ir. tr., to describe.
Die Beihrei’bung, —, pl. —en
description. [scription.
Beichreib’lich, adj., capable of de-
—— Beihul’digen, v. tr., to accuse, charge.
— Der Beihü’ger, —8, pl. —, protector.
—— Befdwe'ren, v. refl., to complain.
— Beſin'nen, v.refl., to recollect, collect Der Bibliothefar’, pl. —e, libra-
one’s thoughts, deliberate. ieg’fam, adj., pliable. [rian.
Beſetz'en, v. tr., to occupy. [tion. | Das Bier, —es, pl. —e, beer.
Der Befits’, —e8, possession, occupa-| „ Bild, —es, pl. —er, form, image.
Bejon’der, adj., particular. Bil’den, v. tr., to form, shape,
Beſon ders, adv., particularly. cultivate. [zation.
Befijer, beft (see § 92). Die Bil’dung, —, culture, civili-
Beſtu tigen, v. tr., to confirm. „Bil'dungsgeſchichte, history
— Bete’ hen, v. ir. intr., to consist ; tr., to of formation.
contest. a8 Billet’, —8, pi. —e, ticket, note.
Beſtel'len, v. tr., to order, engage. il’lig, adj., just, reasonable, cheap.
Beſtim'men, v. tr., to appoint, fix. Bil’ lige, v.tr., to approve, grant.
Beſuſchen, v. tr., to visit. Die Bil’ ligteit, —, cheapness.
Der Befuch’, —e8, pl. —e, visit. ; Ein’den, v. ir. tr., to bind, tie, fasten.

effen, v. ir. Zr., to concern,
Betrieb'ſam, adj., diligent.
Die Betrüb’niß, —, pl. —e, sorrow.
Die Betrun’fenheit, —, drunkenness,
Das Bett, —es, pl. —en, bed.
a8 Bett’tud, —e8, pl. -tücher, sheet.
Set'teln, v. intr., to beg, ask alms,
Der Bett’ler, —8, pl.—, beggar.
Bet’telarm, adj., beggarly poor.
Der Vet'telftab, —e8, extreme
Bevor’, conj., before, ere. [poverty.
Die VBewe’gung, —, pl. —en, motion,
exercise.
ewet' fen, v. ir. tr., to prove. [ant.
Der Bewoh’ner, —3, pl. —, inhabit-
Bewun’dern, v. tr., admire.
Bewußt', adj., conscious, known.
ezahlen, v. tr., to pay.

Die Bezahlung, —, payment.
Bezie’ hen, v. ir. tr., todraw over, enter;
refl., to refer.

Die Bezie'hung, —, relation.
Bezwei’feln, v. tr., to doubt.
Die Bibel, —, pl. —u, Bible.
Die Bi’belüberjeung, translation
of the Bible. -
Die Bibliothel, —, pl. —en, library.

Betrach ten, v. tr., to consider. Die Bin’de, —, pl. —n, bandage.
Betriidt'lid), adj., considerable. Das Bin’dewort,—8,conjunction
Die Betrach tung, —, pl. —e ie Bir'ne, —, pl. —n, pear.

reflection. in’nen, prep., within (of time).

T 2

442 VOCABULARY.

er Brei, —e8, broth.

Breit, adj., broad, wide.

Breiten, v. refl., to spread.

Bren’nen, v. ir. tr. and intr., to burn.

Brenn’ bar, adj., that can be burned.
Das Brenn’ hols, —e8, firewood.

Der Brief, —es, pl. —e, letter.

— Die Brief’ marfe, —, ) postage-

Der Brief’ ftempel, —,) stamp.

wn Briefträger, —3, »l.—, let-

ter-carrier.

Bring’en, v. ir. tr., to bring. :

Das Brod, —, pl. —e, bread, loaf.

Die Brü'cke, —, pl. —n, bridge. [er.

Der Bru’der, —8, pl. Brü’der, broth-

Vis, prep., adv., and conj., till, until,
as far, as to. |
Bisher’, adv., hitherto, up to this
time, as far, up to.
Der Bi’ fof, —es, pl. Bijds’ fe, bishop.
Vit’ ten, v. ir. tr., to request, ask, beg.
Bit'ter, adj., bitter.
Bla’ fen, v. ir. tr. and intr., to blow.
—-Blaf, adj., pale. (sheet.
Das Blatt, —8, pl. Blit’ter, leaf,
— Blau, adj., blue.
Das Blei, —e8, lead.
Blei’ern, adj., leaden, of lead.
Der Vlei’ ftift, —es, lead-pencil.
Vlei’ben, v. ir. intr., to remain, stay.
Der Blid, —e8, pl. —e, glance, look. Writ’ berlid), adj., fraternal.
Blind, adj., blind. Die Sruft, —, p!. Brü’fte, breast.
Der Blitz, —es, pl. —e, lightning. | Das Sud, —es, pl. Bil’cdher, book,
Bli'tzen, v.intr., to lighten, flash. | squire.
— Blitz ſchnell, adj., quick as a flash Der Budy’ binder, book-binder.
of lightning. n Budy’hänbler, book-seller.
— Blof, adj., bare, naked; adv., only. |~—Die Buch’ handlung, book-store.
Blüh’en, v. iztr., to bloom. — „ Buddruderei’ printing estab-

Die Blu’me, —, pl. —n, flower. lishment.
Das Bliim’ chen, —8, floweret. „ Such’drudertunft, art of
— Der Blu’menflor, —3, field cov- printing. [book.

ered with flowers. Das Büdy’lein, —3, pl. —, small
Das Blut, —e8, blood. ie Bu’che, —, pl. —n, beech.
Blu’tig, adj., hloody. (skin. | Der Buch’ ftabe, —n, pl.—n, letter.
— Das Bods’ fell, —e8, pl. —e, goat’sl Die Bud)’ ftabenfehrift, writing in let-
Der Bo’den, —8, pl. Bö’den, ground, ters.
soil, floor. er Buch’weizen, —8, buckwheat.
—, Bo’gen, —8, bow, leaf, sheet. » Bund, —es, pl. —e, bundle,
— Die Boh’ne, —, pl. —n, bean. league, confederacy.
Das Boot, —e8, pl. Bö’te, boat. 7 Bun'des geno, —en, pl.—n, ally.
— Bor’ gen, v. tr., to borrow. ie Bun’ desfeftung, fortification of the
Bö'ſe, adj., bad, ill, wicked, angry. (German) Confederation.
— Der Bö’fewicht, —es, pl. —e, villains} Bunt, adj., gay, bright and varie-
anave. land.
— Das Bradh’feld, —e8, pl. —er, fallo
— Bra’ten, v. ir. tr., to roast.
Brau’dhen, v. tr., to use, need.
Braun, adj., brown.
— Bran’jen, v. intr., to rush, roar.
Bre’ den, v. ir. tr., to break.

gated.
ie Burg, —, pl. —en, castle.
Der Bür’ger, —8, pl. —, citizen.
Biür’gerlich, adj., civil, as a citi-
Die But’ter, —, butter. (zen.
Das But’terbrod, bread and bat
ter.

VOCABULARY. .443

6.

Der Calvinift’, —en, pl.—en, calvinist | Das Chor, —e8, pl. Chö’re, choir cs
„ Kanton’, —8, pl. —e, canton. place in church for singers).
Das Capital’, —8, pl. —ien, capital | Der Chrift, —en, pd. —en, Christian.
(money); pl. Eapitä’ler, capital | Das Chri’ftenthum, —8, Christianity.
(of a pillar). Claf’fijd, adj., classical.
—Die Ce’der, —, pl.—ı, cedar. Das Concert’, —es, pl. —e, concert.
Ceremoniell’, adj., ceremonial. [acter. | Civil’, adj., civil.
Der Charat’ter, —8,; pl. —te’ve, char-+Das Coupé, —8, pl. —8, coupé, divi-
wn Gbarlatan’, —8, pl.—e, charlatan sion of a coach or railroad car.
w Chef, —8, pl.—8, chief,principa a8 Courant’, —e8, currency.
Die Chemie’, —, chemistry. [singers. | Die Coufi’ne, —, pl. —n, cousin.
Der Chor, —es, pl. Chöre, chorus of

2.

Da, adv., there, here, then, now;|Darauf‘, adv., thereupon, on that,

conj., a8, when. after that. [from that.
Dabei’, adv., thereby, by that, by them. | Daran®’, adv., thence, therefrom,
Das Dad), —e8, pl. Dächer, roof. | Dar’bieten, v. ir. tr., to offer. [sent.
Daburch’, adv. ,thereby, by that m ar’ftellen, v. tr., to produce, repre-
Dafür’, adv., for or instead of this or | Darnady’, adv., according to that.

that. arnie’derliegen, v. intr., to lie sick.
Dage’gen, adv., against that. Darii’ber, adv., thereupon, about that.
Daher’, adv., thence, from thence. |Darum’ adv., therefore, for that.
Daher’, conj., thence, for that reason, | Das (see der).

therefore. Daß, conj., that, in order that.
Da’hin, adv., thither, so far; dahin’, | Die Dau’er, —, duration of time.
away, gone. Dau’ern, v. intr., to endure, last.

Dau’erhaft, adj., durable.
Davon’, adv.,thereof, therefrom, of it.
Dazu’, adv., thereto, in addition to.
Der Dieb’ftahl, —8, pl. ⸗ſtähle, theft.
Ded’en, v. tr., to cover. Det.
Der Ded’el, —8, pl. —, cover-
— Die Ded’e, —, pl.—n, coverlet,
blanket. [a ship).
— Das Ded, —e8, pl.—e, deck (of
‘Dein, pron., thy (§ 109).
ie De’muth, —, humility, meekness,
Der Dank, —e8, thanks, gratitude, re- | Den’fen, v. tr. and intr., to think.
Danf’bar, adj., thankful. [ward. Denf’bar, adj. (thinkable).
Dann, adv., then, at that time; Dann | Denn, conj., for, because, then, than.
und warn, now and then. Den’nod), conj., yet, however, still.
Daran’, adr., thereon, on it, in it. ie Depe’sche, —, pl. —n, dispatch.

Da’mals, adv., then, at that time.
Die Da’me, —, pl.—n, lady, woman.
Damit’, adv., therewith, with it, with
that; conj., that, in order that.
Der Dampf, —e8, steam, vapor.
Das Dampf’boot, steam-boat.
— Der Dam’pfer,—8,p/.—, steamer
» Dampffeffel, boiler. [gine.
Die Dampf'mafchine, steam-en-
— wn Dampf' miible, steam-mill.
Das Dampf’ {diff, steam-boat.

444 VOCABULARY.

Das Dorf, —e8, pl. Dör’fer, village.
(§ 111, 2), this, that; rel. pron. Das Dorf’ chen, —8, hamlet.
(§ 114, 2), who, which, what. er Dorn, —e8, pl. —en, thorns.
Derglet’ den, adj. indecl., such as that} Dort, adv., yonder, there.
or those. Das Dra'ma, —, pl. Dra’men, drama
Derje’nige, dem. pron. that (§ 111, 3). Der Drama tifer, —8, dramatist.
Derfel’be, dem. pron. (§ 111, 4). Drama' tiſch, adj., dramatic.
— Des’ halb or bef’ halb, conj. ) there- | Der Drang, —e8, impulse, pressure.
— Des’ wegen or deß wegen, § fore. | Drei, three.
De’fto, conj. (so much the). Drei’ Rig, thirty.
Deut'lid), adj., plain. Ein Drei’ Riger, —8, a man be-
Dich'ten, v. intr., to make poetry. tween thirty and forty years
Der Dich’ter, —8, pl. —, poet. old. (years.
n Didy' terfiirft, prince of poets. | — Drei’ Bigjührig, adj. , lasting thirty
Dich' teriſch, adj., poetic. Drei’zehn, thirteen.
Die Dicht’funft, —, poetry. Drit’te, third.
Die Did)’tung, —, pl. —en, poem! — Das HDrit’tel, —8, third part.
— Did, adj., thick. reichen, v. ir. tr., to thresh.
Der Dieb, —e8, pl. —e, thief. [theft. | Die Dro’hung, —, pl. —en, menace.
Der Dieb’ftahl, —s, pl. ⸗ſtähle, Der Druck, —es, pl. Drü’de, pressure.
Die'nen, v. tr., to serve. Dru’ den, v. tr., to print
Der Die’ner, —8, pl.—, servant. | Du, pron., thou.
— Dienft, —e8, pl.—e, service. Der Duft —es, pl. Düf’te, fragrance.
Die’fer, pron., this, that. ie Düne, —, pl. —n, down.
Dies’ feit, prep., on this side of. | Dun’fel, adj., dark.
Dies’ feits, adv., on this side. Dun’telblau, adj., deep blue.
Die Din’te, —, pl. —n, Ink. Durd), prep., through, by means of.
Direkt', adj., direct. [director. Durdaus’, adv., throughout, by

Der, die, bas, art., the; dem. pron.

Der Direl’tor, —8, pl. =to’ren, all means. [through.
Der Disfon’to, —8, discount. Durdy’fiibret, v. tr., to carry
Dod), conj., yet, however. Der Durch' gang,passage through.

Durdy'reijen, v. tr., to traverse.
Durdy’jehen, v. ir. tr., to look
through.
— Der Durdy’fchnitt, —c8, average.
er Durft, —e8, thirst.
a8 Dut’end, —6, >. —e, dozen.

Ler Dol'tor, —8, pl. =to’ren, doctor.
— w Dold, —es, pl. —e, dagger.
— » Dom, —e8, pl. —e, cathedral.
» Don’ner, —8, pl. —, thunder.
Don’nern, v. intr., to thunder.
Dop’pelt, adj., doubled, double.

E.

Die Eb'be, —. pl. —n, ebb, ebb tide. | E’delmüthig, adj., noble hearted.
©’ ben, adj., even, level; adv., just, ex- | Der E' delſtein, —e8, pl.—e, precious
—Echt, adj., genuine, pure, fast. [actly. | €’be, adv., ere, before. [store.
E'del, adj., noble, honorable. Die Eh’re, —, pl. —n, honor, good
Der E’delmann, —e8, pl. —lesste, | ——Ch’ren, v. tr., to honor. [name.
nobleman. Eh’renvoll, adj., honorable.

VOCABULARY. 445

Zhr’lich, adj., honorable.

Die Ehr' lichkeit, honesty.
Ehr’lo8, adj., without honor.

——Der Ehr’geiz, —e8, ambition.

Das Ei, —e8, pl. —er, egg.

—Oer Er’erluchen, omelet.

Die Eiche, —, pl. —n, oak.

—Der Eid, —e8, pl. —e, oath.
— Eifer, —8, zeal, ardor. ‘
— Gif’ rig, adj., zealous. —

Ei’gen, adj., own.

Ei’gentli), adj., proper, real;
adv., strictly speaking.

Die Eile, —, haste. .

Ein, art. (§ 54), a, an; num. ($ 89),
one; adv.,in. [each other.
Einan’der, pron., one another;

Die Ein’bildung, —, imagination.

Ein’drängen, v. intr., to press in.

——inerlei’, indecl. adj., of one kind, in-
Gin’ fad), adj., simple, plain. [different.
Der Ein’fluß, —8, pl. —fliiffe, influ-

—_—r Ein’gang,—e®,entrance. [ence.

—£Ein’gebent, adj., mindfull, remembe
Ei’niger, pron., some, any. [ing.

— Das Cin’fommen, —8, income.

— Ein’ laden, v. ir. tr., to invite. [tion.
Die Ein’ladung, —, pl. —en, invita-
Sin’mal, adv., once.

Sin’paden, v. tr., to pack up.

Vin’ fam, adj., solitary, secluded.
Die Ein’jamleit, —, solitude, se-

clusion.

Gin’ fchliefen, v. ir. tr., to inclose.

Ein’ihränten, v. tr., to limit, restrict.

Gin’ {chreiben, v. ir. tr., to write down,

Gin’ feben, v. ir. tr., to perceive.[enter.

— Fint ftellen, v. refl., to appear (at the
appointed time).

Ein’ftimmig, adj., unanimous.

——Der Eintritt, —e8, pl. —e, entrance.
Gin’ wirfen, v. tr., to influence.

Die Cin’ wirkung, —, pl. —en, in-
finence. (ant.

—Ser Cin’ wobner, —8, pl. —, inhabi

Einzeln, adj., single, individual.
Ein’zig, adj., sole, simple.
Tas Cis, —e8, ice.
Der Sis’ bir, polar bear.
Das Ei’jen, —8, iron.
„—Ei’jern, adj., of iron. [road.
Die Ei'ſenbahn, —, pl.—en, rail-
— Der Gi’ fenbahnfabrplan, railroad
‘tel, adj., vain, idle. [time-table.
Die Gi'telfeit, —, vanity.
lend, adj., miserable.
Die Clegie’, —, pl. Clegi’en, elegy.
Elf, eleven.
Die Elle, —, pl. —n, ell.
Die El'tern (pl.), parents.
Empfang’en, v. ir. tr., to receive.
Der Empfang' ſchein, receipt.
Empfeb’len, v. ir. tr.,to recommend.
Die Empfehlung, —, pl. —en,
recommendation.
Empfin’den, v. ir. tr., to perceive. fecl.
Empfind’lich, adj.. sensitive.
Empor’, adv., on Ingh, above.
ie Emps’ rung, —-, pl. —en, conspir-
acy, revolt.
Das Eun'de, —8, „. —ixz, end.
En’den, v. intr., to end.
End’ lich, 24j., final.
Eng or eng’e, adj., narrow, close.
Der Eng’el, —8, pl. —, angel.
„ En’tel, —8, pl.—, grandson.
Die Enkelin, —, pl. —nen, grand:
daughter. [along without.
ntteb’ren, v.tr., to dispense with, get
Entbin’den, v. ir. tr., to unbind, re-
lease.
Entded’en, v. ér., to uncover, discover.
Die Entded’ung, —, pl. —en,
discovery. [tance).
Entfer’nen, v. Zr., to remove (to a dis-
Entfernt’, adj., distant, removed.
Entflieh’en, v. ir. intr., to escape.
Entge’gen, prep., and adv., against,
contrary to, opposed to, toward.
tge’gengehei, to go to meet,

446

— Entge’genlommen, to come to meet.
Entge’genjeken, to oppose.

Entge’hen, v. ir. intr., to escape.

Enthal’ten, v. ir. tr., to contain.

Enthe’ben, v. ir. tr., to take away, dis-
charge from. [ charge.

— Entlaf’fen, v. ir. tr., to dismiss, dis

——, Entleh’nen, v. tr., to borrow.

— €ntra’then, v. tr., to dispense with.

— Entidet’ben, v. ir. tr., to decide.

—— Entjhie’den, adj., decided.

— GEntidlie’ gen, v. ir. refl., to decide.

Der Entſchluß', —e8, pl. —iiffe,
decision.
Entjhul’digen, v. tr., to excuse.

— Entfin’nen, v. refl., to recollect.
Entjet’zen, v. tr., to remove.

—— GEntfpre’dhen, v. ir. tr., to correspond.

— Gntite’hen, v. ir. intr., to arise, spring,
originate, descend from.
Die Entfteh’ung, —, source, formation
Entwe’der, conj., either.

— Entwer’fen, v.ir.tr., to project, design.
Der Entwurf’, —22, pl. -witrfe, plan,
Entwid’eln,v.refl.,todevelop.[design,
Entzwei'en, v. refl., to fall out witk

each other.
Die Epo’ che, —, pl.—n, epoch.

—— Dis C' pos; —, pl. E’pen, epic poem:
Die Equipa’ge, —, pl. —n, equipage;
(Sr, pron., he. (carriage:

—tirbar'men, v. refl., to pity, have mercy

’Srblid’en, v. tr., to see.

—Die Erb’je, —, pl. —en, pea.

" Er’de, —, pl.—n, earth.

——» Erd’beere, —, pl. —n, strawberry
—Das Erb’ beben,—8, pl.—, earthquake
—Erdul' den, v. tr., to suffer.

Ereig’nen, v. refl., to take place.
— Das Ereig’nif, —c8,p/.—e, event
Erfah'ren, v. ir. tr., to experience.

Die Erfahrung, —, pl. —en, ex-

perience.
Erfin’den, ». ir. tr., to invent. [or.
Der Erfinder, —3. ol. —, invent-

VOCABULARY.

Die Erfindung, —, pl.—en, in-
vention. .

Der Erfolg’, —e8, pl. —e, success. =.

Erfreu’en, v. refl., to rejoice over, pos-
sess, [ment.
Die Erfüllung, —, pl. —en, fulfill-

Erge'ben, v. ir. intr., to overtake, hap-

pen; refl., to surrender.

Erge’ben, adj., obedient.
Ergrei’fen, v. ir. tr., to lay hold on,
Erha’ben, adj., sublime. [seize.

bal’ten, v. ir. tr., to receive.
Erhe’ben, v. ir. refl., to rise, spread
Erhöhen, v. tr., to raise, exalt.
Erin’nern, v. refl., to remember.
Die Erin’nerung, —, pl. —en,
remembrance, [memory.
Erin’nerlid), adj., present to the
Erfälten, v. refl., to take cold. [ing).
Erkäm'pfen, v. zr., to gain (by fight-
Erfen’nen, v. ir. tr., recognize.
Erllä’ren, v. tr., to explain.
Erflär’tich, adj., explicable.
Die Srila’ rung, —, pl.—en, ex-
planation.
Erlau’beit, v. tr., to allow, permit.
Erle'gen, v. tr., to kill.

Die Erleich terung, —, pl.—en, relief.
Erlie’gen, v. ir. inir., to sink.
Erlö’fen, v. tr., to deliver, redeem.
Srman’geln, v. intr., to be in want.
Ermor’ ben, v. ¢r., to murder.

rnäh’ren, v. £r., to support.

Srnen’nen, v. ir. tr.; to appoint.
Ernft, adj., earnest.

Die Ern’te, —, pl. —n, harvest.
Grn’ tei, or erndten, v. tr., to reap.
Die Cro’ berung, —, conquest.

Die Errich'tung, —, erection, founding
Srrin’gen, v. tr., to gain (by force).
Erjchei’nen, v. ir. intr., to appear.

Die Erfchernung, —, pl. —en
appearance.
Erſchie ßen, v. ir. tr., to shoot.
Erſe'hen, v. ir. !r., to see, find out.

a.
—

ia
[zZ

i VOCABULARY. 447

oti, first (adv., only); erfiens, firstly.
Erftau’nen, v. tr., to astonish.
Erftaun’licd), adj., astonishing.
Erxfteh’en, v. ir. intr., to arise.
—-Ertap’pen, v. tr., to catch, surprise
— Erthei’len, v. tr., to communicate.
Ertra’gen, v. ir. tr., to bear, suffer.
Erwach' jen, v. ir. intr., to grow up.
Erwach' jeu, adj., adult.
Erwih’len, v. tr., to choose.
Erwäh'nen, v. tr., to mention.
Crwar’ten, v. tr., to await.
— Der Erwerb’, —28, business, gain.
Erwie’dern, v. intr., to reply.

Erzählen, v. tr., to relate.
er Erz'marſchall, —es, pl. »ſchälle,
Es, pron., it. [lord high marshal,
Cf’ jen, v. ir. tr., to eat.
Der Cj’ jig, —8. vinegar.
t'lid), pron., some, any. [thing,
Et'was, indecl. pron., something, any
Die Etymologie’, —, etymology.
Eu’er, pron., your.
Evange'lijd, adj., evangelical.
E’wig, adj., eternal.

Die E’wigfeit, —, eternity.
Das Exemplar’, —8, pl. —e, copy.
Die Eriftenz’, —, existence.

F.
Feind’ficd), adj., hostile.
Das Feld, —e8, pl. —er, field, ground.
Der Feld’herr, commander-in-
chief.
” Held’ marfdall ‚ field-marshal.
ei’erlid), adj., solemn.

Die Fa’ bel, —, pl. —ı, fable.
Fa belbaft, adj., fabulous.
Die Fabrif’, —, pl.—en, manufactory.
— Fıcounirt’, part., figured (of cloths).
tsa big, adj., capable, fit, apt. [ent.
Die Fai’ higteit, —, capability, tal
— Die Fahne, —, pl. —ı, flag, banner.y Das Fell, —es, pl. —e, skin, hide.
ah’ ven, v. ir. tr., to travel, ride. er Fel'ſen, —es, »l. —en, rock, cliff.
Die Fahrt, -—, pl. —en, journey. | Das Fen’ fter, —8, pl. —ı, window.
— Das Fabhrgeld, fare, toll. Der Feld’zug, campaign.
Fallen, v. ir. intr., to fall. [caserrDie Fe’rien (pl.), vacation.
Der Fall, —e8, pl. Fül'le, fall, | Fern, adj., far, distant.
— Die Fall’fucht, —, epilepsy. Die Fer'ne, —, distance.
Falſch, adj., false. Fev’ tigen, v.tr., to prepare, make ready
Die Familie, —, pl. —n, family. Ter’tig, adj., ready, prepared, done.
Fan'gen, v. ir. tr., to catch. He] felt, v. tr., to chain.
Die Far'be, —, pl. —n, color. eft, adj., fast, fixed, permanent.
— Das Faß, —:8, pl. Faf fer, cask. Der Feſt'tag, festival day.
aft, adv., almost, nearly. — Die Feſt'ſtimmung', festive feeling.
Fedy’ten, v. ir. intr., to fight, fence. | ~~~ Die Fe'ftung, —, pl. —en, castle,

Die Feder, —, pl. —n, feather, pen. fortress, stronghold.
Das Fe’ Dermeffer, penknife. Das Feftungswerf, fortification.
—Die Fee, —, p!. —n, fairy. Das Feu'er, —3, pl. —, fire.
Das Fe’enland, fairyland. —Die Feu’ersbrunft,—, pl. brünfte,
— Heh’ len, v. intr., to fail, miss. conflagration.
—Der Feb’ ler,—8, pl.—, fault, mistake. | —Feu 'erfeſt, adj., fire-proof.
Teil, adj., for sale. — Das Feu’ error, gun, rifle.
Fein, adj., fine. — Die Feu’ erwehr, —, fire-company

Der Feind, -—e3, pl. —:, enemy. —tDer Fia' fer, —8, pl —, hackney-coach

448 VOCABULARY.

er Frad, —e8, pl. —e (and Fride),
dress coat.
Fra'gen, v. ır. tr., to ask.
Die Fra’ ge, —, pl. —n, question.
ranh’ren, v. tr., to prepay.
van’fo, adv., post-paid.
Die Frau, —, pl. —en, woman, wife,
lady (Madame, Mrs.). [(Miss).
Das Fräulein, —8, pl.—, young lady
rei, adj., free.
Die Frei’ heit, —, freedom.
ret’ ſprechen, to acquit.
Fremd, adj., foreign, strange.
Das Frembd’ wort, foreign word.
Die Freu’de,—, pl.—n, joy, pleasure.
Freu'en, v. refl., to rejoice, be glad.
Der Freund, —e8, pl. —e, friend.
Die Freund in, —, pl —nen,
friend.
Sreund’lid), adj., friendly, kind.
Die Freund’jdaft, —, friendship.
Sreund’fchaftlich, adj., friendly.
Der Frie’de, or Frie den, —ens, peace.
Der Fried’ ridsd’or, —8, pl.—, Fred-
eric d’or.
rie'ren, v. ir. tr., and intr., to freeze.
Friſch, adj., fresh. [ness.
Die Fri’jche, —, freshness, liveli-
Froh, adj., happy, joyous, glad.
Fromm, adj., pious.
Die Frudt, —, pl. Früch'te, fruit.
Frucht'bar, adj., fruitful.
Früh, adj., early, in the morning.
Der Frühling, —es, p/.—e, spring
Das Frith’ jabr, spring.
Früher, adv., formerly.
Das Frith’ ftiid, —e8, breakfast.
Früh ftitden, v. intr., to breakfast
er Früh'zug, early train.
Der Fuchs, —es, pl. Füdy’je, fox.
Fühlen, v. tr., to feel.
Füh’ren, v. ir., to guide, lead, conduct.

— Das Fieber, —8, pl. —, fever.
Figür’lich, adj., figurative.
gin’ den, v. ir. tr., to find.
Der Finger, —3, pl. —, finger.
— Der Fing’erhut, thimble.
in’ fter, adj., dark, obscure.
Der Fife, —es, pl. —e, fish.
ot ſchen, v. intr., to fish.
Der Fi jder, —8, fisherman.
Flach, adj., flat, plain.
Die Fla’ dhe, —, pl. —n, surface.
—Die Flam’me, —, pl. —n, flame.
n Bla’ che, —e, pl. —n, flask, bottle.
—§ledh’ten, v. ir. int., to twist, braid.
Das Fleiſch, —e8, flesh, meat.
Der Flei’ cher, —8, pl. —, butcher
Der Fleiß, —e8, diligence, industry.
Flei Big, adj., industrious.
Flie gen, v. ir. intr., to fly.
Flie Ben, v. zr. intr., to flow.
— lott, adj., afloat.
Die Flucht, —, flight.
— Fliidy’tig, adj., fleeting, rapid.
Der Flücht' ling, —es, pi—e, fu-
Der Flü'gel, —8, pl.—, wing. [gitive.
„Fluß, —es, pl. Flüſ'ſe, river.
Das Fliif hen, —8, pl.—, rivulet.
— Die Fluth, —, pl.—en, tide, high tide.
Sol’gen, v. intr., to follow. [quence.
Die Fol’ge, —, pl. —n, conse-
— olge leiten, to comply with.
Tolg’lich, adv., consequently.
Fordern, v. tr., to demand.
— Die Forel’le, —, pl. —n, trout.
Die Form, —, pl. —en, form.
— Das Format’, —e3, pl. —e, size and
shape (of a book). .
For' ſchen, v. tr., to investigate.
Die For’ fdhung, —, pl. —en, i
vestigation. -
fyort, adj., forth, away, gone, off.
ort’ fabren, v. ir. inér., to continue.
Der Fort’ fdritt, —e8, pl.—e, progress | Die Fül'le, —, fulness.
fort’ wahrend, adv., continually. Fül'len, v. tr., to fill
—— Die Fradıt, pl. —en, freight, cargo. Fünf, five.

VOCABULARY. > 449

Für, prep., for, in favor of, instead of. | Der Fürft, —en, pl. —en, prince.

— Das Für’wort, pronoun. Die Filrft’in, pl. — nen, princess.
Die Furdt, —, fear. Der Fuß, —e8, pl. Füße, foot.
Fürch'ten, v. tr., to fear. ag Futter, —8, pl. —, lining.
Fürch terlich, adj., fearful. itt’tern, to line.

Surdt’ fam, adj., fearful.
G.

ie Gebrü’der, (pl.), brothers, breth-
Gebüh’ren, v. intr., to be due. [ren.
Die Geburt’, —, birth.
Der Geburts’tag, birthday.
Geder’hen, v. ir. intr., to thrive, grow.
eben’fen, v. ir. intr., to be mindful,
remember.
<— Der Gedent’tag, memorable day.
» Gedan’fe, —n8, pl. —ı,
thought.
Das Gedächt'niß, —es, memory.
Das Gedicht’, —e8, pl. —e, poem.
» Gedrän’ge, —e8, pl. —e, throng,
Die Geduld’, —, patience. [crowd.
wo Gefahr’, —, pl. —en, danger.
Gefal’len, v. ir. intr., to please.
Gefal’lig, adj., pleasing, agreca-
ble, courteous.
Gefal’ligft, adv. (if you please).
Der Gefan’ gene, —n, p/.—n, prisoner,
captive.
Das Gefäng’niß, —es, p/.—e, prison.
» Gefol’ge, —8, retinue, consequen-
Gefror’ne, —n, ice-cream. [ces.
» Gefühl‘, —e8, pl. —e, feeling,
sense.
Ge’ gen, prep., against, toward.
Gegenii’ber, prep., opposite to.

Die Ga'be, —, pl. —n, gift.
n Ga'bel, —, pl. —n, fork. [be
— Der Gal’gen, —8, pl.—, gallows, gib-
n Gang, —es, pl. Gän'ge, going
walking.
— @ang’bar, adj., passable.
Die Gans, —, pl. Gän’fe, goose.
— Der Gänfe’tiel, goose-quill.
Ganz, adj., whole, entire, complete ;
adv., quite, entirely, wholly.
Sm ©an’zen, on the whole.
Gänz'lich, adj., entire.
Gar, adj., finished, ready, done; adv.
quite, very, at all.
— Das Garn, —e8, pl. —e, yarn.
—Die Garni’rung, —, trimming. |
Der Gar’ten, —8, pl. Garten, garden.
Der Gärt' ner, —8, pl.—, garden-
Das Gas, —es, pl. —e, gas. [er.
— Die Gaf’je, —, pl.—ı, street, lane.
Der Saft, —e8, pl. Gä'ſte, guest.
—— Das Gaft’haus,) hotel, inn, pub-
— Der Safı’hof, i lic house.
Die Gat'tung, —, pl. —cn, sort, spe
cies, kind.
——Gcbi'ren, v. ir. intr., to bear, give
birth to. [edifice.
— Das Gebäu’te, —e8, pl. —, building,
Geben, v. ir. tr., to give. Die Ge’gend, —, pl. —en, region.
Der Geber, —8, pl. —, giver. a8 Ge’gengift, antidote.
Gebil’bet, adj., cultivated, refined. | Der Ge’genfaß, contrariety, contrast.
Das Gebirg’ or Gebir’ ge, —8, pl. —e, Der Ge'genfdjlag, blow in return.
mountain range, mountainous Der Ge’ genftand, —e8, pl. -ftänte, ob-
country. Das Gegentheil, contrary part. [ject.
Gebo’ren (part. of gebä’ren), born. | Die Ge’genwart, —, presence.
Der Gebraudy’, —e8, pl. Gebriiu’ dhe, Ge’ genwirtig, adv., at present.
use, custom, Das Gehalt’, —es, contents, salary.

450 VOCABULARY.

Das Geſchäft', —e8, pl. —2. business,
occupation, trade.

Gejde’hen, v. ir. tr. (impers.), to hap-
pen, take place, occur.

Die Geſchich'te, —, pl. —n, history,
story. chistorian.
Der Gefdyichts’ jchreiber,—8,pl.—,

Das Gefdent’, —28, pl. —e, present.

„Geſchlecht', —e8, pl. —er sex,
gender, race.

Der Geſchmack', —3, taste.

Das Gefdrei’,—e8, clamor, crv Clery

„Geſchütz', —e8, pl. —2, gun, artil

ie Gejchwi’fter (pl.), brothers and

sisters.
„Geſell'ſchaft, —, pl. —en, society.

Das Gefes’, —e8, pl. —e, law.

Gefets’gebend, adj., legislative.
Der Gefets geber, —8, lawgiver.

1 Geſicht, —e8, pl. —er, sight, face.

1» Geſpenſt', —e8, pl.—er, spectre.

Die Geftalt’, —, pl. —en, form, shape,

figure, stature. [formation.
Die Geftal’tung, —, moulding,
eftat’ ten, v. tr., to allow.

Ge'ftern, adv., yesterday.

Ge’ftrig, adj., of yesterday.
Geſund', adj., healthy.

Die Gejund’heit, —, health.
Gewabr’, adj., aware of, preceiving.
ewäh’ren, v. tr., to procure, give.
Die Gewalt’, —, power, violence.

“ Gewalt’ fam, adj. , violent, forcibdie.
ewandt’ (part. from wenden), adj.,
quick, active, dexterous.

Gewär'tig, adj., waiting, expecting.

a8 Gewaj’jer, —8, pl. —, waters,

“ flood.

Das Gewicht’, —e8, pl. —e, weight.

Gewinnen, v. ir. tr., to win, gain.

Gewiß’, adj., sure, certain.

Das Gewiſ'ſen, —8, conscience.

Gerwif’fenbaft, adj., conscientious.
Das Gewwit’ter, —8, pl. —, tempest,

storm, thunder-storm.

Gebeim’, adj., secret. (secret.
Das Geheim'niß, —23, pl. —e,

Geben, v. ir. intr., to go.

Gehor'chen, v. intr., to obey.

Gebor’ jam, adj., obedient.

Gehö’ren, v. intr., to belong.

Der Geift, —es, pl.—er, spirit, ghost.

„ Geiz, —e8, avarice.
——Gelang’en, v. intr., to attain to.

Geläu’fig, adj., current, fluent.

Gelb, adj., yellow.

Gelbroth, adj., orange-colored.

Das Geld, —es, pl. —ev, money.

@Gelebrt’, adj., learned.

Gele’ gen, adj., convenient, important.
Die Gele’genbheit, —, pl. —en, op-
portunity.

— Das Gelei’fe, —8, pl. —n, track.

Geling’en, v. ir. intr. (impers.), to suc-
ceed. . [value.

Gel’ten, v. ir. intr. (impers.), to be of

— Geltend machen, to carry out.

Das Gemäl’de, —8, pl. —, painting.

Gemein’, adj., common. (tual.
®emein’fam, adj., common, mu

Die Gem’ je, —, pl. —n, chamois.
—D.18 Gemil’ fe, —8, pl. —, vegetables,
greens.
wv ®emüth’, —e8, pl. —er, mind,
soul, heart, nature, mood.
—Die Gemüths’ftimmung, —, temper
disposition of mind. [mentioned.

Genannt (part. of nen’nen), adj.,above

Genau’, adj., exact, close. .

Der General’, —8, pl. —e, general.

—Gene’ jen, v. ir. intr., to recover.

Genie’ pen, v. ir. ir., to enjoy.

Genug’, pron. indecl.and adv., enough.

©era’de, adj., straight, direct; adv.,
exactly, just.

— Gerecht', adj., just, righteous. [tence.
— Das Gericht’, —e8, pl. —e, court, sen-

Gern, adv., willingly, gladly, cheer-
fully; gerit haben, to like.

Der Gefang’, —es, pl. Gefting’e, song.

VOCAEULARY. 451

Gemwöh’nen, v.tr., to accustom; v.refl.
to accustom one’s self,
Die Gewohn’heit, —, custom.
Gewöhn’lich, adj., customary.
— Das Gewölbe, —8, pl.—n,arch, vault
— Die Gicht, —, gout.
Gie’ fen, v. ir. tr., to pour.
ie Gift, —, pl. —en, gift, dowry.
Das Gift, —, pl. —e, poison.
Der Gip’ fel, —8, pl.—, summit, peak.
Olin’ zen, v. ir. intr., to glitter, shine.
Das Glas, —es, pl. Gli’ jer, glass.
Die Glas’ ſcheibe, —, pane of glass.
» Olas’ jdyerbe,—e, broken glas
Der Glau'be, —ns,

Der @lan’ben, — 5 faith, belief.
Glau'ben, v. tr., to believe.
Gleich, adj., like, — level, even;

adv., immediately.
Der Gleich’muth, —
Das Gleich'niß, —es, pl.—e, like-
ness, comparison, allegory.
Gleich ſam, conj., as it were, as if.
Die Glod’e, —, pl. —n, bell.
— Glor’ reid), adj., glorious.
Das Gliid, —e8, fortune, good luck.
@Gliid’ lid), adj., fortunate, happy.
_ Der Glück'wunſch, congratulation
Die Gna’de, —, pl. —n, grace, favor.
Gnä' big, adj., gracious, merciful.
Das Gold, —e8, gold.
Gol’den, adj., golden, of gold.
Go’ ihijd, adj., Gothic.
Der Gott, —e8, pl. Götter, God.
Der Got’ tesdienft, divine worship.
Gra' ben, v. ir. tr., to dig. [grave.
Das Grab, —e8, pl. Grä’ber,
Der Gra’ben, —8, pl. Gri’ ben,
— Die Grube, —,pl.—n,hole.[ditch
Der Grad, —c8, pl. —e, degree.

er Grdu’el, —8, pl.—, abomination,

horror, horrible crime.

Der Graf, —en, pl. —en, count.

Lie Gramma’ tif, —, grammar. [ical.
Grammatita’ liſch, adj., grammat-

Das Gras, —e8, pl. Gri’ fer, grass.

rag’ lid, adj. ., hideous, terrible.

Gratult’ren, v. tr., to congratulate.

Grau, adj., gray.

Grei’fen, v. ir. tr., to grasp, seize.

ie Gren’3e, —, pl. —n, boundary,

limit.
Das Grenz’land, boundary-land.
rob, adj., coarse, rough.

Der Gro’ ſchen, —8, pl. —n, groshen.

Groff, adj., great, large, tall.

Die rs’ Re, —, size, height.
Der Grof’vater, grandfather.
Die GroR’mutter, grandmother.
„Groß'muth, magnanimity.
Grok’ miithig, adj., magnanimous

—— Grip’ tentheils, adv., chiefly.

Grün, adj., green.

Der Grund, —e8 „pl. Gritn’de,grouna,
land, foundation, reason. [lish.
Griin’ben, v. tr., to found, estab-
Das Grund’lod, hole in the

ground.
Der Grunp’ftein, corner-stone.

Der Gruf,—es, pl. Gril’ fe, salutation
Gril’ Ret, v. tr., to greet, salute.

@iil’tig, adj., valid, binding.

Gün’ftig,adj., favorable.

ie Gum'miſchuhe (pl.), India-rub-

Gut, adj., good. {ber over-shoe.
Die Gü’te, —, goodness.

Das Gut, —e8, pl. Gil’ ter, posses-
sions, property, landed estate.

Das Gymna’fium, —, pl. Gymna’s

fie, gymnasium.

9.
Das Haar, —e8, pl. —e, hair. | Lie Hab’fudt, —, avarice.

1’ ben, v. ir. tr., to have. Hab’ fitdtig, adj., avaricious.
—— Hb’ haft, adj., in posseasion. cr Ha’jen,—8, pl. Häfen, harbor.

452 VOCABULARY.

— Der Ha’ fer, —8, oats. Der Haupt’mann,—es,pl. Haupt:
— Hagel, —8, hail. leute, captain.
Ha’ gelu, v. intr. (impers.), to hail. Die Haupt’ ftadt, capital city.
— „Hack'en, —8, pl. —, hook. Das Haupt’ wort, noun.
Halb, adj., half. Das Haus, —e8, pl. Häu’fer, house.
Halb'roh, adj., half raw. Der Haus’fnedht, house servant.
Halb’wegs, adv., half way. Die Haut, —, pl. Häu’te, skin.

Die Hälfte, —, half. [stop. | He’ben, v. ir. tr., to raise, lift.
Hal'ten, v. ir. er. and intr., to hold, Der He’ bel, —8, pl. —, lever.
Der Halt, —e8, pl. —e, holding Hecht, —e8, pl. —e, pike.

stop. [mer. | Das Heer, —e8, pl. —e, army.

Der Ham'mer,—8, pl. Him’ mer, ham-| Hef’tig, adj., vehement, violent.
Die Hand, —, pl. Hän’de, hand. Der Hei'de, —n, pl. —n ; die Hei’din,
Der Han’del, —8, trade, com- —, pl. snen, heathen, pagan.

merce. Das Hei’denthum,—8, paganism
Han’veln, v. tr. and intr., to han- Die Heide, —, pl. —n, heath.

dle, trade, treat, act. Herlig, adj., holy.
Der Händ’ler, —8, pl.—, trader. Hej’ligen, v. ir., tosanctify, hallow
Die Hand’ lung, —, pl. —en, ac- Heim, adv., home, at home.

tion, deed, trade, trading- Das Heim,—e8, home, residence.

house. Die Hei’ math, —, pl. —en, native
Die Hand’ ſchrift, manuscript. _ place.
Der Hand’ ſchuh, glove. Hei’ miſch, adj., at home.

Hei’ rathen, v. tr. and intr., to marry.

ei fer, adj., hoarse.

eiß, adj., hot.

Hei’ hen, v. ir. intr., to be called, be

named, mean.

Hei’ter, adj., cheerful, glad, joyous.

Der Held, —en, pl. —en, hero.

Der Hel’dengeift, heroic spirit.

Hel’denmüthig, adj., heroic.

Hel’ fer, v. tr. intr., to help.

ell, adj., clear, bright.

er Helfer, —8, pl. —, a copper coin,
worth about a quarter of a cent.

Dis Hand’ werk, trade.
Der Hand’ werfer, tradesman.
—~Der Hanf, —e8, hemp.

Hang’en, v. ir. intr., to hang.

Häng’en, v. tr., to hang.

Har’ren, v. intr., to await.

Hart, adj., hard. '
—Der Ha’fe, —n, pl. —n, hare. [nut.

Die Ha’felnuß, —, pl. nüffe, hazle-

Hafen, v. tr., to hate.

Hap lic, adj., hateful, ugly.
Hau'en, v. ir. tr., to hew, cut.
Der Hau’fe, —n8,pl.—n,) heap,

„Haufen, —8, pl.—, ) mass. Der Helm, —e8, pl. —e, helmet.
=i fig, adj., abundant, frequent. a8 Hemd, —e8, pl. —en, shirt.
Das Haupt, —e8, pl. Häup’ter, head. | Hem'men, v. tr., to check, arrest.
Die Haupt’ feder, mainspring. Her, adv., hither (§ 187, 10).

„ Haupt’ feftung, chief fortica- Herab’, adv., down (hither).
tion. Hera’, adv., on, near, upward,
Der Häuptling, —es, pl. —e, Herauf’fommen, to come up, rise.

chieftain, leader. [foremost.| Herauf ſpeien, v. er. tr., to throw
Häupt’lings,adv., headlong, head up.

_ VOCABULARY.

453

Herauf'treten, v. ir. intr.,to step | Hinein’, adv., in thither.

Heraus’, adv., out hither.
Herays’fagen, to speak out.

Herbet’, adv., on, hither, near.
[ter. | Hinein’tragen, v. ¢r., to carry in.
Herein’fommen, to come in, en-

Herein’, adv., in hither.

Hernie’der, adv., down hither.
Herii’berfommen, to come over.
Herun’ter, adv., down hither.
Herun’terfommen, to descend.
Herum’, adv., around.
Der Herbft, —e8, pl. —e, autumn,
—n Herd, —e8, pl. —e, hearth.
Die Heer’de, —, pl. —n, herd.

| Der Herr, —n, pl. —en, master, lords
gentleman; Mr. ; Gott der Herr

the Lord God.

Herr' lich, adj., glorious, splendid.
Die Herr’fchaft, —, pl. —en, do-

minion, authority.

a lord or to a manor, noble.

ment, authority.

Das Herz, —en8, pl.—en, heart. (dial.
Herz lid), adj., affectionate, cor-
Der Her’zog, —e8, pl. Her’zöge, duke.

Hernady’, adv., afterward.
Hervor’breden, to break out.

— Das Heu, —e8, hay.
Heu’len, v. intr., to howl.
Heute, adv., to-day.

Heu’tig, adj., of to-day, to-day’s.

Hier, adv., here.
Hierin’, adv., herein.

Hierfelbft’, adv., here.
—— Die’fig, adj., of this place.
Der Him’mel,—8, pl. —, heaven.
Simm’lifch, adj., heavenly.
Sin, adv., thither, there.
Hinab’, adv., down thither.
Hinauf’, adv., up thither.
Hinauf’fchauen, to look up.

Herr’fchaftlich, adj., belonging to

Herr’ichen, v. intr., to reign, rule.
Das Herr’ {cherthum, —3, govern-

[up. | Hinein’ geben, v. intr., to enter.

inein’ gelangen, to penetrate,
Hinein’ fommen, to come in.

Hin’ geben, v. t., to give up, sacrifice.
Hinge’ gen, adv., on the contrary.
Hinit’ber{pringen, to leap over.
Hinun’terftürzen, v. intr., to fall down.
Hinzu' fesen, v. ir., to add.
Hin'dern, v. tr., tohinder. [bersome.
Hin'derlid), adj., hindering, cum-
in'ten, prep., behind, after.
er Hirſch, —e8, pl. —, stag, deer.
Die Hir'fe, —, millet.
er Hirt, —en, pl. —en, shepherd.
ie Hite, —, heat.
Hod, adj., high.
Höchſt, adr., very, extremely.
Die Hoch achtung, —, esteem, re-
spect. [oped.
— Hody'gebradht, adj., higly devel-
— DHod'trabend, adj., high-sounding
—Der Hody’verrath, high treason.
—Die Hoch’ zeit, pl. —en, wedding.
n Höhe, —, pl. —en, height.
Der Hof, —e8, pl. Hö’fe, court, per-
manent residence, home.
Höf'lich, adj., courteous, polite.
Hof fen, v.intr., to hope.
Hoffentlich, adv. (itis to be hoped).
Die Hoff’ nung, —, pl. —en, hope.
obl, adj., hollow.
Die Höhle, —, pl. —n, cave, pit.
olen, v. tr., to get, procure.

[close by. | Das Holz, —e8, pl. Höl’zer, wood.
Hiernächſt', adv., next this time,

Höl’zern, adj., woody, of wood.
Der Ho’nig, —8, honey.

Hor’ den, v. intr., to listen, obey.
Hö'ren, v. tr., to hear.

ie Ho’fen ( pl.), pantaloons, trowsers
übſch, adj., pretty, fair.

er Hil’ gel, —8, pl. —, hill.

Hui’ ! interj., ho! quick! in einer
ui’, in the twinkling of an eye.

454 VOCABULARY.

Die Hül’fe, —, aid. ee Hung’er, —8, hunger.

Der Hund, —e8, pl. —e, dog. Die Hung’ ersnoth, —, famine.

Das Hiind’ chen, —8, pl. —, smalldogeeDer Hut, —es, pl. —Hil'te, hat.
little puppy. Tan Hüt'te, —, pl. —n, hut.

Hun’dert, hundred. n Hyazin’the, —, pl. —n, nyacinthe

%

Ich, pron., I. $n’länbifd, adj., native, interior.

Sr, pron., her; their; Ihr, your. | Gn’ne, adv., within.

Der, die, das Yh’rige, hers; theirs; | $n’nen, adv., within.

$h’rige, yours. Inner, adj., interior.
Im'mer, adv., always, ever. Sn’nerhalb, prep., within, inside of.
—$mpojant’, adj., imposing. Das Infekt’, —es, pl. —en, insect.
Qn, prep., in, into, at, within. Die In'ſel, —, pl. —u, island.

Indem', c., while, since, because. | Infon’derheit, adv., especially.
Der In'halt, —8, pl. —e, contents. Das Intereſ'ſe, —e8, interest.
Das In'land, —8, interior of a coun- Sutereffant’, adj., interesting.

try. |gr'sen, v. refl., to err, wander.

J.
Je'dermann, pron., every body.
ebiwe’der, pron. (for jeder).
$e’ mals, adv., ever.
Die Jagd, —, hunt, hunting. Je'mand, —8, pron., somebody, any
Der Ji’ ger, —8, pl. —, hunter. body.
Das Jahr, —e8, —e, year. (century. | $e’ner, pron., that, that one.
Das Sabrhun’dert, —8, pl. —e, | Fen’ feit, prep. ‚the other side of, beyond
Die Jah’reszahl, —, number of | Jen’ feit8, adv., beyond.
the year. Set, adv., now, at present.
n Sabh’reszeit, —, ppl.—en, sea- Seb’ ig, adj., present, existing.
son of the year. Die Ju’gend, youth.
fer Za’nuar, —8, January. Sung, adj., young, youthfal.
. Se, adv., ever; conj., the (see befto). Der Jung'e, —n, pl —n, youth,

Sa, adv., yes.
Die Jad’e, —, pl. —u, jacket, vest.
Ja’gen, v. tr., to hunt.

Se'dber, pron., every, each. young man.
8.
Das Ka’bel, —8, pl. —, cable. : Rai’ferlid), adj., imperial. (ship).
„ Kabinett’, —e8, pl. —e, cabinetzT Die Kajit’te, —e, pl. —n, cabin (ofa
small room. Das Kalb, —e8, pl. Käl’ber, calf.
Der Kadett’, —en, pl. —en, cadet. Der Ralbs’braten, —8, roast veal.
Der Kadet’tenoffizier, —8, pl. —e, Das Kalbs’cotelett, —e8, veal cute
cadet-officer. n Kalb’fleifch, —e8, veal. [let.
n Kaffee, —8, coffee. er Kalt, —e8, lime.
— Kahl, adj., bald. — Der Kall’fels, limestone cliffe
—Der Kahn, —e8, pl. Käh'ne, boat, skiff. : calcareous rock.

a Rai'fer, —8, pl. —, emperor. | Ralt, adj. cold,

VOCABULARY.

Die Kälte, —, cold, coldness.

455

ie Klap’perfchlange, rattlesnake.

Der Kampf, —es, pl. Kämpfe, battle, | Klar, adj., clear.
Käm’pfen, v. intr., to fight. [fight. | Die Kaffe, —, pl. —n, class.

n Kana’rienvogel, —8, Canary bird.
Die KRano’ne, —, pl. —n, cannon.
Die Kano’nenfugel, cannon-balk
Der Kapitän’, —8, pl. —e,; captain.
— Die Rap’pe, —, pl. —en, cap, hood.
— Der RKar’pfen, —8,pl.—, carp.
Die Kar'te, —, pl. —n, chart, map.
n Kartoffel, —, pl. —n, potato.
— Ser Kartof'felader, —, potato field.
—n Rife, —e8, pl. —, cheese.
n Katalog’, —e8, pl.—e, catalogue:
m Katholif’ poet, pl. —eit, Catholic
Katho’liich, adj., catholic.
— Sattun’, —e8, pl. —e, calico.
Kıu’fen, v. tr., to buy.
Der Rauf’ mann, —e8, pl. Kau’ =
leute, merchant.
Kaufmän’nifch, adj., mercantile.
Raum, adv., scarcely.
Keh’ren, v. tr., to sweep; to turn.
— Der eil,—es, pl. —e, wedge.
Keil’förmig, adj., wedge-shaped ;
adv., like a wedge.
Kein, pron., no, not any, no one.
— Der Kell’ner, —8, pl. —, waiter.
Ken’nen, v. ir. tr., to know, to be ac-
quainted with.
Der Kef'fel, —8, pl. —, kettle.
— Die Ket’te, —, pl. —n, chain.
- Der Kiel, —8, pl. —e, quill.
Das Kind, —e8, pl. —er, child.
" Das Kind’ chen, —8, pl. —, little
child, baby, infant.
Die Kind’heit, —, childhood.
Rin’ diſch, adj., childish.
Die Kir’dhe, —, pl.—n, church. [tory.
Die Kir’ chengefdidte, church his-
Der Kirdy’thurm, church tower.
— Die Kir’ jae, —, pl. —n, cherry.
— Das Kif'fen, —8, pl. —n, cushion:
Kla’ gen, v. intr., to complain. >
—— Lie Klap’per, —, pl. —n, rattle.

"
"
”
"

n

Klaſ'ſiſch, adj., classical.

a8 Klavier’, —8, —e, piano-forte.
er Klee, —e8, clover. -

. Der Klee’ader, field of clover.

Das Kleid, —es, pl. —er, garment,

clothes, dress.
Klei’den, v. tr., to clothe, dress.

Klein, adj., small, little.
as Kli’'ma, — 8, pl. Klima’ta, «te or

sten, climate.

ling’en, v. intr., to sound, be heard.

King’ eln, v.intr., to ring a bell.

Klo’pfen, v. intr., to knock (at a door).
a8 Ro’ fter, —8, pl. Klö’fter, cloister,

convent, monastery.

Klug, adj., wise, sensible, learned.
Der Kna’be, —n, pl. —n, boy.

Knecht, —e8, pl. —e, servant.
Knoſchen, —8, pl. —, bone.
Kno’ten, —8, pl. —, knot.
Rod, —e8, pl. Köche, cook.
Die Ko’ chin, —, pl. «nen, cook.

Ro’ hen, v. tr. and intr., to cook, boil.
Der Koffer, —8, pl. —, trunk, chest.
wn Kohl, —e8, pl. —e, cabbage.

Der Kohl’ader, field of cabbages.

Die Koh'le, —, pl. —n, coal.
Kom’men, v. ir. intr., to come.

Ro’ mifd, adj., comical.

Der Kommis’, —, pl. —, clerk.

Die Ronfeifion’, —, pl. —eit, confes-

sion of faith.

Der Kongreß’, —e8, pl.—e, Congress.

Kö’nig, —8, pl. —e, king.
Kö’niglidy, adj., royal.

Das Kö'nigreich, —8, pl. —e,
kingdom.

Kön’nen, v. ir., to be able.
Der Kopf, —e8, pl. Ki’ pfe, head.

Das Kopf’ weh, —8, headache.
Korb, —e8, pl. Kör'be, basket.
Der Korb’ mader, basket-maker.

456

Das Korn, —es, pl. Körner, grain,
Der Kör’per, —8, pl. —, body. [corn:
Ko’iten, v. intr., to cost.
Koft’bar, adj., costly.
Die Koft’ barfeit, —, costliness.
Die Kraft, —, pl. Kräfte, might,
strength. (force.
Kraft’ voll, adj., energetic, full of
—Der Kra’ gen, —8, pl. —, or Krai’ gen,
Kranl, adj., sick. [collar.
Die Krant’heit, —, pl. —en, sick-
ness. [sickness.
+ Das Kran’ fenlager, —8, sick-bed,
— Der Kranz, —e8, pl. Krän’ze, wreath.
— Das Kraut, —e8, pl. Kräuter, plant,
» Kreuz, —e8, pl. —e, cross. [herb.
— Kreuz'fahrt, —, pl. —en,) cru-
Der Kreuz’zug, —8, pl. »züge,) sade.
vo Kreu’zer, —8, pl. —, creuzer.
" Krieg, — es, pl. —e, war.
— Die Kriegs’noth, calamity of war.
Rri' tijd), adj., critical.
Die Kro’ne, —, pl. —n, crown.
Der Kron’pring, —en, pl. —en,
prince royal. (mug.
— Der Krug, —e8, pl. Krüge, pitcher,
—Rrumm, adj., crooked.

. VOCABULARY.

Krumm’beinig, adj., bow-legged.

er Ru’ den, —8, pl. —, cake.

Die Ku’gel, —, pl. —n, ball.
Der Ku'fut, —8, pl. —e, cuckoo.
Die Kundſchaft, —, pl. —en, knowl-

edge, information.

Künftig, adj., future.
Die Kunft, -—, pl. Kün’fte, art.

Der Kunft’fleiß, —e8, artistic in-
dustry.
wn $Künft’ler, —8, pl. —, artist.
Künſt' lich, adj., artificial.

— Der Kunſt ſchatz, —es, pl. -[diige,

artistic treasure.
Das Kunft’werf, work of art.

Der Kur’fürft, —en, pl. —en, elector.
Kurz, adj., short.

Kur; weilig, adj., amusing.
a8 Ku’pfer, —8, copper.
— Das Ku’pferftechen, —8, engrav-
ing on copper.
Der Ku’ pferfteder, —8, pl. —
engraver on copper.
Der Kuß, —es, pl. Küf’fe, kiss.

Küffen, v. tr., to kiss.

ie Kit'fte, —, pl. —n, coast.
er Kut'ſcher, —8, pl. —, coachman.

2.

La'den, v. intr., to laugh.
Läſcheln, v. intr., to smile. [cal.
Li cherlich, adj., ludicrous, comi-
Der Lachs, —e8, pl. Lach’ fe, salmon.
La’ben, v. ir. tr., to load. [ing, cargo.
{ Die La’dung, —, pl. —en, lad-
La’ben, v.tr., to summon, invite.[shop-
— Der La’den, —8, pl. Laden, shutter,
Die La’ ge, —, pl. —n, position, place.
— Das La’ ger, —8, pl. Lai’ ger, bed, camp
Lahm, adj., lame.
Läh’men, v. tr., to make lame.
Das Lamm, —es, pl. Läm'mer, lamb.
Die Lam’pe, —e, pl.—ın, lamp, [land.
Das Land, —e8, pl. Län'der, country,
Die Lanh’ macht, land forces, army

Der Land'mann, countryman.
» ands’mann, (fellow)-coua-
tryman.
Die Land’ reife, journey by land.
——n Land’ichaft, —, p/.—en, land-
scape. (painter.
— Der Land’fdaftsmaler, landscape
„ and’ folbat, land soldier ‘mi-
litia).
Das Land’volf, country people.
Land’ warts, adv., landward.
Der Land’ wind, land breeze.
er Land’ wirth, farmer, landlord.
Lang, adj., long.
Lang’e, adj., a long while.
Die Läng’e, —, length.

VOCABULARY. ” 4857
Yang’ fam, adj., slow. ie Lerihe, —, pl. —n, lark.
Lang’ weilig, adj., slow. Ler’nen, v. tr., to learn.
—WDer Lärm, —e8, noise, bustle, uproar. | Le'ſen, v. ir. tr., to read. [er.
Laf’fen, v. ir. tr., to let, leave, permit, Das Le’ febud), reading-book, read-
order, to have (done). | Lebt, adj., last.
— Die Laft, —, pl. —en, burden. Letter, adj., latter.
Das Lajft’thier, beast of burden. er Leucht’thurm, light-house.
Latei niſch, adj., Latin. Die Leu’te (p/.), people.
Lan’ fen, v. ir. intr., to run. Das Licht, —e8, pl. —er, light, candle.

Der Lauf,—es, pl. Qiu’ fe, course. | Liebert, v. tr., to love.
Laut, adj., loud; prep., according to, Lieb, adj., dear, agreeable.

by virtue of. Die Lie’be, —, love.
Län’ten, v. intr., to sound, be rung. Lie’ber, adv., rather, sooner.
Le’ bent, v. intr., to live. Lieb’ ltd), adj., lovely, charming.
Das Le’ben, —8, life. Der Lieb'ling, pl. —e, favorite.
Leben’ dig, adj., lively, active. Lie’ benswitrdig, adj., amiable.
Leb’ haft, adj., lively, active. Das Lied, —e8, pl. —er, song.
Die Lebensart, —, style of living. wie’ fern, v. tr., to deliver.
Der Le’ henslauf, course of life. Die Lie’ferung, —, pl. —en, num-
Dre Le’bensmittel, means of ex- ber (of @ serial publication).
istence, necessaries cf life. | Lte’gem, v. ir. intr., to lie, recline.
— Das Leder, —8, pl. —, leather. Die Limona’de, —, lemonade.
. eer, adj.,empty, vacant. - tint, adj., left, left hand.
Die Legation’, —, pl. —en, legation. | Links, adv., to the left hand.
Le’ geit, v. tr., to lay, put, place. | Die Litergtur’, —, pl. —en, literature.
__ sUn'legen, to put on. | Litera’rifd), adj., literary.
( Bei’ legen, to give to. Das Lob, —e8, praise.
Leh'ren, v. tr., to teach. Lo’ ben, v. tr., to praise.

Die Leh’re, —, pl. —n, doctrin Das Lod), —e8, pl. Lb’ cher, hole, cavity
Der Leh’rer, —8, pl. —, teacher+2oh’nen, v. tr., to reward.
Die Lehrerin, —, pl. —en, teacher | Das Loos, —e8, pl. —e, lot.
Das Lehr’jahr, year of study. 208, adj., free from, without.
Lehr’rei adj., instructive. 8’fen, v. tr., to loosen, solve.
Leicht, adj., light, easy. (ry). | Der Ls’ we, —n, pl. —n, lion.
— Leid, adv. (e8 thut mir leid, I am sor-| Die Luft, —, pl. Lüfte, air.
Lei’den, v. ir. tr., to suffer. [grief. | Lil’gen, v. intr., to lie, tell falsehoods.
Das Leiden, —8, pl.—, suffering, Die il’ ge, pl. —n, lie, falsehood.
Lei’ denſchaftlich, adj., passionate. | — Der Lüg'ner, —8, pl. —, liar.
Die Lei’er, —, pl. —n, lyre. Der Cum’ pen, —, pl. —en, rag, tatter
Leih’en, v. ir. tr., to loan, lend. Das Lum’ penpapier, paper (made
— Die Lein’wanb, —, linen. of rags). |
—— Lei’fe, adj., low, soft, gentle. [plish- | Die Luft, —, pl. Lit’fte, pleasure, joy,
__ Lei’ ften, v. tr., to do, perform, accom- desire, inclination.
Lei’ten, v. tr., to lead, conduct. —il’{tern, adj., longing, repacious.
Die Lektion’, —n, pl. —en, lesson. Lu’ ftig, adj., jolly, merry.

U

4658 VOCABULARY.

M.
— Die Meer’enge, —, pl.—n, straits,
n Mee’resfläche, —, surface of
the sea.
er Meer’rettig, —8, horseradish.
a8 Mehl, —e8, flour.
Mehr (comp. of viel), more.
Meh’ rere, pron., several,
Mehr’ mals, adv., several times.
ei’ ben, v. ir. tr., to avoid.
Die Merle, —, pl. —n, mile.

Mei’ lenweit, adv., miles distant:
Mein, pron., my. [mine.
Der Meine, or der Meinige, pron.,
Meinen, v. intr., to mean, think.
Die Meinung, —, pl.—en, opin-
ion, idea.

Meift (superl. of viel), most.

Mei’itens, adv., mostly.

Der Mei’ fter, —8, pl. —, master.
Mei’ fterhaft, adj., masterly.

Der Mei’ fterfänger, master-singer
Das Mei’fterftiid, masterpiece.
el’ben, v. tr., to announce, make

known.

Die Meng’e, —, pl.—n, crowd, quan-
tity. [man being.

Der Menſch, —en, pl. —en, man, hu-
Menſch'lich, adj., human.
Das Men’ fdentind, son of man,

human being.

Mer’ fen, v. tr., to mark,

Das Merk'mal, —8, pl.—e, char-

acteristic sign.

Merl’ witrdig, adj., remarkable.
Die Mef’je, —, pl. —n, mass, fair.
Meſ'ſen, v. ir. tr., to measure.”

Das Mef’fer, —8, pl. —, knife.
Das Metall’, —8, pl. —e, metal.
ieſthen, v. tr., to hire, rent.
Die Mild, —, milk.

Die Mild’ ftrafe, Milky Way.
Mild, adj., mild.

Min’der, adj., less ; mindeft, least.

Mtin’deftens, adv., ut least.

Ma’ chen, v. tr., tomake, do.
Die Madıt, —, pl. Mäch'te, might,
power.
Mid’ tig, adj., mighty, powerf
having control.
Madame’, Mrs.
Die Magd, —, pl. Mtig’de, maid.
Das Mid’ den, —8, pl. —, girl,
maid.
— Das Mahl, —es, pl. —e, repast.
Der Dat, —8, May.
Die Majeftit’, —, pl. —en, majesty.
Das Mal, —e8, pl. —e, time.
Ma’len, v. tr., to paint.
Der Ma’ler, —8, pl.—, painter.
Die Malerei’, —, art of painting.
Ma' leriſch, adj., picturesque.
Man, pron., one, a person, we, they.
Man’ cher, pron., many (a one).
Mand)’mal, adv., many a time.
Mang’eln, v. intr., to lack, fail.
Der Mann, —es, pl. Män’ner, man.
Die Mann’ fdaft, —, pl.—n, bod
of men, crew.
Der Man'tel, —es, pl. Män’tel, man-
tle, cloak.
Der Markt, —e8, pl. Märk'te, market.
w Marid,—es, pl.Mär’jche, march,
marching ; Fuß'marſch, going on
foot.

7, März, —e8, March. ſengine.
Die Mafdi’ne, —, pl.—n, machine,
Der Maft, —es, —en, mast. [stuff.
Die Mate’rie, —, pl. —en, matter,

wn Dathema’tit, —, mathematics.
— Der Matro’fe, —n, pl. —n, sailor.
— Die Mau'er, —, pl. —n, wall.
— Das Maul, —es, pl. Mäu’ler, mouth.
Die Maufichelle, —, pl. —
slap on the mouth or face.
— Der Mau’rer, —8, pl. —, mason.
Die Medizin’, —, medicine.
Das Meer, —es, —e, sea. [bay.
Der Meerbufen, —8, pl. -, gulf,

⸗⸗

VOCABULARY, 459

Das Modell’, —8, pl. —e, model.

Mts’ gen, v. ir., to be permitted (may).
Möglich, adj., possible.

Die Monarchie, —, pl.—n, monarchy

Der Mo’nat, —8, pl. —e, month.
Mo’natlic), adj., monthly.

Der Mond, —e8, pl. —e, moon.

Der Mon’tag, —8, Monday.

Mor’den, v. tr., to murder.

Der Mord, —e8, pl. —e, murder.

Der Mör’der, —8, murderer.

Die Mord’that, —, pl. —en, hom-

icide, murderous act.

Der Mor’ gen, —8, pl. —, morning.
Mor’ gen, adv., to-morrow.
Mor’gens, adv., in the morning.

ie My’ ve or Möwe, —, pl: —n, mew,
sea-gull.

n Mü’de, —, pl. —u, gnat, midge.

"be, adj., weary, tired.

ie Mü'he, —, p/. —n, pains, care.

„ Mühle, —, pl. —n, mill.

Der Mühl’ftein, —e8, mill-stone.

Der Mund, —es, p/. Mün’der, mouth,

Die Mund’ art, —, p/.—en, dialect
_ Mün’dig, adj., of age.

Das Muſe'um, —8, pl. Mufe’en, mu-

seum.

Die Muſil', —, music. [cian.

Der Mu’fiter, —8, pl. —, musi-

Ter Muffelin’, — 8, muslin.

Milf’fen, v. ir., to be obliged (must.)

Das Mu’fter, —8, pl. —, pattern.

Der Muth, —e8, mood, courage, spirit

Mu’thig, adj., courageous.
Die Mut’ter, —, pl. Müt’ter, mother.

Der Minister, —8, pl. —, minister,
member of the executive cabinet,
ambassador. [minister.
Der Mint’fter- Präfident’, prime-

— Der Min’nefänger, —8, minnesinger.
Die Minu’te, —, pl. —n, minute.
Mif’brauchen, v. tr., to misuse, abuse.

— Der Mif’jethäter, —8, pl. —, evil-doer

— Mif’ fallen, v. ir. intr., to displease.

Mit, prep., with, by, at, in.

Der Mit’ biirger, —8, fellow-citizen.

Heit’ gehen, v. ir. intr., to accompany.

Mit’nehmen, v. ir. tr., to take with.

Mit’ichuldig, adj., accessory toa crime.

Mit’ fprechen, v. ir. intr., to speak with.

Der Mit’tag, —8, midday, noon, south

Die Mit’te, —, midst, middle.

Das Mit’tel —8, pl.—, middle, means

— Mit’ten, adv., middle, central.

Mit’ tels (-telft), prep., by means of.

Das Mit’telalter, —8, middle ages.

Mit'telmäßig, adj., moderate.

Der Mit’telpuntt, central point, focus.

Die Mit’ ternacdt, midnight.

Mit’theilen, v. tr., to communicate.
Mit’ theilenswerth, adj., worth re-

peating. [communication.
Die Mit’theilung, —, pl. —en,

Der Mitt’ wod, —es,

Die Mitt’wode, VWednesda,.

Die Mit’ wirkung, —, co-operation, aid

— Das Mö’del,—, pl. —, and die Mö' bel,
—, pl. —n, piece of furniture (in
pl. furniture).

— Möbli’ren, v. tr., to furnish.

Die Mo’ be, —, pl. —n, fashion.

Modern’, adj., modern. » Mity’e, —, pl.—ı, cap.
N.
Nak, prep., after, behind, toward, | Nach’fommen, v. intr., to come after,
according to. [copy. act in accordance with, accept.

Nach’ ahbmen, v.tr. and intr.,toimitate, | Nady’läffig, adj., negligent, careless.
Der Nach’bar, —8 or —n, pl. —n, Die Nach läſſigkeit, —, negligence
neighbor. Der NRady'mittag, —8, afternoon.
Nach'dem, adı., afterward; c., after. | Rach’mittags adv., in the afterncon.

460 ABULARY.

Die Rady’richt, —, pl. —en, tidin e Nel'ke, —, pl. —en, pink.
‘ intelligence, report. Nen’nen, v. ir. tr.,to name.
Nach’ fehen, v. ir. tr., toexamine; intr., | Das Net, —e8, pl. —e, net.
to look. Neu, adj., new.
Nach’ fpringen, v. intr., to spring after. Die Neu’gierde, —, curiosity.
Die Nacht, —, pl. Näch'te, night. Neu’gierig, adj., curious, inquisi-
Die Nach' tigall, —, pl. —en, nightin- tive.
gale. Neu' lich, adv., lately, recently.
Nächſt, adj.,next; prep.,next to, next. | Neun, nine.
Der Nad’en, —8, pl. —, neek. Neun'tägig, adj., lasting nine
— Radt, adj., naked. days.
Die Na’ del, —, pl. —n, needle. Nicht, adv., not.
— Der Na’ gel, —8, pl. Na’ gel, nail. Nichts, pron., nothing.
Nah or na’he, adj., near, nigh. ie Nichte, —, pl. —n, niece.
Die Na’ he, —, nearness. Nie, adv., never.
Nähen, v. mir. and refi... to ap- Nie’mals, adv., never.
Nähen, “ J proach. Nie’ mand, pron., nobody.
— Nähen,v. tr., to sew. Nim’ mer, adv., never.
Die Näh’mafchine, sewing-ma-| Nie’der, adj., low; adv., low, down,
chine. Nie’ derbrennen, v. ir. tr., to burn

„ Räh’natel, sewing needle. down.
Die Nahrung, —, pl.—en, food, nour- Nie’derreifen, v. ir. tr., to tear
ishment. down.

No’ bel, adj., noble.
oats adv., still, yet; conj., nor.
er Nord, —8,
n Norden, = NOE
Nörd' lich, adj., northern; adv.,
northerly.
Rordweft'lid, adj., northwestern,
Die Note, —, pl.—ı, bank-note.
” Noth, = pl. Nö'the, calamity.
need, trouble.
— Der Noth’fall, case of need.
Ns’ thig, adj., necessary, needed.
Ns’ thig haben, to need.
Der Noven’ber, —8, November.
ie Nu’del, —, pl. —n, vermicelli.
wo Nu’mero, —, pl. ert, ?
„ Num’mer, —, pl. —,
Nun, adv., now; well, well then.
Nur, adv., only.
Nub’en, v. tr., to use.
Der Nußen, —8, profit, use,
Nite’ lic, adj., useful.

Das Nah’ rungsmittel, food, provision.
Der Na’ me, —n8, p/.—n,)
„ Namen, —8, pl.—, 5
Namentlich, adv., namely.
— Mim'lid, pron., the same.
Der Narr, —en, pl. —en, fool, buf-
foon.
Die Na’ je, —, pl. —n, nose.
— Ma’feweis, adj., pert, forward,
impertinent, saucy.
— Naf, adj., wet.
Die Nation’, —, pl. —en, nation.
National’, adj., national.
Die Natur’, —, nature.
Natürlich, adj., natural.
Ne’ben, prep., near, by the side of.
— Der Nebenumftand, incidental
circumstance, particulars.
Nebſt, prep., near, together with.
— Der Neffe, —n, pl. —n, nephew.
Neh’ men, v. ir. tr., to take.
Nein, adv., no.

name.

number.

VOCABULARY. 461

©.
O! or Oh! snterj., oh!
Ob, conj., whether, if.
D’ben, adv., above, up stairs.
D’berhalb, prep., above, on the
upper side of.
Die O’berfläche, upper surface.
Das O’berleder, upper leather.
— Der O’berft, —en, pl.—en,colon
Obgleich’, conj., although.
— Das Obft, —es, fruit.
Der D’cean, —8, pl. —e, ocean.
Das Oltav’, —8, pl.—e and <8, octavo
D’der, conj., or.
—Der O'fen, —8, pl. Oe’fen, stove,oven
Offen, adj., open.
Offenbar, adj., open, plain.

Offenba’ ren, v.ér.,to make public.
Def fentlid), adj., public.
Oeffnen, v. tr., to open.
Oft, adv., often.
Ob’ne, prep., without.
Das Del, —e8, pl. —e, oil.
a8 Op’fer, —, pl. —, sacrifice.
ra’nien, —8 (geog.), Orange.
Ord’nen, v. tr., to order, arrange,
Die Or’dre, —, or Or’der, —, order.
Der Organift’,—en, pl. —en, organist
" Ort, —es, pl. DOer’ter, place.
" oft, —ts, }
" O'ſten, —, —
Deft’ lich, adj., eastern.
Die O’ftern (pl.), Easter.

P.
Das Paar, —es, pl. —e, pair; ein) Pflüd’en, v. tr., to pluck, pick.
paar, a few. Der Pflug,—es, pl. Pflü’ge, plough.
Der Palaft’, —e8, pl. Pala’ fte, palace. | Das Pfund, —es, pl. —e, pound.
Die Pal’me, —, pl. —n, palm. Die Philofophie’, —, philosophy.
Der Pan’ther, —8, pl. —, panther. Philoſo phiſch, adj., philosophical.
——n Pantof fel, —8, pl. —n, slipper. Die Phra’fe, —, pl., —n, phrase.
— Panzer, v. ir., to furnish with a coat| Der Plan, —es, pl. —e or Pli'’ne,
- of mail; gepan’zert, iron-clad. plan.
Das Papier’, — 8, pl. —e, paper. n Play, —e8, pl. Plüty’e, place.
——~ Baradig’ma,—8, pl. Baradig’men, Plat nehmen, to take a seat.
paradigm. Pl’ lich, adj., sudden.
Die Partie’, —, pl. Partie’en, party. | Pliin’dern, v. tr., to plunder.
Der Pag, —es, pl. Paj’je, passport. | Die Poefie’ —, poetry.
wn Paffagier’, —8,pl.—e,passenger.| Polizei’, —, pl. —en, police.
Paſ'ſen, v. intr., to fit, become. Der Polizei’ diener, policeman.
Pafjerd, adj., proper, suitable, | Ponti’nifd, adj., Pontine.
becoming. a8 Portemonnaie’,—8, pl.—8, purse,
Die Perio’de, —, pl. —n, period. pocket-book.
n Perfor’, —, pl. —en, person. Die Portion’, —, pl. —en, portion.
Perfsn'lich, adj., personal. n Bot, —, pl. —en, post, post-office
——-Das Pet’ fchaft, —e3, /.—e, seal. Das Poft’amt, —e8, post-office.
— Der Pfeffer, —8, pepper. Die Pracht,—, splendor, magnificence
wv Pfennig, —3, pl. —e, pfennig. | — Der Pracht/anzug, splendid suit
Das Pferd, —e8, pl. —e, horse. of clothes.
Die Pfing’ften, —8, Whitsuntide. Präch tig, adj., splendid,
wv Pflan’ze,—, pl. —n, plant. Pracht voll, adj.,) magnificent.

462 VOCABULARY.

Der Präfident’, —en, pl. —en, presi- | Der Profef'for, —#, pl. Profefjo’ren,

dent. Die Pro’fa, —, prose. [ professor.
—Pre'digen, v. tr., to preach. Proſa' iſch, adj., prosaic.
Der Pre’diger, —8, preacher. Das Proviant’fdiff, ship conveying
Die Predigt, —, pl.—en, sermon provisions for the army, transport
Der Preis, —e8, pl. —e, price. Die Provinz’, —, pl. —eu, province.
— Pri'ma-Wedfel, —8, first bill of | Der Pſalm, —e8, pl. —en, psalm.
exchange. » Puls, —e8, pl. —e, pulse.
m Brie’fter, —e8, pl. —, priest. „Punkt, —es, pl. Punt'te, point.
n Prinz, —en, pl. —en, prince. Puntti’ ren, v. tr., to point, dot,
Probi'ren, v. tr., to try. “Die Pup’pe, —, pl. —n, doll.
Q.

Quitt, adj., free (from).

Die Ouit’tung, —, receipt.

Der Quotient’, —en, pl. —en, quo-
tient.

Das Quadrat’, —e8, pl. —e, square:
— Die Quabrat’meile, square mile.
n QDuart, —e8, pl. —e, quart.
Die Quel'le, —, pl. —n, source.

R.

Rechts, adv., to the right.

Das Recht, —e8, or die Itechts’-

wiffenfdaft, —, jurisprudence

ed’en, v. tr. and refl., to extend.
Re’ bent, v. intr., to speak, talk.
ed’lich, adj., honest, fair, brave.
Die Reformation’, —, reformation.
ir Regel, —, pl. —n, rule.
Regelmäßig, adj., regular. [ty.
Die Re’gelmäßigteit, —, regulari-

— Der Ra’be, —n, pl. —n, raven.
Die Raſche, —, revenge. [self.
Ra’dhen, v. refl.,to avenge him-
— Ra’gen, v. intr., to reach, project.
Hervor’ragen, to project.
Der Rang, —e8, pl. Räng’e, rank, or
der, degree, class.
Raſch, adj., quick, swift, rash.
Der Rath, —e8, counsel, advice.
Der Rath, —es, pl. Ra’the, coun-

selor. Me’ gent, v. tr., to stir, excite.
Das Rath’haus, council -house, | Der Re’gen, —8, rain, raining.
city hall. [guess. Reg'nen, v. intr. impers., to rain.

Der Regenbogen, —8, rainbow.
Tu Regenguß, —es, pl. ⸗üſſe,
sudden and violent rain.
— vn Re'genfdivrm, —e8, pl. —e,
umbrella,
Der Regent’, —en, pl. —en, regent.
Die Regen’tin, —, pl. —nen, re-
gent.
Regie’ren, v. tr., to rule, govern.
Die Regie’rung, —, pl.—en, gov-
ernment. (regiment.
Das Regiment’, —e8, pl. —er,
ie Re'gung, —, pl. —en, movement,
motion.

NRarthen, v. ir. intr., to advise,
Das Rith’ fel, —8, pl. —, riddle.
—~~ Her Raub, —e8, pl. —, robbery.
Der Riu’ ber, —8, pl.—, robber.
Ran'dhen, v. intr., te smoke.
— Der Rauch, —es, smoke.
— Das Reb'huhn, —es, pl. Reb'hühner,
partridge.
— Die Reſbe, —, pl. —n, grape vine.
Rech'nen, v. tr., to reckon. [count.
Die Rech'nung, —, pl. —en, ac-
„Rerchenſchaft, —, account.
Necht, adj., right.
Die Redy’te, —, right hand.

VOCABULARY. 463

Rie’ fengroß, adj., large as a giant
a8 Rind, —e8, pl.—er,horned cattle
Der Rin’ derbraten, roast beef.
Das Rind’ fleifd, beef.

Der Ring, —e8, pl. —e, ring.
Ring'eln, v. tr., to provide with
rings; gering’ elt, arranged in

— Das Reh, —c8, pl. —e, roe, deer.
— Reiben, v. ir. tr., to rub, grind.
Reid, adj., rich.
Der Reich’ thum,—es, pl. -thitmer,
riches, wealth, opulence.
Das Reich, —e8, pl.—e, reign, govern-
ment, kingdom, empire.

— Die Reid)s’verfammlung, Assem- rings. [city.
bly of the States of the (Ger- Die Ring’mauer, wall around a
man) Empire. Rings, adv., around.

Der Ritter, —8, pl. —, rider, knight.

— Das Rit’'tergut, manor.
Rit’terlid), adj., chivalry.

er Rod, —e8, pl. Röd’e, coat.

" Itog’ ger, —#8, rye. [reed.

a8 Rohr, —es, pl. — and Röh’ren,

Der Roman’, —e8, pl. —e, romance.

Roman ’tifd, adj., romantic.
Die Ro’fe, —, pl. —n, rose.
Ro’ fa, adj., rose-colored.

Reif, adj., ripe.
— Die Rei’he, —, pl. —n, row, rank, turn
Der Reim, —e8, pl. —e, rhyme.
— Rein, adj., pure, clean.
Die Rein’ heit, —, purity.
Rei’ necke-Fuchs, Reynard the fox.
Der Reis, —e8, rice. [rice pudding.
Der Reis’pubding, —8, pl. —8,
Die Reis’fuppe, rice soup.
Reifen, v. intr., to travel.

Die Reife, —, pl. —n, journey. Roth, adj., red.
Der Rei'feloffer, —8, pl. —, tra ie Ril’be, —, pl. —n, rape.
eling trunk. Die gelbe Rii’be, carrot.

„ vothe Rit’be, beet.
„ weiße Rü’be, turnip.
Der Rüd’en, —8, pl.—, back.
Jn den Rüden fallen, to attack
the rear.
Der Rüd’blid, —es, pl. —e,
glance backward, retrospect.
Die Rüd’fiht, —, pl. —en, re-
spect, regard, consideration.
Rild’ warts, adv., backward.
a8 Au’der, —8, pl. —, rudder.
NRüh’men, v. refl., to be proud, boast.
Rubm’ voll, adj.,glorious, famous
Au’fen, v. ir. tr., to call, cry out.
n Rbheumatis’ mus, —, rheumatism. | Die Ru’he, —, rest, tranquillity.
— Rich’ten, v. tr., to adjust, direct. Ru’ hen, v. intr., to rest, repose.
— Der Rich’ ter, —8, pl. —, judge. | Rüh'ren, v. tr., to touch, beat.
Die Ric’ tung,—, pl. —en, direc- Nüh’rig, adj., stirring, active,

Rei’ Hert, v. ir. tr., to tear.
Rei’ ten, v. ir. intr., to ride (on horse-
back).
Rei’ zen, v. tr., to irritate, provoke.
Die Religion’, —, religion.
Repari’ren, v. tr., to repair.
Die Repetir’ubr, repeating watch.
Der Repräfentant‘, —en, pl.—en, re
resentative.
Die Republit’, —, pl. —en, republic.
DerReft, —e8, pl.—e, rest, remainde
Metten, v. tr., to save.
Das Mtet’tungsboot, life-boat.
— Der Ret’tig, —e8, pl. —e, radish.

tion. nimble.
Rich tig, adj.,right, accurate, true | Die Rui’ne, —, pl. —n, ruin.
—— Das Ries, —e8, pl. —e, ream. | Rund, adj., round. [root.

- Der Rie’fe, —n, pl. —n, giant. Die Ru’ the, —, pl. —n, root, perch,

464 VOCABULARY.

©.

— Der Saal,—es, pl. Sale, parlor, hall | Das Schau’fpiel, —e8, pl. —e, play,
Die Sa’ che, —, pl. —n, thing, affair, drama.
cause; pl. goods, furniture, bag- | Sdei’nen, v. ir. intr., to appear.

Schen’fen, v. tr., to present.

Die Sdher’be, —, pl. —n, potsherd,

fragment of broken glass.

Das Scher’bengericht, ostracism.

uß’lich, adj., hideous, horrible.

Schick'en, v. tr., to send. .

Die Schie'ne, —, pl. —n, tire, rail.

Schie ßen, v. ir. tr., to shoot.

Das Schiff, —e8, pl. —e, ship.

Der Schiffer, —8, mariner.
Die Schiffs’Teute (pl.), crew.

er Schirm, —e8, pl. —e, screen.

Die Schlacht, —, p/.—en, battle, fight

Der Schlaf, —e8, sleep.

Sela’ fen, v. ir. intr., to sleep.
Das Schlafzimmer, bedroom.

Schla'gen, v. ir. intr., to strike, beat;

ſich Schlagen zu, to unite with.

Der Schlag, —e8, pl. Schlä’ge,

blow, stroke, stroke of apo-
plexy. [snake.

Die Schlang’e, —, pl. —n, serpent,

Schlecht, adj., bad.

er Schlei’er, —8, pl. —, veil.

Schlie'geu, v. ir. tr., to close.

Das Schloß, —, pl. Schlöffer,

lock, castle.

Der Schluß, —e8, pl. Schtiij’fe,

close, conclusion.

Der Schhlüf’fel, —8, pl. —, key.

Schmed’en, v. tr., to taste. (able.

Schmad’haft, adj., savory, palat-

Schmel’zen, v. ir. intr., to melt.

Der Schmerz, —c8, pl. —en, pain:
Schmerz’lich, adj., painful.
Schmerz’lo8, adj., painless.

er Schmied, —e8, pl. —e, smith.

gage.
Der Gad, —e3, pl. Säd’e, sack, bag.

— Gi’en, v. tr., to sow.

— Der Saffian’, —8, morocco leather.
Die Sa’ ge, —, pl. —n, tradition.
Sa’gen, v. tr., to say.

— Die Sabh’ne,—, cream.

Das Sulz, —c8, pl. —e, salt.
Der Sa’men, —8, pl. —, seed.
Sam’meln, v. tr., to collect.
Die Samm’ luny, —, pl.—en, col-
lection.

— Der Sam'met, —8, pl. —2, velvet.
Sammt, prep., with, together with.
Der Sand, —es, sand.

San’dig, adj., sandy.
Sanft, adj., soft, gentle, mild.
Die Sardel’le, —e, pl. —n, sardine.
Satt, adj., satisfied, satiated.
_ Der Sat’tel, —8, pl. —, saddle.
Der Sattler, —8, pl.—, saddler-
— Der Sat,—es, pl. Sa’ we, leap, jump,
Gan’er, adj., sour. [sentence.
Die San'ce, —, pl. —n, sauce, gravy.
San’ gen, v. ir. intr., to suck, drink.

— Aus 'ſaugen, to drain, impoverish.

— Die Schaar, —, pl. —en, troop, host.

— Der Scha’den, —3, pl. —, and Schaͤ'⸗

Den, loss, damage, injury, harm.
Schäd' lid, adj., injurious.
—Das Schaf, —e8, pl. —e, sheep.
Der Schaft, —es, pl. Schaf’te, shaft.
Gci’men, v.refl., to be ashamed.
Die Schan’de, —, disgrace.

— Die Schand'that, deed of infamy.
Scharf, adj., sharp.

— Der Schar' lach, —es, pl. —e, scarlet:

„ Schat’ten, —8, pl.—, shadow. Schmück'en, v. tr., to adorn.
Die Schatti'rung, —, pl. —en;tSchnap’pen, v. tr., to snap at, catch at.
shade. (behold. | Der Schnee, —s, snow.
Schau'en, v. tr. and intr., to look, see, | Schnei’en, v. intr.impers., tosnow

VOCABULARY 465

Das Schwein, —e8, pl. —e, hog.
Das Schwei’nefleijch, pork.
Schwel'len, v. ir. intr., to swell.
An’fihwellen, to rise (in a freshet).
Schwer, adj., heavy, difficult, severe.
Die Schwe're, —, weight, heaviness.
Schwer' lich, adv., with difficulty,
hardly.
Das Schwert, —es, pl. —er, sword.
Die Schwe’fter, —, pl. —n, sister.
er Schwie’gerwater, «mutter, sjohn,
stocdhter, father-in-law, etc.
dwie'rig, adj., difficult.
Schwim'men, v. ir. intr., to swim.
Schwin' den, v. ir. intr., to disappear.
Sawin’ deli, v. inir., to be dizzy.
——Der Schwin’del, —8, dizziness.
Schwind’lidh, adj., dizzy.
ie Schwind’fucht, —, consumption.
Schwö’ren, v. ir. intr., to swear.
chwül, adj., sultry.
Secs, six.
Der See, —8, pl. —n, lake.
Die See, —, pl. —n, sea, ocean.
Das Seebad, —e8, pl. »bäber,
sea-bath.
GSee’tranf, adj., sea-sick.
Die See’ trantheit,—, sea-sickness
— „ See'madt, naval power.
wv See’reife, sea-voyage.
Der See’räuber, pirate.
wn Gee'foldat, marine.
--GSee’tüchtig, adj., seaworthy.
Der See’ vogel, sea-fowl.

Schnei’den, v. ir. intr., to cut.
Der Schneider, —8, pl.—, tailor.
Schnell, adj., fast, rapid.
Der Schnell'zug, express train.
Schön, adj., beautiful, fine.
Die Scin’heit, pl. —en, beauty.
Schon, adv., already.
Sco’nen, v. tr., to spare.
— Der Schooß orSchoß, —es, pl. Schi’ fe,
lap, skirt; bed of a stream.
— Die Schrau’be, —, pl. —n, screw.
Schred’en, v. tr., to frighten. [ble.
Schreck'lich, adj., frightful, terri-
Schrei’ben, v. ir. tr., to write.
Das Schreib’papier,writing-paper
Die Schrift, —, pl. —en, writing.
wn Heilige Schrift, holy writ.
„Schrift'ſprache, language of
literature.
Schrei’en, v. ir. intr., to cry, call.
Der Schritt, —es, pl. —e, step.
Der Schub, —e8, pl. —e, shoe.
Der Schuh’ mader, —8, pl. —,
shoemaker.
„Schuh' machergeſell, —en, pi.
-en, journeyman shoemaker.
Die Schuld, —, pl. —en, debt, guilt ;
— Sie find Schuld daran, it is your
fault.
Schul’dig, adj., guilty, in debt.
Die Sdhu'le, —, pl. —en, school.
Der Schü'ler, —8, pl.—, scholar.
Das Sehul’hans, school-house.
Die Saul’ ter, —, pl. —n, shoulder.
— wv Schüf’fel, —, pl. —n, dish, bowl. Das See’waffer, sea-water.
Schwach, adj., weak. [in-law. Der See’wind, sea-breeze.
—Der Sawa’ ger, —8, pl. —, brother- |! Die See'fe, —, pl. —n, soul.
Die Schwä’gerin, —, pl. —ne I Das Segel, —8, pl. —, sail.
sister-in-law. Se’geln, v. intr., to sail.
— ESchwan'ken, v. intr., tovacillate, tot- | Der Se’gen, —8, pl. —, blessing.
Schwarz, adj., black. [ter. Seg’uen, v. tr., to bless.
——Sdwa’ en, v. intr., to chatter, prattle. Die Seg’nung, —, pl.—en, bless-
— Scmwei’fen, v. intr., to rove (extrav-| Ge’ her, v. ir. tr., to see. (ing.
agantly). Sebr, adv., very, greatly, sorely.
Schwei' gen, v. ir. intr., to be sileat. ie Sei’be, —, pl. —n, silk. |
U2

466

VOCABULARY.

Das Sei’dengeug, —e8, pl. —e, Soe’ben or fo eben, adj., just now, just

Sein, pron., his, (silk cloth.
Sein, v. ir. intr., to be.

Seit, prep., since:

Die Sei'te, —, pl. —n, side.

Sel’ber, pron., self ($ 108, Rem. 2).
Selbft, pron., self (§ 108, Rem. 2);

adv., even.
Der Selbjt’mord, suicide.
Selig, adj., blessed, happy.

Die Se'ligfeit, —, happiness, bliss | Der Sommer, —8, pl.

Sel'ten, adv., seldom, rarely.

Selt’ jam, adj., strange, queer.
-—— Die Sem'’mel, —, pl. —n, roll (of

bread).
Gen’ fen, v. tr., to let down, sink.
Der Septem’ber, —8, September.

— Die Servict’te, —, pl. —n, napkin.

Setz'en, v. tr., to set, put, place ;
refl., to take a seat, be seated.

Der Shawl, —8, pl.—8 or —e, shawl:
Sid, refl. pron., one’s self, himself,

herself, itself; pl.,
yourself,
—— Si’ dhern, v. tr., to secure, insure.
— Die Sidt, —, sight ynad Sicht,
sight.

themselv

then, just at the time. _
So’fern, adv. and conj., so far, if,
in case.
Sogleidy' ‚adv., immediately.
ie Soh'Ie, —, pl. —n, sole.
Der Sohn, —¢8, pl. Sw hne, son.
Sol’ der, pron., such.
Der Soldat’, —en, p/.—en, soldier,
Sol’len, v. — to be obliged.
—, summer.

Son’dern, conj., but.
Die Son’ne, —, pl. —ı, sun.
Der Sonnenauf’gang, sunrise.
» Sonnenun’tergang, sunset.
» Son'nen{dirm, parasol.
Son’ nig, adj., sunny.
Der Eonn’tag, —8, Sunday.
Sonft, adv. and conj., formerly, other-
wise.
ie Eor’ge, —, pl. —n, care.
Corg’fam, adj., careful.
ie Spal’te, —, pl. —n, column,
Spa’ren, v. tr., to spare, save.
Spät, adj. and adv., late.
at | Spazie’ren, v.intr. (to go for pleasure).
©. gehen, to talk a walk. [riage.

v.

Sie, pron., she, her; they, them; you. | —©. fahren, to take a ride in a car-

— Das Sieb, —e8, pl. —e, sieve.
Sie’ben, v. tr., to sift.
Gie’ben, seven.
Der Sieg, —e8, pl. —e, victory.
Sie’ gett, v. tr., to conquer.
Sieg’ reid), adj., victorious.
Das Sie’gel, —8, pl. —, seal.
Sie’ geln, v. tr., to seal.
' Das Sil’ber, —8, silver.
Sing’en, v. zr. intr., to sing.
Der Sing’ vogel, bird of song.
Die Sitte, —, pl. —n, custom.

—Der Sits, —e8, pl. —e, abode, seat.

Siw’ en, v. ir. intr., to sit.
Die Sitz'ung, —, pl.—en, session
Sla' viſch, adj., Slavic.

€o, «dv. and conj., 80, thus, as

©. reiten, to take a ride on horse-
back. [ment.
Die Spei’fe,—e, pl.—u, food, nourish-
Sper’ fen, v. tr., to eat, dine.
—— Der Spei’jefaal, dining-room.
Lie Spekulation’, —, pl. —en, specu-
lation.
" Sphä’re, — pl. —n, sphere.
Der Spie’gel, —8, pl. —, mirror.
Das Spiel, —e8, pl. —e, play.
Spie’len, v. intr., to play.
Der Spion’, —8, pl. —e, spy.

Das Spital’, —e8, pl. »täler, hospital.
Die Spit’e, —, p/.—n,point; pl.,lace
Der Spits’ enfdleier, lace veil.
pot’ten, v. tr., to deride, ridicule,

banter, make sport.

VOCABULARY. 467

Der Spöt'ter, —3, pl.—, derider, Statt’finden, v. inér., to take place
foolish jester. [guage. Statt’lid), adj., stately, grand.
Die Spra’che, —, pl.—n, speech, lan- Steck'en, v. t., to stick, fasten.
Die Sprady’bildbung, —, forma- Der Sted’ brief, advertisement for

tion of a language. the apprehension of a delin-
—— Der Sprady'gebraudy), laws of quent or criminal.
usage in a language. —Sted’brieflid, verfol’gen, to de-

Spre’chen, v. ir. intr., to speak, talk.
— Die Sprech’ jtunde,hour appointed
to receive calls on business.
— Das Sprich’ wort, proverb. [out.
——Sprei’zen, v. tr., to stretch out, spread
Spreng’en, v. tr., to cause to burst;
——- auseinan’ber fpreng’en, to scatter
suddenly.
Das Spridy’wort, proverb.
pring’ en, v. ir. intr., to spring, leap.
— Der Spul, —e8, spectre. lhouse).
—Spu’'ten, v. intr., to be haunted (as a
Spuf’haft, adj., ghostlike, imaginary.
Die Spur, —, p/.—en, trace, footstep.
Der Staat, —e8, pl. —en, state, na-
tion; pomp, magnificent array,
fine dress. —
—Der Stab, —e8, pl. Sti’ be, staff.
—Der Sta’ hel, —8, pl.-n,prickle, thorn
— Die Sta’dyelbeere, gooseberry.
— Eta’delicht, adj., thorny.
Die Stadt, —, pl. Stid’te, city. [city.
Das Städtchen, —3, pl.—, small
Städ'tiſch, adj., civic, municipal
Der Stahl, —e8, steel. [pen.
Die Stahl’feder, —, pl.—n, steel
— Der Stahl’ftih, —e8, pl.—e, stee

scribe a criminal in a Sted’-
brief.
ie Sted’nadel, —, pl. —n, pin.
Ste' hen, v. ir. intr., to stand.
Steh’len, v.ir. tr., to steal.
Steif, adj., stiff.
Stet’ gen, v. ir. intr.,to mount, ascend.
teil, adj., steep.
Der Stein, —e8, pl. —e, stone.
Stein’ hart, adj., hard as stone.
Stel’len, v. tr., to place, put, set up.
Die Stelle, —, pl. —n, position.
„ Stellung, —, pl. —en, posi-
Sterben, v. ir. intr., to die. ſtion.
Sterb’lidh, adj., mortal.
Der Stern, —e8, pl. —e, star.
Das Stern’bild, —e8, pl. —er,
constellation.
Stet or ftät, adj., steady, firm.
Stet8 or ftät, adv., continually
ie Sten’er, —, pl. —n, tax, duties,
Sten’erpflicdtig, adj., subject to
tax or duty.
tid’en, v. tr., to embroider.
Der Stie’fel, —8, pl. —, boot.
Der Stie’felfnecht, boot-jack.
er Stief’vater, «mutter, john, »toch»

engraving. ter, step-father, step-mother, etc.
Der Stamm, —es, pl. Stäm'me t+Stiften, v. ir., to found, establish.
trunk, body, stem, tribe, family. | Still, adj., still.
Stam’men, v.intr., to be descend- Die Stil’Te,—, quietness, stillness
ed (from). [race. Still’ [cweigen, to keep silent.

wim Der Stamm’vater, father of a

Der Stand, —e8, pl. Stän’de, condi-

tion, rank. er Stod, —e8, pl. Stö’de, stick,
Start, adj., strong. cane; story (of a house).

Die Statt, —, pl. Stat’te, place. Der Stoff, —es, pl. —e, stuff, sub-

. Statt, prep., instead of. Stolz, adj., proud. [stance.

Die Stim’me, —, pl. —en, voice.
Stir’ne, —, pl. —n, brow.

468 VOCABULARY.

Das Studium, —, pl. Stu’dien, stady
Stubdi’ren, v. Ir., to study.

Die Stu’fe, —, pl. —en, step.
Stu’ jenweife, adv., gradually.

Stumm, adj., dumb.

ie Stun’de, —, pl.—en, hour, lesson

Das Stun’dengeben, —8 , giving
instruction or lessons.

Der Sturm, —es, pl. Stiir’me, storm.

Stür’zen, v. intr., to full, plunge.
Etür’mifch, adj., stormy.

Eu’den, v. ir., to seek; aus’fuden, to
select.

Der Süd, —e8, or Sü’ten, —8, south.
Süd' lich, adj., southerly, to the

south.
Die Sum’me, —, pl. —n, sum.
r Sumpf, —e8, pl. Siim’pfe, swamp
Das Sumpf'land, swampy land.
Die Sün’de, —, pl. —n, sin.
Der Siin’denfall, fall of our first

— Sto’ fen, v. ir. tr., to hit, strike.
Der Strahl, —es, pl. —en, beam ray.
Strah’len, v. intr., to shine, ra-
diate, beam.
Die Stra’fe, —, pl. —n, street.
— Der Stra’ fenjunge, —n, pl. —n;
street-bov, vagabond boy.
— Der Strauß, —e8 or —en, pl. — or
—en, ostrich.
Stre’ben, v. intr., to strive.

—O Stred’en, v. refl., to extend (itself. )
Der Streicd),—e8, pl.—e, stroke, blow
Der Streit, —es, pl. —e, contest.

Strei’ten, v. ir. intr., to contend.
Streng, adj., strict, severe.
— OStrid’en, v. tr., to knit.
— Die Strid’nabel, knitting-needle.
Der Strom, —8, pl. Ströme, stream.
—„ Strumpf, —es, pl. Strümpfe,
stocking.
— Das Strumpf band, garter.
— Die Stu’be, —, pl. —n, room. [room.
Das Stiib’ den, —8, pl.—, smal
Das Stüd, —e8, pl. —e, piece.

ie Enp’pe, —, pl. —n, coup.
Süß, adj., sweet.

T.

Täu' ſchen, v.tr., to deceive, disappoint
Die Täu'ſchung, —, deception,
delusion.
er Tel'ler, —8, pl. —, plate.
a8 Thal, —es, pl. —e or Tha'ler,
Die Thal’ gegend, region ofthe val-
er Tha’ler, —8, pl. —, thaler. [ley.
Thi'tig, adj., active, diligent.
Der Thee, —8, pl. — and —8, tea.
Der Theil, —e8, pl. —e, part.
Therilen, v. tr., to divide,
zheil’haft or theil’haftig, adj.,
participant (in), partaking (of).
Die Theil'nahme, —, participa-
Theils, adv., partly. [tion.
Then’er, adj., dear.
Das Thier, —es, pl. —e, animal.
er Shor, —en, pl. —en, fool.
Die Thor’beit, —, pl. —en, folly.

Der Ta'bak, —8, pl. —e tobacco.

Ta’ deln, v. tr., to blame.

Der Cag, —es, pl. —e, day. [break.
Der Ta’ gesanbrud, —es, day
Täglich, adj., daily.

— Die Taille, —, pl. —n, waist.

Das Talent’, —e8, pl. —e, talent.
Valent’voll, adj., talented.

Die Tan’te, —, pl. —n, aunt.

Lap’ fer, adj., valiant, brave.

Die Lap’ ferkeit, —, valor, bravery

Die Ta’iche, —, pl. —en, pocket.
Der Ta’fchendieb, pick-pocket.
Das Ta' ſchentuch, pecker and

kerchief.

— Die Ta’fchenuhr, watch.

— Die Taf’fe, —, pl. —n, cup.

Tanb, adj., deaf.

— Taub'ſtumm, adj.,deafand dumb

VOCABULARY. 469

Der Tréu’mer,—3, pl. —, dream-
Treffen, v. ir. tr., to meet, hit. [er.
Treiben, v. ir. tr., to drive, urge.

Die Treppe, —, pl. —n, stair, stair-
way.

Treten, v. ir. intr., to tread; ein’tre-
ten, to enter, set in.

Treu, adj., true, faithful.

Die Treu’e, —, faithfulness.

Treu’herzig, adj., true-hearted.

Treu’lo8, adj., faithless.

Das Tijch’tud), table-cloth. Die Treu’lofigfeit, —, faithless-
Die Tod)’ ter,—, pl. Tödy'ter, daughter ness, treachery.
Die Töch'terſchule, young ladies’| Der Trieb, -es, pl.—e, driving, force,
school. instinct, impulse.
Ter Tod, —e8, death. Trin’fen, v. ir. tr., to drink.
— Der To’desfall, death, decease. Trinf’bar, adj., fit to drink.
Die To’desftille, stillness of death Trod’en, adj., dry.
— LH’ ten, v. tr., to kill. ie From’ mel, —, pl. —ıı, drum.
Der Ton, —e8, pl. Töne, sound, tonerpSrv ften, v. tr., to console.
Tra’ gen, v. ir. tr., to carry. Das Tuch, —e8, pl. Tüſcher, cloth.
Tran’ en, v. intr., to trust. Die Tu’ gend, —, pl. —en, virtue.
—Zrau’ rig, adj., sad, sorrowful. Tu’ gendhaft, adj., virtuous.
Der Traun, —e8, pl. Träu'me, drea er Ty’ phus, typhus fever.

Thö’richt, adj., foolish.
Das Thor, —e8, pl. —e, gate, door.
Thun, v. ir. tr., to do.
Die Thü’re, —, pl. —n, door.
Der Thurm, —e8, pl. Thür’me, tower
Tief, adj., deep.
Die Tie’fe, —, depth.
Das Lief’ land, low land.
Der Tiſch, —es, p/. —e, table.
—- Der Tiich’ler, —8, pl.—, cabinet-

maker.

u.
Ue’bel, adj., evil, bad. Ser Ue'berrod, overcoat.
Das Uebel, —8, pl. —, evil, ill. | —Meberſetz'en, to translate. [lator.
Der Ue’belftand, evil, misfortune. Der Ueberſetz'er, —8, p/.—, trans-
Ue’ben, v. tr., to exercise. Die Ueberfes’ ung, —, pl. —en,
Die Ue'bung, —, pl.—en, exercise translation.
Ue’ber, prep., over, above, upon. —Uebertref’fen, to surpass, excel.
Die Ue’ berfabrt, journey over. ——Lebergie’ ben, to cover.
Der Ue’ bergang, transition. —MNeberzen’ gen, v. t., to convince.

—Heberhaupt’, adv., in general. Ue' brig, adj., remaining (over).
—Ueberle’gen, to consider, reflect} Ue'brigen8, conj., moreover,
upon. a8 U’fer, —8, pl. —, shore, bank.
Die Ue'bermacdht, superior force. | Die Uhr, —, pl. —en, clock, watch.
—Uebermäßig, adj., excessive, ex- Was ift die Uhr? What time is it?

orbitant. Bis vier Uhr, till four o’clock.
—Der Ue’ bermuth, arrogance, inso-| Um, prep., around, about, at.
lence. [lodge. Um’arbeiten, v. tr., to work over,
Uebernady'ten, to pass the night, remodel, revise.

—Üeberneh’men, to take charge of. | — Um bringen, to kill, murder.
Ueberre’den, to overpersuade. _— Der Um’ fang, —8, circumference.

470 VOCABULARY.

—lmfaj’fen, v. tr., to embrace.
— Die Umgebung, —, pl.—en, sur-
rounding, environs.
—lUmge’ ben, to avoid, evade.
Der Um’ gang, way around, inter-
course. Das Un'redt, —e8, wrong, injury;
Umber’, adv., round about. Un’recht haben, to be wrong.
—Umber’ftreifen, v. intr., to rove! Un'rubig, adj., restless.
about. Uns, pron., us.
Der Un ftand, —e8, »i.Um’ftände, | Un’ fer, pron., our.
condition, circumstance. Der Unf’ rige, pron., ours.

Die Un’ abhingigteit, —, independence. | Der Un' fin, —e8, pl. —e, nonsense.

Un’angenehm, adj., unpleasant. Un’fihtbar, adj., invisible.

Un'ähnlich, adj., unlike. Un’ ſtät, adj., unsteady, unfixed, rov-

Un’aufmerlfam, adj., inattentive. ing, nomadic.

-—tnausführ'bar, adj., unfeasible, thatyttn’ ten, adv., under, below, down.
can not be executed. Un’ter, prep., under, among.

Un’ begierig, adj., undesirous, unsolicit- | Un’tergeben, to go down, set.
ous. [inconceivable. Der Un’tergang, —t3,going down,

Unbegreif'lich, adj., incomprehensible, setting, destruction. [side of.

— Unbeſcha det, prep., without detriment Un'terhalb, prep., below, on the lower
or injary to. Unterhal’ten, to entertain. [nean.

Unbefchreib’lidh, adj., indescribable. n’terivbifd), under ground, subterra-

AUn vbeſcheiden, adj., immodest. Unterneh’men, to undertake.

Unb, conj., and. Die Unterneh’mung, —, pl. —en, un-

Un’dankbar, adj., unthankful. dertaking.

Unend’ lic), adj., endless, infinite. Interfchet’den, to distinguish.

Un erfahren, adj., inexperienced. Der Un’terfchied, —e8, pl.—e, dif-

Un’erheblich, adj., inconsiderable, un-/Unterfw’ cen, to investigate. [ference.
important, trifling. [pay.~-Die Un’tertaf’fe, —, pl.—en, saucer.

—tin’entgeltlid), adj. gratuitous, without, Der Un'terthan, —8 or —en, pl.—en,
—nermeß’lic), adj., immeasurable. subject.

Der Un’ fall, —e8, pl. Un’fälle, misfor Unterwegs’, adv., on the way.
tune, disaster. Die Un’terwelt, lower regions.

Un’ formic, adj., ill shaped, ugly. n’tüchtig, adj., unfit, unqualified.

Un freundlich, adj., unfriendly, unkindytinverblen’bet, adj., seeing plainly, not

Un’gebildet, adj., uncultivated, rude. dazzled.

— Ungefähr’, adv., about, nearly. Un’ verniinftig, adj., unreasonable.

Un’ gemein, adj., uncommon. Un’verrichtet, adj., unperformed ; un’s

Un’gewiß, adj., uncertain. — verrichteter Sa’che, with purposd

Un’gemöhnlich, adj. , unusual. unaccomplished.

Das Un’glücd, —8, misfortune. Un’ willfommen, adj., unwelcome.
Un’glüdlich, adj. ., unhappy. [ly. | Un’wiffend, adj., ignorant.
Un’glüclicherweife, adv. ,unhappi- | Un’wilrdig, adj., unworthy.

Die Un’gnade, —, disgrace, disfavor. | Un jufrieden, adj., discontented.

Un’beilbar, adj., incurable.

Die Uniform, —, pl. —en, uniform.
Die Univerfitit’,—, p/.—en, university
Un’ mittelbar, adj., immediate.
Un’möglid), adj., impossible.

VOCABULARY. 471

— Un’ gweiteutig, adj., unequivocal. Das Ur'theil, —8, pl. —e, judgment,

—Der Ur’großvater ; «mutter, great- decree, verdict.
grandfather; great-grandmother. Ur'theilen, v. tr. and intr. ,to judge,
Die Ur’fache, —, pl. —n, cause. express an opinion about.
Der Ur’fprung, —8, origin, source. Der Ur'theilsfprud, —es, pl.
Ur ſprünglich, adj., original. €priiche, decision, decree.
V.

Der Verfall', —8, decline, decay, ruin.
, Berfaf’fer, —8, pl. —, author,
composer. [persecute.
erfol’ get, v.tr., to pursue, prosecute,
BG’ terlid), adj., paternal. Bergang’en, adj., past, gone. [tory.

Die Ba’terftabt, native city. Berging’ lic, adj., fleeting, transi-

— Die Berab’redung, —, pl. —en, agree- | Verge’bens, adv., in vain.
ment, stipulation, contract. Bergeb' lid), adj., useless, fatile.
—Sera breichen, v. tr., to deliver, give, | Bergef’jen, v. tr. tr., to forget.

hand over. Berglei’ chen, v. tr. tr., to compare,

— Die Verin’derung, —, pl.—en, change | Das Vergnil’ gen, —8, pl. —, pleasure
——,, Berar'mung, —, impoverishing. | Sergra’ben, v. ir. tr., to bury.
_. Berban’nen, v. tr., to banish. ergri’ fern, v. tr., to enlarge. [tion.

Die Serban’nung,—, banishment. | Das Verhält'niß, — es, p/.—e, propor-

— Berbin’den, unite; bind wrongly. erhee ren, v. tr., to devastate.
—Serbind' lic), adj., obligatory. erheh’len, v. tr., to hide, conceal.

Die Berbind’lichkeit, —, pl. —en, | Der Verfauf’, —8, sale.
liability, obligation. Verfan’ fern, v. tr., to sell.

Die Berbin’dung, —, pl.—en, act | Der Berkehr, —8, traffic, commerce.
of uniting; bie E’heverbin-tDer Serlag’, —8, funds, publishing
bung, marriage. house.

—Berbit'ten, v. ir. tr., to decline. Das Verlags’ werk, publication.

—Gerblei’ chen, v. intr., to turn pale; d erlang’en, v. tr., to desire, require.

—— Tobes verbleichen, to expire, die. Berlaf’fen, v. ir., to leave, abandon ;.

—- Der Berbre'cher, —8, pl. —, criminal. fic) verlaffen, to rely (upon).

— Berbiün’den, v. tr., to unite, ally, con-+BVerle’ gen, v. tr., to misplace.
federate. Die Berle’genheit, —, embarrassment.

— Der Serdacht’, —8, suspicion. Verlei’hen, v. ir. tr., to lend, bestow,
Berbäcdy'tig, adj., suspicious. Verlie’ren, v. ir. tr., to lose. (confer.

— Das Verde’, —8, pl. —e, quarter- Der Serluft’, —c8, pl. —t, loss,
deck. damage.

-—Lerder’ben, v. ir. tr., to spoil, destroy-+Berlu’ftig, adj., deprived of, forfeited.

Derderb’lich, adj., destructible. |Bermeh’ren, v. tr., to increase.

— Bereh’ren, v. tr., to honor. Bermei’den, v. ir. tr., to avoid.
Derei’nigen, v. tr., to unite. ermiethen, v. tr., to rent.
Die Bereinigung, —, pl. —en, union. | Bermit’telft, prep., by means of.
~—Berei’teln, v. tr., to frustrate, baffle. | Bermö’gen,to be able, have the power. .

— Die Ba' fe, —, pl. —n, vase.
Der Ba’ter, —8, pl. Ba' ter, father.
—— Das Ba'terland, fatherland, na-
tive country.

a

472 VOCABULARY.

Das Bermö’gen, —8, property. Der Sertrag’, —e8, pl. Berträ’ge, trea-
Vermu' then, v. tr., to conjecture. ty, stipulation, contract.
Vermuth’ lid), adj., probable, th ertra’gen, v. tr., to carry away, en-
may be conjectured. dure, put up with.

Die Vernunft, —, reason.
— w» Berord’nung, —, pl.—en, decree.
— Berpflidyten, v. zr., to bind, pledge.

Der Verrath’, —es, treason, perfidy.

—— Verrathen, v. ir. tr., to betray.
— Berrei’fen, v. intr., to go on a journey:
— Berrich’ten, v. tr. to perform, conduct;
dispatch,
— Berfa’gen,to refuse, deny ; ich bin jchon
— verſagt, I am already engaged.
— Berfal’zen, v. tr., to oversalt, spoil. Das Verzeich'niß, —e8, pl. —e, cata-
Verſam'meln, v. tr., to collect. logue.
Die Berfamm’lung, —, pl. —em, Das Vieh, —es, pl. —e, cattle.
assembly. Biel, pron., much; adv., much, very.
— BGerfdie'ben, v. ir. tr., to put off, delay | Vielleicht’, adv., perhaps.
Berfchie’den, adj., different, various. | Vier, four. |
Die Verſchie denheit, —, pl. —en, Das Vier’ tel, —8, pl.—, quarter.
difference. [up. | Der Vo’ gel, —8, pl. Ws’ gel, bird.

Verſchlie'ßen, v. ir. tr., to inclose, lock | Das Bolt, —e8, pl. Völ'ker, people.

— Berfchlud’en, v. tr., to swallow up, ab- Der Völ' ferftamm, race.
sorb. Die Vl’ ferwanberung, migration
—-Berfchrei’ben, to write out, prescribe. | Goll, adj., full. [of nations.

Berichwin’den, v. ir. intr., to disappear Bollbring’en,to eccomplish, com-
— SBerjeh’en, to provide. plete, perform, execute (sce
—Verfi’dhern, v. tr., to assure. page 199).

Die Berfiiherung, —, pl. —en, Zollen’den, to complete, finish.
assurance, insurance. Die Vollen’dung, —, completion.
— Berfinn’licen, v. tr., to render percep-| —Bollfüh’ren, to execute, perform.
tible to the senses, illustrate. - Die VGollfiih’ rung, —, execution.
— Serjso’nen, v. tr., to reconcile. Böl’lig, adj., full, complete.
Berfpre’cdyen, to promise. [promise. Vollfom’ men, adj., complete.
Das BVerfpre’dhen, —8, pl. —, Der Boll/mond, —e8, full moon.
Verfte’hen, v. ir. tr., to understand. Boll’ftändig, adj., complete, per-
Der Berftand’,—c8, understanding Bollitred’en, to execute. ſfect.
— erfto’pfen, v. tr., to close up, stop. Gollzie’ hen, to execute, carry into
Berfu’chen, v. tr., to attempt, tempt. effect.
Der Berfuch’, —e8, pl.—e, at-| Von, prep., of, from, by, avout.
tempt. [temptation. | Bor, prep., before, from; vor acht Tas
Die Gerfu’dung, —, pl. —en, gen, a week ago.
— Berthei’digen, v. tr., to defend. or’eilig, adj., hasty, rash, precipitate
— Verthei'len, v. tr., to distribute. ov’enthalten, to withhold.

put trust in ; to open one’s heart,
unbosom one’s self. [tial.
Bertrau’lich, adj., familiar, confiden-
Veril’ben, v. tr.,to commit, perpetrate.
erur’theilen, v. tr., to condemn.

Der Vervoll’fommencr, —8, pl. —,
purifier, perfector.

Berwandt’ (mit), adj., related (to).
Berwei’len, v. tr., to pass away.

Bertrau’en, v. tr. and intr.,to intrust,

VOCABULARY. 473

— Der Bor’fahr, -—en, pl.—en, ancestor.
— Der Vor’ fall,—c8, pl. Vor’ fille, event, Die Bor’fichtigkeit, —, prudence.
incident, occurrence. Vor’ fingen, to sing to (one).
Der Vor’ gang, —e8, precedence, event | Bor’jpielen, to play before (one).
Der Vor’ ginger, —8, pl. —, pre} Die Bor’ ftadt, suburb.
— Sor’ geben, to feign, pretend.[decessor. | Der Vor’ theil, —8, pl.—e, advantage.
— Bor’ geftern, adv., day before yesterday Bor’ theilbaft, adj., advantageous.
Borher’, adv., previously. Bortreff lich, adj., excellent.
Bo' rig, adj., previous. ‘Borii’ber, adv., near, past, by.
Vor’ fommen, to occur. Boril’berfliegen, to fly past.
— Die Bor’lefung, —, pl. —en, reading Borü’bergeben, to pass by.
— before an audience; Bor’lefung | Der Vor’ wand, —es, pl. Bor’wande,
balten, to give an address. Bor'wärts, adv., forward. [pretext.
—Bor' lest, adj., next to the last. Der Vor’ wi, —e8, inconsiderate, cu-
Der Vor’mittag, —8, forenoon. riosity, pertness, forwardness.
— Der Bor’poften, —8, pl. —, outpost, | — Vor’ wikig, adj., inquisitive, over-
advanced guards. curious, forward.
— Der Vor’jab, —e8, purpose, design. orzüg’lich, adv., especially.
Die Bor’ficht, —, foresight, prudence. ! Der Dullan’, —8, pl. —e, volcano.

W.

Wan'dern, v. intr., to wander, travel.
Die Wan' derjahre (pl.), years of
travel (of journeymen).
ie Wang’e, —, pl. —ı, cheek.
Wann, adv., when.
an’ felmiithig, adj., fickle, inconstant
Warm, adj., warm.
Die Wärme, —, warmth.
War'ten, v. intr., to wait.
Warum’, adv., why.
Was, pron., what.
Wa’fchen, v. ir. tr., to wash.
Das Waf’fer, —8, pl. —, water.
— Das Waf’fergeflügel, —8, water-
fowls.
Die Waf’ferhshle, cavern filled
with water.
— Die Waf’ferleitung, —, pl. —en,
aqueduct, water-works.
Der Wa’ fervogel, water-fowl.
Wech’jeln, v. tr., to change.
Der Wech’jel, —8, »l.—, change,
bill of exchange.
Der Wed)’ felbrief, bill ofexchange

Bor’fichtig, adj., pradent, cautious.

— Die Waa’re, —, pl. —n, wares.
Wach' ſam, adj., watchful.
Wah’ fen, v. ir. intr., to grow.

— Wad’er, adj., brave, valiant.
Die Waf’fe, —, pl. —n, weapon, arm.

— nw BWa'ge,—, pl. —n, scales, balan
Wa' gen, v. tr., to venture, dare.

F Gewagt’, adj., rash.

Der Wa' gen, —8, pl. —, wagon, cart,
carriage.

Die Wahl, —, pl.—en, choice, election

— Wählen, v. tr., to choose, elect.

Wahr, adj., true, real.
Wahr’haft, adj., true, genuine.
Wabhrhaf' tig, adj., true, positive.
Die Wabr’beit, —, truth. .

—— Wabr’nehmen, to perceive. [true.
Wahr 'ſcheinlich, what seems to be
Wahrſchein' lic), adj., probable.

Wäh'ren, v. intr., to last, endure.
Wäh'rend, prep., during. [forest.

Der Wald, —e8, pl. Wäl’der, woods,

Die Wand, —, pl. Wän’te, wall.

Die Wand’uhr, clock.

474

Der Weg, —e8, pl. —e, way, road.
We'gen, prep., on account of.
Weg, adv., away, gone, off.
Weg’ gehen, to go away.
Weg’nehmen, to take away.
Web ! interj., woe!
Weh and we’he, adj. and adv., causing
pain ; web thun, to hurt; mir thut
—— der Zahn web, my tooth aches.
— Wehen, v. intr., to wave, blow.
Das Weib, —e8, pl. —er, woman, fe-
Weib’lich, adj., feminine. [male.
— Weich, adj., soft, tender.
— Die Werde, —, pl.—n, pasture-lan
Weiden, v. tr., to pasture.
—Wei' hen, v. tr., to consecrate.
- Die Weih’nadt, Christmas. [eve.
— Der Weih’nadtsabend, Christmas-
Weil, conj., because, since.
Die Weile, —e, pl. —en, a while.
Der Wein, —e8, pl. —e, wine.
Wei'ſe, adj., wise.
Die Were, —e, pl.—n, way, manner.
Weiß, adj., white.
Weit, adj., far, distant.
— Der Wei’zen, —8, wheat.
Der Wei'zenacder, wheat-field.
Wel’cher, pron., which, what.
— Die Wel’le, —, pl. —ı, wave, billow:
Die Welt, —, pl. —en, world.
Das Welt’all, —8, universe.
Die Welt’ gefdichte, universal his-
tory, history of the world.
Welt’fic), adj., mundane, worldly
Wen’ den, v. ir. tr. and intr., to turn.
We'nig, pron. and adv., little.
We’nigftens, adv., at least.
Wenn, adv., when; conj., if.
Wer ? pron., who ?
Wer’ dent, to become.
Wer'fen, v. ir. tr., to throw, hurl.
Das Werk, —es, pl. —e, work.
Werth, adj., worth.
Der Werth, —e8, worth.
Werth’ voll, adj., valuable.

VOCABULARY.

Der Weft, —es,

Der Weiten a} West. [ west,

Weſt'lich, adj., western, to the

ie We'fte, —, pl. —n, vest.

ett’eifern, v. intr., to vie (with).

Das Wet’ter, —8, weather.

Wich'tig, adj., weighty, important.

Wi’ ber, prep., against, in opposition to,
contrary to.

Widerru’fen, to recall, revoke.

— Die Wiberfes’ung, —, resistance,
opposition, insubordination.

Widerſpre chen, to contradict.

Wid’ men, v. tr., to devote, dedicate.

Wid’ vig, adj., against, opposed to, of-
fensive.

Wie, adv., how; conj., as, like, than.

Wie'der, adv., again.

Bie’ berbringen, to restore.

Wiederher’ftellen, to restore.

Wiederho’len, to repeat.

Wie’ berfomment, to return.

Wie’ derfeben, to see or meet again;
auf Wie’derfehen( Z’r., au re-
voir), good-by, till we meet
again.

Wie’ gen, v. ir. tr. and intr., to weigh.
— Auf'wiegen, to outweigh.

Die Wie' je, —, pl. —n, meadow.
Wild, adj., wild.

Das Wild, —c8, wild beasts,
game, deer, venison.

—— Das Wild’ pret, —8, venison, deer

Der Wille, —ns, pl.—n, will, design;

—— Wil’ fens fein, to have a mind, to
purpose, design.

Willfom’ men, adj., welcome.

Der Wind, —es, pl. —e, wind.

Win'ter, —8, pl. —, winter.

Wir, pron., we.

Wir’ ten, v. tr., to have an influence,
produce an effect.

Wirk lid), adj., actual, real, true.

Die Wir’fung, —, pl. —en, the
operation, force, effect.

VOCABULARY. 475

— Der Wirth, —e8, pl. —2, landlord,
host, inn-keeper.
— Die Wirthichaft, —, pl.—en,econ-
omy, husbandıy.
Wirth’ fchaftlich, adj., economicak
agricultural, [knowledge of.
Wiſ'ſen, v. ir. tr., to know, have a Wo!’ fen, adj., woolen.
Die Wij’ ſenſchaft, —, pl. —en,| Wollen, v. ir., to be willing, desire.
science, knowledge, learning! Das Wort, —28, pl. Wörter and
Wiſ'ſenſchaftlich, adj., scientific. Wor'te, word, talk, promise.
Die Witterung, —, weather, tempera- Das Wörterbuch, dictionary.
ture. Die Wort’ folge, order of words.
Der Wit, —e8, wit, wittiness, sense. Das Wört’lein, —8, pl..—, par-
Wo, adv., where (see § 188, 10, Rem.2). - ticle, small word.
Wobei’, adv., whereby (see § 188). | Wofelbft’, adv., where, at which place.
— Die Wo’ dhe, —, pl. —n, week. Wovon’, adv., whereof, from which.
Wö’chentlich, adj., weekly. Das Wun’der, —8, pl. —, wonder.
Wodurdy’, adv., whereby (§ 188). Wun’derbar, adj., wonderful.
Woher’ or wo... her’, adv., whence. Wun' derſchön, adj., extremely
Wohin’ or wo...bin’, whither. beautiful.
Wohl, adv., well, indeed, certainly. | Der Wunfch, —es, pl. Wün'ſche, wish.
Wohl’ behalten, adj., safe, in good Wün'ſchen, v. tr., to wish.
condition or preservation. | Der Wurf, —e8, pl. Wiür’fe, throw.
— Wohl’ gefallen, v. intr.,to please. | — Der Wurf’ ‘peer, pl. —e8, —e,
— Der Wohl’ftand, prosperity. javelin.
MWoh’nen, v. intr., to reside. Der Wurm, —e8, pl. Wilr’mer, worm.
— Der Wobhn’ fis, —es, pl.—c, dom=+-Die Wur'zel, —, pl. —n, root.
icile, abode, residence. lift, adj., desert.

Wobn’'haft, adj., resident.
Die Moh’nung, —, pl.—en, ress-
dence.
Der Wolf, —e8, pl. WH’ fe, wolf.
ie Wol’te, —, pl.—en, cloud.
„Wolle, —e, pl.—n, wool.

3.

Zehn, ten.

Das Zeichen, —8, pl. —, sign, mark.

Zeid)’ nent, v. tr., to mark, draw, design

—— Das Zeidy’nen, —8, art ofdrawing

_—- Der Zeidy'ner, —8, draughtsman.
Die Zeichnung, —, pl. —en,

drawing.

Zeigen, v. tr., to show, point out.

erben, v.ir., to accuse of, charge with

ie Zei’le, —, pl. —n, line.

n Zeit, —, pl. —en, time. [century.

Das Zeit’alter, —8, pl. —, age,

—— Ba’ gen, v. intr., to tremble, faint.
Die Zahl, —, pl. —en, number.
Zäh’len, v. tr.,to number, count.
Bahl’ reid), adj., numerous,
Das Zahl’ wort, numeral.
Rah’ len, v. tr., to pay.
Zahl’bar, adj., payable.
Rahm, adj., tame.
Zäh’men, v. tr., to tame.
Der Zahn, —e8, pl. Zähne, tooth,
— Die Zabhn’biirfte, tooth-brush.
Bart, adj., tender, delicate.
—Der Zaum, —e8, pl. Zäu’me, bridle. Rei’ tig, adj., timely, early.
wy Zaun, —e8, pl. Zäu’ne, hedge,| > Die Zeit’fang, period of time; filr
—Die Ze'he, —, pl.—cn, toe. [fence.] — eine Zeitlang, for a time. -

476 VOCABULARY.

Die Zeir’rechnung, —, reckoning! Der Zug, —e8, pl. Zü’ge, drawing,
of time, chronology. draught, pulling, train.
Die Zeit’fchrift, —, pl. —en, pe- Das Zug’thier, draught animal.
riodical publication, journal. | Zu’geben, to add, admit.
Die Zeitung, —, pl. —en, news-| Zuge’gen, adj., present.
— Das Zeit’wort, verb. ſpaper. | Zugleidy’, adv., at the same time.
— Das Zelt, —e8, pl. —e, tent. Die Zu’tunft, —, future, futurity.
Berbre’ chen, to break in pieces. Bulegt’, adv., at last.
Zerbrech'lich, adj., fragile. [rui w’machen, to close, shut.
Zerfal’fen, to fall to pieces, decay, go to | Die Zung’e, —e, pl. —en, tongue.
Der Zerfall’, —e8, ruin, decay. Buritd’, adv., back, backward. °
Berrei’ben, v. ir. tr., to grind, rub, pul- Zurück bringen, to bring back.
verize, grind to pieces. Zurück denken, v. refl., to think
Berftren’en, v. tr., to disperse, scatter. one’s self back again.
—Der Ret’tel, —3, pl. —, ticket, check, Buriid’ geben, to give back.
placard, playbill. Zurüd’tehren, v. intr., to return.
Das Zeug, —es, pl. —e, cloth, stuff. Buriid’tommen, to return. [over.
Der Zeu’ge, —n, pl. —n, witness. Buriid’legen, to lay back, pass
Ben’ gen, v. intr., to testify. Zurüd’ziehen, v. refl., to retire.
Bie’ hen, v. ir. tr., to draw, pull; v. in- | Zufam’men,adv.,together.[coherence.
trans., to move, migrate, march. Der Zufam’menhang, connexion,
Das Ziel, —e8, pl. —e, limit, bound-| —Zuſam mennähen, to sew together
ary, goal, aim. Zufam’menziehen, to contract.
Zielen, v. intr., to aim. Der Zu’fab, —e8, pl. Zu’füte, addi-
— Bie'men, v. intr., to seem, become. tion, additional remark.
Ziem’lich,adj.,becoming, suitable; | Der Zu’ftand, —e8, condition. [ance.
adv., tolerably, rather, quite-+Die Zu’verficht, —, confidence, assur-
— Die Zier’de, —, pl. —en, ornament. | Znwei’len, adv., sometimes, at times.
Das Zim’mer, —8, pl. —, room. Zumi’der, prep., contrary to, against,
— Der Zim’'mermann, —8, pl. Zim- | Bwan'zig, twenty. [repugnant to.
merleute, carpenter. Zwar, adv. indeed, it istrue.[purpose.
— Rit’tern, v. intr., to tremble. Der Rwed, —e8, pl. —e, aim, design,
— Der Zoll, —e8; pl. —e, inch. Zwed’mäßig, adj., practical.
Das Zoll, —e8, pl. Zöl’le, toll, duty. | Zwei, two. j
Die Zoologie‘, —, zoology. Zwei’ beutig, adj., ambiguous.
Roolo’ gif, adj., zoological. Die Rwei'dentigteit, ambiguity.
Bu, prep., to, toward, in, at, by, for; | Der Brwei’fel, —8, pl. —, doubt.
Der Zud’er, —8, sugar. [adv., too. Zwei' felbaft, adj., doubtful.
Buerft’, adv., at first. Der Zweig, —e8, pl. —e, branch, twig
— Der Zu’fall, —e8, chance. win’gen, v. ir. tr., to force, oblige.
Ru’ fillig, adj., accidental. Zwiſchen, prep., between.
Bufol’ge, prep., according to. Das Zwi' jcended, steerage.
Zufrieden, adj., contented, satisfied. | Zwölf, twelve.

Rem. For a few additional words, see the addenda at the end.

VII. ENGLISH-GERMAN VOCABULARY.
A.

A, an, ein, einer, ein.

Able, fü’hig (see § 168; L. XXXI).

Aborigines, pl., die Ur’einwohner.

About, prep. (around), um (concern-
ing), über; about it, darüber;
adv., herum’, ungefähr’.

Above, adv., o’ ben; prep., Über.

Absent, ab’wefend. [nung,

Accent, der Accent’, —8; die DBeto’-

Accept, an’nehmen.

Accompany, beglet’ten, mit’ gehen.

Accomplice, ber Dtit’{chuldige.

According to, prep., gemäß’, 3ufol’ge.

Account, bie Rech'nung; on account
of, prep., we’ gen (§ 107, Rem. 2).

Accusative (Case), der Ulfujativ’, —8.

Accuse, an’ flagen, beſchul' digen.

Accustom (one’s self to), fi gewöh'⸗
nen (att).

Acid, adj., fauer; noun, bie Säure.

Acknowledge, an’erfennen.

Acquaintance, die Bekannt'ſchaft.

Acquit, frei ſprechen.

Act, han'deln, ſich benely’ men.

Action, die Hand“ ung.

Active, tha'tig, Teb’haft.

Actual, wirffich.

Adapt, ſich ſchich'en.

Admit, zu’geben, einräumen.

Advertisement, die An’zeige.

Affair, bie Ga'che, die An’gelegenheit.

After, prep., nad) ; adv., nachher, ſpä⸗
ter ; conj., nady’Demt.

Afternoon, der Nady'mittag.

Afterward, nady’her, fpä'ter.

Again, wieder, noch'mald. [ge’gen.

Against, ge’gen, wi’der ; against it, da⸗

Age, Das Al’ter.

Agreeable, an’genehm.

Aim, die Ridy'tung, das Ziel; v. intr.,
Air, die Luft. [zie’len.
Album, das Al’bum, —, pl. —8.
Algebra, die Al’gebra.

All, al’ler.

Allow, erlau’ben.

Ally, der Bun’desgenof.

—.| Almost, faft, beinahe,

Along, prep., längs, entlang’.

Alphabet, das Alphabet’, —8

Already, bereits’, ſchon.

Also, aud, ebenfalls, mod).

Altar, der Altar’, —e8, pl. Altä’re,

America, Ame’ rifa (see page 117).

Among, unter, zwiſchen; tobe among,

Ancient, alt. [gehö'ren zu.

And, und.

Answer, die Antwort, v., antworten.

Antiquity, die Bor’zeit, das Alter-
thum ; antiquities, pl., die Alter
thümer, Antiquitäten.

Anxiety, bie Angſt. (was,

Any body, Se’mand; any thing, et’

Appear, erfdjei’nen, fchei'nen.

Apartments, die Woh’nung.

Apple, der Ap’ fel.

April, ber April’. -

Archbishop, der Erzbiſchof.

Architect, der Ban’ meifter, Arditelt*,

Architecture, die Bau’tunft, die Archt-

Arm, der Arm. [teftur’.

Arms, pl., die Waf’fen.

Army, die Armee’, bas Heer.

Around, um.

Arrest, verbaf’ ter.

Arrive, an’tommen. (men, —8.

Arrival, die An’tunft, —, das An'kem⸗

Art, die Kunft.

Artist, der Künſt'ler.

478

As, als, wie, bas, weil.

Ask, fra’gen, verlan’gen.

Assembly, die Berfanim’fung.

Assert, behaup’ten.

Astonishing, erftaun’lid, erftau’nend.
Astronomy, die Aftronomie’.

At, an,zu,in; at all, adv., gar.
Attentive, auf'merkſam.

August, ber Auguft’.

VOCABULARY.

Aunt, tie Tante.

Austria, De’fterreic,

Author, der Berfaf'fer.

Authority, Die Behör'de, —, pl. - en.
Autumn, ber Herbft.

Avoid, umge’hen.

Aware, gewahr’.

Away, adv., weg, fort.

B.
Bad, ſchlecht. Better (sea § 92).
Bake, bad’ en. Between, zwi’fchen. [jen’feits.
Baker, der Bid’ er. Beyond, prep., jen’feit, it’ber; adv.,

Ball, der Ball.

Band, da8 Band.

Banish, verban’nen.

Bank, das U’fer; die Bank.

Baron, ber Baron, der Frei’ herr.

Barrel, das Fa.

Basket, der Korb.

Basket-maker, der Korb'macher.

Bath, ba8 Bad, —e8, pl. Ba’ ber.

Battle, die Schladht.

Bavaria, Bai’ern (see page 417).

Bavarian, bai’ rif.

Be, fein.

Bear, ber Bär.

Beat, fala’ gen.

Beauty, bie Schön’geit.

Beautiful, ſchön.

Because, weil.

Become, wer’den.

Bed, das Bett, bas Tag’er.

Before, prep., vor 3 conj., ehe.

Begin, an’fangen, begin’nen.
Beginning, ber An’fang.

Behind, prep., hin’ter ; adv., hin’ten.

Believe, glau’ben. un’ ten.

Below, prep., un’ter,un’terhalb ; adv.,

Berry, die Bee’re.

Beside, ne’ben.

Resides, an’ fer.

Best (see § 92).

Bill of exchange, der Wech’ fel.

Bind, bin’den. |

Binding, der Ein’band, —es.

Bird, der Bo’gel.

Bishop, der Bi’fchof.

Bite, bet’ fer.

Black, ſchwarz.

Blame, ta’bdeln.

Blessed, fe’ lig.

Blue, blau.

Boat, ba8 Boot.

Bonnet, ter Hut, der Da’menbut. °

Book, ba8 Bud).

Bookbinder, der Buch binder.

Bookseller, der Buch’ händler.

Bookstore, die Buch handlung.

Boot, ber Stie’fel.

Born, gebo’ren.

Borrow, bor’gen. '

Boy, ber Kna’be.

Braide, fledh’ten (v. ir.).

Brave, tap’fer.

Bread, das Brod.

Breadth, bie Brei'te. [zerbre’ chen.

Break, breſchen; to break in pieces,

Breakfast, das Grith’ftiid; v. intr.,
früh ſtücken.

Bridge, die Brüd’e.

Brilliant, glän’zend. [mit’bringen.

Bring, bring’en; to bring with one,

Betake one’s self, fic) bege’ben, ge’hen. ' Broad, breit,

VOCABULARY.

479

Brother, der Bru’der ; brother-in-law, | Business, da8 Gefdaft’ ; it is none of

ber Schwa’ ger ; brothers or breth-
ren, die Gebril’ der.
Brown, braun.
Build, bau'en.
Building, das Gebäu’de.
Bureau, die Kommode.

his business, e8 geht ihn gar nicht
an.
But, adv., nur; conj., aber, allein’,
after a negative, jon’dern.
Butter, die But'ter.

[nen. | Buy, tau’fen.

Burn, bren’nen ; burn down, ab’bren- | By, von, durch, bei.

C.

Cabinet-maker, ber Tifch’ler.

Cake, ber Ru’ den.

Call, ru’fen ; (to name), nen'nen.

Can, kön'nen.

Candle, das Licht.

Cane, der Stod.

Cannon, Die Rano’ ne.

Cap, die Müt’e.

Capital (city), die Hıupt’ftadt.

Captain, ber Haupt’mann, Kapitin’.

Carpenter, der Zim’mermann.

Carriage, ber Wa’gen, bie Equipa’ge.

Castle, ba8 Schloß.

Catch, fan’gen, faf fer, ergrei’fen.

Cathedral, der Dom, die Dom' firde.

Cattle, bas Vieh,

Cause, die Ur’fache, der Grund.

Celebrated, berühmt’.

Central Germany, Mit’teldeutichland.

Certain (ly), gewiß.

Chair, der Stuhl.

Charm, reizen ; charming, rei’zend.

Cheap, billig, wohl feil.

Child, das Kind.

Chemistry, die Chemie’.

Church, die Kir’che.

Circumstance, der Um’ftand ; to adapt
one’s self to circumstances, fic) in
die Um’ftände ſchick'en.

City, die Stadt.

City Hall, das Rath’ haus. ſden.

City authorities, pl., die Stadt'behör⸗

Clean, rein.

Clerk, der Kommis’.

Clock, die Uhr, Wand'uhr.

Close by, ne’ben.

Cloth, da8 Tuch, Zeug.

Cloud, die Wolfe.

Coarse, grob.

Coat, der Rod.

Coffee, Raf’ fee.

Cold, falt.

Collar, der Kra’ gent.

Collection, die Samm’lung.

Colonel, der O’berft.

Colony, die Kolonie’.

Color, die Farbe.

Column, die Spal’te.

Come, fom’men ; come down, berun’s
terfommen; come here, bierher’s

Commence, an’fangen. [fom'men.

Commencement, ber An fang.

Command, der Befehl’ ; v., befeh’Ien.

Common, gemein’; common schools,
die Golfs’jdulen. [oollen’den.

Complete, völ’lig, vollfom’men ; v.tr.,

Comprehend, begrei’fei.

Concern, at’ geben.

Concert, ba8 Konzert’.

Conclude, befdlie’ fer, fich entjchlie’en,
fic) entfdjet’ den.

Conduct, v. tr., fith’ren, Iei’ten.

Confederation, der Bund.

Congress, der Kongreß’, —e8. [—en.

Conspiracy, tie Empi’rung, —, pl.

Consumption, die Schwind' fudt, —.

Contain, enthal’ten. [ten.

Contemptible, verädht’fich, zu verach'⸗

Contents, der In' halt.

Convenient, bequem’.

480 VOCABULARY.

Cook, ber Rod, die Ki’ chin. Cow, bie Rub.
Copy, die Copie'; v. tr., ab’jchreiben. | Criminal, der Berbre’der.
Corner, die Ed’e; corner-stone, ber | Crooked, frumm.

Grund’ tein. [ren. | Crown, bie Kro’ne; der Kranj.
Correspond, ent{pre'den, korreſpondi⸗ Cry, wei'nen, jhrei'en, ru’ fer.
Correspondence, die Korreſpondenz. | Crusade, der Kreuz'zug.

Cost, der Preis, die Ko’ften ( pl.) ; v. | Cultivate, bebau’en.
intr., to’ften ; costly, foft’bar. Cultivated, adj., gebil det.

Country, bas Land. Culture, die Bil dung.
Courage, der Muth, die Ta’pferkeit. | Cup, die Taf’fe.
Cousin, der Vet’ter, dic Coufi’ne. Custom, die Git’te, —, pl. ~ n.
Cover, bebecf’en. Cut, ſchnei den.
D.

Danger, die Gefahr’. Directly, gera'de ; gleich.
Dare, wa’ gen, dite’ fen. Direction, die Rich'tung.
Dark, dun’tel, fin’ fter. ; Director, der Diref’tor.
Daughter, die Toch’ter ; daughter-in-| Disagreeable, un’angenehm.

law, bie Schwie’gertochter. Discontented, un’ 3ufrieden.

Day, der Tag; to day, heuſte; of to-| Discount, der Rabatt‘, —es.
day, to-day’s, adj., heu’tig ; day- | Discover, entded’en.
before-yesterday, vor’ geſtern. Discovery, die Entdeck ung.

Dead, tobt. Discretion, die Borfihtigleit ; at ais-
Deaf, taub. cretion, auf Gna’de und Un'⸗
Dear, theu’er, lieb. Dish, die Schüſ'ſel. [gnabe,
Death, der Tod, —es. Dishonesty, bie Un’chrlichkeit.
Debt, bie Schuld. Disorder, die Un’ordnung.
Decay, der Serfall’. Dispatch, bie Depe’fde.
Deceive, trii’gen, betrü’gen. Disproportion, das Miß verhaltnif.
Deep, tief. Disquietude, die Un’rube, Aengft’lichkeit
Defendant, der Bellag’ te. Dissimilar, un’ähnlich, un’ gletd.
Describe, bejchrei’ben. Distance, die Entfer’nung.
Description, die Beſchrei bung. Ditch, der Gra’ben.
Design, der Plan, Entwurf; v. ér.,| Do, thun, ma’den.

entwer’fert. Doctor, ber Dof’tor, der Arzt.
Desire, wün’fchen. Dog, der Hund.
Develop, entwid’eln. Dollar, der Dollar, der Tha’ler.
Dictionary, das Wör’terbudy, Ye’ricon. | Door, die Thü’re, das Thor.
Die, fter’ ben. Doubt, der Zwei’fel; v. er., bezwei’feln
Difficult, ſchwer, fchwie' rig. Dozen, da8 Dut’ zend.
Dig, gra’ ben. Down, nie’der, herab’.
Diligent, flei ßig, em’fig. Draw, 3ie’hen ; zeich’nen. Flunft.
Dine, zu Mit’tag ef’jen, ſpei ſen. Drawing, die Zeichnung, die Ret’dhen-

Dinner, das Mit’tagefjen, bas Ef’fen. | Dress, das Kleid, die Kei’ bung, der An’-
Direct, bivelt’, gera’be. zug.

VOCABULARY. 481

Dress coat, ber Frack, Leib’rod. Dry, trod’en; v. tr., trod’ nen.
Drink, trin’fen. Dutch (see page 417).
Drive, trei’ ben. During, wah’ rend.
B.
Each, je’der; each other, einander. | Energetic, kraft'voll.
Earn, verdienen, erwerben. Engage (order), beftel'fen.
Earth, die Erde, [gegen D’ften. | English (see page 417), [—e.
East, ver Oft, D’ften; toward the east, | Engraving, ber Kup’ferftih, —es, pl.
Eastern, von O’ften, öſt' lich. Enough, genug’.
Easy, leicht. (freſ ſen). Entire, ganz, voll’ftändig.
Eat, ej’jen (to devour like animals, Entirely, ganz (und gar), völlig.
Edition, Aus’gabe, Auf’ lage. Entrance, der Ein’gang. [men.

Editor, der Redafteur’, —8, pl. —t. | Escape, vermei’ben, entge’hen, enttom’s
leading editorial, ber Yeit’artitel, | Especial, vorglig lich, haupt'ſächlich.

Egg, das Ei. [—8, pl. —. | Especially, beſon ders, vorzüg’lich,
Egypt (see page 417). Even, adj., e'ben, gleich; adv., aud,
Either, conj., entiwe’der. jelbft, gleich falls.
Elect, wäh'len, erwä'hlen. Evening, der Abend.
Electric, elef’trifd. Ever, je, jemals.
Ell, die El'le. Every, je’ber, al’fer. -
Embrace, umar’men ; to embrace an | Exchange (bill of), der Wech'ſel.

opportunity, eine Gele’genheit be- | Execute, aus führen. [weg'ung.
Emperor, der Kai’jer. [nü’gen. | Exercise, bie Aufgabe, Ue'bung, Bee
Empire, da8 Sai’ ferthum. Exhibit, aus’ftellen.
Empty, leer. Exhibition, die Aus ſtellung.
End, das En’de. Exit, ber Aus’gang, —es.
End, v. tr., en’digen, been digen. Expense, Die Aus’gaben, die Ko’ften,
Endow, grün’den, ftif'ten, doti’ren. . (pl), die Un’toften.
Endure, dau’ern. Express train, der Schnell'zug.
Enemy, der Feind. Extraordinary, außeror' dentlich.

F.

Face, das Geſicht'. Fast, ſchnell. [Sdwie'gervater.
Faith, der Glan’be. Father, der Va'ter; father-in-law,
Faithful, treu, getreu’. Fault, der Feh'ler.

Fall, fal’fen ; to fall to pieces, in Stüde | Favor, bie Gunft ; in favor of it, dafür'.
fallen, in Berfall’ gera’then, zu Fear, die Furcht; v. tr., fürch'ten.

Grun’de ge’ben. February, ber Februar.
False, falſch; falsehood, bie Falfch’heit. | Feel, füh’len.
Family, die Fami’lie. Fever, das Fie’ber.
Famous, berühmt’. Few, twe'nige (pl.).
Fare, das Fabr’geld. Field, das Feld.
Farewell, [eben Sie wohl ! Fight, fedy’ten, Gm’ pfen.
Fashion, die Mo’te. Find, fin’ den.

x

482

Fine, fein, fhön.

Finger, der fing’ er.
Finish, vollen’den.

Fire, bas feu'er.

First, ev’ fte.

Fish, Fiſch.

Fisherman, ber §t' fder.
Fit, paf’fen, fte’ben.

Five, fünf.

Flag, die Fah'ne, Flag’ ge.
Flatter, {dymei’ del.
Flee, flie’ ber.

Fleeting, flüch tig, ſchnell.
Floor, der Bo’den, Zuß’boden.
Flour, bas Mehl.

Flow, flte’ pen.

Flower, bie Blu’me.

Fly, flie’gen.
Follow, fol’ gen, nach folgen.
Foot, der Fuß. (weil, den, da.

For, prep., für, au’ftatt, auf; conj.,
Force, die Kraft, Macht, Gewalt’; v.
tr., zwing’en, nd’thigen.

VOCABULARY.

Foreign, fremd, aus ländiſch.

Forest, der Wald, Forft.

Forget, vergef’ fen.

Forgive, verge’ ben.

Form, die Horm.

Former, vo’rig, voran gehend.

Formerly, frü’her, e’hemals, fonft.

Fortification, bie Fe’ ftung.

Found, grün’den, ftif’ten.

Four, vier.

Free, frei.

Freight, die fa’dung, die G2 'ter ( pd.) 5;
freight-train, ber Gü’terzug.

French (see page 417).

Frequently, oft, sf ters.

Friend, ber Freund ; friendly, freund’-
lich.

Friday, der Frei'tag.

From, von, aus.

Fruit, ba8 Obft, bie Frucht.

Full, voll.

Furnish, möblt'ren.

G.
Gain, gewin'nen. God, ber Gott.
Gallery, bie Gallerie’, —, pl. —n. Gold, das Gold.
Garden, ber Gar'ten. Good, gut; good-by, le'ben Sie wohl!
Gardener, der Gartner. Goodness, bie Gil'te.

Garland, der Kranz.

Gas, ba8 Gas.

Gather, fam'meln.

General, ber General’.

Germany (see page 417).

Get, v. tr., ho'len, fic) verſchaf fen; v.
intr., wer'den, fom'men.

Gift, die Ga'be, bas Gefchent'.

Girl, das Mäd'chen.

Give, ge'ben, ſchen'ken.

Glad, froh, freu’big, erfreut’, gladly,
gern, mit Sergnit’gen.

Glass, das Glas.

Glove, der Hand'ſchuh.

Go, ge'hen ; to go out, aus'geben ; to
go away, weg’gehert.

Gout, die Gicht, das Po'bagra.
Govern, regie'ven.

Government, die Regie'rung.
Grain, das Korn.

Grammar, die Gramma'tif.
Grammatical, grammatifa'lifd.
Grand, groß, erha'ben.
Granddaughter, die En’ felin.
Grandfather, der Grof’vater.
Grandmother, die Grog’ mutter.
Grandson, der En’fel.

Grasp, grii’fen, faf'fen.

Grass, ba8 Gras.

Gray, gran.

Great, groß.
Great-grandfather, der Ur'großvater.

VOCABULARY.

483

Great-grandmother, bie Ur’großmut«| Groschen, der Gro ſchen.

Greece (see page 418).
Green, grün.

[ter. | Grow, wach ſen.

lei'ten.
Guide, der Füh'rer; v. ér., füh'ren,

H.

Habit, Die Gewohn’heit.

[geln. | Heavy, fchwer.

Hail, der Ha'gel; v. intr., to hail, ha’-| Hedge, bie Hed’e, der Zaun.

Hair, das Haar.

Half, die Hälf'te; adj., halb.

Hall, der Saal, der Vor faal.

Hammer, der Ham'mer.

Hand, die Hand.

Hang, v. intr., hang'en; v. tr., häng’en

Happy, glüd’lid), froh.

Happiness, das Glück.

Happen, gejhe'hen, fid) erei'gnen.

Ilard, hart; hardly, ſchwer' lich.

Hat, der Hut,

Have, ba’ben.

Hay, das Heu.

He, er.

Head, da8 Haupt, der Kopf.

Health, die Gefund’peit ; healthy, ge-
fund‘.

Hear, §i'ren 3 such a thing has never
been heard of, fo etwas ift bis jetst
un erhört gewe ſen.

Heart, das Herz.

Heat, die Hit’e.

Heaven, der Him'mel.

Height, bie Hö'he.

Here, bier.

High, bod.

Hill, der Hü'gel.

Hire, mie’then.

His, fein ; der Sei'nige.

History, bie Gefchich'te.

Hit, treffen ; (to bump),

Hold, bal'ten. ...

Holy, bei'lig.

Home, das Haus ; at home, zu Hau’fe;
homeward, nad) Hau’ fe.

Honest or honorable, ebr’lich.

Honor, die Eh're; v. tr., eh’ ren.

Horse, Das Pferd.

Hot, heiß.

House, das Haus.

How? wie? auf welche Wei fe.

However, Dod), jedoch', nidtsbeftowe’s

IIunger, der Hung’er. [niger.

Hunt, ja’gen; hunting, die Jagd;
hunter. der Jä'ger.

Husband, der Mann, E’hemann.

ſto ßen.

I.

I, ich.

If, wen, im Fall, falls.
Image, a8 Bild.
Immediate, unmittelbar .
Immediately, glei), fogleicy’.
Imperial, kai ſerlich.
Important, bedeu'tend.
Imposing, impofant’.

In, in.

Indeed, wohl, freilich, zwar.

India-rubber over-shoes, bie Gum’ mis
ſchuhe (pl.).

Indian, der $ndia’ner.

Indolent, faul, Täf’fig, trä’ge.

Industrial, induftriell’.

Industrious, fleißig, betrieb ſam.

Injure, fcha’den; to injure one’s self,

fich ſelbſt ſcha den.

Incapacity, Un fähigkeit, Un tüchtigkeit. Injurious, ſchäd'lich.

Inch, der Zoll.

[fünfte (ꝓl.). | Inside of, in nerhalb.

Income, das Einfommen, bie Ein’- | Instead of, an’ftatt.

Increase, wad)'fen, zu nehmen.

Instructive, lebr’reid.

484

Intention, die Ab’ ficht.
Interest, das Intereſ'ſe, bie Zin’fen
Interesting, intereffant’.

Into, in.

VOCABULARY.

((pl.). | Invent, erfin’ten ; invention, Die Er»

Invite, einladen,
Iron, bas Gi'fen.

[fin’ bung.

J.
January, ber Ja'nuar (see page 434). | July, ber Ju'lt (see page 434).

John, Johan’ (see page 416).

June, der Ju'ni (see page 434).

Journal, die Zeit’fchrift. Just, adj., gerecht‘, bil Tig.
Journey, bie Rei'fe. Just (exactly), adv., gera’be; (just
Joy, die Freu'de. now), e'ben, ſoe ben.
K.
Keep, behal'ten, hal'ten. Kiss, v. tr., küſ'ſen.
Key, der Schlüſfſel. Kitchen, bie Küſche, —, pl. —n.
Kill, töd'ten. Knife, da8 Mef’fer.

Kind, die Art, die Gat'tung.
Kind, adj., freund'lid, git'tig.
King, der König.

Kiss, ber Ruf, —e8, pl. Rilf fe.

Knock, Hop’fen, fto'fen, fchla’gen.

Know, wij'fet; (to be acquainted
with), fen'nen.

Known (to become), Cefannt’ trer'bden.

L.

Labor, bie Ar'beit; v. intr., ar'beiten. | Least, der Klein'ſte; adv., am We'nige

Lady, bie La’dy, Die Da'me.
Lame, lahm.

Lamp, die Lam'pe.

Land, das Land.
Language, bie Spra'che.
Large, groß.

Last, ber le'te, der vo'rige ; adv., zu= |

lefgt’, zum legten Malle.
Last, v. intr., Dau'ern.
Late, fpät, verfpä'tet; adr., pat;
lately, newlih, un’längft, vor
Latest, der letz'te. (Kurzem.
Latin, latei niſch.
Law, das Geſetz'.
Lay, le'gen; lay hold of, ergrei’fen.
Lazy, faul, trä’ge, Läffig.
Lead, das Blei.
Lead-pencil, der Blei'ftift.
Lead, v. tr., füh'ren, leiten.
Leader, der Füh'rer.
Leap, {pring’en.
Learn, [:r'nen.

ften ; at least, we'nigftens ; not in
the least, nicht im Gering ‘ften.

Leather, das Ye'der; leathern, adj.,
le dern.

_| Leave, laſ'ſen, verlaf'fen; whendo you

leave? want reifen Sieab? when
does the train leave? wann gebt
ber Zug ab? ~ [lints.
Left (hand), tie Lin'le; to the left,
Lend, lei hen, verleihen.
Length, die Läng'e.
Less, twe'niger, gering’er, Hein.
Lesson, die Lektion’, die Aufgabe.
Let, laſ'ſen, erlan’ben. [der Buch'ſtabe.
Letter, der Brief; (of the alphabet),
Liberty, die Frei heit.
Library, bie Bibltothel’.
Librarian, der Bibliotbelar'.
Lie, lie'gen ;(totella falsehood), lü’gen
Life, das Le'ben.
Light, das Licht ; addj., Licht, hell, leicht
lightly, leicht.

VOCABULARY.

~

Lighten, blit'zen.
Lightning, der Blitz, —e8.
Like, adj., gleich, ähn'Tich.

485

"| Load, bie Laft, die Ladung.

Loan, die An’leihe —, pl. —n.
Loan, v. tr., leihen.

Like, v. tr., gern ha’ben; how do you| Lock, da8 Schloß.
like the book ? wie gefällt Sh'nen | Lock, v. tr., ſchlie ßen.

Line, fut'tern.

Lining, das Futter.
Literature, die Literatur’.
Literary, litera’rifd.
Little, Hein, gering’; alittle, ein we'nig.
Live, le’'ben ; (to reside), woh'nen.
Live, lively, adj., leben dig, lebhaft.
Livelihood, ber Un’terhalt.

[das Bud) ?| Long, lang; a long time, lang'e.

Look, ſchau'en, bliſcken; it looks well,
e8 fiebt gut aus ; look out! neb’s
men Sie fic) in Acht! look for
(seek), ſuſchen; (expect), erwar'⸗

Lose, verlie'ren, verle gen. [ten.

Love, bie Liebe; v. tr., lie ben.

Low, nie’drig.

M.

Machine, die Mafchi'ne.

Majesty, bie Dtajeftat’.

Make, ma’chen. [der Menſch.

Man, der Wann; (the human being),

Manner, bie Art, die Wei’je.

Manuscript, tie Hanb'fdrift.

Many, vie'le, manſche (pd); many a,
mancher; a good many, fehr viele.

March, der März (see p. 434).

March, der Marſch, der Zug, v. iatr.,
marfchi'ren, zie hen.

Mark, das Merk'mal; (aim), das Ziel;
v. tr., bezeich'nen.

Market, ber Markt.

Marriage, die E’he, ber E’heftand ;
(wedding), die Hei’rath, Hoch'zeit.

Marry, v. tr., hei rathen; to get mar-
ried, fic) verhei’rathe.

Matter, bie Diate’rte, ber Ur'ftoff ; what
is the matter? was fehlt? was

May, der Mai (see p. 434). [giebt’s?

Me, mid. (mei’nen, dDen'fen.

Mean, adj., gemein’, nied'rig; v. tr.,

Meaning (of a word), die Bedeu'tung.

Means, bas Mit'tel.

Measure, das Maß; v. ér., mef'jen.

Meat, bas Fleiſch.

Meet, begeg'nen, tref'fen.

Meeting, die 3ujam'mentunft, die
Verfamm Tung.

Melt, ſchmel'zen.

Mend, repart'ven, aus'beffern.

Merchant, der Kaufmann.

Metal, das Metall’, —e8, pl. —e.

Middle, bie Mit’te; adj., mit'tel.

Middle Ages, dag Mittelalter.

Mild, mild, fanft.

Mile, bie Meile.

Milk, die Milch.

Mill, die Müh'le. (ge.

Mine, mei'ner, ber Mei'ne, der Mei’nis

Mirror, der Spie’gel.

Mjsfortune, das Un glück.

Misplace, verle'gen, verſe' tzen.

Miss, das Fräu'lein.

Mistake, der Feh'ler, der Irr'tbum;
v., feh’len; to be mistaken or to
make a mistake, fic) ir'ren.

Model, das Modell’.

Modern, modern’, met.

Moment, ber Au’genblid ; momentary,
au genblicklich.

Money, das Geld.

Month, der Mo'nat.

Moon, der Mond.

More, mebr.

Morning, der Mor’gen.

Most, meift ; mostly, mei'ftens.

Mother, bie Mut’ter ; mother-in-law,
bie Schwie'germutter.

486 VOCABULARY.

Motion, bie Bewe'gung. Museum, bas Mufe'um.
Mountain, ber Berg. Music, die Mufif'.
Mouth, der Mund. Must, müf’fen.
Much, viel. My, mein.
N.
Nail, ber NRa’gel. Newspaper, die Zeitung, Zeit’fchrift.
Name, der Ra'me(n), die Benen’'nung;|Next, nächſt; next to the last, vor’s
v. tr., nen nen, beuen'nen. letzte.
Narrow, eng or eng'e. (benbei’. | Niece, die Nich'te.
Near, adj., na’he; prep., ne'ben, ne-| Night, die Nacht.
Nearly, faft, ungefähr’, beina’he. Nine, neun.

Necessary, noth’wenbig; necessaries of | No, pron., fein ; adv., nein.
life, bie Le’bensbeditrfniffe (pl) ;| None, tein.
it is often necessary for us to—, | Nonsense, der Un'fin.

man mußt oft— North, der Nord, Nor'ven.
Needle, vie Näh'nadel. . [fcbaft. | North Germany, Nord’ Deutichlaud.
Neighborhood, bie Nä'he, bie Nach'bar= | Not, nicht.
Nephew, ber Neffe. Nothing, Jtidts,
Never, nie, nie’ mals, nim'mer. Notice, bemer’fen,
New, neu, modern’. November, der Novem’ber.

News, die Nach richt; (particular | Now, jett, nun.
news), die Nady'richten (>l.). Number, bie Zahl, die Nun’ mer.

OQ.

Obedience, der Gebor'fam, —8. Opposite (to), gegenit’ber.
Obedient, gebor’ fant. Or, o'der.
Obey, gehor'chen. Order, die Ord'nung; v. tr., orb'nen
Oblige, verbin’den ; Iam much obliged (to command), befeh’len ; (to en-

to you, id) bin Ihnen febr verbun’- gage), beftel'fen.

den; to be obliged to, müf’fen, fol’=| Organ, da8 Organ’, bas Werkzeug ;
Observe, bemer'fen, beob’achten. ſlen. (musical instrument), die Or'gel.
Occasion, der Zu’fall, die Gele’genheit. | Organist, der Organift’, ber Or’gelipie-
O'clock (at two), um zwei Uhr. Origin, der Ur’fprung. [fer.
October, der Ofto’ber (see page 434). | Original (ly), ur'jprünglich.
Of, von, aus, an, in. Other, ber andere ; each other, einan’s
Often, oft, df'ters. ber; another, nod) einer; the
Oil, das Del. other day, kürz'lich, vor einigen
Old, alt. Ta’gen. [selves, uns.
On, an, auf, bei, zu. [mal. | Our, un’fer ; ours, der un’frige ; our-
Once, ein mal; once more, nod) ein’ | Out (of), aus, au'ßerhalb, durch.
One, ein. Outside of, au'ßerhalb. ſbei.
Only, nur, bloß. Over, ü'ber; adv., oben; (past), vor⸗
Onward, vor'wärt®. Overcoat, ber Ue'berrod.

Open, offen ; v.tr. ‚öffnen, auf'machen. | Overflowing, die Ueberſchwem'mung.
Opinion, bie Mei’nung. Owe, [hul’dig fein.

VOCABULARY.

487

pP

Page, bie Gei'te; (servant), der Pa’ge. | Piano, das Klavier’.
Paint, ma’len; to paint a house, ein | Pick, pflüd’en.

Haus an ſtreichen.

Painter, der Ma'ler.

Painting, da8 Gemäl’de 3 art of paint-
ing, die Malerei‘.

Pair, DaS Paar; a pair of gloves, ein
Paar Hand'ſchuhe; a pair of
shears, eine Schee're.

Palm, die Bal’me.

Paper, da8 Papier’; newspaper, die
Zeitung ; a daily paper, ein Ta’-
geblatt ; a weekly paper, ein Wo’-

Parasol, der Son’nenfchiem. [chenblatt.

Parents, die Eltern (p2).

Part, der Theil.

Party, die Partei’; an evening compa-
ny, die Geſell'ſchaft, die Partie’.

- Passenger, der Paffagier’; passenger

car, der Perfo'nenwagen.
Pattern, das Murfter.
Pay, bezah'Ien, zahlen.
Peace, ber Frie de(n).
Pear, die Bir'ne. [die Bäu’erin.
Peasant, ber Bau’er ; peasant woman,
Pen, die Fe'der.
Pencil (lead), ber Blei’ftift.
Penknife, bas §e'dermeffer.
Penny (pfennig), ber Pfen'nig.
Perhaps, vielleicht'.
Permit, erlau'ben.

‚Permission, die Erlaub’niß.

Person, die Berfon’.

Personal, perfin'lid.

Philologist, der Philolog'.

Philology, die Philologie‘.
Philosopher, der Philofoph’.
Philosophy, die Pbilofopbhie’.
Photograph, die Photographie’, —, pl.
Photographer, der Photograph’. [—n.
Photography, bie Photographie’.
Phrase, die Phra'ſe.

Physician, der Arzt.

Pickpocket, der Ta’fchendieb.

Picture, das Bild, Gemäl’de.

Piece, das Stüd ; to go to pieces, in
Stüd’e gehen, zu Grun'de ge’hen.

Pin, die Sted’nabel.

Pink, die Nel'ke.

Pit, die Gru'be.

Pitcher, der Krug.

Place, ber Plats, der Ort, bie Stel’Ie;
to take place, ftatt’finden ; of that

place, bor'tig ; of this place, hie⸗

Plan, der Plan, der Entwurf‘. L[fig.

Platinum, das Platin’.

Play, da8 Spiel ; v., ſpie len.

Pleasure, ba8 Bergnü’gen.

Plough, der Pflug 3 v., pflü’gen.

Pluck, pflü’den, ab'pflüden, ab brechen

Pocket, die Ta’fche.

Pocket-book, da8 Portemonnaie, das
Notiz’bud.

Pocket-handkerchief, ba8 Ta' ſchentuch

Poem, bas Gedicht', bie Dich tung.

Poet, ber Dich'ter.

Poetry, die Dicht'kunſt, die Poefie’.

Point, die Spi’te,

Polar bear, der Eis’bär.

Police, bie Polizet’.

Policeman, der Polizei'diener.

Poor, arm.

Possible, mög'lich.

Post-office, die Poft, bas Poſt'amt.

Pound, das Pfund.

Pour, gie'fen.

Poverty, bie Ar'muth.

Power, bie Kraft, bie Macht; full of
power, Traft’voll.

Praise, [o'ben.

Preceding, vo'rig, vorher'gehend.

Present, das Geſchenk'; v. tr., ſchen'⸗
fen; adj., gegenwär'tig, an'wes
jend ;to be present at, bei wohnen.

488 VOCABULARY.

President, der Prafident,—en, p!.—en. Pronoun, das Für'wort, das Prono’s
Price, ber Preis. Pronounce, aus’ {preder. [men.
Primeval, ur’fprüngfich ; primeval for- | Pronunciation, die Aus'fprace.

est, ber Urwald; primeval man, |Property, 018 Ei’genthum, das Ber-

der Ur'menſch. mö'gen.
Prince, ber Fürft. [drud’en. | Proportion, das Berhält'niß.
Print, der Drud, Ab'druck, v. tr.,|Prospect, die Aus ſicht.
Printer, der Drud’er. Proud, ftol;.

Printing (art of), die Buch druckerkunſt; Proverb, bas Spridy'wort. (heit.
printing-house, bie Buch druckerei; Prudence, die Bor'fichtigfeit, die Klug'⸗
printing-paper, ba8 Drud’papier. | Prudent, vor'fichtig, Hug.

Probable (probably), wahrjchein’lich. | Public, öffentlich.

Procure, bo'fen, verjchaf'fen, an’ ſchaffen Purpose, die Ab’ficht, der Zweck; for

Professor, ber Profef'for. the purpose of—, um 3u—; for
Project, der Plan, der Entwurf’, bas what purpose ? wozu ?
Projelt’ ; v. ir., entwerfen. Parse, da8 Portemonnate’, ber Geld’-

Promise, da8 Berfpre'chen, die Ber- beutel, die Bör'ſe.
ſpreſchung; v. tr., verjpre'hen. ‘Put, fe’ben, ſtel'len, le'gen.

Q

Quart, das Quart. Quick, leben’dig, Teb’haft, ſchnell.
Quarter, da3 Bier'tel. Quire, Bud).
‘Queen, die Kö’nigin. Quite, ziem’lich, ganz.
Question, Die Fra’ ge. Quotient, der Quotient’.
R.
Railroad, die Ei’fenbahı. Relation, die Bezie'hung ; relation to,
Rain, der Reſgen; v. impers., reg’nen. in Bezug auf; (a person related),
Rapid, fchnell, vafch, geſchwind'. ber Berwand’te.
Rare, jel'ten, rar. Religion, die Religion’.
Rather, lieber, eher, viel’mebr; (some- | Rely (upon), fic) verlaf’jen (auf).
what), ziem’lich, et was. Remain, bleiben.

Rattlesnake, die Klap'perſchlange. Renowned, berithmt’.

Read, le ſen; to read over, durdy’Sefen ;| Rent, die Dtie'the, die Haus’ miethe ;
toread over lightly, flitch'tig Ie’fen. v., mie'then, vermie'then.

Reader, ber Le'fer, die Le'ferin ; read-| Repair, repari'ren, aus beſſern.

ing-book, da8 Le'ſebuch. Report, der Bericht’.
Reading-room, bas e'fefabinet, das Republic, bie Republit’.

Le'fegimmer. Reside, woh'nen, ſich aufhalten. [ort.
Ready, fer'tig, bereit’. Residence, die Woh'nung, der Wohn'⸗
Real (ly), wirk lich. Respect, die Hin'fidt, die Rid fidt;
Ream (of paper), ba8 Ries (Papier’). (regard), die Ady'tung, Hoch ach⸗
Red, roth. tung; to respect, eh’ren, ach’ten.

Reed, ba8 Rohr, das Schilf'rohr. Rest, die Ru'he, Haft; to rest, fid
Rejoice, fich fren’en. _ ans'ruben ; the rest, das Ueb'rige.

VOCABULARY. 489

Restore, wieberher'ftellen. River, der Fluß.
Return, wie'derfehren, wie'dertommen, | Road, der Weg, bie Bahn, die Stra’ fe,
zurück kommen, «gehen; v. tr., zu⸗ Roof, da8 Dad, bie De'de.

rild' geben, zurück ſchicken. Room, das Zim'mer, die Stu’be, die
Ribbon, das Band, das Sei'denband. Kam'mer; (space), der Raum.
Rice, ber Reis. Rose, die Ro'fe.
Rich (be), reich (fein). Ruin, die Rui'ne, die Trüm’mer; to
Ride (on horseback), reiten; to take go to ruin, verfal’fen, in Verfall’

a ride, fpazie'ren reiten; in a gera’then.

carriage, fah’ren; take a ride, Run, lau’fen.

Ipazie'ren fah'ren. Rye, der Rog'gen.

8.

Sack, der Sad. Servant, der Diener, die Die'nerin.
Sad, trau’rig, trit’be, betritbt’. |_| Serve, die'nen.
Saddle, der Gat'tel. Session, die Sitz ung. [tergeben.
Saddler, ber Satt’ler. [geln. | Set, feg’en, ftel’len; (of the sun), un'⸗
Sail, ba8 Se’gel; v. intr, fe'geln, ab’fe- | Seven, fie’ben ; seven years’, adj., fie’
Salary, der Gehalt’, die Beſol dung. benjährig.
Sale, ber Verkauf'. Several, meh'rere, verſchie dene ( »7.).
Salt, dag Salz. Sew, nähen; : le ahi bie
Same, derfel’be, ber näm’liche. Nah mafchine.
Sand, der Gand. Shall, ſol'ſen; (/ut.) wer den.
Satin, der At'las. Shatter, serbredy’ en, zerſchmet tern.
Saturday, der Sonn'abend, Sams'tag. She, fie. * [Bo’gen.
Sauce, die Sauce. Sheet, das Bett'tuch; (of paper),: der
Saucer, bie Un'tertaffe, die Un terſchale. Shine, ſchei nen, fend ten, glän’zen.
Say, ja’gen. Ship, bas Saif
Scandinavian, Skandina 'viſch. Shoe, ber Schuh.
School, die Schule. Shoot, ſchie ßen.
Scholar, ber Schü’ler. Shore, das U’fer, ber Strand.
School-house, ba8 Schul’haus. Short, furz.

School-master, der Gdjul’meifter, der | Should, fol’Ien. (inf.).
Sea, ba8 Meer, die See. [Schul'lehrer. Shoulder, bie Schul'ter.
Sea-bath, ba8 See'bad. Show, 3ei’gen.

Second, ber Zwei’te. [gebraucht”. | Shut, ſchlie ßen, zu'machen-
Second-hand, aus der zweiten Hand, | Sick, franf.

See, fe'ben. - Side, bie Sei’te.

Seek, ſuſchen, auf'fuchen. Sight, das Geſicht'; at sight, nad) Sicht
Seize, greifen, ergrei'fen, faf'fen. Signify (mean), beden’ten.

Seldom, fel’ten. ' Silk, bie Sei’de ; silken, ſei bert.

Self, felbft (see § 108). . Silver, das Sil’ber.

Sell, verlau'fen. Similar, ähn'lich.

Send, ſchick'en, ſen den. Sin, die Sitn’de.

September, der September. Since, prep., feit 3 conj., ſeit' dem.

X 2

490

Sing, fing’en. [die Schwä’gerin.

Sister, bie Gchwe'fter ; sister-in-law,

Sit, fig’en.

Sky, ber Him’mel.

Sleep, der Schlaf ; v., fchla’fen.

Sleeve, ber Aer’ mel.

Slipper, ber Pantof fel.

Slow(ly), Tang’ fam.

Small, fein.

Smoke, der Maud; v., rauſchen;
smoking (noun), das Rau’ den.

Snake, die Schlang’e.

Snow, der Schnee; v., ſchnei'en.

So, so, auf die ſe Wei'fe.

Society, die Gefell'fdaft.

Sofa, ber (or ba8) So’pha (or Sofa).

Soft, weich.

Soldier, ber Soldat’.

Solve, lö'ſen, auf löſen.

Some, einige, et'liche, we l'che; some.

bread, et was Brod; somebody,
Se’mand; something, etwas.
Sometimes, zıtwei’len, bisweilen, dann
und wann.
Somewhat, adv., et'was, ziem’lich.
Bon, der Sohn; son-in-law,
. Schwie’gerfohn.
Bong, das Lied.
Soon, bald.
Soup, die Sup’pe, die Bril’he.
Sour, fat’ er.
South, der Süd, der Sü’ten.
Sow, fi’en.
Speak, fpre'hen.
Spear, ber Speer, bie Yan’ze.
Spin, {pin’ nen.

Spire, ber Thurm, ber Kird)’thurm.
Spring, ber Sprung; (of the year),
ber Frühling, das Frith’ jabr.

Spy, der Spion’.
Stand, v. intr., fte’hen ; v. tr., ftel’ len;
to stand by one, ei'nem bei'ftehen,

der

VOCABULARY.

State (condition), der Zu’ftand; (na-
tion), der Staat. [Babn’ hof.
Station (railroad), bie Station’, ber

Steal, ſteh len.

Steam, der Dampf; steamer,
Dampfihiffz steam-boat, bag
Dampf’boot; steam-engine, die
Dampf mafdine.

Steep, fteil.

Steerage, das Bwi’fdended.

Step, ber Schritt, der Tritt; v. intr.,
tre’ten, fchrei'ten.

Step-father, der Stief'vater.

Step-mother, bie Stief'mut’ter.

Step-son, ber Stief’fohn.

Step-daughter, bie Stief tochter.

Stick, der Stod.

Still, adj., ftill, ru’hig; adv., nod,
im’mer, conj., dod, jedoch', ben’=

Stone, ber Stein. (nod.

Storm, ber Sturm, ba8 Gewwit'ter, bas
Un’gewitter ; stormy, ftitr’mifd.

Story (tale), bie Gefdid'te; (of a
house), ber Stod, bas Stod’ wert,
das Gefdof’.

Stove, der O’fen.

Street, die Stra’ fe.

Strike, fala’ gen.

Strong, ftarf, fraf’tig.

Student, ber Student’.

Study, bas Stu’dium, v. tr., aubi’r ven.

Suburb, die Vor’ ftadt.

Such, fol’ cher, |

Sugar, der Zud’er.

Sultry, ſchwül.

Summer, ber Som’mer.

Sun, die Son’ne.

Sunday, ber Sonm'tag.

Supper, da8 Albendeſſen.

Surgeon, der Wund’arzt.

Surpass, übertreffen.

Surrender, fich erge’ben. [Lanb’meffer.

Das

ei nem hel'fen, ei nen unterftil’ gen ; | Surveyor (of land), ber Meef’fer, ber
the standing by, bie Hül’fe, Bei’- | Sweet, ſüß.

ſtand.

Swiss, ber Schwei’zer (see page 419).

VOCABULARY.

491

T.
Table, ter Tiſch, bie Ta’fel; to set Tlıreaten, dro’hen.

the table, den Tiſch deck'en.

Tailor, der Schnei’der.

Take, neh’men ; to take away, weg’
nehmen; to take with one, mit’-
‚nehmen; to take place, ftatt’fin-

Talk, fpre’ den, ve’den. ſden.

Tall, groß, hoch.

Tame, zahm.

Taste, das Ko'ſten, Schme‘ en; v. tr.,
fo’ftert, ſchmeck'en.

Tea, der Thee.

Teach, Ieh’ren.

Teacher, ber Teh’rer, die Leh’ revin.

Tear, bie Thrä’ne.

Tear, ret’ fen, 3erret’ Ben.

Tedious, lang’ weilig.

Telegraph, der Zelegraph’.

Telegraphic, teleqra’ phifd.

Tell, fa’gen, erzählen. [Un'gewitter.

Tempest, ber Sturm, das Gewit’ ter,

‘Tempestuons, ftitr’ntifd.

Thaler, der Tha’ler.

Than, als, denn.

Thank, der Dank; v., dan’ten.

That, pron., je'ner, bie'fer ; conj., Daf.

The, der, Die, das.

Then, adv., dann, alsdann', da’mals ;
now and then, dann uud wann;
conj., denn, daher’, darum’, al’fo.

Theology, die Theologie’. [ift, e8 giebt.

There, da, Dort, Dafelbft’; there is, es

Thereby, dadurdy’, damit’. [barım’.

Therefore, de8’halb, des wegen, daber’,

Thin, dünn.

Thing, die Sa’dye, bas Ding.

Think, dn’ten.

Third, der Drit’te.

Thirst, der Durft.

This, die’jer.

Thon, du.

Thread, ber Fua’den.

Threat, die Dro’ hung.

Three, drei.

Thresh, dre’ fden.

Thrice, drei mal.

Through, durch.

Throw, wer’fen.

Thunder, der Don’ner; v., Don’nern.

Thunder-storm, das Gewit'ter.

Thursday, der Don’nerstag.

Thy, bein.

Tie, bin’ den.

Till, prep. and conj., bis, bis zu, auf;
till now, bis jetst; till then, bis

Till, v. tr., bebau’en, pflü’gen. [oabin.

Time, die Zeit. .

To, prep., zu; (with inf.), um zu.

Tobacco, der La’ bak,

To-day, heute; to-day’s, adj., beu’tig.

To-morrow, mor’gen.

Too, zu, all’3u 3 (also), andy.

Tooth, der Zahn.

Toward, nad), ge’gen.

Towel, da8 Hand’tudy.

Tower, der Thurm.

Trade, der Han’del, Verkehr (der Han’-
bel und Verkehr’).

Train, der Zug; das Gefol’ge.

Traitor, ber Serra’ ther.

Translate, überjeß’en.

Travel, rei fen, eine Rei’fe ma’ den.

Traveler, ber Ret'fende.

Traverse, durchrei ſen.

Tread, tre’ten, ge’hen, fcbret’ten ; tread
to pieces, zertre’ten.

Treason, der Berrath’, bie Berrätherei‘.

Treaty, ber Vertrag’, die Unterhand’-

Tree, ber Baum. (Tung.

Trout, die Forel’le.

Trip, die Rei’fe, Fahrt.

True, wahr, wahr’haft, wahrhaf'tig ;
(faithful), treu ; yours truly, auf’s
richtig ber Ih'rige.

Truth, die Wahr’heit, Treu’e.

492 - VOCABULARY.

Try, verſuſchen, probi’ren. Twenty, zwanzig.
Tulip, die Tul’pe. Twice, zwei mal.
Twelve, zwölf. Two, zwei.

U.

Ugly, bip'lic. University, bie Univerfitat’.

Umbrella, ber Re’ genfcdirm., Unlike, un ähnlich.

Unanimous, ein'ſtimmig. Up, prep.,auf; adv.,binauf’, herauf‘,

Unbound, un’gebunben. empor’; in der Hö’he, o’ben.

Uncle, der O’ beim, On’tfel. Upon, auf, itber.

Under, un’ter. (jen. | Usage, ber Gebrand)’, —8, pl. Gee

Understand, verfte’hen, begret’fen, faſ'⸗ bräu’che, bie Gewohn’heit.

Undertake, unterneb’men. Use, der Gebrauch', der Nu’ken; v.

Unequal, un’gleic). trans., brau’den, gedrau’chen.

Unite, v. tr., vereinigen. Usual, gewöhn'lich, üb'lich, gebräuch'⸗

Universal, all'gemein. lich.

V.

Valiant, ta'pfer. Village, ba8 Dorf.

Various, verfchie’den. Vinegar, ber GJ’ fig.

Vase, bie Ba’ fe. Virtue, die Tu’ gend.

Veil, der Schlei’er. Visit, ber Beſuch'; v. tr., befu’chen.

Verb, das Zeit'wort, Ver’bum. Voice, die Stim’ me. [Um’fang.

Very, febr, gar. Volume, ber Band; (compass), ber

Vest, die We’fte, Jad’e. Vote, die Stim’me ; v. tr., Stim’men

Via, it’ber. Voyage, bie See’reife. [geben.

W.

Wagon, der Wa’ ger. Water, das Wa)’ jer.

Waist, bie Taille, ber Leib. Waterworks, die Waf’jerleitung.

Wait, war’ ten. Ware, die Welle.

Walk, bas Ge’ben, der Gang; der|Way, ber Weg, die Bahn; by way
Spaziergang ; v., ge’hen, fpagte’= | We, wir. (of, ii’ ber.
ren; to take a walk, jpagie’ren | Weak, ſchwach.
geben. Wear, tra’gen, an’haben.

Wall (of a room), die Wand ; (of a| Weather, das Wet’ter, bie Wit’terung.
city), die Mau’er, bie Wäl'le. Week, die Wo’che. [gen.

War, der Krieg. Weigh, v. intr., wie'gen; v. tr., wa's

Warm, warm. Weight, bas Gewicht’, die Schwe’re.

Wash, wa'fden; the washing (linen | Welcome, adj., will’fom’men ; noua,
to be washed), die Wä'ſche. das Willfom’ men.

Watch (guard), bie Waſche; (time-| Well, der Brun’nen, die Ouel'le. [gut.
piece), bie Uhr, Ta' ſchenuhr. Well, adj., wohl, gefund’; adv., wohl,

VOCABULARY. 493

Wet, na, feucht. With, mit. (nen, drin'nen.
What? was? wel’dher? Within, prep., in’nerbalb ; adv., in’s
Wheat, ber Wer'zen. Without, au’ Rerbalb, au’ gen, drau’ fen.
When? wann? conj., als, wenn. Woman, Die Frau, das Weib, das
Where, wo. FSran’enzimmer.

Whether, ob. Wood, Das Holz; woods, ber Wald,
Which ? wel’cher? rel. pron., wel’ der, bie Wal’dung, ber Forft.

While, wib’rend, indem’. [der. | Wool, die Wol’le; woolen, wol’len.
Whistle, pfei’fen. Word, das Wort,

White, weiß. Work, bie Ar’beit, bas Werks work
Who? wer? done by hand, die Hanb’arbeit.
Whole, ganz, vollfom’men. Work (verb), arbeiten, wir’fen ; to
Why? warum’? weßhalb’? wepme’ gen ? work over, bear’beiten, nm’ar-
Wide, breit. beiten.

Wife, bie Frau, E’hefrau, Gat’t.n. | World, die Welt, Er’de.
Will, der Wille; v., wol’len, wiün’- | Worth (value), bie Wilr’de, ber Preis ;

Willingly, gern. [ichen. (merit), das Berdienft’.
Win, gewin'nen. Worth, adj., werth.
Wind, ber Wind. Worthy, wür' dig. ) (den.
Window, bas Fen’ fter. Wound, bie Wun’de ; v. tr., verwun'⸗
Wine, der Wein. Wreath, der Kranz.
Winter, der Win'ter. Write, fdjrei’ ben.
Wise, wei’fe, Hug, verfidin’dig. Writing, bie Schrift.
Wish, der Wunſch; x. tr., wita'jden, | Wrong, un’vedt, falfd), un’wahr ; to
wollen. be wrong, Un’redit ba’ben.
Y.
Yard, die Yard (eng'liſche El'le). Yesterday, adv., ge’ftern.
Yarn, das Garn. Yet, nicht ; not yet, noch nicht.
Ye, ihr. Yonder, adv., dort ; adj., jener.
Year, das Sabr. You, ihr (Sie).
Yearly, jähr’lich. Young, jung.
Yellow, gelb. Your, ihr ; yours, der Sh’ rige.

Yes, ja, jawohl’ Youth, die Ju’gend.

Addenda.

Gering’, adj., small, trifling, inconsid-
erable.

etroft’, adj., confident, courageous.

Haf ten, v. intr., to cling.

in’fchleichen, v. intr., to glide or slip
thither.

Ab, adv., away, off, down.
Ah’nen, v. tr. and intr., to forebode ;
pa es ab’net mir, I have a foreboding:
— An'lachen, v. tr., to laugh at.
— An'mafen, v. refl., to assume.
Aufnehmen, v. tr., to take up.
Bar’fuß, adj., barefoot. Leh’nen, v. intr., to lean. |
Begril’fen, to greet. [a name. | Der Markt, —e8, pl. Mark’ te, market.
——-Bei'legen, v. tr., to join to, to give as| Die Phantafie’, —, fancy.
— Der Betrug, —e8, imposture, decep-|Ridy'terlich, adj., judicial.
tion, deceit, fraud. Der Ruhm, —e8, fame.
Bevöl’fern, v. tr., to people, populateiDer Strauch, —e8, pl. Sträuſcher,
— Bewirth’jchaften, v. tr., to manage or bush, shrub.
to carry on (an estate). her’zen, v. intr., to sport.
Der Bord, —e8, board; -an Bord, ont Samad)’ ten, v. intr., to pine.
board. he’ pfen, v. intr., to draw (water).
Die Braut, —, pl. Bräu'te, bride; der Un’ geftraft, adj., unpunished.
—— Brautftaat, bridal array or dress.-Verge'hen, v. r., to offend.
Shrift’lic), adj., Christian. Der Berläum’per, —$, slanderer.
Entrei’gen, to tear away. on jeher’, from time immemorial.
— CErblaf’fen, v. intr., to die. [formance. | Waff'nen, v. tr., to arm.
Die Erfüllung, —, fulfilment, re al’len, v. tnér., to move.
Hebo’gen (part. of bie’gen, to tend), | Wan’deln, v. ind ., to ramble.
adj., curved, arched. ci'len, v. intr. ro rast,

INDEX.

A, adv., § 181, 1;
8151,1; Lesson XXXIV., 2.
Abbreviations, page 420.

Separable Prefix, | Wn, $93; L.X.,1. Idioms with, p. 197.

Ander, § 112, 1.
Rem. 5.

For der Zweite, § 102,
Anderthalb, § 103, 2.

Aber, distinguished from allein, fondern, | Anftatt, composition, §196,8. Use of,

and vielmehr, § 265.
Accent, § 44-47; Less. IT., 7.
Accusative, use of, § 83. Verbs govern-
ing, §177. Prepositions with, § 237-

§ 209.
Rem, 1.

Apposition, § 85; Less. XVI.,2; Less.
XLII., 1, Rem 4.

With the Infinitive, § 129, 3,

248; Less. VII.,1. Prepositions with! Arrangement of Words, § 276-284.
Acc. and Dat., § 244-253; Less. X.,1.} Articles, derivation of, § 58. Deelen-

Adjectives, formation of, § 86; Lesson
XXXVIII. Predicative, §87; Less.
XVIII.,1. Attributive,Less.XVIII.,

8; § 89, Rem. 9; §94. Old Declension | Auf, § 246;. Less. X., 1.

of, § 88,1; §89; Less. XVIII. New
Declension, § 88,2; Less. XX. Mixed
Declension, $88, 8; Less. XXI. Com-
parison of, § 90-92; Lesson XXII.
Governing Gen., §95; Less. XXXIX.,
2. Gov. Dat., §96; Less. XXXIX., 4.
Gov. Acc., § 97; Less. XXXIX., 6.
Used as Noun, § 89, Hem. 10.

Adverbs, formation of, § 181-188; Com-
pound, §188. Comparison of, § 190.
Syntax, §192-195; Less. L. Adjec-
tives used as, $ 184,1; Less. XIV.,5.
Position of, §194,2; 8281. Adverbial
Conjunctions, $193; § 260; § 280, 8.
Numeral Adverbs § 105.

Allein, § 265.

Aller, s111. AM, §111,7. Alles, § 114,
4, Rem.; Less.XLITI. To strengthen
superlatives, § 98, Hem. 3.

M13, distinguished from wie, wenn, wann,
8266. Als dab, § 266, 1, Rem. 2.

Allerdings, $188, 1, Rem. 4.

Alfo, § 269, Hem. 4.

Am, contraction of an dem, § 54, Rem. 2;
Less. XI., 4. With Superlative, Less.
XXITI., 7.

sion of, §54; Less. XV., and XVI.
Syntax of, §55; Less. XL.

Auch, §263,1,2. Wenn aud, § 268, Rem.s8.

Auf, § 54,
Rem. 2; with Superlative, § 190, 2, 2.
Idioms with, page 197.

Aus, § 220. Idioms with, page 194.

Außer, § 221. Idioms with, page 194.
Außerbem, § 263, 1, 2.

Auxiliary Verbs, § 185. Auxiliaries of
Mode (see Potential Verbs).

Bar, Suffix, §86,2,1; Less. XXXVIII.,1.

Be-, Prefix, § 155, 1; Less. XXXV., 1.

Bet, § 222.

Bevor, § 268, 2.

Bis, § 287; Less. VII., 1.

Capital Letters, § 48; Less. XVIII., 6.

Cardinal Numbers, § 99; Less. XVII.

Cases, § 59,8; § 80-85; Less. VII.-X.

hen, § 57,1,1; Less. XXXV.

Collective Nouns, § 57,8,1; § 68, 2.

Comparison of Adjectives, § 90; Less.
XXII. Comparison of Adverbs, §190.

Compound Words, formation of, § 50.
Division of Syllables, § 43,8. Accent
of, § 45.

Compound Adjectives, § 86, 8; Less.
XXXVITI., 8.

Compound Adverbs, § 188.

Compound Nouns, § 67; Less. XXXVI.

496 INDEX.

Compound Verbs, $149; Less. XXXIV. | Du, § 107, Rem. 4; Less. XI., 2, 2.

and XXXV. Durd, § 288; Less. X.
Conditional Mood, § 125; Less. LI. Dürfen,$ 118, 3; §171; Less. KX XIII.,3.
Conjunction, § 259-274; Less. L. 2¢, ti (ret), Suffixes, § 57, 2, 1-2.
Correlative Pronouns, § 114, 4. (Ein, as Indefinite Article, § 54, 2; Less.

Corresponding Conjunctions, § 268,1,2.| XVI. As Numeral, $100. As Prefix
Da, § 186; $ 195. Compounded with; to Verbs, $ 151, 1.

Prepositions, § 188, 10, Rem. 2. Einander, § 112, 1; § 108, Rem. 1.
Daher, and darum, § 269 (see ba). Einiger, § 112, 2.
Damit (see ba). As a Conjunction, § 267. | Emp= and ent:, prefixes to Verbs, § 155,
Dann, §186; 189,1. 2; Less. XXXV., 1.
Darum (see daher). -en, Adjective Suffix, $ 86, 2,2; Lesson
Das (see der). Used collectively,§115;| XXXVITII., 1, 2.

§ 114, 4, Rem. end, Participial Ending, § 180; § 141,
Daß, $ 263, 2. Als bap, 8 266,1, Rem.1.| Rem. 2.

Auf daß, § 267. Entgegen, $ 224, $ 255, Eve. 2.

Dative Case, § 82; Less. IX. Governed | Er, Pronoun, § 107. Verbal Prefix, §
by Prepositions, § 82,1; § 220. By| 155,3. Nominal Suffix, § 57, 1,3;
Verbs, § 82, 3,2; §179; Less. XLVII.| Less. XXXVIIL., 2,1.

By Adjectives, § 82, 3,1; § 96; Less. | &8, § 107, Rem. 5.
XXXXL,4. Etwas, $112,8; $114, 4, Rem.

Declension of the Article, $ 54. Of) Etymology, § 48; § 18-19; § 27-80.
Nouns, 71-79; Less. XV. Of Adjec-| Fall, § 271.
tives, § 88-69; Less. XVIII., XX.,| Feminine Nouns, § 62; § 65.
and XXI. Of Pronouns, § 107-114. | Foreign Words, §19. Accent of, § 46.

Demonstrative Pronouns, § 111; Less.| Gender of Foreign Nouns, § 68. De-
XLIII. clension of, 877. Foreign Verbs, §

Denn, § 274. Für, § 298.

Der, as Definite Article, § 54,1. De-| 189, 8.
monstrative Pronoun, § 111, Rem. 2. | Gang, § 102, 2, Rem. 3.

Relative Pronoun, § 114, 2. Ge⸗, prefix of compound Verbs, §155, 4.
Derjenige, § 111,38; Less. XLIII., 2. Prefix of Participles, § 181, Rem. 1.
Derivative Words, § 49, 2. Prefix to Nouns, § 57, 8,1; § 66, 2.
Derivative Adjectives, § 86,2; Lesson | Gegen, § 240. -

XXXVIII. Gegenüber, § 225; § 255, Hare. 2.

Derivative Adverbs, § 187. Gender of Nouns, § 60-70.
Derivative Nouns, 857 ; Less. XXXVII. | Genitive, § 80-81. Prepositions govern-
Derivative Prepositions, § 196, 2. ing, § 202-219. Verbs governing,
Derivative Verbs, § 117, 2. §178; Less. XLVI. Adjectives gov-
Derfelbe, $111, 4; Less. XLIII., 8. erning, § 95; Less. XXXIX.,2. Ad-
Deshalb, dedwegen, § 269. verbs from Genitive, § 188, 2; § 184, 2.
Diejer, §111; Less. XV. Dieſes, Less. | Genug, § 118, 5.

XLIII., 4. Haben, § 135-136.

Diesfeit, diesſeits, § 202. zhaft, Suffix, §86,2,3; Less. XXXVIII.,
Dimidiative Numerals, §102, 2. 1, 3. ;
Diminutive Nouns, § 57, 1,1; Lesson | Halb, adj., $ 104, 2, Rem.2. Halb (bal-

XXXVII., 3. ben, halber), Prep., § 203.

Diphthongs, § 83, 2; $ 86; $ 38, 10-12. | -heit, Suffix, $57, 2,3; Less. XXXVIII,,
Distributive Numerals, § 103, 1. 4,2.

INDEX. 497

Her-, $186. Prefix to Verbs § 151, 1.

Herein, heraus, etc., § 188, 8.

Hier, § 186.

Hierbei, hiermit, eto., § 188, 10, Rem. 1.

Hiefig, § 86, 2; Less. XXXVIII., 1, 4.

Hin, § 186. Prefix to Verbs, § 151, 1.

Hinten, §189,2. Hinter, § 247.

Hod, § 89, Ren. 18; § 92; § 93, Rem. 4.

Ich, § 107; Leas. XI., 1.

Immer, $ 188, 11.

Imperative, §126; Less. LI.

Imperfect, § 183.

Impersonal Verbs, $160. Governing the
Dative, § 179, 2, Rem. 3.

Sin, Preposition, § 248; Less. X.

sin (sinn), Suffix, § 57, 1, 4; Lesson
XXXVILI., 2, 2.

indem, § 274, Rem. 8.

Indefinite Pronouns, § 112; Less. XLII.

Indicative Mood, § 128.

InfinitiveMood,§ 127-128; Less. XK XIX.

Innerhalb, § 204.

Insbefondere, indtinftige, eto., 8 188, 12.

Interjections, § 275.

Interrogative Pronouns, § 113; Less.
XLII.

Irgend, § 188, 11.

Irregular Verbs, § 116, 4; § 142-148;
Less. XXIV.-XXVII.

sti, Suffix, §86,8,5; Less. XXXVIII.,

Sa, § 181, 2.
1, 5.

Se, § 261, Hem.

Seber, 111; Less. XX.

Sedermann, § 112, 7.

Jemand, § 112, 7.

Sener, § 111, Less. XX.

Kein, $ 112.

sfeit, Suffix, 858, 2,3; 865,8; 875,1,2;
Less. XXXVII., 4, 2.

Können (see Potential Verbs), § 167-168;
Less. XX XI.

Laffen, § 118, 3, Rem.; § 128,1; § 181,
Rem. 2. Idioms with, page 193.

„lei (einerlet, eto.), § 103, 3.

slein, Suffix, §57,1,1; § 66,1; §74, 1,2;
Less. XXXVII., 3.

Letters of Union (1), +t, eet, § 107, Rem.
2; (2), =8, § 203, Rem, 4.

s[eute, Plural Ending; Less. XLVII., 2,
Rem. 2.

lid, Suffix, § 86, 2,6; Less. XXXVIII.,
1,6; §187, 3.

mal (einmal, ete.), 105, 1.

Man, $112,6; 8184,1; Less. XLII.,ı,
Rem. 8.

Mander, § 112, 2, Rem.3; Less. XX.;
889, Rem. 2.

Mehr, $98. Mebrere, § 109, 2.

Mein, $107, Rem. 1; $109; Less. XIX.

Mit, § 227; Less. IX. Idioms with,
page 195.

Mittel, mitteljt, § 208.

Mixed Declension of Nouns, § 72,3; 3
76; Less. XV. Of Adjectives, § 88,8;
Less. XXI.

Mögen (see Potential Verbs), $ 169-170;
Less. XXXII.

Moods, $ 122-128.

Müffen (see Potential Verbs), 173-1745
Less. XXXI.

Nad, 8228; Less. IX.

Nämlich, 111, 4, Rem.

Neben, 8249. Nebſt, $ 280.

Nein, $188, 11.

Nichte, §112,9; §89, Rem. 2.

Nie, § 188, 11.

Niemand, 8 112, 7.

snip, Suffix, §57,2,4; 874, 8,1.

Nouns, § 56.

Numbers, § 59,1; §74; §79; Less.XV.,
2; $115, 8, Rem. 2. ,

Numerals, $ 98-105; Less. XVII. ; Less.
XXIII.

Nur, § 263, 1, 2.

Obgleich, obſchon, obwohl, § 268.

Obne, $ 241; Less. VII. With Infini-

tive, $ 128, 8, Rem. 1.
Ordinal Numbers, $ 102; Less. XXIII.
Participles, $ 129-181; Less. XXX.
Passive Voice, $ 184; § 161; 178, 2,
Rem. 8; § 179, 2, Rem. 1; Lesson
XLVIII.
Perfect Tense, § 188; Less. VI.
Personal Pronouns, § 107-108; Less.
XI.; $115, 8, Hem. 2. Replaced by
Article, § 55, 1, Rem. 1.

[ Pluperfect Tense, Less. VI.

498

Plural, 859,1; $74; 879.

Possessive Pronouns, $ 109-110; Less.
XIX,

Predicate of a Sentence, § 277.

Predicate Adjectives, § 87; Lesson
XVIII.; Superlative used predica-
tively, § 93, Rem. 2.

Prefixes of Nouns, §57 ; Less. XXXVII.,
6; §58,1; Lesson XXXVI.

Prefixes of Verbs, § 149-157; Lesson
XXXIV., Lesson XXXV.

Prepositions, § 196-258; Less. VIII.-
X.; Less. XLIX.; Prepositions con-
tracted with the Article, § 54; Less.
XI. Idioms with Prepositions, page
194.

Primitive Words, § 49.

Pronouns, $ 106-115. Personal Pro-
nouns, Less. XI. Personal and Pos-
sessive Pronouns, Lesson XLI. De-
monstrative and Relative Pronouns,
Less. XLIII. Indefinite and Inter-
rogative Pronouns, Lesson XLII.

Proper Nouns (declension of ), § 73.

Reciprocal Pronouns, § 108.

Reflexive Pronouns, §108. .

Reflexive Verbs, § 158; Lesson XLIII.

Relative Pronouns, §114; Less. XLIII.

fal, haft (Suffixes), § 57, 2; Lesson
XXXVII.

fam (Suffix), 826, 2; Less. XXXVIII.

Scin,.ase of, as Auxiliary, § 135; Less.
XXVIII. Conjugation of, §187.

Sein, Possessive Pronoun, § 109.

Selbft, felber, § 108, Rem. 2.

Sentence, order of words in, § 276-284.

Singular, Nouns without, § 79, 8.

Solder, § 111.

Sollen, § 118; 8163-164; Less. XXNITI.

Subject, position of, § 278; § 282.

Subjunctive Mood, § 124; Lesson LI.

Suffixes of Nouns, § 57; of Adjectives,
§ 386.

Syntax of Article, §55; of Noun, § 80;

INDEX.

of Adjective, § 94-95; of Pronoun, $
115; of Verb, § 175-180; of Adverb,
8192-195,

Tenses, $ 182-133; Lesson XII.

ethum, Suffix, § 57, 2.

Ueber, 8 250.

Um, § 242; um zu, § 264.

Umlaut, § 88, §88; Lesson II.

-ung, Suffix, § 57, 2.

Unter, § 251.

Variative Numerals, § 103, 3.

Verbs, classification of, § 116-120. Con-
jugation of, § 121-1384. Auxiliary
Verbs, § 185-188; Lesson XXVIII.
Regular Verbs, § 189-141; Less. IV.,
VI. and XII. Irregular Verbs, § 142-
148; Lesson XXIV.-XXVII. Com-
pound Verbs, § 149-157; Lesson
XXAIV-XXXV. Reflexive Verbs,
§ 158-159; Lesson XLI. and XLIV.
Impersonal Verbs, § 160. Potential
Verbs, §116,8; §181, Rem. 2; §162-
174; Less. XXXI.-XXXITI. Syntax
of the Verb, § 175-180.

Biel, §112; § 92.

Bon, § 284. Idioms with von, page 194,

Bor, § 252.

Vowels, § 83-89; Lesson I. and II.

Wann, § 189, 1; § 266, 8.

Warum, § 118, 1, Rem. 2, 2; § 188, 10,
Rem. 8.

Was, § 118-114; wad für, § 113, 3.

Wegen, § 217; § 107, Rem. 2.

Welder, § 113-114.

Wenig, § 112.

Wenn, § 266, 2.

Wer, § 113-114.

Werder, § 185; 8158; Lesson XII.

Wie, § 266, 2.

Wo, § 272; in Compounds, § 188, 11,
Rem. 8.

Wollen, § 166-167; Lesson XXXII.

Zu, 8235; with Infinitive, § 128; Less
XXIX,

BOOKS

FOR

SCHOOLS AND COLLEGES

PUBLISHED BY

HARPER & BROTHERS, New York.

CS HARPER & BROTHERS will send any of the following Works by Mail, postage prepaid, to
any part of the United States, on receipt of the Price. Liberal Terms for Introduction.

(@” For a full Descriptive List of Books suitable for Schools and Colleges, see HARPER'S CATA-
LOGUE, which may be obiained gratuitously, 02 application to the Publishers personally, or by
letter enclosing Five Cents.

Abercrombie on the Intellectual Powers. 18mo, 75 cents.

Abercrombie on the Moral Feelings. 18mo, 75 cents.

Alford’s Greek Testament. For the Use of Theolvgical Students and Ministers.
Voi. I., containing the Four Gospels. 8vo, Cloth, $6 00.

Andrews’s Latin-English Lexicon, founded on the larger German- Latin Lexicon of
Dr. Wa. FrxuNp. Royal 8vo, Sheep, 87 50.

Alison on Taste, Edited for Schools. By Apranam Mirıs. 12mo, Cloth, $1 59.

Anthon’s Latin Lessons. Latin Grammar, Part I. 12mo, Sheep, $1 25.

Anthon's Latin Prose Composition. Latin Grammar, Part II. 12mo, Sheep, $1 25.

A Key to Latin Composition may be obtained by Teachers. 12mo, Half Sheep, 75 cents.
‘ Anthon’s Zumpt's Latin Grammar. By Lzonarp Soumirz, Ph.D. 12mo, Shcep,
1 50.

Anthon’s Zumpt's Latin Grammar Abridged. 12mo, Sheep, $1 00.

Anthon’s Latin Versification. In a Series of Progressive Exercises, including Speci-
meus of Translation from the English and German Poetry into Latin Verse. 12mo, Sheep, $1 25.
A Key to Latin Versifleation may be obtained by Teachers. 12mo, Half Sheep, 75 cents.

Anthon’s Latin Prosody and Metre. 12mo, Sheep, $1 25.

Anthon’s Cesar. With English Notes, Plans of Rattles, Sieges, &c.. aad Historical,
Geographical, and Archsological Indexes. Maps, Plans, &c. 12mo, Sheep, $1 50.

Anthon’s Æueid of Virgil. With English Notes, a Metrical Clavie, and a Histor-
ical, Geographical, and Mythological Index. Portrait and many Mlustrations. 12mo, Sheep, $1 75.

Anthon’s Eclogues and Georgics of Virgil. With English Notes and a Metrical
Index. 12mo, Sheep, $1 75.

Anthon’s Sallust. Sallust’s Jugurthine War and Conspiracy of Catiline. With an
English Commentary, and Geographical and Historical Indexes. 12mo, Sheep, $1 50.

Anthon’s Horace. With English Notes. A new Edition, corrected and enlarged,
with Excursions relative to the Vines and Vineyards of the Ancients ; a Life of Horace, a Slograph-
ical Sketch of Mecenas, a Metrical Clavis, &c. 12mo, Sheep, $1 75.

Anthon’s Cicero's Select Orations. With English Notes, and Historical, Geograph-
ical, and Legal Indexes. 12mo, Sheep, $1 50.

— Cicero's Tusculan Disputations. With English Notes. 12mo, Sheep ex-
tra, ;

Anthon's Cicero de Senectnte, &c. The De Senectute, De Amicitia, Paradoxa, and

Bomnium Scipionis of Cioero, and the Life of Atticus, by Cornelius Nepos. With English Notes.
i2mo, Sheep, $1 50.

2 Books for Schools and Colleges.

Anthon's Cicero De Ofücii. With Marginal Analysis and an English Commenta-
ry. 12mo, Sheep, SI 50.

Anthon’s Tacitus. The Germania and are, and also Selections from the An-
mais of Tacitus. With English Notes. i2mo, Sheep, §1 50.

Anthon’s Cornelius Neposa. Cornelii Nepotis Vite Imperatorum, With English
Notes, &e. 12mo, Sheep, $1 50.

Anthon’s Juvenal. The Satires of Juvenal and lersius. With English Notes. Por-
trait. }2mo, Sheep, $1 50.

Anthon’s First Greek Lessons. 12mo, Sheep, $1 25.

Anthon's Greek Prose Composition. Greek Lessons, Part IL 12mo, Sheep, $1 .
— —— Greek Grammar. For the Uze of Scho.ls and Colleges. 12mo, Sheep,

Authun’s New Greek Grammar. From the German of Kühner, are Buttman,
Reet, and Thiersch ; to which are appended Remarks on the Pronunciation of the Greek Language,
and Chronological Tables explanatory of the same. 12mo, Sheep, $1 50.

Anthon's Greek Prosody and Metre. With the Choral Scanning of the Prometheus
Vinctus of Zechylus, and Cdipus Tyrannus of Sophocles ; to which are appended Hemarks on the
Indo-Germanic Analogies. 12mo, Sheep, $i 25.

Anthon’s Jacobs’s Greek Reader. Principally from the German Work of Frederic
i a ee mer a Anacreon, and a cupious Lexicon.
Sheep, .

Anthon's Xenophon’s Anabasis. With English Notes, a Map, and a Plan of the
Battle of Cunara. 12mo, Sheep, HI 50.

Anthon’s Xenophon's Memorabilia of Socrates. With English nes the Prolego-
mena of Kühner, Wiggers's Life of Socrates, &c., &c. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 50

Anthon’s Homer. The First Six Books of Homer's Iliad. English Notes, a Met-
rical Index, and Homeric Glossary. Sheep extra, Bl 75.

— ans Manual of Greek Antiquities, Numerous Illustrations, 12mo, Sheep,

Anthon's Manual of Roman Antiquities, &c. Numerous Illustrations. 12mo, Sheep
extra, SI 50.

Anthon’s Manual of Greek Literatur2. 12mo, Sheep extra, $150.

Anthon’s Smith's Dictionary of Greek and Roman Antiquities, from the best Au:
thorities, and embodying all the recent Discoveries of the most eminent German Philologists and
Jurists. Royal 8vo, Sheep, $6 09.

Smith's Antiquities. Abridged by the Authors. 12mo, Half Sheep, $1 50.

Anthon’s Classical Dictionary of the Geography, Iistory, Biography, Mytholory,
and Fine Arts of the Greeks and Romans, together with an Acoount of the Coins, Weights, and
Moasures of the Ancients, with Tabular Values of the ne Royal 8vo, Sheep, $6 00.

Anthon’s Smith's New Classical Dictionary of Greek and Roman Biography, My-
thology, and Geography. Numerous Corrections and Additions. Royal 8vo, 85 00

Anthon’s Tann a and English-Latin Dictionary. For the Use of Schools.
Small 4to, Sheep, $3 50.

Anthon's Riddle and Arnold’s English-Latin Lexicon. With a copious Dictionary
of Proper Names from the best Sources. Royal 8vo, Sheep, 85 00.

Barton’s Grammar. 16mo, Cloth, 60 cents.

Beecher's (Miss) Physiology and Calisthenics. Over 100 Engravings, Cloth, $1 00,
Boyd's Eclectic Moral Philosophy. 12mo, Cloth, $1 50.

Boyd's Elements of Rhetoric and Literary Criticism. 12mo, Half Roan, 75 centa
Butler’s Analogy, by Emory and Crooks. 12mo, Cloth, $1 50.

Butler's Analogy, by Hobart and West. 18mo, Cloth, $1 00.

Butler's Analogy, edited by Halifax. 18mo, Cloth, 75 cents.

Buttman’s Greek Grammar. For High Schools and Universitics. Translated by
EDWARD ROBINSON, D.D., LL.D. 8vo, Sheep, $2 50

Calkins’s Object Lessons. Illustrations, 12mo, Cloth, $1 60.

Calkins’s Phonic Charts, for Teaching the Principles of Sound. Mounted. $3 09.
Campbell's Philosophy of Rhetoric. 12mo, Cloth, $1 50.

Capron’s £chool Lyrics. 82mo, Flexibie Cloth, 40 cents.

Books for Schools and Colleges. 3

Collord's Latin Accidence, and Primary Lesson Book, 12mo, $1 50.

Comfort’s German Course, 12mo, $2 00.
12mo, Cloth, 75 cents.
Translated from the Cours de Philosophie

Comfort’s Teacher's Companion.

Comte's Philosophy of Mathematics.
Positive. 8vo, Cloth, $1 50.

(Just ready.)

Crabb's English Synonyms. 8vo, Sheep extra, $2 50.

Curtius and Smith’s Series of Greek and Latin Elementary Works. Revised and
Edited by HENRY DRISLER, LL.D., of Columbia College, New York :

l. Principia Latina, Part I. A First Latin
Course, by W. SMITH, LL.D., &c. 12mo, Flexible
Cloth, 75 cents.

2. ig Latina, Part II. A First Latin
Reading - k, containing an Epitome of Cæ-
sar's Gallic Wars, and L’Homond's Lives of Dis-
tinguished Romans. With a short Introduction
to Homan Antiquities, Notes, and a Dictionary.
rif aan SMITH, LL.D. 12mo, Flexible Cloth,

3. Principia Latina, Part III. Latin Prose
Conon: Rules of Syntax, with copious Ex-
— es, Synonynis, &c., by Dr. W. SMITH. (In

.)

4. A Grammar of the Latin Language, for the
Dalton’s Physiology and Hygiene.

For Schools, Families, and Co'leges.

Use of Colleges and Schools, by Dr. W. SMITH.
(In Press.)

5. A Smaller Latin Grammar, by Dr. W. SMITH.
(In Press.)

6. A Grammar of the Greek Language, for the
Use of Colleges and Schools, by Dr. G. CURTIUS,
Translated and edited by Dr. W. SMITH. (In
Press.)

7. A Smaller Greek Grammar, from the larger
Work, by Dr. G. CuRTius, Professor in the Uni-
versity of Leipzig. (In Press).

8. Curtius’s First Greek Course, containing a De-
lectus, Exercise-Book, and Vocabularies. Ada
ed to Curtius’s Greek Grammar. Edited by Dr.
W. SMITH. (In Press.)

By J.

© Datron, M.D., Professor of Physiology in the College of Physicians and Surgeons, New York.

With Mlustrations. 12mo, Cloth, $1 50.

Docharty’s Arithmetic. 12mo, Sheep, $1 50.
Docharty’s Institutes of Algebra. 12mo, Sheep, $1 50.

Docharty’s Geometry.

12mo, Sheep cxtra, $1 75.

Docharty’s Analytical Geometry and Calculus. 12mo, Sheep, $1 75.

Draper’'s Anatomy, Physiology, and Hygiene. For the Use of Schools and Fami-
fies, With 170 Illustrations. By JOHN C. DRAPER, M.D. 8vo, Cloth, 83 75.

Draper’s Human Physiology, Statical and Dynamical; or, The Conditions and
Course of the Life of Man: being the Text of the Lecturea delivered in the Medical Department of
the University. By Jonn W. DRATER, M.D., LL.D. Illustrated by nearly 300 fine Woodcuts from

Photographs. 8vo, 650 pages, Cloth, 85 00.
Physiology.

Abridged from the Author's Work on Human Physiology. For

the Use of Schools and Colleges. With 150 Engravings. 12mo, Cloth, $1 50.

Draper's Chemistry.

By HENRY DRAPER, M.D. 12mo, Cloth, 81 50.

For Schools and Colleges.

With nearly 30) Illustrations,

Draper's Natural Philosophy. For Schools and Colleges. Nearly 400 Illustrations,

12mo, Cloth, 81 50.

Duff's Book-Keeping.
tion, Half Sheep, $1 25.

8vo, New Edition, revised and enlarged, ¢8 75; School Edi-

Faraday on the Physical Forces. Tlustrations. 16mo, Cloth, $1 00.
Faraday’s Lectures on the Chemical History of a Candle. Illustratiins. 16mo,
00.

Cloth, $1

Foster's First Principles of Chemistry.

Sheep extra, Bi 25.

Adapted especially for Classes. 12mo,

APPARATUS necessary to perform the experiments laid down in this work furnished by HARPER
& BROTHERS, carefully packed for transportation, for 845 00, net.

Foater’s Chart of the Organic Elements. Beautifully Colored, Mounted on Rollers,

with Cloth Back, 85 00.

Fowler's English Language in its Elements and Forms. With a History of its Ori-
ı and Development, and a full Grammar. For Libraries, Colleges, and High Schools. New and
ised Editiaa. With Index of Words. 8vo, Cloth, $2 50.

Fowler's English Grammar for Schools. Abridged from the Oc’avo Edition, and con-

taining March's Method of Philological Study. For General Use in Schools and Famllics.

Sheep extra, 81 75.

1210,

Fowler’s- Elementary English Grammar for Common Schools. [evised and En-

larged. 16mo, Sheep, 75 venta.

4 Books for Schools and Colleges.

Frenou’s MATHEMATICAL SERIFS:

L—FirsT LESSONS IX NUMBERS, in the Natural Order : First, Visible Objects ; Second, Concrete
Numbers; Third, Abstract Numbers. Illustrated. l6mo, 40 cents,
IL—ELEMENTARY ARITHMETIC FOR THE SLATE, in which Methods and Rules are based upow
Principles established by Induction. llustrated. 16mo, 50 cents.
lII.—MENTAL ARITHMETIC, (In Press.)
IV.—COMMON SCHOOL ARITHMETIC, combining the Elements of the Science with their Practical
Applications to Business. Illustrated. 12mo, §) 00.

V.— ACADEMIC ARITHMETIC. (In Preparation.)
Gray and Adams's Geology. Engravings. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 50.
Gray's Natural Philosophy. For Academies, High Schools aud Colleges. 360
Woodcuts. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 50.
Greek Concordance of the New Testament. 8vo, Cloth, $5 00.
Hamilton's (Sir William) Discussions on Philosophy and Literature, Education and
Waiversity Reform. 8vo, Cloth, 83 00.

Harper's Greek and Latin Texts. Carefully reprinted from the best Editions. Ele-
gamtly printed. 18mo, Flexible Cloth Binding, Seventy-five Cents a Volume.

Cesar. Ciceronis Orationes Belecte. Eschylus.

Sellustius, (In Press.) Euripides. 3 vols.

Vergilius. Horatius. Herodotus 2 vols,

Cicero de Senectute and De| . Lucretius. Thucydides. 2 vols.
Amicitia. Xenophon’s Auabasis. Sophocles. (In Press.)

Harper's Classical Library. Comprising the best Translations of the most eminent
Greek and Latin Authors. 37 Volumes. 18mo, Cloth, Seventy-five Cents per Volume.

Demosthenes. 2 vols. Xenophon. 2 vols. Cesar. 2 vols.
Cicero. 3 vols. Sophocles. Virgil. 2 vols.
Eschytus. Ovid. 2 vols. Euripides. 3 vols.
Horace and Phadrus. 2 vols. Livy. 5 vols. Thucydides. 3 vols.
Homer. 3 vols. Juvenal and Persius. Herodotus, 3 vols.
Saliust. Cicero on the Orator. Pindar and Anacreon.

Harper's New (lassical Library. Literal Translationa of the Greek and Latin Au-
thors. Portraits. 12:no0, Cloth, §1 50 per Volume. The following are now ready :

Caesar. Cicero on Oratory and Ora- Homer’s Odyssey.
Virgil. tors. Thucydides.
Horace. Tacitus. 2 vols. Herodotus.
Sallust. Terence. Demoethenes. 2 vols.
Cicero's Orations. Juvenal. Euripides. 2 vols,
Cicero's Offices, &c. Xenophon. Sophocles.

Homer's liad. echylus,

Ilarper’s Ancient llistory. For the Use of Schools. By JA00B AnBorr. With Msp,
Woodcuts, and Questions. Square 4to, Half Roan, 81 25.

Ilarper’s English History. For the Use of Schools. By Jacon Absorr. With Marys,
Woodcuts, and Questions. Square 4to, Half Roan, §) 25.

Harper's American History. For the Use of Schoola, By Jacon Annotr. With
Maps, Woodcuts, and Questions. Square 4to, Half Roan, Si 25.

The above three, complete in one volume, Price 83 00.

Harper's School and Family Slate, with accompanying Cards, for Exercices in Writ-
ing, Printing, Drawing, and Figures. Slates, with a full Sct of Cards accompanying each, 312 00 per

ozen.

Harper’s Writing Books, combining Symmetrical Penmanship with Marginal Draw.
ing Lessons. In Ten Numbors. The first Six Numbers now ready. Price per dozen, $2 00. Lib-
eral Terms for Introduction.

Ilaven's Rhetoric. For Schoels, Colleges, and Private Use. 12mo, Cloth, $1 50.

Harrison's Latin Grammar. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 50.

e te History of Philosophy. For Colleges and High Schools. 2 vols., 18mo,

oth, .

Hooker's Child’s Book of Nature. Intended to aid Mothers and Teachers in Training
Children ia the Observation of Nature. In Three Parts. Part I. Plants.; Part II. Aulınals.; Part Ill.
Air, Water, Heat, Lian: &c. Mlustrated. The Three Parts complete in one volume, small 4to, Cloth,
823 00; separately, Cloth, 90 cents each.

Hooker's Natural History. For the Use of Schools and Families. 300 Engravings.
12mo, Cloth, $1 50.

Hooker's First Book in Chemistry. Illustrations. Square 4to, Cloth, 90 cents.

Hooker’s Natural Philosophy. Science for the School and Family. Part I. Natural
Philosophy. Mlustrated by nearly 30) Engravings. 12mo, Cloth, 81 50.

Hooker’s Chemistry. Science fur the School and Family, Tart II. Chemistry.
Mlustrated. 32mo, Cloth, $1 50.

Books for Schools and Colleges. 5

Hooker’s Mineralogy and Geology. Science for the School and Family. Part III.
Mineralogy and Geology. Illustrated. l2mo, Half Roan, 81 50.

Kane's Chemistry. With Additions and Corrections, by Joun WILLIAM Dgarer,
M.D. Woodcuts. 8vo, Cloth, 82 00.

Knapp’s French Grammar. A Practical Grammar of the French Language: con-
taining a Grammar, Exercises, Reading-Lessons, and a complete Pronouncing Vocabulary. By
WILLIAM I. KNAPP, Ph.D., late Professor of Ancient and Modern Languages in Vassar Female Col-
lege, N.Y., and Author of ‘* A French Reading- Book.” 12mo, Half Leather, §1 75.

Knapp's French Reading-Book. Chrestomathie Francaise: containing, I. Selections
from the best French Writers, with Copious References to the Author’s French Grammar. II. The
Masterpieces of Moilére, Racine, Boileau, and Voltaire ; with Explanatory Notes, a Glossary of Idi-
ematic Phrases, and a Vocabulary. By WILLIAM I. KNAPP, Ph.D. 12mo, Half Leather, $1 75.

Lewis’s Platonic Theology. 12mo, $1 75.

Liddell and Scott’s Greek-English Lexicon. From the Work of Franois Passow.
With Corrections and Additions, and the Insertion, in Alphabetical Order, of the Proper Names 00-
cu in the principal Greek Authors. By HENRY DEISLER, LL.D., Columbia College, N.Y. Royal
8vo0, p extra, $7 50.

Loomis’s Elements of Arithmetic. Designed for Children. 16mo, 166 pages, Half
Sheep, 40 cents.

eh Treatise on Arithmetic. Theoretical and Practical. 12mo, 345 pages, Sheep
extra, 91 25.

Loomis’s Elements of Algebra. Designed for the Use of Beginners. 12mo, 281
pages, Sheep extra, $1 25.

Loomis’s Treatiee on Algebra. New Edition, revised and greatly enlarged. 8vo,
384 pages, Sheep, $2 00; 12mo, Sheep, 81 50.

— Loomis's Elements of Geometry and Conic Sections. 12mo, 234 pages, Sheep extra,

1 50, :

Loomis's Trigonometry and Tables. 8vo, 360 pages, Sheep extra, $2 00.
The TRIGONOMETRY and TABLES bound separately. The Trigonometry, $1 50; Tables, 81 50.

Loomis’s Geometry, Conic Sections, and Plane Trigonometry. In One Volume.
12mo, 292 pages, Sheep, $1 75.

Loomis’s Elements of Analytical Geometry, and of the Differential and Integral Cal-
culus. 8vo, 286 pages, Sheep extra, $3 00.

Leomis’s Elements of Natural Philosophy. For Academics and Iligh Schools. 12mo,
352 pages, Sheep extra, $1 50.
— Elements of Astronomy. For Academies and High Schools. 12mo, Shecp,

Loomis’s Treatise on Astronomy. With Mlustrations. 8vo, Sheep, $2 00.

Loomis’s Practical Astronomy. With a Collection of Astronomical Tables. 8vo,
497 pages, Sheep extra, $2 00.

Loomis's Recent Progress of Astronomy, eepecially in the United States. A thor-
oughly Revised Edition. Hiustrations. 12mo, 396 pages, Cloth, $1 50.

Loomis’s Meteorology and Astronomy. For Academies and II’gh Schools. 12mo,
Sheep extra, $2 00.

Lowry’s Universal Atlas. From the most Recent Authorities. 4to, Half Roan,

00.

McClintock's First Book in Latin. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 59.

McClintock’s Second Book in Latin. Forming a sufficient Latin Reader. With
Imitation Exercises and a Vocabulary. 12mo, Sheep extra, $! 50.

McClintock's First Book in Greek. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 50.

McClintock's Second Book in Greek. Forming a sufficient Greek Realer. With
Notes and a copious Vocabulary. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 50.

McGregor’s Logic. 12mo, Cloth, $1 50.

March's Parser and Analyzer. With Mlustrations. 16mo, Cloth, 40 cents.
Marl Philological Study of the English Language. 12mo, Paper, 60 cents; Cloth,

cen!

Markham's (Mrs.) History of France, from the Conquest of Gaul by Julius Ceesar to
the Reign of Louis stil ee With Conversations at the End of each Chapter. Map, Notes, and Que®
ans sin Supplement, bringing down the History to the Present Time. By JACOB ABBOTT. 13mo,
‘Cloth, .

Maury’s Principles of Flequence. With an Introduction by Bisho» POTTER. 15mo,
Cloth, 75 cents.

*

—
m a

6 Books for Schools and Colleges.
Mill’s Logic. 8vo, Cloth, $2 00.

Mills’s Literature and Literary Men of Great Britain and Ireland. 2 vols., 8vo,
Cloth, 85 00.

Nodl and Chapsal’s French Grammar. 1°ıno, Cloth, $1 25.
Paley’s Evidences of Christianity. 13mo, Half Roan, 75 cents.
Paley’s Moral and Political Philosophy. 12mo, Cloth, $1 50.

Paley’s Theology. Iöngravings. 2 vols., 1Smo, Cloth, $150. The same, copiously
‚2 vols., 12mo, Cloth, 83 00.

Parker's Outlines of General History. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 50.

Parker's Aids to English Composition. For Students of all Grades, embracing Speci-
mens and Examples of School and College Exercises, and most of the higher Departments of En-
glish Composition, both in Prose and Verse. I2mo, Cloth, $1 25 ; Sheep, $1 50.

Parker's Geographical Questions. Adapted for the Use of any respectable Collec-
tion of Maps : embracing, by way of Question and Answer, such Portions of the Elements of Geogra-
phy as are necessary as an In uction to the Study of the Maps. To which is added a concise De-
seription of the Terrestrial Globe. 12mo, Cloth, 50 cents.

Potter’s Politioal Economy. 18mo, Half She:p, 75 cents.
Potter's Principles of Science. IHustrations. 12mo, Cloth, $1 50.

Potter's School and Schoolmaster. A Manual for the Use of Teachers, &c. 12mo,
Cloth, Si 50.

Proudfit’s Plautus’s ““ Captivea.” Wiih English Notes fur the Use cf Students. By
Professor JOHN PROUDFIT, D.D. 12mo, Cloth, 75 cents.

Renwick’s Chemistry. 18mo, Half Sheep, 90 centz.
Renwick’s Mechanics. 18mo, Half Sheep, 90 cente.
Renwick’s Natural Philosophy. 18mo, Half Sheep, 90 cents.

Robinson's Greek Lexicon of the New Testament. A New Editio”, r.vised and in
great part rewritten. Royal Svo, Cloth, $6 00 ; Sheep extra, $6 50.

Russell’s Juvenile Speaker. 12mo, Cloth, $1 25.

Salkeld’s First Book in Spanish. 12mo, Sheep extra, $1 50.

Salkeld’s Roman and Grecian Antiquities. With Maps, &c. 1Sm*, Cloth, 75 c-nts,
Student's (the) Ilistorical Text-Books:

THE STUDENT'S WISTORIES.
Tire STUDENT's HisToRY OF GREECE. A His- | THE STUDENT'S HUME. A History of England

tory of Greece from the Earllest Times to the
_ Homan Conquest. With Supplementary Chap-

ters on the History of Literature and Art. By
WILLIAM SMITH, LL.D., Editor of the ‘ Clas-
sical Dictionary,” ‘Dictionary of Greek and
Roman Antiquities,” &c. Re ‚with an
Appendix, by Prof. GEORGE W. GREENE,
A.M. Engravings. Large 12mo,
Cloth, $2 00.

09 A SMALLER HISTORY OF GREECE:
The above Work abridged for Younger Stu-
dents and Common Schools. Engravings.
lémo, 272 pages, Cloth, §1 00. -

TSE STUDENT'S HISTORY OF RoME. A History
of Rome from the Earliest Times to the Estab-
lishment of the Empire. With Chapters on the
History of Literature and Art. By HENRY G.,
LIDDELL, D.D., Dean of Christ Church, Ox-
ford. Engravings. Large 12mo, 778 pages,
Cloth, 82 00.

67 A SMALLER HISTORY OF ROME from
the Earliest Times to the Establishment of the
Empire. By WM. SMITH, LL.D. With a Con-
tinustion to A.D. 476. Br EUGENE LAw-
RENCE, A.M. Engravings. l6mo, Cloth, $1 00.

Tim STUDENT'S GIBBON. The History of the
Decline and Fall of the Roman Empire. By
EDWARD GIBBON. Abridged. Incorporating
the Researches of Recent Commentators. By
WILLIAM SMITH, LL.D. Engravings.

Large
12mo, 706 pages, Cloth, $2 00.

724 pages,

tos a zul us a ee in
. By DAVID HUME. ncorpoe
rating the Corrections and Researches of Recent
oe arias Laces — to the Year
. ngrav pages,

Cloth, $2 00. —
07 A SMALLER HISTORY OF ESGLAND
run gi Zn Times — Year 1862,
y WM. SMITH .D. Engravings.

16mo, Cloth, $100. |

TE STUDENT'S HISTORY Of FRAXCE. A His-

tory of France from the Earliest Times to the
Establishment of the Second Empire in 1852.

ry la Large 12mo, 742 pages, Cloth,

THE STUDENT'S QUEENS OF ENGLAND. Lives

of the Queens of England. From the Norman
Conquest. By AGNES STRICKLAND Abridged
by the Author. Revised and Edited by Cako-
etd G. PARKER. Large 12mo, 675 pages, Cloth,

THE STUDENT'S OLD TESTAMEKT HISTORY.

From the Creation to the Return of the Jews
from Captivity. Withan Appendix, containing
an Introduction to the Books of the Old Testa-
ment. Edited by WILLIAM SMITH, LL.D. En-
gravings. Large 13mo, 715 pages, Cloth, $2 00.

THE STUDENT'S NEW TESTAMENT HISTORY.

With an Introduction, connecting the Old and
New Testaments. Edited by WILLIAM SMITH,
LL.D. With Maps and Woodcuts. Large
12mo, 7€0 pages, $2 00.

Books for Schools and Colleges. 7

— — — — — — — — ———— — — — — — —

Schmucker’s Psychology. 12mo, Cloth, $1 25.
Smith’s Mechanics, Illustrations. 8vo, Cloth, $3 00; Sheep extra, $1 50.

Smith's (Dr. W.) New Classical Dictionary. (See Anthon’s Smith's New Classical
Dietionary.)

Smith's (Dr. W.) Dictionary of Antiquitics, (See Anthon's Dictionary of Greek
and Roman Antiquities.)

Smith’s (Dr. Wm.) Histories. (See Student's Historical Text-Books.)

Smith's (Dr. Wm.) Principia Latins. Part I. A First Latin Course, comprchend-
ing Grammar, Delectus, and Exercise-Book, with Vocabularies. Carefully Revised and Improved by
HENRY DRISLER, LL.D., of Columbia College, N. Y. 12mo, Flexible Cloth, 75 cents.

Smith's (Dr. Wm.) Principia Latina. Part II. A First Latin Reading-Book, con-
taining an Epitome of Cesar's Gallic Wars and L'Homond's Lives of Distinguished Romans ; with
an Introduction to Roman Antiquities, Notes, and a Dictionary. By WM. SMITH, LL.D. Carefully
—— — Improved by HENRY DRISLER, LL.D., of Columbia College, New York. 13mo, Flexible
Cloth, $1 25.

Spencer's Greek New Testament. 12mo, $1 75.

Suydam’s Drawing-Book. Normal Drawing-Book: Containing the Princip!es of Iso-
metric and Perspective Drawing. Designed for Schools and Private Learners. By WILLIAM PF.
Preps, A.M., Principal of the Minnesota State Normal School, late Principal of New Jersey State
Normal School, and ABRAHAM SUYDAM, A.B., late of the Polytechnic Institute, Brooklyn. 4to. (In
Press.)

Upham’s Mental Philosophy. 2 vols., 12mo, Sheep, $3 00. Abridged Edition.
12mo, Sheep, 81 50.

Upham on the Will, 12mo, Sheep, $1 50.
Waddell’s Greek Grammar. 12mo, Cloth.
Whately’s Logic, 18mo, Cloth, 75 cents.
Whately’s Rhetoric. 18mo, Cloth, 75 cents.

Williamson's Concentric Celestial and Terrcstrial Globes, for the Solving of Geo-

aphical and Astronomical Problems. Sent sccurel cked, freight at expense of purchaser, for
100 00, ne¢. A copy of the Manual accompanies each Globe. —— *

Williamson’s Manual of Problems on the Globes. Designed as an accompaniment
to the Author's Globes. By HUGH WILLIAMSON, M.D., Princi of Grammar School No. 53, New
York; Instructor in Natural Philosophy, Astronomy, and C in the Female Normal School
and Evening High School, New York. ice 75 cents,

Willson's Readers and Spellers. A Series of School and Family Readers: Designed
to teach the Art of Reading in the most Simple, Natural, and Practical Way; embracing In their
Plan the whole Range of Natural History and the Physical Sciences ; aiming at the highest Degree
of Usefulness, and splendidly Illustrated. Consisting of a Primer Seven Readers. ‘by MARCIUS
WiILLsoN. The Primer, and Fi Second, Third, Fourth, Fifth, and Intermediate Third and Fourth
Meaders now ready. Prices : Primer, 25 cents; First Reader, 40 cents; Second Reader, 60 cents ;
hird Reader, 90 cents; Fourth Reader, §1 35; Fifth Reader, $1 80; Speller, 15 cents ;
Larger Speller, 35 cents.

Willson’s Intermediate Seriea. A Third Reader. Of a grade between the Second
“nd Third Readers of the School and Family Series. By MARCIUS WILLSON. 12mo, 80 cents.

Willson’s Intermediate Series. A Fourth Reader. Of a grade between the Third
nd Fourth Readers of the Schoul and Family Series. By MARCIUS WILLSON. 12mo, Sl 10.

Willson's Primary Speller. A Simple and Progressive Course of Lessons in Spell-

— Reading and Dictation Exercises, and the Elements of Oral and Written Compositions.

Willson’s Larger Speller. A Progressive Course of Lessons in Spelling, arranged
according to the Principles of Orthoepy and Grammar, with Exercises in Synonyms, for Read
Spelling, and Writing ; and a new System of Definitions. By MARCIUS WILLSON. 12mo, 35 cents.

Willzon’s Manual of Instruction in Object Lessons, in a Course of Elementary In-

TE ee School and Family Charts, and other Aids in Teaching. 12mo,
9 e —

Witter’s Das Zweite Buch der Realkenntnisse. The Second Book of Nature (in the

Language). An Elementary Introduction to the Natural Sciences, includin hy and
eset Translated from M. Willson’s Readers for the Use of German Schools cud’ Fantilies, by @.

. Illustrated by 318 Engravings on Wood. 13%mo, $1 25.
Wood’s Natural History. 450 Engravings. 12mo, Cloth, $1 50.

„nungen Pagileh Greek — —— — all the Greek Words used by Wellen
y, in Chronological er, for ove ord used; explaining the Construction, an
—— Declension or Conjugation of each Word When Irregular, and marking the Quantities of all
Sea Baie re rat Bnet abla ae eli oi
. . vo, e ‘ et ft t 1
Work, and the Fublishere hope to have it rendy ehortly-) cate penne aes

EI” Harrer & BROTHERS wit send any volume of their Greek and Latin Texts
by Mail, postage paid, to any part of the United States, on receipt of 75 cents.

HARPER’S
GREEK AND LATIN TEXTS.

CAREFULLY REPRINTED FROM THE Best EpITIONs.

Elegantly Printed, 18mo, Flexible Cloth Binding, 75 cents a Vol.

This Series is intended to supply cheap and accurate pocket editions of the
‘Classics, which shall be superior in mechanical execution to the small German edı-
tions now current in this country, and more convenient in form. The Texts ofthe
“ Bibliotheca Classica” and Grammar-School Classics, so far as they have been pub-
lished, will be adopted. These editians have taken their place among scholars as
valuable contributions to classical literature, and are admitted to be good examples
of the judicious and practical nature of English scholarship; and as the editors have
formed their texts from a careful examination of the best editions extant, it is believed
that no texts better adapted for general use can be found. The volumes are hand-
somely printed in a good plain type, and on a firm fine paper, capable of receiving
writing-ink for notes, and are supplied at the moderate price of Seventy-five Cents a
volume.

CAESAR. C. Julii Cxsaris Commen-
tarfi de Bello Gallico. Recognovit
Geo. Lone, M.A. Sse. Ss

VERGILIUS. Publi Vergili Maronis
Opera. Ex Recensione J. Coninc-
Ton, M.A., Ling. et Lit. Lat. apud
Oxon. Prof.

HORATIUS. Quinti Horatii Flacei
Opera Omnia.
J. MACLEANE. '

‘CICERO DE SENECTUTE ET DE
AMICITIA. M. Tullii Cieeronis
Cato Major sive de Senectute, Læ-
lius sive de Amicitia, et Epistole Se-
lectz. Recensuit G. Lona, M.A.

SALLUST. C. Sallusti Crispi Cati-
lina et Jugurtha. Recognovit Geo.
Long, M.A,

-LUCRETIUS. T. Lucreti Cari de
Rerum Natura Libri Sex. Recog-
nevit Huco A. I. Munro, M.A.

Ex Recensione A. ,

AESCHYLUS, Ex Novissima Recen-
sione Frevarıcı A. Parry. Acces--
sit Verborum qua precipuc notanda
sunt et Nominum Index.

SOPHOCLES. Ex Novissima Recen-
siong GuLIELMI DinporFn. Acces-
sit Verborum ct Nominum Index.
(J Press.) : .

EURIPIDES. Ex Recensione Frep-
ERICI A: Parey. Accessit Verbo-
rum et Nominum Index. 3 vols.

HERODOTUS. Recensuit Josernuus
WırLiams Braxestey, S.T.B.
Coll. ss. Trin. apud Cantabr. quon-
dam Socius. 2 vols.

THUCYDIDES. .Recensuit Joan-
NESGULIELMUS DoNALDSON, S.T. P.
Cofl. ss. Trin. apud Cantabr. quon-
dam Socius. 2 vols.

XENOPHON. Xenophontis Anaba-
sis. Recensuit J. F. MACMICHARL,
A.B.

(OTHERS IN PREPARATION. ]

Harper's Greek and Latin Texts.

RECOMMENDATIONS FROM DISTINGUISHED CLASSICAL SCHOLARS.

From C. C. FeLton, LL.D., date President of Harvard College.

I have had great pleasure in reading them (your edition of the Texts of Horace,
FEschylus, and Euripides), from the beauty of the typography, the excellence of the
paper, the convenience of the form, and the remarkable correctness of the printing. I
never make a journey without one or more of these volumes in my pocket. 1 hope
you will continue the series, so as to include every important work in Greek and Ko-
man literature. ‘hese editions would be excellent to use in the recitation room with
college

From Prof. Prouprit, Rutgers College, New Brunswick, N. $.

There is a tradition that Porson used to carry a Library of the Classics in his pocket.
Your “Greek and Latin Texts” seem almost to make the thing possible. So light
and lithe are they, so pleasant to the eye and portable to the pocket, that one may say
with Cicero, ‘‘ Delectant domi, non impediunt Joris, nobiscum peregrinantur, rustir
cantur.”’

From Prof. Henry Drister, Columbia College, N. Y., Editor of Liddell &
Scott's Greek Lexicon. ;
You have just hit the mark in undertaking to supply a series of class-room text-
books from editions of established character, printed on handsome white paper, wıth
clear type and black ink, in a form convenient to handle, and attractive to the eye.

“From Prof. James Hapıey, Yale College, New Haven.

The volumes thus far embraced in your ‘‘ Greek and Latin Texts” have received the
editorial care of able and distinguished scholars, and so far as I have-examined them
they appear to be printed with remarkable correctness. Their typographical elegance
and clearness, as well as the compactness and lightness which fit them for the pocket,
are qualities obvious to every eye. I regard the publication of such a series as an im-
portant service rendered to classical study and instruction, and as promising especial
advantage to the colleges of our country.

From Rev. J. J. Owen, D.D., late College of the City of New York.

In publishing the “ Greek and Latin Texts” in so beautiful and portable a form, you
have, in my judgment, rendered a very great service to the cause of classical learning.
The publication can not but be highly successful.
From Rev. Howarp Crossy, D.D., late Professor of Greek at Rutgers College, N.F.

Your series of Classical Texts have attained a most merited reputation as the very
best classical issues emanating from an American source. ‘Their perfection of type and
accessories, and their careful scholarly preparation, with their remarkable cheapness,
will (and ought to) make them universally used in our schools and colleges.

From Prof. A. C. Kenprick, Rochester University. :

These editions are a credit to the American press Text, type, and paper are alike

unexceptionable. In reading these authors ( hylus, Euripides, and Herodotus) I
shall constantly recommend your editions to my classes. __ :

. From Prof. EpwarD GRAHAM Dawes, Trinity College, Hartford.

The teachers of America can not fail to be grateful to you for this admirable edition
of the Classics. The accuracy of the text, the elegance of the typography, the freedom
from commentary, and the price, all alike tend to commend these fittle volumes te
‚every classical instructor. I shall introduce them in all my classes.

From Prof. G. MusGRAVE GIGER, College of New Yersey, Princeton.

We have carefully examined the volume of “ Harper’s Greek and Latin Texts” con-
une the Works of Horace. Int phical accuracy and appearance it compares
favorably with the charming edition of Didot, and never, perhaps, has Horace been
more an and efficientiy edited. * * * We feel confident that, if its merits were
known, it could not fail to secure a most extended circulation. °

From Tavter Lewis, LL.D., Union College, Schenectady, N.Y.

_ These editions of the Classics you are publishin just the thing for coll
I shall employ them wholly, y pu Gare just ng ſor college use.

Harper's Greek and Latin Texts.

From Prof. Henry M. Barirp, University of the City of New York.

From the volumes which I have examined I am led to form a very favorable opinion
of this edition of the ancient Classics. We need just such a uniform series, consisting
of small, portable volumes, containing a text based upon the most recent investigations
of the great scholars of our day. I am glad to find the typography of your edition so
much more elegant than the similar publications of either Tauchnitz or Teubner,

From Prof. W. S. TyLer, Amherst College.
The edition Euripides, and Herodotus) seems to be made up ofthe most
approved texts, carefully edited, beautifully peated, got up in a ccnvenient form, and
sold at a v7 reasenable price. The pe ishers deserve the thanks of the public, and

especially of classical scholars, and I doubt not they will meet with the appreciation
and reward which is their due.

From Prof. SAmveEL A. Duncan, Dartmouth College, N. H.

* * * Your elegant edition of the Greek and Latin Texts. For convenience of form,
beauty of appearance, and typographical execution, this edition of the Classics must
stand unrivaled ; and deserving of equal commendation is the judgment which repro-
duces in such an accessible form the critical labors of such eminent scholars as the ed-
itors of the present series. _ P

You are certainly supplying a great desideratum, viz. : a series of Greek and Latin
authors attractive to the eye, of rehable scholarship, easily portable, and yet at a cost
that places them within the means of all.

From Rev. WırLıasm C. CATTELL, jr of Latin and Greek, La Fayette Col-
lege, Easton, Pa.
‚It is the most elegant and accurate, as well as the cheapest edition of the Classics
with which I am acquainted.

From Prof. A. S. Packarp, Bowdoin College, Maine.
I admire the clearness of the type and the convenience of the edition for the use of
the recitation room. The names of the editors, whose text you have followed, give
authority to the present edition.

From Prof. Goopwın, Harvard College.

I congratulate you upon your perfect success in your undertaking, in which ail lovers
of the Classic’ must take a lively interest.

From Prof. Jamss R. Boise, University of Michigan.
They are handsomely, and, so far as I have had opportunity to examine them, accu-
vately printed. They can not fail to be useful and convenient to American students.

From Dr. James De Koven, Rector of Racine College, Wis.
They will be of great assistance to all teachers of the Classics,

Harper's Series of Greek end Latin Texts have been used either wholly
or in part by the following Professors:

Prof. Antnon, Columbia College, N. Y.; Prof. Young, Ohio University ; Prof.
Lipscoms, Franklin College, Tenn.; Prof. Cooper, Centre College, Ky.; Prof. Wı-
Ley, Asbury University, Ind. ; Prof. Hoyt, Asbury Daven ay Ind.; Prof. Sturcus,
Hanover College, Ind.; Prof. Hunt, Wesleyan University, Ala.; Pres. Suorr, Ober-
lin College, O.; Prof. Cary, Antioch College, O.; Prof. THomas, Georgetown Col-
lege, Ky. ; Prof. Spautpixc, Iowa Wesleyan Umyeruy: Prof. Erıs, Oberlin Col-
lege, O. ; Prof. BuckHam, University of Vermont; Prof. Jovnss, William and Mary
College, Va. ; Prof. WAnppeLı, University of Georgia; Prof. PoRTER, Beloit a fe
Wis. ; Prof. Jones, Lawrence University, Wis. ; Prof. BrsHop, Miami University, O. ;
Prof. MattHEws, Centre College, ang ; Prof. LıLLıe, Iowa State University ; Prof.
NorTH, Hamilton College, Ky.; Prof. Waza Ler, Hobart College, N. Y.; Prof. BAt-
LANTINE, Indiana State University ; Prof. DENEEn, McKendree College, Ill. ; Prof.
Wyman, University of Alabama; Prof. Emerson, Beloit College; f. Howss,
Shurtleff College, Ill. ; Prof. Hussarp, University of North Carolina; Prof. Wır-
LraMs, Ohio — University; Prof. BuTLER, Wisconsin University ; Prof. Sut-
TON, Washington College, Md.; Prof. ELLıiorr, Miami University ; CoorER,
Centre College, Ky.

genres -
f *
⸗ —
Cc r

or *
*
ee eu i}
— wu 1 \
— i

“ ur u f
; A

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google

Digitized by Google